Table of Contents

 
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 10, 2007
Registration No. 333-      
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
 
         
State of Israel
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  3571
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  Not Applicable
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
 
Voltaire Ltd.
9 Hamenofim Street Building A
Herzeliya 46725
Israel
+972 (9) 971-7666
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
Voltaire, Inc.
6 Fortune Drive
Billerica, Massachusetts 01821
(978) 439-5400
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
 
Copies of Communications to:
 
             
Joshua G. Kiernan, Esq.
Colin J. Diamond, Esq.
White & Case LLP
1155 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Tel: (212) 819-8200
Fax: (212) 354-8113
  Ori Rosen, Adv.
Oren Knobel, Adv.
Ori Rosen & Co.
One Azrieli Center
Tel Aviv 67021
Israel
Tel: +972 (3) 607-4700
Fax: +972 (3) 607-4701
  Phyllis G. Korff, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher & Flom LLP
4 Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Tel: (212) 735-3000
Fax: (212) 735-2000
  Dr. Avraham Ortal, Adv.
Zellermayer, Pelossof
& Co., Advocates
Rubenstein House
20 Lincoln Street
Tel Aviv 67134
Israel
Tel: +972 (3) 625-5555
Fax: +972 (3) 625-5500
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
 
As soon as practicable after effectiveness of this registration statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earliest effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   o
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
 
             
            Amount of
Title of Each Class of
    Proposed Maximum
    Registration
Securities to be Registered     Aggregate Offering Price (1)     Fee
Ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01
    U.S.$123,857,300     U.S.$3,802
             
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
 
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information contained in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling shareholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 10, 2007
PROSPECTUS
 
(VOLTAIRE LOGO)
 
7,693,000 Shares
 
Ordinary Shares
 
 
 
 
We are offering 5,770,000 ordinary shares and the selling shareholders are offering 1,923,000 ordinary shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders. No public market currently exists for our ordinary shares.
 
We have applied to have our ordinary shares approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “VOLT”. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $12.00 and $14.00 per ordinary share.
 
Investing in our ordinary shares involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.
 
                 
    Per Share     Total  
 
Public Offering Price
  $                $             
Underwriting Discount
  $                $             
Proceeds to Voltaire Ltd. (before expenses)
  $       $    
Proceeds to selling shareholders (before expenses)
  $                $             
 
The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional 865,462 shares from us and 288,488 shares from the selling shareholders at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares on or about          , 2007.
 
 
 
 
JPMorgan Merrill Lynch & Co.
 
 
 
 
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC RBC Capital Markets
 
          , 2007


Table of Contents

VOLTAIRE PAGE FRONT COVER


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
  1
  7
  24
  25
  25
  26
  27
  28
  31
  55
  70
  87
  92
  96
  101
  103
  112
  116
  116
  116
  118
  F-1
  EX-1.1: FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
  EX-3.1: MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
  EX-3.2: ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
  EX-3.3: FORM OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
  EX-3.4: SPECIMEN SHARE CERTIFICATE
  EX-5.1: OPINION OF ORI ROSEN & CO.
  EX-10.1: SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.2: SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.3: SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.4: AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS RIGHTS' AGREEMENT
  EX-10.5: PURCHASE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.6: LETTER AGREEMENT
  EX-10.7: BASE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.8: STATEMENT OF WORK FOR BASE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.9: TECHNICAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
  EX-10.10: STATEMENT OF WORK FOR TECHNICAL SERVICES AND INTEROPERABILITY VERIFICATION
  EX-10.11: PURCHASE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.12: SOFTWARE LICENSE AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
  EX-10.13: ADDENDUM 1 TO PURCAHSE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.14: FIRST AMENDMENT TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.15: 2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN
  EX-10.16: 2001 SECTION 102 STOCK OPTION/STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
  EX-10.17: 2003 SECTION 102 STOCK OPTION/STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
  EX-10.18: 2001 2007 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
  EX-10.19: FORM OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LETTER OF INDEMNIFICATION
  EX-21.1: LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
  EX-23.1: CONSENT OF KESSELMAN & KESSELMAN
  EX-23.2: CONSENT OF BDO ZIV HAFT CONSULTING & MANAGEMENT, LTD.
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy our ordinary shares in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of ordinary shares.


i


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
You should read the following summary together with the entire prospectus, including the more detailed information in our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in “Risk Factors.”
 
Voltaire Ltd.
 
We design and develop server and storage switching and software solutions that enable high-performance grid computing within the data center. As the computing requirements of enterprises and institutions continue to expand, the demand for data center solutions that can efficiently and cost-effectively scale and manage computing resources is dramatically increasing. Our solutions allow one or more discrete computing clusters to be linked together as a single unified computing resource, or fabric. We create this unified fabric by integrating high-performance switching with dynamic management and provisioning software. We refer to our server and storage switching and software solutions as the Voltaire Grid Backbone tm . Our Grid Backbone provides a scalable and cost-effective way for customers to manage the growth of their data center computing requirements.
 
We have significant expertise in developing switching and routing platforms based on the InfiniBand architecture as well as grid management software. InfiniBand is an industry-standard architecture that provides specifications for high performance interconnects. We offer 24 to 288 port server and storage switches that benefit from the high performance and low latency characteristics of the InfiniBand architecture, and also integrate with Ethernet and Fibre Channel architectures. Our management software solutions provide fabric management, performance monitoring, application acceleration and grid provisioning functionality.
 
We sell our products primarily through server original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, which incorporate our products into their solutions, as well as through value-added resellers and systems integrators. We currently have OEM relationships with International Business Machines Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, Silicon Graphics, Inc., Sun Microsystems, Inc. and NEC Corporation, five of the top ten global server vendors. To date, our solutions have been implemented in the data centers of over 250 end customers across a wide range of vertical markets and geographies. We outsource the manufacture of our products to two contract manufacturers. We obtain the application-specific integrated circuit, or ASIC, the main component used in our Grid Director tm director-class switches and Grid Switch tm edge switches, from Mellanox Technologies Ltd., currently the only manufacturer of this component. Our switch products accounted for approximately 54% of our revenues in 2006.
 
We had revenues of $15.4 million in 2005, $30.4 million in 2006 and $8.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007. Three OEMs accounted for 58% of our revenues in 2005, 63% of our revenues in 2006 and 67% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2007. We had net losses of $10.0 million in 2005, $8.8 million in 2006 and $3.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007. We had 150 employees as of March 31, 2007.
 
Industry Background
 
We provide server and storage switching and software solutions to enable grid computing in the data center. We leverage the InfiniBand protocol to provide high performance solutions to our clients. IDC, an independent research company, estimates that the market for InfiniBand switch ports will grow from $95 million in 2006 to $468 million in 2010 and that the market for InfiniBand host channel adapters will grow from $62 million in 2006 to $181 million in 2010. Based on these estimates, we believe that the market for InfiniBand-based products will grow from $157 million in 2006 to $649 million in 2010.
 
In addition to the market for InfiniBand-based products, we believe that the overall market for grid computing interconnect solutions includes storage switching, 10 Gigabit Ethernet switching, and their associated management and messaging software. Storage switching refers to interconnects used in storage networks and is estimated by IDC to grow from $1.5 billion in 2006 to $1.8 billion in 2010. 10 Gigabit Ethernet switching refers to 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch deployments in enterprise data centers and is estimated by IDC to grow from $1.2 billion in 2006 to $2.8 billion in 2010. Management software refers to the software


1


Table of Contents

used to provision and monitor the grid and is estimated by IDC to grow from $355 million in 2006 to $758 million in 2010. Messaging software optimizes specific application types to maximize performance and is estimated by IDC to grow from $679 million in 2006 to $793 million in 2010. Based on these estimates, we believe that the overall grid computing market will grow from $3.9 billion in 2006 to $6.9 billion by 2010. Our solutions address the high performance segments of this market, which we believe currently represent a small and growing portion of this market.
 
Our Solutions
 
Our server and storage switching and software solutions provide a scalable and cost-effective way for customers to manage the growth of data center compute requirements. We leverage the performance, scalability and latency benefits of InfiniBand and provide leading interconnect functionality for data center environments that rely on industry-standard server and storage units. In addition to InfiniBand, our multi-protocol switches also support Fibre Channel and Ethernet grid computing interconnect architectures. Our solutions offer the following key benefits:
 
  •  Lower latency for acceleration of information delivery.   Based on published product specifications, our InfiniBand-based solutions provide significantly lower end-to-end latency than existing Ethernet- and Fibre Channel-based solutions. Through our relationships with independent software vendors, or ISVs, in our targeted vertical markets, we are able to further reduce end-to-end latency and deliver greater application acceleration benefits to our end customers.
 
  •  Higher bandwidth for improved resource utilization.   In high-performance computing environments, customers require optimal bandwidth to address and eliminate performance bottlenecks. Based on published product specifications, our InfiniBand-based solutions provide significantly higher bandwidth than existing Ethernet- and Fibre Channel-based solutions.
 
  •  Greater scalability to grow with customers’ demands.   Our server and storage switching solutions enable linear scalability by off-loading communication processing to allow servers to run applications more efficiently.
 
  •  Simplified data center infrastructure.   Our solutions eliminate the need for multiple adapters and related cables for each grid computing interconnect architecture. Because we are able to reduce the number of required adapters and cables to multiple networks, our solutions reduce the complexity of the data center.
 
  •  Improved grid performance, manageability and provisioning through enhanced software.   Our software solutions are designed to maximize grid performance and efficiency.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our goal is to be the leading provider of server and storage switching and software solutions that enable high-performance grid computing within the data center. Key elements of our strategy include:
 
  •  Continue to develop high-performance grid computing interconnect solutions.   We intend to continue to extend our market position, technical expertise and customer relationships to further develop high-performance grid computing interconnect solutions built upon unified fabric architectures. To broaden our market opportunity, we will continue to promote grid adoption and develop products that are compatible with other grid computing interconnect architectures, while further expanding our InfiniBand-based solutions.
 
  •  Extend our software offerings.   We intend to expand our portfolio of grid infrastructure software. We are primarily focused on enhancing our existing software offerings in the areas of performance monitoring and management, as well as fabric virtualization.
 
  •  Leverage our OEM relationships to expand market position.   We intend to continue to expand our relationships with our existing server OEMs, while establishing similar relationships with other server,


2


Table of Contents

  storage and communication OEMs. We believe these relationships will help to accelerate the adoption of our high-performance grid computing interconnect solutions.
 
  •  Expand existing and new vertical and geographic markets.   We intend to further penetrate existing vertical markets and enter new vertical markets. We believe that our relationships with ISVs allow us to bring the benefits of our grid solutions to end customers across a broad range of vertical markets. We also plan to expand our sales and marketing efforts in new geographic markets to meet the needs of end customers in our various vertical markets.
 
Risks
 
Our business is subject to numerous risks as more fully described under “Risk Factors” including the following:
 
  •  We have a history of losses, may incur future losses and may not achieve profitability.
 
  •  Our revenues and prospects may be harmed if the InfiniBand-based architecture is not widely adopted in the grid computing interconnect market.
 
  •  Enterprises may not adopt our technology and may continue to use Ethernet-based solutions, which could harm our future growth.
 
  •  A small number of OEM customers currently account for the majority of our revenues, and the loss of one or more of these OEM customers, or a significant decrease or delay in sales to any of these OEM customers, could reduce our revenues significantly.
 
  •  We may be unable to compete effectively with other companies in our market which offer, or may in the future offer, competing products.
 
  •  Our reliance on Mellanox Technologies Ltd. and other limited-source suppliers could harm our ability to meet demand for our products in a timely manner or within budget.
 
Company Information
 
We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel in April 1997. Our principal executive offices are located at 9 Hamenofim Street Building A, Herzeliya 46725, Israel and our telephone number is +972 (9) 971-7666. Our website address is www.voltaire.com. The information on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.
 
The terms “Voltaire,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Voltaire Ltd. and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.
 
 
The terms “Voltaire,” “NVIGOR” and our logo are registered trademarks and we have filed trademark applications to register “Grid Backbone,” “GridVision,” “GridBoot” and “GridStack.” All other registered trademarks appearing in this prospectus are owned by their holders.


3


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING
 
Ordinary shares offered:
 
  By Voltaire 5,770,000 shares.
 
  By the selling shareholders 1,923,000 shares.
 
Shares to be outstanding after this offering 20,480,554 shares.
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to fund our research and development activities, business development and marketing activities, and for general corporate purposes and working capital. We also intend to use a portion of the net proceeds to repay in full a loan with an outstanding principal amount of $5.0 million. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary companies, products or technologies although we currently do not have any acquisition or investment planned. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.
 
Risk Factors See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.
 
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol “VOLT”.
 
The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering excludes as of July 9, 2007:
 
  •  3,768,508 ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our share option plans, of which options to purchase 3,469,007 ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of $2.41 per share and options to purchase 2,931 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $320.00 per share have been granted; and
 
  •  140,625 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase Series E preferred shares granted to an entity that made a loan to us at an exercise price of $4.00 per share and 59 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase ordinary shares granted to an Israeli non-profit organization at an exercise price of $1,270 per share.
 
Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:
 
  •  reflects the conversion upon the closing of this offering of all of our issued and outstanding preferred shares into 13,946,624 ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis;
 
  •  assumes an initial public offering price of $13.00 per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range;
 
  •  assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 865,462 ordinary shares from us and 288,488 ordinary shares from the selling shareholders to cover overallotments; and
 
  •  reflects a 1-for-100 reverse share split effected on March 7, 2004 and a 1-for-4 reverse share split effected on July 5, 2007.


4


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table presents summary consolidated financial and operating data derived from our consolidated financial statements. You should read this data along with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 4,916     $ 15,366     $ 30,427     $ 4,389     $ 8,580  
Cost of revenues
    3,565       10,830       19,223       2,846       5,391  
                                         
                                         
Gross profit
    1,351       4,536       11,204       1,543       3,189  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Research and development, gross(1)
    6,658       6,538       7,694       2,003       2,714  
Less royalty-bearing participation
    700       621                    
                                         
                                         
Research and development, net
    5,958       5,917       7,694       2,003       2,714  
                                         
                                         
Sales and marketing(1)
    4,327       6,045       8,281       1,604       2,106  
General and administrative(1)
    2,271       2,681       3,534       711       979  
                                         
                                         
Total operating expenses
    12,556       14,643       19,509       4,318       5,799  
                                         
                                         
Loss from operations
    (11,205 )     (10,107 )     (8,305 )     (2,775 )     (2,610 )
Financial income (expenses), net
    144       191       (460 )     102       (355 )
                                         
                                         
Loss before income tax expenses
    (11,061 )     (9,916 )     (8,765 )     (2,673 )     (2,965 )
Income tax expenses
          (111 )     (84 )           (35 )
                                         
                                         
Net loss
    (11,061 )     (10,027 )     (8,849 )     (2,673 )     (3,000 )
                                         
                                         
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred shares(2)
    (2,144 )     (2,959 )     (3,573 )     (893 )     (1,054 )
Benefit to Series A, B and B1 shareholders(3)
    (1,800 )                        
Charge for beneficial conversion feature of Series D and D2 redeemable convertible preferred shares
    (362 )     (482 )     (535 )     (134 )     (149 )
                                         
                                         
Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders
  $ (15,367 )   $ (13,468 )   $ (12,957 )   $ (3,700 )   $ (4,203 )
                                         
                                         
Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted
  $ (29.67 )   $ (21.16 )   $ (19.92 )   $ (5.73 )   $ (6.30 )
                                         
                                         
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted
    517,926       636,536       650,476       645,419       667,631  
                                         
                                         
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to ordinary
                                       
shareholders — basic and diluted (unaudited)(4)
                  $ (0.69 )           $ (0.22 )
                                         
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted (unaudited)(4)
                    12,794,446               13,776,282  
                                         


5


Table of Contents

 
(1) Includes share-based compensation expense related to options granted to employees and others as follows:
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)  
    (in thousands)  
 
Research and development, net
  $     $ 9     $ 59     $ 14     $ 18  
Sales and marketing
                90       21       26  
General and administrative
    382       65       161       33       73  
                                         
Total
  $ 382     $ 74     $ 310     $ 68     $ 117  
                                         
 
(2) Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred shares represents the original purchase price plus accrued dividends calculated using the interest method. Certain holders of our preferred shares have the option, after March 7, 2009, to require us to redeem all of the preferred shares for an amount equal to the greater of (i) the original purchase price plus accrued dividends (and, with respect to the Series D preferred shares, plus certain interest payments) and (ii) the then current fair market value of such shares. The redemption option and the related accretion of the preferred shares will terminate upon conversion of the preferred shares into ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering.
 
(3) In connection with the sale of our Series E preferred shares in 2004, our Series A, Series B and Series B1 preferred shares were converted into ordinary shares. At the time of this conversion, we issued junior liquidation securities to the holders of such shares, which entitle the holders to an aggregate payment of $1.8 million, following payment of certain required amounts to the holders of our Series C, D, E and E2 preferred shares, if we complete a merger transaction or are acquired or liquidated. The junior liquidation securities do not have voting rights and will be cancelled upon the closing of this offering for no consideration.
 
(4) Pro forma basic and diluted loss per ordinary share gives effect to the conversion upon the closing of this offering, assuming such closing occurred on March 31, 2007, of all of our issued and outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. See Note 2w to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the number of shares used in computing per share data.
 
                 
    As of March 31, 2007
        Pro Forma As
    Actual   Adjusted
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands)
 
Consolidated balance sheet data:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 17,221     $ 79,721  
Restricted deposit
    269       269  
Working capital
    19,733       82,233  
Total assets
    41,789       104,289  
Long-term loan
    5,000        
Total liabilities
    27,694       21,773  
Redeemable convertible preferred shares
    76,167        
Accumulated deficit
    (66,285 )     66,285  
Total shareholders’ equity (capital deficiency)
    (62,072 )     82,516  
 
Pro forma as adjusted information included above in the consolidated balance sheet data reflects our receipt of estimated net proceeds of $62.5 million from our sale of the ordinary shares in this offering, based on an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, and the application of a portion of such net proceeds to repay a loan with an outstanding principal amount of $5.0 million as described under “Use of Proceeds.”


6


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
This offering and an investment in our ordinary shares involve a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks described below, together with the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide to buy our ordinary shares. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer. In this case, the trading price of our ordinary shares would likely decline and you might lose all or part of your investment.
 
Risks Relating to Our Business
 
We have a history of losses, may incur future losses and may not achieve profitability.
 
We have incurred net losses in each fiscal year since we commenced operations in 1997. We incurred net losses of $3.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007, $8.8 million in 2006, $10.0 million in 2005 and $11.1 million in 2004. As of March 31, 2007, our accumulated deficit was $66.3 million. Our losses could continue for the next several years as we expand our sales and marketing activities, continue to invest in research and development, expand our general and administrative operations and incur additional costs related to being a public company. We made our first sales of products in the grid computing market in 2003 and accordingly, we have a limited operating history. We may not generate sufficient revenues in the future to achieve or maintain profitability.
 
Our revenues and prospects may be harmed if the InfiniBand-based architecture is not widely adopted in the grid computing interconnect market.
 
Our solutions leverage the performance and latency benefits of the InfiniBand grid computing interconnect architecture and provide interconnect functionality for data center environments that rely on industry-standard server and storage units. The InfiniBand architecture was first introduced in October 2000 and has a relatively short history and limited adoption in the grid computing interconnect market. End customers that purchase information technology, or IT, products and services from server vendors, such as our original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, customers, must find InfiniBand to be a compelling solution to meet their grid computing needs. We cannot control third-party adoption of InfiniBand over competing grid computing interconnect architectures such as Ethernet, Fibre Channel and other proprietary technologies. InfiniBand may fail to compete effectively with these architectures, some of which are well established. If other architectures continue to remain the market standard or if a superior alternative architecture to InfiniBand is developed, our revenues and prospects may be harmed. Furthermore, we may be required to incur substantial costs to modify our existing products to remain competitive with new or existing architectures and we can provide no assurance that we will succeed in doing so.
 
Enterprises may not adopt our technology and may continue to use Ethernet-based solutions, which could harm our future growth.
 
More than half of our revenues to date have been derived from end customers that are governmental, research or educational institutions, such as government-funded research laboratories and post-secondary educational institutions. An important element of our strategy is to accelerate the adoption of our InfiniBand-based solutions by enterprises, which have traditionally used products based on the Ethernet architecture. In order to compete effectively against providers of solutions that utilize Ethernet, we must convince current Ethernet users to move to a new technology, and incur the related marketing, education and maintenance costs associated with such a move. Potential enterprise customers may also elect to rely on internally-developed solutions or proprietary solutions developed by other companies instead of implementing our InfiniBand-based solutions. In addition, even if potential enterprise customers adopt InfiniBand, we may have to compete with other suppliers of InfiniBand-based products in the enterprise market. If a leading company or several companies in the enterprise market incorporates our InfiniBand-based products, but fails to achieve desired performance and reliability, our reputation and revenues could be adversely affected.


7


Table of Contents

A small number of our OEM customers currently account for the majority of our revenues, and the loss of one or more of these OEM customers, or a significant decrease or delay in sales to any of these OEM customers, could reduce our revenues significantly.
 
We market and sell our products to end customers primarily through our OEM customers who integrate our solutions into their product offerings. To date, we have derived a substantial portion of our revenues from a small number of OEM customers. Sales to our top three OEM customers accounted for 58% of our revenues in 2005, 63% of our revenues in 2006 and 67% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2007, as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
 
    2005     2006     March 31, 2007  
 
International Business Machines Corp. (IBM)
    8 %     38 %     35 %
Sun Microsystems, Inc. 
    2       13       10  
Hewlett-Packard Company
    48       12       22  
                         
Total
    58 %     63 %     67 %
 
We anticipate that a large portion of our revenues will continue to be derived from sales to a small number of OEM customers in the future. Our sales to our OEM customers are made on the basis of purchase orders rather than long-term purchase commitments. Our relationships with our OEM customers are generally governed by non-exclusive agreements that typically have an initial term of one to three years and automatically renew for successive one year terms, have no minimum sales commitments and do not prohibit our OEM customers from offering products and services that compete with our products. In addition, our agreements typically require us to deliver our products to our OEM customers within 30 to 90 days from the time we receive the order, however, in many cases they may request faster delivery. A failure by us to meet product delivery deadlines may damage our relationship with our OEM customers and harm our market position. The size of purchases by our OEM customers typically fluctuates from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year, and may continue to fluctuate in the future, which may affect our quarterly and annual results of operations.
 
In addition, our competitors may provide incentives to our existing and potential OEM customers to use or purchase their products and services or to prevent or reduce sales of our solutions. Some of our OEM customers also possess significant resources and advanced technical capabilities and may, either independently or jointly with our competitors, develop and market products and related services that compete with our solutions. If either of these were to occur, our OEM customers may discontinue marketing and distributing our solutions. Therefore, if any of our OEM customers reduces or cancels its purchases from us, or terminates its agreement with us for any reason, and we are unable to replace the lost revenues with sales to an alternate OEM customer, it would have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.
 
We may be unable to compete effectively with other companies in our market which offer, or may in the future offer, competing products.
 
We compete in a rapidly evolving and highly competitive market. Our InfiniBand-based solutions currently address the high performance computing, or HPC, interconnect, the 10 Gigabit Ethernet switching, and the storage switching end-markets. These markets are characterized by continuous technological change and customer demand for high performance products. Our current principal competitor is Cisco Systems, Inc., which is a significant supplier of InfiniBand, Ethernet and Fibre Channel-based solutions, and has traditionally been the most recognized and dominant supplier for enterprises. We also compete with QLogic Corporation, a provider of Fibre Channel-based and InfiniBand-based solutions. These companies are substantially larger than we are and have significantly greater brand recognition and resources, which may allow them to respond more quickly to changes in customer requirements or to new or emerging technologies. We also compete to a lesser degree with providers of 10 Gigabit Ethernet and proprietary high-performance grid computing interconnect solutions. The entry of new competitors into our market and acquisitions of our existing competitors by companies with significant resources, better brand recognition and established relationships with our end


8


Table of Contents

customers could result in increased competition and harm our business. Increased competition may cause us to make competitive price reductions thereby reducing our gross margins and market share, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or result of operations.
 
We depend significantly on our OEM customers to market, sell, install and provide initial and escalation level technical support for our products, and if any of these OEMs fails to adequately perform, then our sales may suffer.
 
Our OEM customers are responsible for integrating our solutions into their products and providing first call and second escalation service and support for products incorporating our solutions. As a result, we depend on the ability of our OEM customers to market, sell and service our solutions successfully to end customers and to provide adequate customer support. Any failure by our OEM customers to provide adequate support to end customers could result in customer dissatisfaction with us or our solutions, which could result in a loss of an end customer, harm our reputation and delay or limit market acceptance of our solutions. In addition, if any significant OEM customer should fail, individually or in the aggregate, to perform as an end customer expects, our sales may suffer. We cannot provide any assurance that our OEM customers will market our solutions effectively, receive and fulfill end-customer orders of our solutions on a timely basis or continue to devote adequate resources to support the sales, marketing and technical support of our products.
 
We do not expect to sustain our recent revenue growth rate, which may reduce our share price.
 
Our revenues have grown rapidly over the last four years. Our revenues were $1.2 million in 2003, $4.9 million in 2004, $15.4 million in 2005, $30.4 million in 2006 and $8.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007. We do not expect to sustain our recent growth rate in future periods. You should not rely on our revenue growth in any prior quarterly or annual period as an indication of our future revenue growth. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth, we may not have sufficient resources to execute our business objectives and our share price may decline. You must consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we encounter as a rapidly growing technology company.
 
Our gross margins and results of operations may be adversely affected if we do not continue to achieve economies of scale and maintain or increase sales of higher margin products.
 
Our gross margins have increased from 27% in 2004 to 30% in 2005 and to 37% in 2006 and in the three months ended March 31, 2007. Our historical gross margins improved primarily due to reductions in costs of materials and manufacturing overhead due to higher production volumes. Our gross margins are also impacted by the mix of products that we sell. Our strategy is to increase our gross margins in the future by increasing sales of our Grid Director ISR 9288 and ISR 9096 director-class switches and Grid Switch edge switches as a percentage of revenues, while reducing sales of lower-margin host adapter cards as a percentage of revenues. We may not succeed in this strategy because customers may seek complete solutions that require us to sell host adapter cards to them and we may not succeed in our efforts to sell host adapter cards at premium prices. In addition, we may incur additional costs as a result of our efforts to increase sales of our higher-margin products and may not be successful in doing so. As a result, our financial position may be adversely affected. If we are unable to continue to achieve economies of scale and maintain or increase sales of higher margin products, we may not achieve our expected gross margin rate, resulting in lower than expected profitability.
 
Our reliance on Mellanox Technologies Ltd. and other limited-source suppliers could harm our ability to meet demand for our products in a timely manner or within budget.
 
We obtain the application-specific integrated circuit, or ASIC, the main component used in our Grid Director tm director-class switches and Grid Switch tm edge switches, from Mellanox Technologies Ltd., which is currently the only manufacturer of this chip. Our switch products accounted for approximately 54% of our revenues in 2006. We entered into a non-exclusive agreement with Mellanox dated as of October 7, 2005, for an initial period of two years, which automatically renews for successive one-year periods unless one party notifies the other party within 90 days prior to each annual termination date that it does not wish to renew the agreement. Standard lead-times under the agreement may be changed at Mellanox’s sole discretion upon


9


Table of Contents

30-days prior written notice. In addition, Mellanox may increase the ASIC purchase price upon 30-days prior notice and has the right to alter the ASIC upon 120-days prior notice, and to discontinue production of the ASIC upon six-months prior notice. During a period of six months after our receipt of a notice of discontinuance from Mellanox, we may purchase from Mellanox such commercially reasonable quantity of the discontinued product as we deem reasonably necessary for our future requirements. Mellanox is obligated to continue to provide us the discontinued product and to facilitate our transition to new products for a period not to exceed nine months following our receipt of the notice of discontinuance.
 
In the event that Mellanox is unable to supply the ASIC on a timely basis or in the quantities that we require, we would be unable to manufacture our switch products without incurring significant development and design costs. There is currently no alternative supplier for the ASIC produced by Mellanox. If an alternative supplier of the ASIC were to develop in the future, we would likely be forced to make changes to our switching products to ensure interoperability with the new ASIC. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully modify our switches to accommodate any alternate technology or any change in Mellanox’s product. As a result, a failure by Mellanox to supply the ASIC would materially adversely affect our business.
 
In addition, we have designed our products to incorporate several specific components, such as our InfiniBand connectors and backplanes, printed circuit boards, chassis and mechanical parts, power supplies and processor boards. We purchase these components from major industry suppliers, but do not have long-term supply contracts with these suppliers. We believe that substitute components are available from alternate sources, however, any change in these components would require us to qualify a new supplier’s components for inclusion in our products which would likely require significant engineering changes, which could take a number of months to complete.
 
We currently depend on two outside contract manufacturers, Sanmina-SCI Corporation and Zicon Ltd., to manufacture and warehouse our products and if they experience delays, disruptions, quality control problems or a loss in capacity, it could materially adversely affect our operating results.
 
We subcontract the manufacture, assembly and testing for our products to two contract manufacturers. These functions are performed by Sanmina-SCI Corporation and Zicon Ltd. These contract manufacturers provide us with full turn-key manufacturing and testing services. Sanmina-SCI is responsible for the manufacture of our Grid Switch InfiniBand Switch Router, or ISR, 9024. Zicon manufacturers all modules and mechanics related to our director class switches and their gateway modules for connecting to Ethernet and Fibre Channel. Our contract manufacturers also store our inventory of key components, as well as finished products after manufacturing and before shipping to customers. If any of these contract manufacturers experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in manufacturing our products, including insufficient inventory or supply of components, or if we fail to effectively manage the relationship with any of these subcontractors, shipments of products to our customers may be delayed, which could have a material adverse effect on our relationships with our customers and end customers.
 
We currently have only a letter agreement with Sanmina-SCI and no long-term supply contract with Zicon. We are in the process of negotiating a long-term supply contract with Zicon and currently rely on committed purchase orders to meet our manufacturing requirements. Unless we enter into a long-term supply contract with each of these manufacturers, they will not be obligated to perform services or supply products to us for any specific period, in any specific quantities or at any specific price, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. Neither of our contract manufacturers has provided contractual assurances to us that adequate capacity will be available to us to meet future demands for our products.
 
Sanmina-SCI’s facilities are located in Ma’alot, Israel and Zicon’s facilities are located in Petach Tikva, Israel. Ma’alot is located in northern Israel and is in range of rockets that were fired into Israel during the mid-2006 war with Hezbollah in Lebanon. In the event that the facilities of either contract manufacturer are damaged for any reason, including as a result of hostile action, our ability to deliver products to customers could be materially adversely affected. See also “—Risks Relating to Our Location in Israel—Conditions in Israel could adversely affect our business.”


10


Table of Contents

Our solutions are highly technical and any undetected software or hardware errors in our products could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
 
Due to the complexity of our solutions and variations among customers’ computing environments and data centers, we may not detect product defects until our products are fully deployed in our customers’ high performance computing environments and data centers. Regardless of whether warranty coverage exists for a product, we may be required to dedicate significant technical resources to resolving any defects. If we encounter significant product problems, we could experience, among other things, loss of customers, cancellation of product orders, increased costs, delays in recognizing revenue and damage to our reputation. Some of our customers traditionally demand early delivery of products containing our most advanced technology prior to completion of our rollout. For example, during the third quarter of 2006, we provided early product delivery of a high-end switch based on the newly released double data rate, or DDR, chipset to a limited number of OEM and end customers desiring the newest technology available. Because the system did not perform as expected in the field under certain high stress environments, we had to defer recognition of $7.3 million of revenue, which we expect to recognize during the second and third quarters of 2007. We are currently in the process of finalizing our testing of the redesigned version of the DDR-based system required for general release to the market.
 
In addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention from normal business operations. If our business liability insurance is inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, our financial condition could be harmed.
 
We have limited visibility into end customer demand for our solutions, which introduces uncertainty into our manufacturing forecasts and business planning, and could negatively impact our financial results.
 
Our business is subject to uncertainty because of our limited visibility into end customers’ future buying patterns and demands, which poses a challenge for us in predicting the amount and timing of our revenue. Sales of our solutions are made on the basis of purchase orders rather than long-term purchase commitments. In addition, we place orders with our suppliers and contract manufacturers based on forecasts of our OEM customers’ demand, which are based on numerous assumptions, each of which may introduce variability and error into our estimates. This process requires us to make multiple demand forecast assumptions with respect to both our OEM customers’ and end customers’ demands. Because the lead time for fulfilling an order from an OEM customer is typically one to two months, while the lead-time to order certain of the components and assemble our products can be three to four months, forecasts of demand for our products must be made in advance of customer orders. In addition, we base business decisions regarding our growth on our forecasts of end customer demand. As we grow, anticipating end customer demand may become increasingly challenging. If we overestimate end customer demand, we may order more inventory of components and allocate more resources to manufacturing products than is necessary. In the event that we are unable to sell our finished product or in the event that our inventory of components becomes obsolete, we may be required to incur significant charges and write-offs related to our inventory. This could have an adverse affect on our balance sheet and results of operations. Conversely, if we underestimate end customer demand, we could forego revenue opportunities, lose market share and damage our end customer relationships.
 
If we fail to develop new products or enhance the performance of our existing solutions with improved technologies to meet rapid technological change and market demands in a timely and cost-effective manner, our business will suffer.
 
We invest heavily in advancing our technology and developing new solutions to keep pace with rapid changes in customer demand and with our competitors’ efforts to advance their technology. In particular, we must satisfy demand for improved computing performance. We are currently engaged in the development process for next generation solutions in order to meet these demands. The development process for these advancements is lengthy and requires us to accurately anticipate technological innovations and market trends.


11


Table of Contents

Developing and enhancing these products can be time-consuming, costly and complex. Successful product design, development and introduction on a timely basis require that we:
 
  •  design innovative and performance-enhancing features that differentiate our solutions from those of our competitors;
 
  •  identify emerging technological trends in our target markets;
 
  •  maintain effective sales and marketing strategies;
 
  •  respond effectively to technological changes or product announcements by others; and
 
  •  adjust to changing market conditions quickly and cost-effectively.
 
We may be unable to successfully develop additional next-generation products or product enhancements. In addition, we cannot provide any assurance that new products or enhancements, such as our next generation DDR optimized director class products and supporting software, will be completed in a timely manner. Delays in completing the development and introduction of products that address new applications or markets could cause our sales to decline and our operating loss to increase. Furthermore, we may make substantial investments in the research and development of new products that are then not accepted by the market. If we fail to address effectively the changing demands of customers and to develop the required enhancements to our products in order to keep pace with advances in technology, our business and revenues will be adversely affected. In addition, we cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to obtain certification, as required, for our existing or newly developed products by national regulators.
 
If we fail to manage our future growth effectively, we may not be able to market and sell our products and services successfully.
 
We have expanded our operations significantly since we began offering grid computing solutions in 2003 and anticipate that further expansion will be required. Our future operating results depend to a large extent on our management’s ability to plan and direct our expansion and growth successfully, including training our sales personnel to become productive and generate revenue, forecasting revenue, controlling expenses, implementing and enhancing infrastructure, addressing new markets and expanding international operations in addition to maintaining and expanding our research and development efforts. A failure to manage our growth effectively could materially and adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products and services.
 
In addition, in order to accommodate our growth, our contract manufacturers may need to increase their manufacturing capacity. If our contract manufacturers are unable to maintain the required manufacturing capacity to meet our requirements, the demand for our products may exceed their capacity, which could result in a backlog of orders and harm our ability to meet our customers’ timing demands.
 
Fluctuations in our revenues and operating results on a quarterly and annual basis could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline.
 
Our quarterly and annual revenues and operating results are difficult to predict and have fluctuated in the past, and may fluctuate in the future, from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year. It is possible that our operating results in some quarters and years will be below market expectations. This may cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline. Our quarterly and annual operating results are affected by a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. In particular, we have limited exposure to end customer demand upon which we predict future sales of our solutions. Our OEM customers derive a substantial portion of their revenues from sales to a small number of end customers. If a small number of end customers defer delivery or installation of our products for even a short period of time, recognition of a significant amount of revenues may be delayed. In limited circumstances, we do not recognize revenue upon a sale to an OEM customer because the sale by the OEM customer to the end customer is subject to performance of an acceptance test by the end customer. As a result, we may experience quarterly fluctuations in revenues if OEM products incorporating our solutions do not meet the technical specifications required by the end customers.


12


Table of Contents

Additional factors that may affect our quarterly and annual operating results include:
 
  •  the loss of one or more of our OEM customers, or a significant reduction or postponement of orders from our customers;
 
  •  our customers’ sales outlooks, purchasing patterns and inventory levels based on end-customer demands and general economic conditions;
 
  •  our ability to successfully develop, introduce and sell new or enhanced products in a timely manner;
 
  •  product obsolescence and our ability to manage product transitions;
 
  •  changes in the relative sales mix of our products;
 
  •  changes in our cost of finished products;
 
  •  the potential loss of key manufacturer and supplier relationships; and
 
  •  the availability, pricing and timeliness of delivery of other components used in our OEM customers’ products.
 
The international nature of our business exposes us to financial and regulatory risks and we may have difficulty protecting our intellectual property in some foreign countries.
 
To date, we have derived a significant portion of our revenues from OEM customers located outside the United States, principally in Europe, which accounted for 23.6% of our revenues in 2006 and 31.0% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2007, and the Asia-Pacific region and Japan, which accounted for 13.0% of our revenues in 2006 and 24.1% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2007. The international nature of our business subjects us to a number of risks, including the following:
 
  •  the difficulty of managing and staffing multiple offices, which we currently maintain in North America, Europe, the Middle East and Asia-Pacific, and the increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;
 
  •  difficulties in enforcing contracts and implementing our accounts receivable function, which is currently centralized and introduces translation, proximity and cultural challenges;
 
  •  political and economic instability, particularly in markets such as Latin America, Asia and other emerging markets;
 
  •  reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries where we may seek to expand our sales in the future, such as China and the Russian Federation;
 
  •  changes in regulatory requirements, such as the regulations recently adopted by the European Union regarding recycling of, and prohibition of hazardous substances in, electrical and electronic equipment;
 
  •  laws and business practices favoring local companies; and
 
  •  imposition of or increases in tariffs.
 
As we expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these risks. Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could harm our international operations and reduce our international sales, adversely affecting our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
If we are unable to successfully protect our technology through the issuance and enforcement of patents and other means of protection, our business could be harmed significantly.
 
Our ability to prevent competitors from gaining access to our technology is essential to our success. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, we may lose an important advantage in the markets in which we compete. Trademark, patent, copyright and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as our internal confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, are at the core of


13


Table of Contents

our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and our brand. As of June 30, 2007, we had one issued U.S. patent and five pending U.S. patent applications. We also have four pending counterpart applications outside of the United States, filed pursuant to the Patent Cooperation Treaty. While we plan to protect our intellectual property with, among other things, patent protection, there can be no assurance that:
 
  •  current or future U.S. or foreign patents applications will be approved;
 
  •  our issued patents will protect our intellectual property and not be held invalid or unenforceable if challenged by third parties via litigation or administrative proceeding;
 
  •  we will obtain a favorable outcome if we assert our intellectual property rights against third parties;
 
  •  we will succeed in protecting our technology adequately in all key jurisdictions in which we or our competitors operate;
 
  •  the patents of others will not have an adverse effect on our ability to do business; or
 
  •  others will not independently develop similar or competing products or methods or design around any patents that may be issued to us.
 
In addition, our intellectual property is also used in a large number of foreign countries. Effective intellectual property enforcement may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries, such as China and the Russian Federation. As a result, it may be difficult for us to protect our intellectual property from misuses or infringement by other companies in these countries. We expect this to become a greater problem for us as our OEM customers increase their manufacturing presence in countries that provide less protection for intellectual property.
 
Litigation and administrative proceedings are inherently uncertain and divert resources that could be directed towards other business priorities. We may not be able to obtain positive results and may spend considerable resources in our efforts to defend and protect our intellectual property. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection vary from one jurisdiction to another and may not be attainable in every country in which our products are available. Our failure to obtain patents, including with claims of a scope necessary to cover our technology, or the invalidation of our patents, may weaken our competitive position and may adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
 
In addition to patent protection, we customarily require our employees and subcontractors to execute confidentiality agreements or agree to confidentiality undertakings when their relationship with us begins. Typically, our employment contracts also include assignment of intellectual property rights for inventions developed by employees, and non-disclosure of confidential information and non-compete clauses for twelve months following termination of an employee’s employment with us. We cannot provide any assurance that the terms of these agreements are being observed and will be observed in the future. Because our product designs and software are stored electronically and thus are highly portable, we attempt to reduce the portability of our designs and software by physically protecting our servers through the use of closed networks, which prevent external access to our servers. We cannot be certain, however, that such protection will adequately deter individuals or groups from wrongful access to our technology. We cannot be certain that the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary information will be sufficient. In addition, to protect our intellectual property, we may become involved in litigation, which could result in substantial expenses, divert the attention of management, cause significant delays, materially disrupt the conduct of our business or adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our use of open source and third-party software could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions.
 
We incorporate open source software into our switch chassis, GridVision Enterprise software, IP Router, Fibre Channel Gateway, ISER initiator, GridStack software and GridBoot software. Open source software is accessible, usable and modifiable by anyone, provided that users and modifiers abide by certain licensing requirements. The original developers of the open source code provide no warranties on such code. For


14


Table of Contents

example, our products incorporate open source code such as an embedded Linux-based operating system. The Linux-based operating system has been developed under a license (known as a General Public License), which permits it to be liberally copied, modified and distributed.
 
Under certain conditions, the use of some open source code to create derivative code may obligate us to make the resulting derivative code available to others at no cost. The circumstances under which our use of open source code would compel us to offer derivative code at no cost are subject to varying interpretations. While we monitor our use of open source code in an effort to avoid situations that would require us to make parts of our core proprietary technology freely available as open source code, we cannot guarantee that such circumstances will not occur or that a court would not conclude that, under a different interpretation of an open source license, certain of our core technology must be made available as open source code. The use of such open source code may also ultimately require us to take remedial action, such as replacing certain code used in our products, paying a royalty to use some open source code, making certain proprietary source code available to others or discontinuing certain products, that may divert resources away from our development efforts.
 
The license under which we licensed the embedded Linux-based operating system is currently the subject of litigation in the case of The SCO Group, Inc. v. International Business Machines Corp. , pending in the United States District Court for the District of Utah. SCO filed its complaint in 2003. According to the current trial schedule, the parties are briefing certain issues for summary judgment and other issues are already being argued. The trial date was postponed indefinitely. SCO has alleged that certain versions of the Linux operating system contributed by IBM contain unauthorized UNIX code or derivative works of UNIX code, which SCO claims it owns. If the court were to rule in SCO’s favor and find, for example, that Linux-based products, or significant portions of them, may not be liberally copied, modified or distributed, we may have to modify our products and/or seek a license to use the code in question, which may or may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, and this could materially adversely affect our business. Regardless of the merit of SCO’s allegations, uncertainty concerning SCO’s allegations could adversely affect our products and customer relationships.
 
We may also find that we need to incorporate certain proprietary third-party technologies, including software programs, into our products in the future. Licenses to relevant third-party technology may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Therefore, we could face delays in product releases until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed or developed and integrated into our current products. Such delays could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial conditions.
 
We may be subject to claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties that, regardless of merit, could result in litigation and our business, operating results or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
 
There can be no assurance that third parties will not assert that our products and other intellectual property infringe, or may infringe their proprietary rights. For example, Crossroads Systems, Inc., a U.S. developer of storage routing devices, has contacted us regarding a potential license for some of its patents consisting of the following as of November 2006: U.S. Patent Nos. 5,941,972; 6,425,035; 6,421,753; 6,763,419; 6,738,854; 6,789,152 and 7,051,147. We are currently in discussions with Crossroads to determine whether a license is necessary or appropriate. We believe that the only potentially relevant product is our Fibre Channel Router. Between 2004 and 2006, our total sales of Fibre Channel Routers were approximately $232,000. Some of these patents have been the subject of prior and ongoing litigation. See Crossroads Systems (Texas), Inc. v. Chaparral Network Storage, Inc. , Case No. A-00-CA-217-SS (W.D. Tex.); Crossroads Systems (Texas), Inc. v. Pathlight Technology, Inc. , Case No. A-00-CA-248-SS (W.D. Tex.); and Crossroads Systems (Texas), Inc. v. Dot Hill Systems Corporation , Case No. A-03-CA-754-SS (W.D. Tex.); EqualLogic, Inc. v. Crossroads Systems, Inc. et al ., Case No. 06 CA 11478 EFH (D. Mass.) Some of these patents have also successfully passed reexamination proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
 
We are not currently subject to any proceedings for infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights and are not aware of any parties that intend to pursue such claims against us. Any such claims,


15


Table of Contents

regardless of merit, could result in litigation, which could result in substantial expenses, divert the attention of management, cause significant delays and materially disrupt the conduct of our business and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award, develop non-infringing technology, enter into royalty-bearing licensing agreements, stop selling our products or re-brand our products. If it appears necessary, we may seek to license intellectual property that we are alleged to infringe. Such licensing agreements may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. Litigation is inherently uncertain and any adverse decision could result in a loss of our proprietary rights, subject us to significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses from others and otherwise negatively affect our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us and our failure or inability to develop non-infringing technology or license the infringed or similar technology, our business, operating results or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
 
If we fail to retain our executive officers and attract and retain other skilled employees, we may not be able to timely develop, sell or support our products.
 
Our success depends in large part on the continued contribution of our research and development and sales and marketing teams, as well as our management. In particular, we depend on the continued service of Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, for whom we carry key man life insurance in an amount in shekels that currently represents approximately $2.0 million. We have entered into employment agreements with all of our executive officers, including Mr. Kenneth. Our employment agreements do not specify a minimum employment term, nor do they guarantee the continued service of our executive officers with us. In addition, the enforceability of covenants not to compete in Israel and the United States is subject to limitations and may not be enforceable at all.
 
If our business continues to grow, we will need to add to our research and development and sales and marketing teams, as well as to members of management in order to manage our growth. The process of hiring, training and successfully integrating qualified personnel into our operation is a lengthy and expensive one. The market for qualified personnel is very competitive because of the limited number of people available with the necessary technical skills, sales skills and understanding of our products and technology. This is particularly true in Israel where competition for qualified personnel is intense due to the density of technology companies. Our failure to hire and retain qualified personnel could cause our revenues to decline and impair our ability to meet our research and development and sales objectives.
 
Our business is subject to increasingly complex environmental legislation that may increase our costs and the risk of noncompliance.
 
We face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and upcoming requirements relating to the material composition of many of our products. For instance, the European Union has adopted certain directives to facilitate the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment sold in the European Union, including the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment that restricts the use of lead, mercury and certain other substances in electrical and electronic products placed on the market in the European Union after July 1, 2006. The European Union has also approved a directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment, which requires that all electrical and electronic equipment placed for sale in the European Union be appropriately labeled regarding waste disposal and contains other obligations regarding the collection and recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. In connection with our compliance with these and other environmental laws and regulations, we could incur substantial costs, including research and development costs and costs associated with assuring the supply of compliant components from our suppliers. Similar laws and regulations have been proposed or may be enacted in other regions in which we do business. Other environmental regulation may require us to reengineer our solutions to utilize components that are compatible with these regulations. Such reengineering and component substitution may result in additional costs to us or disrupt our operations or logistics.


16


Table of Contents

Our international operations expose us to the risk of fluctuation in currency exchange rates.
 
In 2006, we derived the majority of our revenues in U.S. dollars. Although almost all of our revenues were denominated in U.S. dollars, a significant portion of our expenses were denominated in Israeli shekels and to a significantly lesser extent in euros. Our shekel-denominated expenses consist principally of salaries, building leases and related personnel expenses. We anticipate that a material portion of our expenses will continue to be denominated in shekels. If the U.S. dollar weakens against the shekel, there will be a negative impact on our profit margins. We currently do not hedge our currency exposure through financial instruments. In addition, if we wish to maintain the dollar-denominated value of our products in non-U.S. markets, devaluation in the local currencies of our customers relative to the U.S. dollar could cause our customers to cancel or decrease orders or default on payment.
 
We may engage in future acquisitions that could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our shareholders, reduce our financial resources and result in increased expenditures.
 
In the future, we may acquire other businesses, products or technologies. We have not made any acquisitions to date and our ability to make acquisitions is therefore unproven. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, or these acquisitions may be viewed negatively by customers, financial markets or investors. In addition, any acquisitions that we make could pose challenges in integrating personnel, technologies and operations from the acquired businesses and in retaining and motivating key personnel from such businesses. Acquisitions may also disrupt our ongoing operations, divert management from day-to-day responsibilities, increase our expense and adversely impact our business.
 
Under current U.S. and Israeli law, we may not be able to enforce employees’ covenants not to compete and therefore may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of some of our former employees.
 
It is our practice to have our employees and subcontractors sign non-compete agreements. These agreements prohibit our employees, if they cease working for us, from competing directly with us or working for our competitors for a period, typically limited to twelve months following the end of employment. Under current U.S. and Israeli law, we may be unable to enforce these agreements and it may be difficult for us to restrict our competitors from acquiring the expertise our former employees acquired while working for us. If we cannot enforce our employees’ non-compete agreements, we may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of our former employees.
 
We have not yet evaluated our internal controls over financial reporting in compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
 
We are required to comply with the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in our annual report on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2008. We are in the process of determining whether our existing internal controls over financial reporting systems are compliant with Section 404. This process may divert internal resources and will take a significant amount of time and effort to complete. In particular, we have experienced rapid growth during the last three years and may continue to do so in the future. As a result, certain elements of our internal controls have been strained and may need to be enhanced and additional controls and functions implemented. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. As a result, we may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses, as well as higher independent auditor fees during the implementation of these changes and thereafter. Further, we may need to hire additional qualified personnel in order for us to comply with Section 404. If we are unable to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on internal controls from our independent auditors.


17


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering
 
There has been no prior market for our ordinary shares and our share price may be volatile.
 
Prior to this offering there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of an active trading market in our ordinary shares or whether such a market will be sustained. The market price of our ordinary shares may be volatile and could fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:
 
  •  announcements or introductions of technological innovations or new products, or product enhancements or pricing policies by us or our competitors;
 
  •  disputes or other developments with respect to our or our competitors’ intellectual property rights;
 
  •  announcements of strategic partnerships, joint ventures or other agreements by us or our competitors;
 
  •  recruitment or departure of key personnel;
 
  •  regulatory developments in the markets in which we sell our product;
 
  •  our sale of ordinary shares or other securities in the future;
 
  •  changes in the estimation of the future size and growth of our markets; and
 
  •  market conditions in our industry, the industries of our customers and the economy as a whole.
 
Share price fluctuations may be exaggerated if the trading volume of our ordinary shares is too low. The lack of a trading market may result in the loss of research coverage by securities analysts. Moreover, we cannot assure you that any securities analysts will initiate or maintain research coverage of our company and our ordinary shares. If our future quarterly operating results are below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the price of our ordinary shares may decline. Securities class action litigation has often been brought against companies following periods of volatility. Any securities litigation claims brought against us could result in substantial expense and divert management’s attention from our business.
 
A total of 12,648,167 or 61.8% of our outstanding ordinary shares following this offering are restricted from immediate resale, but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to drop significantly, even if our business is profitable.
 
After this offering, we will have 20,480,554 ordinary shares outstanding. This includes the 7,693,000 ordinary shares we and certain of our shareholders are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately after this offering. We expect that the remaining 12,787,554 ordinary shares, representing 62.4% of our total outstanding ordinary shares following this offering, will become available for resale in the public market as shown in the chart below. Our directors and officers, and substantially all of our shareholders, have signed lock-up agreements for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in the case of an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the ordinary shares subject to lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our ordinary shares could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our ordinary shares or other securities.
 
         
Number of Shares/
   
Percentage of Total
   
Outstanding
 
Date of Availability for Resale into the Public Market
 
  139,387 /0.7%   Upon the closing of this offering.
  11,439,924 /55.9%   Up to and including 180 days after the date of this prospectus of which 8,334,640, or 40.7%, are subject to volume limitations under Rule 144.
  1,208,243 /5.9%   More than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.


18


Table of Contents

After 180 days following this offering, subject to the lock-up agreements described above, holders of 8,334,640 of our ordinary shares will be entitled to request that we register their shares for resale and certain other shareholders have the right to include their shares in any such registration statement or in a registration statement for any public offering we undertake in the future. After this offering we also intend to register on Form S-8 all of the ordinary shares that we may issue under our stock option plans. Once the Form S-8 becomes effective, these may be freely sold in the public market, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. The registration or sale of any of these shares could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to drop significantly. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights.”
 
The ownership of our ordinary shares will continue to be highly concentrated, and your interests may conflict with the interests of our existing shareholders.
 
Our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, together with our current significant shareholders, will beneficially own approximately 49.0% of our outstanding ordinary shares upon completion of this offering. Moreover, three of our shareholders, BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL, Pitango Venture Capital and Vertex Venture Capital will beneficially own approximately 40.2% of our outstanding ordinary shares upon completion of this offering. In addition, individual partners of these shareholders serve on our board of directors. Accordingly, these shareholders, acting as a group, could exercise a controlling influence on us and, even if they do not act as a group, will continue to have significant influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors, amending our articles of association, raising future capital, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transaction. These shareholders could delay or prevent a change of control of our company, even if such a change of control would benefit our other shareholders. The significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our ordinary shares due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.
 
Our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences if we are characterized as a Passive Foreign Investment Company.
 
Generally, if for any taxable year 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or at least 50% of our assets are held for the production of, or produce, passive income, we would be characterized as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To determine if at least 50% of our assets are held for the production of, or produce, passive income we may use the market capitalization method for certain periods. Under the market capitalization method, the total asset value of a company would be considered to equal the fair market value of its outstanding shares plus outstanding indebtedness on a relevant testing date. Because the market price of our ordinary shares is likely to fluctuate after this offering, the market price of the shares of technology companies has been especially volatile, and the market price may affect the determination of whether we will be considered a passive foreign investment company, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year. If we are characterized as a passive foreign investment company, our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences, including having gains realized on the sale of our ordinary shares treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, the loss of the preferential rate applicable to dividends received on our ordinary shares by individuals who are U.S. holders, and having potentially punitive interest charges apply to the proceeds of share sales. See “Taxation and Government Programs—United States Federal Income Taxation—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.”
 
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the ordinary shares you purchase in this offering.
 
The initial public offering price of our ordinary shares is expected to exceed substantially the net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares immediately after this offering. Therefore, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, if you purchase our ordinary shares in this offering, you will suffer, as of March 31, 2007, immediate dilution of $8.97 per share or $8.64 if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares. As a result of this dilution, as of March 31, 2007, investors


19


Table of Contents

purchasing ordinary shares from us in this offering will have contributed 50.0% of the total amount of our total gross funding to date but will only own 28.3% of our equity. If outstanding options and warrants to purchase our ordinary shares are exercised in the future, you will experience additional dilution.
 
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering and may not obtain a favorable return on the use of these proceeds.
 
Our management will have broad discretion in determining how to spend the net proceeds from this offering and may spend the proceeds in a manner that our shareholders may not deem desirable. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund our research and development activities, expand our business development and marketing activities, repay existing debt, and other general corporate purposes and working capital. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary companies, products or technologies. We cannot assure you that these uses or any other use of the net proceeds of this offering will yield favorable returns or results.
 
If you hold 10.0% or more of our shares, you may be subject to adverse United States federal income tax consequences if we are classified as a Controlled Foreign Corporation.
 
Each “Ten Percent Shareholder” in a non-U.S. corporation that is classified as a “controlled foreign corporation,” or a CFC, for United States federal income tax purposes in any taxable year is required to include in income for U.S. federal tax purposes such “Ten Percent Shareholder’s” pro rata share of the CFC’s “Subpart F income” and investment of earnings in U.S. property, even if the CFC has made no distributions to its shareholders. A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a CFC for United States federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which “Ten Percent Shareholders” own, directly or indirectly, more than 50.0% of either the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of such corporation entitled to vote or of the total value of the stock entitled to vote of such corporation. A “Ten Percent Shareholder” is a United States person (as defined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) who owns or is considered to own, on any day during such taxable year, 10.0% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of such corporation.
 
Although we may have been a CFC in the beginning of the 2007 tax year, we expect that, because of the anticipated dispersion of our share ownership as a result of this offering, we will not be classified as a CFC after the offering. It is possible, however, that a shareholder treated as a United States person for United States federal income tax purposes will acquire, directly or indirectly, enough shares to be treated as a Ten Percent Shareholder after application of the constructive ownership rules and, together with any other Ten Percent Shareholders of the Company, cause the Company to be treated as a CFC for United States federal income tax purposes. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the potential adverse U.S. tax consequences of becoming a Ten Percent Shareholder in a CFC.
 
We may need to raise additional capital in the future and may be unable to do so on acceptable terms.
 
We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash balances and cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months. If our estimates of revenues, expenses or capital or liquidity requirements change or are inaccurate or if cash generated from operations is insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or arrange additional debt financing. We cannot be certain that we will be able to sell additional equity or arrange additional debt financing on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could limit our ability to grow and carry out our business plan, or that any such additional financing, if raised through the issuance of equity securities, will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders.


20


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to our Location in Israel
 
Conditions in Israel could adversely affect our business.
 
We are incorporated under Israeli law and our principal offices, and research and development facilities are located in Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel directly affect our business. Since the State of Israel was established in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have occurred between Israel and its Arab neighbors. Although Israel has entered into various agreements with Egypt, Jordan and the Palestinian Authority, there has been an increase in unrest and terrorist activity, which began in September 2000 and has continued with varying levels of severity into 2007. In mid-2006, a war took place between Israel and Hezbollah in Lebanon, resulting in thousands of rockets being fired from Lebanon up to approximately 50 miles into Israel. Furthermore, several countries, principally in the Middle East, still restrict doing business with Israel and Israeli companies, and additional countries may impose restrictions on doing business with Israel and Israeli companies if hostilities in Israel continue or increase. These restrictions may limit materially our ability to sell our solutions to companies in these countries. Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners, or a significant downturn in the economic or financial condition of Israel, could adversely affect our operations and product development, cause our revenues to decrease and adversely affect the share price of publicly traded companies having operations in Israel, such as us. Additionally, any hostilities involving Israel may have a material adverse effect on our facilities or on the facilities of our local suppliers and manufacturers in which event, all or a portion of our inventory may be damaged, and our ability to deliver products to customers may be materially adversely affected.
 
Our operations may be disrupted by the obligations of personnel to perform military service.
 
As of March 31, 2007, we had 150 employees of whom 125 were based in Israel. Our employees in Israel, including executive officers, may be called upon to perform up to 31 days (in some cases more) of annual military reserve duty until they reach age 49 and, in emergency circumstances, could be called to active duty. In response to increased tension and hostilities, there have been since September 2000 occasional call-ups of military reservists, including in connection with the mid-2006 war in Lebanon, and it is possible that there will be additional call-ups in the future. Our operations could be disrupted by the absence of a significant number of our employees related to military service or the absence for extended periods of one or more of our key employees for military service. Such disruption could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations. Additionally, the absence of a significant number of the employees of our suppliers and contract manufacturers related to military service or the absence for extended periods of one or more of their key employees for military service may disrupt their operations in which event our ability to deliver products to customers may be materially adversely affected.
 
Our operations may be affected by negative economic conditions or labor unrest in Israel.
 
General strikes or work stoppages, occasionally carried out or threatened by Israeli trade unions due to labor disputes may have an adverse effect on the Israeli economy and on our business, including our ability to deliver products to our customers and to receive raw materials from our suppliers in a timely manner. These general strikes or work stoppages may prevent us from shipping our assembled products from Israel to our OEM customers, which could have a material adverse affect on our results of operations.
 
The tax benefits that are available to us require us to meet several conditions and may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs and taxes.
 
Our investment program in equipment at our facility in Herzeliya Pituach, Israel has been granted approved enterprise status and we are therefore eligible for tax benefits under the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959, referred to as the Investment Law. We expect to utilize these tax benefits after we utilize our net operating loss carry forwards. As of December 31, 2006, the end of our last fiscal year, our net operating loss carry forwards for Israeli tax purposes amounted to approximately $43 million. To remain eligible for these tax benefits, we must continue to meet certain conditions stipulated


21


Table of Contents

in the Investment Law and its regulations and the criteria set forth in the specific certificate of approval. If we do not meet these requirements, the tax benefits would be canceled and we could be required to refund any tax benefits that we have received. These tax benefits may not be continued in the future at their current levels or at any level.
 
Effective April 1, 2005, the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments was amended. As a result, the criteria for new investments qualified to receive tax benefits were revised. No assurance can be given that we will, in the future, be eligible to receive additional tax benefits under this law. The termination or reduction of these tax benefits would increase our tax liability in the future, which would reduce our profits or increase our losses. Additionally, if we increase our activities outside of Israel, for example, by future acquisitions, our increased activities might not be eligible for inclusion in Israeli tax benefit programs.
 
See “Taxation and Government Programs—Israeli Tax Considerations and Government Programs—Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959.”
 
The government grants we have received for research and development expenditures restrict our ability to manufacture products and transfer technologies outside of Israel and require us to satisfy specified conditions. If we fail to comply with such restrictions or these conditions, we may be required to refund grants previously received together with interest and penalties, and may be subject to criminal charges.
 
We have received grants from the government of Israel through the Office of the Chief Scientist of the Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor, for the financing of a portion of our research and development expenditures in Israel, pursuant to the provisions of The Encouragement of Industrial Research and Development Law, 1984, referred to as the Research and Development Law. Under Israeli law and the approved plans, royalties on the revenues derived from sales of all of our products are payable to the Israeli government, generally at the rate of 3.5%, up to the amount of the received grants as adjusted for fluctuation in the U.S. dollar/shekel exchange rate. The amounts received after January 1, 1999, bear interest equal to the 12-month London Interbank Offered Rate applicable to dollar deposits that is published on the first business day of each calendar year. Royalties are paid on our consolidated revenues. We did not apply for or receive grants in 2006, although we did receive grants totaling $5.6 million through December 31, 2005. As of March 31, 2007, the royalty amount payable to the Office of the Chief Scientist was approximately $4.4 million, including accrued interest.
 
The terms of the grants prohibit us from manufacturing products outside of Israel or transferring intellectual property rights in technologies developed using these grants inside or outside of Israel without special approvals. Even if we receive approval to manufacture our products outside of Israel, we may be required to pay an increased total amount of royalties, which may be up to 300% of the grant amount plus interest, depending on the manufacturing volume that is performed outside of Israel. This restriction may impair our ability to outsource manufacturing or engage in similar arrangements for those products or technologies. Know-how developed under an approved research and development program may not be transferred to any third parties, except in certain circumstances and subject to prior approval. In addition, if we fail to comply with any of the conditions and restrictions imposed by the Research and Development Law or by the specific terms under which we received the grants, we may be required to refund any grants previously received together with interest and penalties, and may be subject to criminal charges. In recent years, the government of Israel has accelerated the rate of repayment of the Office of Chief Scientist grants and may further accelerate them in the future.
 
It may be difficult to enforce a U.S. judgment against us, our officers and directors and the Israeli experts named in this prospectus in Israel or the United States, or to assert U.S. securities laws claims in Israel or serve process on our officers and directors and these experts.
 
We are incorporated in Israel. The majority of our executive officers and directors and the Israeli experts named in this prospectus are not residents of the United States, and the majority of our assets and the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult for an investor, or any other person or entity, to enforce a U.S. court judgment based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal


22


Table of Contents

securities laws against us or any of these persons in a U.S. or Israeli court, or to effect service of process upon these persons in the United States. Additionally, it may be difficult for an investor, or any other person or entity, to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on a violation of U.S. securities laws on the grounds that Israel is not the most appropriate forum in which to bring such a claim. Even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Israeli law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact which can be a time-consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel addressing the matters described above. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”
 
Your rights and responsibilities as a shareholder will be governed by Israeli law and differ in some respects from those under Delaware law.
 
Since we are an Israeli company, the rights and responsibilities of our shareholders are governed by our articles of association and by Israeli law. These rights and responsibilities differ in some respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders in a Delaware corporation. In particular, a shareholder of an Israeli company has a duty to act in good faith towards the company and other shareholders and to refrain from abusing his, her or its power in the company, including, among other things, in voting at the general meeting of shareholders on certain matters. In addition, a shareholder who knows that it possesses the power to determine the outcome of a shareholders’ vote or to appoint or prevent the appointment of a director or executive officer in the company has a duty of fairness towards the company. However, Israeli law does not define the substance of this duty of fairness. Because Israeli corporate law has undergone extensive revisions in recent years, there is little case law available to assist in understanding the implications of these provisions that govern shareholder behavior.
 
Provisions of Israeli law and our articles of association may delay, prevent or make undesirable an acquisition of all or a significant portion of our shares or assets.
 
Our articles of association contain certain provisions that may delay or prevent a change of control. These provisions include a classified board of directors and supermajority provisions to amend certain provisions of our articles of association. In addition, Israeli corporate law regulates acquisitions of shares through tender offers and mergers, requires special approvals for transactions involving significant shareholders and regulates other matters that may be relevant to these types of transactions. These provisions of Israeli law could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control and may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our shareholders, and may limit the price that investors may be willing to pay in the future for our ordinary shares. Furthermore, Israeli tax considerations may make potential transactions undesirable to us or to some of our shareholders. See “Description of Share Capital—Anti-Takeover Measures” and “Acquisitions under Israeli Law.”


23


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. These statements include but are not limited to:
 
  •  statements regarding the expected growth of the grid computing interconnect market;
 
  •  statements regarding our new or enhanced products, including the DDR chipset;
 
  •  statements regarding the amount and timing of the recognition of deferred revenues;
 
  •  statements regarding our dependence on a few OEM customers and expectations as to any increase in the amount and proportion of our revenues derived from OEM customers;
 
  •  expectation as to the market opportunities for our products, as well as our ability to take advantage of those opportunities;
 
  •  statements as to our ability to protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon others’ intellectual property;
 
  •  statements regarding our estimates of future performance, sales, gross margin, expenses (including stock-based compensation expenses) and cost of revenue;
 
  •  statements as to our ability to meet anticipated cash needs based on our current business plan;
 
  •  statements as to our expected treatment under Israeli and U.S. federal tax legislation and the impact that Israeli tax and corporate legislation may have on our operations; and
 
  •  our intended uses of the proceeds from this offering.
 
These statements may be found in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” and in this prospectus generally, including the section of this prospectus entitled “Business—Overview” and “Business—Industry Background,” which contains information obtained from independent industry sources. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including all the risks discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
In addition, statements that use the terms “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements in this prospectus reflect our current views about future events and are based on assumptions and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Many of these factors are beyond our ability to control or predict. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Unless we are required to do so under U.S. federal securities laws or other applicable laws, we do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements.
 
The forward looking statements contained in this prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


24


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
Assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range, we estimate that we will receive total net proceeds from this offering of $67.5 million, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by $5.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for research and development activities, expand our business development and marketing activities, and for general corporate purposes and working capital. We also intend to use a portion of the net proceeds to repay in full a loan with an outstanding principal amount of $5.0 million, which is required to be repaid in 24 equal monthly installments of principal and accrued interest commencing January 1, 2008. The loan bears interest at the Wall Street Journal prime-lending rate plus 4.00%, which totaled 12.25% as of March 31, 2007. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary companies, products or technologies, although we currently do not have any acquisitions or investments planned.
 
We will have broad discretion in the way that we use the net proceeds of this offering. The amounts that we actually spend for the purposes described above may vary significantly and will depend, in part, on the timing and amount of our future revenues.
 
Pending use of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments with maturities of less than one year or deposit the net proceeds in bank accounts in Israel or outside of Israel.
 
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the future. We currently intend to retain all future earnings to finance our operations and to expand our business. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, the provisions of applicable Israeli law, financial condition and future prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.


25


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table presents our capitalization as of March 31, 2007:
 
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of all of our issued and outstanding preferred shares into 13,946,624 ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale by us of 5,770,000 ordinary shares in this offering at the initial public offering price and the receipt by us of the estimated net proceeds of $62.5 million, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of a portion of such net proceeds to repay a loan with an outstanding principal amount of $5.0 million as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
 
You should read this table in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
    As of March 31, 2007  
                Pro Forma
 
    Actual     Pro Forma     As Adjusted  
    (unaudited)
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Long-term loan
  $ 5,000     $ 5,000     $  
                         
Warrant on redeemable convertible preferred shares
    921              
Temporary equity:
                       
Series C through E2 preferred shares; 14,183,326 shares authorized, actual and zero shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 13,946,624 shares issued and outstanding, actual; zero issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    76,167              
Shareholders’ equity (capital deficiency):
                       
Ordinary shares: 18,297,721 shares authorized, actual, 32,481,047 authorized, pro forma, and 200,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma as adjusted; 677,465 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 14,624,089 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 20,394,089 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    2,413       53,160       53,174  
Junior liquidation securities: 180,000 securities authorized, 179,998 actual, none authorized pro forma
    1,800              
Additional paid-in capital
          28,141       95,627  
Accumulated deficit
    (66,285 )     (66,285 )     (66,285 )
                         
Total shareholders’ equity (capital deficiency)
    (62,072 )     15,016       82,516  
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 20,016     $ 20,016     $ 82,516  
                         
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity by $5.4 million, assuming the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.
 
The preceding table excludes as of March 31, 2007:
 
  •  3,604,976 ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our share option plans, of which options to purchase 2,977,803 ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of $1.26 per share and options to purchase 6,127 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $320.00 per share have been granted; and
 
  •  140,625 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase Series E preferred shares granted to an entity that made a loan to us at an exercise price of $4.00 per share and 357 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase ordinary shares granted to an Israeli bank and to an Israeli non-profit organization at a weighted average exercise price of $1260.70 per share.


26


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
Our pro forma consolidated net tangible book value as of March 31, 2007 was $14.7 million, or $1.01 per ordinary share. Pro forma consolidated net tangible book value per share represents consolidated tangible assets less consolidated liabilities divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of all our issued and outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares. Our pro forma as adjusted consolidated net tangible book value as of March 31, 2007 would have been $82.2 million or $4.03 per ordinary share after giving effect to:
 
  •  the conversion of all of our issued and outstanding preferred shares into 13,946,624 ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis; and
 
  •  the sale by us of 5,770,000 ordinary shares in this offering at the initial public offering price and the receipt by us of the estimated net proceeds of $67.5 million, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
This represents an immediate increase in pro forma consolidated net tangible book value of $3.02 per ordinary share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $8.97 per ordinary share to new investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering. Dilution per share represents the difference between the price per share to be paid by new investors for the ordinary shares sold in this offering and the pro forma consolidated net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
                 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $ 13.00  
Pro forma consolidated net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2007
  $ 1.01          
Increase in pro forma consolidated net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering
    3.02          
                 
Pro forma consolidated net tangible book value per share after this offering
            4.03  
                 
Dilution per share to new investors
          $ 8.97  
                 
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net tangible book value by $5.4 million, the net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.26 per share and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering by $0.74 per share, assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.
 
The following table presents the differences between the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing shareholders and by new investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering, before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us:
 
                                         
                            Average
 
    Ordinary Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Price
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     per Share  
 
Existing shareholders
    14,624,089       71.7 %   $ 75,061,379       50.0 %   $ 5.13  
New investors
    5,770,000       28.3       75,010,000       50.0       13.00  
                                         
Total
    20,394,089       100.0 %   $ 150,071,379       100.0 %        
                                         
 
The preceding table excludes as of March 31, 2007:
 
  •  3,604,976 ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our share option plans, of which options to purchase 2,977,803 ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of $1.26 per share and options to purchase 6,127 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $320.00 per share have been granted; and
 
  •  140,625 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase Series E preferred shares granted to an entity that made a loan to us at an exercise price of $4.00 per share and 357 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase ordinary shares granted to an Israeli bank and to an Israeli non-profit organization at a weighted average exercise price of $1260.70 per share.


27


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for these periods. Results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year.
 
                                                             
          Three Months Ended
     
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,      
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007      
                                  (unaudited)      
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)      
 
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                                                           
Revenues
  $ 60     $ 1,179     $ 4,916     $ 15,366     $ 30,427     $ 4,389     $ 8,580      
Cost of revenues
    21       854       3,565       10,830       19,223       2,846       5,391      
                                                             
Gross profit
    39       325       1,351       4,536       11,204       1,543       3,189      
Operating expenses:
                                                           
Research and development, gross(1)
    3,763       4,612       6,658       6,538       7,694       2,003       2,714      
Less royalty-bearing participation
    819       1,325       700       621                        
                                                             
Research and development, net
    2,944       3,287       5,958       5,917       7,694       2,003       2,714      
                                                             
Sales and marketing(1)
    1,413       1,703       4,327       6,045       8,281       1,604       2,106      
General and administrative(1)
    1,132       1,419       2,271       2,681       3,534       711       979      
                                                             
Total operating expenses
    5,489       6,409       12,556       14,643       19,509       4,318       5,799      
                                                             
Loss from operations
    (5,450 )     (6,084 )     (11,205 )     (10,107 )     (8,305 )     (2,775 )     (2,610 )    
Financial income (expenses), net
    664       230       144       191       (460 )     102       (355 )    
                                                             
Loss before income tax expenses
    (4,786 )     (5,854 )     (11,061 )     (9,916 )     (8,765 )     (2,673 )     (2,965 )    
Income tax expenses
                      (111 )     (84 )           (35 )    
                                                             
Net loss
    (4,786 )     (5,854 )     (11,061 )     (10,027 )     (8,849 )     (2,673 )     (3,000 )    
                                                             
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred shares(2)
    (1,762 )     (1,977 )     (2,144 )     (2,959 )     (3,573 )     (893 )     (1,054 )    
                                                             
Benefit to Series A, B and B1 shareholders
                (1,800 )                            
                                                             
Charge for beneficial conversion feature of Series D and D2 redeemable convertible preferred shares
                (362 )     (482 )     (535 )     (134 )     (149 )    
                                                             
Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders
  $ (6,548 )   $ (7,831 )   $ (15,367 )   $ (13,468 )   $ (12,957 )   $ (3,700 )   $ (4,203 )    
                                                             


28


Table of Contents

                                                             
          Three Months Ended
     
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,      
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007      
                                  (unaudited)      
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)      
 
Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted
  $ (15,553 )   $ (18,600 )   $ (29.67 )   $ (21.16 )   $ (19.92 )   $ (5.73 )   $ (6.30 )    
                                                             
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted
    421       421       517,926       636,536       650,476       645,419       667,631      
                                                             
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted (unaudited)(3)
                                  $ (0.69 )           $ (0.22 )    
                                                             
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and (unaudited)(3)
                                    12,794,446               13,776,282      
                                                             
 
                                                 
    As of December 31,     As of March 31,
 
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007  
                                  (unaudited)  
    (in thousands)  
 
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,554     $ 3,977     $ 5,582     $ 11,846     $ 10,237     $ 17,221  
Restricted deposit
                251       256       267       269  
Working capital
    9,230       2,517       6,437       13,642       11,328       19,733  
Total assets
    10,693       6,687       11,583       20,548       30,403       41,789  
Long-term loan
                            5,000       5,000  
Total liabilities
    3,028       4,841       4,085       6,215       24,591       27,694  
Redeemable convertible preferred shares
    22,780       24,757       39,266       59,482       63,590       76,167  
Accumulated deficit
    (22,899 )     (28,753 )     (39,814 )     (49,841 )     (61,943 )     (66,285 )
Total shareholders’ equity (capital deficiency)
    (15,115 )     (22,911 )     (31,768 )     (45,149 )     (57,778 )     (62,072 )
 
 
(1) Includes share-based compensation expense related to options granted to employees and others as follows:
 
                                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                                  (unaudited)  
    (in thousands)  
 
Research and development, net
  $  —     $  —     $     $ 9     $ 59     $ 14     $ 18  
Sales and marketing
                            90       21       26  
General and administrative
          35       382       65       161       33       73  
                                                         
Total
  $     $ 35     $ 382     $ 74     $ 310     $ 68     $ 117  
                                                         
 
 
(2) Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred shares represents the original purchase price plus accrued dividends calculated using the interest method. Certain holders of our preferred shares have the option, after March 7, 2009, to require us to redeem all of the preferred shares for an amount equal to the greater

29


Table of Contents

of (i) the original purchase price plus accrued dividends (and, with respect to the Series D preferred shares, plus certain interest payments) and (ii) the then current fair market value of such shares. The redemption option and the related accretion of the preferred shares will terminate upon conversion of the preferred shares into ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering.
 
(3) In connection with the sale of our Series E preferred shares in 2004, our Series A, Series B and Series B1 preferred shares were converted into ordinary shares. At the time of this conversion, we issued junior liquidation securities to the holders of such shares, which entitle the holders to an aggregate payment of $1.8 million, following payment of certain required amounts to the holders of our Series C, D, E and E2 preferred shares, if we complete a merger transaction or are acquired or liquidated. The junior liquidation securities do not have voting rights and will be cancelled upon the closing of this offering for no consideration.
 
(4) Pro forma basic and diluted loss per ordinary share give effect to the conversion upon the closing of this offering, assuming such closing occurred on December 31, 2006, of all of our issued and outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares. See Note 2w to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the number of shares used in computing per share data.


30


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements or the risk factors. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We design and develop server and storage switching and software solutions that enable high-performance grid computing within the data center. Our solutions allow one or more discrete computing clusters to be linked together as a single unified computing resource, or fabric. We create this unified fabric by integrating high-performance switching with dynamic management and provisioning software. We refer to our server and storage switching and software solutions as the Voltaire Grid Backbone tm .
 
We were incorporated and commenced operations in 1997. Between 1997 and 2001, we developed, manufactured and sold data security products. In 2001, we shifted our business plan to focus on developing grid computing switches and software for the data center, primarily based on the InfiniBand grid computing interconnect architecture. Between 2001 and 2003, we continued to develop our technology and in 2003 we made our first commercial shipments of our Internet Protocol routers and first generation InfiniBand Switch Router, or ISR, 6000 and ISR 9600 switches, host channel adapters and GridStack tm software. In 2004, we introduced our Grid Director tm director-class switches, in 2005 we introduced our Grid Switch tm edge switches, and in 2006 we began developing solutions for 20 Gigabit server switching, 10 Gigabit Ethernet routing and enterprise software for grid infrastructure management. Throughout our history, we have been funded through a combination of issuances of preferred shares, redeemable preferred shares, venture loans and cash flow from operations.
 
Our solutions are based on the InfiniBand grid computing interconnect architecture, which competes with other grid computing architectures, such as Ethernet, Fibre Channel and other proprietary technologies. Historically, more than half of our end customers have been governmental, educational and research institutions. More recently, we have expanded into enterprise markets, including oil and gas, manufacturing, life sciences, entertainment and financial services. Enterprise customers have traditionally used products based on the Ethernet architecture and must therefore switch to an InfiniBand-based architecture to adopt our server and storage switching and software solutions. A key component of our growth strategy is to collaborate with independent software vendors, or ISVs, that have expertise in key vertical markets, such as financial services and manufacturing, and work together to design solutions that meet the needs of end customers in these vertical markets. We seek to leverage our relationships with our OEM customers and ISVs to achieve greater penetration across certain key vertical markets.
 
We sell our products primarily through server original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, which incorporate our products into their solutions, as well as through value-added resellers and systems integrators. Sales to our OEM customers are made on the basis of purchase orders that are issued pursuant to product purchase agreements or statements of work. Due to the nature of our OEM strategy, we derive the majority of our revenues from sales to a limited number of large customers. Sales to three OEM customers accounted for 58% of our revenues in 2005, 63% of our revenues in 2006 and 67% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2007. We believe that our revenues will continue to be highly concentrated among a relatively small number of OEM customers for the foreseeable future.
 
Our OEM customers generally do not carry any, or any significant, inventory of our products. We have experienced significant changes in the percentage of total annual sales represented by each of our OEM customers. These fluctuations were due to significant sales by one OEM customer to a particular end customer during a particular year. As a result, in addition to the impact on our results of operations of seasonal fluctuations in revenues, our quarterly results of operations also are impacted by the sales cycles of our OEM


31


Table of Contents

customers with respect to their end customers. In particular, large purchases by a small number of end customers are a significant contributor to our revenues from our OEM customers. For example, based on our internal tracking data we believe that approximately 35% of our revenues were derived from sales by our OEM customers to two end customers in 2006. If a significant order by an end customer of one of our OEM customers is deferred until a subsequent quarter, we may experience significant fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations. We expect this concentration of our sales among end customers to decrease in the future, although we expect to continue to have significant revenue concentration among our OEM customers.
 
Our current statement of work with IBM expires on November 19, 2007. The initial term of our agreement with Hewlett-Packard Company, or HP, expired on October 8, 2006 upon which it automatically renewed for successive one year periods. The agreement can be terminated at will by us upon 60 days’ notice and by HP upon 90 days’ notice. Additionally, in the event of a breach, the non-breaching party may terminate this agreement if the other party fails to cure such breach within 45 days after receiving notice of such breach by the non-breaching party. To date, we have made all of our sales to Sun Microsystems pursuant to purchase orders that are not governed by the terms of a master supply agreement. In November 2006, we signed a master supply agreement with Sun Microsystems which, at Sun Microsystems’ election, may govern any purchase orders issued by it. The initial term of the agreement expires in 2009 after which it will automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless terminated by either party upon 180 days notice. We cannot predict with certainty what impact, if any, an expiration or termination of any of these agreements would have on our results of operations since none of our OEM agreements contain minimum purchase requirements and because we cannot predict which OEM will receive a design win from an end-customer. Nevertheless, the termination or expiration of an agreement with a large OEM customer could have a material adverse impact on our revenues and operating results.
 
We currently rely on Mellanox Technologies Ltd. as our sole-source supplier for the InfiniBand switching application-specific integrated circuit, or ASIC, the main component used in our Grid Director director-class switches and Grid Switch edge switches. The ASICs constitute a significant portion of our cost of revenues. If Mellanox is unable to supply the switch chip on a timely basis or in the quantities that we require, we would likely be unable to manufacture our switching products without adopting a different industry standard solution in place of InfiniBand. This would require significant changes to our products that would take time to complete if we are able to do so successfully. In addition, our cost of revenues may be impacted negatively by any disruption in the supply of this component, including as a result of higher-priced alternative components we may be forced to purchase in connection with product reconfigurations.
 
We subcontract the manufacturing, assembly and testing for our products to two contract manufacturers, Sanmina-SCI Corporation and Zicon Ltd. As a result, our business has relatively low capital requirements. We currently have offices in North America, Europe, the Middle East and Asia-Pacific. We will seek to extend our geographic reach by adding to our sales and marketing and support and services teams in order to expand sales of our Grid Backbone.
 
Key Business Metrics
 
We consider the following metrics to be important in analyzing our results of operations:
 
Revenues.   We closely monitor our quarterly and annual revenues as a measure of our business performance. We derive our revenues from sales of, and to a lesser extent provisions of service for, our server and storage switching and software solutions. Our revenues are affected by seasonal fluctuations and by the sales cycles of our OEM customers with respect to their end customers. We expect that our quarterly results may fluctuate from period to period and may not always be fully reflective of our overall business and prospects. As a result, we believe that reviewing both quarterly and annual results together may provide a better overall measure of our business than reviewing any individual quarter or consecutive series of quarters in isolation.


32


Table of Contents

Gross margins.   A key component of our growth objectives is to maintain and improve our gross margins. Our gross margins have increased from 27% in 2004 to 30% in 2005 and 37% in 2006 and in the three months ended March 31, 2007. We analyze the following two metrics which impact our gross margins:
 
  •  Economies of scale.   Our historical gross margins improved primarily due to reductions in costs of materials and manufacturing overhead due to higher production volumes. We expect to continue to reduce these costs as a percentage of revenues if we maintain similar sales growth. We plan to continue to seek opportunities to reduce our cost of revenues in the future by taking advantage of economies of scale arising from increased manufacturing volume, which will allow us to negotiate lower costs of materials and manufacturing uplifts.
 
  •  Product mix.   The mix of products that we sell directly impacts our gross margins. Our ability to increase sales of our higher margin products while reducing sales of lower-margin products as a percentage of revenue is an important element of implementing our growth strategy. We will seek to increase our gross margins in the future by increasing sales of our Grid Director ISR 9288 and ISR 9096 director-class switches and Grid Switch edge switches as a percentage of revenues, while reducing sales of lower-margin host adapter cards as a percentage of revenues. To implement this strategy, we have included gross margin targets as a component of our sales personnel’s sales plans and we will evaluate future sales of host adapter cards on a non-premium basis if we believe it will negatively impact our gross margins. We expect to continue selling host adapter cards in order to compete effectively where an end customer seeks a complete solution, notwithstanding the potential for it to reduce our blended gross margins.
 
Our cost of revenues includes an expense equal to 3.5% of revenues on account of royalty payments to the Government of Israel for repayment of grants received by the Office of the Chief Scientist.
 
Net income.   We monitor our operating expenses closely as we grow our business and are working towards generating positive net income. To date, we have incurred net losses in each fiscal year since we commenced operations in 1997. Upon generating positive net income, we believe that net income would become a more important metric for us to track as an indication of our performance.
 
Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Our revenues have grown rapidly since we began commercial shipment of our solutions in late 2003. We generate the majority of our revenues from sales of our Grid Director director-class and Grid Switch edge switches and sales of our host channel adapters and cables. We grant a one-year hardware warranty and a three-month software warranty on our products. Based on our historical experience, we record a reserve on account of possible warranty claims, which increases our cost of revenues. In addition, we provide a variety of fee-based support and extended warranty packages.
 
We recognize revenues from product sales in accordance with Statement of Position 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” and EITF Issue No. 03-5, “Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More than Incidental Software.” We recognize revenues from the sale of our products when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery of the product has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. We typically defer recognition of revenue until each of these standards has been satisfied. Delivery occurs when title is transferred under the applicable international commerce terms, or IncoTerms, to our customer, including an OEM customer, value added reseller or systems integrator. We do not provide rights of return and generally do not provide for acceptance tests by end-customers. In a limited number of circumstances, however, we have deviated from our standard policy by agreeing to arrangements with OEM, value added reseller or system integrator customers which provide for acceptance tests. These arrangements have clear milestones and acceptance tests before the purchase price is considered non-cancelable. In these instances, we do not recognize revenue until all obligations, milestones and acceptance tests have been satisfied. Until such time, we account for this as deferred revenue.


33


Table of Contents

We recognize revenues from warranty and support services on a straight-line basis over the term of the warranty and support agreement. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Revenue Recognition.”
 
Geographical breakdown
 
We classify our revenue geographically based on the location of our customer, regardless of the location of the end customer. The following table sets forth the geographic breakdown of our total revenues for the periods indicated:
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
 
    2004     2005     2006     March 31, 2007  
 
North America
    81 %     86 %     63 %     45 %
EMEA
    16       13       24       31  
Asia-Pacific and Japan
    3       1       13       24  
                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
 
Cost of revenues
 
Our cost of revenues consists primarily of cost of product components and materials, fees paid to our contract manufacturers and personnel cost associated with production management. In addition, to a lesser extent our cost of revenues includes expenses for inventory obsolescence, costs for providing customer service and support, warranty obligations, general overhead and royalties paid to the Office of the Chief Scientist of the Israeli Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor, or the Office of the Chief Scientist. Generally, our cost of revenues as a percentage of sales revenues has decreased over time, primarily due to unit manufacturing cost reductions given economies of scale from higher manufacturing volumes. In the future, we expect overall cost of revenues to increase in absolute terms as product sales increase, but to decrease as a percentage of revenues due to continued economies of scale, expected increased sales of higher-margin products and absorption of fixed operating costs as a gross percentage of sales.
 
Operating expenses
 
Operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. We have invested significant resources to develop our OEM relationships. Operating costs associated with the development of our OEM relationships involve a significant initial investment by us in order to satisfy OEM performance requirements, develop professional relationships within the OEM organization, and provide education and training to each OEM customer. These initial costs typically decrease once our OEM customers have approved our solutions for inclusion in their products and begun generating sales. The largest component of our operating expenses is personnel costs. Personnel costs consist of salaries and benefits for our employees, including commissions for sales personnel and share-based compensation for all employees. We grew from 93 employees as of December 31, 2004 to 117 employees as of December 31, 2005 and to 141 employees as of December 31, 2006 and 150 employees as of March 31, 2007. We expect to continue to hire additional employees to support our growth. The timing of these additional hires could materially affect our operating expenses in any particular period, both in absolute terms and as a percentage of revenues.
 
Research and development.   Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related personnel costs, as well as costs for subcontractor services and costs of materials consumed in connection with the design and development of our products. We expense all of our research and development costs as incurred. Through 2005, our research and development expenses were partially offset by financing through royalty-bearing grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist. We recognized such participation grants at the time at which we were entitled to such grants on the basis of the costs incurred and included these grants as a deduction from research and development expenses (see “—Government Grants”). We do not anticipate receiving additional grants in the future. We intend to continue to invest significantly in our research and development efforts and believe these areas are essential to maintaining our competitive position. We


34


Table of Contents

expect that in future periods our research and development expenses will increase in absolute terms and decrease as a percentage of revenues.
 
Sales and marketing.   Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and related personnel costs, sales commissions, travel expenses, marketing programs and facilities costs. We intend to continue to invest heavily in sales and marketing, including further developing our relationships with our OEM customers, hiring additional sales and marketing personnel, extending brand awareness and sponsoring marketing events. We expect that our sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute terms and decrease as a percentage of revenues.
 
General and administrative.   Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related personnel costs, travel, and facilities expenses related to our executive, finance, human resource and information technology teams and other fees for professional services provided by subcontractors. In addition, in accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-10 “Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs,” we account for our product shipping costs as general and administrative expense. Professional services consist of outside legal, audit and tax services and information technology consulting costs. We expect these expenses to increase on an absolute basis following this offering as we incur additional costs related to the growth of our business, including accounting and legal expenses related to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations implemented by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as well as additional insurance, investor relations and other costs associated with being a public company.
 
Amortization of deferred share-based compensation.   We have granted options to purchase our ordinary shares to our employees and consultants at prices below the fair market value of the underlying ordinary shares on the grant date. These options were considered compensatory because the deemed fair market value of the underlying ordinary shares was greater than the exercise prices determined by our board of directors on the option grant date. The determination of the fair market value of the underlying ordinary shares prior to this offering involved subjective judgment, third-party valuations and the consideration by our board of directors of various factors. Because there has been no public market for our ordinary shares prior to this offering, the amount of the compensation charge was not based on an objective measure, such as the trading price of our ordinary shares. We discuss in detail the factors affecting our determination of the deemed fair value of the underlying ordinary shares below in “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Accounting for Share-Based Compensation.” As of January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) “Share Based Payment”, or SFAS No. 123(R), which requires us to expense the fair value of employee share options. We adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), using the modified prospective method for grants that were measured using the fair value method for either recognition or pro forma disclosures and adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the prospective-transition method. The fair value of share-based awards granted after January 1, 2006, was estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. As a result of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006, our net loss increased by $0.3 million in 2006 and $0.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007.
 
In connection with the grant of options, we recorded total share-based compensation expenses of $0.4 million in 2004, $74,000 in 2005, $0.3 million in 2006 and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007. In the future, stock-based compensation expense may increase as we issue additional equity-based awards to continue to attract and retain key employees. As of March 31, 2007, we had an aggregate of $1.5 million of deferred unrecognized share-based compensation remaining to be recognized. We estimate that this deferred unrecognized share-based compensation balance will be amortized as follows: approximately $0.5 million in 2007, approximately $0.5 million in 2008 and approximately $0.5 million in 2009 and thereafter.
 
Financial income (expenses), net
 
Financial income consists primarily of interest earned on our cash balances and other financial investments and foreign currency exchange gains. Financing expenses consist primarily of outstanding interest to be paid on a $5.0 million loan from Lighthouse Capital Partners V (Israel), LLC, bank fees, foreign currency exchange losses, as well as charges to record outstanding preferred share warrants at fair value.


35


Table of Contents

Corporate tax
 
Israeli companies are generally subject to corporate tax at the rate of 29% of their taxable income in 2007. The rate is scheduled to decline to 27% in 2008, 26% in 2009 and 25% in 2010 and thereafter. However, the effective tax rate payable by a company that derives income from an “Approved Enterprise” designated as set forth under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959, or the Investment Law, may be considerably less. Our investment programs in equipment at our facilities in Herzeliya, Israel have been granted “Approved Enterprise” status under the Investment Law and enjoy certain tax benefits. We expect to utilize these tax benefits after we utilize our net operating loss carry forwards. As of December 31, 2006, the end of our last fiscal year, our net operating loss carry forwards for Israeli tax purposes amounted to approximately $43.0 million. Income derived from other sources, other than the “Approved Enterprise,” during the benefit period will be subject to tax at the regular corporate tax rate. For more information about the tax benefits available to us as an Approved Enterprise see “Taxation and Government Programs—Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959.”
 
Government Grants
 
Our research and development efforts have been financed, in part, through grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist under our approved plans in accordance with the Israeli Law for Encouragement of Research and Development in the Industry, 1984, or the R&D Law. Through December 31, 2005, we had applied and received approval for grants totaling $5.6 million from the Office of the Chief Scientist. We did not apply for or receive any grants in 2006 or in the three months ended March 31, 2007. Under Israeli law and the approved plans, royalties on the revenues derived from sales of all of our products are payable to the Israeli government, generally at the rate of 3.5%, up to the amount of the received grants as adjusted for fluctuation in the U.S. dollar/shekel exchange rate. The amounts received after January 1, 1999, bear interest equal to the 12-month London Interbank Offered Rate applicable to dollar deposits that is published on the first business day of each calendar year. Royalties are paid on our consolidated revenues.
 
The government of Israel does not own proprietary rights in know-how developed using its funding and there is no restriction related to such funding on the export of products manufactured using the know-how. The know-how is, however, subject to other legal restrictions, including the obligation to manufacture the product based on the know-how in Israel and to obtain the Office of the Chief Scientist’s consent to transfer the know-how to a third party, whether in or outside Israel. These restrictions may impair our ability to outsource manufacturing or enter into similar arrangements for those products or technologies and they continue to apply even after we have paid the full amount of royalties payable for the grants.
 
If the Office of the Chief Scientist consents to the manufacture of the products outside Israel, the regulations allow the Office of the Chief Scientist to require the payment of increased royalties, ranging from 120% to 300% of the amount of the grant plus interest, depending on the percentage of foreign manufacture. If the manufacturing is performed outside of Israel by us, the rate of royalties payable by us on revenues from the sale of products manufactured outside of Israel will increase by 1% over the regular rates. If the manufacturing is performed outside of Israel by a third party, the rate of royalties payable by us on those revenues will be a percentage equal to the percentage of our total investment in our products that was funded by grants. The R&D Law further permits the Office of the Chief Scientist, among other things, to approve the transfer of manufacturing or manufacturing rights outside Israel in exchange for an import of certain manufacturing or manufacturing rights into Israel as a substitute, in lieu of the increased royalties.
 
The R&D Law provides that the consent of the Office of the Chief Scientist for the transfer outside of Israel of know-how derived out of an approved plan may only be granted under special circumstances and subject to fulfillment of certain conditions specified in the R&D Law as follows: (1) the grant recipient pays to the Office of the Chief Scientist a portion of the sale price paid in consideration for such Office of the Chief Scientist-funded know-how (according to certain formulas), except if the grantee receives from the transferee of the know-how an exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual unlimited license to fully utilize the know-how and all related rights; (2) the grant recipient receives know-how from a third party in exchange for its Office


36


Table of Contents

of the Chief Scientist-funded know-how; or (3) such transfer of Office of the Chief Scientist-funded know-how arises in connection with certain types of cooperation in research and development activities.
 
As of March 31, 2007, the royalty amount payable to the Office of the Chief Scientist was approximately $4.4 million, including accrued interest.
 
Comparison of Period to Period Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth our results of operations as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
 
                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
 
Revenues
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of revenues
    72.5       70.5       63.2       64.8       62.8  
                                         
Gross profit
    27.5       29.5       36.8       35.2       37.2  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Research and development, gross
    135.4       42.5       25.3       45.6       31.6  
Less royalty-bearing participation
    14.2       4.0                    
                                         
Research and development, net
    121.2       38.5       25.3       45.6       31.6  
                                         
Sales and marketing
    88.0       39.3       27.2       36.5       24.5  
General and administrative
    46.2       17.4       11.6       16.2       11.4  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    255.4       95.3       64.1       98.4       67.6  
                                         
Loss from operations
    (227.9 )     (65.8 )     (27.3 )     (63.2 )     (30.4 )
Financial income (expenses), net
    2.9       1.2       (1.5 )     2.3       (4.1 )
                                         
Net loss before income tax expense
    (225.0 )     (64.5 )     (28.8 )     (60.9 )     (34.6 )
Income tax expenses
          (0.7 )     (0.3 )           (0.4 )
                                         
Net loss
    (225.0 )     (65.3 )     (29.1 )     (60.9 )     (35.0 )
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2006
 
Revenues
 
Revenues increased by $4.2 million, or 95.5%, to $8.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $4.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in revenues resulted primarily from increased sales to our three largest OEM customers from $3.2 million to $5.8 million, as well as an increase in sales from $1.2 million to $2.8 million to our other customers during the period. Sales to IBM in the three months ended March 31, 2007 totaled $3.0 million representing an increase of $2.9 million over sales in the three months ended March 31, 2006, and sales to HP totaled $1.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007, representing an increase of $1.1 million over sales in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increased sales reflect the continued development of our relationships with IBM and HP. The increased sales were partially offset by a decrease in sales to Sun Microsystems, which totaled $0.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007. This represented a decrease of $1.4 million compared to sales in the three months ended March 31, 2006, which period had included a large sale to Sun Microsystems.
 
Our increased sales included sales to two first-time reseller customers comprising $1.1 million of our revenues during this period. In addition, sales of our Grid Director director-class switches and Grid Switch edge switches increased to $5.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $2.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006, while sales of our HCAs increased to $2.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $2.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. We believe that the growth in our sales reflected the overall growth in market demand by end customers for grid computing


37


Table of Contents

products, greater acceptance of the InfiniBand-based architecture and the continued development of our relationships with existing and new customers.
 
As of March 31, 2007, our consolidated balance sheet reflects an aggregate amount of $7.3 million of deferred revenues and $3.2 million of deferred direct costs relating to sales of our initial DDR Grid Director director-class switches. The shipments of these DDR products occurred during the third quarter of 2006 through the first quarter of 2007. We sold the DDR products to our regular customers under the same standard terms and conditions as we sold the remainder of our products, with the exception of one reseller customer that requested and contracted for acceptance testing. In October 2006, after the DDR product had been installed in a number of large configurations, a design flaw was identified which limited the full capabilities of the DDR feature in certain customer environments. Upon analysis of the design flaw during the fourth quarter of 2006, we determined that the delivery criterion for revenue recognition purposes would not be met until the DDR product delivered met all of the product’s specifications and functionality. As a result, we determined that revenue from these sales should not be recognized until a redesigned DDR product was completed and delivered to customers. We anticipate completion of the redesigned DDR equipment, release for general availability and, accordingly, satisfaction of revenue recognition criteria, in the second and third quarters of 2007.
 
Cost of revenues and gross margin
 
Cost of revenues increased by $2.6 million, or 89.4%, to $5.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $2.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. This increase resulted primarily from increased products sold. Gross margin increased from 35.2% in the three months ended March 31, 2006 to 37.2% in the three months ended March 31, 2007. This increase resulted from reduced costs for the ASIC, the principal component used in our Grid Director director-class switches and Grid Switch edge switches, and for other secondary components, such as circuit boards and chassis, as well as improved mix of product sold. The increase in gross margin was partially offset by increases in fixed operating costs from salary-related expenses relative to sales as we prepared to support anticipated growth with additional headcount in our operations group. We expect that our variable costs will continue to decline as a percentage of revenues if we maintain similar sales growth. In addition, the increase in gross margins was partially offset in the three months ended March 31, 2007 by a $65,000 charge for inventory made obsolete to comply to regulatory changes. We seek to increase our gross margin by increasing sales of our Grid Director ISR 9288 and ISR 9096 director-class switches and Grid Switch edge switches as a percentage of revenues. We also plan to reduce sales of existing lower-margin host adapter cards as a percentage of revenues and introduce new higher-margin adapter cards.
 
Operating expenses
 
Research and development.   Gross research and development expenses increased by $0.7 million, or 35.5% to $2.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $2.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. This increase resulted primarily from an increase in salary-related expenses to $1.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $1.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006 due to a slight increase in headcount and yearly salary increases effective January 1, 2007. In addition, we experienced an increase of $0.1 million in material and manufacturing expenditures related to the development of prototypes for our redesigned DDR product, an increase of $0.1 million related to the use of subcontractors rather than internal research and development personnel for certain new development products and an increase of $0.1 million in infrastructure expenses, in each case, compared to the comparable period in 2006. Gross research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 31.6% in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 45.6% in the three months ended March 31, 2006.
 
Research and development expenses, net of received and accrued royalty-bearing grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist increased by $0.7 million, or 35.5%, to $2.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $2.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. We did not apply for nor receive any grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist in 2006 or 2007. The last grants we applied for and received were in the amount of $0.6 million in 2005.


38


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing.   Sales and marketing expenses increased by $0.5 million, or 31.3%, to $2.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $1.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. This increase resulted from an increase of $0.4 million in salary- and commission-related expenses to $1.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $1.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006, primarily due to an increase in headcount and the payment of sales commissions.
 
General and administrative.   General and administrative expenses increased by $0.3 million, or 37.7%, to $1.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $0.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. This increase was due to a combination of increased shipping costs, salary-related expenses due to a slight increase in headcount and salary adjustments effective January 1, 2007, as well as increased expenses related to employee recruiting, training and development costs. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 11.4% in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 16.2% in the three months ended March 31, 2006.
 
Financial and other income (expenses), net
 
Financial and other income (expenses) changed to a loss of $0.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from income of $0.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The decrease in financial income resulted from $0.2 million of interest expense paid on our outstanding $5.0 million loan with Lighthouse Capital Partners in the three months ended March 31, 2007 and a charge of $0.2 million for the associated warrants granted to Lighthouse Capital Partners as part of the underlying loan agreement, both of which were incurred after the three months ended March 31, 2006.
 
Income tax benefit (expense)
 
Income tax expense related to our wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary increased to $35,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from no income tax expense in the three months ended March 31, 2006.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
Revenues
 
Revenues increased by $15.0 million, or 98.0%, to $30.4 million in 2006 from $15.4 million in 2005. Sales to IBM in 2006 totaled $11.6 million representing an increase of $10.3 million over sales in 2005, and sales to Sun Microsystems totaled $4.0 million in 2006, representing an increase of $3.6 million over sales in 2005. Sales to HP decreased by $3.7 million to $3.7 million in 2006 from $7.4 million in 2005. We believe that the decrease was due to increased sales to IBM during 2006 as a result of demand from end customers that may otherwise have purchased solutions from HP. We also experienced an increase of $1.4 million in sales to other OEMs, value added resellers and systems integrators from 2005.
 
The increase in sales resulted primarily from an increase of $8.0 million, or 180.5%, in sales of our HCAs from $4.5 million in 2005 to $12.5 million in 2006, including a single $2.0 million sale of our fiber adapters. The growth in HCAs is attributable to continued demand from customers for full grid computing solutions from a single supplier. In addition, sales of our Grid Director ISR 9288 and ISR 9096 director-class switches and Grid Switch ISR 9024 edge switches grew by $7.1 million, or 74.7%, from $9.5 million in 2005 to $16.6 million in 2006. This growth resulted from an increase in the number of HCAs, director class switches and edge switches sold to both new and existing end customers, and reflected increased penetration of new vertical markets, such as oil and gas, manufacturing and financial services. Our revenue growth in 2006 was impacted by the deferral of $5.3 million of revenues which we had expected to recognize in 2006 from sales of our DDR switches sold to HP and a second systems integrator for two large end customer installations as well as several smaller installations. We deferred recognition of revenue from these sales because these switches did not perform as expected in the field under certain high stress environments. We currently expect to recognize this revenue during the second and third quarters of 2007 when all of the revenue recognition criteria are met.


39


Table of Contents

Cost of revenues and gross margin
 
Cost of revenues increased by $8.4 million, or 77.5%, to $19.2 million in 2006 from $10.8 million in 2005. This increase resulted primarily from increased products sold. Gross margin increased from 29.5% in 2005 to 36.8% in 2006. This increase resulted from reductions in costs of materials and manufacturing overhead due to higher production volumes in 2006, partially offset by increases in fixed costs relative to sales as we continued to build our operations group to manage the needs of our OEM customers. In addition, the increase in gross margins was partially offset by an increase as a percentage of revenues of lower margin host adapter cards compared to higher margin Grid Director ISR 9288 and ISR 9096 director-class switches and Grid Switch edge switches. We derived 61.7% of our revenues from sales of switches in 2005 compared to 54.4% in 2006, and we derived 29.0% of our revenues from sales of host adapter cards in 2005 compared to 41.0% in 2006.
 
Operating expenses
 
Research and development.   Gross research and development expenses increased by $1.2 million, or 17.7%, to $7.7 million in 2006 from $6.5 million in 2005. This increase resulted from the use of subcontractors rather than internal research and development personnel for certain new development projects resulting in subcontractor expenses of $1.1 million in 2006 compared to $0.6 million in 2005. In addition, there was a significant increase in material and manufacturing expenditures for our new Grid Director director-class switches to $0.9 million in 2006 from $0.3 million in 2005. Salary-related expenses increased slightly to $3.9 million in 2006 from $3.6 million in 2005 due to a slight increase in headcount. Gross research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 25.3% in 2006 from 42.5% in 2005.
 
Research and development expenses, net of received and accrued royalty-bearing grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist increased by $1.8 million, or 30.0%, to $7.7 million in 2006 from $5.9 million in 2005. We did not apply for nor receive any grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist in 2006 or 2007.
 
Sales and marketing.   Sales and marketing expenses increased by $2.2 million, or 37.0%, to $8.3 million in 2006 from $6.0 million in 2005. This increase resulted from an increase of $1.3 million in salary- and commission-related expenses to $5.4 million in 2006 from $4.1 million in 2005, primarily due to an increase in headcount and the payment of sales commissions. We also increased our marketing expenses by $0.6 million primarily due to expenses related to OEM product trials, expansion of new vertical and geographical markets, and public relations. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 27.2% in 2006 from 39.3% in 2005.
 
General and administrative.   General and administrative expenses increased by $0.8 million, or 31.8%, to $3.5 million in 2006 from $2.7 million in 2005. This increase was primarily due to an increase in professional fees to $0.6 million in 2006 from $0.3 million in 2005. These fees included significant outside legal counsel fees for negotiating new OEM agreements, IT management expenses and fees related to tax and other financial management services. In addition, other general and administrative expenses from shipping costs and travel expenses grew to $0.9 million in 2006 from $0.5 million in 2005 as a result of increased import of raw materials and shipping volume to our customers, increased travel by management and personnel, as well as recruiting fees. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 11.6% in 2006 from 17.4% in 2005.
 
Financial and other income (expenses), net
 
Financial and other income (expenses) changed to a loss of $0.5 million in 2006 from income of $0.2 million in 2005. The decease in financial income resulted from $0.3 million of interest expense paid on our outstanding $5.0 million loan with Lighthouse Capital Partners, and a charge of $0.4 million for the associated warrants granted to Lighthouse Capital Partners as part of the underlying loan agreement.
 
Income tax benefit (expense)
 
Income tax expense related to our wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary decreased to $84,000 in 2006 from $0.1 million in 2005.


40


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004
 
Revenues
 
Revenues increased by $10.5 million, or 212.6%, to $15.4 million in 2005 from $4.9 million in 2004. This increase was due in part to sales of additional units of our HCAs, director class switches and edge switches during 2005, resulting from the first full-year of our OEM relationships with HP and IBM, which we had formalized in 2004. In addition, this growth was due to sales of our switch products including our newly-released director-class and edge switches which increased to $9.5 million in 2005 from $2.2 million in 2004. Sales of our HCAs also increased to $4.5 million in 2005 from $2.6 million in 2004. In 2005, we also began negotiations and initial sales with an additional OEM customer.
 
Cost of revenues and gross margin
 
Cost of revenues increased by $7.3 million, or 203.8%, to $10.8 million in 2005 from $3.6 million in 2004. This increase resulted primarily from increased products sold. Gross margins increased to 29.5% in 2005 from 27.5% in 2004. This increase in gross margin resulted primarily from lower costs of raw materials and contract manufacturing fees relative to sales, partially offset by an increase in fixed costs relative to sales as we began building our global operations infrastructure. In addition, gross margins increased due to an increase in sales of our higher margin Grid Director ISR 9288 and ISR 9096 director-class switches and Grid Switch edge switches compared to lower margin host adapter cards. We derived 44.8% of our revenues from sales of switches in 2004 compared to 61.7% in 2005, and we derived 52.2% of our revenues from sales of host adapter cards in 2004 compared to 29.0% in 2005.
 
Operating expenses
 
Research and development.   Gross research and development expenses decreased by $0.2 million, or 1.8%, to $6.5 million in 2005 from $6.7 million in 2004. This decrease resulted from significant subcontractor costs related to the release of new Grid Director director-class switches in 2004, which we did not incur in 2005. Subcontractor costs decreased to $0.6 million in 2005 from $0.9 million in 2004. Gross research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 42.5% in 2005 from 135.4% in 2004.
 
Research and development expenses, net of received and accrued royalty-bearing grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist decreased by $0.1 million, or 0.7%, to $5.9 million in 2005 from $6.0 million in 2004. Grants totaled $0.6 million in 2005 compared to $0.7 million in 2004.
 
Sales and marketing.   Sales and marketing expenses increased by $1.7 million in 2005, or 39.7%, to $6.0 million in 2005 from $4.3 million in 2004. This increase resulted almost entirely from an increase in salary-related costs to $4.1 million in 2005 from $2.3 million in 2004, as a result of our headcount growth of 36% in 2005. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 39.3% in 2005 from 88.0% in 2004.
 
General and administrative.   General and administrative expenses increased by $0.4 million, or 18.1%, to $2.7 million in 2005 from $2.3 million in 2004. This increase resulted from a growth in salary-related expenses of $0.7 million in 2005 due to an increase in headcount, offset by a reduction in expenses to $0.1 million in 2005 from $0.4 million in 2004, related to expenses for option grants and warrants issued in 2004. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 17.4% in 2005 from 46.2% in 2004.
 
Financial and other income, net
 
Financial and other income, net increased to $0.2 million in 2005 compared to financial and other income, net of $0.1 million in 2004. The increase in financial and other income resulted from interest income of $0.3 million in 2005 compared to $0.1 million in 2004, offset by a foreign exchange loss of $0.1 million in 2005 from $40,000 in 2004.


41


Table of Contents

Income tax expenses
 
Income tax expenses related to our wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary increased to $0.1 million in 2005 from no expense in 2004.
 
Quarterly Results of Operations
 
The table below sets forth unaudited consolidated statements of operations data in dollars for each of the nine consecutive quarters ended March 31, 2007. In management’s opinion, the unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial information. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                                                                         
    Three Months Ended,  
    March 31,
    June 30,
    Sept. 30,
    Dec. 31,
    March 31,
    June 30,
    Sept. 30,
    Dec. 31,
    March 31,
 
    2005     2005     2005     2005     2006     2006     2006     2006     2007  
    (unaudited)  
    (in thousands)  
 
Statements of operations data:
                                                                       
Revenues
  $ 2,423     $ 3,625     $ 5,151     $ 4,167     $ 4,389     $ 3,963     $ 8,263     $ 13,812     $ 8,580  
Cost of revenues
    1,848       2,569       3,600       2,813       2,846       2,479       5,422       8,476       5,391  
                                                                         
Gross profit
    575       1,056       1,551       1,354       1,543       1,484       2,841       5,336       3,189  
                                                                         
Operating expenses:
                                                                       
Research and development, net
    1,632       1,295       1,305       1,685       2,003       2,065       1,697       1,929       2,714  
Sales and marketing
    1,130       1,409       1,596       1,910       1,604       1,841       2,359       2,477       2,106  
General and administrative
    534       659       708       780       711       824       918       1,081       979  
                                                                         
Total operating expenses
    3,296       3,363       3,609       4,375       4,318       4,730       4,974       5,487       5,799  
                                                                         
Loss from operations
    (2,721 )     (2,307 )     (2,058 )     (3,021 )     (2,775 )     (3,246 )     (2,133 )     (151 )     (2,610 )
Financial income(expense) net
    (24 )     (255 )     344       126       102       (23 )     (120 )     (419 )     (355 )
Income tax expense
                      (111 )                       (84 )     (35 )
                                                                         
Loss for the quarter
    (2,745 )     (2,562 )     (1,714 )     (3,006 )     (2,673 )     (3,269 )     (2,253 )     (654 )     (3,000 )
Select statements of operations data as a percentage of revenues:
                                                                       
Gross profit
    23.7 %     29.1 %     30.1 %     32.5 %     35.2 %     37.4 %     34.4 %     38.6 %     37.2 %
Operating expenses
    136.0       92.8       70.1       105.0       98.4       119.3       60.2       39.7       67.6  
Operating loss
    (112.3 )     (63.6 )     (40.0 )     (72.5 )     (63.2 )     (81.9 )     (25.8 )     (1.1 )     (30.4 )
Select statements of operations data as a percentage of full year results:
                                                                       
Revenues as a percentage of full year results
    15.8 %     23.6 %     33.5 %     27.1 %     14.4 %     13.0 %     27.2 %     45.4 %     n/a  
Gross profit as a percentage of full year results
    12.7       23.3       34.2       29.8       13.8       13.2       25.4       47.6       n/a  
Operating expenses as a percentage of full year results
    22.5       23.0       24.6       29.9       22.2       24.2       25.5       28.1       n/a  
Operating loss as a percentage of full year results
    26.9       22.8       20.4       29.9       33.4       39.1       25.7       1.8       n/a  


42


Table of Contents

Our quarterly results of operations have varied in the past and are likely to do so again in the future. As such, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. In future periods, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline if our revenue and results of operations are below the expectations of analysts or investors.
 
Generally, our revenues are lower in the first and second quarters while our third and fourth quarters tend to exhibit higher revenues. We believe these quarterly fluctuations are the result of the budgeting processes of many of our end customers who typically make expenditures at their fiscal year end. In particular, governmental, research and educational institutions typically place orders and expect delivery during their fiscal year end in the third quarter, while enterprise customers typically place orders and require delivery during their fiscal year end in the fourth quarter. Our revenues in the third and fourth quarter of 2006 were impacted positively by this seasonality effect. As of March 31, 2007, we had not yet completed the internal testing requirements of our redesigned DDR product and continued to defer recognition of $7.3 million of revenue related to the DDR products that we sold as of that date.
 
Gross margins have fluctuated from quarter to quarter primarily due to the mix of product sales during a particular quarter between switch products and HCAs, improved pricing for component costs and the relative rate of fixed operational costs to sales revenue. Our operating expenses have generally increased sequentially due to the growth of our business. Our operating loss in the fourth quarter of 2006 was significantly lower than in prior quarters due to the significant increase in sales generated, and increased gross margins while not resulting in increased operating expenses. However, due to the seasonality of our business as well as increased operating expenses relating to our continued business growth, we had an operating loss of $2.6 million in the first quarter of 2007 compared to an operating loss of $0.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2006.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Since inception, we have been funded through a combination of issuances of preferred shares, redeemable preferred shares, venture loans and cash flow from operations. Through March 31, 2007, sales of our equity securities resulted in net proceeds to us of approximately $76.3 million. As of March 31, 2007, we had $17.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and a long-term loan of $5.0 million. As of March 31, 2007, our working capital, which we calculate by subtracting our current liabilities from our current assets, was $19.7 million.
 
We minimize our working capital requirements by subcontracting our manufacturing and component supply chain activities to third-party subcontractors. Based on our current business plan, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash balances and any cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. If our estimates of revenues, expenses or capital or liquidity requirements change or are inaccurate or if cash generated from operations is insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell additional shares or arrange additional debt financing. Further, we may seek to sell shares or arrange debt financing to give us financial flexibility to pursue attractive acquisition or investment opportunities that may arise in the future, although we currently do not have any acquisitions or investments planned.
 
Operating activities.   Our business has grown significantly since 2004 when we first introduced our Grid Director director-class switches. During this period, our cash balances have been materially affected on both a quarterly and annual basis by changes in our working capital and losses from operations. In particular, our rapid sales growth has created negative cash flows due to increased non-cash working capital caused by the lead times needed to build inventory. Conversely, seasonal fluctuations in revenues have generated improved cash flows where outflows for manufacturing are reduced during slower periods and offset by higher collections from previous sales periods.
 
Net cash used by operating activities in the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $3.9 million, and was generated primarily by our net loss of $3.0 million, together with an increase in inventory of $2.1 million and an increase in accounts receivable of $2.0 million, which was offset by an increase in accounts payable of $2.5 million. The increase in accounts receivable was due to an increase in our non-trade account receivables


43


Table of Contents

during the three months ended March 31, 2007 of $1.2 million resulting from VAT receivables owed by the Israeli government and not paid until April 2007 coupled with an increase of $0.8 million in deferred revenues cost related mainly to deferred sales of our DDR product. Despite the decrease in sales from the fourth quarter of 2006 to the first quarter of 2007, trade receivables remain flat due to delayed trade collections of approximately $2.1 million related to deferred sales of our DDR product in addition to $1.1 million related to late customer payments settled during the second quarter of 2007. The increase in accounts payable was due to the increase of deferred revenues and the increase in inventory and operating expense during the period.
 
Net cash used by operating activities in 2006 was $5.3 million, and was generated primarily by our net loss of $8.8 million, together with an increase of accounts receivable of $9.9 million, which was offset by an increase of accounts payable of $12.3 million. The increase in accounts receivable was due to significant growth in revenues during the fourth quarter of 2006 to $13.8 million compared to $4.2 million during the fourth quarter of 2005 and from the increase in deferred cost of $2.5 million related mainly to deferred sales of our DDR product. Similarly, the significant increase in accounts payable resulted from increased manufacturing expenses during the fourth quarter of 2006 compared to manufacturing expenses during the fourth quarter of 2005 and from the increase in deferred revenues. Net cash used in operating activities in 2005 was $9.8 million, and was generated primarily from our operating loss of $10.0 million, together with increases of account receivables and inventories of $1.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively, which were partially offset by $1.7 million of increased account payables. Both the increased accounts receivable and accounts payable balances are directly related to the increased sales during the fourth quarter of 2005 compared with the fourth quarter of 2004. Net cash used in operating activities in 2004 was $11.1 million and resulted primarily from our loss of $11.1 million, a net increase in inventories of $1.9 million which was offset by an increase in account payables of $1.7 million. Inventory increased in 2004 compared to 2003 as a result of expected growth in our business in 2005.
 
Most of our sales contracts are denominated in United States dollars and as such, the increase in our revenues derived from customers located outside of the United States has not affected our cash flows from operations. As we fund our international operations, our cash and cash equivalents are affected by fluctuations in exchange rates.
 
Investing activities.   Net cash used in investing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $0.5 million, primarily due to the investment of fixed assets for networking and computer infrastructure equipment as well as research and development equipment. In addition, we invested approximately $0.1 million in leasehold improvements as a result of acquiring additional office space during the period.
 
Net cash used in investing activities in 2006 was $1.3 million, primarily due to the purchase of fixed assets for $1.0 million. Net cash used in investing activities in 2005 was $0.7 million and consisted primarily of the purchase of fixed assets for $0.6 million. Net cash used in investing activities in 2004 was $1.0 million and consisted primarily of the purchase of fixed assets for $0.6 million and increased long term deposits of $0.3 million.
 
We expect that our capital expenditures will total approximately $1.4 million in 2007. We anticipate that these capital expenditures will be primarily related to expenditures for computer, networking and test equipment, general infrastructure and investment in software and hardware for our research and development personnel.
 
Financing activities.   Net cash provided by financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $11.4 million and was generated almost entirely from the sale of our Series E2 redeemable convertible preferred shares. All but $1.0 million of this financing was from our existing investors.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities in 2006 was $5.0 million and was generated by borrowing $5.0 million under a loan agreement with Lighthouse Capital Partners secured by a floating charge on our assets and a fixed charge on our intellectual property. We intend to repay this loan with proceeds from this offering. Net cash provided in financing activities in 2005 was $16.8 million and consisted primarily of the sale of $17.0 million of preferred shares. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2004 was $13.8 million generated by the sale of $15.0 million of preferred shares and partially offset by the repayment of a $1.0 million loan, which matured during 2004.


44


Table of Contents

Off Balance Sheet Arrangement
 
We are not a party to any material off-balance sheet arrangements. In addition, we have no unconsolidated special purpose financing or partnership entities that are likely to create material contingent obligations.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Market risk is the risk of loss related to changes in market prices, including interest rates and foreign exchange rates, of financial instruments that may adversely impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Risk of Interest Rate Fluctuation
 
Following this offering, we intend to repay our outstanding $5.0 million loan from Lighthouse Capital Partners and do not anticipate undertaking any significant long-term borrowings. Our investments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. Following this offering, our investments may also consist of marketable securities including money market funds, commercial paper, governmental and agency debt securities and corporate debt securities.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
 
Our foreign currency exposures give rise to market risk associated with exchange rate movements of the U.S. dollar, our functional and reporting currency, mainly against the shekel and the euro. We are exposed to the risk of fluctuation in the U.S. dollar/shekel exchange rate. In 2006, we derived the majority of our revenues in U.S. dollars and to a significantly lesser extent in euros and shekels. Although a majority of our expenses were denominated in U.S. dollars, a portion of our expenses were denominated in shekels and to a significantly lesser extent in euros. Our shekel-denominated expenses consist principally of facilities-related and salaries and benefit-related expenses of our Israeli operations. We anticipate that a material portion of our expenses will continue to be denominated in shekels. Similarly, although the majority of our receivables are denominated in U.S. dollars, a portion are denominated in shekels to mitigate the affect of foreign currency fluctuations. During 2005, we carried shekel receivables from the Office of the Chief Scientist as well as value-added tax receivables. In 2006, we carried only value-added tax receivables in shekels. If the U.S. dollar weakens against the shekel, there will be a negative impact on our profit margins. To date, fluctuations in the exchange rates between either the U.S. dollar and the shekel or the U.S. dollar and any other currency have not materially affected our results of operations or financial condition for the periods under review. We currently do not hedge our currency exposure through financial instruments. In the future, we may undertake hedging or other similar transactions or invest in market risk sensitive instruments if we determine that it is advisable to offset these risks.
 
Contractual and Other Commitments
 
The following table of our material contractual and other obligations known to us as of December 31, 2006, summarizes the aggregate effect that these obligations are expected to have on our cash flows in the periods indicated:
 
                                                 
                                  After
 
Contractual and Other Obligations
  Total     2007     2008     2009     2010     2010  
                (in thousands)              
 
Operating leases(1)
  $ 3,381     $ 965     $ 827     $ 672     $ 500     $ 417  
Purchase Commitments(2)
    12,658       12,658                                  
Long-term loan(3)
    6,274       624       2,981       2,669              
                                                 
Total
  $ 22,313     $ 14,247     $ 3,808     $ 3,341     $ 500     $ 417  
 
 
(1) Consists primarily of an operating lease for our facilities in Herzeliya, Israel and our U.S. subsidiary’s facilities in Billerica, Massachusetts, as well as operating leases for vehicles.


45


Table of Contents

 
(2) Consists of commitments to purchase goods or services pursuant to agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: (i) fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, (ii) fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and (iii) the approximate timing of the transaction. This relates primarily to our standard purchase orders with our vendors for the current manufacturing requirements which are filled by vendors in relatively short timeframes.
 
(3) Consists of a loan in an outstanding principal amount of $5.0 million as of December 31, 2006 from Lighthouse Capital Partners and is required to be repaid in 24 equal monthly installments of principal and accrued interest commencing January 1, 2008. The loan bore interest at the Wall Street Journal prime-lending rate plus 4.00%, which totaled 12.25% as of December 31, 2006. Currently, we make monthly interest payments of approximately $52,000, which are reflected in the above table. The loan is anticipated to be repaid using proceeds from this offering.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. These estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and actual results may differ. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain of our accounting policies are particularly important to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations. In applying these critical accounting policies, our management uses its judgment to determine the appropriate assumptions to be used in making certain estimates. Those estimates are based on our historical experience, the terms of existing contracts, our observance of trends in our industry, information provided by our customers and information available from other outside sources, as appropriate. With respect to our policies on revenue recognition and warranty costs, our historical experience is based principally on our operations since we commenced selling our products in 2003. Our estimates are guided by observing the following critical accounting policies:
 
Revenue recognition.   We derive revenue primarily from the sale of hardware and software products and the provision of warranty and support contracts. The software components of our products are more than incidental to our products as a whole. As a result, we recognize revenues from sales of our products in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position, or SOP 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” as modified by SOP 98-9, “Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions,” or SOP 98-9.
 
In particular, we recognize revenues from sales of our products when the following four criteria are met:
 
  •  Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.   We generally require a purchase order with a customer specifying the terms and conditions of the products or services to be delivered. Such purchase orders are generally issued pursuant to a master agreement with the customer. In limited circumstances, we have entered into a specific agreement with respect to a particular sale and rely on that as evidence of an agreement.
 
  •  Delivery has occurred.   For our hardware appliances and software licenses, delivery occurs when title is transferred under the applicable IncoTerms to our customer. Our standard delivery terms are freight on board, or FOB, shipping point. We use this measure of delivery for all customers, including OEM customers, value-added resellers and systems integrators. For services, delivery takes place as the services are provided.
 
  •  The price is fixed and determinable.   Prices are fixed and determinable if they are not subject to a refund or cancellation. Our standard arrangement with our customers does not include any right of return or customer acceptance provisions. In a very limited number of arrangements we have deviated from our standard terms by accepting purchase order arrangements from customers that included certain acceptance tests with milestones after delivery. In such cases, we do not recognize revenue until all the achievement of all milestones has been certified by the customer.


46


Table of Contents

 
  •  Collection is probable.   Probability of collection is assessed on a customer-by-customer basis based on a number of factors including credit-worthiness and our past transaction history with the customer. Customers are subject to a credit review process that evaluates the customers’ financial position and ultimately their ability to pay. In the limited circumstances where we may have a customer not deemed creditworthy, we defer net revenues from the arrangement until payment is received and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. The instances in which we have had to defer revenue due to concern about a customer’s creditworthiness have to date been immaterial to our business.
 
A significant portion of our product sales include multiple elements. Such elements typically include several or all of the following: hardware, software, extended hardware warranties and support services. Through March 31, 2007, in virtually all of our contracts, the only elements that remained undelivered at the time of delivery of a product were extended hardware warranties and support services. When the undelivered element is the extended hardware warranties or support services, that portion of the revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the extended warranty or support arrangements. SOP 97-2 generally requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative specific objective fair value of the elements. Support revenue included in multiple element arrangements is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the applicable support agreement.
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” we provide for potential warranty liability costs in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. This estimate is based on past experience of historical warranty claims and other known factors. We grant a one-year hardware warranty and a three-month software warranty on all of our products. In cases where the customer wishes to extend the warranty for more than one year, we charge an additional fee. This amount is recorded as deferred revenue and recognized over the period that the extended warranty is provided and the related performance obligation is satisfied. We have established VSOE of the fair value for our extended warranties and support services based upon our normal renewal rates charged for such services.
 
Accounting for share-based compensation.   We maintain performance incentive plans under which incentive and non-qualified share options are granted to employees and non-employee consultants. Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for employee share options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , or APB No. 25, and Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation, or FASB, No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25 ., or FASB No. 44. We had also adopted the disclosure only provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , or SFAS No. 123 and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure , or SFAS No. 148.
 
In accordance with APB No. 25, share-based compensation expense, which is a non-cash charge, resulted from option grants at exercise prices that, for financial reporting purposes, were deemed to be less than the estimated fair market value of the underlying ordinary share on the date of grant. In 2005, we granted options to employees to purchase a total of 574,648 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
 
During this period, we did not obtain contemporaneous valuations from an independent valuation expert. We only sought valuations after adopting on January 1, 2006 the provisions of the FASB SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payments , or SFAS No. 123(R). Prior to that time, with approval from our board of directors, we relied on the determinations of our management, the members of which have extensive experience in the grid computing market, to determine a reasonable estimate of the then current value of our ordinary shares. Given the absence of an active market for our ordinary shares, our management determined and our board of directors approved the estimated fair value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant based on a number of factors, including:
 
  •  the grants involved private company securities that were illiquid;
 
  •  the liquidation preference and other rights of our preferred shares;
 
  •  the price paid in recent transactions for our preferred shares; and
 
  •  our stage of development and commercial business strategy.


47


Table of Contents

 
In connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005, we assessed the estimated fair value of our ordinary shares and engaged BDO Ziv Haft Consulting & Management Ltd., or BDO, an independent valuation firm. We engaged BDO to perform an independent valuation of our ordinary shares to determine their fair value on various dates during the year ended December 31, 2005. BDO provided us with a valuation report in May 2006. In making its assessment of the fair value of our ordinary shares, BDO reviewed recent purchases of our shares by third parties. Between April and August 2005, we issued 4,249,997 Series E preferred shares in consideration for an aggregate investment of $17.0 million, representing a price per preferred share of $4.00. BDO concluded that this transaction served as a basis for estimating the value of our ordinary shares for purposes of the option grants made during 2005. In accordance with the AICPA’s Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the Practice Aid, BDO used the option-pricing method to allocate our total company value of $46.0 million between our preferred and common shares. The option-pricing method involves making estimates of the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event such as a sale of our company or an initial public offering, and estimates of the volatility of our equity securities. The anticipated timing is based on the plans of our board and management. Estimating the volatility of the share price of a privately held company is complex because there is no readily available market for the shares. We estimated the volatility of our stock based on available information on volatility of stocks of publicly traded companies in our industry. Had we used different estimates of volatility, the allocations between preferred and common shares would have been different. Based on the option pricing method, BDO determined that the fair value of our ordinary shares was in the range of $1.00 to $1.28 per share. In its report, BDO noted that there had been no material changes in our revenues or net loss during 2005 and they accordingly determined that our valuation did not change during this period. We used $1.14, the midpoint of the range determined by BDO, as the fair value of our ordinary shares for options granted in 2005.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), which supersedes APB No. 25. Under SFAS No. 123(R), share-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award at that date, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period, which is generally over the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. We adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the prospective transition method, which requires us to apply the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) only to new awards granted, and to awards modified, repurchased or cancelled, after the effective date. Under the transition method, non-vested option awards outstanding at January 1, 2006 continue to be accounted for under the intrinsic value method under APB No. 25.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2006, we granted options to employees to purchase a total of 383,172 ordinary shares at exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $1.20 per share. The fair market value of our ordinary shares on the dates these options were granted ranged from $1.12 to $3.60 per share. Accordingly, we recorded a compensation expense of approximately $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. During the first quarter of 2007, we granted options to employees to purchase a total of 223,232 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $4.40 per share. The fair market value of our ordinary shares on the dates these options were granted was $4.40 per share. Accordingly, we recorded a compensation expense of approximately $0.1 million for the three month period ended March 31, 2007. During the second quarter of 2007, we granted options to employees to purchase a total of 589,024 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $8.00 per share. The fair market value of our ordinary shares on the dates these options were granted was $7.96 per share.


48


Table of Contents

Information on employee stock options granted since January 1, 2006 is set forth in the following table:
 
                         
                Fair
 
    Options
    Exercise
    Market
 
Grant Date
  Granted     Price/Share     Value  
 
January 31, 2006
    184,172     $ 1.00     $ 1.14  
February 28, 2006
    15,000       1.00       1.14  
April 6, 2006
    86,250       1.00       1.14  
October 19, 2006
    76,250       1.20       1.20  
December 14, 2006
    21,500       1.20       3.60  
February 22, 2007
    27,101       4.40       4.40  
March 6, 2007
    18,875       4.40       4.40  
March 23, 2007
    88,628       4.40       4.40  
March 26, 2007
    88,628       4.40       4.40  
April 25, 2007
    33,725       8.00       7.96  
May 21, 2007
    555,299       8.00       7.96  
 
Based on an expected initial public offering price of $13.00, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the fair value of the options outstanding at March 31, 2007, was $36.5 million, of which $24.7 million related to vested options and $11.8 million related to unvested options.
 
Significant factors, assumptions and methodologies used in determining fair value
 
During the first and second quarters of 2006, our management determined that our overall value had not changed since the previous valuation of our ordinary shares as of the year ended December 31, 2005, and accordingly there was no need to obtain an updated independent valuation for our ordinary shares. It was management’s belief that the estimated fair value of our ordinary shares during the period remained constant based on our projected results of operations compared to actual results. In particular, we had not experienced a significant change in our research and development, sales and marketing or overall financial performance during this period. Our revenues increased by only $0.2 million, or 5.3%, from the fourth quarter of 2005 to the first quarter of 2006 and decreased by $0.4 million, or 9.7%, from the first to the second quarter of 2006. This contrasts with an increase in revenues of $1.2 million, or 49.6% from the first quarter to the second quarter of 2005. Additionally, our net loss increased by $0.6 million, of 22.3%, from the first to the second quarter of 2006, which contrasts with a decrease in net loss of $183,000, or 6.7%, from the first to the second quarter of 2005. Management had concerns at this time about our ability to meet our business plan for 2006 and our board of directors lowered our revenue goals for 2006 and reduced our budget for 2006 due to these concerns. As a result, based on the determination of management, our board of directors continued to use $1.14 as the fair value of our ordinary shares for the option grants made on January 31, 2006, February 28, 2006 and April 6, 2006.
 
In October 2006, we obtained from BDO a valuation report regarding the fair value of our ordinary shares as of September 30, 2006. We consider this valuation report to have been contemporaneous with our October 19, 2006 option grants. In estimating the fair value of our ordinary shares, BDO considered that we were in the fourth stage of development as set forth in the Practice Aid, characterized by key product development milestones and revenue generation. We had also completed several rounds of financing. Given this stage of development, BDO used the income approach to determine that our total company value was $52.5 million as of September 30, 2006. The income approach involves applying appropriate discount rates to estimated cash flows that are based on forecasts of revenue and costs. Our revenue forecasts assumed an annual growth rate that was initially consistent with the increase in revenues experienced between the third quarter of 2005 and the third quarter of 2006, and assumed that such growth rate would decline over time. Our forecasts also assumed that we would continue to make improvements to our gross margins. These forecasts were not prepared with a view to public disclosure and are inherently uncertain. The assumptions underlying the forecasts were consistent with our business plan. The risks associated with achieving our forecasts were assessed in selecting the discount rate of 25.2%. If a different discount rate had been used, the valuation would


49


Table of Contents

have been different. Based on our total company value, BDO used the option-pricing method to estimate that the fair value of our ordinary shares was $1.20 per share. Based on the opinion provided in BDO’s valuation report, we used $1.20 as the fair value of our ordinary shares for the option grants made on October 19, 2006.
 
In March 2007, we obtained from BDO an updated valuation report regarding the fair value of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2006. We did not obtain a contemporaneous valuation report for December 31, 2006 because we did not consider that there had been any material change in our business. We started contemplating the possibility of an initial public offering in December 2006 and, following commencement of the initial public offering process in February 2007, we determined that the increased possibility of such an offering or other liquidity event meant that our business had advanced and that it was appropriate to reassess our valuation as of December 31, 2006. In estimating the fair value of our ordinary shares as of that date, BDO considered that we had been progressing from the fourth to the fifth stage of development as set forth in the Practice Aid, typically characterized by revenue generation and measures of financial success such as operating profitability. Given this stage of development and because the range of our future outcomes could be reasonably estimated, BDO used the probability weighted expected return approach based on four possible future scenarios: initial public offering, merger or sale, dissolution or remaining a private company. Based on our assessment of our business and prospects, BDO assigned a probability of 20% to an initial public offering, 40% to a merger or sale, 15% to a dissolution and 25% to remaining a private company. The probability of an IPO at this time remained relatively low since we had not commenced substantive discussions with underwriters and had received only one indicative valuation, which was provided by an investment bank on December 14, 2006 in connection with a proposal to act as underwriter for an initial public offering. Following this analysis, BDO discounted to present value the weighted company values of each scenario to determine our total value using a discount rate of 25.0%. BDO then determined the value of our ordinary shares, based on the economic impact of the conversion rights and liquidation preferences of our preferred shares. Based on the weighted values of these scenarios, BDO estimated that our present value as of December 31, 2006 was $89.9 million. BDO therefore determined that the fair value of our ordinary shares was $3.60 per share as of December 31, 2006. We used this as the fair value of our ordinary shares for the option grants made on December 14, 2006. We believe that this increased valuation was supported by the strong revenue growth that we experienced in the third quarter of 2006, which was reinforced by continued strong revenue growth in the fourth quarter of 2006. In addition, we achieved a number of business milestones during the later part of the fourth quarter of 2006. These milestones included success in our efforts to penetrate the financial service industry and the signing of an agreement formalizing our OEM relationship with Sun. The two quarters of strong revenue growth and the milestones achieved in the fourth quarter were not known to us when the September 30, 2006 valuation was prepared.
 
In March 2007, we also obtained from BDO an updated valuation report regarding the fair value of our ordinary shares as of February 1, 2007. Based on the development of our business, BDO again used the probability weighted expected return approach. Based on our assessment of our business and prospects as of February 1, 2007, and prospective valuations provided by investment banks in connection with our proposed initial public offering, BDO assigned an increased probability of 30% to the initial public offering scenario and probabilities of 30% to a merger or sale, 10% to a dissolution and 30% to remaining a private company. Following this analysis, BDO discounted to present value the weighted company values of each scenario to determine our total value using a discount rate of 25.2%. BDO then determined the weighted values of our ordinary shares, based on the economic impact of the conversion rights and liquidation preferences of our preferred shares. Based on the weighted values of these scenarios, BDO estimated that our present value as of February 1, 2007 was $113.4 million. The increase in present value compared to December 31, 2006 resulted primarily from the increase in the probability of an IPO and was also impacted to a lesser extent by an increase in our projected company value in the IPO scenario. BDO determined that the fair value of our ordinary shares was $4.40 per share as of February 1, 2007. We used this as the fair value of our ordinary shares for the option grants made on February 22, 2007, March 6, 2007, March 23, 2007 and March 26, 2007.
 
On April 25, 2007, we received an updated valuation report from BDO regarding the fair value of our ordinary shares as of that date. Given the stage of our development and because the range of our future outcomes could be reasonably estimated, BDO continued to use the probability weighted expected return


50


Table of Contents

approach. Based on a presentation by the underwriters and the increased likelihood of an initial public offering occurring in the United States, BDO assigned an increased probability of 50% to the initial public offering scenario and probabilities of 30% to a merger or sale, 5% to a dissolution and 15% to remaining a private company. Following this analysis, BDO discounted to present value the weighted company values of each scenario to determine our total value using a discount rate of 25.0%. Based on the weighted values of these scenarios, BDO estimated that our value as of April 25, 2007 was $166 million. The increase in present value compared to February 1, 2007 resulted primarily from the increase in the probability of an IPO and was also impacted to a lesser extent by an increase in our projected company value in the IPO scenario. BDO opined that the fair value of our ordinary shares was $7.96 per share by dividing our weighted value by the number of shares outstanding after subtracting the estimated value of the employee stock options. We used this fair value as the exercise price for the option grants made on April 25, 2007 and May 21, 2007.
 
On May 2, 2007, our compensation committee approved the grant of options to purchase 555,299 shares to our employees as part of an employee retention and incentivization measure with respect to the IPO. The approval of our board of directors was required under Israeli law to formalize this grant and this was received by written consent on May 21, 2007. Due to the close proximity of the May 2, 2007 meeting of the compensation committee to the April 25, 2007 valuation report from BDO, the compensation committee, and subsequently the board, use the $7.96 share price contained in the April 25, 2007 BDO valuation report.
 
On May 22, 2007, we, in consultation with the managing underwriters, determined our estimated offering price range to be between $9.56 and $12.00 per share. The estimated offering price range was based on current market conditions and updated comparable company market data and was contingent on our continuing to execute our business. It also assumed that the earliest date of the offering would be in July 2007. The midpoint of the price range reflected a company value of $188 million representing a small increase over our valuation as of April 25, 2007. The bottom of the range corresponded with a company value approximately equal to the value determined by our board of directors on April 25, 2007. We believe that the most significant factors contributing to the increase in the fair value of our ordinary shares as determined by our board of directors and the midpoint of currently estimated initial public offering price were:
 
  •  the fact that the offering was assumed by the underwriters to take place in June or July 2007, resulting in a company value that was approximately $8 to 10 million less than $188 million when discounted to April 2007;
 
  •  a discount for lack of a public market for our common stock was not included in determining the estimated initial public offering price, whereas such a discount was included in the merger and sale and the private company scenarios considered by BDO;
 
  •  the valuation firm utilized market and income approaches in their valuations while only a market comparable approach was applied by the managing underwriters in determining the estimated initial public offering price; and
 
  •  under the probability weighted expected return approach, the valuation firm considered the possibility that a merger or sale event may occur, which resulted in a higher proportion of our value being allocated to preferred shareholders than in the scenario of an initial public offering.
 
On June 25, 2007, the managing underwriters provided an updated estimate of our estimated offering price range to be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share. The estimated offering price range was based on current market conditions and updated comparable company market data and was contingent on our continuing to execute our business. It also assumed that the earliest date of the offering would be in June or July 2007. The midpoint of the price range reflected a firm value of $222 million. The most significant factor contributing to the increase in the fair value of our ordinary shares from the prior estimated offering price range as of May 22, 2007, was the application of higher trading multiples due to improved performance of our comparable companies.
 
We believe that BDO used reasonable methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the Practice Guide to determine the fair value of our ordinary shares. Nevertheless, determining the fair value of our ordinary shares requires making complex and subjective judgments. The approach to valuation based on a


51


Table of Contents

discounted future cash flow approach uses estimates of revenue, earnings, assumed market growth rates, estimated costs and net income. These estimates are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. There is inherent uncertainty in making these estimates. Although it is reasonable to expect that the completion of our initial public offering will add value to our ordinary shares because they will have increased liquidity and marketability, the amount of additional value cannot be measured with absolute precision or certainty.
 
Inventories.   Inventories consist of finished goods and raw materials. We value our inventories at the lower of cost or market value, cost being determined on a “first-in, first-out” basis. Inventory valuation reserves for potentially excess and obsolete inventory are established and inventory that is obsolete or in excess of our forecasted consumption is written down to estimated realizable value based on historical usage and expected demand. Inherent in our estimates of market value in determining inventory valuation reserves are estimates related to economic trends, future demand for our products and technological obsolescence of our products. If future demand or market conditions are less favorable than our projections, additional inventory valuation reserves could be required and would be reflected in cost of product revenue in the period in which the reserves are taken. Inventory write-offs are reflected as a cost of revenues and were zero in 2004, $26,000 in 2005, $0.1 million in 2006 and $0.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007.
 
Redeemable convertible preferred shares.   We have issued various classes of preferred shares, consisting of our Series C, D, D2, E and E2 preferred shares. Certain holders of our preferred shares have the option after March 7, 2009, to require us to redeem all of the preferred shares for an amount equal to the greater of (1) the original purchase price plus accrued dividends (and, with respect to Series D preferred shares, plus certain interest payments), and (2) the then current fair market value of such shares as determined by an independent investment bank to be selected by the board of directors. As a result, the carrying value of the preferred shares has been increased by an accretion each period so that the carrying amounts equal the defined redemption value for the Series C, D, D2, E and E2 preferred shares. The accreted amounts are recorded to accumulated deficit. The preferred shares will be converted into ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering. Accordingly, the put option and the related accretion of the preferred shares will terminate.
 
Estimation of fair value of warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred shares.   Our outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred shares are subject to the requirements of FSP 150-5, which requires us to classify these warrants as long-term liabilities and to adjust the value of these warrants to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. We estimated the fair value of these warrants at the respective balance sheet dates using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, based on the estimated market value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred shares at the valuation measurement date, the remaining contractual term of the warrant, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends on and expected volatility of the price of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock. These estimates, especially the market value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock and the expected volatility, are highly judgmental and could differ materially in the future. In particular, to estimate the fair value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred shares as of December 31, 2006, we looked to the price paid as part of the sale of preferred shares during February and March 2007. This share price reflected an increase of 58% over the previous sale of preferred shares completed in August 2005. The fair value of the warrants amounted to approximately $0.4 million on the date of grant, approximately $0.7 million as of December 31, 2006 and $0.9 million as of March 31, 2007, in each case using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the above assumptions.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding warrants to purchase Series E redeemable convertible preferred shares will become warrants to purchase our ordinary shares and, as a result, will no longer be subject to FSP 150-5. The then-current aggregate fair value of these warrants will be reclassified from liabilities to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholder’s equity, and we will cease to record any related periodic fair value adjustments.
 
Accounting for income taxes.   As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We estimate actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items,


52


Table of Contents

such as accruals and allowances not currently deductible for tax purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheets. We must assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance.
 
Management’s judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. As of March 31, 2007, we recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets, based on the available evidence, we believed at that time it was more likely than not that we would not be able to utilize all of these deferred tax assets in the future. We intend to maintain the full valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowances. We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of our valuation allowance could be materially impacted. If we determine in the future that these deferred tax assets are more-likely-than-not to be realized, a release of all or a portion of the related valuation allowance would increase income in the period in which that determination is made.
 
In June 2006, FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” or FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” or SFAS 109. This interpretation prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition of tax positions, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. We adopted FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007. FIN 48 requires significant judgment in determining what constitutes an individual tax position as well as assessing the outcome of each tax position. Changes in judgment as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of the effective tax rate and consequently, affect the operating results of the company.
 
We have decided to classify any interest and penalties as a component of tax expenses. Our policy for interest and penalties related to income tax exposures was not impacted as a result of the adoption of the recognition and measurement provisions of FIN 48. We had no unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognized a $0.2 million increase in liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. As of January 1, 2007, we are subject to Israeli income tax examinations and to U.S. Federal income tax examinations for the tax years of 2003 through 2006. During the three months ended March 31, 2007, we recorded an increase of unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $35,000.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2006, the FASB ratified Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue 06-3, “How Sales Taxes Collected From Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement.” EITF 06-3 requires a company to disclose its accounting policy regarding the presentation of taxes within the scope of EITF 06-3. If taxes are significant, a company should disclose the amount of such taxes for each period for which an income statement is presented. The guidance is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2006. We are currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of EITF 06-3 will have on our financial position and results of operations.
 
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Current Year Misstatements”, or SAB No. 108. SAB No. 108 requires analysis of misstatements using both an income statement, or ’rollover,’ approach and a balance sheet, or ’iron curtain,’ approach in assessing materiality and provides for a one-time cumulative effect transition adjustment. SAB No. 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. We adopted SAB No. 108 and accordingly, follow SAB No. 108 requirements when quantifying financial statement misstatements. The adoption of SAB No. 108 did not result in corrections of our financial statements.


53


Table of Contents

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”, or SFAS No. 157, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but provides guidance on how to measure fair value by providing a fair value hierarchy used to classify the source of the information. SFAS No. 157 is effective for us as of January 1, 2008. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting SFAS No. 157 and have not yet determined the impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” or SFAS 159, which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS 159 will be effective for us on January 1, 2008. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting SFAS 159 and have not yet determined the impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.


54


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
We design and develop server and storage switching and software solutions that enable high-performance grid computing within the data center. As the computing requirements of enterprises and institutions continue to expand, the demand for data center solutions that can efficiently and cost-effectively scale and manage computing resources is dramatically increasing. Our solutions allow one or more discrete computing clusters to be linked together as a single unified computing resource, or fabric. We create this unified fabric by integrating high-performance switching with dynamic management and provisioning software. We refer to our server and storage switching and software solutions as the Voltaire Grid Backbone tm . Our Grid Backbone provides a scalable and cost-effective way for customers to manage the growth of their data center computing requirements.
 
We have significant expertise in developing switching and routing platforms based on the InfiniBand architecture as well as grid management software. InfiniBand is an industry-standard architecture that provides specifications for high-performance interconnects. We offer 24 to 288 port server and storage switches that benefit from the high performance and low latency characteristics of the InfiniBand architecture, and also integrate with Ethernet and Fibre Channel architectures. Our management software solutions provide fabric management, performance monitoring, application acceleration and grid provisioning functionality.
 
We sell our products primarily through server original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, which incorporate our products into their solutions, as well as through value-added resellers and systems integrators. We currently have OEM relationships with International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM, Hewlett-Packard Company, or HP, Silicon Graphics, Inc., Sun Microsystems, Inc. and NEC Corporation, five of the top ten global server vendors. To date, our solutions have been implemented in the data centers of over 250 end customers across a wide range of vertical markets and geographies.
 
Our principal executive offices are located in Herzeliya, Israel. We also have offices in North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific. We outsource the manufacture of our products to two contract manufacturers. We had revenues of $4.9 million in 2004, $15.4 million in 2005, $30.4 million in 2006 and $8.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007.
 
Industry Background
 
Shift from mainframe computers to clusters
 
The performance requirements for critical computing applications are dramatically increasing as enterprises and institutions use the information that is created, stored and accessed by these applications to enhance their competitiveness. This dependence on information for fundamental business processes is causing enterprises and institutions to seek higher-performance data center information technology, or IT, resources. IT personnel must balance the increasing demand for high-performance computing, while at the same time managing the cost and complexity of these environments. Traditionally, enterprises and institutions have met their high-performance computing and capacity requirements by adding monolithic systems, such as mainframe computers and high-end servers. These systems require large up-front investments, have long order lead times, are challenging to integrate into broader data center architectures and are typically built around proprietary architectures. These factors result in low initial levels of efficiency, an inability to scale-out quickly in response to expanding computing needs and reduced data center management flexibility.
 
As a result of these limitations, enterprises and institutions are increasingly seeking computing solutions that provide improved performance in a cost-effective manner by adopting more modular and open computing solutions commonly referred to as server and storage clusters. These clusters consist of off-the-shelf industry-standard server and storage systems organized in racks and connected through specialized switches. Through the use of cluster configurations, enterprises and institutions seek to achieve computing performance that is similar to, or better than that of mainframe computers or high-end servers, but at lower costs. Such cluster configurations have become the preferred solution for meeting high-performance computing needs due to their


55


Table of Contents

lower up-front costs and their ability to support the scaling of capacity incrementally. These cluster configurations, however, remain limited by the following:
 
  •  Constrained utilization.   Cluster configurations are generally organized to run a predefined set of applications. As enterprises and institutions grow and the number of critical applications continues to expand, the ability to optimize and rapidly reallocate computing resources efficiently becomes increasingly important. Cluster configurations do not provide the dynamic flexibility needed to address these growing demands.
 
  •  Performance bottlenecks.   To enhance the performance of cluster configurations, enterprises and institutions have adopted multi-core processors and server virtualization technologies. Multi-core processors, which incorporate multiple processors on a single silicon chip, have significantly increased server processing power. Server virtualization technologies allow multiple operating systems to run simultaneously on a single server, offering the potential for dramatically higher server efficiency. However, together these technologies require increased total server and storage input/output, or I/O, bandwidth beyond the capabilities of current technologies, resulting in reduced overall performance.
 
  •  Configuration complexity.   Server and storage clusters must be configured using multiple cables and adapters that connect to multiple network, server and storage switches. Clusters are configured such that an increase in performance requires a proportionate or greater increase in the number of servers, switches, cables and adapters in the cluster. This proliferation of hardware presents significant initial and ongoing management challenges, and makes it costly and labor-intensive to alter the configuration of the data center as application requirements change.
 
  •  Management of multiple network architectures.   Most traditional server and storage cluster configurations rely on Fibre Channel and Ethernet interconnect architectures, each of which addresses distinct functions. Fibre Channel is the prevailing architecture for storage switching in most data centers, while Ethernet is used primarily for switching and transport functions. The use of these two different architectures in cluster configurations increases the complexity and cost of managing the data center.
 
These limitations of cluster configurations reduce overall data center efficiency, including response time, and result in high capital investment and operating costs including power, cooling, space and human resource expenditures.
 
Shift from cluster configurations to grids
 
In order to address the limitations of clusters, enterprises and institutions are increasingly adopting grid computing solutions, or grids. Grids allow one or more discrete clusters to be linked together as a single fabric to address different data center applications and eliminate performance bottlenecks. Grids also provide the ability to dynamically manage disparate underlying server and storage units and deliver computing services with higher levels of performance, availability, reliability, scalability and utilization than clusters. In order to achieve these benefits, grids must be built upon high-performance grid computing interconnect solutions.
 
We provide server and storage switching and software solutions to enable grid computing in the data center. We leverage the InfiniBand protocol to provide high performance solutions to our clients. IDC, an independent research company, estimates that the switch ports will grow from $95 million in 2006 to $468 million in 2010 and that the market for InfiniBand host channel adapters will grow from $62 million in 2006 to $181 million in 2010. Based on these estimates, we believe that the market for InfiniBand-based products will grow from $157 million in 2006 to $649 million in 2010.
 
In addition to the market for InfiniBand-based products, we believe that the overall market for grid computing interconnect solutions includes storage switching, 10 Gigabit Ethernet switching markets, and their associated management and messaging software. Storage switching refers to interconnects used in storage networks and is estimated by IDC to grow from $1.5 billion in 2006 to $1.8 billion in 2010. 10 Gigabit Ethernet switching refers to 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch deployments in enterprise data centers and is estimated by IDC to grow from $1.2 billion in 2006 to $2.8 billion in 2010. Management software refers to the software used to provision and monitor the grid and is estimated by IDC to grow from $355 million in 2006 to


56


Table of Contents

$758 million in 2010. Messaging software optimizes specific application types to maximize performance and is estimated by IDC to grow from $679 million in 2006 to $793 million in 2010. Based on these estimates we believe that the overall grid computing market will grow from $3.9 billion in 2006 to $6.9 billion by 2010. Our solutions address the high performance segments of this market, which we believe currently represent a small and growing portion of this market.
 
Existing grid computing interconnect architectures
 
Following the shift towards the adoption of grids, a number of grid computing interconnect architectures have been deployed to address the connectivity demands of the data center. These architectures include:
 
Ethernet.   Ethernet is an industry-standard interconnect architecture that was initially designed to enable basic connectivity between computers in local area networks or over a wide area network. Ethernet was designed to provide an interconnect architecture in an environment where latency, connection reliability and performance requirements were not essential. Nevertheless, Ethernet has become the predominant technology for networking and has more recently been applied to grid computing. As a grid computing solution, Ethernet faces significant challenges because its low overall efficiency, high power consumption, non-linear scalability and low available bandwidth are insufficient for high-performance computing environments. Ethernet-based solutions also increase configuration complexity, requiring multiple network cables, adapters and switches in each server to enable high-performance connectivity.
 
Myrinet and other proprietary solutions.   A number of proprietary solutions have been designed to address the connectivity requirements of the data center. These proprietary solutions support low latency and provide increased reliability. The number of deployments of Myrinet, the most popular proprietary solution, in high-performance computing environments has been declining due to the availability of industry standards-based interconnects that offer superior price and performance, a lack of compatible storage systems and the required use of proprietary software solutions.
 
Fibre Channel.   Fibre Channel was developed as an industry-standard architecture used exclusively to address storage applications, and was not designed to function as a server interconnect architecture.
 
InfiniBand.   InfiniBand is an industry-standard architecture that provides specifications for high performance server and storage interconnects. InfiniBand offers higher bandwidth and scalability, lower latency, reduced complexity, higher efficiency and superior price and performance economics compared to other grid computing interconnect architectures. InfiniBand eliminates the need for multiple network cables and adapters for each server in the grid and dramatically increases overall processor efficiencies.
 
Our Solution
 
We provide server and storage switching and software solutions that enable high-performance grid computing within the data center. Our Grid Backbone allows one or more discrete computing clusters to be linked together as a unified fabric. We create this fabric by integrating high-performance interconnects with dynamic management and provisioning software. As a result, our server and storage switching and software solutions provide a scalable and cost-effective way for customers to manage the growth of data center computing requirements. We leverage the performance, scalability and latency benefits of InfiniBand and provide leading interconnect functionality for data center environments that rely on industry-standard server and storage units. In addition to InfiniBand, our multi-protocol switches also support Fibre Channel and Ethernet. We have also developed software solutions that virtualize hardware elements, such as interconnect backplanes and I/O interfaces and provide hardware resource management software.
 
Our solutions offer the following key benefits:
 
  •  Lower latency for acceleration of information delivery.   Based on published product specifications, our InfiniBand-based solutions provide significantly lower end-to-end latency than other existing based solutions. Through our relationships with independent software vendors, or ISVs, in our targeted vertical markets, we are able to further reduce end-to-end latency and deliver greater application acceleration benefits to our end customers. The following table compares the latency of our InfiniBand-


57


Table of Contents

  based solutions to 1 Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet-based solutions, as well as Myrinet and Fibre Channel-based solutions:
 
                     
    Ethernet
  Ethernet
      Fibre
   
    (1 Gb/s)   (10 Gb/s)   Myrinet   Channel   InfiniBand
 
Lowest Latency —
                   
Switch Port to Switch Port
  6,000
nanoseconds
  250 — 2000
nanoseconds
  500
nanoseconds
  400
nanoseconds
  160
nanoseconds
Lowest Latency — Host to Host
  30-60
microseconds
  7
microseconds
  3
microseconds
  No data
available
  2.25
microseconds
 
  •  Higher bandwidth for improved resource utilization.   In high-performance computing environments, customers require optimal bandwidth to address and eliminate performance bottlenecks. Based on published product specifications, our InfiniBand-based solutions provide significantly higher bandwidth than existing Ethernet- and Fibre Channel-based solutions. The following table compares the bandwidth of our InfiniBand-based solutions to Ethernet-based solutions, as well as Myrinet and Fibre Channel-based solutions:
 
                 
    Ethernet   Myrinet   Fibre Channel   InfiniBand
 
Supported bandwidth of available solutions
  1 Gb/s-10 Gb/s   2 Gb/s-10 Gb/s   2 Gb/s-4 Gb/s   10 Gb/s — 20 Gb/s
server-to-server
30 Gb/s — 60 Gb/s
switch-to-switch
Highest bandwidth supported by specification
  10 Gb/s   10 Gb/s   8 Gb/s   120 Gb/s
 
  •  Greater scalability to grow with customers’ demands.   Our server and storage switching solutions enable linear scalability by off-loading communication processing to allow servers to run applications more efficiently. Our switches scale up to 288 InfiniBand-based ports, 132 Ethernet-based ports and 132 Fibre Channel-based ports. We offer the ability to configure a switch with a combination of these technologies and provide high-speed switching between them. This combination of increased server efficiency and high-density switching improves overall application efficiency, thereby reducing data center capital investment requirements and operating costs.
 
  •  Simplified data center infrastructure.   Our solutions eliminate the need for multiple adapters and related cables for each grid computing interconnect architecture. Using our solutions, end customers require only a single adapter and cable to connect each server and storage device to the grid. Because we are able to reduce the number of required adapters and cables to multiple networks, our solutions reduce the complexity of the data center.
 
  •  Improved grid performance, manageability and provisioning through enhanced software.   Our software solutions are designed to maximize grid performance and efficiency. Our GridVision fabric management software creates an environment that dynamically routes traffic across a fabric to avoid congestion and maximize available bandwidth. The software is embedded in our switches and does not require external configuration. Our GridVision Enterprise software further enhances manageability by automating the process of fabric resource allocation to improve the response time for grid provisioning and allow better and faster alignment to the requirements of the customer. We also offer our GridStack software, which enables applications to take full advantage of the low latency of our solutions by facilitating communication between the server and the switch.
 
We believe that our Grid Backbone allows our customers to accelerate application performance, improve utilization and enable lower overall total cost of ownership compared to other high-performance grid


58


Table of Contents

computing interconnect solutions because of our platform architecture, proven scalability, reliability and manageability.
 
Our Strengths
 
We apply our strengths to enhance our position as a provider of server and storage switching and software solutions. We consider our key strengths to be the following:
 
  •  Singular focus on switching and software solutions for grid computing.   We have extensive experience in designing and delivering server and storage switching solutions that integrate hardware components and software features to enable grid computing within the data center. We believe that our solutions have been deployed in over 50 of the world’s Top 500 high-performance computing environments. We have leveraged this experience to develop strong core competencies in high bandwidth and low latency switch design to enable high-performance grid computing.
 
  •  Market leader in InfiniBand-based solutions.   We believe that our knowledge of the InfiniBand grid computing interconnect architecture and its implementation in server and storage switching products enables us to develop solutions that are innovative and address the needs of high-performance data center environments. Our InfiniBand-based solutions provide industry-leading port density, high bandwidth and low latency for server and storage switching.
 
  •  OEM relationships with industry-leading OEM server and storage providers.   We have established relationships with leading server and storage OEMs. We have OEM relationships with IBM, HP, Silicon Graphics, Sun Microsystems and NEC Corporation, five of the top ten global server vendors. Our solutions are incorporated into the individual product offerings of our OEM customers and we work closely with them to design solutions that meet the needs of end customers. We believe that these relationships have accelerated the adoption of our solutions into some of the highest performance data center environments globally and that these relationships will allow us to continue to extend our market position.
 
  •  Expertise in application acceleration.   We have designed our solutions to accelerate end-to-end application performance. We work closely with ISVs to optimize the performance of their applications through a combination of our hardware and software, thereby providing low latency and high bandwidth solutions. We believe this application-centric approach allows us to deliver significant benefits to our end customers.
 
  •  Leading customer service and support.   We have a team of system and support engineers who provide customer service to our OEM customers and to end customers. Our service team operates as an extension of our OEM customers to deliver seamless support to end customers. In addition, our service team works closely with our research and development department to ensure responsive and comprehensive levels of service and support. We believe our ability to meet the service demands of our OEM customers and end customers accelerates the adoption of our solutions.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our goal is to be the leading provider of server and storage switching and software solutions that enable high-performance grid computing within the data center. Key elements of our strategy include:
 
  •  Continue to develop leading high-performance grid computing interconnect solutions.   We intend to continue to extend our market position, technical expertise and customer relationships to further develop high-performance grid computing interconnect solutions built upon unified fabric architectures. To broaden our market opportunity, we will continue to promote grid adoption and develop products that are compatible with other grid computing interconnect architectures such as 10 Gigabit Ethernet and 4 Gigabit Fibre Channel, while further expanding our InfiniBand-based solutions. We believe that this approach will position us as the leading high-performance grid interconnect solutions provider for server and storage infrastructure within the data center.


59


Table of Contents

 
  •  Extend our software offerings.   We intend to expand our portfolio of grid infrastructure software. We are primarily focused on enhancing our existing software offerings in the areas of performance monitoring and management, as well as fabric virtualization. We believe that by extending our software offerings we will be better positioned to address the needs of both our OEM customers and end customers.
 
  •  Leverage our OEM relationships to expand market position.   We believe that leading OEMs are influential drivers of high-performance grid computing interconnect solutions to end customers. Our OEM relationships allow us to leverage the worldwide market position and service capabilities of these industry-leading vendors. We intend to continue to expand our relationships with our existing server OEM customers, while establishing similar relationships with other server, storage and communication OEMs. We believe these relationships will help to accelerate the adoption of our high-performance grid computing interconnect solutions.
 
  •  Expand existing and new vertical and geographic markets.   We intend to further penetrate existing vertical markets and enter new vertical markets. We believe that our relationships with ISVs allow us to bring the benefits of our grid solutions to end customers across a broad range of vertical markets. In particular, we plan to continue working closely with end customers and ISVs to identify the unique technology and business requirements of each vertical market and develop high-performance grid computing interconnect solutions. We also plan to expand our sales and marketing efforts to new geographic markets to meet the needs of end customers in our various vertical markets.
 
Technology
 
Our grid computing interconnect solutions combine a modular hardware switching and routing platform with grid management software. Our hardware platforms combine high speed, low-latency switching and routing with advanced traffic management capabilities. Our software solutions are compatible with Windows, Linux and Unix, and include host, traffic management, provisioning and virtualization software. The modular nature of our solutions allows end customers to deploy new capabilities quickly and effectively to meet their high-performance grid computing requirements. In addition, we base our solutions on accepted industry standards to ensure interoperability and to allow customers to easily integrate third-party technology with our own.
 
Our Hardware
 
Our fixed-port and modular, director-class switches and routers are designed to provide high speed processing and switching of data signals. The proprietary chassis design of our director-class switches integrates InfiniBand-based switching and backplane technologies with management controller modules to provide high bandwidth and improve application and overall system performance. Our high-density 24-port line cards significantly increase the number of connections that can be made to our switches, and additional line cards can be added incrementally to increase the number of available ports in the switch. We accelerate the routing between InfiniBand and Ethernet architectures through the use of our InfiniBand-to-Ethernet field programmable gate array, or FPGA. We also leverage other industry-standard technology for Fibre Channel routing.
 
Our director-class switches also provide benefits by employing advanced power and cooling designs. Our switches are able to connect to the grid using either copper- or fiber optic-based cables. Our switches also conform with the form factors, quality and functionality requirements of our server OEM customers. In addition to our portfolio of switches, we offer third-party host channel adapters, or HCAs, which are supported by our host software.
 
Our Software
 
Our software solutions offer the following functionality:
 
  •  Host software.   Our host software allows servers to connect to our switches through our HCAs for improved overall performance and manageability of large, complex grids. Our host software leverages


60


Table of Contents

  random direct memory access, or RDMA, and uses extensions to standard protocols in Windows and Linux to provide increased performance for applications. RDMA dramatically improves performance by allowing applications and operating systems to access memory from remote hosts rather than copying information from server to server. RDMA is used in both Ethernet and InfiniBand environments.
 
  •  Traffic management, provisioning and virtualization software.   To further improve application performance and resource utilization our I/O virtualization capabilities allow us to emulate multiple storage and network adapters in a single server. In connection with application and operating system features, this technology enables segmentation and robust traffic management in the grid. We have also developed advanced routing software and firmware to optimize overall grid performance by dynamically adjusting the communication path among servers and storage devices. The firmware embedded in our Ethernet-to-InfiniBand and Fiber Channel-to-InfiniBand routers allows for high speed routing and advanced traffic management capabilities without degrading switch performance.
 
Our grid provisioning software, GridVision Enterprise, allows customers to allocate specific amounts of bandwidth to different virtual hosts, applications or network segments. This allocation can be done dynamically while the grid is operational. Our software also allows allocation to be performed dynamically based upon a predefined set of rules and policies. For example, to maintain a minimum quality of service for critical applications, GridVision Enterprise will automatically allocate resources as needed. These rules can either be defined directly within the application or synchronized with existing job scheduling tools.
 
We work with industry-leading server and storage virtualization solutions to extend resource allocation capabilities to virtual servers and virtual storage. Using a common information model database, our software can manage resources associated with large, heterogeneous grid environments by abstracting complex configurations into simple, easy to understand and manipulate icons or objects. Our software provides the capability to create virtual network segments within the same connection. These virtual segments can be defined to operate in isolation or to interact with each other, depending on customer requirements.
 
InfiniBand
 
Our solutions are largely based on the InfiniBand architecture. InfiniBand is an industry-standard, high-performance interconnect architecture that enables cost-effective, high-speed data communications at higher speeds and lower latency than existing interconnect architectures. The InfiniBand architecture was developed by the InfiniBand Trade Association, or IBTA, which was founded in 1999 and is composed of leading IT vendors and hardware and software solution providers. The IBTA tests and certifies vendor products and solutions for interoperability and compliance. Our products meet the specifications of the InfiniBand standard and have been tested and certified by the IBTA.
 
InfiniBand was designed as a server and storage architecture with both the switch and host adapter playing a role in maximizing performance. InfiniBand is simple and can be implemented in a fast silicon state machine, reducing silicon size and power consumption, while increasing performance. The InfiniBand architecture connects switches in a mesh topology to create a single, logical switching environment improving overall fabric scalability as compared to other topologies. It also leverages memory and buffering capabilities in the host adapter as well as employs operating system by-pass techniques to maximize overall fabric throughput and reduce latency. InfiniBand employs a centrally controlled fabric manager to connect multiple InfiniBand switches. This removes excessive processing by the switches themselves and results in improved bandwidth and lower latency.
 
Our Products
 
Our product offerings include director-class switches, multi-service switches, fixed-port configuration switches, Ethernet and Fibre Channel routers and standards-based driver and management software. For end customers who desire a complete solution, we also offer host channel adapters, and copper and fiber optic cables.


61


Table of Contents

Using our InfiniBand-based server and storage switching solutions, our customers can create unified fabrics to deliver high-performance grid computing within the data center. Our solutions enable grid computing based on an architecture that provides a method for connecting processing systems and storage and network I/O into a single easy-to-manage environment. Moreover, our solutions allow our end customers to virtualize and provision multiple networks across Ethernet, InfiniBand and Fibre Channel.
 
Grid Computing Switches
 
Our Grid Director tm director-class switches and Grid Switch tm edge switches are used to create low latency, high-bandwidth connections of up to 20 Gigabit/second to servers and storage devices. We offer high-performance, multi-service switches with InfiniBand, Ethernet and Fibre Channel capacity integrated into a single chassis that supports large grids. The server, storage and switching resources form a grid that can be leveraged to improve application performance at lower cost than traditional methods. Our largest installation includes more than 10,000 processors, and over 1,000 server and storage nodes. Our switch-related product offerings include our GridVision fabric management software, which provides key management and performance enhancing functionality.
 
We offer a range of switches that vary in the number of available ports and capabilities in order to address the specific needs of our customers, including scalability and integration with other data center technologies:
 
             
    Grid Switch
  Grid Director
  Grid Director
    ISR 9024   ISR 9096   ISR 9288
 
Number of slots
  N/A   4   12
Internal Switch Bandwidth
  960 Gb/sec   3.84 Tb/sec   11.52 Tb/sec
Maximum Switch-to-Host Bandwidth
  20 Gb/sec   20 Gb/sec   20 Gb/sec
Maximum Switch-to-Switch Bandwidth
  60 Gb/sec   60 Gb/sec   60 Gb/sec
Maximum IB Switching Ports
  24 fixed ports   96 (4X24 port line
cards)
  288 (12X24 port
line cards)
Maximum 1 Gigabit/sec Ethernet Switching Ports
  N/A   48   144
Maximum 10 Gigabit/sec Ethernet Switching Ports
  N/A   8   24
Maximum Fibre Channel Switching Ports
  N/A   48   144
 
Our Grid Switch edge switches offer the following features:
 
  •  options for 10 — 20 Gigabit/second performance for clusters and grids;
 
  •  ultra-low latency at under 140 nanoseconds;
 
  •  24 port 4x, single data rate, or SDR, ports and double data rate, or DDR, ports, supporting either copper or optical interfaces;
 
  •  redundant, hot-swappable power supplies to allow for the highest availability; and
 
  •  embedded or external grid management capabilities.
 
Our Grid Director director-class switches offer the same functionality as our Grid Switch edge switches, as well as the following features:
 
  •  redundant, hot-swappable fan and controller modules to allow for the highest availability;
 
  •  redundant synchronized management cards which allow a card failure to recover without management information loss or any disruption in port-to-port communication;


62


Table of Contents

 
  •  line card protocol flexibility to facilitate management of mixed InfiniBand, Ethernet and Fibre Channel environments; and
 
  •  component-level interoperability between director-class switches.
 
GridVision Management and Host Software
 
We offer a line of management tools that provide information on the topology of the grid, configuration of the individual switches within the grid and real-time monitoring of performance. Our GridVision fabric management software offers summary management reports at various levels, error correlation and alarms, fabric-wide performance monitoring and centralized port and virtual local area network configuration. These applications also provide all of the grid set-up routing algorithms and management utilities used in an InfiniBand-based computing environment.
 
Our GridVision Enterprise software is a grid provisioning solution, which offers customers a method of dynamically allocating resources based on pre-defined configurations. GridVision Enterprise software also delivers extensive automated monitoring and diagnostics for servers, which enable customers to perform corrective measures and/or to shift resources to meet changing demands. Our software leverages the capabilities of InfiniBand and interfaces with our switches, as well as third-party provisioning, management and virtualization applications.
 
Our GridStack software is a comprehensive set of host drivers and protocols that enable any application to utilize the performance of RDMA and high-performance storage connectivity. Based on an open-source standard, GridStack allows both Windows-and Linux-based applications to run in an InfiniBand environment. GridStack offers improved latency and performance. In addition, the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol, or TCP/IP, emulation software incorporated into our GridStack software allows InfiniBand to appear to the user as one or more standard Internet Protocol networks, making it easier to manage. Our GridBoot firmware extension enables diskless server nodes to operate over the fabric using remote storage, thereby leading to improved reliability.
 
Multi-Protocol Routers
 
Our routers enable customers to consolidate InfiniBand-, Fibre Channel- and Ethernet-based servers, network and storage connectivity into a single high-performing fabric. Currently, we offer the Internet Protocol Router, as well as the Fibre Channel Router.
 
Our Internet Protocol Router is based on our third-generation Ethernet-to-InfiniBand FPGA, and offers a range of intelligent layer 2 through 7 capabilities, which can be performed at high speed. These capabilities include packet classification, firewall services, filtering and in-depth traffic monitoring and analysis. Our TCP/IP offload capabilities also eliminate the processing burden on the switch processor and enable higher performance. In addition, our Internet Protocol router offers the following features:
 
  •  integrates into the Grid Director InfiniBand Switch Router, or ISR, 9288 and Grid Director ISR 9096 to connect to Ethernet networks;
 
  •  allows for up to four 1 Gigabit/second connections per router;
 
  •  provides for up to three routers per slot; and
 
  •  supports link aggregation.
 
Our Fibre Channel Router is an RDMA-capable Fibre Channel-to-InfiniBand router that can operate as a transparent Fibre Channel bridge and can be integrated with existing storage networks, as well as storage virtualization tools. Our Fibre Channel Router provides for easy installation and automatic discovery, full storage area network interoperability, port and module aggregation and integration with our GridVision Enterprise software and other third-party storage management and virtualization applications. In addition, our Fibre Channel Router offers the following features:
 
  •  integrates into the Grid Director ISR 9288 and Grid Director ISR 9096 to connect to Fibre Channel storage;
 
  •  provides for four interfaces;


63


Table of Contents

 
  •  allows for up to 400 MB per second per channel; and
 
  •  provides for up to three routers per slot.
 
Host Channel Adapters
 
Our host channel adapters, or HCAs, provide connectivity to high performance InfiniBand-based grids, storage and networking devices. Our HCAs offer dual or single-ports, remote booting capabilities, and use our GridStack software for a variety of high performance applications. We currently source our HCAs from a third-party vendor and then customize them.
 
Customers
 
We have a global, diversified end-customer base covering a wide range of industries. To date, more than half of our end customers have been governmental, research and educational organizations, such as government-funded research laboratories and post-secondary education institutions. The balance of our end customers have been enterprises in the manufacturing, oil and gas, entertainment, life sciences and financial services industries. The following table indicates the end customer that we believe represents the largest portion of our product orders for each specific industry for the period from July 1, 2006 through March 31, 2007, the period during which we have tracked such data:
 
             
•   Los Alamos National Laboratory
  (Government)  
•   Home Box Office, Inc.
  (Entertainment)
•   National Center for High Speed Computing
  (Education and research)  
•   National Institute of Health
  (Life sciences)
•   PSA Peugeot Citroen
  (Manufacturing)  
•   Global Electronic Trading Company
  (Financial services)
•   ExxonMobil
  (Oil and gas)        
 
End customers purchase our products primarily through server OEMs, which incorporate our products into their solutions, as well as through value-added resellers and systems integrators. Our OEM customers generally purchase our products from us upon receipt of purchase orders from end customers. These OEM customers are responsible for the installation of solutions incorporating our products, and initial and escalation level customer support to end customers. As of March 31, 2007, our OEM customers were IBM, HP, Silicon Graphics, Sun Microsystems and NEC Corporation.
 
Sales to our OEM customers are made on the basis of purchase orders rather than long-term purchase commitments. Our product purchase agreements with our OEM customers typically have an initial term of one to three years, and most of these agreements renew automatically for successive one-year terms unless terminated. These agreements are generally non-exclusive, provide for quarterly price adjustments for sales made after such adjustment if agreed to by both parties to the agreement, do not contain minimum purchase requirements and do not prohibit our OEM customers from offering products and services that compete with our products. Each OEM customer is generally treated as a “most favored customer,” entitled to the lowest prices and most favorable terms offered to any other customer purchasing the same product in comparable volumes and purchase commitments.
 
Our base agreement with IBM, which accounted for 38% of our revenues in 2006 and 35% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2007, provides that IBM purchases our products and services pursuant to a related statement of work or work authorization. Pricing and payment terms for the products and services are determined by such statement of work or work authorization. The agreement can be terminated by either party provided that no statement of work or work authorization is outstanding. We currently have an executed statement of work, which will expire on November 19, 2007. We have also entered into a technical services agreement with IBM, which provides that IBM will assist us in developing products to incorporate into IBM’s solutions pursuant to a statement of work. The agreement expires on December 31, 2010 and can be terminated by either party upon 30 days’ prior written notice, provided that no statement of work is in effect. We currently have an executed statement of work pursuant to the technical services agreement that expires on December 9, 2007. In addition, in the event of a material breach of either the base agreement or the


64


Table of Contents

technical services agreement, the non-breaching party may terminate such agreement if the other party fails to cure such breach within 30 days after receiving notice from the non-breaching party.
 
Our agreement with HP, which accounted for 12% of our revenues in 2006 and 22% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2007, requires competitive pricing and competitive product offerings. The initial two-year term of the agreement expired on October 8, 2006, but the agreement provides for successive one-year renewal terms unless terminated by either party. The agreement can be terminated at will by us upon 60 days’ notice and by HP upon 90 days’ notice. Additionally, in the event of a breach, the non-breaching party may terminate this agreement if the other party fails to cure such breach within 45 days after receiving notice of such breach from the non-breaching party.
 
Our sales to Sun Microsystems, Inc. accounted for 13% of our revenues in 2006 and 10% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2007. To date, we have made all of these sales pursuant to purchase orders that are not governed by the terms of a master supply agreement. In November 2006, we signed a master supply agreement with Sun Microsystems. At Sun Microsystems’ election any sales made to Sun Microsystems or its affiliates may be governed by an award letter agreed between us and Sun Microsystems that contains pricing information agreed by the parties. The initial three-year term of the agreement expires on November 10, 2009. The agreement provides for successive one-year renewal terms unless terminated by either party upon 180 days notice prior to the anniversary of the expiration of the initial term or the renewal term. In addition, if a party fails to comply with any of the material provisions of the agreement and such condition is not remedied within 30 days, the adversely-affected party may terminate the agreement.
 
We invest significant resources to maintain our relationships with our OEM customers in the grid computing interconnect market, which typically require up to a year to develop from initial contact to shipment to end customers of OEM products integrating our solutions. We work closely with each of our OEM customers across various levels within such organization’s structure including with the product development, marketing, field sales and service and support teams. Together with our OEM customers, we develop integrated solutions to address end customers’ needs. We also develop joint go-to-market strategies with our OEM customers to create end-customer demand and promote our solutions. These go-to-market initiatives include joint marketing campaigns, bundled promotions to accelerate sales, training curriculums and engineering relationships for product development.
 
We also have relationships with over 30 value-added resellers and systems integrators. Approximately 30% of our sales to end customers were through our relationships with value-added resellers and system integrators in 2006 and approximately 25% of our sales in the three months ended March 31, 2007. These value-added resellers and systems integrators include second-tier server and storage OEM companies, as well as traditional systems integrators which do not manufacture products but which provide solutions to end customers.
 
Seasonality
 
Our business is impacted by seasonal factors. Generally, our revenues are lower in the first and second quarters while our third and fourth quarters tend to exhibit higher revenues. We believe these quarterly fluctuations are the result of the budgeting processes of many of our end customers who typically make expenditures at their fiscal year end. In particular, governmental, research and educational institutions typically place orders and expect delivery during their fiscal year end in the third quarter, while enterprise customers typically place orders and require delivery during their fiscal year end in the fourth quarter.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
As of March 31, 2007, our sales and marketing staff consisted of 28 employees, including 13 sales and support engineers that support end customers in pre- and post-sales activities. Our sales and marketing staff is located in Israel, the United States, Germany, China and Japan.
 
Our sales model is based upon a combination of developing our relationships with our OEM customers and creating end-customer demand for our solutions. Our global OEM team consists of account executives and systems engineers who are responsible for the development and ongoing support of our OEM relationships.


65


Table of Contents

The account executives typically work with an OEM customer to ensure seamless product supply, as well as coordinate customer forecasts, overall program management and product sell-through.
 
Our end-customer regional sales force drives demand directly with potential end customers and coordinates geographically-specific marketing and sales programs. Our regional sales force is divided into three geographical regions: North America, Europe/Middle East/Africa and Asia-Pacific. This regional sales force operates as a direct sales team to end customers, but without completing order fulfillment, which is instead satisfied by our OEM customers. We monitor the activities of our end-customer regional sales force on a global basis to maintain forecasts of potential sales to end customers.
 
Our marketing organization is responsible for product strategy and management, future product plans and positioning, pricing, product introduction and transitions, competitive analysis, and raising the overall visibility of our company and our products. The marketing team is also responsible for working with ISVs to identify vertical markets and vertical market solutions that may benefit from our product offerings. In addition, the marketing team develops and manages various OEM customer and end-customer generation programs including web-based lead development, trade shows and industry analyst relations.
 
Service and Technical Support
 
We consider our customer support and professional service capabilities to be a key element of our sales strategy. Our customer support and professional service teams enable our customers to optimize the reliability and performance of their grids.
 
First calls and second level escalation support to end customers are typically delivered by our server OEM customers, value-added resellers and systems integrators as a condition of contract. We provide third level and engineering support to these customers when necessary. We also sell annual support and extended warranty packages to our customers to provide a more comprehensive support offering. We have technical assistance centers, located in Herzeliya, Israel and Billerica, Massachusetts, which use a streamlined process and an on-line customer relationship management system to provide reliable support to our end customers.
 
End customers can also take advantage of our on-line resources: SupportWeb and eSupport. SupportWeb contains technical documentation allowing our end customers to quickly research and resolve product questions, as well as download maintenance release updates and new software upgrades. Our web-based eSupport enables end customers to open support cases on-line through either email or the Internet.
 
Research and Development
 
Our research and development activities take place in Herzeliya, Israel. As of March 31, 2007, 88 of our employees were engaged primarily in research and development. Our research and development team is composed of 50 software engineers, 13 hardware engineers, 20 quality assurance personnel as well as five new product introduction engineers. Our gross research and development expenditures were $6.7 million in 2004, $6.5 million in 2005, $7.7 million in 2006 and $2.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007.
 
Our research and development organization has four key functions, which are the development and maintenance of new hardware platforms, development and maintenance of new software, quality assurance at both a unit and systems level and future technical development and patent management. Our hardware activities include switch ASIC, circuit and mechanical design. Our software initiatives are focused on taking advantage of open-source software, where applicable, and building competitive differentiation for enhancing management and performance.
 
We also subcontract a portion of our research and development activities to various subcontractors. Our subcontracted services include mechanical and thermal design of our products, board layout and environmental testing.
 
Historically, our research and development efforts have been financed, in part, through grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist under our approved plans in accordance with the R&D Law. The government of Israel does not own proprietary rights in know-how developed using its funding and there is no restriction


66


Table of Contents

related to such funding on the export of products manufactured using the know-how. The know-how is, however, subject to other legal restrictions, including the obligation to manufacture the product based on the know-how in Israel and to obtain the Office of the Chief Scientist’s consent to transfer the know-how to a third party, whether in or outside Israel. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations — Government Grants.”
 
Manufacturing and Supply
 
We subcontract the manufacture, assembly and testing for our products to two contract manufacturers. These functions are performed by Sanmina-SCI Corporation and Zicon Ltd. These contract manufacturers provide us with full turn-key manufacturing and testing services. This full turn-key manufacturing strategy enables us to reduce our fixed costs, focus on our research and development capabilities and provides us with flexibility to meet market demand. Our engineering technologies group prepares full manufacturing instructions to enable our contract manufacturers to purchase the necessary components and manufacture our products based on our desired specifications. We have also developed automatic test equipment to control the quality of our manufactured products. We monitor our contract manufacturing operations through site visits by our manufacturing and planning managers. We also maintain an in-house materials procurement function to purchase strategic product components with a significant lead time, in order to maintain our relationships with key suppliers while balancing our manufacturing costs.
 
Sanmina-SCI is responsible for the manufacture of our Grid Switch ISR 9024. In October 2004, we entered into a letter agreement with Sanmina-SCI governing the terms of our manufacturing arrangement, but have not yet entered into a fully-negotiated agreement to formalize our business relationship. Pursuant to this letter agreement, we submit purchase orders to Sanmina-SCI for our manufacturing requirements at least 90 days in advance. We are not required to provide any minimum orders. Upon the termination of the letter agreement or a cancellation of an order, we are responsible for all components and finished products ordered within the lead-time.
 
Zicon manufactures all modules and mechanics related to our director-level switches and their gateway modules for connecting to Ethernet and Fibre Channel. We have not yet entered into an agreement to formalize our business relationship with Zicon, but are in the process of negotiating a long-term manufacturing contract. We currently place manufacturing orders with Zicon through committed purchase orders.
 
Some of the components used in our products are obtained from limited-source suppliers. In particular, we obtain the InfiniBand switching ASIC, the main component used in our Grid Director director-class switches and Grid Switch edge switches, from Mellanox Technologies Ltd., which is currently the only manufacturer of this chip. Sales of our products incorporating the ASIC accounted for approximately 54% of our revenues in 2006 and approximately 66% of our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2007. We entered into a non-exclusive agreement with Mellanox on October 27, 2005 for an initial period of two years, which automatically renews for successive one-year periods unless one party notifies the other party within 90 days prior to each annual termination date that it does not wish to renew the agreement. The agreement is non-exclusive and does not contain any minimum purchase requirements. Mellanox may generally increase the purchase price of any product under the agreement upon 30 days’ written notice, and we have agreed to review and discuss product pricing on a good faith basis every six months. In addition, pursuant to our agreement, Mellanox must deposit with an escrow agent all the technological information necessary to manufacture the ASIC. Effective June 12, 2007, this information is held in trust by the escrow agent for our benefit in accordance with the terms of an escrow agreement. Mellanox may increase the price of the ASIC upon 30-days prior notice and has the right to alter the ASIC upon 120-days prior notice, and to discontinue production of the ASIC upon six-months prior notice. During a period of six months after our receipt of a notice of discontinuance from Mellanox, we may purchase from Mellanox such commercially reasonable quantity of the discontinued product as we deem reasonably necessary for our future requirements. Mellanox is obligated to continue to provide us the discontinued product and to facilitate our transition to new products for a period not to exceed nine months following our receipt of a notice of discontinuance. If Mellanox is unable to supply the switch chip on a timely basis or in the quantities that we require, we would likely be unable to manufacture our switching products without adopting a different industry-standard solution in place


67


Table of Contents

of InfiniBand. This would require significant changes to our products that would take time to complete if we are able to do so successfully.
 
In addition, we have designed our products to incorporate specific components, such as our InfiniBand connectors and backplanes, printed circuit boards, chassis and mechanical parts, power supplies and processor boards. We purchase these components from major industry suppliers, but do not have long-term supply contracts with these suppliers. We believe that substitute components are available from alternate sources, however, any change in these components would require us to qualify a new component for inclusion in our products which would likely require significant engineering and would take time to complete.
 
Governmental Regulation
 
We are subject to a number of governmental regulations. In particular, we are subject to European Union directives regarding the use of lead, mercury and certain other substances in electrical and electronic products placed on the market in the European Union and regarding the appropriate labeling for waste disposal purposes of all electrical and electronic equipment sold in the European Union. For more information, see “Risk Factors — Our business is subject to increasingly complex environmental legislation that may increase our costs and the risk of noncompliance.” We are also generally subject to export and import controls of the different jurisdictions in which we sell our products. We believe that we are currently in compliance with all applicable government regulations. To date, our business has not been materially affected by governmental regulation.
 
Competition
 
We believe that our products compete in the grid computing interconnect market based on the following:
 
  •  scalability;
 
  •  performance, including the ability to provide low latency and high bandwidth capabilities;
 
  •  ease of installation and management by IT personnel;
 
  •  flexibility across multiple architectures;
 
  •  reliability to ensure uninterrupted operability; and
 
  •  cost efficiency in acquisition, deployment and ongoing support.
 
We face significant competition in the markets in which we operate. We expect competition to continue in the future with the introduction of new technologies and the entrance of new participants. In addition, we expect that we will face competition from other new and established companies competing for next-generation data center solutions. Our current principal competitors are Cisco Systems, Inc. and QLogic Corporation. We compete to a lesser degree against providers of 10 Gigabit Ethernet and proprietary high-performance computing solutions.
 
Intellectual Property
 
Our intellectual property rights are very important to our business, and our continued success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary products. We rely on a combination of patents, copyright, trademarks, trade secrets, confidentiality clauses and other protective clauses in our agreements to protect our intellectual property, including invention assignment and non-disclosure agreements with our employees and certain outside contractors and non-disclosure agreements with our employees, distributors, resellers, software testers and contractors We believe that the complexity of our products and the know-how incorporated in them makes it difficult to copy them or replicate their features.
 
As of June 30, 2007, we had one issued U.S. patent and five pending patent applications in the United States. We also have four pending counterpart application outside of the United States, filed pursuant to the Patent Cooperation Treaty. We do not currently have a formal evaluation procedure for determining which inventions to protect by patents or other means. As of June 30, 2007, we also had trademark


68


Table of Contents

registrations for “VOLTAIRE” in Israel and the European Union, “V VOLTAIRE (and design)” in Israel, the United States, the European Union, China, Japan and Singapore, and “NVIGOR” in Israel, the United States and the European Union. We also have six pending trademark applications.
 
We cannot be certain that patents or trademarks will be issued as a result of the patent applications or trademark applications we have filed. We also claim common law copyright protection on various versions of our software products and product documentation. We may elect to abandon or otherwise not pursue prosecution of certain pending patent or trademark applications due to examination results, economic considerations, strategic concerns, or other factors. Further, our patents, trademark registrations and common law copyrights may not be upheld as valid and may not prevent the development of competitive products and services by our competitors.
 
Employees
 
As of March 31, 2007, we had 150 employees, including students and subcontractors of whom 118 were based in Israel, 29 in the United States, one in Germany, one in China and one in Japan. The breakdown of our employees, including students and subcontractors, by department is as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,     Three Months Ended
 
Department
  2004     2005     2006     March 31, 2007  
 
Management
    8       8       8       8  
Operations
    7       9       15       17  
Research and development
    54       65       79       88  
Sales and marketing
    19       26       30       28  
General and administration
    5       9       9       9  
                                 
Total
    93       117       141       150  
 
Under applicable Israeli law, we and our employees are subject to protective labor provisions such as restrictions on working hours, minimum wages, minimum vacation, sick pay, severance pay and advance notice of termination of employment, as well as equal opportunity and anti-discrimination laws. Orders issued by the Israeli Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor may make certain industry-wide collective bargaining agreements applicable to us. These agreements affect matters such as cost of living adjustments to salaries, length of working hours and week, recuperation, travel expenses and pension rights. Our employees are not represented by a labor union. We provide our employees with benefits and working conditions, which we believe are competitive with benefits and working conditions provided by similar companies in Israel. We have never experienced labor-related work stoppages and believe that our relations with our employees are good.
 
Facilities
 
Our principal administrative and research and development activities are conducted in a 20,516 square foot (1,906 square meters) facility in Herzeliya, Israel. The lease for this facility expires in October 2011, but we may terminate the lease on December 31, 2008, upon 90-days prior written notice and by paying an additional payment equal to three months rent. We lease office space totaling approximately 9,745 square feet (905 square meters) in the United States. The lease for this facility expires on December 31, 2009 with an option to extend the lease to December 31, 2012. We also have offices in England, Germany and China. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or alternative space will be available on commercially reasonable terms to meet our future needs.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are not a party to any material litigation or proceeding and are not aware of any material litigation or proceeding, pending or threatened, to which we may become a party.


69


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Our executive officers and directors, their ages and positions as the date of this prospectus, are as follows:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth
  50   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Mark Favreau
  52   President
Josh Siegel
  44   Chief Financial Officer
Jacob (Koby) Segal
  47   Chief Operating Officer
Yaron Haviv
  37   Chief Technology Officer
Patrick Guay
  40   Senior Vice President of Marketing
Amir Prescher
  38   Vice President of Business Development
Eric Benhamou(1)(2)
  51   Director
Thomas J. Gill(1)(2)(3)
  48   Director
Dr. Yehoshua (Shuki) Gleitman(1)(3)
  57   Director
P. Kevin Kilroy(2)(3)
  52   Director
Nechemia (Chemi) J. Peres(3)
  48   Director
Yoram Oron
  59   Director
 
 
(1) Member of our audit and finance committee.
 
(2) Member of our nominating and governance committee.
 
(3) Member of our compensation committee.
 
Directors
 
Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since January 2001. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. Kenneth served as Chairman of the Board of Iamba Technologies, Inc., a developer of fiber-to-the-premise technology. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Kenneth was a consultant to startup companies and venture capital firms on business strategies, management development and fund raising. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Kenneth was a general partner of Telos Venture Partners, an early stage venture capital company focusing on technology companies. Prior to that, from 1994 to 1996, Mr. Kenneth was the European Business Unit General Manager at Cadence Design Systems, Inc., an electronic design automation and engineering services company. From 1989 to 1994, Mr. Kenneth established and managed Cadence’s Israeli operation. Mr. Kenneth holds a B.A. in Economics and Computer Science from Bar Ilan University, Israel, and an M.B.A. from Golden Gate University in San Francisco, California.
 
Eric Benhamou has served as a director since March 2007. Mr. Benhamou was appointed as a director by Baker Capital, Pitango Venture Capital and Vertex Venture Capital. Since 2003, Mr. Benhamou has served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Benhamou Global Ventures, LLC, a venture capital fund focused on high-tech firms, which he founded in 2003. Prior to founding Benhamou Global Ventures, Mr. Benhamou served as Chief Executive Officer of Palm, Inc., a provider of mobile products and solutions, from October 2001 to October 2003. From 1990 until October 2000, Mr. Benhamou served as Chief Executive Officer of 3Com Communications, a provider of secure, converged voice and data networking solutions. In 1981, Mr. Benhamou co-founded Bridge Communications, Inc., a provider of internetwork routers and bridges, and was Vice-President of Engineering until its merger with 3Com Communications in 1987. Since 1994, Mr. Benhamou has served as Chairman of the Board of 3Com Corporation and, since 1997, Mr. Benhamou has been Chairman of the Board of Palm, Inc. Mr. Benhamou also serves as Chairman of the Board of Cypress Semiconductor Corporation, and is a member of the board of directors of RealNetworks, Inc. and SVB Financial Group. Mr. Benhamou holds a Diplôme d’Ingénieur from Ecole Nationale Supérieure d’Arts et Métiers, Paris, and an M.Sc in Engineering from Stanford University.
 
Thomas J. Gill has served as a director since March 2007. Mr. Gill was appointed by BCF II Belgium Holdings SPRL, an affiliate of Baker Capital Partners, LLC, a private equity firm investing in communication


70


Table of Contents

equipment, software, services and applications providers. Since 2003, Mr. Gill has served as the Managing Partner of SALTT Development Co., LLC, a real estate development and construction company. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Gill served as the Managing Partner of G4 Partners, LLC, an early stage private equity fund. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Gill served as Chief Executive Officer and President of FORE Systems, Inc., a designer, developer and manufacturer of high speed networking equipment. From 1993 to 1998, Mr. Gill held various positions at FORE Systems, Inc., including Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance. From 1991 to 1993, Mr. Gill served as the Vice President of Finance at Cimflex Teknowledge, Inc., a designer and manufacturer of automated factory systems. Prior to serving as Vice President of Finance, from 1987 to 1991, Mr. Gill served as Director of Finance at Cimflex Teknolwedge, Inc. Mr. Gill has served on the board of directors of several companies, including, from 2003 to 2004, FreeMarkets, Inc., a publicly-traded company that provides business-to-business online auctions and sourcing software and solutions, from 2002 to 2004, PrintCafe Software, Inc., a publicly-traded company that provides print management software, which was acquired by Electronics for Imaging, Inc. in 2003, and, from 2002 to 2003, WaveSmith Networks, Inc., a provider of multiservice switching solutions. In addition, from 1998 to 1999, Mr. Gill served on the board of directors of FORE Systems, Inc. Since 2001, Mr. Gill has served on the board of directors of Helium Networks, Inc., a mobile and wireless solutions company, which he co-founded in 2001, and, since 2005, Mr. Gill has served on the board of directors of SEEC, Inc., a provider of software solutions. Since 2001, Mr. Gill has served on the board of trustees of Sewickley Academy, an independent college-preparatory day school in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, and was appointed Vice Chair in 2004. Mr. Gill holds a B.Sc. in Business Administration from the University of Pittsburgh.
 
Dr. Yehoshua (Shuki) Gleitman has served as a director since May 2003. Dr. Gleitman was appointed by the Shrem, Fudim, Kelner Technologies Ltd, an affiliate of the SFK Group. Since August 2000, Dr. Gleitman has served as the Managing Director of Platinum Venture Capital Fund, LLC, a venture capital firm investing in Israeli high technology companies, which he founded in 2000. Since January 2001, Dr. Gleitman has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Danbar Technology Ltd., an investment company listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange. From February 2000 through December 2005, Dr. Gleitman was the Chief Executive Officer of Shrem, Fudim, Kelner — Technologies Ltd., an investment company publicly traded on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, which he co-founded. Prior to that, Dr. Gleitman was the Chief Executive Officer of AMPAL Investment Corporation, an investment company listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, from 1997 through 2000, and the Chief Scientist of the Israeli Ministry of Industry and Trade from 1992 to 1997. From 1996 to 1997, Dr. Gleitman was also the Director General of the Israeli Ministry of Industry and Trade of the Office of the Chief Scientist. In addition to Danbar Technology, Dr. Gleitman currently serves on the board of directors of the following publicly-traded companies: Capitol Point Ltd., a technology incubation company listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange; Walla Ltd., an Internet portal listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange; Teuza Ventures Ltd., a publicly-traded venture capital firm listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange; and Mer Telemanagement Solutions Ltd., a billing solution company for the telecommunication industry listed on The Nasdaq Global Market. Dr. Gleitman holds B.Sc., M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in Physical Chemistry from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem. Dr. Gleitman has served as the Honorary Consul General of Singapore in Israel since 1998.
 
P. Kevin Kilroy has served as a director since January 2002. Mr. Kilroy was initially appointed by the company as an industry expert, but was later appointed by BCF II Belgium Holdings SPRL, an affiliate of Baker Capital Partners, LLC, a private equity firm investing in communication equipment, software, services and applications providers, in March 2004. Since 2001, Mr. Kilroy has served as Partner at Baker Capital. From February 2001 to September 2001, Mr. Kilroy served as the Vice President and General Manager of HP Middleware Division at the Hewlett-Packard Company, a global information technology company. Prior to that, from 1997 to 2001, Mr. Kilroy was Chief Executive Officer and Chairman for Bluestone Software, Inc., a provider of Internet software platforms, tools and technologies for Internet transactions, which was acquired by Hewlett-Packard in February 2001. Mr. Kilroy has served as Chairman of the Board of Action Engine Inc. since 2003, a Baker Capital portfolio company, and provider of mobile middleware software. Since 2004, Mr. Kilroy has also served as Chairman of the Board of Dotster, Inc., a Baker Capital portfolio company, and provider of Internet services, and Permabit, Inc., a Baker Capital portfolio company, and provider of software storage solutions delivering Content Addressable Storage (CAS). Since 2001, Mr. Kilroy has served on the


71


Table of Contents

board of trustees of North Carolina Wesleyan College. Mr. Kilroy holds a B.A. in Political Science from North Carolina Wesleyan College.
 
Nechemia (Chemi) J. Peres has served as a director since March 2001. Mr. Peres was appointed by Pitango Venture Capital (formerly Polaris Venture Capital). Since 1992, Mr. Peres has served as Managing Director of Mofet Israel Technology Fund Limited, an Israeli venture capital fund publicly traded on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, which he founded in 1992. Prior to Mofet, from 1998 to 1992, Mr. Peres was Vice President of Marketing and Business Development at Decision Systems Israel, a real-time software developer traded on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange. From 1986 to 1998, Mr. Peres served as Senior Consultant to Israel Aircraft Industries, Ltd. a manufacturer of aerospace and large electronic systems. Since 1996, Mr. Peres has served as General Partner of Pitango Venture Capital, a venture capital firm formerly known as Polaris Venture Capital, which he co-founded in 1996. Mr. Peres also opened the Pitango Venture Capital office in Silicon Valley in 1998. Mr. Peres currently serves on the boards of numerous Pitango portfolio companies including Mercado Software, Inc., a provider of ecommerce search, navigation and merchandising solutions, and Olive Software, Inc., a provider of extensible markup language, or XML, automation software. Since 2003, Mr. Peres has been a member of the Executive Board of the Israel Venture Association, an organization representing the Israeli venture capital community, which he co-founded in 1996. Since 2002, Mr. Peres has served on the Board of the University Authority for the Applied Research and Industrial Development Ltd., the technology transfer company of Tel Aviv University, and, since 2003, Mr. Peres has served as Chairman of the Advisory Board of the Tel Aviv University Faculty of Management. Mr. Peres also has served on the Board of Governors of the Weizmann Institute of Science, an international center for scientific research and graduate study, since 2004. Mr. Peres holds a B.Sc. in Industrial Engineering and Management and an M.B.A. from Tel Aviv University, Israel.
 
Yoram Oron has served as a director since March 2007. Mr. Oron was appointed by Vertex Israel II Management, Ltd. Since 1996, Mr. Oron has served as a Managing Partner at Vertex Venture Capital, a venture capital firm investing in Israeli technology companies, which he founded in 1996. From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Oron served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Aryt Industries, Ltd., a holding company with interests in the defense, technology and medical sectors. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Oron served as Vice-President of Geotek Communications, Inc., a provider of mobile communication services. Mr. Oron currently serves on the board of directors of several companies, including NovaFora, Inc., a developer of high definition video processors for consumer multimedia entertainment products, and Genoa Color Technologies, Ltd., a developer of solutions for flat panel display televisions. Mr. Oron holds a B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering from the Technion-Israel Institute of Technology, Israel and an M.B.A from Tel-Aviv University, Israel.
 
Executive Officers
 
Mark Favreau has served as the President of Voltaire, Inc., our wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary, since December 2005. Prior to his position as President, Mr. Favreau served as Executive Vice President of Global Sales and Support from 2003 to 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Favreau served as Vice President of Sales and Marketing at InfiniSwitch Corporation in 2003, a provider of Switched Fabric Networking solutions for enterprise data center high availability computing and high-performance computing server clusters. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Favreau served as Vice President of Global OEM Sales at Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., a publicly traded company that provides platforms, solutions and services for shared storage environments. From 1991 to 1999, Mr. Favreau served as Director of Channel Sales at Silicon Graphics, Inc., a manufacturer of high-performance computing solutions. From 1984 to 1991, Mr. Favreau held senior sales executive positions with Tektronix, Inc., a public corporation in the testing and measuring equipment industry, and CalComp Technology, Inc., a producer of plotters, digitizers and other graphic input/output devices. Mr. Favreau holds a B.A. in Business Administration from St. Michael’s College.
 
Josh Siegel has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2005. Prior to his position as Chief Financial Officer, from April 2002 to December 2005, Mr. Siegel first served as Director of Finance and then served as Vice President of Finance. Prior to joining us, from 2000 to 2002, Mr. Siegel was Vice President of Finance at KereniX Networks Ltd, a terabit routing and transport system company. From 1995 to 2000, Mr. Siegel served in various positions at Lucent Technologies Networks Ltd., a telecommunication equipment


72


Table of Contents

manufacturer, including controller and treasurer. Prior to Lucent Technologies Networks Ltd., from 1990 to 1995, Mr. Siegel served in various positions at SLM Corporation (Sallie Mae — Student Loan Marketing Association), a federally established, publicly traded corporation and parent company to a number of college savings, education-lending and debt-collection companies, including Director of Capital Markets and Director of Credit Risk Management. Mr. Siegel holds a B.A. in Economics and an M.B.A., with a concentration in Finance, from the University of Michigan in Ann Arbor.
 
Jacob (Koby) Segal has served as our Chief Operating Officer since December 2005. Prior to his position as Chief Operating Officer, from 2001 to 2005, Mr. Segal served as the general manager of our offices in Israel and Vice President of Research and Development. Prior to joining us, from 1998 to 2001, Mr. Segal was Vice President of Research and Development and Customer Support at Lucent Technologies Inc. and then Avaya (after its spin-off from Lucent Technologies, Inc.). From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Segal served as Director of Research and Development at Madge Network N.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lannet Data Communications Ltd., supplying advanced Ethernet, ATM and multilayer switching solutions. Prior to 1995, Mr. Segal served in various positions at Lannet Data Communications Ltd., including Director of Research and Development, Manager of Hardware Development and LAN switch project manager. Mr. Segal holds a B.Sc. in electrical engineering and electronics from Tel Aviv University, Israel and an M.B.A. from Heriot-Watt University in Edinburgh, Scotland.
 
Yaron Haviv has served as our Chief Technology Officer since 2001. Previously, from 1999 to 2001, Mr. Haviv served as Vice President of Research and Development and, from 1997 to 1999, was the chief designer responsible for the system architecture of our InfiniBand solutions. Prior to joining us, from 1995 to 1997, Mr. Haviv served as a hardware and chip designer at Scitex Corporation Ltd., an Israeli-based developer, manufacturer, marketer and servicer of interactive computerized prepress systems for the graphic design, printing, and publishing markets. From 1991 to 1995, Mr. Haviv served as an independent software consultant conducting software projects for private and government institutes. Mr. Haviv holds a B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering from Tel-Aviv University, Israel.
 
Patrick Guay has served as our Senior Vice President of Marketing since April 2005. Prior to joining us, from January 2003 to April 2005, Mr. Guay was Executive Vice President of Marketing at netForensics, Inc., a provider of security information management solutions. From November 1993 to November 2002, Mr. Guay held several key positions at 3Com Corporation, a global provider of networking solutions, including Vice President, Worldwide Marketing and Vice President and General Manager, LAN Infrastructure Division. From 1989 to 1993, Mr. Guay served in business development roles at Control Data Corporation, a supercomputer firm.
 
Amir Prescher is a founder of Voltaire and has served as Vice President of Business Development since 2001. Previously, from 1999 to 2001, Mr. Prescher served as our Vice President of Marketing and, from 1997 to 1999, Mr. Prescher served as our Vice President of Research and Development. Prior to joining, from 1987 to 1997, Mr. Prescher served as an officer in Israel’s Defense Forces Technical Intelligence Unit.
 
Corporate Governance Practices
 
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow Israeli corporate governance practices instead of The Nasdaq Global Market requirements, provided we disclose which requirements we are not following and the equivalent Israeli requirement. We intend to rely on this “foreign private issuer exemption” only with respect to the quorum requirement for meetings of our shareholders. Under our articles of association to be effective following this offering, the quorum required for an ordinary meeting of shareholders will consist of at least two shareholders present in person, by proxy or by written ballot, who hold or represent between them at least 25% of the voting power of our shares, instead of 33 1 / 3 % of the issued share capital provided by under The Nasdaq Global Market requirements. This quorum requirement is the default requirement under the Israeli Companies law. We otherwise intend to comply with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and The Nasdaq Global Market requiring that listed companies maintain an audit committee comprised of three independent directors, and with The Nasdaq Global Market rules requiring that listed companies have a majority of independent directors and maintain a compensation and nominating committee composed entirely


73


Table of Contents

of independent directors. In addition, following the closing of this offering, we intend to comply with Israeli corporate governance requirements applicable to companies incorporated in Israel whose securities are listed for trading on a stock exchange outside of Israel.
 
Board of Directors and Officers
 
Our current board of directors consists of seven directors. Certain of our directors were appointed to our board pursuant to rights contained in our existing articles of association as indicated in the biography of each such director. Our articles of association to be effective upon the closing of this offering provide that we may have up to nine directors.
 
Under our articles of association to be effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors (other than the outside directors, whose appointment is required under the Companies Law; see “— Outside Directors”) are divided into three classes. Each class of directors consists, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire board of directors (other than the outside directors). At each annual general meeting of our shareholders, the election or re-election of directors following the expiration of the term of office of the directors of that class of directors, will be for a term of office that expires on the third annual general meeting following such election or re-election, such that from 2008 and after, each year the term of office of only one class of directors will expire. Class I directors, consisting of Eric Benhamou, Yoram Oron and Nechemia (Chemi) J. Peres, will hold office until our annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2008. Class II directors, consisting of Thomas J. Gill and Dr. Yehoshua (Shuki) Gleitman will hold office until our annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2009. Class III directors, consisting of Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth and P. Kevin Kilroy, will hold office until our annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2010. The directors shall be elected by a vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power present and voting at that meeting (excluding abstentions). Each director will hold office until the annual general meeting of our shareholders for the year in which his or her term expires, unless the tenure of such director expires earlier pursuant to the Companies Law or unless he or she is removed from office as described below.
 
Under our articles of association to be effective upon the closing of this offering, the approval of a special majority of the holders of at least 75.0% of the voting rights present and voting at a general meeting (excluding abstentions) is generally required to remove any of our directors from office. The holders of a majority of the voting power present and voting at a meeting (excluding abstentions) may elect directors in their stead or fill any vacancy, however created, in our board of directors. In addition, vacancies on our board of directors, other than vacancies created by an outside director, may be filled by a vote of a simple majority of the directors then in office. A director so chosen or appointed will hold office until the next annual general meeting of our shareholders or until a special general meeting is convened in order to fill such vacancy, unless earlier removed by the vote of a simple majority of the directors then in office prior to such shareholders meeting. See “— Outside Directors” for a description of the procedure for election of outside directors.
 
In addition, under the Companies Law, our board of directors must determine the minimum number of directors having financial and accounting expertise that our board of directors should include. Under applicable regulations, a director with financial and accounting expertise is a director who, by reason of his or her education, professional experience and skill, has a high level of proficiency in and understanding of business accounting matters and financial statements. He or she must be able to thoroughly comprehend the financial statements of the listed company and initiate debate regarding the manner in which financial information is presented. In determining the number of directors required to have such expertise, the board of directors must consider, among other things, the type and size of the company and the scope and complexity of its operations. Our board of directors has determined that we require at least two directors with the requisite financial and accounting expertise and that Messrs. Benhamou and Gill have such expertise.
 
Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of the board of directors and holds office until his or her resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.


74


Table of Contents

Outside Directors
 
Qualifications of Outside Directors
 
Under the Israeli Companies Law, companies incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel that are “public companies,” which also includes companies with shares listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, are required to appoint at least two outside directors at a shareholders’ meeting to be held within three months after the closing of this offering.
 
A person may not serve as an outside director if at the date of the person’s appointment or within the prior two years, the person, the person’s relatives, entities under the person’s control, or the person’s partner or employer, have or had any affiliation with us or any entity controlled by or under common control with us during the prior two years, or which controls us at the time of such person’s appointment.
 
The term affiliation includes:
 
  •  an employment relationship;
 
  •  a business or professional relationship maintained on a regular basis;
 
  •  control; and
 
  •  service as an office holder, excluding service as a director in a private company prior to the first offering of its shares to the public if such director was appointed as a director of the private company in order to serve as an outside director following the public offering.
 
The term relative is defined as spouses, siblings, parents, grandparents, descendants, spouse’s descendants and the spouses of each of these persons.
 
The term office holder is defined as a director, general manager, chief business manager, deputy general manager, vice general manager, executive vice president, vice president, other manager directly subordinate to the general manager or any other person assuming the responsibilities of any of the foregoing positions, without regard to such person’s title.
 
No person can serve as an outside director if the person’s position or other business create, or may create, a conflict of interests with the person’s responsibilities as a director or may otherwise interfere with the person’s ability to serve as a director. If at the time an outside director is appointed all current members of the board of directors are of the same gender, then that outside director must be of the other gender.
 
The Companies Law provides that an outside director must meet certain professional qualifications or have financial and accounting expertise, and that at least one outside director must have financial and accounting expertise. However, if at least one of our directors meets the independence requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the standards of The Nasdaq Global Market rules for membership on the audit committee and also has financial and accounting expertise as defined in the Companies Law and applicable regulations, then our outside directors are required to meet the professional qualifications only. The regulations define a director with the requisite professional qualifications as a director who satisfies one of the following requirements: (1) the director holds an academic degree in either economics, business administration, accounting, law or public administration, (2) the director either holds an academic degree in any other field or has completed another form of higher education in the company’s primary field of business or in an area which is relevant to the office of an outside director, or (3) the director has at least five years of cumulative experience serving in one or more of the following capacities: (a) a senior business management position in a corporation with a substantial scope of business, (b) a senior position in the company’s primary field of business or (c) a senior position in public administration.
 
Until the lapse of two years from termination of office, a company may not engage an outside director to serve as an office holder and cannot employ or receive professional services for payment from that person, either directly or indirectly, including through a corporation controlled by that person.


75


Table of Contents

Election of Outside Directors
 
Outside directors are elected by a majority vote at a shareholders’ meeting, provided that either:
 
  •  the majority of shares voted at the meeting, including at least one-third of the shares of non-controlling shareholders voted at the meeting, excluding abstentions, vote in favor of the election of the outside director; or
 
  •  the total number of shares of non-controlling shareholders voted against the election of the outside director does not exceed one percent of the aggregate voting rights in the company.
 
The initial term of an outside director is three years and he or she may be reelected to additional terms of three years each by a majority vote at a shareholders’ meeting, subject to the conditions described above for election of outside directors. Reelection to each additional term beyond the first extension must comply with the following additional conditions: (1) the audit committee and, subsequently, the board of directors confirmed that the reelection for an additional term is for the benefit of the company, taking into account the outside director’s expertise and special contribution to the function of the board of directors and its committees, and (2) the general meeting of the company’s shareholders, prior to its approval of the reelection of the outside director, was informed of the term previously served by him or her and of the reasons of the board of directors and audit committee for the extension of the outside director’s term. Outside directors may only be removed by the same majority of shareholders as is required for their election, or by a court, as follows: (1) if the board of directors is made aware of a concern that an outside director has ceased to meet the statutory requirements for his or her appointment, or has violated his or her duty of loyalty to the company, then the board of directors is required to discuss the concern and determine whether it is justified, and if the board of directors determines that the concern is justified, to call a special general meeting of the company’s shareholders, the agenda of which includes the dismissal of the outside director; and (2) at the request of a director or a shareholder of the company, a court may remove an outside director from office if it determines that the outside director has ceased to meet the statutory requirements for his or her appointment, or has violated his or her duty of loyalty to the company, or (3) at the request of the company, a director, a shareholder or a creditor of the company, a court may remove an outside director from office if it determines that the outside director is unable to perform his or her duties on a regular basis, or is convicted of certain offenses set forth in the Companies Law. If the vacancy of an outside directorship causes the company to have fewer than two outside directors, a company’s board of directors is required under the Companies Law to call a special general meeting of the company’s shareholders as soon as possible to appoint a new outside director.
 
Each committee to which the company’s board delegates power is required to include at least one outside director and our audit and finance committee is required to include all of the outside directors.
 
An outside director is entitled to compensation in accordance with regulations promulgated under the Companies Law and is otherwise prohibited from receiving any other compensation, directly or indirectly, in connection with services provided as an outside director.
 
Nasdaq Requirements
 
Under the rules of The Nasdaq Global Market, a majority of directors must meet the definition of independence contained in those rules. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth meet the independence standards contained in the rules of The Nasdaq Global Market. We do not believe that any of these directors has a relationship that would preclude a finding of independence under these rules and, in reaching its determination, our board of directors determined that the other relationships that these directors have with us do not impair their independence.


76


Table of Contents

Audit and Finance Committee
 
Companies Law Requirements
 
Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of any public company must also appoint an audit committee comprised of at least three directors including all of the outside directors, but excluding the:
 
  •  chairman of the board of directors;
 
  •  controlling shareholder or a relative of a controlling shareholder; and
 
  •  any director employed by the company or who provides services to the company on a regular basis.
 
Nasdaq Requirements
 
Under The Nasdaq Global Market rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three independent directors, all of whom are financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise. We have constituted an audit and finance committee. Our audit and finance committee members are required to meet additional independence standards, including minimum standards set forth in rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and adopted by The Nasdaq Global Market.
 
Approval of Transactions with Office Holders and Controlling Shareholders
 
The approval of the audit and finance committee is required to effect specified actions and transactions with office holders and controlling shareholders. The term controlling shareholder means a shareholder with the ability to direct the activities of the company, other than by virtue of being an office holder. A shareholder is presumed to be a controlling shareholder if the shareholder holds 50.0% or more of the voting rights in a company or has the right to appoint the majority of the directors of the company or its general manager. For the purpose of approving transactions with controlling shareholders, the term also includes any shareholder that holds 25.0% or more of the voting rights of the company if the company has no shareholder that owns more than 50.0% of its voting rights. For purposes of determining the holding percentage stated above, two or more shareholders who have a personal interest in a transaction that is brought for the company’s approval are deemed as joint holders. The audit and finance committee may not approve an action or a transaction with a controlling shareholder or with an office holder unless at the time of approval two outside directors are serving as members of the audit committee and at least one of them was present at the meeting at which the approval was granted.
 
Audit and Finance Committee Role
 
Our board of directors has adopted an audit and finance committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the audit and finance committee consistent with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and The Nasdaq Global Market rules which include:
 
  •  retaining and terminating the company’s independent auditors, subject to shareholder ratification;
 
  •  pre-approval of audit and non-audit services provided by the independent auditors; and
 
  •  approval of transactions with office holders and controlling shareholders, as described above, and other related-party transactions.
 
Additionally, under the Companies Law, the role of the audit and finance committee is to identify irregularities in the business management of the company in consultation with the internal auditor or the company’s independent auditors and suggest an appropriate course of action to the board of directors and to approve the yearly or periodic work plan proposed by the internal auditor to the extent required. The audit and finance committee charter states that in fulfilling this role the committee is entitled to rely on interviews and consultations with our management, our internal auditor and our independent auditor, and is not obligated to conduct any independent investigation or verification.


77


Table of Contents

Our audit and finance committee consists of our directors, Eric Benhamou (Chairman), Thomas Gill and Dr. Yehoshua (Shuki) Gleitman. The financial expert on the audit and finance committee pursuant to the definition of the Securities and Exchange Commission is Eric Benhamou. Under the Companies Law, the outside directors who will be appointed within three months after our becoming a “public company” must be members of our audit and finance committee.
 
Compensation Committee
 
We have established a compensation committee consisting of our directors Thomas Gill (Chairman), Yehoshua (Shuki) Gleitman, P. Kevin Kilroy and Nechemia (Chemi) J. Peres. At least one of the outside directors to be appointed within three months after our becoming a “public company” must be a member of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the committee consistent with The Nasdaq Global Market rules which include:
 
  •  reviewing and recommending overall compensation policies with respect to our chief executive officer and other executive officers;
 
  •  reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers including evaluating their performance in light of such goals and objectives;
 
  •  reviewing and approving the granting of options and other incentive awards; and
 
  •  reviewing, evaluating and making recommendations regarding the compensation and benefits for our non-employee directors.
 
Nominating and Governance Committee
 
We have established a nominating and governance committee consisting of our directors Eric Benhamou (Chairman), P. Kevin Kilroy and Thomas Gill. Our board of directors has adopted a nominating and governance committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the committee consistent with The Nasdaq Global Market rules which include:
 
  •  reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors;
 
  •  developing and recommending to our board corporate governance guidelines and a code of conduct and ethics for our directors, officers and employees in compliance with applicable law;
 
  •  reviewing developments relating to corporate governance issues;
 
  •  reviewing and making recommendations regarding board member skills and qualifications, the nature of duties of board committees and other corporate governance matters; and
 
  •  establishing procedures for and administering annual performance evaluations of our board.
 
Internal Auditor
 
Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must appoint an internal auditor nominated by the audit committee. The role of the internal auditor is, among other things, to examine whether a company’s actions comply with applicable law and orderly business procedure. Under the Companies Law, the internal auditor may be an employee of the company but not an interested party or an office holder or a relative of an interested party or an office holder, nor may the internal auditor be the company’s independent auditor or the representative of the same.
 
An interested party is defined in the Companies Law as a holder of 5.0% or more of the issued share capital or voting power in a company, any person or entity who has the right to designate one director or more or the chief executive officer of the company or any person who serves as a director or as a chief executive officer. We intend to appoint an internal auditor following the closing of this offering.


78


Table of Contents

Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions Under Israeli Law
 
Fiduciary Duties of Office Holders
 
The Companies Law imposes a duty of care and a duty of loyalty on all office holders of a company.
 
The duty of care requires an office holder to act with the degree of care with which a reasonable office holder in the same position would have acted under the same circumstances. The duty of care includes a duty to use reasonable means, in light of the circumstances, to obtain:
 
  •  information on the advisability of a given action brought for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position; and
 
  •  all other important information pertaining to these actions.
 
The duty of loyalty requires an office holder to act in good faith and for the benefit of the company, and includes the duty to:
 
  •  refrain from any conflict of interest between the performance of his or her duties in the company and his or her other duties or personal affairs;
 
  •  refrain from any activity that is competitive with the company;
 
  •  refrain from exploiting any business opportunity of the company for the purpose of gaining a personal advantage for himself or herself or others; and
 
  •  disclose to the company any information or documents relating to a company’s affairs which the office holder received as a result of his or her position as an office holder.
 
Disclosure of Personal Interests of an Office Holder
 
The Companies Law requires that an office holder promptly disclose to the company any personal interest that he or she may have and all related material information or documents in his or her possession relating to any existing or proposed transaction by the company. An interested office holder’s disclosure must be made promptly and in any event no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at which the transaction is considered. An office holder is not obliged to disclose such information if the personal interest of the office holder derives solely of the personal interest of his or her relative in a transaction that is not extraordinary.
 
“Personal interest” is defined under the Companies Law to include a personal interest of a person in an action or in the business of a company, including the personal interest of such person’s relative or the interest of any corporation in which the person is an interested party.
 
Under the Companies Law, an extraordinary transaction is a transaction:
 
  •  other than in the ordinary course of business;
 
  •  that is not on market terms; or
 
  •  that may have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities.
 
Under the Companies Law, once an office holder has complied with the above disclosure requirement, a company may approve a transaction between the company and the office holder or a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest, or approve an action by the office holder that would otherwise be deemed a breach of duty of loyalty. However, a company may not approve a transaction or action that is adverse to the company’s interest or that is not performed by the office holder in good faith. If the transaction is an extraordinary transaction, both the audit committee and the board of directors must approve the transaction. Under certain circumstances, shareholder approval may also be required. A director who has a personal interest in a matter which is considered at a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee, may generally not be present at this meeting or vote on this matter unless a majority of the directors or members of the audit committee have a personal interest in the matter. If a majority of the directors have a personal interest in the matter, it also requires approval of the shareholders of the company.


79


Table of Contents

Under the Companies Law, unless the articles of association provide otherwise, a transaction with an office holder, or a transaction with a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest, requires approval by the board of directors. If it is an extraordinary transaction or an undertaking to indemnify or insure an office holder who is not a director, audit committee approval is required, as well. Arrangements regarding the compensation, indemnification or insurance of a director require the approval of the audit committee, board of directors and shareholders, in that order. Our articles of association provide that a non-extraordinary transaction with an office holder, or with a third party in which an office holder has a personal interest, may be approved by our board of directors or by a committee of our board of directors to which out board of directors has delegated its authority for such purpose. Our board of directors has delegated such authority to the compensation committee.
 
Disclosure of Personal Interests of a Controlling Shareholder
 
Under the Companies Law, the disclosure requirements that apply to an office holder also apply to a controlling shareholder of a public company. Extraordinary transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, and the terms of engagement of a controlling shareholder or a controlling shareholder’s relative, whether as an office holder or an employee, require the approval of the audit committee, the board of directors and a majority of the shares voted by the shareholders of the company participating and voting on the matter in a shareholders’ meeting. In addition, the shareholder approval must fulfill one of the following requirements:
 
  •  at least one-third of the shares held by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and are voting at the meeting must be voted in favor of approving the transaction, excluding abstentions; or
 
  •  the shares voted by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction who vote against the transaction represent no more than 1.0% of the voting rights in the company.
 
Under the Companies Law, a shareholder has a duty to refrain from abusing its power in the company and to act in good faith and in an acceptable manner in exercising its rights and performing its obligations to the company and other shareholders, including, among other things, voting at general meetings of shareholders on the following matters:
 
  •  an amendment to the articles of association;
 
  •  an increase in the company’s authorized share capital;
 
  •  a merger; and
 
  •  approval of related party transactions that require shareholder approval.
 
A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from acting to the detriment of other shareholders.
 
In addition, any controlling shareholder, any shareholder that knows that its vote can determine the outcome of a shareholder vote and any shareholder that, under the company’s articles of association, has the power to appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder, or has another power with respect to the company, is under a duty to act with fairness towards the company. The Companies Law does not describe the substance of this duty except to state that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty to act with fairness, taking the shareholder’s position in the company into account.
 
Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Office Holders
 
Under the Companies Law, a company may not exculpate an office holder from liability for a breach of the duty of loyalty. However, the company may approve an act performed in breach of the duty of loyalty of an office holder provided that the office holder acted in good faith, the act or its approval does not harm the company, and the office holder discloses the nature of his or her personal interest in the act and all material facts and documents a reasonable time before discussion of the approval. An Israeli company may exculpate


80


Table of Contents

an office holder in advance from liability to the company, in whole or in part, for damages caused to the company as a result of a breach of duty of care but only if a provision authorizing such exculpation is inserted in its articles of association. Our articles of association include such a provision. An Israeli company may not exculpate a director for liability arising out of a prohibited dividend or distribution to shareholders.
 
An Israeli company may indemnify an office holder in respect of certain liabilities either in advance of an event or following an event provided a provision authorizing such indemnification is inserted in its articles of association. Our articles of association contain such an authorization. An undertaking provided in advance by an Israeli company to indemnify an office holder with respect to a financial liability imposed on him or her in favor of another person pursuant to a judgment, settlement or arbitrator’s award approved by a court must be limited to events which in the opinion of the board of directors can be foreseen based on the company’s activities when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to an amount or according to criteria determined by the board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances, and such undertaking shall detail the abovementioned events and amount or criteria. In addition, a company may undertake in advance to indemnify an office holder against the following liabilities incurred for acts performed as an office holder:
 
  •  reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against him or her by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, provided that (i) no indictment was filed against such office holder as a result of such investigation or proceeding; and (ii) no financial liability, such as a criminal penalty, was imposed upon him or her as a substitute for the criminal proceeding as a result of such investigation or proceeding or, if such financial liability was imposed, it was imposed with respect to an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and
 
  •  reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or imposed by a court in proceedings instituted against him or her by the company, on its behalf or by a third party or in connection with criminal proceedings in which the office holder was acquitted or as a result of a conviction for an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent.
 
An Israeli company may insure an office holder against the following liabilities incurred for acts performed as an office holder if and to the extent provided in the company’s articles of association:
 
  •  a breach of duty of loyalty to the company, to the extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;
 
  •  a breach of duty of care to the company or to a third party, including a breach arising out of the negligent conduct of the office holder; and
 
  •  a financial liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party.
 
An Israeli company may not indemnify or insure an office holder against any of the following:
 
  •  a breach of duty of loyalty, except to the extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;
 
  •  a breach of duty of care committed intentionally or recklessly, excluding a breach arising out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;
 
  •  an act or omission committed with intent to derive illegal personal benefit; or
 
  •  a fine or forfeit levied against the office holder.
 
Under the Companies Law, exculpation, indemnification and insurance of office holders must be approved by our audit committee and our board of directors and, in respect of our directors, by our shareholders.
 
Our articles of association allow us to indemnify and insure our office holders to the fullest extent permitted by the Companies Law. Our office holders are currently covered by a directors and officers’ liability insurance policy. As of the date of this offering, no claims for directors and officers’ liability insurance have been filed under this policy and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers in which indemnification is sought.


81


Table of Contents

We have entered into agreements with each of our directors and executive officers exculpating them, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from liability to us for damages caused to us as a result of a breach of duty of care, and undertaking to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law, including with respect to liabilities resulting from this offering. This indemnification is limited to events determined as foreseeable by the board of directors based on our activities, and to an amount or according to criteria determined by the board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances, and the insurance is subject to our discretion depending on its availability, effectiveness and cost. The current maximum amount set forth in such agreements is the greater of (1) with respect to indemnification in connection with a public offering of our securities, the gross proceeds raised by us and/or any selling shareholder in such public offering, and (2) with respect to all permitted indemnification, including a public offering of our securities, an amount equal to 50% of the our shareholders’ equity on a consolidated basis, based on our most recent financial statements made publicly available before the date on which the indemnity payment is made. In the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, however, indemnification of directors and office holders for liabilities arising under the Securities Act is against public policy and therefore unenforceable.
 
Compensation of Office Holders
 
The aggregate compensation paid by us and our subsidiaries to our current executive officers, including stock based compensation, for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was approximately $0.5 million. This amount includes approximately $0.1 million set aside or accrued to provide pension, severance, retirement or similar benefits or expenses, but does not include business travel, relocation, professional and business association dues and expenses reimbursed to office holders, and other benefits commonly reimbursed or paid by companies in Israel. None of our directors has so far received any cash compensation for his or her services as a director other than reimbursement of expenses.
 
Commencing July 1, 2007, we will pay an annual cash retainer and per meeting cash fee to each of our non-employee directors and will reimburse them for expenses arising from their board membership. The annual cash retainer will be comprised of a base amount of $20,000 to each person serving as a director, plus an annual amount of up to $5,000 for membership or chairmanship on a committee of the board of directors. Our lead independent director, who is currently Eric Benhamou, will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $25,000. Our outside directors will each receive an annual cash retainer equal to the lower of $26,000 and the maximum amount permitted under the Israeli regulations with respect to annual compensation of outside directors. In addition, each existing non-employee director who does not currently hold options to purchase our ordinary shares and each future non-employee director will receive upon his or her appointment, election or reelection, an initial grant of options to purchase 50,000 of our ordinary shares, subject to a four year vesting period. At such time as the options granted to each of our existing and future non-employee directors become fully vested and every twelve months thereafter, such director will be granted additional options to purchase 12,500 of our ordinary shares, subject to a one-year vesting period. The vesting of the options granted to a non-employee director will be accelerated upon a change of control as part of which such non-employee director is asked to resign, is terminated or is not asked to become a director in the successor company.
 
Employment and Consulting Agreements with Executive Officers
 
We have entered into written employment agreements with all of our executive officers. These agreements each contain provisions regarding noncompetition, confidentiality of information and assignment of inventions. The enforceability of covenants not to compete in Israel and the United States is subject to limitations. The provisions of certain of our executive officers’ employment agreements contain termination or change of control provisions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements with Directors and Officers — Employment of Ronnie Kenneth”, “Employment of Mark Favreau” and “Employment of Patrick Guay” for additional information.


82


Table of Contents

Share Options Plans
 
We have adopted four stock option plans and, as of March 31, 2007, we had (i) 3,604,976 ordinary shares reserved for issuance under these plans, with respect to which options to purchase 2,977,803 ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of $1.26 and options to purchase 6,127 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $320.00 were outstanding, and (ii) options to purchase 45,307 ordinary shares already exercised by certain of the grantees and such shares had been issued by us. As of March 31, 2007, options to purchase 2,004,309 ordinary shares were vested and exercisable. Any shares underlying any option that terminates without exercise under any of our plan become available for future issuance under all plans. However, following the adoption of our 2003 Section 102 Plan, we stopped making any grants under our 2001 Section 102 Plan. Furthermore, there will be no additional grants under our 2001 Plan following the date on which the 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan becomes effective, which is the date of closing of this offering, and there will be no additional grants under our 2003 Section 102 Plan following the approval of our 2007 Plan by the Israeli tax authority, which is expected within three months of the date of this prospectus.
 
The following table provides information regarding the options to purchase our ordinary shares by each of our directors or executive officers beneficially owning greater than one percent of our ordinary shares or options to purchase more than one percent of our ordinary shares immediately prior to the closing of this offering:
 
                                 
    Number of Shares
                Total Shares
 
    Underlying
    Exercise
          Underlying
 
Name
  Options     Price     Expiration Date     Options  
 
Ronnie Kenneth
    692,863     $ 1.00       July 13, 2014          
      141,332       1.00       June 5, 2015          
      184,172       1.00       January 1, 2016          
      27,101       4.40       February 22, 2017          
      275,799       8.00       May 21, 2017       1,321,267  
Mark Favreau
    213,144     $ 1.00       July 13, 2014          
      7,500       8.00       May 21, 2017       220,644  
 
2007 Incentive Compensation Plan
 
We adopted the 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan to become effective upon the closing of this offering. Following the approval of the 2007 plan by the Israeli tax authorities, which we expect will be within three months of the date of this prospectus, we will only grant options or other equity incentive awards under the 2007 plan, although previously-granted options will continue to be governed by our other plans. The 2007 plan is intended to further our success by increasing the ownership interest of certain of our and our subsidiaries’ employees, directors and consultants and to enhance our and our subsidiaries’ ability to attract and retain employees, directors and consultants.
 
We may issue up to 296,570 ordinary shares remaining available for issuance and not subject to outstanding awards under our 2003 Section 102 Plan, 2001 Section 102 Plan and 2001 Plan on June 22, 2007, upon the exercise or settlement of share options or other equity incentive awards granted under the 2007 plan. The number of ordinary shares that we may issue under the 2007 plan will increase on the first day of each fiscal year during the term of the 2007 plan, in each case in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1,500,000 shares, (ii) 4.0% of our outstanding ordinary shares on the last day of the immediately preceding year, or (iii) an amount determined by our board of directors. The number of shares subject to the 2007 plan is also subject to adjustment if particular capital changes affect our share capital. Ordinary shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2007 plan or our 2003 Section 102 Plan, 2001 Section 102 Plan or 2001 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any other reason before being exercised will again be available for grant under the 2007 plan. As of the closing of this offering, no options or other awards will have been granted under the 2007 plan.
 
A share option is the right to purchase a specified number of ordinary shares in the future at a specified exercise price and subject to the other terms and conditions specified in the option agreement and the 2007


83


Table of Contents

plan. The exercise price of each option granted under the 2007 plan will be determined by our compensation committee and for “incentive stock options” shall be equal to or greater than the fair market value of our ordinary shares at the time of grant (except for any options granted under the 2007 plan in substitution or exchange for options or awards of another company involved in a corporate transaction with us or a subsidiary, which will have an exercise price that is intended to preserve the economic value of the award that is replaced). The exercise price of any share options granted under the 2007 plan may be paid in cash, ordinary shares already owned by the option holder or any other method that may be approved by our compensation committee, such as a cashless broker-assisted exercise that complies with law.
 
Our compensation committee may also grant, or recommend that our board of directors to grant, other forms of equity incentive awards under the 2007 plan, such as restricted share awards, share appreciation rights, restricted share units and other forms of equity-based compensation.
 
Israeli participants in the 2007 plan may be granted options subject to Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance. Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance allows employees, directors and officers, who are not controlling shareholders and are considered Israeli residents to receive favorable tax treatment for compensation in the form of shares or options. We have elected to issue our options and shares under Section 102(b)(2) of the ordinance, the capital gains track. To comply with the capital gains track, all options and shares issued under the plan, as well as any shares received subsequently following any realization of rights with respect to such options and shares, are granted to a trustee and should be held by the trustee for a period of two years from the date of grant. Under the capital gains track we are not allowed to deduct an expense with respect to the issuance of the options or shares. Under certain conditions we will be able to change our election with respect to future grants under the plan. In addition, we will be able to make a different election under a new plan. Any stock options granted under the 2007 plan to participants in the United States will be either “incentive stock options,” which may be eligible for special tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or options other than incentive stock options (referred to as “nonqualified stock options”), as determined by our compensation committee and stated in the option agreement.
 
Our compensation committee will administer the 2007 plan. Our board of directors may, subject to any legal limitations, exercise any powers or duties of the compensation committee concerning the 2007 plan. The compensation committee will select which of our and our subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ eligible employees, directors and/or consultants shall receive options or other awards under the 2007 plan and will determine, or recommend to our board of directors, the number of ordinary shares covered by those options or other awards, the terms under which such options or other awards may be exercised (however, options generally may not be exercised later than 10 years from the grant date of an option) or may be settled or paid, and the other terms and conditions of such options and other awards under the 2007 plan in accordance with the provisions of the 2007 plan. Holders of options and other equity incentive awards may not transfer those awards, unless they die or, except in the case of incentive stock options, the compensation committee determines otherwise.
 
If we undergo a change of control, as defined in the 2007 plan, subject to any contrary law or rule, or the terms of any award agreement in effect before the change of control, (a) the compensation committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the vesting, exercisability and payment, as applicable, of outstanding options and other awards; and (b) the compensation committee, in its discretion, may adjust outstanding awards by substituting ordinary shares or other securities of any successor or another party to the change of control transaction, or cash out outstanding options and other awards, in any such case, generally based on the consideration received by our shareholders in the transaction.
 
Subject to particular limitations specified in the 2007 plan and under applicable law, our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2007 plan, and the compensation committee may amend awards outstanding under the 2007 plan. The 2007 plan will continue in effect until all ordinary shares available under the 2007 plan are delivered and all restrictions on those shares have lapsed, unless the 2007 plan is terminated earlier by our board of directors. No awards may be granted under the 2007 plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the date of adoption of the plan.


84


Table of Contents

The 2003 Section 102 Stock Option/Stock Purchase Plan
 
The 2003 Section 102 Stock Option/Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2003 Section 102 Plan, provides for the grant of stock options or issuance of shares under share purchase agreements to our and our affiliates’ employees, including officers and directors. As of March 31, 2007, there were (i) options to purchase 1,931,641 ordinary shares outstanding under the 2003 Section 102 Plan, of which 1,413,568 were vested and exercisable and (ii) options to purchase 45,307 ordinary shares under the 2003 Section 102 Plan that were already exercised.
 
The terms of the 2003 Section 102 Plan are intended to comply with Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, or the ordinance, following its amendment in 2003, which allows employees, directors and officers, who are not controlling shareholders and are considered Israeli residents for tax purposes, to receive favorable tax treatment for compensation in the form of shares or share options.
 
We have elected to issue our options and shares under Section 102(b)(2) of the ordinance, the capital gains track. To comply with the capital gains track, all options and shares issued under the plan, as well as any shares received subsequently following any realization of rights with respect to such options and shares, are granted to a trustee and should be held by the trustee for a period of two years from the date of grant if granted after January 1, 2006, or for a period, which is the lesser of 30 months from the date of grant or two years following the end of the tax year in which the options or shares were originally granted, if granted before January 1, 2006.
 
The 2003 Section 102 Plan is administered by our board of directors which has delegated responsibilities to our compensation committee. Our compensation committee is authorized to determine the grantees of options and the terms of the grant, including, the number and type of options or shares granted, exercise prices, method of payment, vesting schedules, and all other matters necessary in the administration of the 2003 Section 102 Plan. Our board of directors determines the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 2003 Section 102 Plan. An appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be made in (1) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the 2003 Section 102 Plan, (2) the number and kind of shares or other securities already issued under the 2003 Section 102 Plan or subject to any outstanding options and (3) the per share exercise prices of outstanding options, in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, asset sales, reorganizations, recapitalizations or other corporate transactions that affect our shares as described in the 2003 Section 102 Plan.
 
Options under the 2003 Section 102 Plan generally vest and become exercisable over a period of four years with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting start date and 6.25% vesting at the end of each subsequent three months period. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements with Directors and Officers — Employment Agreements” for a description of accelerating provisions applicable to options held by Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth, Mark Favreau and Patrick Guay. Options generally expire ten years from the grant date. Grantees may exercise their options after seven years from the grant date, unless our board of directors decides otherwise. However, vested options may be exercised earlier upon the earlier of (1) the date we sell our shares in an underwritten public offering (an “IPO”) (2) the date our board of directors approves the final form of the documents for an acquisition event, defined as a (i) merger, acquisition or consolidation, resulting in our voting securities outstanding immediately prior thereto (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) representing immediately thereafter less than 50% of the combined voting power of our voting securities or the voting securities of such surviving or acquiring entity; (ii) sale of all or substantially all of our assets; or (iii) our complete liquidation, or (3) if a grantee’s employment terminates for any reason other than for cause before such IPO or acquisition event, the grantee or his estate may exercise his vested options as described in the paragraph below, subject to compliance with any requirements prescribed by our compensation committee. Options may not be transferred, except upon the grantee’s death by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
 
If we terminate an employee for cause, all of the employee’s options expire on the cessation date, unless our compensation committee decides otherwise. Upon termination of employment for any reason, other than for cause or death or disability, the grantee may exercise his or her vested options within three months of the


85


Table of Contents

date of termination, unless prescribed otherwise by our compensation committee. Upon termination of employment due to death or disability, an employee or his or her estate may exercise his or her vested options within twelve months from the date of death or disability. Options may not, however, be exercised after the option’s expiration date.
 
Upon the occurrence of an acquisition event, our board of directors will take any one or more of the following actions with respect to the outstanding options: (i) provide that the outstanding options will be assumed, or have equivalent options substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation, as long as those substituted options satisfy Section 102, (ii) provide that all unexercised options will become exercisable in full or in part as of a specified time and terminate immediately prior to the acquisition event, (iii) if the terms of the acquisition event provide that the holders of outstanding ordinary shares will receive upon consummation of the acquisition event a cash payment for each share surrendered in the acquisition event, make or provide for a cash payment to grantees that is equal to the acquisition price per share times the shares subject to the grantee’s vested options, minus the aggregate exercise price of such vested options, in exchange for the termination of vested and unvested options, or (iv) provide that all vested and unvested outstanding options will terminate immediately prior to the acquisition event.
 
The 2003 Section 102 Plan provides that the trustee will vote the shares held by it in trust pursuant to the terms of this plan in accordance with the directions of our board of directors.
 
Our board of directors may at any time amend or terminate the 2003 Section 102 Plan provided, however, that any such action shall not adversely affect any options or shares granted under the plan prior to such action. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the 2003 Section 102 Plan will terminate in 2013.
 
The 2001 Section 102 Stock Option/Stock Purchase Plan
 
The 2001 Section 102 Stock Option/Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2001 Section 102 Plan provided for the grant of shares or share options to our employees. As of March 31, 2007, there were options to purchase 1,403 ordinary shares outstanding under the 2001 Section 102 Plan, all of which were vested and exercisable, and none of which were exercised.
 
The terms of the 2001 Section 102 Plan are intended to comply with Section 102 of the ordinance, as was in effect in 2001 and prior to its amendment in 2003, which allows employees, who are considered Israeli residents for tax purposes, to receive favorable tax treatment for compensation in the form of shares or share options. Other than the different tax treatment, the terms of our 2001 Section 102 Plan are substantially similar to the terms of the our 2003 Section 102 Plan. Our 2001 Section 102 Plan will terminate in 2011.
 
2001 Stock Option Plan
 
The 2001 Stock Option Plan, or the 2001 Plan, provides for the grant of stock options to our and our affiliates’ consultants and advisors and non-Israeli employees, officers and directors. As of March 31, 2007, there were options to purchase 1,050,886 ordinary shares outstanding, of which 589,338 were vested and exercisable, and none of which were exercised.
 
Options granted under the 2001 Plan that are granted to persons who are considered U.S. residents for tax purposes may be either incentive stock options under the requirements of Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, or non-statutory stock options that are not intended to meet those requirements. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees of us or any parent or subsidiary of us. In respect of incentive stock options, the 2001 Plan provides for special terms relating to exercise price and dollar limitation on vesting of incentive stock options, as required to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. Other than the different tax treatment, the terms of our 2001 Plan are substantially similar to the terms of our 2003 Section 102 Plan. Our 2001 Plan will terminate in 2011.


86


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Our policy is to enter into transactions with related parties on terms that, on the whole, are no more favorable, or no less favorable, than those available from unaffiliated third parties. Based on our experience in the business in which we operate and the terms of our transactions with unaffiliated third parties, we believe that all of the transactions described below met this policy standard at the time they occurred.
 
Financing Transactions
 
Original rounds of financing.   Since our founding, we have raised capital through multiple rounds of financing. Between 1997 and 2002, we raised capital through sales of our ordinary shares and our Series A, Series B, Series B1, Series C, Series D, Series D1 and Series D2 preferred shares.
 
Series E financing.   In 2004, we sold Series E preferred shares convertible into 3,749,994 ordinary shares, at a purchase price per share of $4.00 for an aggregate investment of $15.0 million. In 2005, we sold additional Series E preferred shares convertible into 4,249,997 ordinary shares, at a purchase price per share of $4.00 for an aggregate investment of $17.0 million. Each Series E preferred share will convert into one ordinary share upon the closing of this offering.
 
In connection with the sale of our Series E preferred shares in 2004, our Series A, Series B and Series B1 preferred shares were converted into ordinary shares. At the time of this conversion, we issued junior liquidation securities to the SFK Group, Pitango Venture Capital Group, K.T. Concord, the Challenge Fund-Etgar II, LP and other shareholders. The junior liquidation securities entitle the holders to an aggregate payment of $1.8 million, following payment of certain required amounts to the holders of the Series C, D, E, and E2 preferred shares, if we complete a merger transaction or are acquired or liquidated. The junior liquidation securities do not have voting rights and will be cancelled upon the closing of this offering for no consideration.
 
The following table sets forth the number of ordinary shares resulting from conversion upon the closing of this offering of the Series E preferred shares purchased by entities which, as of the date of this prospectus, beneficially own more than 5.0% of our outstanding ordinary shares assuming the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares:
 
                 
          Number of Ordinary
 
          Shares Resulting from the
 
    Aggregate
    Conversion of Series E
 
Shareholder
  Purchase Price     Preferred Shares  
 
BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL (an affiliate of Baker Capital)
  $ 8,068,000       2,017,000  
Pitango Venture Capital Group
    6,684,000       1,670,998  
Vertex Venture Capital Group
    7,468,000       1,866,998  
Tamir Fishman Group
    2,133,590       533,395  
SFK Group
    2,186,236       546,558  


87


Table of Contents

Series E2 financing.   In February and March 2007, we sold Series E2 preferred shares convertible into 1,802,654 ordinary shares, at a purchase price per underlying share of $6.32 in consideration for an aggregate investment of $11.4 million. Each Series E2 preferred share will convert into one ordinary share upon the closing of this offering. The following table sets forth the number of ordinary shares resulting from conversion upon the closing of this offering of the Series E2 preferred shares purchased by entities which, as of the date of this prospectus, beneficially own more than 5.0% of our outstanding ordinary shares assuming the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares:
 
                 
          Number of Ordinary
 
          Shares Resulting from the
 
    Aggregate
    Conversion of Series E2
 
Shareholder
  Purchase Price     Preferred Shares  
 
BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL (an affiliate of Baker Capital)
  $ 3,183,671       503,745  
Pitango Venture Capital Group
    2,453,860       388,265  
Vertex Venture Capital Group
    1,577,984       249,679  
SFK Group
    741,687       117,354  
Tamir Fishman Group
    769,273       121,717  
 
Rights of Appointment
 
Our current board of directors consists of seven directors. Under our articles of association in effect prior to this offering, the following shareholders or groups of shareholders have the right to appoint directors to our board:
 
  •  our Chief Executive Officer is a director, ex officio ;
 
  •  holders of our Series E and Series E2 preferred shares may appoint two directors, one of whom is appointed by BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL, an affiliate of Baker Capital, and one of whom is appointed by Vertex Venture Capital Group;
 
  •  holders of our Series D preferred shares may appoint two directors, one of whom is appointed by BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL, an affiliate of Baker Capital, and one of whom is appointed by Pitango Venture Capital Group;
 
  •  holders of our Series C preferred shares may appoint one director, who is appointed by Shrem Fudim Kelner Technologies Ltd.;
 
  •  one director must be an industry expert who is nominated by us, and subject to the approval of BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL, an affiliate of Baker Capital, and either Vertex Venture Capital Group or Pitango Venture Capital Group; and
 
  •  one director is appointed by the unanimous consent of BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL, an affiliate of Baker Capital, Vertex Venture Capital Group and Pitango Venture Capital Group.
 
In addition, each of Challenger Fund-Etgar II L.P. and Tamir Fishman Group are currently entitled to appoint an observer to attend meetings of our board of directors. All rights to appoint directors and observers will terminate upon the closing of this offering, although currently-serving directors that were appointed prior to this offering will continue to serve pursuant to their appointment until the annual meeting of shareholders at which the term of their class of directors expires.
 
We are not a party to, and are not aware of, any voting agreements among our shareholders.
 
Registration Rights
 
We have entered into an amended and restated shareholders’ rights agreement with certain of our shareholders pursuant to which 8,334,640 ordinary shares resulting from conversion of our issued and outstanding preferred shares are entitled to the registration rights described below. Under this agreement, the following entities which, as of the date of this prospectus, beneficially own more than 5.0% of our ordinary


88


Table of Contents

shares, assuming the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares, are entitled to registration rights: BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL, an affiliate of Baker Capital, Vertex Venture Capital Group, Pitango Venture Capital Group, the SFK Group and the Tamir Fishman Group.
 
Demand registration rights.   At any time following the closing of this offering, we are required to file a registration statement in respect of ordinary shares held by our former preferred shareholders as follows:
 
  •  Preferred E/E2 Registration.   We are required to effect up to two registrations (a “Preferred E/E2 Registration”) at the request of BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL, an affiliate of Baker Capital, together with Vertex Venture Capital Group or Pitango Venture Capital Group.
 
  •  Preferred D Registration.   At any time following a request for a Preferred E/E2 Registration, we are required to effect up to two registrations (a “Preferred D Registration”) at the request of one or more of our shareholders holding ordinary shares representing in the aggregate a majority of ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of our Series D preferred shares that are entitled to registration rights.
 
  •  Preferred C Registration.   At any time following both a request for a Preferred E/E2 Registration and a request for a Preferred D Registration, we are required to effect up to two registrations (a “Preferred C Demand”) at the request of one or more of our shareholders holding ordinary shares representing in the aggregate a majority of ordinary shares resulting from the conversation of our Series C preferred shares that are entitled to registration rights.
 
With respect to the above registrations: (1) we are not required to effect a Preferred C Registration or a Preferred D Registration within 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement for a Preferred C Registration, a Preferred D Registration, a Preferred E/E2 Registration, a registration on Form F-3 or another registration by us, (2) we are required to give notice of a demand for a Preferred C Registration, a Preferred D Registration or a Preferred E/E2 Registration to the other shareholders holding ordinary shares resulting from conversion of our preferred shares that are entitled to registration rights and include their shares in the registration if they so request, and (3) we may not effect a registration for our own account (other than a registration effected solely with respect to an employee benefit plan or pursuant to a registration on Form F-4 or S-4) within 90 days after any such registration without the consent of shareholders holding ordinary shares that are entitled to registration rights representing in the aggregate at least 50% of the ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of our preferred shares.
 
In the event that the managing underwriter advises that the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the underwriter’s ability to effect an orderly distribution of such securities at the price per share in such offering:
 
  •  in the case of a Preferred E Registration, the shares will be included in the registration statement in the following order of preference: first, ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of Series E2 preferred shares and Series E preferred shares; second, ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of Series D preferred shares and Series D2 preferred shares; and third, ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of Series C preferred shares; and
 
  •  if the registration statement is not being filed pursuant to a Preferred E Demand, we will include in the registration statement that the number of shares requested to be included that, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold, allocated among the holders of such securities pro rata based on the number of ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of preferred shares held by such shareholders immediately prior to the registration.
 
Registration on Form F-3 or S-3.   After we become eligible under applicable securities laws to file a registration statement on Form F-3 or Form S-3, as applicable, which will not be until at least 12 months after the date of this prospectus, we will file a registration statement on Form F-3 or S-3 at the request of BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL, an affiliate of Baker Capital, together with Vertex Venture Capital Group or Pitango Venture Capital Group. These shareholders may request such a registration no more than once every six months. In addition, we will file either such registration statement on Form F-3 or S-3 at the request our


89


Table of Contents

shareholders holding ordinary shares representing in the aggregate a majority of ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of our Series C preferred shares or our Series D preferred shares that are entitled to registration rights. There is no limit to the number of such registrations that these shareholders may request. In connection with the foregoing registrations: (1) we are not required to effect a registration pursuant to a request by shareholders holding registrable securities if, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, we have already effected one registration on Form F-3 or S-3, (2) each registration on Form F-3 or S-3 must be for anticipated proceeds of at least $500,000, and (3) we may not effect a registration for our own account (other than a registration effected solely with respect to an employee benefit plan) within 90 days after any such registration without the consent of our shareholders holding ordinary shares representing in the aggregate a majority of ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of our preferred shares.
 
Piggyback registration rights.   Following this offering, shareholders holding registrable shares will also have the right to request the inclusion of their registrable shares in any registration statements filed by us in the future for the purposes of a public offering, subject to specified exceptions. In the event that the managing underwriter advises that the number of our securities and preferred shares included in such a request exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting such underwriters’ ability to effect an orderly distribution of our securities, the shares will be included in the registration statement in the following order of preference: first, the shares that we wish to include for our own account; second, ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of Series E preferred shares and Series E2 preferred shares included in such request; third, ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of Series D preferred shares and Series D2 preferred shares; and fourth, ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of Series C preferred shares included in such request.
 
Termination.   All registration rights granted to holders of registrable shares terminate when all ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of preferred shares have been effectively registered under the Securities Act, or, with respect to any holder, can be sold freely during a three-month period without registration under the Securities Act.
 
Expenses.   We will pay all expenses in carrying out the above registrations, including the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel to the selling shareholders. In connection with this offering, we have also agreed to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of one Israeli counsel to the selling shareholders.
 
Certain warrants.   We have also granted to holders of warrants to purchase 140,625 Series E preferred shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants granted to Lighthouse the same registration rights as are granted to holders of Series E preferred shares.
 
Agreements with Directors and Officers
 
We have entered into written employment agreements with all of our executive officers. These agreements each contain provisions regarding noncompetition, confidentiality of information and assignment of inventions. The enforceability of covenants not to compete in Israel and the United States is subject to limitations. The provisions of certain of our executive officers’ employment agreements contain termination or change of control provisions as set forth below:
 
Employment of Ronnie Kenneth.   In January 2002, we entered into an agreement with Mr. Kenneth governing the terms of his employment with us for the position of Chief Executive Officer. In addition, Mr. Kenneth has executed an agreement containing standard provisions relating to confidentiality and assignment of inventions. Either party may terminate Mr. Kenneth’s employment upon 90 days prior written notice, and we can terminate Mr. Kenneth’s employment immediately upon justifiable cause (as defined in the employment agreement) or the disability of Mr. Kenneth. If Mr. Kenneth is involuntarily terminated without justifiable cause or if Mr. Kenneth voluntarily terminates his employment for good reason (as defined in the employment agreement), or in the event of a change in control, merger or acquisition transaction (as defined in the employment agreement), 50% of Mr. Kenneth’s then unvested options will vest immediately. After a change in control, merger or acquisition transaction, Mr. Kenneth’s remaining unvested options will vest over a period of one year from the transaction, or their otherwise remaining vesting period if shorter, on a monthly basis. If Mr. Kenneth is terminated (other than voluntarily by Mr. Kenneth) during this remaining vesting


90


Table of Contents

period after a change in control, merger or acquisition transaction, Mr. Kenneth’s unvested options will vest immediately. Mr. Kenneth’s remaining unvested options also vest immediately if he is involuntarily terminated without justifiable cause or voluntarily terminates his employment for good reason within nine months after a change in control, merger or acquisition transaction.
 
Employment of Mark Favreau.   In December 2003, Voltaire, Inc. entered into an agreement with Mr. Favreau governing the terms of his employment with Voltaire, Inc. for the position of Vice President of Global Sales and Support. The agreement contains standard employment provisions, including provisions relating to confidentiality and assignment of inventions. Either party may terminate Mr. Favreau’s employment upon prior written notice. If we terminate his employment for any reason other than cause (as defined in the employment agreement), or if Mr. Favreau terminates his employment for good reason (as defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Favreau will vest in an additional 12.5% of the shares covered by his then unvested option. In addition, we will pay Mr. Favreau his base salary for six months, the pro-rated value of any MBO bonus, sales bonus, and commission earned during the six months prior to termination, and the value of six months of COBRA premium payments. Mr. Favreau’s outstanding unvested options will vest in full if he is terminated within 12 months following a change in control (as defined in the employment agreement).
 
Employment of Patrick Guay.   In April 2005, Voltaire, Inc. entered into an agreement with Mr. Guay governing the terms of his employment with Voltaire, Inc. for the position of Vice President of Marketing. The agreement contains standard employment provisions, including provisions relating to confidentiality and assignment of inventions. Either party may terminate Mr. Guay’s employment upon prior written notice. If we terminate his employment for any reason other than cause (as defined in the employment agreement), or if Mr. Guay terminates his employment for good reason (as defined in the employment agreement), we will pay Mr. Guay his base salary for three months, and the pro-rated value of any bonus earned during the three months prior to termination. Certain of Mr. Guay’s unvested options will vest in full if we terminate Mr. Guay’s employment without cause, or if Mr. Guay terminates his employment for good reason within 12 months following a change in control (as defined in the employment agreement).
 
Options.   Since our inception we have granted options to purchase our ordinary shares to our officers and certain of our directors. We describe our option plans under “Management — Share Option Plans.”
 
Exculpation, Indemnification and Insurance.   Our articles of association permit us to exculpate, indemnify and insure our office holders to the fullest extent permitted by the Companies Law. We have entered into agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, exculpating them from a breach of their duty of care to us to the fullest extent permitted by law and undertaking to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law, including with respect to liabilities resulting from this offering to the extent that these liabilities are not covered by insurance. See “Management — Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”


91


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus, as adjusted to reflect the sale of the ordinary shares in this offering:
 
  •  each person who we know beneficially owns 5.0% or more of the outstanding ordinary shares;
 
  •  each of our directors individually;
 
  •  each of our executive officers individually;
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
 
  •  each of the selling shareholders.
 
Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. The information set forth in the table below gives effect to the conversion of all preferred shares into ordinary shares. The table also includes the number of ordinary shares underlying warrants, options or rights that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this offering. Ordinary shares subject to these warrants, options or rights are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the ownership percentage of the person beneficially holding these warrants, options or rights, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the ownership percentage of any other person. The table assumes 14,710,554 ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and 20,480,554 ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, we are aware of 19 U.S. persons and entities that are holders of record of our shares holding an aggregate of 4,429,313 shares representing 30.1% of our outstanding shares immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
 
Unless otherwise noted below, each shareholder’s address is Voltaire Ltd., 9 Hamenofim Street Building A, Herzeliya 46725, Israel.
 
                                                 
                Number
                   
                of
                Number of
 
    Number of Shares
    Ordinary
    Percentage of Shares
    Shares Offered
 
    Beneficially Owned     Shares
    Beneficially Owned     Pursuant to
 
    Before
    After
    Being
    Before
    After
    Overallotment
 
Name and Address
  Offering     Offering     Offered     Offering     Offering     Option  
 
Principal and selling shareholders:
                                               
BCF Belgium Holding SPRL(1)
    4,270,522       3,698,867       571,655       29.0 %     18.1 %     22,030  
Pitango Venture Capital Group(2)
    3,291,120       2,824,122       466,998       22.4       13.8       101,127  
Vertex Venture Capital Group(3)
    2,116,677       1,701,445       415,232       14.4       8.3       62,293  
Tamir Fishman Group(4)
    1,031,743       883,176       148,567       7.0       4.3       35,260  
SFK Group(5)
    1,010,116       859,554       150,562       6.9       4.2       35,735  
The Challenge Fund-Etgar II LP(6)
    688,387       580,537       107,850       4.7       2.8       25,598  
Lighthouse Capital Partners V (Israel), L.L.C(7)
    156,447       152,859       3,588       1.1       *       852  
Argos Capital Appreviation Master Fund, LP(8)
    154,239       119,261       34,978       1.0       *        
Far East Finance Ltd.(9)
    134,927       114,410       20,517       *       *       4,869  
Other shareholders(10)
    23,383       20,330       3.053       *       *       724  
Directors and executive officers:
                                               
Ronnie Kenneth(11)
    874,480       874,480             5.6       4.1        
Mark Favreau(12)
    186,501       186,501             1.3       1.0        
Josh Siegel(13)
    54,861       54,861             *       *        
Jacob (Koby) Segal(14)
    130,484       130,484             *       *        
Yaron Haviv(15)
    122,556       122,556             *       *        


92


Table of Contents

                                                 
                Number
                   
                of
                Number of
 
    Number of Shares
    Ordinary
    Percentage of Shares
    Shares Offered
 
    Beneficially Owned     Shares
    Beneficially Owned     Pursuant to
 
    Before
    After
    Being
    Before
    After
    Overallotment
 
Name and Address
  Offering     Offering     Offered     Offering     Offering     Option  
 
Patrick Guay(16)
    61,880       61,880             *       *        
Amir Prescher(17)
    127,931       127,931             *       *        
Eric Benhamou(18)
    162,183       162,183             1.1       *        
Thomas J. Gill
                                   
Dr. Yehoshua (Shuki) Gleitman(19)
    1,010,116       859,554       150,562       6.9       4.2       35,735  
P. Kevin Kilroy(20)
    4,270,522       3,698,867       571,655       29.0       18.1       22,030  
Chemi J. Peres(21)
    3,291,120       2,824,122       466,998       22.4       13.8       101,127  
Yoram Oron(22)
    2,116,677       1,701,445       415,232       14.4       8.3       62,293  
All directors and executive officers as a group
    12,409,311       10,804,861       1,604,447       76.3 %     49.0       221,185  
 
 
  * Less than 1%.
 
(1) Prior to this offering, consists of 4,270,522 preferred shares owned by BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL (“BCF”), a company organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Belgium, controlled by BCF II Lux I S.à.r.l. (“BCF Lux”), a company organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. BCF Lux is owned by Baker Communications Fund II (Cayman), L.P., which holds 0.08% of the equity and voting power of BCF Lux, and Baker Communications Fund II, L.P., which holds 99.92% of the equity and voting power of BCF Lux. Baker Capital Partners (Anguilla) II, LLC, in its capacity as the general partner of Baker Communications Fund II (Cayman), L.P., and Baker Capital Partners II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in its capacity as the general partner of Baker Communications Fund II, L.P., has management rights over the shares held by Baker Communications Fund II (Cayman), L.P. and Baker Communications Fund II, L.P., respectively. As members of the Board of Managers of each of Baker Capital Partners (Anguilla) II, LLC and Baker Capital Partners II, LLC, each of John Baker and Henry Baker is vested with shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Baker Communications Fund II (Cayman), L.P. and Baker Communications Fund II, L.P. Messrs. John Baker and Henry Baker each disclaim any such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Baker Capital Partners (Anguilla) II, LLC is an Anguillan limited liability company with its registered office at c/o Finsco Limited, P.O. Box 58, Victoria House, The Valley, Anguilla, British West Indies. The principal address of Baker Capital Partners II, LLC is 540 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10022.
 
(2) Prior to this offering, consists of 1,837,061 preferred shares owned by Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) LP, 169,827 preferred shares owned by Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) Non Q LP, 496,740 preferred shares owned by Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Investors) LP, 129,328 preferred shares owned by Pitango Venture Capital Fund Trusts 2000 Ltd., 64,664 preferred shares owned by Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel) LP, 274,245 preferred shares owned by Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund L.P., 9,192 preferred shares owned by Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund (ICA) LP, 60,239 ordinary shares and 22,993 preferred shares owned by Pitango Fund II (Tax Exempt Investors) LLC, 35,391 ordinary shares and 13,571 preferred shares owned by DS Polaris Trust Company (Foreign Residents) (1997) Ltd., 15,059 ordinary shares and 5,748 preferred shares owned by Pitango Fund II, LP, 39,758 ordinary shares and 15,175 preferred shares owned by Pitango Fund II, LLC, 3,166 ordinary shares owned by DS Polaris Ltd. and 37,650 ordinary shares and 61,313 preferred shares owned by Pitango II Holdings LLC (collectively, the “Pitango Funds”). The Pitango Funds are managed by, and each of the foregoing entities is controlled by, Pitango VC Fund III (Israel) GP, the partners of which are eight private companies that are each owned by one of the following individuals: Rami Kalish, Chemi J. Peres (our director), Aaron Mankovski, Isaac Hillel, Rami Beracha, Bruce Crocker, Zeev Binman and Isaac Shrem, and each of which has shared voting and investment power of such shares. Each such individual disclaims any such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Pitango Venture Capital Group is 11 Hamenofim Street, Building B, Herzeliya 46725, Israel.

93


Table of Contents

 
(3) Prior to this offering, consists of 1,569,982 preferred shares owned by Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Fund LP, 283,264 preferred shares owned by Vertex Israel II (A) Fund LP, 43,424 preferred shares owned by Vertex Israel II (B) Fund LP, 200,422 preferred shares owned by Vertex Israel II Discount Fund LP and 19,585 preferred shares owned by Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Executive Fund LP. Our director, Yoram Oron is a managing partner of Vertex Israel II Management Ltd., the General Partner of these funds, and has shared voting and investment power. Mr. Oron disclaims any such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Vertex Venture Capital Group is 1 Hashikma Street, Savyon 56530, Israel.
 
(4) Prior to this offering, consists of 515,678 preferred shares owned by Tamir Fishman Ventures II LP, 356,052 preferred shares owned by Tamir Fishman Venture Capital II Ltd., 68,968 shares owned by Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Israel) LP, 68,792 preferred shares owned by Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Cayman Islands) L.P., 16,514 preferred shares owned by Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund (U.S.) LP and 5,739 shares owned by Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund LP. Tamir Fishman Ventures II, LLC is the sole general partner of each of the foregoing limited partnerships and has management rights over the shares held by Tamir Fishman Venture Capital II Ltd. by virtue of a management agreement with Tamir Fishman Ventures II, LLC. The managing members of Tamir Fishman Ventures II, LLC are Shai Saul, Michael Elias and Tamir Fishman & Co. Ltd. Eldad Tamir and Danny Fishman are Co-Presidents and Co-Chief Executive Officers of Tamir Fishman & Co. Ltd. and, by virtue of their positions, beneficial owners of the securities held thereby. Each of the foregoing entities and individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein. The address of the Tamir Fishman entities and the foregoing individuals is 21 Haarbaa, Tel Aviv 64739, Israel.
 
(5) Prior to this offering, consists of 778,576 preferred shares held by Platinum Venture Capital Ltd., in trust for Platinum Venture Capital L.P. (67.6%) and Platinum Venture Capital (Israel) L.P. (32.4%), 153,380 preferred shares owned by Danbar Tech 2001 L.P., 12,451 preferred shares owned by Shrem Fudim Kelner Technologies Ltd., 11,067 ordinary shares and 25,094 preferred shares owned by Shrem, Fudim, Kelner & Co. Ltd., 10,682 preferred shares owned by SFK Wing 1 LP, 9,683 preferred shares owned by SFK Wing 2 L.P. and 6,333 ordinary shares and 2,850 preferred shares owned by DS Founders Group L.P. Shrem Fudim Kelner & Co. Ltd. (“SFK”) is an Israeli public company. SFK owns sixty-eight percent ownership of Shrem, Fudim, Kelner — Technologies Ltd. (“SFKT”), an Israeli public company. Danbar Tech 2001 L.P. is fully owned by Danbar Technologies Ltd., an Israeli public company (“Danbar”). Danbar is managed by SFKT, by virtue of a management agreement, according to which SFKT nominates the majority of the Directors of the Board of Danbar. SFK Wing 1 L.P., SFK Wing 2 L.P and DS Founders Group L.P. are funds managed by subsidiaries of SFK. Platinum Venture Capital, Ltd. (“Platinum”) is co-managed by SFKT and Keppel Transportation and Communication Ltd. SFKT and SFK are also limited partners of Platinum, with SFKT holding 27.4% and SFK holding 1.1%. Our director, Dr. Yehoshua (Shuki) Gleitman is the chairman and the managing director of Danbar and a managing director of Platinum and Platinum Venture Capital (Cayman) Management, Ltd., an affiliate of Platinum. Itschak Shrem is chairman of SFK, chairman and managing director of SFKT, a director in Platinum and Platinum Venture Capital (Cayman) Management Ltd., an affiliate of Platinum, and a director in SFK — Trust Company. By virtue of his position, Dr. Gleitman exercises shared voting and investment power with respect to these shares. Dr. Gleitman disclaims any such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the foregoing entities is 21 Haarbaa Street, Tel-Aviv 64739, Israel.
 
(6) Prior to this offering, consists of 77,415 ordinary shares and 610,972 preferred shares. The general partner of The Challenge Fund Etgar II L.P. is Challenge Partners II L.P. and the general partner of Challenge Partners II L.P. is Atidim Etgar Nihul Kranot Ltd. The persons that are separately authorized to act on behalf of Atidim Etgar Nihul Kranot Ltd. are Mr. Joseph Ciechanover, Ms. Atara Ciechanover and Ms. Tamar Ciechanover. As a result of their positions as authorized representatives of Atidim Etgar Nihul Kranot Ltd., Mr. Joseph Ciechanover, Ms. Atara Ciechanover and Ms. Tamar Ciechanover have voting and investment control over the shares. Each of the foregoing entities and individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities except to the extent of his or her pecuniary interest therein. The address of the foregoing entities and individuals is 20 Lincoln Street, Beit Rubinstein 20th floor, Tel Aviv 67134, Israel.
 
(7) Prior to this offering, consists of 15,822 preferred shares and a warrant to purchase 140,625 preferred shares owned directly by Lighthouse Capital Partners V (Israel), LLC, the managing member of which is


94


Table of Contents

Lighthouse Management Partners V, L.L.C. Richard Stubblefield, Gwill York, Ned Hazen and Anurag Chandra are directors of Lighthouse Management Partners V, L.L.C. and share voting and investment power over such shares. Each of Richard Stubblefield, Gwill York, Ned Hazen and Anurag Chandra disclaim such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his or her pecuniary interest therein. The address of Lighthouse Capital Partners is 500 Drake’s Landing Road, Greenbrae, California.
 
(8) Prior to this offering, consists of 154,239 preferred shares owned by Argos Appreciation Master Fund LP, the general partner of which is Argos Capital Management, Inc. Argos Capital Management, Inc. is wholly-owned by Ephraim Gildor who has voting and investment power of the shares held by it. The address of Argos Capital Appreciation Master Fund LP is 1290 6th Avenue, New York, New York.
 
(9) Prior to this offering, consists of 16,172 ordinary shares and 118,755 preferred shares owned by Far East Finance Ltd., an investment company, wholly owned by the Rappaport Family Trust, which is a Bermuda non-discretionary trust whose beneficiaries are individual members of the Rappaport Family and charitable institutions. Gerald Bichunsky is the Chief Executive Officer of the Rappaport Family Trust and its group of companies and, in that capacity and as a director of Far East Finance Ltd., has voting and investment control over the shares. Mr. Bichunsky has no beneficial or pecuniary interest in the Rappaport Family Trust or its underlying entities and disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities. The address of Far East Finance Ltd. is 27 Reid Street, Hamilton, Bermuda.
 
(10) Consists of shares owned by Ofra Amir and by Shrem Fudim Kelner Trust Co. Ltd. in trust for Canada Israel Opportunity Fund III L.P.
 
(11) Consists of options to purchase 874,480 shares.
 
(12) Consists of options to purchase 186,501 shares.
 
(13) Consists of options to purchase 54,861 shares.
 
(14) Consists of options to purchase 130,484 shares.
 
(15) Consists of options to purchase 122,556 shares.
 
(16) Consists of options to purchase 61,880 shares.
 
(17) Consists of options to purchase 127,931 shares.
 
(18) Consists of 162,183 preferred shares held by Benhamou Global Ventures, LLC, a company wholly-owned and controlled by Mr. Benhamou.
 
(19) Prior to this offering, consists of 17,400 ordinary shares and 992,716 preferred shares held by the SFK Group. Dr. Gleitman is a managing director of Platinum Venture Capital Fund and, by virtue of his position, exercises voting and investment power and thus beneficial ownership, with respect to the shares held by the SFK Group. Dr. Gleitman disclaims such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(20) Prior to this offering, consists of 4,270,522 preferred shares held by BCF Belgium Holding II SPRL (“BCF”). Mr. Kilroy is a manager of Baker Capital Partners II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is the sole general partner of BCF, and, by virtue of his position, exercises voting and investment power, and thus beneficial ownership, with respect to the shares held by BCF. Mr. Kilroy disclaims such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(21) Prior to this offering, consists of 191,263 ordinary shares held by the Pitango Group and 3,099,857 preferred shares held by the Pitango Group. Mr. Peres is a managing partner of Pitango Venture Capital Fund III and by virtue of his position, exercises voting and investment power and thus beneficial ownership, with respect to the shares held by the Pitango Group. Mr. Peres disclaims such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(22) Prior to this offering, consists of 2,116,677 preferred shares held by the Vertex Venture Capital Group. Mr. Oron is the founder and managing partner of Vertex Israel II Management, Ltd., and, by virtue of his position, exercises voting and investment power, and thus beneficial ownership, with respect to the shares held by the Vertex Venture Capital Group. Mr. Oron disclaims such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.


95


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL
 
As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized share capital consists of 18,297,718 ordinary shares, and 14,183,326 preferred shares, each with a par value of NIS 0.01 per share. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all of our preferred shares will convert into ordinary shares. Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized share capital will consist of 200,000,000 ordinary shares, of which 20,480,544 will be issued and outstanding.
 
Our ordinary shares are not redeemable and following the closing of this offering will not have preemptive rights. The ownership or voting of ordinary shares by non-residents of Israel is not restricted in any way by our memorandum of association, our articles of association or the laws of the State of Israel, except that citizens of countries which are in a state of war with Israel may not be recognized as owners of ordinary shares.
 
Our current articles will be replaced by new articles of association to be effective upon the closing of this offering and which are attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms part. The description below reflects the terms of our articles of association to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
 
Voting
 
Holders of our ordinary shares have one vote for each ordinary share held on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders at a shareholder meeting. Shareholders may vote at shareholder meetings either in person, proxy or by written ballot. Israeli law does not provide for public companies such as us to have shareholder resolutions adopted by means of a written consent in lieu of a shareholder meeting. Shareholder voting rights may be affected by the grant of any special voting rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights that may be authorized in the future. The Companies Law provides that a shareholder, in exercising his or her rights and performing his or her obligations toward the company and its other shareholders, must act in good faith and in an acceptable manner, and avoid abusing his or her powers. This is required when voting at general meetings on matters such as amendments to the articles of association, increasing the company’s authorized capital, mergers and approval of related party transactions that require shareholder approval. A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from depriving any other shareholder of its rights as a shareholder. In addition, any controlling shareholder, any shareholder who knows that its vote can determine the outcome of a shareholder vote and any shareholder who, under a company’s articles of association, can appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder or has other power with respect to the company, is under a duty to act with fairness towards the company. The Companies Law does not describe the substance of this duty, except to state that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will apply also in the event of a breach of the duty to act with fairness, taking the shareholder’s position in a company into account.
 
Transfer of Shares
 
Fully paid ordinary shares are issued in registered form and may be freely transferred under our articles of association unless the transfer is restricted or prohibited by another instrument, Israeli law or the rules of a stock exchange on which the shares are traded.
 
Election of Directors
 
Our ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights for the election of directors. Rather, under our articles of association our directors are elected by the holders of a simple majority of our ordinary shares at a general shareholder meeting (excluding abstentions). As a result, the holders of our ordinary shares that represent more than 50.0% of the voting power represented at a shareholder meeting and voting thereon (excluding abstentions) have the power to elect any or all of our directors whose positions are being filled at that meeting, subject to the special approval requirements for outside directors described under “Management — Outside Directors.”


96


Table of Contents

Dividend and Liquidation Rights
 
Under the Companies Law, shareholder approval is not required for the declaration of a dividend, unless the company’s articles of association provide otherwise. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors may declare and distribute a dividend to be paid to the holders of ordinary shares without shareholder approval in proportion to the paid up capital attributable to the shares that they hold. Dividends may only be paid out of profits legally available for distribution, as defined in the Companies Law, provided that there is no reasonable concern that a payment of a dividend will prevent us from satisfying our existing and foreseeable obligations as they become due. If we do not have profits legally available for distribution, we may seek the approval of the court to distribute a dividend. The court may approve our request if it is convinced that there is no reasonable concern that a payment of a dividend will prevent us from satisfying our existing and foreseeable obligations as they become due.
 
In the event of our liquidation, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors, our assets will be distributed to the holders of ordinary shares on a pro-rata basis. Dividend and liquidation rights may be affected by the grant of preferential dividend or distribution rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights that may be authorized in the future.
 
Shareholder Meetings
 
We are required to convene an annual general meeting of our shareholders once every calendar year within a period of not more than 15 months following the preceding annual general meeting. Our board of directors may convene a special general meeting of our shareholders and is required to do so at the request of two directors or one quarter of the members of our board of directors or at the request of one or more holders of 5.0% or more of our share capital and 1.0% of our voting power or the holder or holders of 5.0% or more of our voting power. All shareholder meetings require prior notice of at least 21 days. The chairperson of our board of directors presides over our general meetings. In the absence of the chairperson of the board of directors or such other person, one of the members of the board designated by a majority of the directors presides over the meeting. If no director is designated to preside as chairperson, then the shareholders present will choose one of the shareholders present to be chairperson. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder, shareholders entitled to participate and vote at general meetings are the shareholders of record on a date to be decided by the board of directors, which may be between four and 40 days prior to the date of the meeting.
 
Quorum
 
The quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present in person, by proxy or by written ballot, who hold or represent between them at least 25% of our voting power. A meeting adjourned for lack of a quorum generally is adjourned to the same day in the following week at the same time and place or any time and place as the directors designate in a notice to the shareholders. At the reconvened meeting, the required quorum consists of at least two shareholders present, in person, by proxy or by written ballot, who hold or represent between them at least 10% of our voting power. See “— Shareholder Meetings.”
 
Resolutions
 
An ordinary resolution requires approval by the holders of a simple majority of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person, by proxy or by written ballot, and voting on the resolution (excluding abstentions).
 
Under the Companies Law, unless otherwise provided in the articles of association or applicable law, all resolutions of the shareholders require a simple majority. A resolution for the voluntary winding up of the company requires the approval by the holders of 75.0% of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person, by proxy or by written ballot and voting on the resolution. Under our articles of association (1) resolutions to change the minimum and maximum number of our directors and to remove a serving director from office require the approval of holders of at least 75.0% of the voting rights represented at the


97


Table of Contents

meeting, in person, by proxy or by written ballot and voting on the resolution (excluding abstentions), and (2) resolutions to amend the provisions of our articles of association with respect to the minimum and maximum number of our directors, the manner of filling vacancies on our board of directors, the terms of our classified board structure and the eligibility of a director to stand for re-election, and the nomination of persons as candidates to serve as directors, require the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of our voting securities then outstanding.
 
Access to Corporate Records
 
Under the Companies Law, all shareholders generally have the right to review minutes of our general meetings, our shareholder register, including with respect to material shareholders, our articles of association, our financial statements and any document we are required by law to file publicly with the Israeli Companies Registrar. Any shareholder who specifies the purpose of its request may request to review any document in our possession that relates to any action or transaction with a related party which requires shareholder approval under the Companies Law. We may deny a request to review a document if we determine that the request was not made in good faith, that the document contains a commercial secret or a patent or that the document’s disclosure may otherwise impair our interests.
 
Registration Rights
 
For a discussion of registration rights we have granted to shareholders, please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights.”
 
Acquisitions under Israeli Law
 
Full Tender Offer.   A person wishing to acquire shares of a public Israeli company and who would as a result hold over 90.0% of the target company’s issued and outstanding share capital is required by the Companies Law to make a tender offer to all of the company’s shareholders for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the company. A person wishing to acquire shares of a public Israeli company and who would as a result hold over 90.0% of the issued and outstanding share capital of a certain class of shares is required to make a tender offer to all of the shareholders who hold shares of the same class for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the same class. If the shareholders who do not accept the offer hold less than 5.0% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class, all of the shares that the acquirer offered to purchase will be transferred to the acquirer by operation of law. However, a shareholder that had its shares so transferred may, within three months from the date of acceptance of the tender offer, petition the court to determine that tender offer was for less than fair value and that the fair value should be paid as determined by the court. If the shareholders who did not accept the tender offer hold at least 5.0% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class, the acquirer may not acquire shares of the company that will increase its holdings to more than 90.0% of the company’s issued and outstanding share capital or of the applicable class from shareholders who accepted the tender offer.
 
Special Tender Offer.   The Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares of a public Israeli company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder of at least 25.0% of the voting rights in the company. This rule does not apply if there is already another holder of at least 25.0% of the voting rights in the company. Similarly, the Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares in a public company must be made by means of a tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder of more than 45.0% of the voting rights in the company, if there is no other shareholder of the company who holds more than 45.0% of the voting rights in the company. These requirements do not apply if the acquisition (i) occurs in the context of a private placement by the company that received shareholder approval, (ii) was from a shareholder holding at least 25.0% of the voting rights in the company and resulted in the acquirer becoming a holder of at least 25.0% of the voting rights in the company, or (iii) was from a holder of more then 45.0% of the voting rights in the company and resulted in the acquirer becoming a holder of more than 45.0% of the voting rights in the company. The special tender offer may be consummated only if (i) at least 5% of the voting power attached to


98


Table of Contents

the company’s outstanding shares will be acquired by the offeror and (ii) the number of shares tendered in the offer exceeds the number of shares whose holders objected to the offer.
 
In the event that a special tender offer is made, a company’s board of directors is required to express its opinion on the advisability of the offer, or shall abstain from expressing any opinion if it is unable to do so, provided that it gives the reasons for its abstention. An office holder in a target company who, in his or her capacity as an office holder, performs an action the purpose of which is to cause the failure of an existing or foreseeable special tender offer or is to impair the chances of its acceptance, is liable to the potential purchaser and shareholders for damages, unless such office holder acted in good faith and had reasonable grounds to believe he or she was acting for the benefit of the company. However, office holders of the target company may negotiate with the potential purchaser in order to improve the terms of the special tender offer, and may further negotiate with third parties in order to obtain a competing offer.
 
If a special tender offer was accepted by a majority of the shareholders who announced their stand on such offer, then shareholders who did not announce their stand or who had objected to the offer may accept the offer within four days of the last day set for the acceptance of the offer.
 
In the event that a special tender offer is accepted, then the purchaser or any person or entity controlling it or under common control with the purchaser or such controlling person or entity shall refrain from making a subsequent tender offer for the purchase of shares of the target company and cannot execute a merger with the target company for a period of one year from the date of the offer, unless the purchaser or such person or entity undertook to effect such an offer or merger in the initial special tender offer.
 
Merger.   The Companies Law permits merger transactions if approved by each party’s board of directors and, unless certain requirements described under the Companies Law are met, a certain percentage of each party’s shareholders. The board of directors of a merging company is required pursuant to the Companies Law to discuss and determine whether in its opinion there exists a reasonable concern that as a result of a proposed merger, the surviving company will not be able to satisfy its obligations towards its creditors, such determination taking into account the financial status of the merging companies. If the board has determined that such a concern exists, it may not approve a proposed merger. Following the approval of the board of directors of each of the merging companies, the boards must jointly prepare a merger proposal for submission to the Israeli Registrar of Companies.
 
Under the Companies Law, if the approval of a general meeting of the shareholders is required, merger transactions may be approved by holders of a simple majority of shares (including the separate vote of each class of shares of the party to the merger which is not the surviving entity) present, in person, by proxy or by written ballot, at a general meeting and voting on the transaction. In determining whether the required majority has approved the merger, if shares of the company are held by the other party to the merger, or by any person holding at least 25.0% of the voting rights or 25.0% of the means of appointing directors or the general manager of the other party to the merger, then a vote against the merger by holders of the majority of the shares present and voting, excluding shares held by the other party or by such person, or any person or entity acting on behalf of, related to or controlled by either of them, is sufficient to reject the merger transaction. If the transaction would have been approved but for the separate approval of each class or the exclusion of the votes of certain shareholders as provided above, a court may still approve the merger upon the request of holders of at least 25.0% of the voting rights of a company, if the court holds that the merger is fair and reasonable, taking into account the value of the parties to the merger and the consideration offered to the shareholders.
 
Under the Companies Law, each merging company must inform its secured creditors of the proposed merger plans. Creditors are entitled to notice of the merger pursuant to regulations. Upon the request of a creditor of either party to the proposed merger, the court may delay or prevent the merger if it concludes that there exists a reasonable concern that, as a result of the merger, the surviving company will be unable to satisfy the obligations of any of the parties to the merger, and may further give instructions to secure the rights of creditors.


99


Table of Contents

In addition, a merger may not be completed unless at least 50 days have passed from the date that a proposal for approval of the merger was filed with the Israeli Registrar of Companies and 30 days from the date that shareholder approval of both merging companies was obtained.
 
Anti-Takeover Measures
 
Undesignated preferred stock.   The Companies Law allows us to create and issue shares having rights different to those attached to our ordinary shares, including shares providing certain preferred or additional rights to voting, distributions or other matters and shares having preemptive rights. Following the closing of this offering, we will not have any authorized or issued shares other than ordinary shares. In the future, if we do create and issue a class of shares other than ordinary shares, such class of shares, depending on the specific rights that may be attached to them, may delay or prevent a takeover or otherwise prevent our shareholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their ordinary shares. The authorization of a new class of shares will require an amendment to our articles of association which requires the prior approval of a simple majority of our shares represented and voting at a general meeting. Shareholders voting at such a meeting will be subject to the restrictions under the Companies Law described in “— Voting.”
 
Supermajority voting.   Our amended and restated articles of association require the approval of the holders of at least two thirds of our combined voting power to effect certain amendments to our articles of association. See “— Resolutions.”
 
Classified board of directors.   Our amended and restated articles of association provide for a classified board of directors. See “Management — Board of Directors and Officers.”
 
Establishment
 
We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel in April 1997 and commenced operations in 1997. We are registered with the Israeli registrar of companies in Jerusalem. Our registration number is 51-247196-2. Our purpose is set forth in our memorandum of association and, in addition, includes the performance of any activities which appear to us as an appropriate objective.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. Its address is 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038 and its telephone number is (718) 921-8200.
 
Listing
 
We have applied to list our ordinary shares on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “VOLT.”


100


Table of Contents

 
ORDINARY SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market following this offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ordinary shares. Assuming no exercise of options outstanding following this offering, we will have an aggregate of 20,480,554 ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering. Of these shares, the 7,693,000 shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, who may sell only the volume of shares described below and whose sales would be subject to additional restrictions described below.
 
The remaining 12,787,554 ordinary shares will be held by our existing shareholders and will be deemed to be “restricted securities” under Rule 144. Restricted securities may only be sold in the public market pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144, Rule 701 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below.
 
Eligibility of Restricted Shares for Sale in the Public Market
 
The following indicates approximately when the 12,787,554 ordinary shares that are not being sold in this offering, but which will be outstanding at the time this offering is complete, will be eligible for sale into the public market, under the provisions of Rule 144:
 
  •  upon the closing of this offering, approximately 139,387 shares will be eligible for resale;
 
  •  up to and including 180 days after the date of this prospectus approximately 11,439,924 shares may be eligible for resale, 8,334,640 of which would be subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144; and
 
  •  the remaining approximately 1,208,243 shares will be eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 upon the expiration of various one year holding periods during the six months following the 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
 
Lock-up Agreements
 
Our officers and directors, and substantially all of our shareholders have signed lock-up agreements pursuant to which, subject to certain exceptions, they have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of their ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for ordinary shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of JPMorgan Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. The lock-up agreements may be extended under certain circumstances described under “Underwriting — Lock-Up Agreements.”
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned ordinary shares for at least one year is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1.0% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which is expected to equal approximately 204,806 ordinary shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of the ordinary shares on The Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 in connection with the sale.


101


Table of Contents

 
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, under Rule 144(k) as currently in effect, a person:
 
  •  who is not considered to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale; and
 
  •  who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate,
 
is entitled to sell his shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless subject to a lock-up agreement or otherwise restricted, such “144(k) shares” may be sold immediately upon the closing of this offering.
 
Rule 701
 
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased ordinary shares from us under a compensatory stock option plan or other written agreement before the closing of this offering is entitled to resell these shares. These shares can be resold 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical share options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of these options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold:
 
  •  by persons other than affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144; and
 
  •  by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one year minimum holding period requirement.
 
Options
 
Following the completion of this offering we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register 3,768,508 ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our stock option plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 will become effective automatically upon its filing. As of March 31, 2007, options to purchase 2,983,930 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding, of which options to purchase 2,004,309 ordinary shares had vested and had not been exercised. Ordinary shares issued upon exercise of a share option and registered under such registration statement will, subject to Rule 144 volume and other limitations applicable to affiliates, be available for resale in the open market, unless such shares are otherwise subject to the lock-up agreements described above.
 
Registration Rights
 
Following the completion of this offering, the holders of 8,334,640 ordinary shares are entitled to request that we register their ordinary shares under the Securities Act, subject to cutback for marketing reasons. These shareholders are also entitled to “piggy back” registration rights, also subject to cutback for marketing reasons. Registration of such shares under the Securities Act would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. Any sales of securities by these shareholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.


102


Table of Contents

 
TAXATION AND GOVERNMENT PROGRAMS
 
The following description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to the ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction.
 
Israeli Tax Considerations and Government Programs
 
The following is a summary of the material Israeli tax laws applicable to us, and some Israeli Government programs benefiting us. This section also contains a discussion of material Israeli tax consequences concerning the ownership of and disposition of our ordinary shares in this offering. This summary does not discuss all the acts of Israeli tax law that may be relevant to a particular investor in light of his or her personal investment circumstances or to some types of investors subject to special treatment under Israeli law. Examples of this kind of investor include residents of Israel or traders in securities who are subject to special tax regimes not covered in this discussion. Since some parts of this discussion are based on new tax legislation that has not yet been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, we cannot assure you that the appropriate tax authorities or the courts will accept the views expressed in this discussion.
 
The discussion below should not be construed as legal or professional tax advice and does not cover all possible tax considerations. Potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the Israeli or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, including in particular, the effect of any foreign, state or local taxes.
 
General Corporate Tax Structure in Israel.
 
Israeli companies are generally subject to corporate tax at the rate of 29% of their taxable income in 2007. The corporate tax rate is scheduled to decline to 27% in 2008, 26% in 2009 and 25% in 2010 and thereafter. However, the effective tax rate payable by a company that derives income from an approved enterprise (as discussed below) may be considerably less. Capital gains derived after January 1, 2003 (other than gains derived from the sale of listed securities that are taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates) are subject to tax at a rate of 25%.
 
Tax Benefits and Grants for Research and Development.
 
Israeli tax law allows, under certain conditions, a tax deduction for expenditures, including capital expenditures, for the year in which they are incurred. These expenses must relate to scientific research and development projects and must be approved by the relevant Israeli government ministry, determined by the field of research. Furthermore, the research and development must be for the promotion of the company and carried out by or on behalf of the company seeking such tax deduction. The amount of such deductible expenses is reduced by the sum of any funds received through government grants for the finance of such scientific research and development projects. No deduction under these research and development deduction rules is allowed if such deduction is related to an expense invested in an asset depreciable under the general depreciation rules of the Income Tax Ordinance, 1961. Expenditures not so approved are deductible in equal amounts over three years.
 
Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 1969.
 
The Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 1969, generally referred to as the Industry Encouragement Law, provides several tax benefits for industrial companies. We believe that we currently qualify as an “Industrial Company” within the meaning of the Industry Encouragement Law. The Industry Encouragement Law defines “Industrial Company” as a company resident in Israel, of which 90% or more of its income in any tax year, other than of income from defense loans, capital gains, interest and dividend, is derived from an “Industrial Enterprise” owned by it. An “Industrial Enterprise” is defined as an enterprise whose major activity in a given tax year is industrial production activity.


103


Table of Contents

The following corporate tax benefits, among others, are available to Industrial Companies:
 
  •  Amortization of the cost of purchased know-how and patents and of rights to use a patent and know-how which are used for the development or advancement of the company, over an eight-year period;
 
  •  Accelerated depreciation rates on equipment and buildings;
 
  •  Under specified conditions, an election to file consolidated tax returns with additional related Israeli Industrial Companies; and
 
  •  Expenses related to a public offering are deductible in equal amounts over three years.
 
Eligibility for the benefits under the Industry Encouragement Law is not subject to receipt of prior approval from any governmental authority. We cannot assure that we qualify or will continue to qualify as an “Industrial Company” or that the benefits described above will be available in the future.
 
Special Provisions Relating to Taxation Under Inflationary Conditions.
 
The Income Tax Law (Inflationary Adjustments), 1985, generally referred to as the Inflationary Adjustments Law, represents an attempt to overcome the problems presented to a traditional tax system by an economy undergoing rapid inflation. The Inflationary Adjustments Law is highly complex. Its features, which are material to us, can be generally described as follows:
 
  •  Where a company’s equity, as calculated under the Inflationary Adjustments Law, exceeds the depreciated cost of its Fixed Assets (as defined in the Inflationary Adjustments Law), a deduction from taxable income is permitted equal to the excess multiplied by the applicable annual rate of inflation. The maximum deduction permitted in any single tax year is 70% of taxable income, with the unused portion permitted to be carried forward, based on the change in the consumer price index. The unused portion that is carried forward may be deducted in full in the following year.
 
  •  If the company’s depreciated cost of Fixed Assets exceeds its equity, then the excess multiplied by the applicable annual rate of inflation is added to the company’s ordinary income.
 
  •  Subject to certain limitations, depreciation deductions on Fixed Assets and losses carried forward are adjusted for inflation based on the change in the consumer price index.
 
The Minister of Finance may, with the approval of the Knesset Finance Committee, determine by decree, during a certain fiscal year (or until February 28 th  of the following year) in which the rate of increase of the Israeli consumer price index would not exceed or did not exceed, as applicable, 3%, that some or all of the provisions of the Inflationary Adjustments Law shall not apply with respect to such fiscal year, or, that the rate of increase of the Israeli consumer price index relating to such fiscal year shall be deemed to be 0%, and to make the adjustments required to be made as a result of such determination.
 
Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959.
 
The Law for Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (the “Investment Law”) provides that capital investments in a production facility (or other eligible assets) may, upon approval by the Investment Center of the Israel Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor (the “Investment Center”), be designated as an Approved Enterprise. Each certificate of approval for an Approved Enterprise relates to a specific investment program, delineated both by the financial scope of the investment and by the physical characteristics of the facility or the asset. The tax benefits from any certificate of approval relate only to taxable profits attributable to the specific Approved Enterprise.
 
On April 1, 2005, a comprehensive amendment to the Investment Law came into effect. The amendment to the Investment Law includes revisions to the criteria for investments qualified to receive tax benefits. As the amended Investment Law does not retroactively apply to investment programs having an approved enterprise approval certificate issued by the Investment Center prior to December 31, 2004, our current Approved Enterprises are subject to the provisions of the Investment Law prior to its revision, while new investment and tax benefits related thereof, if any, will be subject to and received under the provisions of the Investment Law,


104


Table of Contents

as amended. Accordingly, the following description includes a summary of the Investment Law prior to its amendment as well as the relevant changes contained in the Investment Law, as amended.
 
In 2000, our first investment program in our facility in Herzeliya Pituach was approved as an Approved Enterprise under the Encouragement of Capital Investment Law, which entitles us to certain tax benefits. Our requests for our second Approved Enterprise were also approved in December 2002. The Approved Enterprise Programs granted to us are defined in the Encouragement of Capital Investment Law as Alternative Benefits Programs. Under the terms of our Approved Enterprise, once we begin generating taxable income, we will be entitled to a tax exemption with respect to the undistributed income derived from our Approved Enterprise program for two years and will be subject to a reduced company tax rate of between 10% and 25% for the following five to eight years, depending on the extent of foreign (non-Israeli) investment in us during the relevant year. The tax rate will be 20% if the foreign investment level is at least 49% but less than 74%, 15% if the foreign investment level is at least 74% but less than 90%, and 10% if the foreign investment level is 90% or more. The lowest level of foreign investment during a particular year will be used to determine the relevant tax rate for that year. The period in which we receive these tax benefits may not extend beyond 14 years from the year in which approval was granted and 12 years from the year in which operations or production by the Approved Enterprise began. We expect to utilize these tax benefits after we utilize our net operating loss carryforwards.
 
A company that has elected to participate in the alternative benefits program and that subsequently pays a dividend out of the income derived from the Approved Enterprise during the tax exemption period will be subject to corporate tax in respect of the amount distributed at the rate that would have been applicable had the company not elected the alternative benefits program (generally 10% to 25%, depending on the foreign (non-Israeli) investment in the company).
 
The Investment Law also provides that an Approved Enterprise is entitled to accelerated depreciation on its property and equipment that are included in an approved investment program. We have not utilized this benefit.
 
The tax benefits under the Investment Law also apply to income generated by a company from the grant of a usage right with respect to know-how developed by the approved enterprise, income generated from royalties, and income derived from a service which is ancillary to such usage right or royalties, provided that such income is generated within the approved enterprise’s ordinary course of business. Income derived from other sources, other than the “Approved Enterprise,” during the benefit period will be subject to tax at the regular corporate tax rate. If a company has more than one approval or only a portion of its capital investments is approved, its effective tax rate is the result of a weighted average of the applicable rates. The tax benefits under the Investments Law are not, generally, available with respect to income derived from products manufactured outside of Israel.
 
In addition, the benefits available to an Approved Enterprise are conditioned upon terms stipulated in the Investment Law and the regulations there under and the criteria set forth in the applicable certificate of approval. If we do not meet these conditions, in whole or in part, the benefits can be canceled and we may be required to refund the amount of the benefits, with the addition of the Israeli consumer price index linkage differences and interest. We believe that our Approved Enterprise currently operates in substantial compliance with all applicable conditions and criteria, but there can be no assurance that it will continue to do so.
 
Pursuant to the amendment to the Investment Law, only approved enterprises receiving cash grants require the approval of the Investment Center. The Investment Center is entitled, to approve such programs only until December 31, 2007. Approved Enterprises which do not receive benefits in the form of governmental cash grants, such as benefits in the form of tax benefits, are no longer required to obtain this approval (such enterprises are referred to as privileged enterprises). However, a privileged enterprise is required to comply with certain requirements and make certain investments as specified in the amended Investment Law.
 
A privileged enterprise may, at its discretion, in order to provide greater certainty, elect to apply for a pre-ruling from the Israeli tax authorities confirming that it is in compliance with the provisions of the amended Investment Law and is therefore entitled to receive such benefits provided under the amended


105


Table of Contents

Investment Law. The amendment to the Investment Law addresses benefits that are being granted to privileged enterprises and the length of the benefits period.
 
The amended Investment Law specifies certain conditions that a privileged enterprise has to comply with in order to be entitled to benefits. These conditions include among others:
 
  •  That the privileged enterprise’s revenues during the applicable tax year from any single market (i.e. country or a separate customs territory) do not exceed 75% of the privileged enterprise’s aggregate revenues during such year; or
 
  •  That 25% or more of the privileged enterprise’s revenues during the applicable tax year are generated from sales into a single market (i.e. country or a separate customs territory) with a population of at least 12 million residents.
 
There can be no assurance that we will comply with the above conditions or any other conditions of the amended Investment Law in the future or that we will be entitled to any additional benefits under the amended Investment Law.
 
The amendment to the Investment Law changes the definition of “foreign investment” so that the definition now requires a minimal investment of NIS 5 million by foreign investors. Such definition now also includes acquisitions of shares of a company from other shareholders, provided that the total cost of such acquisitions is at least NIS 5 million and the company’s outstanding and paid-up share capital exceeds NIS 5 million. These changes take effect retroactively from 2003.
 
As a result of the amendment, tax-exempt income generated under the provisions of the Investment Law, will subject us to taxes upon distribution of such income, purchase of shares from shareholder by the company or liquidation, and we may be required to record a deferred tax liability with respect to such tax-exempt income.
 
Taxation of our Shareholders
 
Taxation of Non-Israeli Shareholders on Receipt of Dividends.   Non-residents of Israel are generally subject to Israeli income tax on the receipt of dividends paid on our ordinary shares at the rate of 20%, which tax will be withheld at source, unless a different rate is provided in a treaty between Israel and the shareholder’s country of residence. With respect to a person who is a “substantial shareholder” at the time receiving the dividend or on any date in the twelve months preceding it, the applicable tax rate is 25%. A “substantial shareholder” is generally a person who alone or together with such person’s relative or another person who collaborates with such person on a permanent basis, holds, directly or indirectly, at least 10% of any of the “means of control” of the corporation. “Means of control” generally include the right to vote, receive profits, nominate a director or an officer, receive assets upon liquidation, or order someone who holds any of the aforesaid rights how to act, and all regardless of the source of such right. Under the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, the maximum rate of tax withheld in Israel on dividends paid to a holder of our ordinary shares who is a U.S. resident (for purposes of the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty) is 25%. However, generally, the maximum rate of withholding tax on dividends, not generated by our Approved Enterprise, that are paid to a U..S. corporation holding 10% or more of our outstanding voting capital throughout the tax year in which the dividend is distributed as well as the previous tax year, is 12.5%. Furthermore, dividends paid from income derived from our Approved Enterprise are subject, under certain conditions, to withholding at the rate of 15%. We cannot assure you that we will designate the profits that are being distributed in a way that will reduce shareholders’ tax liability.
 
A non-resident of Israel who receives dividends from which tax was withheld is generally exempt from the duty to file returns in Israel in respect of such income, provided such income was not derived from a business conducted in Israel by the taxpayer, and the taxpayer has no other taxable sources of income in Israel.
 
Capital Gains Taxes Applicable to Non-Israeli Resident Shareholders.   Shareholders that are not Israeli residents are generally exempt from Israeli capital gains tax on any gains derived from the sale, exchange or


106


Table of Contents

disposition of our ordinary shares, provided that (1) such shareholders did not acquire their shares prior to our initial public offering, (2) the provisions of the Income Tax Law (inflationary adjustments), 1985 do not apply to such gain, and (3) such gains did not derive from a permanent establishment or business activity of such shareholders in Israel. However, non-Israeli corporations will not be entitled to the foregoing exemptions if an Israeli resident (i) has a controlling interest of 25% or more in such non-Israeli corporation, or (ii) is the beneficiary of or is entitled to 25% or more of the revenues or profits of such non-Israeli corporation, whether directly or indirectly.
 
Under the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, the sale, exchange or disposition of our ordinary shares by a shareholder who is a U.S. resident (for purposes of the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty) holding the ordinary shares as a capital asset is exempt from Israeli capital gains tax unless either (i) the shareholder holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of our voting capital during any part of the 12-month period preceding such sale, exchange or disposition or (ii) the capital gains arising from such sale are attributable to a permanent establishment of the shareholder located in Israel.
 
United States Federal Income Taxation
 
The following is a description of the material United States federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. This description addresses only the United States federal income tax considerations of holders that are initial purchasers of our ordinary shares pursuant to the offering and that will hold such ordinary shares as capital assets. This description does not address tax considerations applicable to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including:
 
  •  financial institutions or insurance companies;
 
  •  real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;
 
  •  dealers or traders in securities or currencies;
 
  •  tax-exempt entities;
 
  •  certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
 
  •  persons that received our shares as compensation for the performance of services;
 
  •  persons that will hold our shares as part of a “hedging” or “conversion” transaction or as a position in a “straddle” for United States federal income tax purposes;
 
  •  holders that will hold our shares through a partnership or other pass-through entity;
 
  •  U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose “functional currency” is not the United States dollar; or
 
  •  holders that own directly, indirectly or through attribution 10.0% or more, of the voting power or value, of our shares.
 
Moreover, this description does not address the United States federal estate and gift or alternative minimum tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.
 
This description is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code, 1986, as amended (the “Code”) existing, proposed and temporary United States Treasury Regulations and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date hereof. All of the foregoing are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.
 
For purposes of this description, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is:
 
  •  a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, including the District of Columbia;


107


Table of Contents

 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust if such trust has validly elected to be treated as a United States person for United States federal income tax purposes or if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and (2) one or more United States persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust.
 
A “Non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that is not a U.S. Holder.
 
If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor as to its tax consequences.
 
You should consult your tax advisor with respect to the United States federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares.
 
Distributions
 
Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations”, if you are a U.S. Holder, the gross amount of any distribution made to you with respect to your ordinary shares, before reduction for any Israeli taxes withheld therefrom, other than certain distributions , if any, of our ordinary shares distributed pro rata to all our shareholders will be includible in your income as dividend income to the extent such distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations”, non-corporate U.S. Holders may qualify for the lower rates of taxation with respect to dividends on ordinary shares applicable to long-term capital gains ( i.e. , gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year) with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, provided that certain conditions are met, including certain holding period requirements and the absence of certain risk reduction transactions. However, such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. Holders. Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations”, to the extent, if any, that the amount of any distribution by us exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under United States federal income tax principles, it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your adjusted tax basis in your ordinary shares and thereafter as capital gain. We do not expect to maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under United States federal income tax principles and, therefore, if you are a U.S. Holder you should expect that the entire amount of any distribution generally will be reported as dividend income to you.
 
If you are a U.S. Holder, dividends paid to you with respect to your ordinary shares will be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in calculating your foreign tax credit limitation. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, Israeli tax withheld on dividends may be deducted from your taxable income or credited against your United States federal income tax liability. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2007, dividends that we distribute should generally constitute “passive income,” or in the case of certain U.S. Holders, “financial services income,” and, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, dividends that we distribute generally should constitute “passive category income,” or, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, “general category income”. A foreign tax credit for foreign taxes imposed on distributions may be denied when you do not satisfy certain minimum holding period requirements. The rules relating to the determination of the foreign tax credit are complex, and you should consult your tax advisor to determine whether and to what extent you would be entitled to this credit.
 
Subject to the discussion below under “Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements”, if you are a Non-U.S. Holder, you generally will not be subject to United States federal income or


108


Table of Contents

withholding tax on dividends received by you on your ordinary shares, unless you conduct a trade or business in the United States and such income is effectively connected with that trade or business.
 
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares
 
Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations”, if you are a U.S. Holder, you generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of your ordinary shares equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale, exchange or other disposition and your adjusted tax basis in your ordinary shares. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non corporate U.S. Holder, capital gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares is eligible for the preferential rate of taxation applicable to long-term capital gains, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, if your holding period for such ordinary shares exceeds one year ( i.e. such gain is long-term capital gain). Gain or loss, if any, recognized by you generally will be treated as United States source income or loss for United States foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses for United States federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations.
 
Subject to the discussion below under “Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements,” if you are a Non-U.S. Holder, you generally will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized on the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares unless:
 
  •  such gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States; or
 
  •  you are an individual and have been present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale or exchange and certain other conditions are met.
 
Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations
 
A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either
 
  •  at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income”; or
 
  •  at least 50% of the average value of its gross assets is attributable to assets that produce “passive income” or are held for the production of passive income.
 
Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, gains from commodities and securities transactions, the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income, and includes amounts derived by reason of the temporary investment of funds raised in offerings of our ordinary shares. If a non-U.S. corporation owns at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the non-U.S. corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.
 
Based on certain estimates of our gross income and gross assets, the latter determined by reference to the expected market value of our shares when issued and assuming that we are entitled to value our intangible assets with reference to the market value of our shares, our intended use of the proceeds of this offering, and the nature of our business, we expect that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2007. However, because PFIC status is based on our income, assets and activities for the entire taxable year, it is not possible to determine whether we will become a PFIC for the 2007 taxable year until after the close of the year. Moreover, we must determine our PFIC status annually based on tests which are factual in nature and our status in future years will depend on our income, assets and activities in those years. While we intend to manage our business so as to avoid PFIC status, to the extent consistent with our other business goals, we cannot predict whether our business plans will allow us to avoid PFIC status determination. We have no reason to believe that our income, assets or activities will change in a manner that would cause us to be classified as a PFIC, but there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. In addition, because the market price of our ordinary shares is likely to fluctuate after this offering and


109


Table of Contents

the market price of the shares of technology companies has been especially volatile, and because that market price may affect the determination of whether we will be considered a PFIC, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. If we were a PFIC, and you are a U.S. Holder, you generally would be subject to ordinary income tax rates, imputed interest charges and other disadvantageous tax treatment (including the denial of the taxation of such dividends at the lower rates applicable to long-term capital gains, as discussed above under “— Distributions”) with respect to any gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of, and certain distributions with respect to, your ordinary shares.
 
Under the PFIC rules, unless a U.S. Holder makes one of the elections described in the next paragraphs, a special tax regime will apply to both (a) any “excess distribution” by the Company (generally, the U.S. Holder’s ratable portion of distributions in any year which are greater than 125% of the average annual distribution received by such U.S. Holder in the shorter of the three preceding years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period) and (b) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares. Under this regime, any excess distribution and realized gain will be treated as ordinary income and will be subject to tax as if (a) the excess distribution or gain had been realized ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period, (b) the amount deemed realized had been subject to tax in each year of that holding period, and (c) the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax had been imposed on the taxes deemed to have been payable in those years. In addition, dividend distributions made to you will not qualify for the lower rates of taxation applicable to long term capital gains discussed above under “Distributions.”
 
Certain elections are available to U.S. Holders of shares that may serve to alleviate some of the adverse tax consequences of PFIC status. If we agreed to provide the necessary information, you could avoid the interest charge imposed by the PFIC rules by making a qualified electing fund (a “QEF”) election, which election may be made retroactively under certain circumstances, in which case you generally would be required to include in income on a current basis your pro rata share of our ordinary earnings as ordinary income and your pro rata share of our net capital gains as long-term capital gain. We do not expect to provide to U.S. Holders the information needed to report income and gain pursuant to a QEF election, and we make no undertaking to provide such information in the event that we are a PFIC.
 
Under an alternative tax regime, you may also avoid certain adverse tax consequences relating to PFIC status discussed above by making a mark-to-market election with respect to your ordinary shares annually, provided that the shares are “marketable.” Shares will be marketable if they are regularly traded on certain U.S. stock exchanges (including NASDAQ) or on certain non-U.S. stock exchanges. For these purposes, the shares will generally be considered regularly traded during any calendar year during which they are traded, other than in negligible quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter.
 
If you choose to make a mark-to-market election, you would recognize as ordinary income or loss each year an amount equal to the difference as of the close of the taxable year between the fair market value of the PFIC shares and your adjusted tax basis in the PFIC shares. Losses would be allowed only to the extent of net mark-to-market gain previously included by you under the election for prior taxable years. If the mark-to-market election were made, then the PFIC rules set forth above relating to excess distributions and realized gains would not apply for periods covered by the election. If you make a mark-to-market election after the beginning of your holding period of our ordinary shares, you would be subject to interest charges with respect to the inclusion of ordinary income attributable to the period before the effective date of such election.
 
Under certain circumstances, ordinary shares owned by a Non-U.S. Holder may be attributed to a U.S. person owning an interest, directly or indirectly, in the Non-U.S. Holder. In this event, distributions and other transactions in respect of such ordinary shares may be treated as excess distributions with respect to such U.S. person, and a QEF election may be made by such U.S. person with respect to its indirect interest in the Company, subject to the discussion in the preceding paragraphs.
 
The Company may invest in stock of non-U.S. corporations that are PFICs. In such a case, provided that the Company is a PFIC, a U.S. Holder would be treated as owning its pro rata share of the stock of the PFIC owned by the Company. Such a U.S. Holder would be subject to the rules generally applicable to shareholders of PFICs discussed above with respect to distributions received by the Company from such a PFIC and dispositions by the Company of the stock of such a PFIC (even though the U.S. Holder may not have received


110


Table of Contents

the proceeds of such distribution or disposition). Assuming the Company receives the necessary information from the PFIC in which it owns stock, certain U.S. Holders may make the QEF election discussed above with respect to the stock of the PFIC owned by the Company, with the consequences discussed above. However, no assurance can be given that the Company will be able to provide U.S. Holders with such information.
 
If we were a PFIC, a holder of ordinary shares that is a U.S. Holder must file United States Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 for each tax year in which the U.S. Holder owns the ordinary shares.
 
Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements
 
United States backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements generally apply to certain payments to certain non-corporate holders of stock. Information reporting generally will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from the sale or redemption of, our ordinary shares made within the United States, or by a United States payor or United States middleman, to a holder of our ordinary shares, other than an exempt recipient (including a corporation, a payee that is not a United States person that provides an appropriate certification and certain other persons). A payor will be required to withhold backup withholding tax from any payments of dividends on, or the proceeds from the sale or redemption of, ordinary shares within the United States, or by a United States payor or United States middleman, to a holder, other than an exempt recipient, if such holder fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with, or establish an exemption from, such backup withholding tax requirements. The backup withholding tax rate is 28.0% for years through 2010.
 
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against the beneficial owner’s United States federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
 
The above description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. You should consult your tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation.


111


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
We and the selling shareholders are offering the ordinary shares described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling shareholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of ordinary shares listed next to its name in the following table:
 
         
    Number of
 
    Ordinary
 
Name
  Shares  
 
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 
       
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
       
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
       
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
       
         
Total
    7,693,000  
         
 
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the ordinary shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
 
The underwriters propose to offer the ordinary shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the ordinary shares offered in this offering.
 
The underwriters have an option to buy up to 865,462 additional ordinary shares from us and 288,488 ordinary shares from the selling shareholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional ordinary shares are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
 
The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per ordinary shares less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per ordinary share. The underwriting fee is $      per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
 
                 
    Without
    With Full
 
    Over-Allotment
    Over-Allotment
 
    Exercise     Exercise  
 
Per Share
  $           $        
Total
  $       $  
 
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $2.3 million.


112


Table of Contents

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of our ordinary shares, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
 
We, our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of our shareholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which we and each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our ordinary shares (including, without limitation, ordinary shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, or shareholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
 
We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
We have applied to have our ordinary shares approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “VOLT”.
 
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling ordinary shares in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ordinary shares while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the ordinary shares, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ordinary shares than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing ordinary shares on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ordinary shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase ordinary shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase ordinary shares in the open market to cover the position.


113


Table of Contents

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ordinary shares, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase ordinary shares in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.
 
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ordinary shares, and, as a result, the price of the ordinary shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:
 
  •  the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;
 
  •  our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
 
  •  an assessment of our management;
 
  •  our prospects for future earnings;
 
  •  the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
 
  •  the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded ordinary shares of generally comparable companies; and
 
  •  other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.
 
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our ordinary shares, or that the ordinary shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
 
United Kingdom
 
Each underwriter has represented that (i) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act, or the “FSMA,”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any ordinary shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us and (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
European Economics Area
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the “EU Prospectus Directive”) is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of ordinary shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the ordinary shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU


114


Table of Contents

Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of ordinary shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
  •  to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
  •  to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
  •  to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the book-running mangers for any such offer; or
 
  •  in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression EU Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
Federal Republic of Germany
 
Any offer or solicitation of ordinary shares within Germany must be in full compliance with the German Securities Prospectus Act (Wertpapierprospektgesetz — WpPG) and the German Investment Funds Act (Investmentgesetz — InvG). The offer and solicitation of securities to the public in Germany requires the approval of the offering document by the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht — BaFin). This prospectus and any other document relating to the offering of the ordinary shares have not been and will not be submitted for approval to the BaFin. This prospectus and any other document relating to the offering of the ordinary shares, as well as information contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of the ordinary shares to the public in Germany, any public marketing of the ordinary shares or any public solicitation for offers to subscribe for or otherwise acquire the ordinary shares. The prospectus and other offering materials relating to the offer of the ordinary shares are strictly confidential and may not be distributed to any person or entity other than the designated recipients hereof.
 
Italy
 
The offering of the ordinary shares has not been registered with the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa (“CONSOB”), in accordance with Italian securities legislation. Accordingly, the ordinary shares may not be offered, sold or delivered, and copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the ordinary shares may not be distributed in Italy except to Professional Investors, as defined in Art. 31.2 of CONSOB Regulation no. 11522 of July 1, 1998, as amended, pursuant to Art. 30.2 and Art. 100 of Legislative Decree no. 58 of February 24, 1998 (the “Finance Law”) or in any other circumstance where an express exemption to comply with the solicitation restrictions provided by the Finance Law or CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of May 14, 1999, as amended (the “Issuers Regulation”) applies, including those provided for under Art. 100 of the Finance Law and Art. 33 of the Issuers Regulation, and provided, however, that any such offer, sale or delivery of the ordinary shares or distribution of copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the ordinary shares in Italy must (1) be made in accordance with all applicable Italian laws and regulations; (2) be conducted in accordance with any relevant limitations or procedural requirements that the Bank of Italy or CONSOB may impose upon the offer or sale of the securities; and (3) be made only by (a) banks, investment firms or financial companies enrolled in the special register provided for in Article 107 of the Banking Law Consolidated Act, to the extent duly authorized to engage in the placement and/or


115


Table of Contents

underwriting of financial instruments in Italy in accordance with the Financial Laws Consolidated Act and the relevant implementing regulations, or (b) foreign banks or financial institutions (the controlling shareholding of which is owned by one or more banks located in the same EU Member State) authorized to place and distribute securities in the Republic of Italy pursuant to Articles 15, 16 and 18 of the Banking Law Consolidated Act, in each case acting in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.
 
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the ordinary shares being offered by this prospectus and other legal matters concerning this offering relating to Israeli law will be passed upon for us by Ori Rosen & Co., Tel Aviv, Israel. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering relating to United States law will be passed upon for us by White & Case LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering relating to Israeli law will be passed upon for the underwriters by Zellermayer, Pelossof & Co., Tel-Aviv, Israel. Certain legal matters concerning this offering relating to United States law will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Kesselman & Kesselman, an independent registered public accounting firm in Israel and a member of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited, given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
BDO Ziv Haft Consulting & Management Ltd., independent valuation firm, acted as an independent third-party evaluator and provided a valuation of the fair value of our ordinary shares as of the applicable grant dates. Their valuation is referred to in our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus in reliance on their report and upon the authority of that firm as experts in valuation.
 
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
 
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel. Service of process upon us and upon our directors and officers and the Israeli experts named in this prospectus, substantially all of whom reside outside the United States, may be difficult to obtain within the United States. Furthermore, because substantially all of our assets and substantially all of our directors and officers are located outside the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against us or any of our directors and officers may not be collectible within the United States.
 
We have been informed by our legal counsel in Israel, Ori Rosen & Co., that it may be difficult to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on a violation of U.S. securities laws because Israel is not the most appropriate forum to bring such a claim. In addition, even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Israeli law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact which can be a time-consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law.
 
Subject to specified time limitations and legal procedures, Israeli courts may enforce a United States judgment in a civil matter which, subject to certain exceptions, is non-appealable, including judgments based


116


Table of Contents

upon the civil liability provisions of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act and including a monetary or compensatory judgment in a non-civil matter, provided that:
 
  •  the judgments are obtained after due process before a court of competent jurisdiction, according to the laws of the state in which the judgment is given and the rules of private international law currently prevailing in Israel;
 
  •  the prevailing law of the foreign state in which the judgments were rendered allows the enforcement of judgments of Israeli courts (however, the Israeli courts may waive this requirement following a request by the attorney general);
 
  •  adequate service of process has been effected and the defendant has had a reasonable opportunity to be heard and to present his or her evidence;
 
  •  the judgments are not contrary to public policy, and the enforcement of the civil liabilities set forth in the judgment does not impair the security or sovereignty of the State of Israel;
 
  •  the judgments were not obtained by fraud and do not conflict with any other valid judgment in the same matter between the same parties;
 
  •  an action between the same parties in the same matter is not pending in any Israeli court at the time the lawsuit is instituted in the foreign court; and
 
  •  the obligations under the judgment are enforceable according to the laws of the State of Israel and according to the law of the foreign state in which the relief was granted.
 
We have irrevocably appointed Voltaire, Inc. as our agent to receive service of process in any action against us in any United States federal or state court arising out of this offering or any purchase or sale of securities in connection with this offering.
 
If a foreign judgment is enforced by an Israeli court, it generally will be payable in Israeli currency, which can then be converted into non-Israeli currency and transferred out of Israel. The usual practice in an action before an Israeli court to recover an amount in a non-Israeli currency is for the Israeli court to issue a judgment for the equivalent amount in Israeli currency at the rate of exchange in force on the date of the judgment, but the judgment debtor may make payment in foreign currency. Pending collection, the amount of the judgment of an Israeli court stated in Israeli currency ordinarily will be linked to the Israeli consumer price index plus interest at the annual statutory rate set by Israeli regulations prevailing at the time. Judgment creditors must bear the risk of unfavorable exchange rates.


117


Table of Contents

 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act relating to this offering of our ordinary shares. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. The rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission allow us to omit various information from this prospectus that is included in the registration statement. Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are summaries of all material information about the documents summarized, but are not complete descriptions of all terms of these documents. If we filed any of these documents as an exhibit to the registration statement, you may read the document itself for a complete description of its terms.
 
You may read and copy the registration statement, including the related exhibits and schedules, and any document we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission without charge at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an Internet site that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission are also available to the public through this web site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers and will fulfill the obligations of these requirements by filing reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act relating to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission as frequently or as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we intend to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements which will be examined and reported on, with an opinion expressed, by an independent public accounting firm. We also intend to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission reports on Form 6-K containing unaudited financial information for the first three quarters of each fiscal year, within 60 days after the end of each quarter.


118


Table of Contents

VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
  F-2
Consolidated financial statements:
   
  F-3 - F-4
  F-5
  F-6
  F-7
  F-8 - F-30
 
 
The amounts are stated in U.S. dollars in thousands
 
 
 


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the shareholders of
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Voltaire Ltd. (the “Company”) and its subsidiary as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the related consolidated statements of operations, of redeemable convertible preferred shares and shareholders’ equity (capital deficiency) and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s Board of Directors and management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the Company’s Board of Directors and management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiary as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
As discussed in Note 2s to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for share-based compensation effective January 1, 2006 to conform with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment”.
 
/s/ Kesselman & Kesselman
Kesselman & Kesselman
Certified Public Accountants (Isr.)
 
Tel-Aviv, Israel
March 29, 2007 (except for Note 13(d),
as to which the date is July 9, 2007)


F-2


Table of Contents

VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
                         
    December 31,     March 31,
 
    2005     2006     2007  
                (unaudited)  
 
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11,846     $ 10,237     $ 17,221  
Restricted deposit
    256       267       269  
Accounts receivable:
                       
Trade
    2,238       9,637       9,567  
Other
    907       835       2,071  
Deferred cost (note 11d)
            2,552       3,393  
Inventories (note 11b)
    3,429       3,937       6,029  
                         
Total current assets
    18,676       27,465       38,550  
                         
NON CURRENT ASSETS:
                       
Restricted long-term deposits
    223       233       236  
Long-term deposits
    109       133       138  
Funds in respect of employee rights upon retirement
    579       849       892  
                         
      911       1,215       1,266  
                         
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT , net of accumulated depreciation and amortization (note 3)
    961       1,377       1,656  
DEFERRED CHARGES , net of accumulated amortization
            346       317  
                         
Total assets
  $ 20,548     $ 30,403     $ 41,789  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS — (Continued)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
                                 
                      Pro Forma
 
                      Shareholders’
 
                      Equity as of
 
    December 31,     March 31,
    March 31,
 
    2005     2006     2007     2007  
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
 
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
                               
Accounts payable and accruals:
                               
Trade
  $ 2,370     $ 5,617     $ 5,487          
Other
    2,384       3,665       4,471          
Deferred revenues (note 11d)
    280       6,855       8,859          
                                 
Total current liabilities
    5,034       16,137       18,817          
                                 
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
                               
Long-term loan (note 5)
            5,000       5,000          
Warrant on redeemable convertible preferred shares (note 7)
            695       921     $  
                                 
Accrued severance pay
    993       1,411       1,547          
Deferred revenues
    188       1,348       1,409          
                                 
Total long-term liabilities
    1,181       8,454       8,877          
                                 
Total liabilities
    6,215       24,591       27,694          
                                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (note 6)
                               
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES of NIS 0.01 par value; aggregate liquidation amount $61,140, $65,299 and $77,772 at December 31, 2005, 2006 and March 31, 2007, respectively; None at pro forma (note 7):
                               
Series E2, Authorized, issued and outstanding None, at December 31, 2005 and 2006; Authorized 1,898,731 shares, Issued and outstanding 1,802,654 shares, at March 31, 2007; None issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
                               
Series E, Authorized, issued and outstanding 7,999,991, at December 31, 2005; Authorized 8,140,616 shares, Issued and outstanding 7,999,991 shares, at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007; None issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
                               
Series D2, Authorized, issued and outstanding 252,467 shares, at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and March 31, 2007; None issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
                               
Series D, Authorized, issued and outstanding 3,299,575 shares, at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and March 31, 2007; None issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
                               
Series C, Authorized, issued and outstanding 591,937 shares, at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and March 31, 2007; None issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
    59,482       63,590       76,167     $  
                                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CAPITAL DEFICIENCY):
                               
Ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value:
                               
Authorized — 16,258,349 shares at December 31, 2005, 16,398,972 shares at December 31, 2006 and 18,297,721 shares at March 31, 2007; Issued and outstanding — 645,419 shares at December 31, 2005 and 664,814 at December 31, 2006 and 677,465 at March 31, 2007; 32,481,047 authorized and 14,624,089 issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
    2,293       2,365       2,413     $ 53,160  
Junior Liquidation Securities of NIS 0.01 par value; Authorized, 180,000; Issued and outstanding 179,998 at December 31, 2005, 2006 and March 31, 2007; none at pro forma (unaudited); liquidation amount $1,800 for all periods
    1,800       1,800       1,800        
Additional paid-in capital
    599                   28,141  
Accumulated deficit
    (49,841 )     (61,943 )     (66,285 )     (66,285 )
                                 
Total shareholders’ equity (capital deficiency)
    (45,149 )     (57,778 )     (62,072 )   $ 15,016  
                                 
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred shares and shareholders’ equity (capital deficiency)
  $ 20,548     $ 30,403     $ 41,789          
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)  
 
REVENUES
  $ 4,916     $ 15,366     $ 30,427     $ 4,389     $ 8,580  
COST OF REVENUES
    3,565       10,830       19,223       2,846       5,391  
                                         
GROSS PROFIT
    1,351       4,536       11,204       1,543       3,189  
                                         
OPERATING EXPENSES:
                                       
Research and development, net
    5,958       5,917       7,694       2,003       2,714  
Sales and marketing
    4,327       6,045       8,281       1,604       2,106  
General and administrative
    2,271       2,681       3,534       711       979  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    12,556       14,643       19,509       4,318       5,799  
                                         
LOSS FROM OPERATION
    (11,205 )     (10,107 )     (8,305 )     (2,775 )     (2,610 )
FINANCIAL INCOME (EXPENSES), net
    144       191       (460 )     102       (355 )
                                         
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSES
    (11,061 )     (9,916 )     (8,765 )     (2,673 )     (2,965 )
INCOME TAX EXPENSES
            (111 )     (84 )             (35 )
                                         
NET LOSS
    (11,061 )     (10,027 )     (8,849 )     (2,673 )     (3,000 )
                                         
ACCRETION OF REDEEMABLE
                                       
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES
    (2,144 )     (2,959 )     (3,573 )     (893 )     (1,054 )
BENEFIT TO SERIES A, B AND B1 SHAREHOLDERS
    (1,800 )                                
CHARGE FOR BENEFICIAL CONVERSION FEATURE OF SERIES D AND D2 REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES
    (362 )     (482 )     (535 )     (134 )     (149 )
                                         
NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS
  $ (15,367 )   $ (13,468 )   $ (12,957 )   $ (3,700 )   $ (4,203 )
                                         
NET LOSS PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS — Basic and diluted
  $ (29.67 )   $ (21.16 )   $ (19.92 )   $ (5.73 )   $ (6.30 )
                                         
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES USED IN COMPUTING NET LOSS PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS — Basic and diluted
    517,926       636,536       650,476       645,419       667,631  
                                         
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted (unaudited)
                  $ (0.69 )           $ (0.22 )
                                         
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted (unaudited)
                    12,794,446               13,776,282  
                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)
 
                                                                                   
                              Amount  
    Redeemable Convertible
      Number of Shares                 Junior
    Additional
          Total of
 
    Preferred Shares       Preferred
    Ordinary
    Preferred
    Ordinary
    Liquidation
    Paid-in
    Accumulated
    Capital
 
    Shares     Amount       Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares     Securities     Capital     Deficit     Deficiency  
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2004
    4,143,979     $ 24,757         793,078       421     $ 31     $ 2           $ 5,809     $ (28,753 )   $ (22,911 )
                                                                                   
CHANGES DURING 2004 :
                                                                                 
                                                                                   
Conversion of preferred shares into ordinary shares
                      (793,078 )     631,737       (31 )     2,245       1,800       (2,214 )             1,800  
                                                                                   
Benefit to Series A, B and B1 shareholders
                                                              (1,800 )             (1,800 )
                                                                                   
Non-employee share-based compensation expenses
                                                              382               382  
                                                                                   
Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred share, net of issuance costs of $232
    3,749,994       14,768                                                                    
                                                                                   
Beneficial conversion features relating to series D and D2 redeemable convertible preferred shares
            (2,765 )                                               2,765               2,765  
                                                                                   
Cancellation of warrant
                                                              1,563               1,563  
                                                                                   
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred shares
            2,144                                                 (2,144 )             (2,144 )
                                                                                   
Charge for beneficial conversion feature relating to series D and D2 redeemable convertible preferred shares
            362                                                 (362 )             (362 )
                                                                                   
Net loss
                                                                      (11,061 )     (11,061 )
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2004
    7,893,973       39,266               632,158             2,247       1,800       3,999       (39,814 )     (31,768 )
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
CHANGES DURING 2005 :
                                                                                 
                                                                                   
Exercise of options by employees
                              13,261               46               (33 )             13  
                                                                                   
Employee share-based compensation expenses
                                                              9               9  
                                                                                   
Non-employee share-based compensation expenses
                                                              65               65  
                                                                                   
Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred share, net of issuance costs of $225
    4,249,997       16,775                                                                    
                                                                                   
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred shares
            2,959                                                 (2,959 )             (2,959 )
                                                                                   
Charge for beneficial conversion feature relating to series D and D2 redeemable convertible preferred shares
            482                                                 (482 )             (482 )
                                                                                   
Net loss
                                                                      (10,027 )     (10,027 )
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2005
    12,143,970       59,482               645,419             2,293       1,800       599       (49,841 )     (45,149 )
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
CHANGES DURING 2006 :
                                                                                 
                                                                                   
Exercise of options by employees
                              19,395               72               (54 )             18  
                                                                                   
Employee share-based compensation expenses
                                                              213               213  
                                                                                   
Non-employee share-based compensation expenses
                                                              97               97  
                                                                                   
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred shares
            3,573                                                 (320 )     (3,253 )     (3,573 )
                                                                                   
Charge for beneficial conversion feature relating to series D and D2 redeemable convertible preferred shares
            535                                                 (535 )             (535 )
                                                                                   
Net loss
                                                                      (8,849 )     (8,849 )
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2006
    12,143,970     $ 63,590               664,814           $ 2,365       1,800     $     $ (61,943 )   $ (57,778 )
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
Cumulative adjustment from adoption of FIN 48 (unaudited)
                                                                      (221 )     (221 )
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
BALANCE AT January 1, 2007 (unaudited)
    12,143,970     $ 63,590               664,814           $ 2,365       1,800     $     $ (62,164 )   $ (57,999 )
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
CHANGES DURING THE THREE MONTH-PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2007 (unaudited) :
                                                                                 
                                                                                   
Exercise of options by employees
                              12,651               48               (35 )             13  
                                                                                   
Employee share-based compensation expenses
                                                              80               80  
                                                                                   
Non-employee share-based compensation expenses
                                                              37               37  
                                                                                   
Issuance of Series E2 redeemable convertible preferred share, net of issuance costs of $19
    1,802,654       11,374                                                                    
                                                                                   
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred shares
            1,054                                                 (82 )     (972 )     (1,054 )
                                                                                   
Charge for beneficial conversion feature relating to series D and D2 redeemable convertible preferred shares
            149                                                         (149 )     (149 )
                                                                                   
Net loss
                                                                      (3,000 )     (3,000 )
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2007 (unaudited)
    13,946,624     $ 76,167               677,465           $ 2,413       1,800     $     $ (66,285 )   $ (62,072 )
                                                                                   
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements


F-6


Table of Contents

VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
Net loss
  $ (11,061 )   $ (10,027 )   $ (8,849 )   $ (2,673 )   $ (3,000 )
Adjustments required to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    446       554       608       147       189  
Capital loss on disposal of fixed assets
            4                          
Change in accrued severance pay
    172       351       418       53       136  
Non-cash share-based compensation expenses
    382       74       310       68       117  
Amortization of deferred charges
                    70               29  
Revaluation of warrant liabilities
                    279               226  
Changes in operating asset and liability items:
                                       
Increase in accounts receivable
    (791 )     (1,381 )     (9,900 )     (1,445 )     (2,012 )
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accruals
    1,653       1,739       12,263       (235 )     2,520  
Decrease (increase) in inventories
    (1,941 )     (1,139 )     (508 )     431       (2,092 )
                                         
Net cash used in operating activities
    (11,140 )     (9,825 )     (5,309 )     (3,654 )     (3,887 )
                                         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (569 )     (558 )     (1,024 )     (100 )     (468 )
Amounts funded in respect of employee rights upon retirement, net
    (111 )     (106 )     (270 )     (33 )     (43 )
Increase in long-term deposits
    (325 )     (30 )     (24 )     (13 )     (5 )
                                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,005 )     (694 )     (1,318 )     (146 )     (516 )
                                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
Decrease in short-term bank credit, net
    (1,000 )                                
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
            13       18               13  
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred shares, net of issuance expenses
    14,768       16,775                       11,374  
Long term-loan received
                    5,000                  
Principal payment on capital lease obligation
    (18 )     (5 )                        
                                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    13,750       16,783       5,018             11,387  
                                         
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    1,605       6,264       (1,609 )     (3,800 )     6,984  
BALANCE OF CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    3,977       5,582       11,846       11,846       10,237  
                                         
BALANCE OF CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 5,582     $ 11,846     $ 10,237       8,046       17,221  
                                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                                       
Interest paid
  $     $     $ 318     $     $ 151  
                                         
Income taxes paid
  $ 25     $ 87     $ 46     $ 10     $ 14  
                                         
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:
                                       
Accretion on redeemable convertible preferred shares
  $ 2,144     $ 2,959     $ 3,573     $ 893     $ 1,054  
                                         
Charge for beneficial conversion feature relating to series D and D2 redeemable convertible preferred shares
  $ 362     $ 482     $ 535     $ 134     $ 149  
                                         
Issuance of warrants exercisable to redeemable convertible preferred shares
  $     $     $ 416     $     $  
                                         
Cumulative adjustment from adoption of FIN 48
  $     $     $     $     $ 221  
                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-7


Table of Contents

VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS:
 
Voltaire Ltd. (the “Company”), an Israeli corporation, was incorporated and commenced operations on April 9, 1997.
 
The Company and its wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, Voltaire, Inc. and Japanese subsidiary, Voltaire K.K. (together with the Company, the “Group”), are engaged in the development, production and marketing of grid backbone solutions.
 
The Company currently depends on a single supplier to manufacture and provide a key component for its switch products.
 
As to financial information regarding revenues by geographic area, revenues by product, tangible long-lived assets by geographic location and revenues from principal customers, see note 12.
 
NOTE 2 — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
a.   Accounting principles:
 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”).
 
b.   Unaudited interim consolidated financial information:
 
The accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2007, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred shares and capital deficiency for the three months ended March 31, 2007 are unaudited. The unaudited consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared based on new accounting pronouncements from January 1, 2007 and on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, accept for the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (see note 2y and note 10i), consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s results of operations and its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2007.
 
c.   Use of estimates:
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
d.   Functional currency:
 
The currency of the primary economic environment in which the operations of the Company and its subsidiary are conducted is the U.S. dollar (“$” or “dollar”). The majority of the Group’s revenues are derived in dollars. Purchases of most materials and components are also carried out in dollars. Accordingly, the functional currency of the Company and its subsidiary is the dollar.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The dollar figures are determined as follows: transactions and balances originally denominated in dollars are presented in their original amounts. Balances in foreign currencies are translated into dollars using historical and current exchange rates for non-monetary and monetary balances, respectively. The resulting translation gains or losses are recorded as financial income or expense, as appropriate. For transactions reflected in the statements of operations in foreign currencies, the exchange rates at transaction dates are used. Depreciation and changes in inventories and other changes deriving from non-monetary items are based on historical exchange rates.
 
e.   Principles of consolidation:
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned U.S. and Japanese subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances, including profits from intercompany sales not yet realized outside the Group, have been eliminated upon consolidation.
 
f.   Unaudited Pro forma Shareholders’ equity:
 
Upon consummation of an initial public offering, all of the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred shares will convert into an equivalent number of ordinary shares of the Company. Additionally, all warrants exercisable for the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred shares outstanding as of that date will automatically convert into warrants exercisable for an equivalent number of ordinary shares. Unaudited pro forma shareholders’ equity as of March 31, 2007, as adjusted for the impact of these conversions assuming the offering was consummated on March 31, 2007, is disclosed in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The ordinary shares to be issued upon the completion of the initial public offering and the related estimated net proceeds are excluded from such pro forma information.
 
g.   Cash and cash equivalents:
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less, that are not restricted, to be cash equivalents. To mitigate risks the Company deposits cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions.
 
h.   Restricted cash and deposits:
 
The Company maintains certain cash amounts restricted as to withdrawal or use. The restricted deposits are denominated in U.S. dollars and presented at cost, plus accrued interest at rates of approximately 4% per annum.
 
i.   Fair value of financial instruments:
 
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted deposit, accounts receivables, accounts payable and other accrued liabilities approximate their fair value due to the relatively short-term maturities of such instruments. The carrying amounts of the Company’s long-term deposits, other long-term assets, long-term loan payable, and other long-term liabilities approximate their fair value. In view of their nature, the fair value of the financial instruments included in the working capital of the Company is usually identical or close to their carrying value. The warrant on redeemable convertible preferred shares is presented at fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model.
 
j.   Concentration of credit risk:
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, which are deposited in major financial institutions in the United States and Israel, and accounts receivable. The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from revenues earned from customers


F-9


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

located in North America, Europe and Asia. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and, generally, requires no collateral from its customers. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based upon the expected ability to collect the accounts receivables. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts quarterly by assessing individual accounts receivable over a specific aging and amount, and all other balances based on historical collection experience and an economic risk assessment. If the Company determines that a specific customer is unable to meet its financial obligations to the Company, the Company provides an allowance for credit losses to reduce the receivable to the amount management reasonably believes will be collected. The Company did not record a material allowance for doubtful debts in the financial statements.
 
k.   Inventories:
 
Inventories include finished goods and raw materials. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (cost is determined on a “first-in, first-out” basis) or market value. Reserves for potentially excess and obsolete inventories are made based on management’s analysis of inventory levels and future sales forecasts. Once established, the original cost of the Company’s inventory less the related inventory reserve represents the new cost basis of such products.
 
l.   Property and equipment:
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are generally calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets: over three years for computers and other electronic equipment, and seven to fifteen years for office furniture and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, or the useful life of the assets, whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements are capitalized.
 
When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the results of operations in the period realized.
 
m.   Deferred charges:
 
Costs relating to obtaining a long-term loan are deferred and amortized using the effective interest rate determined for such borrowing transactions over the life of the respective loan.
 
n.   Impairment of long-lived assets:
 
The Company has adopted SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, which requires that long-lived assets held and used by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Under SFAS No. 144, if the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the long-lived assets is less than the carrying amount of such assets, an impairment loss would be recognized, and the assets would be written down to their estimated fair values.
 
To date, the Company has not recorded any impairment charges relating to its long-lived assets.
 
o.   Stock Split
 
All figures in these financial statements relating to the ordinary shares and redeemable convertible preferred shares have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a four-for-one reverse share split effected subsequent to March 31, 2007 (see note 13(d)).


F-10


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

p.   Revenue recognition:

 
The Company generates revenues mainly from the sale of hardware and software products and the provision of extended hardware warranties and support contracts. The Company sells its products mostly to OEMs, distributors, system integrators and value added resellers, all of whom are considered customers from the Company’s perspective. The Company’s standard shipping term is FOB shipping point. The Company generally relies upon a purchase order as persuasive evidence of an arrangement.
 
The Company’s standard arrangement with its customers includes no right of return and no customer acceptance provisions. In a very limited number of arrangements the Company has deviated from its standard terms by accepting purchase order arrangements from customers that included certain acceptance tests with timescales and trigger points after delivery. In such cases, the Company does not recognize revenue until all such obligations, timescales and acceptance tests are approved by the customer.
 
The software components of the Company products are deemed to be more than incidental to the products as a whole, in accordance with Statement of Position 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” (“SOP 97-2”) and EITF 03-5, “Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More-Than-Incidental Software”. Therefore, the Company accounts for its product sales in accordance with SOP 97-2. Revenues from product sales are recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery of the product to the customer has occurred,, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is probable.
 
SOP 97-2 generally requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative specific objective fair value of the elements. A significant portion of the Company’s product sales include multiple elements. Such elements typically include several or all of the following: hardware, software, extended hardware warranties and support services.
 
Support revenue included in multiple element arrangements is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the applicable support agreement.
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” the Company provides for potential warranty liability costs in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. This estimate is based on past experience of historical warranty claims and other known factors. The Company grants a one-year hardware warranty and a three-month software warranty on all of its products. In cases where the customer wishes to extend the warranty for more than one year, the Company charges an additional fee. This amount is recorded as deferred revenue and recognized over the period that the extended warranty is provided and the related performance obligation is satisfied.
 
The VSOE of fair value of the extended warranty and support services is determined based on renewal rates. Deferred revenues are classified as short and long term and recognized as revenues at the time the respective elements are provided.
 
Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling costs are included in revenues in the consolidated statements of operations. In accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-10 “Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs”, we account for our product shipping costs as general and administrative expense in the amounts of $0, $72, $253 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $0 and $69 for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
q.   Product warranty:
 
The Company grants a one-year hardware warranty and a three-month software warranty on all of its products. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” the Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its warranty arrangements and records a liability in the amount of such costs at the


F-11


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

time product revenue is recognized. This estimate is based on past experience of historical warranty claims and other
 
known factors. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of installed units, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and cost per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.
 
Changes in the Company’s liability for product warranty during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, are as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006  
 
Balance at the beginning of the period
  $ 0     $ 25     $ 65  
Warranty charged to cost of sales
    25       255       423  
Settlements during the period
          (215 )     (301 )
                         
Balance at the end of the period
  $ 25     $ 65     $ 187  
                         
 
r.   Research and development costs:
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed”, requires capitalization of certain software development costs subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility.
 
Based on the Company’s product development process, technological feasibility is established upon the completion of a working model. The Company does not incur material costs between the completion of a working model and the point at which the products are ready for general release. Therefore, research and development costs are charged to the statement of operations as incurred.
 
Funds received from the Office of the Chief Scientist of Israel’s Ministry of Industry (the “OCS”) relating to the development of approved projects are recognized as a reduction of expenses when the Company is entitled to receive those funds. Research and development expenses included in the statements of operations were reduced by grants from the OCS in the amount of $700, $621, $0 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
s.   Share-based compensation:
 
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for employees’ share-based payment under the intrinsic value model in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 — “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) and related interpretations. In accordance with APB No. 25, share-based compensation is calculated using the intrinsic value method and represents the difference between the deemed per share fair value of the share and the per share exercise price of the share option. The resulting shared-based compensation is deferred and amortized to expense over the grant’s vesting period, which is generally four years. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 — “Accounting or Stock-Based Compensation” (“FAS 123”), as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure”, the Company disclosed pro forma information, assuming that the Company had accounted for employees’ share-based payments using the fair value-based method defined in FAS 123.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-based Payment” (“FAS 123(R)”). FAS 123(R) supersedes APB 25 and related interpretations and amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows” (“FAS 95”). FAS 123(R)requires awards classified as equity awards to be accounted for using the grant-date


F-12


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

fair value method. The fair value of share-based payment transactions is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The Company’s estimated forfeitures are based on historical experience and anticipated future conditions.
 
In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”). SAB 107 provides supplemental implementation guidance on FAS 123(R), including guidance on valuation methods, inventory capitalization of share-based compensation cost, income statement effects, disclosures and other issues. SAB 107 requires share-based payment to be classified in the same expense line items as cash compensation. The Company has applied the provisions of SAB 107 in its adoption of FAS 123(R).
 
The Company elected to recognize compensation cost for an award that only had service conditions, as well as a graded vesting schedule, by using the straight-line method over the requisite service period for the entire award.
 
The Company elected to adopt the modified prospective transition method, permitted by FAS 123(R). Under such transition method, FAS 123(R) has been implemented as from the first quarter of 2006 prospectively. The valuation provisions of FAS 123(R) apply to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after January 1, 2006. Additionally, compensation cost for the portion of awards for which the requisite service has not been rendered and that are outstanding as of January 1, 2006 are recognized over the remaining service period using the grant-date fair value of those awards as calculated for pro forma disclosure purposes under FAS 123. The cumulative effect of the adoption of FAS 123(R) was immaterial.
 
The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to third party service providers (non-employees) in accordance with the fair value based on an option-pricing model, pursuant to the guidance in EITF 96-18 “Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services”. The fair value of the options granted is revalued over the related service period and recognized over the vesting period.
 
The following table illustrates the effect on net loss and net loss per share, assuming the group had applied the fair value recognition provisions of FAS 123 to its stock-based employee compensation:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005  
 
Net loss, as reported
  $ 11,061     $ 10,027  
Deduct: stock-based employee compensation expense, included in reported loss for the year
          9  
Add: stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards
    358       238  
                 
Pro forma net loss
  $ 11,419     $ 10,256  
                 
Net loss per share attributed to ordinary shareholders as reported — basic and diluted
  $ 29.67     $ 21.16  
                 
Pro forma net loss per share attributed to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted
  $ 30.36     $ 21.52  
                 
 
t.   Income Taxes
 
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“FAS 109”). Deferred taxes are determined utilizing the assets and


F-13


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

liabilities method, which is based on the estimated future tax effects of the differences between the financial accounting and tax bases of assets and liabilities under the applicable tax laws. Deferred tax balances are computed using the tax rates expected to be in effect when those differences reverse. A valuation allowance in respect of deferred tax assets is provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
Paragraph 9(f) of SFAS 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes”, prohibits the recognition of deferred tax liabilities or assets that arise from differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities that are measured from local currency into dollars using historical exchange rates, and that result from changes in exchange rates or indexing for tax purposes. Consequently, the aforementioned differences were not reflected in the computation of deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 
u.   Advertising
 
Cost related to advertising and promotion of products is charged to sales and marketing expense as incurred. Advertising expenses were not significant for all periods presented.
 
v.   Comprehensive income (loss)
 
The Company has no comprehensive income components other than net loss for the reported periods.
 
w.   Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributed to the ordinary shares for the period by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. The calculation of diluted net income loss per share excludes potential ordinary shares if the effect is anti-dilutive. Potential ordinary shares are comprised of ordinary shares, incremental ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options or warrants and shares issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred shares.
 
The Company applies the two class method as required by EITF No. 03-6, “Participating Securities and the Two — Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128” (“EITF No. 03-6”). EITF No. 03-6 requires the loss per share for each class of shares (ordinary shares and preferred shares) to be calculated assuming 100% of the Company’s earnings are distributed as dividends to each class of shares based on their contractual rights.
 
In compliance with EITF 03-6, the series of preferred shares are not participating securities in losses, and therefore are not included in the computation of net loss per share.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, 2006 and the three-month periods ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, all outstanding options, warrants and preferred shares have been excluded from the calculation of the diluted loss per share since their effect was anti-dilutive.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
 
                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)  
 
Net loss
  $ (11,061 )   $ (10,027 )   $ (8,849 )   $ (2,673 )   $ (3,000 )
                                         
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred shares
    (2,144 )     (2,959 )     (3,573 )     (893 )     (1,054 )
Benefit to Series A, B and B1 shareholders (see note 8(b))
    (1,800 )                                
Charge for beneficial conversion feature of series D and D2 redeemable convertible preferred shares
    (362 )     (482 )     (535 )     (134 )     (149 )
                                         
Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders
  $ (15,367 )   $ (13,468 )   $ (12,957 )     (3,700 )     (4,203 )
                                         
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted
    517,926       636,536       650,476       645,419       667,631  
                                         
Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted
  $ (29.67 )   $ (21.16 )   $ (19.92 )   $ (5.73 )   $ (6.30 )
                                         
 
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share assuming conversion of redeemable convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares at the estimated conversion ratio at the time of the offering, which will occur upon the closing of the offering, as if the conversion had taken place at January 1, 2006 for the year ended December 31, 2006, and at January 1, 2007 for the three month period ended March 31, 2007, is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
 
                 
    Year Ended
    Three Months
 
    December 31,
    Ended March 31,
 
    2006     2007  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
 
Pro forma :
               
Numerator:
               
Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders
  $ (12,957 )   $ (4,203 )
Pro forma adjustment to add back accretion of redeemable convertible preferred shares
    3,573       1,054  
Pro forma adjustment to add back charge for beneficial conversion feature of series D and D2 redeemable convertible preferred shares
    535       149  
                 
Pro forma net loss available for shareholders
  $ (8,849 )   $ (3,000 )
                 
Denominator:
               
Weighted-average shares of ordinary shares outstanding used above
    650,476       667,631  
Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred shares (as if converted)
    12,143,970       13,108,651  
                 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted
    12,794,446       13,776,282  
                 
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted
  $ (0.69 )   $ (0.22 )
                 


F-15


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

x.   Segment reporting

 
SFAS No. 131, “Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”, requires that companies report separately in the financial statements certain financial and descriptive information about operating segments profit or loss, certain specific revenue and expense items and segment assets. Additionally, companies are required to report information about the revenues derived from their products and service groups, about geographic areas in which such companies earn revenue and hold assets and about major customers. The Company has one reportable segment.
 
y.   Newly issued and recently adopted accounting pronouncements:
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standards Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition and measurement method of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures and transitions. As to the adoption and disclosures required pursuant to FIN 48, see note 10i.
 
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Current Year Misstatements ”, or SAB No. 108. SAB No. 108 requires analysis of misstatements using both an income statement or ‘rollover’, approach and a balance sheet, or ‘iron curtain’, approach in assessing materiality and provides for a one-time cumulative effect transition adjustment. SAB No. 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. The Company adopted SAB 108 in these financial statements and accordingly, follows SAB 108 requirements when quantifying financial statement misstatements. The adoption of SAB No. 108 did not result in corrections to the Company’s financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”, or SFAS No. 157, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but provides guidance on how to measure fair value by providing a fair value hierarchy used to classify the source of the information. SFAS No. 157 is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting SFAS No. 157 and has not yet determined the impact on its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS 159”), which permits entities to choose to measure at fair value many financial instruments and certain other items that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS 159 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting SFAS 159 and has not yet determined the impact on its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.


F-16


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 3 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

 
a.   Composition of assets, grouped by major classifications, is as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2005     2006  
 
Cost:
               
Computer equipment
  $ 2,724     $ 3,694  
Office furniture and equipment
    126       151  
Leasehold improvements
    118       147  
                 
      2,968       3,992  
Less — accumulated depreciation and amortization
    ( 2,007 )     (2,615 )
                 
Net carrying amount
  $ 961     $ 1,377  
                 
 
b.    Depreciation and amortization expenses totaled approximately $446, $554, $608 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
NOTE 4 — ACCRUED SEVERANCE PAY
 
Israeli labor law generally requires payment of severance pay upon dismissal of an employee or upon termination of employment in certain other circumstances. The severance pay liability of the Company to its employees, which reflects the undiscounted amount of the liability, is based upon the number of years of service and the latest monthly salary, and is partly covered by insurance policies and by regular deposits with recognized severance pay funds. The amounts funded are presented among other non-current assets. The Company may only make withdrawals from the amounts funded for the purpose of paying severance pay. The severance pay expenses were $172, $351, $418 in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $53 and $136 in three month period ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
NOTE 5 — LONG TERM LOAN
 
In May 2006, the Company signed a Credit Line and Security Agreement with a US-based lending institution (the “Lender”). Under the agreement, the Company received a loan in the amount of $5,000. The loan bears interest based on the current Wall Street Journal prime-lending rate plus an interest margin, subject to adjustment as provided in the agreement (as of December 31, 2006 -12.25%). Prior to December 31, 2007, the Company will be required to pay the Lender interest payments only, based on the interest rate as described above. Starting January 1, 2008, the Company will be required to pay 24 equal monthly installments of principal and interest. As part of the loan agreement, the Company has filed a first priority floating charge on all tangible assets and fixed charge on intangible assets in favor of the Lender. As to warrant on redeemable convertible preferred shares issued to the lender, see note 7(c).
 
NOTE 6 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES:
 
a.   Royalty commitments
 
The Company is obligated to pay royalties to the OCS on proceeds from sales of products resulting from the research and development in which the Government participated by way of grants (see also note 2r). Under the terms of the Company’s funding from the OCS, royalties of 3.5% are payable on sales, up to 100% of the amount of the grant received by the Company (dollar linked); plus annual interest based on the twelve-month LIBOR, accruing from January 1, 1999.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

At the time the grants were received, successful development of the related projects was not assured. In the case of failure of a project that was partly financed by royalty-bearing Government grants, the Company is not obligated to pay any such royalties to the OCS.
 
Royalty expenses are included in the statement of operations as a component of cost of revenues and totaled to approximately $172, $544, $1,068, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $154 and $301 for the three-month period ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, the maximum royalty amount payable by the Company is approximately $5,100 and $4,440, respectively.
 
b.   Lease commitments
 
The Company leases premises for a period beginning November 1, 2001 and ending October 31, 2011. The Company has the option to end the lease term on December 31, 2008 upon prior notice and a penalty payment as stipulated in the lease.
 
To secure the Company’s liabilities under a current lease agreement, the bank made available to the lessor a bank guarantee in the amount of approximately $227, as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007. In order to obtain the bank guarantee, the Company has pledged a bank deposit of $233 and $236, respectively, which is presented in restricted long-term deposits.
 
The Company’s U.S. subsidiary also leases premises in Boston. The lease term for the Company’s U.S. subsidiary ends on December 31, 2009.
 
Rent expenses included in the statement of operations totaled to approximately $340, $449 and $467 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $112 and $196 for the three-month period ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
The Company has signed motor vehicle operating lease agreements. The terms of these lease agreements are for 36 months.
 
As of December 31, 2006, the aggregate future minimum lease obligations (office rent and maintenance and motor vehicles) under non-cancelable operating leases agreements were as follows:
 
         
Year ended December 31,
       
2007
  $ 965  
2008
    827  
2009
    672  
2010
    500  
2011
    417  
         
    $ 3,381  
         
 
c.   Litigation
 
The Company is not currently a party to any legal proceedings that management believes would have a material effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. The Company may, from time to time, become a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.


F-18


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

d.   Restricted deposits

 
In addition to the pledged bank deposit as described in (b) above the Company has made restricted deposits to secure a letter of credit in favor of a supplier in the ordinary course of business.
 
e.   Floating charge and fixed charge
 
As part of the loan agreement as described in note 5, the Company has filed a first priority floating charge on all its tangible assets and a fixed charge on its intangible assets in favor of the Lender.
 
NOTE 7 — REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES AND WARRANT THEREON:
 
a.   As of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and as of March 31, 2007 the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred shares of NIS 0.01 par value, consist of the following:
 
                                                         
          Redemption Value     Carrying Amount  
    Proceeds, Net
                As of
                As of
 
    of Issuance
    As of December 31,     March 31,
    As of December 31,     March 31,
 
    Expenses     2005     2006     2007     2005     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)                 (unaudited)  
 
Series C
  $ 9,111     $ 10,537     $ 11,191     $ 11,354     $ 11,398     $ 11,769     $ 11,864  
Series D
    10,392       15,056       15,991       16,225       13,012       14,445       14,843  
Series D2
    964       1,139       1,209       1,227       1,034       1,128       1,154  
Series E
    31,543       34,668       36,908       37,468       34,038       36,248       36,837  
Series E2
    11,374                       11,498                       11,469  
                                                         
    $ 63,384     $ 61,400     $ 65,299     $ 77,772     $ 59,482     $ 63,590     $ 76,167  
                                                         
 
1) In March 2004, the Company entered into an investment agreement with several investors. Under this agreement, the Company issued 3,749,994 class E redeemable convertible preferred shares of NIS 0.01 par value in consideration for $15,000 (representing price per share of $4.00).
 
In connection with this investment agreement, the Company also issued Series D and D2 preferred shares of par value NIS 0.01, to its shareholders as part of their anti-dilution rights. In connection with this issuance, the Company has recorded a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) of approximately $2,765, credited to the additional paid in capital. The resulting discount on the redeemable convertible preferred shares is accreted over the remaining period through the earlier date of redemption of those shares, using the effective yield method.
 
In addition, as part of this investment agreement warrants on redeemable convertible preferred D1 shares were cancelled and a carrying amount of $1,563 was carried to additional paid in capital.
 
2) In April, May and August 2005, the Company entered into investment agreements with several investors. Under these agreements, the Company issued 4,249,997 class E redeemable convertible preferred shares of NIS 0.01 par value in consideration for approximately $17,000 (representing price per share of $4.00).
 
3) In February 2007, the Company entered into an investment agreement with several investors. Under this agreement, the Company issued 1,802,654 class E2 redeemable convertible preferred shares of NIS 0.01 par value in consideration for $11,393, which was completed in February and March 2007 (representing price per share of $6.32).


F-19


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

b.   The holders of preferred shares have various rights and preferences as follows:

 
Voting Rights
 
The holder of each preferred share has the right to one vote for each ordinary share into which such preferred share could then be converted and is entitled to vote, together with holders of ordinary shares, with respect to any question upon which holders of ordinary shares have the right to vote.
 
Only preferred shares are entitled to voting rights in relation to future issuances of equity interests in the Company, any transaction by the Company or a subsidiary for the purposes of the raising of finance by the Company (whether by way of debt or equity financing), an IPO or any transaction constituting a Liquidation Event (as defined in the articles of association). Until the closing of the qualified IPO, certain listed actions, any action or resolution of the Company’s general meeting or shareholders’ shall require solely the approval or written consent of certain Principal Investors (as defined in the articles of association).
 
Dividends
 
Each distribution of dividends by the Company to its shareholders shall be made in a descending order of preference to (i) the holders of Series E preferred shares; (ii) the holders of Series D preferred shares and Series D2 preferred shares; and (iii) the holders of Series C prefered shares, until each such series of preferred shares has received in the aggregate, together with previous distribution of dividends, an amount equal to a dividend at the cumulative annual rate of 7% from the later of March 2004 or the issuance of such share, such dividend to accrue monthly, whether or not declared. Following payment in full of the distribution preferences of the preferred shares, any additional distribution of dividends shall be made pro-rata among the holders of ordinary shares and preferred shares of the Company, based on their holdings of the outstanding shares of the Company, treating the preferred shares as if converted into ordinary shares.
 
Liquidation
 
Upon a Liquidation Event (as defined in the articles of association of the Company) any assets and funds of the Company available for distribution or which shall become available for distribution upon receipt by the Company of any deferred payments or royalties shall be distributed pursuant to a descending order of preference to (i) the holders of Series E preferred shares; (ii) the holders of Series D preferred shares and Series D2 preferred shares; and (iii) the holders of Series C preferred shares, until each such series of preferred shares shall have received in the aggregate the amount paid to the Company for the shares of such series plus accrued and unpaid dividends and plus, with respect to the Series D preferred shares, an amount of $155. Following payment in full of the distribution preferences of the preferred shares, an amount of $1,800 will be distributed pro-rata among the holders of the Junior Liquidation Securities. Following payment in full to the holders of the Junior Liquidation Securities, any remaining assets will be distributed pro-rata among the holders of ordinary shares and preferred shares of the Company, based on their holdings of the outstanding shares of the Company, treating the preferred shares as if converted into ordinary shares.
 
Conversion and Anti-dilution adjustments
 
Each preferred share is convertible at the option of its holder into such number of ordinary shares of the Company, as is determined by dividing $4.00 with respect to all preferred shares other than the series E2 preferred shares, and by $6.32 with respect to the series E2 preferred shares (as may be adjusted for recapitalization events) by the conversion price at the time in effect for such share. The current conversion price for each preferred share other than the series E2 preferred shares is $4.00 and for each series E2 preferred share is $6.32. The conversion price may be adjusted upon any recapitalization event and also in accordance with certain anti-dilution protections in the event that the Company issues additional securities


F-20


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(other than certain excluded issuances) at a price per share lower than the then applicable conversion price of the applicable series of the preferred shares, as defined in the Articles of Association of the Company.
 
All preferred shares will automatically be converted into ordinary shares in accordance with the then applicable conversion ratio immediately upon (i) an initial firm commitment underwritten public offering by a nationally recognized U.S. underwriting firm of the Company’s ordinary shares, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $75,000 at a pre-money Company valuation of at least $200,000 with the ordinary shares (or American Depository Shares representing Ordinary Shares) traded on either The New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market; or (ii) the affirmative vote of certain Principal Investors in the Company.
 
Redemption
 
At any time beginning in March 2009, and to the extent permissible under law, certain Principal Investors may compel the Company to redeem all of the preferred shares by paying to the holders of preferred shares an amount equal to the greater of (i) the sum of the price paid to the Company for such shares plus all accrued and unpaid dividends in respect of such shares and plus, with respect to the Series D preferred shares, an amount of $155, and (ii) the fair market value of the ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the redeemed shares, as determined by an independent investment bank to be selected by the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
If the Company’s funds that are legally available for the redemption of the preferred shares are insufficient to redeem all such preferred shares, then the redemption shall be effected in a descending order of preference as follows: (i) to the holders of Series E preferred shares; (ii) to the holders of Series D preferred shares and Series D2 preferred shares; and (iii) to the holders of Series C preferred shares.
 
The difference between the price paid to the Company for the redemable convertible preferred shares and their redemption value is being accreted using the effective interest method through March 2009.
 
c.   Warrant on redeemable convertible preferred shares
 
In connection with a loan received as described in note 5, the Company issued warrants to the Lender that entitles the Lender to purchase 140,625 Series E redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, at a price per share of $4.00, exercisable through the earlier of May 22, 2013, the closing of an IPO if required by the underwriters, or an M&A transaction.
 
Based on the provision of Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position (FSP) No. 150-5, “Issuer’s Accounting under Statement No. 150 for Freestanding Warrants and Other similar Instruments on Shares that are Redeemable” (FSP 150-5), an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity”, the warrant is classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet and presented at fair value. Changes in the fair value of the warrant are carried to financial income (expenses).
 
The fair value of this warrant estimated on the date of grant, amounted to approximately $416 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the following assumptions: dividend yield of 0%; expected volatility of 77%; risk-free interest rate of 4.6% and expected life of 7 years.
 
NOTE 8 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
 
a. The ordinary shares confer upon their holders voting rights and the rights to participate in shareholder’s meetings, the right to receive profits and the right to a share in excess assets upon liquidation of the company.


F-21


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

b. In March 2004, Series A, B and B1 convertible preferred shares were converted into 631,737 ordinary shares of the Company of NIS 0.01 par value according to a certain conversion rate.
 
As part of this conversion, the Company issued Junior Liquidation Securities (“JLS”) to these shareholders. The JLS grants the holders the sole right to receive $1,800 from the proceeds distributed by the Company upon a Liquidation Event (see also note 7b). The benefit to these shareholders resulting from the granting of the JLS in the amount of $1,800 was carried against additional paid in capital.
 
NOTE 9 — STOCK OPTION PLAN:
 
a. In April 2001, the Company’s board of directors approved an employee stock option plan (the “2001 plan”). In March 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a revised Section 102 stock option plan (the “2003 plan”). Options granted under the 2003 plan may be granted to directors, officers and employees of the Group. The Company’s Board of Directors selected the capital gains tax track for options granted to the Company’s Israeli employees (i.e. non deductible expenses for the Company for tax purposes).
 
Each option of the 2001 plan and the 2003 plan can be exercised to purchase one ordinary share of NIS 0.01 par value of the Company. Immediately upon exercise of the option and issuance of ordinary shares, the ordinary shares issued upon exercise of the options will confer on holders the same rights as the other ordinary shares. The exercise price and the vesting period of the options granted under the plans are determined by the Board of Directors at the time of the grant. Any option not exercised within 10 years from grant date will expire, unless extended by the Board of Directors.
 
As of March 31, 2007, the Company had reserved 3,604,976, ordinary shares for issuance under the plans. The following table summarizes information about share options:
 
                                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,
 
    2004     2005     2006     2007  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
    Number of
    Exercise
    Number of
    Exercise
    Number of
    Exercise
    Number of
    Exercise
 
    Options     Price     Options     Price     Options     Price     Options     Price  
                                        (unaudited)  
 
Outstanding — beginning of year/period
    7,005     $ 320.0       2,051,984     $ 2.05       2,473,087     $ 1.80       2,785,219     $ 1.71  
Granted
    2,045,226     $ 1.00       574,648     $ 1.00       383,172     $ 1.05       223,232     $ 4.40  
Forfeited
    (247 )   $ 320.0       (140,284 )   $ 2.28       (51,645 )   $ 1.37       (11,870 )   $ 1.08  
Exercised during the period
                (13,261 )   $ 1.00       (19,395 )   $ 1.00       (12,651 )   $ 1.00  
                                                                 
Outstanding — end of year/period
    2,051,984     $ 2.05       2,473,087     $ 1.80       2,785,219     $ 1.71       2,983,930     $ 1.92  
                                                                 


F-22


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table provides additional information about all options outstanding and exercisable:
 
                                                                         
                                        Outstanding as of March 31,  
    Outstanding as of December 31,     2007  
    2005     2006     (unaudited)  
          Weighted
                Weighted
                Weighted
       
          Average
                Average
                Average
       
          Remaining
                Remaining
                Remaining
       
    Options
    Contractual
    Options
    Options
    Contractual
    Options
    Options
    Contractual
    Options
 
Exercise Price
  Outstanding     Life (Years)     Exercisable     Outstanding     Life (Years)     Exercisable     Outstanding     Life (Years)     Exercisable  
 
$1.00
    2,466,896       8.44       1,442,614       2,681,338       7.69       1,902,332       2,656,821       7.66       1,996,657  
$1.20
                      97,750       9.79       1,250       97,750       9.55       1,562  
$4.40
                                                    223,232       9.98        
$320
    6,191       5.83       5,879       6,131       4.88       6,049       6,127       4.63       6,090  
                                                                         
      2,473,087       8.43       1,448,493       2,785,219       7.76       1,909,631       2,983,930       7.89       2,004,309  
                                                                         
 
The weighted average of exercise prices of total vested and exercisable options for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 is $2.01 and $1.97, respectively.
 
The weighted average of the remaining contractual life of total vested and exercisable options for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 is 7.50 and 7.52 years, respectively.
 
The weighted average of intrinsic value of total outstanding options as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 is $2.59 and $3.13, respectively. The weighted average of intrinsic value of total vested and exercisable options as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 is $2.59 and $3.39 respectively.
 
Aggregate intrinsic value of the total outstanding options as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 is $7,206 and $9,346, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of the total exercisable options as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 is $4,949 and $6,794, respectively.
 
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 was $0, $2, $3, respectively, and the three month period ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $0 and $43, respectively.
 
The total cash received from employees as a result of employee stock option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006, was $0, $13, $18, respectively, and for the three month period ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $0 and $13, respectively. In connection with these exercises, no tax benefits were realized by the Company.
 
b. The Company assessed the estimated fair value of its ordinary shares and engaged BDO Ziv Haft Consulting & Management Ltd., (“BDO”), an independent valuation firm to perform an independent valuation of the Company’s ordinary shares to determine their fair value on various dates during the year ended December 31, 2006. BDO provided the Company with a valuation report in May 2006. Based on the option pricing method, BDO determined that the fair value of the ordinary shares was in the range of $1.00 to $1.28 per share. Based on the opinion provided in BDO’s valuation report, the Company used $1.14 as the fair value of its ordinary shares for the option grants made on January 31, 2006, February 28, 2006 and April 6, 2006.
 
In October 2006, the Company obtained from BDO a valuation report regarding the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares as of September 30, 2006. The Company considers this valuation report to have been contemporaneous with the Company’s October 19, 2006 option grants. In estimating the fair value of ordinary shares, BDO considered that the Company was in the fourth stage of development as set forth in the AICPA Practice Aid “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation” characterized by key product development milestones and revenue generation. Based on the total company value, BDO used the option-pricing method to estimate that the fair value of the ordinary shares was $1.20 per


F-23


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

share. Based on the opinion provided in BDO’s valuation report, the Company used $1.20 as the fair value of the ordinary shares for the option grants made on October 19, 2006.
 
In March 2007, the Company obtained from BDO an updated valuation report regarding the fair value of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2006 which considers in its valuation the probability for an initial public offering. BDO determined that the fair value of the ordinary shares was $3.60. Based on the opinion provided in BDO’s valuation report, the Company used $3.60 as the fair value for grants issued on December 15, 2006.
 
In March 2007, the Company also obtained from BDO an updated valuation report regarding the fair value of our ordinary shares as of March 31, 2007 which considers in its valuation the probability for an initial public offering. BDO determined that the fair value of the ordinary shares was $4.40. Based on the opinion provided in BDO’s valuation report, the Company used $4.40 as the fair value for grants issued on February 22, 2007, March 23, 2007 and March 26, 2007.
 
The weighted average fair value of options granted was approximately $0.63, $0.80 and $0.95 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and $0.82 and $3.04 for the three- month period ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. The weighted average fair value of options granted was estimated by using the Black — Scholes option-pricing model. The following table sets forth the assumptions that were used in determining the fair value of options granted to employees and non-employees for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and three months ended March 31, 2006 and March 2007:
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)  
 
Contractual life
    10 years       5-6.1 years       5-7 years       5-7 years       6-6.11 years  
Risk-free interest rates
    2.65 %     4.12 %     4.6 %     4.6 %     4.49% — 4.71 %
Volatility
    50 %     77% — 80 %     77 %     77 %     75 %
Dividend yield
    0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %
 
The expected term was calculated using the simplified method provided in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 which takes into consideration the option’s contractual life and the vesting periods. The Company estimates its forfeiture rate based on its employment termination history, and will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on analysis of employee turnover behavior, and other factors. The annual risk free rates are based on the yield rates of zero coupon non-index linked U.S. Federal Reserve treasury bonds as both the exercise price and the share price are in U.S. Dollar terms. The Company’s expected volatility is derived from historical volatilities of companies in comparable stages as well as companies in the industry. Each company’s historical volatility is weighted based on certain factors and combined to produce a single volatility factor used by the Company.


F-24


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table sets forth option grants made during 2006 and the first quarter of 2007 with intrinsic value calculated based on grant date fair value:
 
                                 
          Fair Market
             
          Value of
             
    Options
    Ordinary
    Exercise
    Intrinsic
 
Grant Date
  Granted     Shares     Price/Share     Value  
          (unaudited)           (unaudited)  
 
January 31, 2006
    184,172     $ 1.14     $ 1.00     $ 0.14  
February 28, 2006
    15,000       1.14       1.00       0.14  
April 6, 2006
    86,250       1.14       1.00       0.14  
October 19, 2006
    76,250       1.20       1.20        
December 14, 2006
    21,500       3.60       1.20     $ 2.40  
February 22, 2007 (unaudited)
    27,101       4.40       4.40        
March 6, 2007 (unaudited)
    18,875       4.40       4.40        
March 23, 2007 (unaudited)
    88,628       4.40       4.40        
March 26, 2007 (unaudited)
    88,628     $ 4.40     $ 4.40        
 
c. As of March 31, 2007, the total unrecognized compensation cost on employee stock options, related to unvested stock-based compensation amounted to approximately $1,075. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately three years. This expected cost does not include the impact of any future stock-based compensation awards.
 
As of March 31, 2007, the total unrecognized compensation cost on non-employee stock options related to unvested stock-based compensation amounted to approximately $383. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately three years.
 
The following table summarizes the distribution of total share-based compensation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations:
 
                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)  
 
Research and development, net
        $ 9     $ 59     $ 14     $ 18  
Sales and marketing
                90       21       26  
General and administrative
    382       65       161       33       73  
                                         
    $ 382     $ 74     $ 310     $ 68     $ 117  
                                         
 
NOTE 10 — TAXES ON INCOME:
 
a.   Tax benefits under the Law for Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (“Capital Investments Law”)
 
The production facilities of the Company have been granted “approved enterprise” status under Israeli law. The main tax benefits available during the seven year period of benefits commencing in the first year in which the Company earns taxable income (which has not yet occurred) are:
 
1) Reduced tax rates:
 
Income derived from the “approved enterprise” is tax exempt for a period of 2 years, after which the income will be taxable at the rate of 25% for 5 years.


F-25


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In the event of distribution of cash dividends from income which was tax exempt as above, the tax rate applicable to the amount distributed will be 25%.
 
2) Accelerated depreciation:
 
The company is entitled to claim accelerated depreciation for five tax years in respect of machinery and equipment used by the approved enterprise.
 
3) Conditions for entitlement to the benefits:
 
The entitlement to the above benefits is conditional upon the Company’s fulfilling the conditions stipulated by the law, regulations published thereunder and the instruments of approval for the specific investments in approved enterprises. In the event of failure to comply with these conditions, the benefits may be cancelled and the Company may be required to refund the amount of the benefits, in whole or in part, with the addition of linkage differences and interest.
 
b.   Measurement of results for tax purposes under the Income Tax (Inflationary Adjustments )Law) 1985 ( — the Inflationary Adjustments Law)
 
Under the Inflationary Adjustments Law, results for tax purposes are measured in real terms, having regard to the changes in the Israeli CPI. The Company is taxed under this law.
 
c.   Tax rates in Israel applicable to income from other sources
 
Income not eligible for “approved enterprise” benefits, mentioned above, is taxed at a regular rate. The regular corporate tax rate in Israel in 2006 and 2007 is 31% and 29%, respectively. In August 2005, an amendment to the Income Tax Ordinance was enacted whereby the corporate tax rate is to be gradually reduced as follows: in 2008-27%, in 2009-26% and in 2010 and onward- 25%.
 
d.   Carryforward tax losses
 
As of December 31, 2006, the Company had a net carryforward tax loss of approximately $43,000. Under Israeli tax laws, the carryforward tax losses of the Company are linked to the Israeli CPI and can be utilized indefinitely. The Company expects that during the period in which these tax losses are utilized its income would be substantially tax exempt. Accordingly, there will be no tax benefit available from such losses and no deferred income taxes have been created in respect of these losses.
 
e.   Tax assessments
 
The Company and its subsidiary have not been assessed for tax purposes since incorporation.
 
f.   The components of loss before income taxes are as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006  
 
United States
  $ 79     $ 295     $ 397  
Israel
    (11,140 )     (10,211 )     (9,162 )
                         
    $ (11,061 )   $ (9,916 )   $ (8,765 )
                         


F-26


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

g.   Reconciliation of the theoretical tax expenses to actual tax expenses

 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006  
 
Theoretical tax benefit at the statutory rate (35%, 34%, 31% and 29% for the years 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively)
  $ (3,871 )   $ (3,371 )   $ (2,717 )
Tax exemption due to “Approved Enterprise”
    3,685       3,106       2,387  
Changes in valuation allowance
    (7 )     309       271  
Non deductible expenses and other
    193       67       143  
                         
    $     $ 111     $ 84  
                         
 
h.   Deferred income taxes
 
Based upon available evidence, which includes the Company’s historical operating performance and the reported cumulative net losses in all prior years, management has determined that the future realization of the tax benefit is not sufficiently assured. Consequently, a full valuation allowance has been provided for net deferred tax assets.
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2005     2006  
 
Deferred tax assets —
               
Reserves and accruals
  $ 324     $ 595  
Less — valuation allowance
    (324 )     (595 )
                 
    $     $  
                 
 
i.   Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (unaudited)
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“FAS 109”). This interpretation prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition of tax positions, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The Company adopted FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007. FIN 48 requires significant judgment in determining what constitutes an individual tax position as well as assessing the outcome of each tax position. Changes in judgment as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of the effective tax rate and consequently, affect the operating results of the Company.
 
The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $416 as of January 1, 2007, all of which would result in a reduction of the Company’s effective tax rate, if recognized.
 
As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized $221 as a short-term liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007 balance of accumulated deficit.
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to its tax contingencies as income tax expense. The January 1, 2007 tax contingencies include $65 of interest and penalties, all of which related to the adoption of FIN 48 resulted in an increase of the January 1, 2007 accumulated deficit.


F-27


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

As of January 1, 2007, the Company is subject to Israeli income tax examinations and to U.S. Federal income tax examinations for the tax years of 2003 through 2006.
 
During the first quarter of 2007, the Company recorded an increase of its unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $35.
 
NOTE 11 — SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION:
 
Balance sheets:
 
                         
    December 31,     March 31,
 
    2005     2006     2007  
                (unaudited)  
 
a.  Accounts receivable — other:
                       
Government institutions
  $ 698     $ 595     $ 1,585  
Prepaid expenses
    152       223       485  
Other
    57       17       1  
                         
      907       835       2,071  
                         
b.  Inventories:
                       
Raw materials
    1,696       813       1,038  
Finished goods
    1,733       3,124       4,991  
                         
      3,429       3,937       6,029  
                         
c.  Accounts payable and accruals — other:
                       
Employees and employee institutions
    210       897       885  
Provision for vacation pay
    502       556       702  
Accrued expenses
    1,288       1,225       1,392  
Warranty
    65       187       142  
Government institutions
    312       797       360  
Advanced payment from customers
                    985  
Other
    7       3       5  
                         
    $ 2,384     $ 3,665     $ 4,471  
                         
 
d.   Deferred revenues and deferred cost
 
As at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, the deferred revenue balance includes amounts of $5,307 and $7,289, respectively, relating to the sale of DDR equipment that was delivered to customers during 2006 under the regular terms of the Company’s arrangements. The DDR equipment is a relatively new product offering and, as such, certain design flaws were detected which limited the capabilities of this product in certain customer environments. The Company determined that the delivery criterion for revenue recognition purposes was not met until the delivered equipment met all of the product’s specifications and functionality. As a result, all of the revenue and related direct costs associated incurred as at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 were deferred. The deferred direct cost amount to $2,391 and $3,166 at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, respectively, and are presented under current assets as “deferred costs”. The Company estimates final delivery of the redesigned DDR equipment in the second and third quarter of 2007, upon which the deferred revenue and deferred direct costs will be recognized as income.


F-28


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 12 — SEGMENT INFORMATION:

 
The Company operates in one reportable segment.
 
Disaggregated financial data is provided below as follows: (1) revenues by geographic area, revenues by product and tangible long-lived assets by geographic location; and (2) revenues from principal customers:
 
1) Geographic and by products information:
 
Revenues are attributed to geographic areas based on the location of the customer. The following is a summary of revenues by geographic area:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006  
 
North America
  $ 3,983     $ 13,220     $ 19,286  
Europe
    764       2,038       7,177  
Asia Pacific and Japan
    169       108       3,964  
                         
    $ 4,916     $ 15,366     $ 30,427  
                         
 
Revenues are based on product group are as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
 
Switches and solutions
  $ 2,204     $ 9,480     $ 16,564  
Adapter cards
    2,566       4,452       12,487  
Professional services
    146       1,434       1,376  
                         
    $ 4,916     $ 15,366     $ 30,427  
                         
 
Tangible long-lived assets by geographic location are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2005     2006  
 
Israel
  $ 844     $ 1,269  
United States
    117       108  
                 
    $ 961     $ 1,377  
                 
 
2) Revenues from principal customers — revenues from single customers each of which exceeds 10% of total revenues in the relevant year:
 
                         
    Percentage of Revenues for the Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006  
 
Customer A
    5 %     8 %     38 %
                         
Customer B
    8 %     2 %     13 %
                         
Customer C
    14 %     48 %     12 %
                         
 
At December 31, 2006, Customers A, B and C accounted for 40%, 7%, and 15% of total accounts receivable, respectively. At March 31, 2007, Customers A, B and C accounted for 32%, 8%, and 15% of total accounts receivable, respectively.


F-29


Table of Contents

 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 13 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

 
a) In April and May 2007, the Company granted 33,725, and 555,299 options, respectively, to purchase ordinary shares to employees and directors at an exercise price of $8.00 per share.
 
b) In June, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a new Incentive Compensation Plan. The Company’s Board of Directors selected the capital gains tax track for options granted to the Company’s Israeli employees (i.e. non deductible expenses for the Company for tax purposes).
 
c) In June 20, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase of 250,000 in the number of ordinary shares reserved for purpose of grants under the Company’s share option plans.
 
d) On June 23, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved, subject to shareholders approval, which was received on July 5, 2007, a four-for-one reverse share split by way of consolidation of every four shares of each series of shares into one share of the same series and, accordingly, all shares (ordinary and preferred), options, warrants and losses per share amounts were adjusted to reflect this reverse share split. Accordingly, all such amounts have been retroactively adjusted in these financial statements. In addition, it was resolved, subject to shareholders approval, which was received on July 5, 2007, to assign following such reverse share split a par value of NIS 0.01 for each share instead of NIS 4.00.


F-30


Table of Contents

VOLTAIRE PAGE BACK COVER


Table of Contents

 
 
Until          , 2007, 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
7,693,000 Shares
 
(LOGO)
 
Ordinary Shares
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
 
Joint Book-Running Managers
 
JPMorgan Merrill Lynch & Co.
 
 
 
 
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC RBC Capital Markets
 
          , 2007
 
 


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 6.    Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees
 
An Israeli company may indemnify an office holder in respect of certain liabilities either in advance of an event or following an event provided a provision authorizing such indemnification is inserted in its articles of association. Our articles of association contain such an authorization. An undertaking provided in advance by an Israeli company to indemnify an office holder with respect to a financial liability imposed on him or her in favor of another person pursuant to a judgment, settlement or arbitrator’s award approved by a court must be limited to events which in the opinion of the board of directors can be foreseen based on the company’s activities when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to an amount or according to criteria determined by the board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances, and such undertaking shall detail the abovementioned events and amount or criteria. In addition, a company may undertake in advance to indemnify an office holder against the following liabilities incurred for acts performed as an office holder:
 
  •  reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against him or her by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, provided that (i) no indictment was filed against such office holder as a result of such investigation or proceeding; and (ii) no financial liability, such as a criminal penalty, was imposed upon him or her as a substitute for the criminal proceeding as a result of such investigation or proceeding or, if such financial liability was imposed, it was imposed with respect to an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and
 
  •  reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or imposed by a court in proceedings instituted against him or her by the company, on its behalf or by a third party or in connection with criminal proceedings in which the office holder was acquitted or as a result of a conviction for an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent.
 
An Israeli company may insure an office holder against the following liabilities incurred for acts performed as an office holder if and to the extent provided in the company’s articles of association:
 
  •  a breach of duty of loyalty to the company, to the extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;
 
  •  a breach of duty of care to the company or to a third party, including a breach arising out of the negligent conduct of the office holder; and
 
  •  a financial liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party.
 
An Israeli company may not indemnify or insure an office holder against any of the following:
 
  •  a breach of duty of loyalty, except to the extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;
 
  •  a breach of duty of care committed intentionally or recklessly, excluding a breach arising out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;
 
  •  an act or omission committed with intent to derive illegal personal benefit; or
 
  •  a fine or penalty levied against the office holder.
 
Under the Companies Law, exculpation, indemnification and insurance of office holders must be approved by our audit committee and our board of directors and, in respect of our directors, by our shareholders.
 
Our articles of association allow us to indemnify and insure our office holders to the fullest extent permitted by the Companies Law. Our office holders are currently covered by a directors and officers’ liability insurance policy. As of the date of this offering, no claims for directors and officers’ liability insurance have


II-1


Table of Contents

been filed under this policy and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers in which indemnification is sought.
 
We have entered into agreements with each of our directors and executive officers exculpating them, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from liability to us for damages caused to us as a result of a breach of duty of care, and undertaking to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law, including with respect to liabilities resulting from this offering. This indemnification is limited to events determined as foreseeable by the board of directors based on our activities, and to an amount or according to criteria determined by the board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances, and the insurance is subject to our discretion depending on its availability, effectiveness and cost. The current maximum amount set forth in such agreements is the greater of (1) with respect to indemnification in connection with a public offering of our securities, the gross proceeds raised by us and/or any selling shareholder in such public offering, and (2) with respect to all permitted indemnification, including a public offering of our securities, an amount equal to 50% of the our shareholders’ equity on a consolidated basis, based on our most recent financial statements made publicly available before the date on which the indemnity payment is made. In the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, however, indemnification of directors and office holders for liabilities arising under the Securities Act is against public policy and therefore unenforceable.
 
Item 7.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
The following is a summary of transactions during the preceding three fiscal years involving sales of our securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.
 
(a) In March, 2004, we issued 3,749,994 Series E preferred shares convertible into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. The price per underlying ordinary share was $4.00 and the aggregate consideration received was $15.0 million. In connection with a recapitalization of our share capital, we also (i) issued additional ordinary shares, Series C preferred shares, Series D preferred shares and Series D2 preferred shares and (ii) issued junior liquidation securities in consideration for the conversion of our Series A, Series B and Series B1 preferred shares into ordinary shares for no consideration pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) under the Securities Act.
 
(b) In April through August, 2005, we issued 4,249,997 Series E preferred shares convertible into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. The price per underlying ordinary share was $4.00 and the aggregate consideration received was $17 million.
 
(c) In February and March, 2007, we issued an aggregate of 1,802,654 Series E2 preferred shares convertible into ordinary shares. The price per underlying ordinary share was $6.32 and the aggregate consideration received was $11.4 million.
 
Unless otherwise stated above, we believe that the issuance of the above-referenced securities was exempt from registration under the Securities Act because they were made outside of the United States to certain non-U.S. individuals or entities pursuant to Regulation S or in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
As of December 31, 2006, a total of 32,656 ordinary shares have been issued upon the exercise of share options granted to our and our subsidiaries’ directors, employees and consultants.
 
We believe that the issuance of these options was exempt from registration under the Securities Act because they were made pursuant to Regulation S thereunder or pursuant to exemptions from registration provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 701 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
No underwriter or underwriting discount or commission was involved in any of the transactions set forth in Item 7.


II-2


Table of Contents

Item 8.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a)  Exhibits
 
The following is a list of exhibits filed as a part of this registration statement:
 
         
  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .1   Memorandum of Association of the Registrant.
  3 .2   Articles of Association of the Registrant.
  3 .3   Form of Articles of Association of the Registrant to become effective upon closing of this offering.
  3 .4   Specimen share certificate.
  5 .1   Opinion of Ori Rosen & Co., Israeli counsel to the Registrant, as to the validity of the ordinary shares (including consent).
  10 .1   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2004, by and among the Registrant and the parties thereto.
  10 .2   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2005, by and among the Registrant and the parties thereto.
  10 .3   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2007, by and among the Registrant and the parties thereto.
  10 .4   Amended and Restated Shareholders Rights’ Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2007, by and among the Registrant and the parties thereto.
  10 .5   Purchase Agreement, dated October 7, 2005, between the Registrant and Mellanox Technologies Ltd.†
  10 .6   Letter Agreement, dated October 12, 2004, between the Registrant and Sanmina-SCI Corporation†
  10 .7   Base Agreement, dated October 15, 2004, between International Business Machine Corporation (IBM) and Voltaire, Inc.†
  10 .8   Statement of Work for Base Agreement, dated November 19, 2004, between IBM and Voltaire, Inc.†
  10 .9   Technical Services Agreement, dated December 14, 2005, between IBM and Voltaire, Inc.
  10 .10   Statement of Work for Technical Services and Interoperability Verification, dated December 14, 2005, between IBM and Voltaire, Inc.
  10 .11   Purchase Agreement, dated October 8, 2004, between Hewlett-Packard Company and Voltaire, Inc.†
  10 .12   Software License and Distribution Agreement, dated August 28, 2006, between Hewlett-Packard Company and Voltaire, Inc.†
  10 .13   Addendum 1 to Purchase Agreement, dated December 16, 2005, between Hewlett-Packard Company and Voltaire, Inc.†
  10 .14   First Amendment to Purchase Agreement, dated July 20, 2005, between Hewlett-Packard Company and Voltaire, Inc.†
  10 .15   2001 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .16   2001 Section 102 Stock Option/Stock Purchase Plan.
  10 .17   2003 Section 102 Stock Option/Stock Purchase Plan.
  10 .18   2007 Incentive Compensation Plan.
  10 .19   Form of Director and Officer Letter of Indemnification.
  21 .1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23 .1   Consent of Kesselman & Kesselman.
  23 .2   Consent of BDO Ziv Haft Consulting & Management, Ltd.
  23 .3   Consent of Ori Rosen & Co., Israeli counsel to the Registrant (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1   Powers of Attorney (included in signature page to Registration Statement).
 
 
Portions of this exhibit were omitted and have been filed separately with the Secretary of the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.


II-3


Table of Contents

 
(b)  Financial Statement Schedules
 
All schedules have been omitted because either they are not required, are not applicable or the information is otherwise set forth in the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
 
Item 9.    Undertakings
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6 hereof, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(1) To provide the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
(2) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(3) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Herzeliya, State of Israel on this day of July 10, 2007.
 
VOLTAIRE LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth
Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth
Chief Executive Officer and President
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTED, that each director and officer of VOLTAIRE LTD. whose signature appears below hereby appoints Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth and Josh Siegel, and each of them severally, acting alone and without the other, his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution or re-substitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign on such person’s behalf, individually and in each capacity stated below, any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments to this Registration Statement, and to sign any and all additional registration statements relating to the same offering of securities of the Registration Statement that are filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
             
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth

Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
(principal executive officer)
  July 10, 2007
         
/s/  Joshua Siegel

Joshua Siegel
  Chief Financial Officer
(principal accounting officer)
  July 10, 2007
         
/s/  Thomas J. Gill

Thomas J. Gill
  Director   July 10, 2007
         
/s/  Yehoshua (Shuki) Gleitman

Yehoshua (Shuki) Gleitman
  Director   July 10, 2007
         
/s/  P. Kevin Kilroy

P. Kevin Kilroy
  Director   July 10, 2007


II-5


Table of Contents

             
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Eric Benhamou

Eric Benhamou
  Director   July 10, 2007
         
/s/  Nechemia (Chemi) J. Peres

Nechemia (Chemi) J. Peres
  Director   July 10, 2007
         
/s/  Yoram Oron

Yoram Oron
  Director   July 10, 2007
         
VOLTAIRE, INC.
  United States Representative   July 10, 2007
         
By: 
/s/  Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth

Name: Miron (Ronnie) Kenneth
Title:   Chief Executive Officer,
Voltaire, Inc. 
       


II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .1   Memorandum of Association of the Registrant.
  3 .2   Articles of Association of the Registrant.
  3 .3   Form of Articles of Association of the Registrant to become effective upon closing of this offering.
  3 .4   Specimen share certificate.
  5 .1   Opinion of Ori Rosen & Co., Israeli counsel to the Registrant, as to the validity of the ordinary shares (including consent).
  10 .1   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2004, by and among the Registrant and the parties thereto.
  10 .2   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2005, by and among the Registrant and the parties thereto.
  10 .3   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2007, by and among the Registrant and the parties thereto.
  10 .4   Amended and Restated Shareholders Rights’ Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2007, by and among the Registrant and the parties thereto.
  10 .5   Purchase Agreement, dated October 7, 2005, between the Registrant and Mellanox Technologies Ltd.†
  10 .6   Letter Agreement, dated October 12, 2004, between the Registrant and Sanmina-SCI Corporation†
  10 .7   Base Agreement, dated October 15, 2004, between International Business Machine Corporation (IBM) and Voltaire, Inc.†
  10 .8   Statement of Work for Base Agreement, dated November 19, 2004, between IBM and Voltaire, Inc.†
  10 .9   Technical Services Agreement, dated December 14, 2005, between IBM and Voltaire, Inc.
  10 .10   Statement of Work for Technical Services and Interoperability Verification, dated December 14, 2005, between IBM and Voltaire, Inc.
  10 .11   Purchase Agreement, dated October 8, 2004, between Hewlett-Packard Company and Voltaire, Inc.†
  10 .12   Software License and Distribution Agreement, dated August 28, 2006, between Hewlett-Packard Company and Voltaire, Inc.†
  10 .13   Addendum 1 to Purchase Agreement, dated December 16, 2005, between Hewlett-Packard Company and Voltaire, Inc.†
  10 .14   First Amendment to Purchase Agreement, dated July 20, 2005, between Hewlett-Packard Company and Voltaire, Inc.†
  10 .15   2001 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .16   2001 Section 102 Stock Option/Stock Purchase Plan.
  10 .17   2003 Section 102 Stock Option/Stock Purchase Plan.
  10 .18   2007 Incentive Compensation Plan.
  10 .19   Form of Director and Officer Letter of Indemnification.
  21 .1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23 .1   Consent of Kesselman & Kesselman.
  23 .2   Consent of BDO Ziv Haft Consulting & Management, Ltd.
  23 .3   Consent of Ori Rosen & Co., Israeli counsel to the Registrant (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1   Powers of Attorney (included in signature page to Registration Statement).
 
 
Portions of this exhibit were omitted and have been filed separately with the Secretary of the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.

 

Exhibit 1.1
VOLTAIRE LTD.
___Ordinary Shares
Underwriting Agreement
                     , 2007
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
           Incorporated,
As Representatives of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto
c/o J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
277 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10172
and
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
           Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                               Incorporated
4 World Financial Center
New York, New York 10080
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Voltaire Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the State of Israel (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters listed in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [       ] ordinary shares, nominal value NIS 0.01 per share, of the Company and the shareholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Shareholders”) propose severally to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [       ] ordinary shares of the Company. In addition, at the option of the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Shareholders propose to sell to the several Underwriters up to an additional [       ] ordinary shares to cover over-allotments, if any. The aggregate of [       ] ordinary shares to be sold by

 


 

the Company and the Selling Shareholders is herein called the “Underwritten Shares” and the aggregate of [       ] additional ordinary shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Shareholders at the Underwriters’ option is herein called the “Option Shares”. The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”. The ordinary shares of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are herein referred to as the “Stock”.
     The Company and the Selling Shareholders hereby confirm their agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:
     1.  Registration Statement . The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement (File No.                      ) including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before it becomes effective, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
     At or prior to the time when sales of the Shares were first made (the “Time of Sale”), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex F, the “Time of Sale Information”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated                      , 2007, and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex F hereto.
     2.  Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters . (a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company agrees to issue and sell, and each of the Selling Shareholders agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell, the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each of the Selling Shareholders at a price per share of $[       ] (the “Purchase Price”) the number of Underwritten Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate

2


 

number of Underwritten Shares to be sold by the Company and each of the Selling Shareholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company and all of the Selling Shareholders hereunder.
     In addition, the Company and the Selling Shareholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule III hereto, agree, severally and not jointly, to sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters and the Underwriters shall have the option to purchase at their election up to [ ] Option Shares at the Purchase Price. The Underwriters, on the basis of the representations and warranties and agreements herein contained and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company and the Selling Shareholders at the Purchase Price that portion of the number of Option Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Option Shares by a fraction the numerator of which is the maximum number of Option Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Option Shares which all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder. Any such election to purchase Option Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Option Shares to be sold by the Company and each Selling Shareholder as set forth in Schedule III hereto.
     The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase the Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of this Agreement, by written notice from the Representative to the Company and an Attorney-in-Fact (as defined below). Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 12 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.
     (b) The Company and the Selling Shareholders understand that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Prospectus. The Company and the Selling Shareholders acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter and that any such affiliate may offer and sell Shares purchased by it to or through any Underwriter.
     (c) Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact (as defined below), as the case may be, to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Times Square, New York, New York 10036,

3


 

at 10:00 A.M. New York City time on ___, 2007, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date” and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.
     Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date in definitive form registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in writing not later than two full business days prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of the Shares duly paid by the Company or the Selling Shareholders, as the case may be. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives otherwise instruct.
     (d) The Company and the Selling Shareholders acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company and the Selling Shareholders with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company, the Selling Shareholders or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company, the Selling Shareholders or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company and the Selling Shareholders shall consult with their own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making their own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company or the Selling Shareholders with respect thereto. Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company or the Selling Shareholders.
     3.  Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter and the Selling Shareholders that:
     (a)  Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act and did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company

4


 

in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus; provided further that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus.
     (b)  Time of Sale Information . The Time of Sale Information, at the Time of Sale did not, and at the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Time of Sale Information; provided further that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in such Time of Sale Information. No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Time of Sale Information and no statement of material fact included in the Time of Sale Information that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.
     (c)  Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and Representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not made, used, prepared, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and Representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex E hereto and other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and at the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus; provided further that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

5


 

     (d)  Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering has been initiated or to the knowledge of the Company threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, the Registration Statement complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto; provided further that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in any the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.
     (e)  Financial Statements. The financial statements and the related notes thereto of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act”), as applicable, and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein; the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby.
     (f)  No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, (i) except the grant of stock options pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, or the exercise of outstanding options, convertible securities, warrants or other rights described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, there has not been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development

6


 

involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus.
     (g)  Organization and Good Standing. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing, where such concept is applicable, under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”). None of the Company or its subsidiaries is subject to any liquidation, receivership or other similar proceedings. No proceeding has been instituted by the Registrar of Companies in Israel for the dissolution of the Company. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement. The subsidiaries listed in Schedule 2 to this Agreement are the only significant subsidiaries of the Company.
     (h)  Capitalization. The Company will have on the Closing Date an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus under the sub-heading “Pro forma as adjusted” under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares or thereafter; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares and except as otherwise described in the

7


 

Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus) and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party.
     (i)  Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.
     (j)  Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
     (k)  The Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized by the Company and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.
     (l)  No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority; (iv) in violation of any condition or requirement stipulated by (A) the instruments of approval granted to it by any Israeli authority with respect to the “approved enterprise” status of any of its operations or (B) Israeli laws and regulations relating to such “approved enterprise” status or any other tax benefits received by the Company as set forth in the caption “Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus; or (v) in violation of any conditions or requirements stipulated by the instruments of approval granted to it by the Office of the Chief Scientist in the Israeli Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor with respect to any research and development grants given to the Company by such office; except, in the case of clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not received any notice of proceedings or investigations relating to the revocation or modification of any “approved enterprise” status granted with respect to any of the Company’s operations. All information supplied by the Company with respect to the applications relating to such “approved enterprise” status was true, correct and complete in all material respects when supplied to the appropriate authorities.
     (m)  No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the

8


 

terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (n)  No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for (i) the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act, (ii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, (iii) such as required under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., and (iv) such as are required under the rules and regulations of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “NASD”), which in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall be obtained and be in full force and effect prior to Closing Date. Subject to the Underwriters’ compliance with their obligations in Section 7(f) hereof, the Company is not required to publish a prospectus in the State of Israel under the laws of the State of Israel.
     (o)  Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending, including, but not limited to, proceedings or investigations by the Israeli income tax authorities, VAT authorities, customs authorities or environmental authorities, or by the Israeli National Insurance Institute, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or has been notified in writing or to their knowledge otherwise, that it may be a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or has been notified in writing or to their knowledge otherwise, that it may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement; no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus and (iii) there are no

9


 

proceedings that have been instituted by the Registrar of Companies in the State of Israel for the dissolution of the Company.
     (p)  Independent Accountants. PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP, who has certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.
     (q)  Title to Real and Personal Property. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (r)  Title to Intellectual Property. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus or as would not reasonably be expect to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries own, possess or can acquire on reasonable terms sufficient rights to use all trademarks (both registered and unregistered), service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, trademark applications, service mark registrations, service mark applications, domain names, copyrights (both registered and unregistered), copyright applications, patents, patent applications, inventions, know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), software and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) as are used for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, or as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (i) there are no third parties who have established or, to the Company’s knowledge, will be able to establish ownership rights to any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its subsidiaries; (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any such Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its subsidiaries; (iii) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others against the Company or its subsidiaries challenging the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ rights in or to any such Intellectual Property, and the Company and its subsidiaries are unaware of facts that form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim; (iv) the Intellectual Property owned by the Company and its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property licensed to the Company and its subsidiaries has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or applicable government agency, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property owned by the Company, and the Company and its subsidiaries are unaware of facts that form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim; (v) there is no pending or, to the

10


 

knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others against the Company or any of its subsidiaries that the Company or any of its subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property or other proprietary rights of others, and the Company and its subsidiaries are unaware of facts that form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim; (vi) to the knowledge of the Company, no employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject of any claim or proceeding involving a violation of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries; (vii) the Company has not been notified of any inventorship challenges nor has an interference been declared or provoked with respect to the issued or pending claims of any of the patents or patent applications of the Company or its subsidiaries; and (viii) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no prior art or other material fact that may render any patent application within the Intellectual Property unpatentable that has not been disclosed to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
     (s)  No Undisclosed Relationships. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Time of Sale Information.
     (t)  Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, “Investment Company Act”).
     (u)  Taxes. The Company and its subsidiaries have fully paid, when due and payable, all material Israeli and United States federal, state and local taxes and all foreign taxes and accurately prepared and timely filed all material tax returns, reports and other information required to be paid or filed through the date hereof; and except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Assuming that none of the Underwriters is otherwise subject to taxation in the State of Israel, the issuance, delivery and sale to the Underwriters of the Shares to be sold by the Company hereunder are not subject to any tax imposed by the State of Israel or any political subdivision thereof.
     (v)  Licenses and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities

11


 

that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except for any such revocation, modification or failure to renew would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (w)  No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened and the Company is not aware, without independent investigation, of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company is in compliance in all material respects with the labor and employment laws and collective bargaining agreements and extension orders applicable to its employees in the State of Israel.
     (x)  Compliance With Environmental Laws. (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (x) are in compliance with any and all applicable Israeli and United States federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, requirements, decisions and orders relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or relating to manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, disposal, transport or handling or discharging or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (y) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (z) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i)(x) and (i)(y) above, for any such failure to comply, or failure to receive required permits, licenses or approvals, or cost or liability, as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (y)  Compliance With ERISA. Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), that is maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or any member of the group of trades or businesses under “common control” (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) with the Company for employees or former employees of the Company or any such member has been maintained in compliance in all material respects with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any such plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; and for each such plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section

12


 

302 of ERISA, no “accumulated funding deficiency” as defined in Section 412 of the Code has been incurred, whether or not waived, and the fair market value of the assets of each such plan (excluding for these purposes accrued but unpaid contributions) exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such plan determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions.
     (z)  Disclosure Controls . The Company and its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that is designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
     (aa)  Accounting Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, there are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls.
     (bb)  Insurance. The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses which insurance is prudent and customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.
     (cc)  No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.
     (dd)  Compliance with Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign

13


 

Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.
     (ee)  Compliance with OFAC. None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
     (ff)  No Restrictions on Subsidiaries . No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.
     (gg)  No Broker’s Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.
     (hh)  No Registration Rights . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus, no person has the right (other than rights that have been waived in writing or otherwise satisfied) to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or the issuance and sale of the Shares.
     (ii)  No Stabilization. The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.
     (jj)  Business With Cuba. The Company has complied with all provisions of Section 517.075, Florida Statutes (Chapter 92-198, Laws of Florida) relating to doing business with the Government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.
     (kk)  Statistical and Market Data. Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the

14


 

Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.
     (ll)  Sarbanes-Oxley Act . There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans.
     (mm)  Status under the Securities Act . The Company is not an ineligible issuer as defined under the Securities Act, in each case at the times specified in the Securities Act in connection with the offering of the Shares.
     (nn)  Passive Foreign Investment Company Status . Based on certain estimates of its gross income and gross assets, the latter determined by reference to the expected market value of the Company’s shares when issued and assuming that the Company is entitled to value its intangible assets with reference to the market value of its shares, the Company’s intended use of the proceeds of this offering, and the nature of the Company’s business, the Company does not expect that it will become a Passive Foreign Investment Company within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code.
     (oo)  No Immunity . Neither the Company nor any of its properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of the State of Israel.
     4.  Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholders . Each Selling Shareholder severally, and not jointly, represents and warrants to each Underwriter and the Company that:
     (a)  Required Consents; Authority . All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of this Agreement and the Power of Attorney (the “Power of Attorney”) and the Custody Agreement (the “Custody Agreement”) hereinafter referred to, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder, have been obtained; and such Selling Shareholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder; this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Shareholder.
     (b)  No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance by such Selling Shareholder of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement, the sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder and the consummation by such Selling Shareholder of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of such Selling Shareholder pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Shareholder is a party or by

15


 

which such Selling Shareholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Shareholder is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of such Selling Shareholder or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory agency, except in the cases of clauses (i) and (iii), as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business or properties of such Selling Shareholder, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business.
     (c)  Title to Shares. Such Selling Shareholder has good and valid title to the Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by such Selling Shareholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims; such Selling Shareholder will have, immediately prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, good and valid title to the Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by such Selling Shareholder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims; and, upon delivery of the certificates representing such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims, will pass to the several Underwriters.
     (d)  No Stabilization. Such Selling Shareholder has not taken and will not take for a period ending on the date that the Company makes available the earnings statement required in Section 5(g) hereto, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.
     (e)  Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, such Selling Shareholder (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not made, used, prepared, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex E hereto and other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Company and the Representative.
     (f)  Registration Statement and Prospectus. As of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, the Registration Statement complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph are limited to statements or omissions made in reliance upon information relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling

16


 

Shareholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus (“Registration Statement Information”).
     (g)  Time of Sale Information . The Time of Sale Information, at the Time of Sale did not, and at the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph are limited to statements or omissions made in reliance upon information relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the Time of Sale Information (such “Time of Sale Information”, together with the Registration Statement Information, the “Selling Shareholder Information”).
     (h)  Material Information . As of the date hereof, as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, that the sale of the Shares by such Selling Shareholder is not and will not be prompted by any material information concerning the Company which is not set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information or the Prospectus.
     (i)  Clear Market . Such Selling Shareholder has executed a “lock-up” agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Underwriters acknowledge and agree that such lock-up agreement is not intended to restrict the sale by any Selling Shareholder of any Underwritten Shares or Option Shares to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement.
     Each of the Selling Shareholders represents and warrants that certificates in negotiable form representing all of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholders hereunder and share transfer deeds duly executed in blank have been placed in custody under a Custody Agreement relating to such Shares, in the form heretofore furnished to you, duly executed and delivered by such Selling Shareholder to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as custodian (the “Custodian”), and that such Selling Shareholder has duly executed and delivered Powers of Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to you, appointing the person or persons indicated in Schedule II hereto, and each of them, as such Selling Shareholder’s Attorneys-in-fact (the “Attorneys-in-Fact” or any one of them the “Attorney-in Fact”) with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling Shareholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Selling Shareholders as provided herein, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Shareholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement.
     Each of the Selling Shareholders specifically agrees that the Shares represented by the certificates held in custody for such Selling Shareholder under the Custody Agreement, are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, and that the arrangements made by such Selling Shareholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Selling Shareholder of the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable. Each of the Selling Shareholders specifically agrees that the obligations of such Selling Shareholder hereunder shall

17


 

not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling Shareholder, or, in the case of an estate or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership, corporation or similar organization, by the dissolution of such partnership, corporation or organization, or by the occurrence of any other event. If any individual Selling Shareholder or any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated, or if any such estate or trust should be terminated, or if any such partnership, corporation or similar organization should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates representing such Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement, and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the Powers of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys-in-Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event.
     5.  Further Agreements of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:
     (a)  Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and the Company will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.
     (b)  Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, four signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.
     (c)  Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object.

18


 

     (d)  Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information; (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Information or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Information or any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.
     (e)  Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate, such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Information as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Information to comply with law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate, such amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Information as may be necessary so that the statements in the Time of Sale Information as so

19


 

amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Information will comply with law.
     (f)  Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.
     (g)  Earning Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement.
     (h)  Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than (x) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (y) any Stock issued upon the exercise of warrants or the conversion of securities outstanding as of the date hereof, and (z) the grant of options under, and the issuance of Stock upon the exercise of options granted under, existing employee stock option plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by this Agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
     (i)  Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds”.
     (j)  No Stabilization or Solicitation . The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares. In addition the Company will not engage in any form of solicitation, advertising or any other action which would require publishing a

20


 

prospectus in connection with the sale of the Shares under the Israeli Securities Law 5728-1968 as amended and any and all regulations promulgated thereunder (“Israeli Securities Law”).
     (k)  Exchange Listing. The Company will use its best efforts to list the Shares on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations Global Market (the “Nasdaq Global Market”).
     (l)  Reports. For a period of two years following the date hereof, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system, provided that any report, communication or financial statement furnished or filed with the Commission that is publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been furnished to the Representatives at the time furnished or filed with the Commission.
     (m)  Record Retention . The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.
     (n)  Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.
     (o)  Compliance with Israeli Companies Law . As soon as practically possible and in no event later than three months after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Company shall appoint two outside directors, form an audit committee and engage the services of an internal auditor all in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law 5759-1999, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
     6.  Further Agreements of the Selling Shareholders . Each of the Selling Shareholders covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:
     (a)  Tax Form. It will deliver to the Representative prior to or at the Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-8 or W-9, as applicable (or other applicable form or statement specified by the Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof) in order to facilitate the Underwriters’ documentation of their compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Code with respect to the transactions herein contemplated.
     (b)  No Solicitation . It shall not engage in any form of solicitation, advertising or any other action which would require publishing a prospectus in connection with the sale of the Shares under the Israeli Securities Law.
     7.  Certain Agreements of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:
     (a) It has not and will not use, authorize use of, refer to, or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which

21


 

term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex E or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above, or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).
     (b) It has not and will not distribute any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus referred to in clause (a)(i) in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad unrestricted dissemination.
     (c) It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex F hereto without the consent of the Company; provided further that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet.
     (d) It will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each free writing prospectus used or referred to by it, in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.
     (e) It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).
     (f) It will not offer any Shares to offerees in Israel, other than to Institutional Investors (mashki’im mosdiem), as such term is defined in the Israel Securities Law and only subject to the prior written consent of the Company.
     The Company and the Selling Shareholders acknowledge, understand and agree that Shares may be sold in Israel only by the Underwriters and only to such Israeli investors listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law (“Addendum”) and to certain other investors who are not institutional investors in such number as shall be exempt from prospectus requirements under the Israeli Securities Law; all of whom are to be specifically identified and approved by the Underwriters, and provided further that as a prerequisite to sale of Shares by the Underwriters to such Israeli investors, each of them shall be required to submit written confirmation to the Underwriters and the Company that such investor (a) falls within the scope of the Addendum; (b) is acquiring the Shares being offered to it for investment for its own account or, if applicable, for investment for clients who are institutional investors and in any event not as a nominee, market maker or agent and not with a view to, or for the resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. Company and Selling Shareholders acknowledge and

22


 

agree that any failure of the Company to comply with the above procedure may result in a default under Israeli Securities Law.
     8.  Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company and each of the Selling Shareholders of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
     (a)  Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.
     (b)  Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Shareholders contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers and of each of the Selling Shareholders made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
     (c)  No Downgrade. Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded any securities or preferred stock of or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of any securities or preferred stock of or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading).
     (d)  No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(f) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Time of Sale Information (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus.
     (e)  Officer’s Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate (A) of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such

23


 

officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus and, to the best knowledge of such officers, the representations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(d) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) above; and (B) of the Selling Shareholders, (i) confirming that the representations of each Selling Shareholder set forth in Sections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof is true and correct and (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of each Selling Shareholder in this agreement are true and correct and that such Selling Shareholder has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date.
     (f)  Comfort Letters . On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLC shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
     (g)  Opinion of U.S. Counsel for the Company. White & Case LLP, U.S. counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in the form attached as Annex A hereto.
     (h)  Opinion of Israeli Counsel for the Company. Ori Rosen & Co., Israeli counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in the form attached as Annex B hereto.
     (i)  Opinion of Israeli Tax Counsel for the Company . Shohat, Locker, Law Office, Israeli tax counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, addressed to the Underwriters, in the form attached as Annex C hereto.
     (j)  Opinion of Intellectual Property Counsel for the Company. [ ], intellectual property counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in the form attached as Annex D hereto.

24


 

     (k)  Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Shareholders . Counsel for each of the Selling Shareholders, shall have furnished to the Representative, at the request of each of the Selling Shareholders, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in the form attached as Annex E hereto, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request enable them to pass upon such matters.
     (l)  Opinion of U.S. Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, U.S. counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.
     (m)  Opinion of Israeli Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion of Zellermayer, Pelossof & Co., Advocates, Israeli counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.
     (n)  No Legal Impediment to Issuance. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares.
     (o)  Good Standing . The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing, where such concept is applicable, of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate Governmental Authorities of such jurisdictions.
     (p)  Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject to official notice of issuance.
     (q)  Lock-up Agreements . The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be full force and effect on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

25


 

     (r)  Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives duly executed copies of such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.
     All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.
     9.  Indemnification and Contribution.
     (a)  Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, (ii) or any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Time of Sale Information (including any Time of Sale Information that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below.
     (b)  Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Selling Shareholders . Each Selling Shareholder severally and not jointly, in proportion to the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, (ii) or any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Time of Sale Information (including any Time of Sale

26


 

Information that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that each Selling Shareholder shall be liable hereunder only with respect to the Selling Shareholder Information furnished by such Selling Shareholder, and only up to such amount equal to the net proceeds received by such Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement.
     (c)  Indemnification of the Company and the Selling Shareholders. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each of the Selling Shareholders to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Time of Sale Information, it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: (i) the last paragraph of the front cover of the Prospectus regarding the delivery of the Shares, (ii) the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, (iii) the table in the first paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus, concerning the name of the Underwriters and the number of shares each Underwriter has agreed to purchase, and (iv) the information contained in the eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth paragraphs relating to stabilization transactions under the caption “Underwriting”.
     (d)  Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under this Section 9. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 9 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. After retention of counsel by the Indemnifying Person for the Indemnified Person, the Indemnifying Person shall not be liable to the Indemnified Person under this Section 9 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Person in

27


 

connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that in any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense of such proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary or (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such reasonable fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by the Representatives and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company and any such separate firm for the Selling Shareholders shall be designated in writing by the Attorneys-in-Fact. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel to which it is entitled pursuant to this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) (A) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (B) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of the proposed terms of such settlement and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.
     (e)  Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such

28


 

losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Selling Shareholders or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
     (f)  Limitation on Liability. The Company, the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Selling Shareholders or the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (e) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint. The liability of each Selling Shareholder under such Selling Shareholder’s Representations, warranties and covenants contained in Section 4 hereof and Section 6 hereof and under the indemnity and contribution proposal of this Section 9 shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds received by such Selling Shareholder for the sale of Shares by such Selling Shareholder to the Underwriting in this offering.
     (g)  Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.
     10.  Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.
     11.  Termination . This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company and the Selling Shareholders, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares,

29


 

prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, the American Stock Exchange, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the Chicago Board Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus.
     12.  Defaulting Underwriter . (a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company and the Selling Shareholders may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company, counsel for the Selling Shareholders or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 12, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.
     (b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company and the Selling Shareholders as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

30


 

     (c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Shareholders as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of the Company and the Selling Shareholders, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 13 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 9 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.
     (d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company, the Selling Shareholders or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.
     13.  Default by one or more of the Selling Shareholder(s) or the Company . (a) If a Selling Shareholder shall fail on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, to sell and deliver the number of Shares which such Selling Shareholder or Selling Shareholders are obligated to sell hereunder, then the Underwriters may, at option of the Representatives, by notice from the Representatives to the Company and the non-defaulting Selling Shareholders, either (i) terminate this Agreement without any liability on the fault of any non-defaulting party except that the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 9, 14 and 16 shall remain in full force and effect or (ii) elect to purchase the Shares which the non-defaulting Selling Shareholders and the Company have agreed to sell hereunder. No action taken pursuant to this Section 13 shall relieve any Selling Shareholder so defaulting from liability, if any, in respect of such default.
     In the event of a default by any Selling Shareholder as referred to in this Section 13, each of the Representatives and the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required change in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements.
     (b) If the Company shall fail on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, to sell the number of Shares that it is obligated to sell hereunder, then this Agreement shall terminate without any liability on the part of any nondefaulting party; provided, however, that the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 9, 14 and 16 shall remain in full force and effect. No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve the Company from liability, if any, in respect of such default.
     14.  Payment of Expenses . (a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and

31


 

delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the costs of reproducing and distributing this Agreement; (iv) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters) which fees and expenses shall not exceed $10,000; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (viii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. which fees and expenses shall not exceed $10,000; (ix) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” to potential investors undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, provided, however, that the Underwriters shall pay one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the “road show;” and (x) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Selling Shareholders shall pay the fees and expenses of their counsel (other than the fees and expenses of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, U.S. counsel to the Selling Shareholders listed on Schedule II and Herzog Fox Neeman, Israeli counsel for the Selling Shareholders listed on Schedule II, which shall be paid by the Company) and all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes payable in connection with their respective sales of the Shares to the Underwriters. In addition, the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP and Herzog Fox Neeman with respect to any fees and expenses incurred with respect to the representation of the Selling Shareholders under Section 13.
     (b) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 11, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.
     (c) If (i) subject to Section 13 hereof, the Selling Shareholders for any reason fail to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters, or (ii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement that results from a default by the Selling Shareholders, the Selling Shareholders agree to reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket cost and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.
     15.  Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to in Section 9 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right,

32


 

remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.
     16.  Survival . The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Shareholders or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Shareholders or the Underwriters.
     17.  Certain Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and (d) the term “significant subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.
     18.  Miscellaneous . (a) Authority of the Representatives. Any action by the Underwriters hereunder may be taken by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, and any such action taken by the Representatives shall be binding upon the Underwriters.
     (b)  Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., 277 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10172 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, 4 World Financial Center, New York, New York 10080, attention of [       ]. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at Voltaire Ltd., 9 Hamenofim Street, Building A, Herzeliya 46725 Israel, (fax: +972 9 971 7660); Attention: Ronnie Kenneth with a copy to White & Case LLP, 1155 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036 (Fax: (212) 354-8113); Attention: Colin Diamond. Notices to any Selling Shareholder at the address set forth beside their name on Schedule II with a copy to Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, 590 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022 (Fax: 212-872-1002); Attention: Kerry Berchem.
     (c)  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
     (d)  Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     (e)  Amendments or Waivers. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto and no waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure

33


 

therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the party from which such waiver, consent or approval is sought.
     (f)  Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.
     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.
     19.  Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities . By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company and each Selling Shareholder not located in the United States (each, a “Non-U.S. Selling Shareholder”) hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Voltaire, Inc. as the authorized agent of the Company and such Non-U.S. Selling Shareholders upon whom process may be served in any suit, proceeding or other action against the Company or any non-U.S. Selling Shareholder instituted by any Underwriter or by any person controlling an Underwriter as to which such Underwriter or any such controlling person is a party and based upon this Agreement, or in any other action against the Company or a non-U.S. Selling Shareholders in any federal or state court sitting in the County of New York, arising out of the offering made by the Prospectus or any purchase or sale of Shares in connection therewith. The Company and each Selling Shareholders expressly accepts jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such suit, proceeding or other action and, without limiting other methods of obtaining jurisdiction, expressly submits to nonexclusive personal jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such suit, proceeding or other action. Such designation and appointment shall be irrevocable, unless and until a successor authorized agent in the County and State of New York reasonably acceptable to the Underwriters shall have been appointed by the Company or the Selling Shareholders, such successor shall have accepted such appointment and written notice thereof shall have been given to the Underwriters. The Company and each Selling Shareholder further agree that service of process upon their authorized agent or successor shall be deemed in every respect personal service of process upon the Company and such Selling Shareholder in any such suit, proceeding or other action. In the event that service of any process or notice of motion or other application to any such court in connection with any such motion in connection with any such action or proceeding cannot be made in the manner described above, such service may be made in the manner set forth in conformance with the Hague Convention on the Service Abroad of Judicial and Extrajudicial Documents on Civil and Commercial Matters or any successor convention or treaty. The Company and each Selling Shareholder hereby irrevocably waive any objection that it may have or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding arising out of or based on the Shares, or this Agreement or otherwise relating to the offering, issuance and sale of the Shares in any Federal or state court sitting in the County of New York and hereby further irrevocably waives any claim that any such action or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company and each Selling Shareholder agree that any final judgment after exhaustion of all appeals or the expiration of time to appeal in any such action or proceeding arising out of the sale of the Shares or this Agreement rendered by any such Federal court or state court shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect or limit the right of the Underwriters to serve any process or

34


 

notice of motion or other application in any other manner permitted by law or limit or affect the right of the Underwriters to bring any action or proceeding against the Company, any Selling Shareholder or any of their respective property in the courts of any other jurisdiction. The Company and each Selling Shareholder further agree to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of all such instruments and documents, as may be necessary to continue such designations and appointments or such substitute designations and appointments in full force and effect. The Company and each Selling Shareholder hereby agree with the Underwriters to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, or the Federal courts sitting in the County of New York in connection with any action or proceeding arising from the sale of the Shares or this Agreement brought by the Company or the Underwriters.

35


 

             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    VOLTAIRE LTD.    
 
           
 
  By        
 
           
    Name:    
    Title:    
 
           
    SELLING SHAREHOLDERS    
 
           
 
  By        
 
           
    Name:    
    Title:    
 
           
 
  By        
 
           
    Name:    
    Title:    
 
           
    As Attorneys-in-Fact acting on    
    behalf of each of the Selling    
    Shareholders named in    
    Schedule II to this Agreement.    
Accepted:                      , 2007
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
              Incorporated,
For themselves and on behalf of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto.
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

36


 

         
By
       
 
       
Name:    
Title    
 
       
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.    
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,    
 
       
By
       
 
       
Name:    
Title    

37


 

Schedule 1
     
Underwriter   Number of Shares
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
   
Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith
              Incorporated
   
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
   
RBC Capital Markets
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Total

38


 

Schedule II
         
    Number of  
    Underwritten Shares:  
Company
       
 
       
Selling Shareholders:
       
1. [Name]
       
[Address for notices]
       
[Address for notices]
       
[Fax No. for notices]
       

39


 

Schedule III
         
    Number of  
    Option Shares:  
Company
       
 
       
 
       
Selling Shareholders:
       
1. [Name]
       
[Address for notices]
       
[Address for notices]
       
[Fax No. for notices]
       

40


 

Annex A
Form of Opinion of U.S. Counsel for the Company

41


 

Annex B
Form of Opinion of Israeli Counsel for the Company

42


 

Annex C
Form of Opinion of Israeli Tax Counsel for the Company

43


 

Annex D
Form of Opinion of Intellectual Property Counsel for the Company

44


 

Annex E
Form of Opinion of Counsel For
The Selling Shareholders

45


 

Annex F
a. Time of Sale Information
     [To Come]
b. Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters
     [To Come]

46


 

Annex F
Voltaire, Ltd.
Pricing Term Sheet
[TO COME]

47


 

Exhibit A
FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
                                          , 200_
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
              Incorporated,
As Representatives of
the several Underwriters listed in
Schedule I to the Underwriting
Agreement referred to below
c/o J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
277 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10172
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
           Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
              Incorporated
4 World Financial Center
New York, New York 10080
Re:       Voltaire, Ltd. -— Public Offering
     Ladies and Gentlemen:
     The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Voltaire, Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the State of Israel (the “Company”) and the Selling Shareholder(s), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of ordinary shares, of the Company (the “Securities”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

48


 

     In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”), (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares, nominal value NIS 4.00 per share, of the Company (the “Ordinary Shares”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares (including without limitation, Ordinary Shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Ordinary Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by this Letter Agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
     In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.
     The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.
     The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Ordinary Shares to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released form all obligations under this Letter Agreement. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the

49


 

Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.
     This Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
         
Very truly yours,    
 
       
[NAME OF SHAREHOLDER]    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    

50

 

Exhibit 3.1
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF
SOLID AIR LTD.
(CHINESE CHARACTOR)
1. The name of the Company in English is: Solid Air Ltd.
     The name of the Company in Hebrew is: (CHINESE CHARACTOR)
2. The purposes for which the Company is established are:
     (a) To develop, manufacture, sell and license computer and networking solutions (including software), components and products.
     (b) To purchase or otherwise acquire and to use patents and rights in respect of patents and invention rights, know-how, licenses, protections and rights that the Company acquires for itself or wishes to acquire for itself;
     (c) To purchase, take-on, lease or in exchange, hire or otherwise acquire and hold for any estate or interest any lands, buildings, easements, rights, privileges, concessions, patents, patent rights, licenses, secret processes, machinery, vehicles, equipment, plant, stock-in-trade, and any real or personal property of any kind necessary or convenient for department thereof and to develop and improve such patents and rights which the Company owns or seeks to own;
     (d) To erect, construct, lay down, enlarge, alter and maintain any shops, stores, factories, buildings, works, plant and machinery necessary or convenient for the Company’s business, and to contribute to or subsidize the erection, construction and maintenance of any of the above.
     (e) To conduct business as property owners and owners of rights, to sign contracts, to transact and manage all sorts of monetary business transaction, and to finance and manage any other business transaction which advance, directly or indirectly, the purposes of the Company;
     (f) To acquire in any manner or hold shares in any other company, or enter into any partnership or arrangement for sharing profits, union of interests, reciprocal concessions or cooperation with any company, firm or person carrying on or proposing to carry on any business within the purposes of this Company or which potentially could result in benefits, direct or indirect, to the Company;
     (g) To exercise all or any of the powers set out in the Articles of Association of the Company and to do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of the objects of the Company; and
     (h) To perform all other activities which appear to the Company as an appropriate objective for the Company, without any connection to the above-mentioned purposes.

 


 

 2
3. The liability of the members is limited.
4. The share capital of the Company is 32,700 New Israeli Shekels divided onto 32,700 Ordinary Shares of 1.00 New Israeli Shekels each.
We, the undersigned, want to incorporate as a company, in pursuance of this Memorandum of Association, and we respectively agree to take the number of shares in the capital of the Company set opposite our respective names.
             
Name and
          Number of Shares
Addresses of
  I.D and       taken by each
Subscribers
  Description   Signature   Subscriber
 
           
K.H Trustees Ltd.
  51-116277-8   /s/ Amir Halevy   1 Ordinary Share
30 Kalisher Street
  Company        
Tel Aviv
           
 
           
 
           
Kleinhendler and
  51-119196-4   /s/ Amir Halevy   1 Ordinary Share
Halevy Trustees Ltd.
  Company        
30 Kalisher Street
           
Tel Aviv
      TOTAL   2 Ordinary Shares
 
           
Dated this 7th day of April, 1997        
 
           
Witness to the above signatures /s/ Illegible       
 
  Advocate        

 

 

Exhibit 3.2
THE COMPANIES LAW, 1999
A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
VOLTAIRE LTD.
1.   Reserved.
 
2.   INTERPRETATION
  (a)   Unless the subject or the context otherwise requires, words and expressions defined in the Companies Law, 1999 or the Companies Ordinance in force on the date when these Articles or any amendment thereto, as the case may be, first became effective shall have the same meanings herein; words and expressions importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; words and expressions importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender; and words and expressions importing persons shall include bodies corporate.
 
  (b)   In the event of a contradiction between any Article and the provisions of any law that may not be stipulated against, amended or added to, the provisions of the said law shall prevail, provided that nothing thereby shall nullify or impair the effectiveness of these Articles or any other Article therein.
 
  (c)   In interpreting any Article or examining its effectiveness, the interpretation shall be given to that Article which is most likely to achieve its purpose as appearing therefrom or as appearing from other Articles included within these Articles.
 
  (d)   The captions in these Articles are for convenience only and shall not be deemed a part hereof or affect the construction of any provision hereof.
 
  (e)   Words and expressions defined in the Memorandum of Association of the Company shall have the meanings defined therein.
 
  (f)   Amounts payable in US Dollars pursuant to these Articles, will be paid in their NIS equivalent, in accordance with the representative rate of exchange, as published by the Bank of Israel, last known on the date of payment other than payments pursuant to Article 9, Article 10 (if the Available Assets (as defined therein) are in cash) and Article 13 which shall be payable in US Dollars.
 
  (g)   In these Articles, unless the context requires otherwise:
Affiliate                      with respect to any Person:

 


 

2
         
 
     
(i)    any other Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest are, at the time such determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or
 
       
 
     
(ii)   any other Person which, at the time such determination is being made, is Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with, such Person.
 
       
 
      As used herein, “Control,” whether used as a noun or verb, refers to the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or otherwise.
 
       
 
  Articles   the Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company as shall be in force and amended from time to time.
 
       
 
  Belco   shall mean BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL or any Permitted Transferee of Belco following the transfer of Belco’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
 
       
 
  Board and Board of Directors   the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
       
 
  Business Day   any day on which banks are generally open for business in Tel Aviv and New York.
 
       
 
  Company   Voltaire Ltd., company number 51-247196-2.
 
       
 
  Directors   the members, from time to time, of the Board of Directors as appointed in accordance with these Articles;
 
       
 
  Disproportionate Action   Any action which is:
 
       
 
     
(a)   directed disproportionately against the Series E Preferred Shares or the Series E2 Preferred Shares as compared to the Series D Preferred Shares;
 
       
 
     
(b)   at the disproportionate expense of the Series E Preferred Shares or the Series E2 Preferred Shares as compared to the Series D Preferred Shares; or
 
       
 
     
(c)   otherwise harms the economic interests of the Series E Preferred Shares or the Series E2 Preferred Shares to a greater extent than the economic interests of the Series D Preferred Shares.
 
       
 
  IPO   the closing of a bona fide initial firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Ordinary

 


 

3
         
 
      Shares on a recognized securities exchange, under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Israeli Securities Law, 1968, or similar securities laws of another jurisdiction.
 
       
 
  Issue Price   With respect to Series E2 Preferred Shares, the price of $6.32 per share, with respect to Series E Preferred Shares, the price of $4.00 per share; with respect to Series D-D2 Preferred Shares, the price of $4.00 per share and with respect to Series C Preferred Shares, $15.7876 per share, all as shall be proportionately adjusted for any Recapitalisation Event following the date of adoption of these Articles as a result of which the number of outstanding Series E2 Preferred Shares, Series E Preferred Shares, Series D-D2 Preferred Shares or Series C Preferred Shares, as applicable, held by the Company’s shareholders is proportionately increased or decreased.
 
       
 
  Junior Liquidation
Securities
  Junior Liquidation Securities of the Company, of NIS 0.01 par value.
 
       
 
  Law   the Companies Law as shall be in effect from time to time and any other law that shall be in effect from time to time with respect to companies and that shall apply to the Company.
 
       
 
  NIS   New Israeli Shekels.
 
       
 
  Office   the registered office of the Company, as it shall be from time to time.
 
       
 
  Ordinary Shares   Ordinary Shares of the Company, NIS 0.01 par value each.
 
       
 
  Ordinary Shareholder   a holder of Ordinary Shares of the Company.
 
       
 
  Permitted Transferee  
(A)    with respect to an individual, any parent, spouse or lineal descendant of such individual or a company or other entity fully owned or controlled by him;
 
       
 
     
(B)    with respect to an entity Shareholder:
  (i)   if such Shareholder is a corporation or company, any entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such entity Shareholder; and
 
  (ii)   if such Shareholder is a general or limited partnership, or if it is an entity which, directly or indirectly has holdings in a general partnership,
  (a)   any of its limited partners or general partners;
 
  (b)   any affiliated partnership managed by the

 


 

4
      same management company or managing or general partner of such Shareholder;
 
  (c)   any corporation or company, the members of such corporation or company and affiliated corporations or companies managed by the same management company or managing general partner of such Shareholder or by any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such management company or managing or general partner;
 
  (d)   any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with any management company or managing or general partner of a Shareholder (“Current Managing Entities”) and/or any other management company or managing or general partner which may be established by substantially the same persons or entities who established any of the Current Managing Entities;
 
  (e)   with respect to any of the Persons included in the definition of “ Pitango ” or any Person who is a Permitted Transferee from Pitango – in addition to the Permitted Transferees listed in (A) and (B)(i) and B(ii)(a) through (d) above, also any of the following: (i) any other Person included in the definition of “ Pitango ”, any funds and accounts controlled or managed by any of the Persons including the definition of “ Pitango ”, and Virgotech Ltd.; and (ii) any Affiliate of such transferor, (iii) any direct or indirect general or limited partner, member, officer, stockholder, beneficiary, heir or legatee of such transferor and (iv) any trust the beneficiaries of which, any corporation the stockholders of which, any partnership the partners of which, or any limited liability company, the members of which, include Persons described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above;
 
  (f)   with respect to Belco or any Person who is a Permitted Transferee from Belco: (i) any Affiliate of Belco or such Person, (ii) any direct or indirect general or limited partner, member, officer, stockholder, beneficiary, heir or legatee of Belco or such Person and (iii) any trust the beneficiaries of which, any corporation the stockholders of which, any partnership the partners of which, or any

 


 

5
      limited liability company, the members of which, include Persons described in (i) or (ii) above;
 
  (g)   with respect to Vertex or any Person who is a Permitted Transferee from Vertex: (i) any Affiliate of Vertex or such Person, (ii) any direct or indirect general or limited partner, member, officer, stockholder, beneficiary, heir or legatee of Vertex or such Person and (iii) any trust the beneficiaries of which, any corporation the stockholders of which, any partnership the partners of which, or any limited liability company, the members of which, include Persons described in (i) or (ii) above; and
 
  (h)   with respect to Lighthouse Capital Partners V (Israel) L.L.C, (“ Lighthouse ”)- in addition to the Permitted Transferees listed in (A) and (B)(i) and B(ii)(a) through (d) above, also Magnolia Capital Partners, Inc. and any Permitted Transferee of Magnolia Capital Partners, Inc.
         
 
  Person   an individual, corporation, trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, unincorporated organization, government body or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.
 
       
 
  Pitango   D.S. Polaris Trust Company (Foreign Residents) (1997) Ltd., Pitango Fund II (Tax Exempt Investors), LLC, Pitango Fund II LLC, Pitango Fund II LP, Pitango Venture Capital Management (Israel) Ltd., Pitango Venture Capital Management (U.S.A.) LLC, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) LP, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) Non-Q LP, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Investors) LP, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III Trusts 2000 Ltd., Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund L.P., Pitango Holdings II LLC, Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund (ICA), L.P. and Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel) LP (each, a “ Pitango Fund ”) and, unless otherwise notified to the Company by Pitango, any Permitted Transferee of any Pitango Fund following the transfer of such Pitango Fund’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
 
       
 
  Preferred Shareholder   a Holder of any Preferred Share.
 
       
 
  Preferred Shares   Series C Preferred Shares, Series D Preferred Shares, Series D2 Preferred Shares, Series E Preferred Shares and Series E2 Preferred Shares, collectively.

 


 

6
         
 
  Principal Investors  
(a)   Belco acting together with one of Vertex or Pitango (but only such Vertex and Pitango entities that hold shares in the Company); or
 
       
 
     
(b)   in the case of any Disproportionate Action, Belco acting together with Vertex (but only such Vertex entities that hold shares in the Company).
 
       
 
  Principal Investors’ Directors  
(a)   a director of the Company appointed by Belco acting together with a director of the Company appointed by Vertex or Pitango; or
 
       
 
     
(b)   in the case of any Disproportionate Action, a director of the Company appointed by Belco acting together with the director of the Company appointed by Vertex.
 
       
 
  Priority Period   the period (if any) during which, either:
 
       
 
     
(a)   funds are not legally available to the Company to fulfill its obligations pursuant to Article 13(d) below; or
 
       
 
     
(b)   the Company has not fulfilled its obligations pursuant to Article 13 below, for any other reason.
 
       
 
  QIPO   the closing of an initial firm commitment underwritten public offering by a nationally recognised U.S. underwriting firm of the Company’s Ordinary Shares, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $75 million at a pre-money Company valuation of at least $200 million with the Ordinary Shares (or American Depository Shares representing Ordinary Shares) traded on either The New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market.
 
       
 
  Recapitalisation Event   a share combination, subdivision, reclassification issuance of bonus shares or any other recapitalisation of the Shares of the Company.
 
       
 
  Series C Preferred Shareholder   a Holder of Series C Preferred Shares.
 
       
 
  Series D Preferred Shareholder   a Holder of Series D Preferred Shares.
 
       
 
  Series D2 Preferred Shareholder   a Holder of Series D2 Preferred Shares.
 
       
 
  Series D- D2 Preferred
Shareholders
  Holders of Series D Preferred Shares and Series D2 Preferred Shares, collectively.
 
       
 
  Series E-E2 Preferred
Shareholders
  Holders of Series E Preferred Shares and Series E2 Preferred Shares.

 


 

7
         
 
  Series C Preferred Shares   Series C Preferred Shares of the Company, NIS 0.01 par value each.
 
       
 
  Series D Preferred Shares   Series D Preferred Shares of the Company, NIS 0.01 par value.
 
       
 
  Series D2 Preferred Shares   Series D2 Preferred Shares of the Company, NIS 0.01 par value.
 
       
 
  Series E Preferred Shares   Series E Preferred Shares of the Company, NIS 0.01 par value.
 
       
 
  Series E2 Preferred Shares   Series E2 Preferred Shares of the Company, NIS 0.01 par value.
 
       
 
  SFKT   Shrem, Fudim, Kelner Technologies Ltd., its affiliates, beneficiaries and managed entities.
 
       
 
  Shareholder or Holder   a holder of shares in the Company.
 
       
 
  Tamir Fishman   Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Israeli) LP, Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund LP, Tamir Fishman Ventures II LP, Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund (US) LP, Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Cayman Islands) LP and Tamir Fishman Venture Capital II Ltd.
 
 
  Vertex   Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Fund L.P., Vertex Israel II (A) Fund L.P., Vertex Israel II (B) Fund L.P., Vertex Israel II Discount Fund L.P. and Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Executive Fund L.P. (each, a “ Vertex Fund ”) or any Permitted Transferee of any Vertex Fund following the transfer of such Vertex Fund’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
3.   PURPOSE OF THE COMPANY
 
    The Company shall engage in any legal occupation and/or business.
 
3A.   CHARITABLE PURPOSE
 
    The Company may, by a resolution of the Board, make charitable contributions by way of issuance of Ordinary Shares representing in the aggregate of up to 0.25% of the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital on a fully diluted basis (i.e. including all Ordinary Shares, all securities convertible or exchangeable into Ordinary Shares and all options, warrants and other rights to acquire such securities) to worthy purposes, even if such contributions are not made on the basis of business considerations.
 
4.   LIMITED LIABILITY
 
    Subject to Section 304 of the Law, the shareholders’ liability for the Company’s obligations is

 


 

8
    limited to the payment of the nominal value of the Company’s shares.
 
5.   OFFICE
 
    The Office shall be at such place as the Board shall from time to time resolve.
 
6.   SHARE CAPITAL
 
    The share capital of the Company is NIS 326,610.44 divided into seven classes of shares:
  (a)   18,297,718 Ordinary Shares;
 
  (b)   180,000 Junior Liquidation Securities;
 
  (c)   591,937 Series C Preferred Shares;
 
  (d)   3,299,575 Series D Preferred Shares;
 
  (e)   252,467 Series D2 Preferred Shares; and
 
  (f)   8,140,616 Series E Preferred Shares.
 
  (g)   1,898,731 Series E2 Preferred Shares
7.   ORDINARY SHARES
 
    The rights attached to the Ordinary Shares shall be all the rights in the Company (subject to the rights attached to the Preferred Shares and the Junior Liquidation Securities in these Articles) including, without limitation, the right to receive notices of shareholders’ meetings, to attend and vote at shareholders’ meetings, to participate in distribution of dividends and to participate in distribution of surplus assets and funds in liquidation of the Company, but excluding and subject to the rights which are expressly attached in these Articles to the Preferred Shares and the Junior Liquidation Securities.
 
7A.   JUNIOR LIQUIDATION SECURITIES
  (a)   Other than the rights set forth in Article 10(D), the holders of Junior Liquidation Securities shall have no rights under these Articles or otherwise (including, without limitation, voting rights, anti-dilution rights or rights to dividends, redemption or conversion in respect of such Junior Liquidation Securities).
 
  (b)   Any rights attaching to the Junior Liquidation Securities shall be automatically extinguished upon (i) an IPO, or (ii) a conversion of all of the Preferred Shares of the Company. Subject to applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to repurchase all such Junior Liquidation Securities following such event for no consideration.
7B.   AGGREGATION OF RIGHTS
  (a)   Any shareholder shall be entitled to exercise any rights pursuant to these Articles together with those of any shareholder who is a Permitted Transferee of such shareholder provided that, in no event, shall any shareholder’s rights be exercised more than once.

 


 

9
  (b)   All shares of the Company, that are held or acquired by entities and persons that constitute a group of “Permitted Transferees”, shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under these Articles to any such entity or person.
8.   RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND RESTRICTIONS OF PREFERRED SHARES
 
    The Preferred Shares confer on their Holders all rights attached to the Ordinary Shares in the Company, and in addition bear the rights and restrictions set forth below.
 
9.   DIVIDEND PROVISIONS
 
    Each distribution of dividends by the Company to its Shareholders shall be in accordance with the following order of preference:
  (a)   first , Series E Preferred Shareholders and Series E2 Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive all dividends until they have received in the aggregate (together with all distributions made after the Initial Series E Closing Date (as defined below) in the case of Series E Preferred Shareholders and the Series E2 Closing Date (as defined below) in the case of Series E2 Preferred Shareholders) an amount equal to a dividend at the cumulative annual rate of seven percent (7%) of the Issue Price of the Series E Preferred Shares and the Series E2 Preferred Shares respectively (as adjusted upon any Recapitalisation Event) from the date of issuance of the Series E Preferred Shares and the Series E2 Preferred Shares under, as appropriate:
(i) that certain share purchase agreement between the Company, Belco and other investors, dated 7 March 2004 (the “ Initial Series E Closing Date ” and the “ Initial Series E SPA ”, respectively); or
(ii) that certain share purchase agreement between the Company, Belco and other investors, dated 28 April, 2005 including the deferred closings thereunder (“ Second Series E SPA ”)
(iii) that certain warrant to purchase Series E Preferred Shares issued to Lighthouse in May 2006; or
(iv) that certain share purchase agreement between the Company, Belco and other investors, dated February 1, 2007 (“ Series E2 SPA ” and “ Series E2 Closing Date ”, respectively)
      to the date of distribution (the “ Series E Dividend Preference ” and the “ Series E2 Dividend Preference ” respectively, and together, the “ Series E-E2 Dividend Preference ”), provided, however, that such dividend shall accrue monthly, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors.
 
  (b)   second , following payment of the full Series E-E2 Dividend Preference, the Preferred D-D2 Shareholders shall be entitled to receive all dividends until they have received in the aggregate (together with all distributions made after the Initial Series E Closing Date) an amount equal to a dividend at the cumulative annual rate of seven percent (7%) of the Issue Price of the Preferred D Shares and Preferred D-2 Shares (in each case, as

 


 

10
      adjusted upon any Recapitalisation Event), from the Initial Series E Closing Date to the date of distribution (the “ Series D-D2 Dividend Preference ”), provided, however, that such dividend shall accrue monthly, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors.
 
  (c)   third , following payment of the full Series E-E2 Dividend Preference and Series D-D2 Dividend Preference, the Preferred C Shareholders shall be entitled to receive all dividends until they have received in the aggregate (together with all distributions made after the Initial Series E Closing Date) an amount equal to a dividend at the cumulative annual rate of seven percent (7%) of the Issue Price of the Series C Preferred Shares (as adjusted upon any Recapitalisation Event), from the Initial Series E Closing Date to the date of distribution (the “ Series C Dividend Preference ”), provided, however, that such dividend shall accrue monthly, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors.
 
  (d)   fourth, following payment of the full Series E-E2 Dividend Preference, Series D-D2 Dividend Preference and Series C Dividend Preference, the Holders of all Preferred Shares and Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to receive dividends, pari passu, out of any remaining assets legally available for distribution.
10.   LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE
  In the event of:
 
  (a)   any dissolution or liquidation of the Company;
 
  (b)   any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency or similar law, whether voluntary or involuntary, is properly commenced by or against the Company, which proceeding is not suspended, terminated or cancelled within 60 days;
 
  (c)   the appointment of a receiver or liquidator to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, which appointment is not suspended, terminated or cancelled within 60 days;
 
  (d)   the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;
 
  (e)   the merger or reorganization of the Company, except for such transaction in which the Company is the surviving entity or in which the Company acquires, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of the other corporation or entity or fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of such other corporation or entity or fifty percent (50%) or more of the equity ownership of such other entity;
 
  (f)   a transaction or series of transactions in which a person or entity or group of persons or entities acquires more than 50% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company; or
 
  (g)   the grant to any party of an exclusive license to all or substantially all of the intellectual property of the Company,
 
      (each, a “ Liquidation Event ”),
    any assets and funds of the Company available for distribution or which shall become available for distribution upon receipt by the Company of any deferred payments or royalties (“ Available Assets ”) shall be distributed pursuant to the following order of preference:

 


 

11
(A)   first , the Series E Preferred Shareholders and Series E2 Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to all other holders of the Company’s securities, an amount equal to:
(i) the Issue Price for each Series E Preferred Share and Series E2 Preferred Share, respectively (as adjusted upon any Recapitalisation Event); plus
(ii) any accrued but unpaid dividends in respect of the Series E Preferred Shares and Series E2 Preferred Shares (whether or not declared),
(together, the “ E-E2 Preferential Amount ”),
    provided that, if the Available Assets distributable among the Series E-E2 Preferred Shareholders in accordance with this sub-Article shall be insufficient to permit the payment to the Series E-E2 Preferred Shareholders of the full Series E-E2 Preferential Amount, then all of the Available Assets available for distribution shall be distributed pro-rata among the Series E-E2 Preferred Shareholders in proportion to the E-E2 Preferential Amount that each such Series E-E2 Preferred Shareholder is otherwise entitled to receive.
(B)   second, from any Available Assets following payment of the full E-E2 Preferential Amount, the Series D-D2 Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, on a pro-rata basis between them and on an as-converted basis, prior and in preference to the Series C Preferred Shareholders, the Junior Liquidation Securities and the Ordinary Shareholders, an amount per Series D Preferred Share and Series D2 Preferred Share equal to:
(i) the Issue Price for each Series D Preferred Shares or Series D2 Preferred Shares, (as adjusted upon any Recapitalisation Event); plus
(ii) with respect to the Series D Preferred Shares only, US$ 155,332 (one hundred and fifty five thousand three hundred and thirty two US Dollars) representing interest paid in by the Series D Preferred Shareholders at the completion of the second installment of the purchase of the Series D Preferred Shares (the “ Paid-In Interest ”); plus
(iii) any accrued but unpaid dividends in respect of the Series D Preferred Shares and Series D2 Preferred Shares (whether or not declared)
(together, the “Series D-D2 Preferential Amount”),
    provided that if following distribution of the full series E-E2 Preferential Amount the Available Assets distributable among the Series D-D2 Preferred Shareholders in accordance with this sub-Article shall be insufficient to permit the payment to the Series D-D2 Preferred Shareholders of the full Series D-D2 Preferential Amount, then all of the Available Assets available for distribution following distribution of the Series E-E2 Preferential Amount shall be distributed pro-rata among the Series D-D2 Preferred Shareholders in proportion to the D-D2 Preferential Amount each such Series D-D2 Preferred Shareholder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 


 

12
(C)   third , from any Available Assets following payment of the full E-E2 Preferential Amount and D-D2 Preferential Amount, the Series C Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, on a pro-rata basis between them and on an as-converted basis, prior and in preference to the Junior Liquidation Securities Holders and the Ordinary Shareholders and the Junior Liquidation Securities Holders, an amount per each Series C Preferred Share equal to:
(i) the Issue Price of the Series C Preferred Shares (as adjusted upon any Recapitalisation Event); plus
(ii) any accrued but unpaid dividends in respect of the Series C Preferred Shares (whether declared or not),
(together the “Series C Preferential Amount”),
    provided that, if — following distribution of the full Series E-E2 Preferential Amount and full Series D-D2 Preferential Amount — the Available Assets distributable among the Series C Preferred Shareholders shall be insufficient to permit the payment to the Series C Preferred Shareholders of the full Series C Preferential Amount, then all of the Available Assets available for distribution following distribution of the full Series E-E2 Preferential Amount and the full Series D-D2 Preferential Amount shall be distributed pro-rata among the Series C Preferred Shareholders in proportion to the preferential amount each such Series C Preferred Shareholder is otherwise entitled to receive.
 
(D)   fourth , from any Available Assets following payment of the full E-E2 Preferential Amount, the full D-D2 Preferential Amount and the full C Preferential Amount, the Junior Liquidation Securities Holders shall be entitled to receive, on a pro-rata basis between them, an amount, in the aggregate, of $1.80 million (one million eight hundred thousand US Dollars) (the “ Junior Liquidation Securities Preferential Amount ”), provided that, if the Available Assets distributed among the Junior Liquidation Securities Holders shall be insufficient to permit the payment to the Junior Liquidation Securities Holders of the full Junior Liquidation Securities Preferential Amount, then all of the Available Assets available for distribution following distribution of the Series E-E2 Preferential Amounts, Series D-D2 Preferential Amount and Series C Preferential Amount shall be distributed pro-rata among the Junior Liquidation Securities Holders.
 
(E)   thereafter, any Available Assets remaining shall be divided pro-rata and pari passu between the holders of Ordinary Shares and the holders of the Preferred Shares, calculated on an as-converted basis. The Junior Liquidation Securities Holders shall not be entitled to any further distribution in accordance with this sub-Article (E).
 
(F)   Whenever the distribution provided for in sub-Articles (A)-(E) above shall be payable in securities or property other than cash, subject to Article 14 below, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such securities or other property as determined in good faith by the Board, provided, however, that if:
(i) such securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market (or a similar national quotation system), then the value shall be computed based on the average closing price on such exchange or system for a period of 10 business days prior to the public announcement relating to the Liquidation Event, or

 


 

13
(ii) such securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value shall be computed based on the average closing price for a period of 10 business days prior to the public announcement relating to the Liquidation Event.
11.   CONVERSION
 
    The Preferred Shareholders shall have the following conversion rights:
  (a)   Right to Convert
(i) Subject to sub-Article (c) below, each Preferred Share shall be convertible, at the option of a Preferred Shareholder, at any time after the date of issuance of such Preferred Share at the office of the Company, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares as is determined by dividing US$ 4.00 with respect to all Preferred Shares other than the Series E2 Preferred Shares, and US$ 6.32 with respect to the Series E2 Preferred Shares (adjusted for any Recapitalisation Event relating to the applicable class of Preferred Shares) by the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share (the “ Conversion Ratio ”).
The initial “ Conversion Price ” for each Preferred Share other than the Series E2 Preferred Shares shall be US$ 4.00 and for each Series E2 Preferred Share shall be US$ 6.32 (as adjusted upon any Recapitalisation Event), adjusted, in accordance with sub-Articles (c) and (d) below.
(ii) Each series of the Preferred Shares shall automatically be converted into Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Conversion Ratio immediately upon:
(A)           a QIPO; or
(B)           the affirmative vote of the Principal Investors.
  (b)   Mechanics of Conversion
 
      A conversion of Preferred Shares as set forth in sub-Article (a)(ii) above, shall be deemed to have taken place automatically regardless of whether the certificates representing such shares have been tendered to the Company, but, from and after such conversion, any such certificates not tendered to the Company shall be deemed to evidence solely the Ordinary Shares received upon such conversion and the right to receive a certificate for such Ordinary Shares.
 
  (c)   Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Shares
 
      Until the QIPO, the Conversion Price of each series of the Preferred Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
(i) upon each issuance by the Company of any Additional Shares (as defined below), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price applicable to such Series of Preferred Shares in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares, the

 


 

14
Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Shares shall forthwith be reduced:
  (A)   first , for the Series E2 Preferred Shares, Series E Preferred Shares, Series D Preferred Shares or Series D2 Preferred Shares, the Conversion Price for the Series E2 Preferred Shares, Series E Preferred Shares, Series D Preferred Shares and/or Series D2 Preferred Shares, as the case may be, shall forthwith be reduced to a price equal to the price per share paid in consideration for each Additional Share; and
 
  (B)   second , for the Series C Preferred Shares the Conversion Price for the Series C Preferred Shares shall forthwith be reduced to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction:
  (xx)   the numerator of which is the sum of:
  (1)   the total number of Ordinary Shares outstanding prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares (on a fully-diluted basis after giving effect to all options to purchase Ordinary Shares and assuming the Conversion into Ordinary Shares of all convertible securities) multiplied by the Conversion Price for the Series C Preferred Shares in effect prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares; plus
 
  (2)   the total amount of the consideration received by the Company for such Additional Shares; and
  (vv)   the denominator of which is the sum of the total number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares (on a fully-diluted basis after giving effect to all options to purchase Ordinary Shares and assuming the conversion into Ordinary Shares of all convertible securities) plus the number of such Additional Shares issued.
  (C)   In the event the Company shall issue Additional Shares, without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price applicable to all Series of Preferred Shares with respect to any series of Preferred Share in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares, and under the terms of such issuance, full application of the anti dilution protection with respect to any or all of the series of Preferred Shares is not mathematically achievable, then the adjustment of the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Shares will be recomputed in order to enable the issuance of the Additional Shares subject to the following preference:
  (i)   Series E2 Preferred Shares, Series E Preferred Shares, Series D Preferred Shares and Series D2 Preferred Shares shall be provided with the anti-dilution protection provided by these Articles, at the expense of all other shares of the Company

 


 

15
      Articles, at the expense of all other shares of the Company
 
  (ii)   then the Series C Preferred Shares shall be provided with the anti-dilution protection provided by these Articles, at the expense of the Ordinary Shares.
 
  (iii)   No adjustments of the Conversion Price for any series of the Preferred Shares shall be made in an amount less than one hundredth of a cent ($0.0001) per share. No adjustments shall be made to a class of shares of the Company other than those specifically provided in sub-Article (c)(i) above.
 
  (iv)   In the case of the issuance of Additional Shares for cash consideration, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash received therefore after giving effect to any discounts, commissions or other expenses paid or incurred by the Company for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.
 
  (v)   In the case of the issuance of Additional Shares for consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the non-cash consideration shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board, provided, however that if:
  (A)   the consideration comprises securities then traded on a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market (or a similar national quotation system), then the value of such securities shall be computed based on the average closing price on such exchange or system for a period of 10 business days prior to the public announcement relating to the issuance of the Additional Shares.
 
  (B)   the consideration comprises securities actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of such securities shall be computed based on the average closing price for a period of 10 business days prior to the public announcement relating to the issuance of the Additional Shares.
  (vi)   In the case of the issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Additional Shares, or securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Additional Shares or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the aggregate maximum number of Additional Shares deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential anti-dilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Additional Shares or upon conversion or an exchange of such convertible or exchangeable security shall be deemed to have been issued at

 


 

16
      the time full consideration for the shares deliverable upon exercise of such options to purchase or securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for or rights to subscribe for Additional Shares have been paid for at a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in sub-Articles (iv) and (v) above), if any, received by the Company. In the event that such options or rights are issued by the Company for no consideration, for the purposes of this sub-paragraph 11(c)(vi), the Additional Shares shall be deemed to have been issued for the fair market value thereof as determined by the Board acting in good faith.
 
  (vii)   For the purposes of this Article 11, “Additional Shares” shall mean any Share of whatever class issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to sub-Article (vi) above) by the Company, other than:
  (A)   Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to a transaction described in sub-Article (viii) below;
 
  (B)   Ordinary Shares issued to employees, consultants, or directors of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company pursuant to a Share Option Plan approved by the Board;
 
  (C)   Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares;
 
  (D)   Securities issued upon the exercise of any options or warrants issued or outstanding prior to the date these Articles are adopted by the Company;
 
  (E)   Securities issued in connection with existing credit facilities provided by Bank Discount and Bank Hapoalim and approved by the Board;
 
  (F)   Securities issued in accordance with Article 3A; and
 
  (G)   Securities issued pursuant to Item 4 of Schedule 2.2.1(b)(ii) of the Initial Series E SPA.
  (viii)   The Conversion Price shall also be subject to adjustment in the event of:
  (A)   any change, by subdivision or combination in any manner or by the making of a share dividend (i.e. bonus shares), to the number of Ordinary Shares in the Company then outstanding into a different number of Shares, then thereafter the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Shares shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, in

 


 

17
      direct proportion to the increase or decrease in the number of Ordinary Shares by reason of such change; or
 
  (B)   any capital reorganisation, or of any reclassification of the share capital of the Company or in case of the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any change in the Ordinary Shares), each Preferred Share shall after such capital reorganisation, reclassification of share capital, consolidation, merger or sale entitle the holder to obtain the kind and number of Ordinary Shares, or of the shares of the corporation resulting from such consolidation or surviving such merger, as the case may be, to which such holder would have been entitled if he had held the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such shares of Preferred Shares immediately prior to such capital reorganisation, reclassification of capital stock, consolidation, merger or sale.
(d)   No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares, and the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.
(e)   Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Shares pursuant to this Article 11, the Company, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Shares, a certificate setting forth each adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth:
  (i)   such adjustment and readjustment;
 
  (ii)   the Conversion Price at the time in effect; and
 
  (iii)   the number of shares of Ordinary Shares and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Share.
(f)   In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the Holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (including a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Company shall mail to each holder of Preferred Shares, at least 20 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

 


 

18
  (g)   The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorised but unissued Ordinary Shares, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Shares, such number of its shares of Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Shares. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Shares, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Shares, the Company shall immediately take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Ordinary Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.
12.   VOTING RIGHTS
  (a)   Subject to sub-Article (b), the holder of each Preferred Share shall have the right to one vote for each Ordinary Shares into which such Preferred Share could then be converted (with any fractional share determined on an aggregate conversion basis being rounded to the nearest whole share), and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Ordinary Shares, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any shareholders’ meeting in accordance with these Articles, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Ordinary Shares, with respect to any question upon which Holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to vote.
 
  (b)   Subject to Article 14 below, no class or series of shares in the Company other than the Series E2 Preferred Shares, Series E Preferred Shares, Series D Preferred Shares, Series D2 Preferred Shares and Series C Preferred Shares shall be entitled to any voting rights in relation to future issuances of equity interests in the Company (irrespective of any adverse effect on rights or privileges attaching to such shares), any transaction by the Company or a subsidiary for the purposes of the raising of finance by the Company (whether by way of debt or equity financing), an IPO or QIPO or any transaction constituting a Liquidation Event (whether such voting rights may be granted by law or otherwise).
 
  (c)   When the vote of holders of Series D2 Preferred Shares changes the result otherwise obtained by the vote of a majority of the holders of the Preferred Shares (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis), including the vote of the Principal Investors, such vote of the Series D2 Preferred Shareholders shall nevertheless be deemed a vote in support of such majority, without any further action required by the Company or any of the shareholders.
13.   REDEMPTION RIGHTS
  (a)   At any time after five years from the Initial Series E Closing Date and to the extent permissible under the Law, the Principal Investors may compel the Company (a “ Redemption Request ”) to redeem from any source of funds legally available therefor, all of the Preferred Shares (the “ Redeemed Shares ”). Subject to sub-Article (d) below, within 30 days of receipt of the Redemption Request (such date, the “ Redemption Date ”), the Company shall pay to each holder of the Redeemed Shares, an amount per share in cash equal to the greater of:
  (i)   the sum of:

 


 

19
(A) the applicable Issue Price for each Redeemed Share (in each case, as adjusted upon any Recapitalisation Event); and
(B) all accrued and unpaid dividends in respect of such Redeemed Shares as detailed in Article 9 above (whether or not declared); and
(C) with respect to Series D Preferred Shareholders, the Paid-in Interest; and
(ii) the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Redeemed Shares, as determined by an independent investment bank to be selected by the Board (the “ Redemption Price ”).
(b)   On the Redemption Date, each holder of Redeemed Shares shall surrender to the Company the certificate(s) representing such Redeemed Shares, in the manner and at the place designated by the Company and, subject to sub-Article (c) below, the Redemption Price shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate(s) as the owner thereof, and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled by the Company.
(c)   The Redemption Price shall be immediately due and payable to each holder of Redeemed Shares on the Redemption Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account specified by such holder, provided that the Company shall be permitted to pay:
     (i) at least one-half of the Redemption Price on the Redemption Date; and
     (ii) the remaining one-half of the Redemption Price as soon as possible thereafter but not later than the six-month anniversary of the date of the Redemption Request,
    provided, however, that the Company shall use its best efforts to pay the entire Redemption Price on the Redemption Date.
(d)   If the Company’s funds that are legally available for the redemption of the Redeemed Shares on the Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of Redeemed Shares, then the Company shall redeem the Redeemed Shares in the following priority:
  (i)   first , the Series E2 Preferred Shareholders and Series E Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive all funds until full payment of the Redemption Price for the Series E2 Preferred Shares and the Series E Preferred Shares;
 
  (ii)   second , following full payment of the Redemption Price for the Series E2 Preferred Shares and the Series E Preferred Shares, the Series D Preferred Shareholders and Series D-2 Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive all finds until full payment of the Redemption Price of the Series D Preferred Shares and Series D2 Preferred Shares; and
 
  (iii)   third , the Series C Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive the

 


 

20
Redemption Price for the Series C Preferred Shares.
      In the event of a payment of the Redemption Price insufficient to satisfy the obligations of the Company in respect of a series of Preferred Shares, such payment will be divided between the shareholders of such class pro-rata in proportion to the total Redemption Price the shareholders are entitled to receive pursuant to their holdings in such series of Preferred Shares. The Redeemed Shares not redeemed shall remain outstanding during the Priority Period and shall be entitled to all of the rights, preferences and privileges provided for herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Company become legally available for the redemption of Redemptions Shares, such funds shall immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares which the Company has become obligated to redeem on the Redemption Date, but which it has not redeemed in the priority set forth above.
 
  (e)   No other class of securities of the Company including, without limitation, the Junior Liquidation Securities, shall be redeemable.
 
  (f)   The rights set forth in this Article 13 shall terminate upon a QIPO.
14.   RESTRICTIVE PROVISIONS
  (a)   Until the closing of the QIPO, any action or resolution of the Company’s general meeting or Shareholders’ action including, without limitation, with regard to the following matters, shall require solely the approval or written consent of the Principal Investors:
  (i)   any action (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) which amends, repeals, alters or waives any provisions of or rights under the Memorandum of Association or the Articles of Association of the Company;
 
  (ii)   any material change in the business of the Company or entering into an additional business;
 
  (iii)   issuance of shares, rights, options or warrants to purchase securities of the Company, or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for securities of the Company (other than any issuance of options to purchase securities of the Company to employees of the Company pursuant to the Company’s share option plans);
 
  (iv)   any merger, consolidation or acquisition, or the sale, lease or other disposal of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a portion thereof (other than in the ordinary course of the Company’s business;
 
  (v)   transactions with any officer, director, shareholder or other interested party, or any other party related or affiliated, directly or indirectly, to any of them;
 
  (vi)   transactions not in the ordinary course of business of the Company;
 
  (vii)   transactions involving the issuance of any debt securities or the obtaining or expanding of any loan or credit facilities or any other transaction the commercial effect of which is equivalent to a borrowing or financing transaction;

 


 

21
  (viii)   declaration and payment of any dividends or other distributions;
 
  (ix)   liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company;
 
  (x)   approval of the terms and conditions of any IPO or QIPO;
 
  (xi)   any change in the constitution of any committee of the Board of Directors or of the board of directors of any subsidiary of the Company;
 
  (xii)   approval of any assignment, transfer or exclusive license transaction relating to the Company’s technology;
 
  (xiii)   a repurchase by the Company of its own securities;
 
  (xiv)   the grant of any additional registration rights by the Company;
 
  (xv)   an increase to the size of the Company’s share option plan;
 
  (xvi)   an increase or decrease in the number of Directors;
 
  (xvii)   the creation of any new subsidiaries; and
 
  (xviii)   entering into any agreement with respect to the foregoing.
(b)   Other than as expressly provided in these Articles, no additional voting rights shall accrue to any shares in the Company and no class of shares shall have the right to any separate class vote, whether required by law or otherwise.
(c)   The following actions of the Company will require the approval of the majority of the Directors then in office, which approval must include the approval of the Principal Investor Directors:
  (i)   expenditures of the Company deviating five (5%) per cent or more (in the aggregate) from those authorised in any quarterly budget;
 
  (ii)   any alteration to the compensation of any Key Employee (as defined in the Series E2 SPA);
 
  (iii)   the dismissal of any Key Employee;
 
  (iv)   the employment of a person to a senior position (for example, a chief executive officer or a vice president position) in the Company or any subsidiary;
 
  (v)   the entering into any agreement:
  (A)   under which the Company purchases or licenses products or technology from others or contracts to incur any expense (including, without limitation, capital expenditures) in excess of US$100,000, other than the purchase of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 


 

22

  (B)   under which the Company sells or licenses products or technology to others for consideration in excess of US$1,000,000 or other than in the ordinary course of business;
 
  (C)   for the creation, extension or grant of a credit facility or loan, including any loan or credit to customers other than deferred payment terms from customers of less than or equal to “Net +90” days;
 
  (D)   for the assignment, transfer or license of any element of the Company’s technology or intellectual property on an exclusive basis;
  (vi)   the entering into any transaction with an Affiliate;
 
  (vii)   the incorporation or acquisition of any new subsidiary;
 
  (viii)   transactions with any officer, director, shareholder or other interested party, or any other party related or affiliated, directly or indirectly, to any of them;
 
  (ix)   issuance of, options to purchase securities of the Company issued to employees of the Company pursuant to the Company’s share option plans; and
 
  (x)   any issuance of securities pursuant to Article 3A.
15.   Reserved.
 
16.   PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS
  (a)   Prior to the closing of a QIPO, if the Company proposes to issue or sell any New Securities, the Company shall, before such issuance, offer to each Shareholder holding (individually or together with any Affiliate) not less than 1% (one percent) of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company on an as-converted basis (such Shareholders, collectively, the “ Offered Shareholders ”) the right to purchase a pro-rata share of the New Securities. A Shareholder’s pro-rata share of such New Securities (for the purpose of this Article 16, the “ Pro-Rata Share ”) shall be calculated as follows:
         
  a  
    the total number of New Securities to be issued or sold
b
       
 
       
where:    
a is the number of shares owned by such Offered Shareholder immediately prior to the issuance of the New Securities (on an as converted basis)
b is the total number of shares owned by all Offered Shareholders immediately prior to the issuance of the New Securities (on an as converted basis)
  (b)   In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Offered Shareholder written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue


 

23

the same (the “Notice” ). Each Offered Shareholder shall have five (5) Business Days after receipt of the Notice to agree to purchase such Offered Shareholder’s Pro-Rata Share for the price and upon the terms specified in the Notice by giving written notice to the Company. Such a notice shall constitute a binding agreement by the Offered Shareholder to purchase its Pro-Rata Share. A failure by the Offered Shareholder to so notify the Company within the five Business Day period shall be deemed a waiver of the pre-emptive right of such Offered Shareholder. An Offered Shareholder may elect that its Pro-Rata Share be purchased by a Permitted Transferee and such Permitted Transferee shall be deemed the Offered Shareholder or the purpose of this Article 16.
  (c)   In the event that an Offered Shareholder does not provide written notice of its agreement to purchase its pro-rata share of the New Securities (a “ Non-Accepting Shareholder ”), each Offered Shareholder that has notified the Company of its agreement to purchase its pro-rata share of the New Securities (an “ Accepting Shareholder ”) shall have a right of over-allotment to purchase the Non-Accepting Shareholders’ portion of the New Securities (the “ Available Securities ”). The Company shall, within ten (10) days from end of the five day notice period referred to in Article 16(b) above, notify each Accepting Shareholder of its right to purchase the Available Securities. Each Accepting Shareholder shall have five (5) days after such notice is delivered to agree to purchase the Available Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice, by giving written notice to the Company. In the event that more than one Accepting Shareholder notifies the Company that it wishes to purchase the Available Securities. The Available Securities shall be divided among such Accepting Shareholders pro-rata, according to the ratio of the number of shares owned by such Accepting Shareholder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (treating all Preferred Shares as if fully converted), to the total number of shares owned by all Accepting Shareholders immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, (treating all of the Preferred Shares as if fully converted).
 
  (d)   In the event the Offered Shareholders fail to exercise fully the pre-emptive right within the said five Business Day period, the Company shall have sixty (60) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement to sell the New Securities respecting which the Offered Shareholders’ pre-emptive right set forth in this Article 16 is not exercised (the “ Remaining Securities ”), at the price and upon terms no more favorable than those set out in the Notice.
 
  (e)   If the Company has not sold or entered into an agreement to sell the Remaining Securities within the sixty (60) day period provided in sub-Article (c) above, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Offered Shareholders as provided for in this Article 16.
 
  (f)   In the event that the number of Offered Shareholders may require, in the opinion of the Company’s legal counsel, the preparation of a prospectus or would otherwise result in the Company being required to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States, the Israeli Securities Authority, or a similar authority in any jurisdiction, according to the requirements of the securities laws the Company will be subject to, the pre-emptive rights set forth in this Article 16 shall be in effect only with respect to such number of Shareholders which have the largest shareholding in the Company which would not result in such requirement.
 
  (g)   Each Shareholder shall have the right to assign its pre-emptive rights under this Article 16 to any Permitted Transferee.


 

24

  (h)   New Securities ” shall mean any securities (including Ordinary and Preferred Shares) of the Company, whether now authorised or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase such securities, other than:
     (i) securities excluded from the definition of Additional Shares under Article 11(c)(vii);
     (ii) securities issued pursuant to a Recapitalisation Event;
     (iii) securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation or entity by the Company by consolidation, merger, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets, or other reorganization in which the Company acquires, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of such other corporation or entity or fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of such other corporation or entity or fifty percent (50%) or more of the equity ownership of such other entity.
     (iv) the warrant to purchase Series E Preferred Shares granted to Lighthouse in May 2006, and any securities issued pursuant to the exercise or conversion of such warrant;
     (v) that certain Investment Rights Letter of May 2006 granting Lighthouse the right to invest an amount of up to $400,000 in the next Company’s Qualified Financing (as defined in such Investment Rights Letter);
     (vi) Securities issued in an IPO; and
     (vii) Securities issued pursuant to the Series E2 SPA.
  (i)   Notwithstanding Article 16(h) above, in the event of an IPO (including for the avoidance of doubt a QIPO), subject to the consent of the underwriter to such IPO, each of Belco, Vertex and Pitango shall each be entitled to purchase up to five per cent (5%) of the securities offered for sale in such IPO.
17.   DRAG-ALONG RIGHT
  (a)   Notwithstanding Article 14 above, in the event that any person or entity (the “Offeror” ) makes an offer (the “ Share Offer ”) to purchase all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company, and such Share Offer is accepted by the Principal Investors, and such Share Offer is conditioned upon the sale of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company to such party, then at the closing of such Share Offer to purchase of all the issued and outstanding Shares of the Company, all of the Shareholders in the Company shall transfer all their Shares to the Offeror; provided , however, that such sale shall be considered a Liquidation Event for the purposes of Article 10 above.
 
  (b)   The Company shall, at least ten Business Days prior to the date set by the Offeror as the final date for accepting the Share Offer, notify, or cause to be notified, each Shareholder in writing of the Share Offer. Such notice shall set forth:


 

25

  (i)   the name of the Offeror;
 
  (ii)   the fact that such Offeror offers to purchase all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company;
 
  (iii)   the proposed amount and form of consideration and terms and conditions of payment offered by the Offeror; and
 
  (iv)   the names of, and number of shares held of record by Shareholders that the Company knows are willing to accept the Share Offer.
  (c)   With respect to each purchase of shares by an Offeror pursuant to this Article 17, the purchase price for the shares so purchased shall be paid in full at such closing in cash or by certified check payable to the order of the Shareholder, against delivery of the appropriate certificates or instruments evidencing such securities, duly enclosed or with duly executed share powers attached thereto. Securities delivered at such closing shall be free and clear of all security interests, and all title thereto, and all rights and privileges of ownership thereof, immediately shall be vested in the Offeror.
 
  (d)   In the event that a Shareholder fails to surrender its certificate in connection with the consummation of said transaction, such certificate shall be deemed cancelled and the Company shall be authorized to issue a new certificate in the name of the Offeror and the Board shall be authorized to establish an escrow account, for the benefit of such Shareholder, into which the consideration for such securities represented by such cancelled certificate shall be deposited and to appoint a trustee to administer such account.
 
  (e)   Notwithstanding Article 14 above, in the event that any person or entity (the “Offeror” ) makes an offer to purchase all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (an “Asset Offer” ), and such Asset Offer is approved by the Principal Investors, then the Company shall consummate the transaction proposed in the Asset Offer, provided , however, that such transaction shall be considered a Liquidation Event for the purposes of Article 10 above.
18.   REGISTERED HOLDER
  (a)   If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share they shall be jointly and severally liable for any calls or any other liability with respect to such share. However with respect to voting, power of attorney and furnishing notices, the holder registered first in the register of shareholders, insofar as all the registered joint holders shall not notify the Company in writing to relate to another one of them as the sole owner of the share, as aforesaid, shall be deemed to be the sole owner of the share.
 
  (b)   If two or more persons are registered together as holders of a share, each one of them shall be permitted to give receipts binding all the joint holders for dividends or other monies in connection with the share and the Company shall be permitted to pay all the dividends or other monies due with respect to the share to one or more of the joint holders, as it shall choose.
19.   LANGUAGE
  (a)   All records and registers of the Company and all documents issued by the Company to


 

26

its Directors or shareholders shall be in the English language.
  (b)   The conduct of all meetings of the Company shall be in English and all minutes of meetings recorded in the English language.
20.   SHARE CERTIFICATE
  (a)   A Shareholder shall be entitled to receive from the Company without payment, one certificate for each class of shares held by such shareholder that shall contain that number of shares registered in the name of such Shareholder, their class and serial numbering. However, in the event of joint holders holding a share, the Company shall not be obligated to issue more than one certificate to all of the joint holders, and the delivery of such a certificate to one of the joint holders shall be deemed to be a delivery to all of the joint holders.
 
  (b)   Each certificate shall carry the signature or signatures of one director or any other persons appointed by the Board for this purpose and the rubber stamp or the seal of the Company.
 
  (c)   If a share certificate is defaced, lost or destroyed, it may be replaced upon payment of such fee, if any, and on such terms, if any, as to evidence and indemnity as the Board may think fit.
21.   Reserved.
 
22.   MODIFICATIONS OF SHARE RIGHTS
  (a)   The Company may change, convert, broaden, add or vary in any other manner the rights, advantages, restrictions and provisions attached at that time to one or more of the classes in accordance with the approvals required pursuant to Article 14 and without the need for the separate consent of any class of shareholders or a separate class meeting.
 
  b)   Notwithstanding sub-Article (a), other than any change whatsoever made to (A) any class of Preferred Shares or (B) the Junior Liquidation Securities in connection with any transaction for the purpose of the raising of finance by the Company (whether by way of debt, equity or otherwise), an IPO or QIPO or any transaction constituting a Liquidation Event, any direct adverse change to the rights attached to (i) any class of Preferred Shares or (ii) the Junior Liquidation Securities, shall require the separate consent of the holders of the majority of (x) such affected class of Preferred Shares or (y) the Junior Liquidation Securities, as the case may be.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if a class vote is required under applicable law or these Articles, the Series E Preferred Shares and Series E2 Preferred Shares shall be deemed, for all intents and purposes, as one class and the Series D Preferred Shares and Series D2 Preferred Shares shall be deemed, for all intents and purposes, as one class.
23.   PLEDGE
The Company shall have a lien and first pledge on all the shares, not fully paid, registered in the name of any Shareholder (whether registered in his name only or together with another or others) for any amount still outstanding with respect to that share, whether presently payable


 

27

or not. Such a pledge shall exist whether the dates of payment or fulfillment or execution of the obligations, debts or commitments have become due or not, and shall apply to all dividends that shall be decided upon from time to time in connection with these shares. No benefit shall be created with respect to this share based upon the rules of equity which shall frustrate this pledge, however the Directors may declare at any time with respect to any share, that it is released, wholly or in part, temporarily or permanently, from the provisions of this article.
  24.   The Company may sell, in such manner and at such time as the Directors think fit, any of the pledged shares, but no sale shall be made unless the date of payment of the monies or a part thereof has arrived, or the date of fulfillment and performance of the obligations and commitments in consideration of which the pledge exists has arrived, and after a written request has been furnished to the Shareholder or person who has acquired a right in the shares, which sets out the amount or obligation or commitment due from him and which demands their payment, fulfillment or execution, and which informs the person of the directors’ desire to sell the shares in the event of non- fulfillment of the notice, and the person has not fulfilled his obligation pursuant to the notice within seven days after the notice had been sent to him.
 
  25.   The net proceeds of such sale shall be applied in payment of such sum due to the Company or to the fulfillment of the obligation or commitment, and the remainder (if there shall be any) shall be paid to the Shareholder or to the person who has acquired a right in the share sold pursuant to the above.
 
  26.   After execution of a sale as aforesaid, the Directors shall be permitted to sign or to appoint someone to sign a deed of transfer of the sold shares and to register the buyer’s name in the register of shareholders as the owner of the sold shares and it shall not be the obligation of the buyer to supervise the application of monies nor will his right in the shares be affected by a defect or illegality in the sale proceedings after his name has been registered in the register of shareholders with respect to those shares.
 
      The sole remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale shall be in damages only and against the Company exclusively.
 
  27.   TRANSFER OF SHARES AND THE MANAGEMENT THEREOF
 
      The Board may prevent the registration of any transfer of shares only in case of non-compliance with the provisions of these Articles in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than in the case of a transfer to a Permitted Transferee, the Board may withhold its approval in the event of a transfer of shares to any person or entity competing (as reasonably determined by the Board, on a case by case basis), either directly or through an Affiliate, with the Company’s business as shall be from time to time. If the Board shall make use of its powers in accordance with this Article and refuse to register a transfer of shares, the Board must inform the proposed transferee of its refusal, within 60 days of the day the deed of transfer had been furnished to the Company.
 
  28.   Each transfer of shares shall be made in writing in the form appearing herein below, or in a similar form, or in any form as to be determined upon by the Board from time to time, such form shall be delivered to the Office together with the transferred share certificates and any other proof the directors shall require, if they shall so require, in order to prove the title of the transferor.


 

28

Deed of Transfer of Shares
I,                      of                      in consideration of the sum of NIS ___ (New Israeli Shekels) paid to me by                      , of                      (hereinafter called “the Said Transferee”) do hereby transfer to the Said Transferee ___share (or shares) having par value of NIS ___ each one numbered ___ until ___ inclusive in Voltaire Ltd., to hold onto the Said Transferee, his executors, administrators, and assigns, subject to the several conditions on which I held the same at the time of the execution hereof; and I, the said transferee, do hereby agree to take the said share (or shares) subject to the conditions aforesaid.
As witness we have hereunto set our hands this ___ day of                      20___.
             
 
           
 
  Transferee       Transferor
 
           
 
           
 
  Address       Address
29.   The deed of share transfer shall be executed both by the transferor and transferee, and the transferor shall be deemed to remain a holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered into the register of shareholders in respect thereof.
 
30.   The Board shall be permitted to demand a fee for registration of transfer, in a reasonable rate as to be determined by the Directors from time to time.
 
31.   The register may be closed at such dates and for such other periods as determined by the Board from time to time, upon the condition that the register shall not be closed for more than 30 days every year.
 
32.   Upon the death of a Shareholder the remaining holders (in the event that the deceased was a joint holder in a share) or the administrators or executors or heirs of the deceased (in the event the deceased was the sole holder of the share or was the only one of the joint holders of the share to remain alive) shall be recognized by the Company as the sole holders of any title to the shares of the deceased. However, nothing aforesaid shall release the estate of a joint holder of a share from any obligation with respect to the share that he held jointly with any other holder.
 
33.   Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation of a Shareholder shall, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the directors, have the right, either to be registered as a Shareholder in respect of the share upon the consent of the Directors (who have the right to refuse pursuant to Article 27 above) or, instead of being registered himself, to transfer such share to another person, subject to the provisions contained in these articles with respect to transfers.
 
34.   A person becoming entitled to a share because of the death of a Shareholder shall be entitled to receive, and to give receipts for, dividends or other payments paid with respect to the share, but he shall not be entitled to receive notices with respect to Company meetings or to participate or vote therein with respect to that share, or aside from the aforesaid, to use any right of a Shareholder, until he has been accepted as a Shareholder with respect to that share.
34A.   Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel) LP may freely pledge and subject any of its shares and other securities in the Company to a charge in favor of Bank Leumi Le-Israel BM (“ BLL ”),


 

29

without being subject to any restrictions hereunder with respect to the creation or imposition of such pledge or charge, including, without limitation, the requirement for Board approval or any other approval, any right of first refusal, right of first offer or otherwise. The sale of the said shares on behalf of Bank Leumi Le-Israel BM pursuant to a realization of the said charge shall, however, be subject to the right of first refusal and any other restrictions on the transfer of shares contained herein.
It being clarified that, BLL, or any affiliate or transferee of BLL, shall not, as a result of the creation or imposition of such a pledge, charge or other security interest, or the realization or enforcement thereof, be deemed or considered a Principal Investor in any manner whatsoever.
35.   RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
  (a)   Prior to an IPO if any Shareholder wishes to sell or transfer any shares (including Junior Liquidation Securities) in the Company other than to its Permitted Transferee (hereinafter, the “Selling Shareholder” ), it shall, upon receipt of a bona fide offer to purchase such shares, give notice in writing to the Company of such proposed sale or transfer, and such notice shall specify the identity of the proposed transferee (hereinafter, the “ Purchasing Party ”) and full details regarding the shares proposed for sale (hereinafter, the “ Transfer Shares ”) and the price, terms and conditions of the proposed sale or transfer (hereinafter, the “ Sale Notice ”), and, within fourteen (14) days following receipt of a Sale Notice, the Company shall have the right to notify the Selling Shareholder by delivery of a written notice (“ Company’s Response ”) if it wishes to purchase (subject to Article 14 hereof) any part of the Transfer Shares. In the event that the Company shall elect to purchase all Transfer Shares, all such shares shall be sold to the Company, provided that the Company shall have received the prior written consent of the Principal Investors prior to such purchase. In the event that the Company shall elect not to purchase all of the Transfer Shares, or to purchase only part of the Transfer Shares, then the provisions below of this Article 35 shall apply with respect to the Transfer Shares which the Company has declined to purchase.
 
  (b)   With respect to the Transfer Shares which the Company declined to purchase (the “ Remaining Shares ”) — upon receipt of Company’s Response, the Selling Shareholder shall give notice in writing to all holders of Preferred Shares (such holders, the “ Offered Shareholders ”) (with a copy to the Company) of such proposed sale or transfer, such notice shall specify the identity of the Purchasing Party and full details regarding the number of the Remaining Shares and the price, terms and conditions of the proposed sale or transfer (hereinafter, the “ Shareholder Notice ”), and, within thirty (30) days (the “ Offer Period ”) following receipt of a Shareholder Notice, each Offered Shareholder shall have the right to notify the Selling Shareholder by delivery of a written notice (with a copy to the Company) if it wishes to:
     (i) purchase all (but not part) of its pro-rata share of the Remaining Shares (those Offered Shareholders shall hereinafter be referred to as “ Buying Shareholders ”); such notice shall also state whether the Offered Shareholder wishes to purchase any additional Remaining Shares in respect of which the original offer by the Selling Shareholder is not accepted by other Offered Shareholders; or
     (ii) exercise its right to participate in the sale to the Purchasing Party pro rata (those Offered Shareholders shall hereinafter be referred to as


 

30

Participating Shareholders ”); provided that the right to participate in any sale shall only apply to:
(A) holders of shares of the same class as the Transfer Shares; and
(B) holders of any series of Preferred Shares issued following issuance of the class of shares constituting the Transfer Shares.
(c)   If the Selling Shareholder receives notices from all Offered Shareholders pursuant to sub-Article (b)(i) above, then such Offered Shareholders shall acquire the Transfer Shares pro rata, according to the shareholding ratio between such Offered Shareholders (on an as-converted basis) as of the date immediately prior to sending their notices to purchase the Remaining Shares.
 
    In the event that one or more Buying Shareholders notify the Selling Shareholder that it wishes to purchase additional Remaining Shares in respect of which the original offer is not accepted by other Offered Shareholders, such additional Remaining Shares shall be divided among such Buying Shareholders pro-rata, according to the shareholding ratio between the Buying Shareholders (on an as-converted basis) as of the date immediately prior to sending their notices to purchase remaining shares.
 
(d)   If the notices of the Buying Shareholders indicate that the Buying Shareholders have not elected to purchase all of the Remaining Shares, then none of the Company and the Buying Shareholders shall be entitled to purchase Transfer Shares from the Selling Shareholder, unless the Selling Shareholder agrees to sell such shares to them, and the Selling Shareholder shall be free, within ninety (90) days of the date of expiration of the Offer Period, to sell such shares at the price and on the terms contained in the Sale Notice; provided that the Selling Shareholder shall allow each of the Participating Shareholders (if any) to sell the same pro-rate share of its shareholding in the Company (on an as-converted basis) to the Purchasing Party as being sold by the Selling Shareholder for the same price as that being paid by the Purchasing Party to the Selling Shareholder. If there is no sale within such ninety day period, the Selling Shareholder shall not sell or transfer the Transfer Shares, or any other shares acquired before or after the date hereof, without again complying with the provisions of this Article 35.
 
(e)   In the event that there is a situation in which fractional shares need to be transferred, the number of shares will be rounded to the nearest whole share so that only full shares will be transferred.
 
(f)   In the event that the number of Shareholders to whom an Offer is made pursuant to this Article 35 may require, in the opinion of the Company’s legal counsel, the preparation of a prospectus or would otherwise result in the Company being required to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States, the Israeli Securities Authority, or a similar authority in any jurisdiction, according to the requirements of the securities laws the Company will be subject to, the first refusal rights pursuant to this Article 35 shall be in effect only in respect of such number of Shareholders which have the largest shareholding in the Company which would not result in such requirement.
 
(g)   Each Shareholder shall have the right to assign its rights under this Article 35 to any Permitted Transferee.


 

31

  (h)   Any sale to a Purchasing Party shall be conditional upon such Purchasing Party becoming a signatory to and bound by the provisions of the then current shareholders rights’ agreement.
 
  (i)   The provisions of this Article 35 shall terminate upon, and not apply to an IPO.
 
  (j)   The provisions of this Article 35 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, with respect to the sale or transfer of any options, warrants or other rights or securities which may be held by a Shareholder.
36.   CALLS
A Shareholder shall not be entitled to receive dividends nor to use any right a Shareholder has, unless he has paid all the calls that shall be made from time to time, with respect of money unpaid on all of his shares, whether he is the sole holder or holds the shares together with another person, in addition to interest and expenses if there shall be any.
37.   The directors may, subject to the provisions of these Articles, make calls upon the Shareholders from time to time in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares, as they shall determine proper, upon the condition that there shall be given prior notice of 14 business days on every call and each Shareholder shall be obligated to pay the total amount requested from him, or the installment on account of the call (if there shall so be) at the times and places to be determined by the Directors.
 
38.   The calls for payment shall be deemed to have been requested from the date the Board has decided upon the calls for payment.
 
39.   The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay the calls for payment in full and the installment on account, in connection with such calls.
 
40.   If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid the holders of the share or the person to whom it has been issued shall be liable to pay interest and linkage differentials (hereinafter, “ Interest ”) upon the amount of the call or the payments on account, as determined by the Board commencing from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of actual payment, but the Board shall be at liberty to waive payment of that Interest, wholly or in part.
 
41.   Any amount that according to the condition of issuance of a share must be paid at the time of issuance or at a fixed date, whether on account of the sum of the share or premium, shall be deemed for the purposes of these Articles to be a call of payment that was made duly and the date of payment shall be the date appointed for payment. In the event of non-payment of this amount all of the Articles herein dealing with payment of interest, expenses, forfeiture, pledge and the like and all the other Articles connected therewith, shall apply, as if this sum had been duly requested and notice had been given, as aforesaid.
 
42.   The Board may make arrangements at the time of issue of shares for a difference between the holders with respect to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment, and the rate of Interest.
 
43.   The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Shareholder willing to pay in advance all of the monies or a part thereof that shall be due on account of such Shareholder’s shares, in addition to any amounts that the payment in fact has been requested. The Board shall be permitted to pay such Shareholder interest at the rate the Board and the Shareholder shall


 

32

agree upon, for the amounts paid in advance as aforesaid, or upon the part thereof which is in excess of the amounts whose payment was at the time requested on account of such Shareholder’s shares, in addition to paying dividends that will be paid for that part of the share which has been paid in advance.
44.   FORFEITURE OF SHARES
 
    If a Shareholder fails to pay any call or installment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or installment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or installment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses that were incurred as a result of such non-payment.
 
45.   The notice shall name a further day, not earlier than the expiration of seven days from the date of the notice, on or before which the amount of the call or installment or a part thereof is to be made together with interest and any expenses incurred as a result of such non-payment. The notice shall also state the place the payment is to be made and that in the event of non-payment, at or before the time appointed, the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.
 
46.   If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect. The forfeiture shall include those dividends that were declared but not yet distributed, with respect to the forfeited shares.
 
47.   A share so forfeited shall be deemed to be the property of the Company and can be sold or otherwise disposed of, on such terms and in such manner as the Board thinks fit provided that such sale or other disposal shall be subject to the approval of the Principal Investor Directors. At any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be canceled on such terms as the Board thinks fit.
 
48.   A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Shareholder in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall notwithstanding remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which, at the date of forfeiture, were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the nominal amount of the shares.
 
49.   The forfeiture of a share shall cause, at the time of forfeiture, the cancellation of all rights in the Company or any claim or demand against it with respect to that share and the other rights and obligations between the share owner and the Company accompanying the share, except for those rights and obligations not included in such a cancellation according to these Articles or that the Law imposes upon former Shareholders.
 
50.   The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.
 
51.   MODIFICATION OF CAPITAL
 
    Subject to the receipt of the approvals required pursuant to Article 14, the Law and any other


 

33

applicable law, the Company may, from time to time, by a resolution of its Shareholders:
  (a)   consolidate and divide all or any of its issued or unissued share capital into shares of larger nominal value than its existing shares;
 
  (b)   cancel any shares which have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person;
 
  (c)   by subdivision of its existing shares, or any of them, divide the whole, or any part, of its share capital into shares of smaller amounts than is fixed in Article 6 above; and
 
  (d)   reduce its share capital and any fund reserved for capital redemption in the manner that it shall deem to be correct under the Law.
With respect to any reverse split, consolidation or combination of issued shares (whether or not the result shall be the issuance of shares of larger nominal value), and with respect to any other action which may result in fractional shares, the Board of Directors may, subject to the approval of the Principal Investors’ Directors, settle any difficulty which may arise with regard thereto, as it deems fit, including, inter alia, resort to one or more of the following actions:
  (a)   determine, as to the holder of shares so consolidated, which issued shares shall be consolidated into each share of larger nominal value;
 
  (b)   allot, in contemplation of or subsequent to such consolidation or other action, such shares or fractional shares sufficient to preclude or remove fractional share holdings;
 
  (c)   redeem, in the case of redeemable preference shares, and subject applicable law, such shares or fractional shares sufficient to preclude or remove fractional share holdings;
 
  (d)   in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of the reverse split, consolidation or combination (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors). After the aforementioned payment, the number of shares issuable upon such reverse split, consolidation or combination shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.
52.   Reserved.
 
53.   Reserved.
SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS
54.   GENERAL MEETINGS
The Board, whenever it thinks fit, may convene a special general meeting of the Company’s shareholders. Such a meeting may also be called by any single Director or by any shareholder or shareholders holding together more than 10% of the outstanding share capital of the Company or more than 10% of the voting power in the Company. In the event the meeting is called by a Director or Shareholder(s), the request shall be made to the Board, in a written notice which shall be sent to the Company’s Office, specifying the matters to be discussed at such a meeting, and the Board shall convene the meeting as provided for in Section 63 of the Law. If the Board does not convene a meeting within 21 days from the date of the submission


 

34

of the request as aforesaid, the callers may convene the meeting by themselves, in accordance with the provisions of section 64 of the Law. General meetings should be held on a Business Day and should be scheduled to commence during business hours both in Tel Aviv and New York.
55.   The Company, at the discretion of the Board, may not hold an annual meeting of its shareholders, other than in the event such a meeting is required in order to appoint the Company’s auditors. An annual meeting or a special meeting of the shareholders shall be referred to as “General Meeting” or “Meeting”. A meeting of holders of a class of shares shall be referred to as a “Class” or a “Category” Meeting.
 
56.   In addition and subject to any other requirements under these Articles or under the Law or under any other applicable law, the following issues shall only be resolved by a General Meeting, subject to the approval requirements pursuant to Article 14:
  (a)   any change to these Articles, as specified in Section 20 of the Law;
 
  (b)   exercise of the powers of the Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of Section 52(a) of the Law;
 
  (c)   appointment of the Company’s Auditor, the term and terms of his engagement and termination of his engagement in accordance with the provisions of Sections 154 to 167 of the Law. The General Meeting may resolve that the term of appointment of Company’s Auditors may be longer than from one annual meeting to the next annual meeting, subject to the maximum term provided by Law;
 
  (d)   approval of acts and transactions that require approval by the General meeting under the provisions of Sections 255 and 268 through 275 of the Law;
 
  (e)   increase and decrease of the registered share capital, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 286 and 287 of the Law; and
 
  (f)   a merger, as described in Section 320(a) of the Law.
57.   NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS
  (a)   A prior notice of at least 7 days, but no more than 45 days, shall be given with respect to the place, date and hour of the meeting, the agenda of the meeting and the general nature of each item on the agenda. The notice shall be given to the shareholders entitled to receive notices to General Meeting pursuant to these Articles. Such notice shall set out the issues to be discussed at the General Meeting and, in particular, shall state whether any of the issues to be discussed are those detailed in Article 14 above. If, by chance, a notice as aforesaid was not given or not received by a Shareholder, this by itself shall not disqualify the resolution passed or disqualify the proceedings held at that meeting.
 
  (b)   With the consent of all the Shareholders who are entitled, at that time, to receive notices, the Company may convene all meetings to resolve all types of resolutions, upon a shorter advance notice or without any notice and in such manner, generally, as to be approved by the Shareholders.


 

35

58.   QUORUM
No deliberation shall commence with respect to any matter on the agenda at the General Meeting unless a quorum is present at the time the General Meeting proceeds to act. At a General Meeting a quorum shall be formed at the presence, personally or by proxy, of at least:
(a) in respect of resolutions relating to matters set down in Article 14, the Principal Investors;
(b) in respect of all other resolutions:
  (i)   Shareholders holding the majority of the Preferred Shares (voting as a single class, on an as-converted basis); and
 
  (ii)   the Principal Investors.
59.   If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place, or any other day and/or any other hour and/or any other place as the Board shall notify the Shareholders, and, if at the second meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting any two Shareholders present personally or by proxy shall be a quorum and shall be entitled to deliberate and resolve in all matters which were on the agenda of the meeting which was originally called. However, if the meeting was convened upon a request under Section 63 or 64 of the Law, then the adjourned meeting shall only be held if at least Shareholders in the number required for the convening of a meeting as specified in Section 63 of the Law are present. No business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at a meeting as originally called.
 
60.   CHAIRMAN
 
    The chairman of the Board shall preside as chairman at all General Meetings. If there is no chairman, or he is not present within 15 minutes from the time appointed for the meeting, or if he shall refuse to preside at the Meeting, the Shareholders present shall elect one of the Directors to act as chairman, and if only one Director is present he shall act as chairman. If no Directors are present or if they all refuse to preside at the meeting the Shareholders present shall elect one of the Shareholders present to preside at the meeting. The chairman shall have no special rights or privileges as such other than provided by Law.
 
61.   POWER TO ADJOURN
 
    The chairman may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present, and shall do so if so directed by the meeting, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, as the meeting shall decide. If the meeting shall be adjourned for ten days or more a notice shall be given of the adjourned meeting as in the case of an original meeting. At an adjourned meeting no matters shall be discussed except for those lawfully permitted to be discussed at the meeting which decided upon the adjournment.
 
62.   ADOPTION OF RESOLUTIONS
 
    At every meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided upon by a show of hands, unless before or upon the declaration of the result of the show of hands a secret ballot in writing be demanded by the chairman (if he is entitled to vote) or by any Shareholder present, in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at the meeting. Except if a secret vote is


 

36

demanded as aforesaid, the declaration of the chairman that the resolution has been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority, or lost, or not carried by a particular majority, shall be final, and an entry to that effect in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without the necessity of proving the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favor or against such a resolution. A resolution shall be deemed to be passed at a general meeting if: (a) in respect of resolutions relating to matter set down in Article 14, they are approved by the Principal Investors; and (b) in respect of all other resolutions, they are approved by a majority of the Preferred Shares (acting together as a single class on an as-converted basis), which majority must include the Principal Investors.
63.   If a secret ballot is duly demanded, it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs, whether immediately or after an adjournment or in a postponed manner or otherwise, and the results of the ballot shall be deemed to be a resolution of the meeting wherein the secret ballot was demanded. Those requesting a secret ballot can withdraw their request at any time before the secret ballot is held. A secret ballot demanded on the election of a chairman, or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A secret ballot demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs. A demand for a secret ballot shall not prevent the continuation of the meeting with respect to the transaction of any other business, except for the matter with respect to which the secret ballot was demanded. All demands or notices hereunder may be submitted by facsimile.
 
64.   Subject to and without derogating from the right or preference rights or restrictions existing at that time with respect to a certain class of shares forming part of the capital of the Company, each Shareholder present at a meeting, personally or by proxy, shall be entitled, whether at a vote by show of hands or by secret ballot, to one vote for each share held by him on an as-converted basis, provided that no Shareholder shall be permitted to vote at a general meeting or appoint a proxy to vote therein except if he has paid all calls for payment and all monies due to the Company from him with respect to his shares.
 
65.   In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders; and for the purpose of this article seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the register of Shareholders. Joint holders of a share of which one of them is present at a meeting shall not vote by proxy. The appointment of a proxy to vote on behalf of a share held by joint holders shall be executed by the signature of the senior of the joint holders.
 
66.   PROXIES
  (a)   In every vote a Shareholder shall be entitled to vote either personally or by proxy. A proxy present at a meeting shall also be entitled to request a secret ballot. A proxy need not be a Shareholder of the Company.
 
  (b)   A Shareholder of the Company that is a corporation or partnership shall be entitled by decision of its Board or by a decision of a person or other body, according to its articles, to appoint a person who it shall deem fit to be its representative at every meeting of the Company. The representative, appointed as aforesaid, shall be entitled to perform on behalf of the corporation he represents all the powers that the corporation itself may use just as if it was a person.
 
67.  (a)   A vote pursuant to an instruction appointing a proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the death of the appointor or the appointor becoming of unsound mind or the cancellation of the proxy or its expiration in accordance with any law, or the transfer of the shares with


 

37

respect to which the proxy was given, unless a notice in writing was given of the death, becoming of unsound mind, cancellation or transfer and was received at the Office before the meeting took place.
  (b)   A Shareholder is entitled to vote by a separate proxy with respect to each share held by him provided that each proxy as aforesaid shall have a separate letter of appointment containing the serial number of the shares with respect to which the proxy is entitled to vote. If a specific share is included by the holder in more than one letter of appointment, that share shall not entitle any of the holders of such instrument to a vote.
68.   INSTRUMENT OF APPOINTMENT
 
    A letter of appointment of a proxy or power of attorney or other certificate (if there shall be such) pursuant to which the appointee is acting, shall be in writingand shall be deposited in the Office, or in another place in Israel or abroad — as the Board shall direct from time to time generally or with respect to a particular case, no later than 24 hours prior to the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting wherein the person referred to in the instrument is appointed to vote, otherwise that person shall not be entitled to vote that share. An instrument appointing a proxy and which is not limited in time shall not be valid 12 months after the date of its execution. If the appointment shall be for a limited period, the instrument shall be valid for the period contained therein, even if such a period is longer than 12 months.
 
69.   An instrument appointing a proxy (whether for a specific meeting or otherwise) may be in the following form or in any other similar form which the circumstances shall permit:-
 
    “I,                      of                      , a Shareholder holding shares in Voltaire Ltd. and entitled to ___ votes hereby appoint                      , of                      , or in his place                      , of                                           , to vote in my name and in my place at the general meeting (regular, extraordinary, adjourned as the case may be) of the Company to be held on the ___ day of ___ 20 ___ and at any adjournment thereof.
 
    In witness whereof, I have hereby affixed my signature this ___ day of ___ 20 ___.
 
                                                                  
Appointor’s Signature
70.   RESOLUTION IN WRITING; PARTICIPATION BY OTHER MEANS
 
    A resolution in writing signed by all Shareholders of the Company then entitled to attend and vote at General Meetings or to which all such Shareholders have given their written consent (by letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or otherwise) shall be deemed to have been unanimously adopted by a General Meeting duly convened and held. Each Shareholder (or such Shareholder’s proxy) may participate in a meeting by submitting to the Company, by not later than the date of the relevant meeting, written notice, specifying such Shareholder’s vote with respect to all the matters to be discussed at the meeting. A General Meeting may take place by telephone or video conference or by similar means, such that all participating shareholders can communicate with each other at the same time, and the decision accepted in this manner will be considered, in every respect, as a decision accepted in a duly convened General Meeting. Notice of for such meeting may include communication information with or without mention of a physical location.


 

38

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
71.   COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD
  (a)   The Board of Directors shall consist of up to seven (7) members, or in the case of Article 71(e) below, eight (8) members, each of which shall be entitled to exercise one (1) vote upon each decision of the Board. Subject to Article 14, decisions of the Board shall be carried upon a simple majority of the votes of the Directors present.
 
  (b)   The Directors shall not be appointed by the General Meeting, but instead shall be appointed as follows:
     (i) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;
     (ii) holders of the Series E-E2 Preferred Shares shall be entitled to appoint two (2) members, one (1) of whom shall be appointed by Belco and one (1) of whom shall be appointed by Vertex (the “Series E Directors" );
     (iii) holders of the Series D Preferred shall be entitled to appoint two (2) members, one (1) of whom shall be appointed by Belco and one (1) of whom shall be appointed by Pitango;
     (iv) holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to appoint one (1) member, who shall be appointed by SFKT; and
     (v) one (1) of whom shall be an industry expert the identity of whom shall be nominated by the Company and subject to the approval of the Principal Investors,
provided that, during any Priority Period, Belco, Vertex or Pitango (or, if the Preferred Shares held by Belco, Vertex and Pitango have been fully redeemed, the holders of the next senior-most class of Preferred Shares that has not yet been fully redeemed) shall be entitled to elect and remove a majority of the members of the Board of Directors to serve until the Company’s redemption obligations have been satisfied in full, at which time such additional directors shall be deemed to have resigned.
  (c)   Any class of shares that at any time represents less than three per cent (3.0%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company shall no longer have the right to appoint a director pursuant to this Article 71. Until the closing of an IPO, any director who is removed from the Board pursuant to this sub-Article shall be entitled to serve as an observer to the board.
 
  (d)   Until the closing of an IPO, each of Challenge Fund-Etgar II L.P. and Tamir Fishman shall be entitled to appoint one (1) person as an observer to the Board and shall be invited to serve as a member of an advisory board to be formed by the Company for such period. Each such individual shall be entitled to all rights as if such individual was a Director in the Company save for voting rights, provided that such individual undertakes in writing to be bound by the same fiduciary duties and confidentiality as applicable by law on a Director in the Company; provided, however, that the Company


 

39

reserves the right to exclude the Observer from access to any material or meeting (or portion thereof) pursuant to the reasonable determination of the Board that such exclusion is reasonably necessary. The Board shall notify the excluded Observer of such determination.
  (e)   In the event that Mr. Eric Benhamou (or a corporation under his Control) participates in an investment in the Company in an amount of at least US$ 1,000,000 in the framework of the Series E2 SPA, the Board of Directors will be increased by one member to be appointed by the unanimous consent of the Principal Investors.
72.   APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
  (a)   Only a Shareholder(s) entitled hereunder to appoint a member to the Board shall also be entitled to remove its appointee to the Board and appoint another member in his stead. All appointments to and removals from the Company’s Board shall be effected by a letter of appointment or removal, delivered to the Company, and shall be effective as of the date of delivery or the date specified in such letter, whichever is later.
 
  (b)   If the office of any member of the Board is vacated the other members of the Board may act in every way and manner so long as their number does not fall below the quorum, at that time, for a Board meeting. If pursuant to section 81 of the Law their number does fall below the number for a quorum as aforesaid, they shall not be permitted to act except insofar as to fill the vacant places in the Board or to convene a general meeting of the Company.
73.   ALTERNATE DIRECTOR
  (a)   Any person who is qualified to be a director (whether or not currently serving as a director) may serve as a substitute director (hereinafter, the “ Substitute ”).
 
  (b)   A Substitute shall have, subject to the provisions of the instrument by which he was appointed, all the powers and authorities that the Director for which he is serving as Substitute.
 
  (c)   The provisions of these Articles with respect to the appointment of a Director shall apply with respect to an appointment of a Substitute.
 
  (e)   The office of a Substitute director shall be automatically vacated if his appointment is terminated by the Shareholder(s) which appointed him in accordance with these Articles, or upon the occurrence of one of the events described in sections (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) of Article 74 or, if the office of the member of the Board with respect to whom he serves as a substitute shall be vacated for any reason whatsoever.
 
  (f)   The Substitute director has the right to receive notice of convening of a Board meeting and may participate or vote at such meeting only if the Director appointing said Substitute director is absent from said meeting.
74.   TERMINATION OF DIRECTOR
  (a)   Notwithstanding Article 72(a) above, the tenure of office of the Director shall automatically be terminated:-


 

40

     (i) if he or she was declared bankrupt, and if it is a corporate body - it has voluntary decided on liquidation, or a liquidation order was issued against it;
                    (ii) if he or she is declared lunatic or becomes of unsound mind;
                    (iii) if he or she has resigned by an instrument in writing to the Company;
                    (iv) if his or her successor is appointed pursuant to article 72 above;
                    (v) with his or her death;
                    (vi) with the liquidation of the Company;
                    (vii) if he or she resigned or was dismissed as described in sections 299 to 231 of the Law;
                    (viii) if he or she was convicted of an offense, as described in Section 232 of the Law; or
                    (ix) by decision of the Court as described in Section 233 of the Law.
75.   CONFLICT OF INTEREST
A Director shall not be prohibited from fulfilling his rights and duties under these Articles or from entering into contracts with the Company whether as a seller, buyer, service provider or otherwise, and no such contract or arrangement which shall be made on behalf of the Company or in its name, in which the Director is or will be an interested party, either directly or indirectly, shall be in itself void, provided however that:
  (a)   any transaction between a Director and the Company must be approved in accordance with Sections 268 to 268 to 284 of the Law;
 
  (b)   under certain circumstances, as described in Section 278 of the Law, the interested Director may not participate or vote at the Board; and
 
  (c)   the interested Director must disclose all information as required under Section 269 of the Law and, regarding the substance of his interest in the transaction for which approval is sought, and including any material facts and documents relating thereto all as set forth under the Law
The provisions of this Article shall apply also to a Substitute or alternate director, as appropriate.
76.   REMUNERATION OF DIRECTOR
  (a)   A Director may hold another paid position or function in the Company or in any other company that the Company is a shareholder of or that it has some other interest in, together with his position as a Director (except as an auditor) upon those conditions with respect to salary and other matters as decided by the Board, subject to Article 75 above.


 

41

  (b)   Members of the Board, who are not employees of the Company or its subsidiary, or service providers, shall not receive a salary from the Company unless the general meeting has so decided and in the amount that the general meeting shall decide upon. The Company shall reimburse the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of any Director (who is not an employee of the Company) incurred in connection with attendance at meetings of the Board or any committees of the Board.
 
  (c)   Subject to the Law, or any other applicable law, if pursuant to a decision of Board, one of the Directors shall perform services or tasks aside from his regular duties as a Director, whether as a result of his particular profession or by a trip or stay abroad or otherwise, the Board may decide to pay him a special wage in addition to his regular salary, and such a wage shall be paid by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise and this wage shall be in addition to his regular salary, if there shall be any, or will be in place thereof, as shall be decided.
77.   Reserved.
 
78.   Reserved.
 
79.   POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS
  (a)   The formulation of the Company’s business and policy, as well as the supervision of its management, and all other powers and authorities of the Company which under the Law and/or any applicable law are not vested in the General Meeting of the Company or in any of its other organs, shall vest in the Board, which may exercise all such powers and do all such acts as the Company is authorized to exercise and do.
 
  (b)   The powers of the Board under this article cannot be delegated to the General Manager.
 
  (c)   The Board shall have all the powers and authorities to exercise the powers and authority conferred on the Board by this Article, subject to the provisions of these Articles and any regulation or resolution consistent with these Articles adopted from time to time by the Company in General Meeting, provided, however, that no such regulation or resolution shall invalidate any prior act done by or pursuant to a decision of the Board which would have been valid if such regulation or resolution had not been adopted.
80.   QUORUM
The presence of a majority of the Directors in office, including (i) one Director appointed by either Vertex or Pitango and (ii) one Director appointed by Belco at least shall constitute a quorum for meetings of the Board. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place, and if at the second meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the presence of at least 3 (three) Directors shall constitute a quorum.
81.   CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
If a chairman is not elected or if he is not present at any meeting, directors may choose one of them to serve as chairman of that meeting. The chairman shall have no rights or privileges other than those granted to Directors. For the avoidance of doubt, the chairman shall not have any additional vote.


 

42

82.   MEETINGS
Subject to any contrary resolution accepted by the Board, any member of the Board may at any time call a Board meeting, and the Chairman of the Board shall be required on the request of such member to convene a Board meeting provided that the Board shall hold at least one meeting monthly and provided that the Board shall hold at least one meeting per quarter at which the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and any other member of the management team of the Company deemed necessary by the Board, shall physically be present in the Boston or New York area, United States. In addition, Shareholders holding more than 10% of the voting power in the Company may call a Board Meeting. Board meetings should not be held on Sundays or on public holidays in Israel or the United States and meetings should be scheduled to commence during business hours both in Tel Aviv and New York, except with the prior consent of the Principal Investors.
83.   (a)    Any notice of a Board meeting can be given orally, by telephone, in writing, or by facsimile, e-mail (approved by recipient), telegram, telex, or telefax provided that the notice is given seven days before the time appointed for the meeting, unless all the members of the Board having received a shorter notice, shall agree to such a shorter notice. Such notice shall include reasonable details on all subjects on the agenda. Such notice shall set out the issues to be discussed at the General Meeting and, in particular, shall state whether any of the issues to be discussed are those detailed in Article 14 above.
  (b)   Prior and timely notice of the convening of a Board meeting shall be given to all Directors.
 
  (c)   Reserved.
 
  (d)   Other than as specified in Article 82 above, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute attendance in person at the meeting. Notice of such meeting may include communication information with or without mention of a physical location.
 
  (e)   The Board may invite officers of the Company or other persons who are not Directors to participate in any meeting of the Board or any committee designated by the Board as advisors, observers or in order to report to the Board, provided that such persons are subject to confidentiality obligation towards the Company, and that such persons shall not be entitled to vote in any such meeting.
84.   DELEGATION OF POWER
  (a)   The Board may delegate any of its powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they deem fit and may, from time to time, revoke such delegation. Notwithstanding the above, the Board shall not delegate its powers to any of its committees, on the subjects prohibited under Section 112(a) of the Law or on actions requiring the consent of the Principal Investor Directors pursuant to these Articles.
 
  (b)   In the exercise of any power delegated to it by the Board, all committees shall conform


 

43

to any regulations that may be imposed upon them by the Board, if there shall be any such regulation. If no such regulations are adopted by the Board or if there are no complete and encompassing regulations the committees shall act pursuant to these articles dealing with organization of meetings, meetings and functions of the Board, mutatis mutandis , and insofar as no provision of the Board shall replace it pursuant to this Article.
  (c)   At least two (2) Directors appointed by the Series E-E2 Preferred Shareholders and Series D Preferred Shareholders (one of which shall be nominated by Belco and the other by Vertex and Pitango (acting together)) will be members on each committee of the Board of Directors including the executive, compensation and audit committees and advisory board.
85.   Subject to the provisions of the Law, all actions performed in a bona fide fashion by the Board or by a committee of the Board, or by any person acting as a Director or as a Substitute shall be as valid, even if at a later date a flaw shall be discovered in the appointment of such a Director or such a person acting as aforesaid, or that all or some of them were unfit as if each and every one of those persons shall have been duly appointed and fit to serve as a Director or Substitute as the case may be.
86.   GENERAL MANAGER
  (a)   The Board may from time to time appoint one or more persons, whether or not he is a member of the Board, as the general manager of the Company, either for a fixed period of time or without limiting the time that he or they will stay in office, and they may from time to time (subject to any provision in any contract between him or them and the Company) release him or them from their office and appoint another or others in his or their place.
 
  (b)   The Board may from time to time subject to the provisions of the Law, grant and bestow upon the general manager, at that time, those powers and authorities that it exercises pursuant to these articles, as it shall deem fit, and may grant those powers and authorities for such period, and to be exercised for such objectives and purposes and in such time and conditions, and on such restrictions, as it shall decide; and, subject to the provisions of those Articles, it may grant such authorities whether concurrently with the Board’s authorities in that area, or in place thereof or any one of them, and it can from time to time revoke, repeal, or change any one or all of those authorities.
 
  (c)   The General Manager shall be responsible for the current operation of the Company business within the boundary of the policy determined by the Board and subject to its direction.
 
  (d)   The General Manager shall have all the powers of management and implementation, which by this Law or by the articles were not vested in another organ of the Company, and he shall be subject to the supervision of the Board.
 
  (e)   The General Manager may, subject to the approval of the Board, delegate powers to others.
 
  (f)   The General Manager shall inform the Board of any extraordinary matter that is substantive for the company.


 

44

  (g)   The General Manager shall submit reports to the Board on subjects, at times and to an extent, as the Board will prescribe.
 
  (h)   The Chairman of the Board or the Principal Investor Directors may — at any time at his own initiative or on decisions by the Board — demand reports from the General Manager on subjects related to the Company’s affairs.
 
  (i)   If a notice or report from the General Manager requires action on the part of the Board, then the Chairman of the Board shall convene a meeting of the Board without delay.
 
  (j)   Notwithstanding the aforesaid in Article 75 the wages of the General Manager shall be determined from time to time by the Board (subject to any provision in any contract between him and the Company) and it may be paid by way of a fixed salary or commission or dividends, or a percentage of profits or the Company profit turnover or of any other Company that the Company has an interest in, or by participation in such profits, or in one or more of the aforementioned methods.
87.   MINUTES
  (a)   The Board shall cause minutes to be taken of all general meetings of the Company, of the appointments of officials of the Company, of Board meetings and of committee meetings that shall include the following items, if applicable:
  (1)   the names of the members present;
 
  (2)   the matters discussed at the meeting;
 
  (3)   the results of the vote;
 
  (4)   resolutions adopted at the meeting;
 
  (5)   directives given by the meeting to the committees; and
 
  (6)   if requested, any reservation of a Shareholder or Director with regard to a matter discussed or resolution passed.
  (b)   The minutes of any meeting shall serve as prima facie proof as to the facts in the minutes if the minutes are signed by the chairman of the Board or by the Chairman of said meeting.
88.   RESOLUTION IN WRITING
A resolution in writing signed by all the members of the Board, or of a committee, entitled to attend the meeting of the Board, or of the committee, or such a resolution that all such members of the Board or a committee entitled to attend have agreed to in writing or by telegram, telex, facsimile or e-mail shall be valid for every purpose as a resolution adopted at a Board or committee meeting, as the case may be, that was duly convened and held. In place of a Director the aforesaid resolution may be signed and delivered by his Substitute or his attorney or his Substitute’s attorney.


 

45

89.   STAMP AND SIGNATURES
  (a)   The Company may have a rubber stamp. The Board shall ensure that such a stamp is kept in a safe place.
 
  (b)   The Board may designate and authorize any person or persons (even if they are not members of the Board) to act and to sign in the name of the Company, and the acts and signatures of such a person or persons shall bind the Company, insofar as such person or persons have acted and signed within the limits of their aforesaid authority.
 
  (c)   The printing of the name of the Company by a typewriter, word processor or by hand next to the signatures of the authorized signatories of the Company, pursuant to sub-article (b) above, shall be valid as if the rubber stamp of the Company was affixed.
90.   BRANCH REGISTERS
The Company may, subject to the provisions of the Law keep in every other country where those provisions shall apply, a register or registers of members living in that other country as aforesaid, and to exercise any other powers referred to in the laws with respect to such branch registers.
91.   SECRETARY, OFFICERS, ATTORNEYS AND OTHERS
  (a)   The Board may appoint a secretary of the Company upon the conditions that it seems fit. The Board may as well, from time to time, appoint an associate secretary who shall be deemed to be the secretary for the period of his appointment.
 
  (b)   The Board may, from time to time appoint to the Company, officers, workers, agents and functionaries to permanent, temporary or special positions, as they shall, from time to time, see fit and set compensation for them.
 
  (c)   The Board may, at any time and from time to time, authorize any Company, firm, person or group of people, whether this authorization is done by the Directors directly or indirectly, to be the attorneys in fact of the Company for those purposes and with those powers and discretion which shall not exceed those conferred upon the Board or that the Board can exercise pursuant to these articles — and for such a period of time and upon such conditions as the Board deems proper, and every such authorization may contain such directives as the Board deems proper for the protection and benefit of the persons dealing with such attorneys.
92.   DIVIDEND
Articles 93-100 are subject to any rights or conditions of Preferred Shares and other rights and conditions attached at that time to any share in the capital of the Company granting preferential, special or deferred rights or not granting any rights with respect to dividends.
93.  (a)   The profits of the Company shall be distributable to the Shareholders of the Company according to the proportion of the nominal value paid up on account of the shares held by them at the date so appointed by the Company, without regard to the premium paid in excess of the nominal value and on an as converted basis. Actual distribution, setting aside or declaration of dividend requires a decision of the Board.
 
  (b)   The Board may issue any share upon the condition that a dividend shall be paid at a certain date or that a portion of the declared dividend for a certain period shall be paid,


 

46

or that the period for which a dividend shall be paid shall commence at a certain date, or a similar condition, all as decided by the Board. In every such case, subject to the provision mentioned in the beginning of this article, the dividend shall be paid in respect of such a share in accordance with such a condition.
  (c)   At the time of declaration of a dividend the Company may decide that such a dividend shall be paid in part or in whole, by way of distribution of certain properties, especially by way of distribution of fully paid up shares or debentures or debenture stock of the Company, or by way of distribution of fully paid up shares or debentures or debenture stock of any other Company or in one or more of the aforesaid ways. For purposes of any such distribution, the outstanding Preferred Shares shall be deemed to have been converted into Ordinary Shares as of the time appointed by the Company for the purpose of determining entitlement to participate in such distribution.
94.   The Board may, from time to time, pay to the Shareholders on account of the forthcoming dividend such interim dividend as shall be deemed just with regard to the situation of the Company and subject to provisions of Sections 301 to 307 of the Law.
 
95.   The Board may put a lien on any dividend on which the Company has a charge, and it may use it to pay any debts, obligations or commitments with respect to which the charge exists.
 
96.   A transfer of shares shall not transfer the right to a dividend which has been declared after the transfer but before the registration of the transfer. The person registered in the register as a Shareholder on the date appointed by the Company for that purpose shall be the one entitled to receive a dividend.
 
97.   The Company may declare a dividend to be paid to the Shareholders, at a general meeting, according to their rights and benefits in the profits and to decide the time of payment. A dividend in excess of that proposed by the Board shall not be declared. However, the Company may declare at a general meeting a smaller dividend. Notwithstanding the aforesaid and anything to the contrary in this Articles, the distribution of bonus shares (and the capitalization of premiums in that regard) shall only require the approval of the Board and shall not be subject to the consent of the shareholders.
 
98.   A notice of the declaration of a dividend, whether an interim dividend or otherwise, shall be given to the Shareholders registered in the register, in the manner provided for in these articles.
 
99.   If no other provision is given, the dividend may be paid by check or payment order to be mailed to the registered address of a Shareholder or person entitled thereto in the register or, in the case of registered joint owners, to the addresses of one of the joint owners as registered in the register. Every such check shall be made out to the person it is sent to. The receipt of the person who, on the date of declaration of dividend, is registered as the holder of any share or, in the case of joint holders, of one of the joint holders, shall serve as a release with respect to payments made in connection with that share.
100.   (a) If at any time the share capital shall be divided into different classes of shares, the distribution of fully paid up shares, from funds pursuant to Article 101 below, shall be made in one of the two following manners as to be decided upon by the Directors:
     (i) In such a manner so that all the holders of a share entitled to fully paid up shares shall receive one uniform class of shares; or


 

47

     (ii) In such manner so that each holder of shares entitled to fully paid up shares as aforesaid shall receive shares of the class of shares held by him and entitling him to fully paid up shares, as aforesaid.
  (b)   In order to give effect to any resolution in connection with distribution of dividends, or distribution of property, fully paid-up shares or debentures, the Board may resolve any difficulty that shall arise with distribution as it shall deem necessary, especially to issue certificates for fractional shares and to determine the value of certain property for purposes of distribution, and to decide that payment in cash shall be made to the Shareholder on the basis of the value decided for that purpose, or that fractions the value of which is less than one NIS shall not be taken into account for the purpose of co-ordinating the rights of all the parties. The Board shall be permitted, in this regard, to grant cash or property to trustees in escrow for the benefit of persons entitled thereto, as the directors shall see beneficial. Wherever required, an agreement shall be submitted to the registrar of companies and the Directors may appoint a person to execute such an agreement in the name of the persons entitled to a dividend, property, fully paid up shares or debentures as shares or debentures as aforesaid, and such an appointment shall be valid.
 
  (c)   The Company shall not be obligated to pay interest on a dividend.
 
  (d)   The Board may, with respect to all dividends not collected within one year after their declaration, invest or use them in another way for the benefit of the Company, until they shall be demanded. The Company shall not pay interest for dividends or interest not collected.
101.   ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT
The Directors shall cause correct accounts to be kept in accordance with US GAAP, denominated in US Dollars, in the English language and in accordance with the provisions of any applicable law:
  (a)   of the assets and liabilities of the Company;
 
  (b)   of any amount of money received or expended by the Company and the matters for which such sum of money is expended or received; and
 
  (c)   of all purchases and sales made by the Company.
The account books shall be kept in the Office or at such other place as the directors deem fit and they shall also be open for inspection by the Directors.
102.   The Company shall prepare financial reports that shall include a balance sheet as of December 31, of every year and a profit and loss account for the preceding financial year. In addition, the Company shall prepare quarterly reports and any additional financial reports as shall be required by accepted bookkeeping rules.
 
103.   The Company shall prepare annual financial reports within ninety days following the end of each fiscal year. At least once in every fiscal year the accounts of the Company shall be audited and the correctness of the profit and loss account and balance sheet certified by one or more duly qualified auditors.


 

48

The appointment, authorities, rights and duties of the auditor(s) of the Company, shall be regulated by applicable law, provided, however, that in exercising its authority to fix the remuneration of the auditor(s), the Shareholders in a General meeting may act (and in the absence of any action in connection therewith shall be deemed to have so acted) to authorize the Board of Directors to fix such remuneration subject to such criteria or standards, and if so such criteria or standards, if any, as may be provided in the resolution, and if no such criteria or standards are so provided, such remuneration shall be fixed in an amount commensurate with the volume and nature of the services rendered by such auditor(s).
104.   NOTICES
 
    Any written notice or other document may be served by the Company upon any Shareholder either: (i) personally; or (ii) by sending it by telegram or telex or facsimile or E-mail or any other electronic means (provided that receipt of such notice or document was orally, electronically or otherwise confirmed by such Shareholder); or (iii) by prepaid registered mail (airmail if sent to a place outside Israel) addressed to such Shareholder at his address as described in the Register of Shareholders or such other address as he may have designated in writing for the receipt of notices and other documents.
 
105.   Any written notice or other document may be served by any Shareholder upon the Company by tendering the same in person to the Secretary or the General Manager of the Company at the principal office of the Company or by sending it by prepaid registered mail (airmail if posted outside Israel) to the Company at its Registered Address.
 
106.   Any mailed written notice or other document sent in accordance with section 104 (iii) above shall be deemed to have been served three (3) business days after it has been posted, (seven (7) business days if sent to a place located outside of Israel), or when actually received by the addressee if sooner than three days or seven days, as the case may be, after it has been posted, or when actually tendered in person, to such Shareholder (or to the Secretary or the General Manager).
 
107.   Any notice sent by telegram or telex or facsimile or E-mail or any other electronic means as aforesaid, shall be deemed to have been given twenty-four (24) hours after such telegram, telex, facsimile, E-mail or other electronic communication has been sent, provided a confirmation of the receipt of such electronic means was provided by the recipient. If a notice is, in fact, received by the addressee, it shall be deemed to have been duly served, when received, notwithstanding the longer period of time mentioned above, or that it was defectively addressed or failed, in some respect, to comply with the provisions of these Articles.
 
108.   All notices to be given to the Shareholders shall, with respect to any share to which persons are jointly entitled, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Shareholders, and any notice so given shall be sufficient notice to the holders of such share.
 
109.   Any Shareholder whose address is not described in the Register of Shareholders, and who shall not have designated in writing an address for the receipt of notices, shall not be entitled to receive any notice from the Company.
 
110.   Reserved.


 

49

111.   Reserved.
 
112.   INDEMNITY; INSURANCE; DUTY OF CARE
Subject to the provisions of the Law, including the receiving of all the approvals required therein, or under any applicable law, the Company may indemnify any office holder to the fullest extent permitted by Law. The Company will indemnify its office holders and directors, as this term is defined under the Law with respect to liabilities or expenses, specified herein, provided that:
  (a)   the Board will resolve in advance, for purposes of sub-article (c)(1) below, the categories of events which in the Board’s opinion can be foreseen when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and
 
  (b)   provided further that, for purposes of sub-article (c)(1) below, the Board will set the amounts reasonable for such indemnification under the circumstances, or
 
  (c)   The Board will resolve to indemnify the Company’s office holders and directors retroactively for:
  (1)   a monetary liability imposed on an office holder by a judgment in favor of another person, including a judgment imposed on such office holder in a compromise or in an arbitrator’s decision that was approved by a Court; or
 
  (2)   reasonable legal expenses, including advocates’ fees, which the office holder incurred or with which he was charged by the Court, in a proceeding brought against him by the company, in its name or by another person, or in a criminal prosecution in which he was found innocent, or in a criminal prosecution in which he was convicted of an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; or
 
  (3)   reasonable litigation expenses, including legal fees, expended by an office holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against such office holder by a competent authority, which investigation or proceeding has not ended in a criminal charge or in a financial liability in lieu of a criminal proceeding, or has ended in a financial obligation in lieu of a criminal proceeding for an offence that does not require proof of criminal intent (the phrases “proceeding that has not ended in a criminal charge” and “financial obligation in lieu of a criminal proceeding” shall have the meaning as defined in Section 260(a)(1a) of the Companies Law, 1999).
113.   Subject to the provisions of the Law, including the receiving of all the approvals required therein, or under any other applicable law, the Company shall enter into an agreement for the insurance of each director of the Company, and may enter into an agreement for the insurance of any other office holder or director, in respect of any liability that will be imposed on such office holder in consequence of an act which was performed by such office holder or director by virtue of his office, in each of the following issues:
  (1)   violation of the duty of care of the office holder towards the Company or towards another person;
 
  (2)   breach of the fiduciary duty against the Company, on condition that the office holder acted in good faith and had reasonable grounds to assume that the act would not cause the Company any harm;


 

50

  (3)   a monetary obligation that will be imposed on the office holder to the benefit of another person.
114.   The Company is allowed to procure insurance for or indemnify any person who is not an office holder, including, without limitation, any employee, agent, consultant or contractor of the Company who is not an office holder.
 
115.   The Board may resolve in advance to exempt an office holder from all or some of his responsibility for damages caused to the Company pursuant to violation of his duty of care to it.
***

 

Exhibit 3.3
THE COMPANIES LAW, 5759-1999
A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
Articles of Association of
Voltaire Ltd.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 1. Interpretation .
  1.1.   In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the meaning set forth below:
     
Articles
  the Articles of Association of the Company, as shall be in force from time to time.
 
   
Board of Directors
  the Company’s Board of Directors.
 
   
“Company”
  Voltaire Ltd.
 
   
Companies Law
  the Israeli Companies Law 5759 — 1999, as may be amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
   
Companies Ordinance”
  the Israeli Companies Ordinance (New Version), 1983, as may be amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
   
Director
  A member of the Board of Directors.
 
   
Distribution
  As defined in the Companies Law.
 
   
Office Holder
  As defined in the Companies Law (“ Nose Misra ”).
 
   
Ordinary Resolution
  A resolution in a General Meeting that is approved by more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power represented at the meeting and voted therein (excluding abstentions).
 
   
Special Resolution
  A resolution in a General Meeting that is approved by at least seventy five percent (75%) of the voting power represented at the meeting and voted therein (excluding abstentions).
  1.2.   Unless the subject or the context otherwise requires: words and expressions not specifically defined herein and defined in the Companies Law or, if not defined in the Companies Law and if applicable, as defined in the Companies Ordinance, in force on the date when these Articles or any amendment thereto, as the case may be, first became effective shall have the meanings therein; words and expressions importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; words and expressions importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender; and words and expressions importing persons shall include bodies corporate. The captions in these Articles are for convenience only and shall not be deemed a part hereof or affect the construction of any provision hereof.
 
  1.3.   Any Article in these Articles which provides for an arrangement which differs in whole or in part from any provision in the Companies Law or the Companies Ordinance, as the case may be, which can be stipulated against, amended or added to, in whole or with regard to specific matters or within specific limitations, in


 

- 2 -

      accordance with any law, shall be considered a stipulation against the provision of the Companies Law or the Companies Ordinance, as the case may be, even if the actual stipulation is not specified in the said Article, and even if it is expressly stated in the Article (in whatever form) that the effectiveness of the Article is subject to the provisions of any law. In the event of a contradiction between any Article and the provisions of any law that may not be stipulated against, amended or added to, the provisions of the said law shall prevail, provided that nothing thereby shall nullify or impair the effectiveness of these Articles or any other Article therein.
  1.4.   In interpreting any Article or examining its effectiveness, the interpretation shall be given to that Article which is most likely to achieve its purpose as appearing therefrom or as appearing from the other Articles included within these Articles.
2.   Public Company; Limitation of Liability .
  2.1.   The Company is a public company as such term is defined in the Companies Law.
 
  2.2.   The liability of the each of the Company’s shareholders is limited to the payment of the nominal value of the shares in the Company held by such shareholder and which remains unpaid, and only to that amount. If the Company’s share capital shall include at any time shares without a nominal value, the liability of a shareholder in respect of such shares shall be limited to the payment of up to NIS 0.01 for each such share held by it and which remains unpaid, and only to that amount.
3.   Object and Purpose of the Company .
  3.1.   The object and purpose of the Company shall be as set forth in the Company’s Memorandum of Association, as the same shall be amended from time to time in accordance with applicable law.
 
  3.2.   The Company may make contributions of reasonable amounts to worthy causes, as the Board of Directors may determine in its discretion, even if such contributions are not made on the basis of business considerations.
SHARE CAPITAL
4.   Share Capital .
 
    The authorized share capital of the Company is 2,000,000 New Israeli Shekels divided into 200,000,000 Ordinary Shares, each having a nominal value of NIS0.01 (the “ Ordinary Shares ”).
 
5.   Increase of Share Capital .
 
    The Company may, from time to time, by an Ordinary Resolution, whether or not all the shares then authorized have been issued, and whether or not all the shares theretofore issued have been called up for payment, increase its authorized share capital by the creation of new authorized shares. Any such increase shall be in such amount and shall be divided into  shares of such nominal amounts, and such shares shall confer such rights and preferences and be subject to such restrictions, as such resolution shall provide. Except to the extent otherwise provided in such resolution, such newly-authorized shares shall be subject to all the provisions of these Articles applicable to the shares of such class included in the existing share capital.
 
6.   Rights of the Ordinary Shares .
  6.1.   The Ordinary Shares confer upon the holders thereof all rights accruing to a


 

- 3 -

      shareholder of a Company, as provided in these Articles, including, inter alia, the right to receive notices of, and to attend meetings of shareholders; for each share held, the right to one vote at all meetings of shareholders; and to share equally, on a per share basis, in such Distributions as may be declared by the Board of Directors in accordance with these Articles and the Companies Law, and upon liquidation or dissolution of the Company, in the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to shareholders after payment of all debts and other liabilities of the Company, in accordance with the terms of these Articles and applicable law. All Ordinary Shares rank pari passu in all respects with each other.
  6.2.   (i) If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class, unless otherwise provided by these Articles, may be modified or abrogated by the Company, by a resolution passed by the holders of a majority of the voting power of shares of such class present and voting at a separate Class Meeting of the holders of the shares of such class; and
 
    (ii) Unless otherwise provided by these Articles, the rights attached to a class of shares shall not be deemed for purposes of this Article 6 to be modified or abrogated by: (i) an increase or decrease of the authorized number of shares of such class of shares or of any other existing class of shares; (ii) the issuance of additional shares of such class of shares or of any other existing class of shares; or (iii) the creation of a new class of shares and the issuance of shares thereof.
7.   Consolidation, Subdivision, Cancellation and Reduction of Share Capital .
  7.1.   Subject to the provisions of these Articles and applicable law, the Company may, from time to time, by an Ordinary Resolution:
  7.1.1.   consolidate all or any of its issued or unissued share capital into shares of larger nominal value than its existing shares;
 
  7.1.2.   subdivide its shares (issued or unissued) or any of them, into shares of smaller nominal value than is fixed by these Articles, and the resolution whereby any share is subdivided may determine that, as among the holders of the shares resulting from such subdivision, one or more of the shares may, as compared with the others, have any such preferred or deferred rights or rights of redemption or other special rights, or be subject to any such restrictions, as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares;
 
  7.1.3.   cancel any authorized shares not yet issued, provided that the Company has made no commitment, including a conditional commitment, to issue such shares; or
 
  7.1.4.   reduce its share capital in any manner, subject to any authorization or consent required by applicable law.
  7.2.   With respect to any consolidation of shares and any other action which may result in fractional shares, the Board of Directors may settle any difficulty which may arise with regard thereto, as it deems fit, including, inter alia, resort to one or more of the following actions:
  7.2.1.   allot, in contemplation of or subsequent to such consolidation or other action, such shares or fractional shares sufficient to preclude or remove fractional share holdings;


 

- 4 -

  7.2.2.   to the extent as may be permitted under the Companies Law, redeem or purchase such shares or fractional shares sufficient to preclude or remove fractional shareholdings;
 
  7.2.3.   cause the transfer of fractional shares by certain shareholders of the Company to other shareholders thereof so as to most expediently preclude or remove any fractional shareholdings, and cause the transferees to pay the transferors the fair value of fractional shares so transferred, and the Board of Directors is hereby authorized to act as agent for the transferors and transferees with power of substitution for purposes of implementing the provisions of this sub-Article 7.2.3.
SHARES
8.   Allotment of Shares and other Securities .
 
    Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles: (a) the unissued shares from time to time shall be under the control of the Board of Directors, which shall have the power to offer or allot such shares or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, for cash, or for such other consideration that is not cash, with such restrictions and conditions, in excess of their nominal value, at their nominal value, or at a discount to their nominal value and/or with payment of commission, and at such times, as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate, and (b) the Board of Directors shall have the power to cause the Company to grant to any person the option or right to acquire from the Company any shares, in each case on such terms as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate.
 
    Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, the Company may issue shares having the same rights as the existing shares, or having preferred or deferred rights, or rights of redemption, or restricted rights, or any other special right in respect of Distributions, voting, appointment or dismissal of directors, return of share capital, distribution of Company’s property, or otherwise, all as determined by the Company from time to time, provided that such issuance shall not infringe on any other provision of these Articles or any special rights previously granted to a shareholder to the extent such rights are still in effect.
 
9.   Issuance of Share Certificates; Replacement of Lost Certificates .
  9.1.   Share certificates, when issued, shall be issued under the seal, stamp or printed name of the Company and shall bear the signatures (including by facsimile) of two Directors, or of any other person or persons authorized thereto by the Board of Directors.
 
  9.2.   Each shareholder shall be entitled to one or more numbered certificates for all shares of any class registered in his name. Each certificate may specify the serial numbers of shares represented thereby.
 
  9.3.   A share certificate registered in the names of two or more persons shall be delivered to the person first named in the Register of Shareholders in respect of such co-ownership and the Company shall not be obligated to issue more than one certificate to all the joint holders.
 
  9.4.   If a share certificate is defaced, lost or destroyed, it may be replaced, upon payment of such fee, and upon the furnishing of such evidence of ownership and such indemnity, as the Board of Directors may deem fit.
10.   Registered Holder .
 
    Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, the Company shall be entitled to treat the


 

- 5 -

    registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof, and, accordingly, shall not, except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction, or as required by statute, be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in such share on the part of any other person.
11.   Payment in Installments .
 
    If by the terms of allotment of any share, the whole or any part of the price thereof shall be payable in installments, every such installment shall, when due, be paid to the Company by the then registered holder(s) of the share or the person(s) then entitled thereto.
 
12.   Calls on Shares .
  12.1.   The Board of Directors may, from time to time, make such calls as it may deem fit upon holders of shares in respect of any sum unpaid in respect of shares held by such holders which is not, by the terms of allotment thereof or otherwise, payable at a fixed time, and each of such holders shall pay the amount of every call so made upon him (and of each installment thereof if the same is payable in installments), to the person(s) and at the time(s) and place(s) designated by the Board of Directors in the notice referred to below, as any such time(s) may be thereafter extended and/or such person(s) or place(s) changed. Unless otherwise stipulated in the resolution of the Board of Directors (and in the notice hereafter referred to), each payment in response to a call shall be deemed to constitute a pro rata payment on account of all shares in respect of which such call was made.
 
  12.2.   Notice of any call shall be given in writing to the holder(s) in question not less than fourteen (14) days prior to the time of payment, specifying the time and place of payment, and designating the person to whom such payment shall be made, provided, however, that before the time for any such payment, the Board of Directors may, by notice in writing to such holder(s), revoke such call in whole or in part, extend such time, or alter such person and/or place. In the event of a call payable in installments, only one notice thereof need be given.
 
  12.3.   If, by the terms of allotment of any share or otherwise, any amount is made payable at any fixed time, then such amount shall be payable at such time as if it were a call duly made by the Board of Directors and of which due notice had been given, and all the provisions herein contained with respect to such calls shall apply to each such amount.
 
  12.4.   Any amount unpaid in respect of a call shall bear interest from the date on which it is payable until actual payment thereof, at such rate as the Board of Directors may prescribe (not exceeding the then prevailing debitory rate charged by leading commercial banks in Israel), and at such time(s) as the Board of Directors may prescribe.
 
  12.5.   The Board of Directors may provide for differences among the allottees of such  shares as to the amount of calls and/or the times of payment thereof.
 
  12.6.   The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof and all interest payable thereon.
13.   Prepayment .
 
    With the approval of the Board of Directors, any holder of shares may pay to the Company any amount not yet payable in respect of his shares, and the Board of Directors may approve the payment of interest on any such amount until the same would be payable if it had not


 

- 6 -

    been paid in advance, at such rate and time(s) as may be approved by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time cause the Company to repay all or any part of the money so advanced, without premium or penalty. Nothing in this Article 13 shall derogate from the right of the Board of Directors to make any call before or after receipt by the Company of any such advance.
14.   Forfeiture and Surrender .
  14.1.   If any holder fails to pay any amount payable in respect of a call, or interest thereon as provided for in these Articles, on or before the day fixed for payment of the same, the Company, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may at any time thereafter, so long as the said amount or interest remains unpaid, forfeit all or any of the shares in respect of which said call had been made. Any expense incurred by the Company in attempting to collect any such amount or interest, including, inter alia, attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, shall be added to, and shall, for all purposes (including the accrual of interest thereon), constitute a part of the amount payable to the Company in respect of such call.
 
  14.2.   Upon the adoption of a resolution of forfeiture, the Board of Directors shall cause notice thereof to be given to such holder, which notice shall state that, in the event of the failure to pay the entire amount so payable within a period stipulated in the notice (which period shall not be less than fourteen (14) days, unless otherwise stated in the terms of issuance of the forfeited shares) and which may be extended by the Board of Directors), such shares shall be ipso facto forfeited, provided, however, that, prior to the expiration of such period, the Board of Directors may nullify such resolution of forfeiture, but no such nullification shall estop the Board of Directors from adopting a further resolution of forfeiture in respect of the non-payment of the same amount.
 
  14.3.   Without derogating from Articles 14.1 and 14.2 hereof, whenever shares are forfeited as herein provided, all Distributions declared prior to such forfeiture in respect of such shares and not actually paid shall be deemed to have been forfeited at the same time.
 
  14.4.   The Company, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may accept the voluntary surrender of any share. A surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited.
 
  14.5.   Any share forfeited or surrendered as provided herein shall become the property of the Company, and the same, subject to the provisions of these Articles and the Companies Law, may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of as the Board of Directors deems fit.
 
  14.6.   Any shareholder whose shares have been forfeited or surrendered shall cease to be a holder in respect of the forfeited or surrendered shares, but shall, notwithstanding, be liable to pay, and shall forthwith pay, to the Company, all calls, interest and expenses owing upon or in respect of such shares at the time of forfeiture or surrender, together with interest thereon from the time of forfeiture or surrender until actual payment, at the rate prescribed in Article 12.4 above, and the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may enforce the payment of such moneys or any part thereof, but shall not be under any obligation to do so. In the event of such forfeiture or surrender, the Company, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may accelerate the date(s) of payment of any or all amounts then owing by the holder in question (but not yet due) in respect of all shares owned by such holder, solely or jointly with another.
 
  14.7.   The Board of Directors may at any time, before any share so forfeited or surrendered


 

- 7 -

      shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, nullify the forfeiture or surrender on such conditions as it deems fit, but no such nullification shall estop the Board of Directors from re-exercising its powers of forfeiture pursuant to this Article 14.
15.   Lien .
  15.1.   Except to the extent the same may be waived or subordinated in writing, the Company shall have a first and paramount lien upon all the shares registered in the name of each holder that were not paid up in full (without regard to any equitable or other claim or interest in such shares on the part of any other person), and upon the proceeds of the sale thereof, in respect of money due to the Company on calls for payment or payable at fixed times, whether or not presently payable, or the fulfillment and performance of the obligations and commitments to which the Company is entitled in respect of the shares. Such lien shall extend to all Distributions from time to time declared or made in respect of such shares.
 
  15.2.   The Board of Directors may cause the Company to sell any shares subject to such lien when any such debt or obligation has matured, in such manner as the Board of Directors may deem fit, but no such sale shall be made unless such debt or obligation has not been satisfied within fourteen (14) days after written notice of the intention to sell shall have been served on such holder, his executors or administrators.
 
  15.3.   The net proceeds of any such sale, after payment of the costs thereof, shall be applied in or toward satisfaction of the debt or obligation of such holder, or any specific part of the same (as the Company may determine), and the residue (if any) shall be paid to the holder, his executors, administrators or assigns, subject to a lien on amounts the date of payment of which has not yet arrived, similar to the lien on the share before its sale.
16.   Sale after Forfeiture or Surrender or in Enforcement of Lien .
 
    Upon any sale of shares after forfeiture or surrender or for enforcing a lien, the Board of Directors may appoint any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares so sold and cause the purchaser’s name to be entered in the Register of Shareholders in respect of such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the regularity of the proceedings, or to the application of the purchase money, and after his name has been entered in the Register of Shareholders in respect of such shares, the validity of the sale shall not be impeached by any person, and the remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale shall be in damages only and against the Company exclusively.
 
17.   Redeemable Shares .
 
    The Company may, subject to applicable law, by resolution of the Board of Directors, issue redeemable securities and determine the terms of their redemption and the provisions of the Companies Law shall apply to the issue of such securities. The Board of Directors shall determine which redeemable securities shall be redeemed, from time to time, in accordance with the terms of the issuance of such securities.
TRANSFER OF SHARES
18.   Effectiveness and Registration .
  18.1.   No transfer of shares shall be registered unless a proper instrument of transfer (in any customary form or any other form satisfactory to the Board of Directors) signed by both the transferor and the transferee has been submitted to the Company or its


 

- 8 -

      transfer agent, together with any share certificate(s) or such other evidence of title as the Board of Directors may reasonably require, provided that the Board may approve other methods for recognizing transfer of shares, taking into account the manner of trading of the Company’s shares. Until the transferee has been registered in the Register of Shareholders in respect of the shares so transferred, the Company may continue to regard the transferor as the owner thereof. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, prescribe a fee for the registration of a transfer.
  18.2.   The instrument of transfer of shares shall be in writing and shall be substantially in the following form or in any other form satisfactory to the Board of Directors:
 
      I,                       , of                        (the “ Transferor ”), hereby transfer to of                       (the “ Transferee ”),                         shares of Voltaire Ltd.,                       nominal value each, to be held by the said Transferee and/or its executors, administrators and assignees, upon all of the terms and conditions subject to which the Transferor held such shares, and the said Transferee does hereby agree to take such shares subject to the above terms and conditions.
 
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Transferor and the Transferee have executed this instrument this ___day of                        , 20___.
             
 
           
 
  Transferor   Transferee    
  18.3.   The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, refuse to register the transfer of share which was not fully paid up.
 
  18.4.   Registered transfer instruments shall remain with the Company, but any transfer instrument, which the Board of Directors refused to register, shall be returned to the transferor upon demand.
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
19.   Decedents’ Shares .
  19.1.   Upon the death of a shareholder, in case of a share registered in the names of two or more holders, the Company may recognize the survivor(s) as the sole owner(s) thereof unless and until the provisions of Article 19.2 have been effectively invoked. In case of a share registered in the names of two or more holders, each holder thereof shall be entitled to transfer their rights in such share(s).
 
  19.2.   Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death of any person, upon producing evidence of the grant of probate or letters of administration or declaration of succession (or such other evidence as the Board of Directors may reasonably deem sufficient that he sustains the character in respect of which he proposes to act under this Article or of his title), shall be registered as a holder in respect of such share, or may, subject to the regulations as to transfer herein contained, transfer such share.
20.   Receivers and Liquidators .
  20.1.   The Company may recognize the receiver or liquidator of any corporate shareholder in winding-up or dissolution, or the receiver or trustee in bankruptcy of any shareholder, as being entitled to the shares registered in the name of such shareholder.
 
  20.2.   The receiver or liquidator of a corporate shareholder in winding-up or dissolution, or


 

- 9 -

      the receiver or trustee in bankruptcy of any shareholder, upon producing such evidence as the Board of Directors may deem sufficient that he sustains the character in respect of which he proposes to act under this Article or of his title, shall be registered as a shareholder in respect of such shares, or may, subject to the regulations as to transfer herein contained, transfer such shares.
RECORD DATE FOR NOTICES OF GENERAL MEETINGS AND OTHER ACTION
21.   Record Date for General Meetings .
 
    Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in these Articles, for the determination of the holders entitled to receive notice of and to participate in and vote at a General Meeting, or to express consent to or dissent from any corporate action in writing, or to exercise any rights in respect of shares of the Company (other than with respect to Distribution as detailed in Article 22 below), the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which, subject to and except as otherwise permitted by any applicable law, shall not be earlier than forty (40) days prior to the date of the General Meeting or other action, as the case may be, nor later than four (4) days prior to the date of the General Meeting or other action, as the case may be, or such longer periods as may be required pursuant to the Companies Law. No persons other than holders of record of voting shares as of such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to participate in and vote at such General Meeting, or to exercise such other right, as the case may be. A determination of holders of record with respect to a General Meeting shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting, provided that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for an adjourned meeting.
 
22.   Record Date for Distributions .
  22.1.   Subject to the applicable law, the person entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, shall be the holder of record of shares of the Company that are entitled to distribution of dividends on the date upon which it was resolved to distribute the dividends or at such later date as shall be provided in the resolution in question.
 
  22.2.   The transfer of shares shall not entitle the transferee to a dividend or any other monies payable by the Company on account of ownership of shares that was agreed upon after said transfer, but before its registration with the Company, as required by these Articles and any applicable law.
GENERAL MEETINGS
23.   Annual General Meeting .
 
    An Annual General Meeting shall be held once in every calendar year at such time (within a period of not more than fifteen (15) months after the last preceding Annual General Meeting) and at such place as may be determined by the Board of Directors.
 
24.   Special Meetings .
 
    All General Meetings other than Annual General Meetings shall be called “Special General Meetings”. The Board of Directors may, whenever it deems fit, convene a Special General Meeting at such time and place as may be determined by the Board of Directors, and shall be obliged to do so upon a requisition in writing in accordance with Section 63 of the Companies Law.
 
25.   Class Meetings .


 

- 10 -

    The provisions of these Articles with respect to General Meetings shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to meetings of the holders of a class of shares of the Company (herein “Class Meetings”); provided, however, that the requisite quorum at any such Class Meeting shall be at least two shareholders, present in person or by proxy, and holding together shares representing not less than 25% of the voting power of the issued shares of such class.
 
26.   Notice of General Meetings .
  26.1.   To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is not required to deliver a personal notice of General Meetings to each holder of record of the Company’s Shares.
 
  26.2.   Subject to these Articles and to the applicable law and regulations, including the applicable laws and regulations of any stock market or over-the-counter market on which the Company’s shares are listed, the Company shall provide to those who are entitled to participate in a General Meeting or publish a written notice not less than twenty-one (21) days prior to any General Meeting.
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS
27.   Quorum .
  27.1.   Two or more shareholders (not in default in payment of any sum referred to in Article 12 hereof), present in person or by proxy and holding shares conferring in the aggregate at least twenty five percent (25%) of the voting power of the Company shall constitute a quorum at General Meetings. No business shall be transacted at a General Meeting, or at any adjournment thereof, unless the requisite quorum is present when the resolution is voted upon.
 
  27.2.   If within thirty (30) minutes from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall be dissolved, but shall stand adjourned to the same day at the same time the following week (the “ Deferred General Meeting ”), and the Company shall not be obligated to give notice to the shareholders of the Deferred General Meeting, or to such other date and time, if so specified in the notice of the General Meeting. In the Deferred General Meeting, all matters for which the General Meeting was summoned shall be discussed, provided at least two shareholders (not in default in payment of any sum referred to in Article 12 hereof), are present in person or by proxy and hold shares conferring in the aggregate at least ten percent (10%) of the voting power of the Company (subject to applicable law, rules and regulations).
28.   Chairperson .
 
    The Chairperson, if any, of the Board of Directors shall preside as chairperson at every General Meeting of the Company, or any other person appointed by the Board of Directors for such purpose. If there is no such Chairperson, or if at any meeting he is not present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time fixed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairperson, then the directors present by a simple majority may elect one of the directors present as the chairperson, and if the directors present shall not do so, then the shareholders present shall choose someone of the shareholders present to be chairperson. The office of chairperson shall not, by itself, entitle the holder thereof to vote at any General Meeting nor shall it entitle such holder to a second or casting vote (without derogating, however, from the rights of such chairperson to vote as a holder of voting  shares or proxy of a shareholder if, in fact, he is also a shareholder or such proxy).
 
29.   Adoption of Resolutions at General Meetings .


 

- 11 -

  29.1.   Unless otherwise specified in these Articles or as otherwise required by applicable law, all matters brought to vote in a General Meeting, including without limitation the amendment of these Articles, shall be deemed adopted if approved by an Ordinary Resolution. In the event of a tie-vote the proposed resolution shall be rejected.
 
  29.2.   Every question submitted to a General Meeting shall be decided by a show of hands, but if a written ballot is demanded by any shareholder present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting, the same shall be decided by such ballot. A written ballot may be demanded before the voting on a proposed resolution or immediately after the declaration by the chairperson of the meeting of the results of the vote by a show of hands. If a vote by written ballot is taken after such declaration, the results of the vote by a show of hands shall be of no effect, and the proposed resolution shall be decided by such written ballot. The demand for a written ballot may be withdrawn at any time before the same is conducted, in which event another shareholder may then demand such written ballot. The demand for a written ballot shall not prevent the continuance of the meeting for the transaction of business other than the question on which the written ballot was demanded.
 
  29.3.   A declaration by the chairperson of the meeting that a resolution has been adopted unanimously, or adopted by a particular majority, or rejected, and an entry to that effect in the minute book of the Company, shall be prima facie evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favor of or against such resolution.
30.   Power to Adjourn .
 
    The chairperson of a General Meeting at which a quorum is present may, with the consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented in person or by proxy and voting on the question of adjournment (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting, the discussion or the decision in a matter that was on the agenda from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting as originally called and with respect to which no resolution was adopted.
 
31.   Voting Power .
 
    Subject to the provisions of Article 32 and subject to any provision hereof conferring special rights as to voting, or restricting the right to vote, every shareholder shall have one vote for each share held by him of record, on every resolution, without regard to whether the vote hereon is conducted by a show of hands, by written ballot or by any other means.
 
32.   Voting Rights .
  32.1.   Unless otherwise decided by the Board, a shareholder shall not be entitled to vote at any General Meeting (or be counted as a part of the quorum thereat), with respect to shares for which all calls and other sums then payable by him have not been paid.
 
  32.2.   A company or other corporate body being a shareholder of the Company may authorize any person to be its representative at any General Meeting of the Company. Any person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise on behalf of such shareholder all the power which the latter could have exercised if it were an individual shareholder. Upon the request of the chairperson of the meeting, written evidence of such authorization (in form acceptable to the chairperson) shall be delivered to him.
 
  32.3.   Any shareholder entitled to vote may vote either personally or by proxy (who need


 

- 12 -

      not be a shareholder of the Company), or, if the shareholder is a company or other corporate body, by a representative authorized pursuant to Article 32.2.
 
  32.4.   If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the vote(s) of the other joint holder(s); and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Shareholders.
 
  32.5.   Minors and legally incompetent persons shall only be allowed to vote through their legal guardian, and any such guardian may vote as a proxy.
 
  32.6.   The Board of Directors may determine, in its discretion, the matters, if any, that may be voted upon at the meeting by a proxy card in addition to the matters listed in Section 87(a) of the Companies Law.
PROXIES
33.   Instrument of Appointment .
  33.1.   The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be substantially in the following form:
 
      “I                      (Name of Shareholder) of                      (Address of Shareholder) being a shareholder of Voltaire Ltd. hereby appoint                      as my proxy to vote for me and on my behalf at the General Meeting of the Company to be held on the ___day of                      , 20___and at any adjournment(s) thereof.
 
      Signed this ___day of                      , 20___.
         
 
       
 
  (Signature of Appointer)”    
    or in any usual or common form or in such other form as may be approved by the Board of Directors. It shall be duly signed by the appointer or his duly authorized attorney or, if such appointer is a company or other corporate body, under its common seal, stamp or printed name or the hand of its duly authorized agent(s) or attorney(s).
 
  33.2.   The instrument appointing a proxy (and the power of attorney or other authority, if any, under which such instrument has been signed) shall either be delivered to the Company (at its registered office, or at its principal place of business, or at the office of its registrar and/or transfer agent or at such place as the Board of Directors may specify) not less than two (2) hours before the time fixed for the meeting, at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote, or presented to the chairperson of the meeting at such meeting. Delivery of an instrument appointing a proxy shall not preclude a shareholder from attending and voting in person in the meeting, unless the instrument is irrevocable by its terms.
 
  33.3.   The Board of Directors may cause the Company to send, by mail or otherwise, instruments of proxy to shareholders for use at any General Meeting.
 
  33.4.   Any shareholder who holds more than one share shall be entitled to appoint a proxy with respect to all or some of its shares or appoint more than one proxy, provided that the instrument appointing a proxy shall include the number and class of shares with respect to which it was issued.


 

- 13 -

34.   Effect of Death of Appointer or Revocation of Appointment .
 
    A vote cast pursuant to an instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death of the appointing holder (or of his attorney-in-fact, if any, who signed such instrument), or the revocation of the appointment or the transfer of the share in respect of which the vote is cast, provided no written notice of such death, revocation or transfer shall have been received by the Company or by the chairperson of the meeting before such vote is cast and provided, further, that the appointing holder, if present in person at said meeting, may revoke the appointment by means of a written or oral notification to the chairperson, or otherwise.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
35.   Powers of Board of Directors .
  35.1.   General . The Board of Directors shall have all powers and responsibilities allocated to the Board of Directors by the Companies Law and these Articles, including setting the Company’s policies and supervising the execution of the powers and responsibilities of the General Manager of the Company. The Board of Directors may execute any power of the Company that is not specifically allocated by applicable law or by these Articles to another organ of the Company.
 
  35.2.   Borrowing Power . Subject to the terms of these Articles, the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its discretion, cause the Company to borrow or secure the payment of any sum or sums of money for the purposes of the Company, and may secure or provide for the repayment of such sum or sums in such manner, at such times and upon such terms and conditions in all respects as it deems fit, and, in particular, by the issuance of bonds, perpetual or redeemable debentures, debenture stock, or any mortgages, charges, or other securities on the undertaking or the whole or any part of the property of the Company, both present and future, including its uncalled or called but unpaid capital for the time being.
 
  35.3.   Reserves . The Board of Directors may, from time to time, set aside any amount(s) out of the profits of the Company as a reserve or reserves for any purpose(s) which the Board of Directors, in its absolute discretion, shall deem fit, and may invest any sum so set aside in any manner and from time to time deal with and vary such investments, and dispose of all or any part thereof, and employ any such reserve or any part thereof in the business of the Company without being bound to keep the same separate from other assets of the Company, and may subdivide or re-designate any reserve or cancel the same or apply the funds therein for another purpose, all as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem fit.
36.   Exercise of Powers of Directors .
  36.1.   A meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the authorities, powers and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board of Directors.
 
  36.2.   Except as otherwise specifically set forth in these Articles or as required by applicable law, a resolution proposed at any meeting of the Board of Directors shall be deemed adopted if approved by a majority of the directors present (or participating, in the case of a vote through a permitted means of communications) and lawfully voting thereon (as conclusively determined by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors may conduct a meeting by use of any means of communications, provided all persons participating in the meeting can hear


 

- 14 -

      each other at the same time. A resolution approved by use of means of communications as aforesaid shall be deemed to be a resolution lawfully adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event of a tie-vote, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall not have casting vote on such matter, and the proposed resolution shall be rejected.
 
  36.3.   A resolution in writing signed by all directors then in office and lawfully entitled to vote thereon (as conclusively determined by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors) or to which all such directors have given their consent (by letter, facsimile, e-mail message or otherwise), shall be deemed to have been adopted by a meeting of the Board of Directors duly convened and held.
 
  36.4.   A resolution without convening may be adopted by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that all directors then in office and lawfully entitled to vote thereon have given their consent not to convene for such resolution. If a resolution without convening, as aforementioned, had been adopted, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall provide and sign a written minutes of the resolutions adopted, including the resolution not to convene.
37.   Delegation of Powers .
  37.1.   Committees of the Board of Directors:
  37.1.1.   The Board of Directors may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and any other applicable law, delegate any of its powers to committees (“ Committees of the Board of Directors ”), and it may from time to time revoke such delegation or alter the composition of any such committee.
 
  37.1.2.   The membership of each Committee of the Board of Directors shall comply with the requirements of the Companies Law.
 
  37.1.3.   Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and except as otherwise prescribed by the Board of Directors, any resolution by a Committee of the Board of Directors within its authority shall be binding as if it was adopted by the Board of Directors.
 
  37.1.4.   A Committee of the Board of Directors shall, in the exercise of the powers so delegated, conform to any regulations imposed on it by the Board of Directors. The meetings and proceedings of any such Committee of the Board of Directors shall, mutatis mutandis, be governed by the provisions herein contained for regulating the meetings of the Board of Directors, so far as not superseded by any regulations adopted by the Board of Directors under this Article. Unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board of Directors in delegating powers to a Committee of the Board of Directors, such Committee shall not be empowered to further delegate such powers.
  37.2.   Without derogating from the powers and authorities of the Company’s General Manager to appoint and dismiss office holders, the Board of Directors may from time to time, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, appoint a Secretary to the Company, as well as officers, agents, employees and independent contractors, as the Board of Directors may deem fit, and may terminate the service of any such person. The Board of Directors may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, determine the powers and duties, as well as the salaries and emoluments, of all such


 

- 15 -

      persons, and may require security in such cases and in such amounts as it deems fit.
 
  37.3.   Without derogating from the powers and authorities of the Company’s General Manager, the Board of Directors may from time to time, by power of attorney or otherwise, appoint any person, company, firm or body of persons to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company at law or in fact for such purpose(s) and with such powers, authorities and discretions, and for such period and subject to such conditions, as it deems fit, and any such power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board of Directors may deem fit, and may also authorize any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.
38.   Number of Directors .
 
    Until otherwise determined by a Special Resolution of the Company’s shareholders, and as so determined, the Board of Directors shall consist of not less than five (5) nor more than nine (9) Directors, two of whom shall be Outside Directors (as such term is defined in the Companies Law). Any change to this Article 38 shall only be carried out by a resolution of the shareholders of the Company, adopted by the holders of securities representing at least 2/3 (two thirds) of the voting securities of the Company then outstanding.
 
39.   Election and Removal of Directors .
  39.1.   Outside Directors shall serve on the Board according to the number required by law, will be appointed and removed pursuant to the law and shall be governed by the relevant provisions of the law which applies to such Outside Directors.
 
  39.2.   All Directors, other than Outside Directors (who will be chosen and appointed, and whose term will expire, in accordance with applicable law), shall be appointed in accordance with the provisions of this Article 39.
 
  39.3.   Subject to the provisions of Article 40, the members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be elected by an Ordinary Resolution in a General Meeting, according to the following conditions:
  39.3.1.   The Directors of the Company (other than the Outside Directors) shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class of Directors shall consist, as nearly as possible as determined by the Board of Directors, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors (excluding the Outside Directors). The above-described term of office of the Class I Directors shall expire at the first Annual General Meeting ensuing next after the division into Classes; the above-described term of office of the Class II Directors shall expire at the second Annual General Meeting ensuing after the division into Classes; and the above-described term of office of the Class III Directors shall expire at the third Annual General Meeting ensuing after the division into Classes.
 
  39.3.2.   At each Annual General Meeting, election or re-election of Directors following the expiration of the term of office of the Directors of a certain Class, will be for a term of office that expires on the third Annual General Meeting following such election or re-election, such that from 2007 and forward, each year the term of office of only one Class of Directors will expire (i.e., the term of office of Class I will


 

- 16 -

      initially expire at the Annual Meetings held in 2008). A Director shall hold office until the Annual General Meeting for the year in which his or her term expires, subject to Article 41 below.
 
  39.3.3.   Upon a change in the number of Directors (other than as a result of a vacancy), in accordance with the provisions of these Articles, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the Classes so as to maintain the number of Directors in each Class as nearly equal as possible. The removal of any Director, other than in accordance with Article 41 below, shall only be carried out by a Special Resolution.
 
  39.3.4.   Any change to this Article 39.3 shall only be carried out by a resolution of the shareholders of the Company, adopted by the holders of securities representing at least 2/3 (two thirds) of the voting securities of the Company then outstanding.
  39.4.   Subject to applicable law, any Director whose term of service as Director has expired, shall be eligible for re-election as a Director. Candidates for directorships to be elected by the Annual General Meeting shall be nominated either by the Board of Directors or by a Committee of the Board of Directors authorized by the Board of Directors subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and other applicable law. Any change to this Article 39.4 shall only be carried out by a resolution of the shareholders of the Company, adopted by the holders of securities representing at least 2/3 (two thirds) of the voting securities of the Company then outstanding.
 
  39.5.   Any Director shall assume his position as Director on the date of his election to the Board of Directors, unless a later date has been designated in the resolution appointing such Director.
40.   Continuing Directors in the Event of Vacancies .
  40.1.   Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, however occurring (including vacancy existing on the date of adoption of these Articles by reason that less than nine (9) directors are serving on the date of such adoption, but excluding two seats reserved for Outside Directors and any vacancy created with respect to an Outside Director), may be filled by a vote of a simple majority of the Directors then in office, even if less than quorum, provided that the total number of directors shall not exceed nine (9). A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to hold office until the next Annual General Meeting or until a Special General Meeting is convened in order to fill such vacancy, and may be removed from the Board of Directors by a vote of simple majority of the Directors then in office before such Annual General Meeting or Special General Meeting has convened. The Director elected by such next Annual General Meeting or Special General Meeting, as applicable, with respect the vacancy shall be considered as a member of the class in which such vacancy was created. Any change to this Article 40.1 shall only be carried out by a resolution of the shareholders of the Company, adopted by the holders of securities representing at least 2/3 (two thirds) of the voting securities of the Company then outstanding.
 
  40.2.   If the position of one or more Directors is vacated, the continuing Directors shall be entitled to act in every matter so long as their number is not less than the statutory minimum number required at the time. If, at any time, their number decreases below said statutory minimum number, the Directors will not be entitled to act except in an emergency, and they may fill vacant positions on the Board of Directors pursuant to


 

- 17 -

      Article 40.1 herein or call a General Meeting of the Company for the purpose of electing Directors to fill any vacancies.
41.   Vacation of Office .
  41.1.   The office of a Director shall be vacated, ipso facto , in accordance with the provision of the Companies Law, and upon the occurrence of any of the following: (i) such Director’s death, (ii) such Director becomes legally incompetent, (iii) if such Director is an individual, such Director is declared bankrupt, (iv) if such Director is a corporate entity, upon its winding-up or liquidation, whether voluntary or involuntary; (v) if such Director is prohibited by applicable law or listing requirements from serving as a Director of the Company.
 
  41.2.   The office of a Director shall be vacated by his written resignation. Such resignation shall become effective on the date fixed therein, or upon the delivery thereof to the Company, whichever is later.
42.   Remuneration of Directors .
 
    Subject to the provisions of applicable law, a Director may be paid remuneration by the Company for his services as a director to the extent that the remuneration shall have been approved in accordance with applicable law.
 
43.   Conflict of Interests .
 
    Subject to the provisions of any applicable law, the Company may enter into any contract or otherwise transact any business with any Office Holder in which contract or business such Director has a personal interest, directly or indirectly; and may enter into any contract of otherwise transact any business with any third party in which contract or business an Office Holder has a personal interest, directly or indirectly. The Board of Directors shall be entitled to delegate its approval power under Section 271 of the Companies Law to a Committee of the Board, and the power of such committee shall be regarded as another method of approval within the meaning of Section 271 of the Companies Law.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
44.   Meetings .
  44.1.   The Board of Directors may meet and adjourn its meetings according to the Company’s needs but at least once in every three (3) months, and otherwise regulate such meetings and proceedings as the Directors think fit. The Board may meet by telephone conference call or other communication equipment so long as each director participating in such call can hear, and be heard by, each other director participating in such call. The directors participating in this manner shall be deemed to be present in person at such meeting and shall be entitled to vote or be counted in a quorum accordingly.
 
  44.2.   Notice of meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director at the last address that the Director provided to the Company, or via facsimile or e-mail message or other means of written or electronic communication. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the notice shall be given at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time fixed for the meeting (provided that under extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, with the consent of the majority of the other directors then in office, may call a meeting upon a shorter notice) and shall specify


 

- 18 -

      the place and time where the meeting shall take place, as well as a reasonable account of the agenda to be discussed at such meeting.
 
  44.3.   Failure to deliver a notice to a Director in the manner required herein may be waived (in advance or retroactively) by such director and a meeting shall be deemed to have been duly convened notwithstanding such defective notice if such failure or defect is so waived by all Directors entitled to participate at such meeting and to notice was not duly given. The presence of a Director at any such meeting shall be deemed due receipt or prior notice or a waiver of any such notice requirement by such Director.
 
  44.4.   The Chairperson of the Board of Directors may convene a meeting of the Board of Directors at any time he so chooses, and shall convene such a meeting in accordance with the provisions of Section 98 of the Companies Law.
 
  44.5.   Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, the Board of Directors may convene without any prior notice, contingent upon the approval thereon of all members of the Board of Directors.
45.   Quorum .
  45.1.   Unless otherwise unanimously decided by the Board of Directors, a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors shall be constituted by the presence in person, or by conference call or similar communications equipment (by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time) of a majority of the Directors then in office who are lawfully entitled to participate in the meeting (as conclusively determined by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors), but shall not be less than two (2).
 
  45.2.   If within half an hour (or within such longer time as the chairperson of the meeting may decide) from the time appointed for the meeting, a quorum is not present, the Board of Directors meeting shall stand adjourned to the time and place determined by the chairperson of the meeting, provided that a notice of at least 24 hours is given to the Directors of such adjourned meeting. The requisite quorum at an adjourned meeting of the Board of Directors shall be those Directors who are present at such meeting, but not less than two (2). The only business to be considered at an adjourned meeting of the Board of Directors shall be those matters which might have been lawfully considered at the meeting of the Board of Directors originally called if a requisite quorum had been present.
46.   Chairperson of the Board of Directors .
 
    The Board of Directors may from time to time elect one of its members to be the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, remove such Chairperson from office and appoint another in its place. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall preside at every meeting of the Board of Directors, but if there is no such Chairperson, or if at any meeting he is not present within fifteen (15) minutes of the time fixed for the meeting, or if he is unwilling to take the chair, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be the chairperson of such meeting.
 
47.   Validity of Acts Despite Defects .
 
    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, all acts done bona fide at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of a Committee of the Board of Directors, or by any person(s) acting as Director(s), shall, notwithstanding that it may afterwards be discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of the participants in such meetings or any of them or any person(s) acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid


 

- 19 -

    as if there were no such defect or disqualification.
GENERAL MANAGER
48.   Subject to applicable law, the Board of Directors shall appoint one or more persons, whether or not Directors, as General Manager(s) of the Company and may confer upon such person(s), and from time to time modify or revoke, such title(s) (including Managing Director, President, Chief Executive Officer, Director General or any similar or dissimilar title) and such duties and authorities of the Board of Directors as the Board of Directors may deem fit, subject to such limitations and restrictions as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. Subject to applicable law, such appointment(s) may be either for a fixed term or without any limitation of time subject to applicable law, and the Board of Directors may from time to time (subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and of any contract between any such person and the Company) fix his or their salaries and emoluments, remove or dismiss him or them from office and appoint another or others in his or their place or places.
 
49.   The management and the operation of the Company’s affairs and business in accordance with the policies determined by the Board of Directors shall be vested in the General Manager, in addition to all powers and authorities of the General Manager as specified in the Companies Law. The Board of Directors may assume the authority granted to the General Manager, either with respect to a certain issue or for a certain period of time.
MINUTES
50.   Minutes .
  50.1.   Minutes of each General Meeting and of each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be recorded and duly entered in books provided for that purpose. Such minutes shall, in all events, set forth the names of the persons present at the meeting and all resolutions adopted thereat.
 
  50.2.   Any minutes as aforesaid, if purporting to be signed (i) by the chairperson of the meeting or by the chairperson of the next succeeding meeting with respect to a General Meeting; and (ii) by the Director who conducted the meeting of the Board of Director, shall constitute prima facie evidence of the matters recorded therein.
DISTRIBUTIONS
51.   Declaration and Payment of Distributions .
  51.1.   Subject to the Companies Law, the Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and cause the Company to effect Distributions as may appear to the Board of Directors to be justified by the profits of the Company. Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, the Board of Directors shall determine the time for payment of such Distributions, and the record date for determining the shareholders entitled thereto.
 
  51.2.   The Board of Directors may deduct from any Distribution payable to any shareholder, whether said shareholder is the sole holder of the shares or a joint holder, in respect of a share any and all sums of money then payable by them, whether separately or jointly, to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in respect of shares of the Company and/or on account of any other matter of transaction whatsoever. The Board of Directors may retain any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share on which the Company has a lien, and


 

- 20 -

      may apply the same in or toward the satisfaction of the debts, liabilities or engagement in respect of which the lien exists.
52.   Amount Payable by Way of Distribution .
  52.1.   Any Distribution paid by the Company shall be allocated among the shareholders entitled thereto in proportion to the outstanding capital nominal value, on account of their respective holdings of the shares in respect of which such Distribution is being paid, without taking into consideration any premium that was paid with regard to such  shares.
 
  52.2.   Shares which are fully paid up or which are credited as fully or partially paid within any period which in respect thereof Distributions are paid shall entitle the holders thereof to a Distribution in proportion of the amount paid up or credited as paid up in respect of the nominal value of such shares and to the date of payment thereof (pro rata temporis).
53.   Interest .
 
    No Distribution shall carry interest as against the Company.
 
54.   Unclaimed Distribution .
 
    All unclaimed dividends or other moneys payable in respect of a share may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board of Directors for the benefit of the Company until claimed. The payment by the Board of Directors of any unclaimed dividend or such other moneys into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof, and any dividend unclaimed after a period of seven (7) years from the date of declaration of such dividend, and any such other moneys unclaimed after a like period from the date the same were payable, shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company, provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, at its discretion, cause the Company to pay any such dividend or such other moneys, or any part thereof, to a person who would have been entitled thereto had the same not reverted to the Company.
 
55.   Payment in Specie .
 
    A Distribution may be paid, wholly or partly, by the distribution of specific assets of the Company or by distribution of paid up shares, debentures or debenture stock of the Company or of any other companies, or in any one or more of such ways.
 
56.   Capitalization of Profits, Reserves .
 
    Upon the resolution of the Board of Directors, the Company -
  56.1.   may cause any moneys, investments, or other assets forming part of the undivided profits of the Company, standing to the credit of a reserve fund, or to the credit of a reserve fund for the redemption of capital, or in the hands of the Company and available for dividends, or representing premiums received on the issuance of  shares and standing to the credit of the share premium account, to be capitalized and distributed among such of the shareholders as would be entitled to receive the same if distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportion, on the footing that they become entitled thereto as capital, or may cause any part of such capitalized fund to be applied on behalf of such shareholders in paying up in full, either at par or at such premium as the resolution may provide, any unissued shares or debentures or debenture stock of the Company which shall be distributed accordingly, in payment, in full or in part, of the uncalled liability on any issued shares or debentures or debenture stock; and


 

- 21 -

  56.2.   may cause such distribution or payment to be accepted by such shareholders in full satisfaction of their interest in the said capitalized sum.
57.   Implementation of Resolutions Concerning Distributions .
 
    For the purpose of giving full effect to any resolution concerning any Distribution, and without derogating from the provisions of Article 7.2 hereof, and subject to applicable law, the Board of Directors may settle any difficulty which may arise in regard to the Distribution as it thinks expedient, and, in particular, may issue fractional shares, and may fix the value for Distribution of any specific assets, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any shareholders upon the footing of the value so fixed, or that fractions of less value than the nominal value of one share may be disregarded in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such cash, shares, debentures, debenture stock or specific assets in trustees upon such trusts for the persons entitled to the dividend or capitalized fund as may seem expedient to the Board of Directors.
OUTSIDE AUDITORS
58.   Auditors .
 
    The outside auditor(s) of the Company shall be appointed by resolution of the Company’s shareholders at the General Meeting and shall serve until its/their re-election, removal or replacement by subsequent resolution. The authorities, rights and duties of the outside auditor(s) of the Company, shall be regulated by the applicable law, provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to fix the remuneration of the auditor(s).
BRANCH REGISTERS
59.   Branch Registers .
 
    Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law and to all orders and regulations issued thereunder, the Company may cause branch registers to be kept in any place outside Israel as the Board of Directors may think fit, and, subject to all applicable requirements of law, the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt such rules and procedures as it may think fit in connection with the keeping of such branch registers.
RIGHTS OF SIGNATURE
60.   Rights of Signature .
 
    The Board of Directors shall be entitled to authorize any person or persons (who need not be Directors) to act and sign on behalf of the Company, and the acts and signature of such person(s) on behalf of the Company shall bind the Company insofar as such person(s) acted and signed within the scope of his or their authority.
NOTICES
61.   Notices .
  61.1.   Subject to applicable law, a notice or any other documents which the Company shall deliver and which it is entitled or required to give to a shareholder pursuant to the provisions of these Articles shall be delivered by the Company in any of the following manners as the Company may choose: in person, by mail, by fax or by electronic form. The notice or other document shall be delivered in accordance with


 

- 22 -

      the contact details of the respective shareholder as described in the Register of Shareholder or such other contact details as a shareholder may have designated in writing for the receipt of notices.
 
      Any notice shall be deemed to have been served two (2) business days after it has been posted (seven (7) business days if sent internationally), or when actually received by the addressee if sooner. Notice sent by facsimile or electronic or other similar form shall be deemed to have been served twenty four (24) hours after being sent or when actually received by the addressee if sooner. A declaration in writing of person authorized therefore by the Company or an authorized person from the Company’s designated transfer agent stating that a notice was sent to a shareholder shall suffice as evidence of the same for the purposes of this Article. If a notice is, in fact, received by the addressee, then it shall be deemed to have been duly served, when received, notwithstanding it having been defectively addressed or failed in some other respect, to comply with the provisions of this Article 61.
 
  61.2.   All notices to be given to the shareholders shall, with respect to any share to which persons are jointly entitled, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Shareholders, and any notice so given shall be sufficient notice to the holders of such share.
 
  61.3.   Any shareholder whose address is not described in the Register of Shareholders, and who shall not have designated in writing an address for the receipt of notices, shall not be entitled to receive any notice from the Company.
 
  61.4.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein and subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, notice to a Shareholder may be served, as general notice to all Shareholders, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of any stock exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed.
 
  61.5.   Subject to applicable law, any Shareholder, Director or any other person entitled to receive notice in accordance with these Articles or law, may waive notice, in advance or retroactively, in a particular case or type of cases or generally, and if so, notice will be deemed as having been duly served, and all proceedings or actions for which the notice was required will be deemed valid.
 
  61.6.   The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to any shareholder or the non-receipt of notice by any shareholder entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting or any resolution(s) adopted by such a meeting.
 
  61.7.   Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to any applicable law, in cases where it is necessary to give advance notice of a particular number of days or notice which shall remain in effect for a particular period, the day the notice was sent shall be excluded and the scheduled date of the meeting or the last date of the period shall be included in the count.
INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
62.   Indemnity and Insurance .
  62.1.   Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Company may indemnify an Office Holder in respect of any liability imposed on the Office Holder or incurred by him in respect of any act or omission or alleged act or omission (each, an “ action ”) performed by him in his capacity as an Office Holder, in respect of the following:
  62.1.1.   any financial liability imposed on him or incurred by him in favor of


 

- 23 -

      another person by a court judgment, including a compromise judgment or an arbitrator’s award approved by court;
 
  62.1.2.   reasonable litigation expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and the fees and expenses of investigators, accountants and other experts, expended by the Office Holder or charged to him by court, (i) in a proceeding instituted against the Office Holder by the Company or on its behalf or by another person, or (ii) in any criminal proceeding in which the Office Holder is acquitted, or (iii) in any criminal proceeding for an offense which does not require proof of criminal intent of which the Office Holder convicted; and
 
  62.1.3.   reasonable litigation expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and the fees and expenses of investigators, accountants and other experts, expended by an Office Holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against the Office Holder by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, which: (i) is Concluded Without The Filing Of An Indictment (as defined in the Companies Law) against the Office Holder and without the imposition on the an Office Holder of any Financial Obligation In Lieu of Criminal Proceedings (as defined in the Companies Law), or (ii) which is Concluded Without The Filing Of An Indictment against the Office Holder, but with the imposition on the Office Holder of a Financial Obligation In Lieu of Criminal Proceedings in respect of an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent.
      The Company may undertake to indemnify an Office Holder as aforesaid, (i) prospectively, provided that a prospective undertaking under Article 62.1.1 is limited to events which in the opinion of the Board of Directors are foreseen based on the Company’s activities when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to an amount or criteria determined by the Board of Directors as reasonable under the circumstances and such undertaking under Article 62.1.1 shall detail the abovementioned events and amount or criteria, and (ii) retroactively.
 
  62.2.   Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Company may release, in advance, an Office Holder from liability to the Company for damages which arise from breach of such Office Holder’s duty of care to the Company (as such term is defined under the Companies Law) other than with respect to liability arising out of a prohibited Distribution.
 
  62.3.   Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Company may enter into a contract for the insurance of all or part of the liability of any Office Holder imposed on the Office Holder in respect of an act or omission or alleged act or omission performed in his capacity as an Office Holder, in respect of each of the following:
  62.3.1.   A breach of his duty of care to the Company or to another person;
 
  62.3.2.   A breach of his duty of loyalty to the Company, provided that the Office Holder acted in good faith and had reasonable cause to assume that such act would not prejudice the interests of the Company; or
 
  62.3.3.   A financial liability imposed on the Office Holder in favor of another person.
  62.4.   The provisions of Articles 62.1 to 62.3 above are not intended, and shall not be


 

- 24 -

      interpreted, to restrict the Company in any manner in respect of the procurement of insurance and/or in respect of indemnification (i) in connection with any person who is not an Office Holder, including, without limitation, any employee, agent, consultant or contractor of the Company who is not an Office Holder, and/or (ii) in connection with any Office Holder to the extent that such insurance and/or indemnification is not specifically prohibited under law; provided that the procurement of any such insurance and/or the provision of any such indemnification shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  62.5.   In accordance with the Companies Law, Articles 62.1 to 62.3 shall not apply to (i) breach of the Office Holder’s fiduciary duty, other than with respect to indemnification and insurance as mentioned in Article 62.3.2, (ii) a breach of the Office Holder’s duty of care for the Company that was done intentionally or recklessly, other than a breach solely arising out of negligent conduct of the Office Holder; (iii) any act on behalf of the Office Holder that was intended to gain unlawful personal benefit, and (iv) any kind of fine or penalty that the Office Holder was made to pay.
LIQUIDATION
63.   Subject to applicable law and to the rights of shares with special rights upon liquidation, in the case of dissolution of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the assets of the Company available for distribution among the shareholders shall be distributed to them in proportion to the amount paid or credited as paid on the nominal value of their respective holdings of the shares in respect of which such distribution is made.

 

Exhibit 3.4
FORM OF SHARE CERTIFICATE
(VOLTAIRE LOGO)
     
Number
  Shares     
 
   
VOLT
  CUSIP          
 
   
 
  See Reverse for
 
  Certain
 
  Definitions
VoltaireLtd.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ISRAEL
     
THIS CERTIFIES that
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
is the Registered Holder of
   
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE ORDINARY
SHARES OF NIS 0.01 PAR VALUE EACH
of Voltaire Ltd. transferable on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney only upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed or with an appropriate instrument of transfer. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association of the Company and amendments thereto, to all of which the holder by the acceptance hereof assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be issued under the facsimile seal of the Company.
         
Dated:
       
 
       
             
Voltaire Ltd.
           
Corporate Seal
  ISRAEL        
 
           
 
      CEO and Chairman   Chief Financial Officer

 


 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
                             
TEN COM -   as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT       Custodian    
 
                           
TEN ENT -
  as tenants by the entireties           (Cust)       (Minor)    
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right       under Uniform Gifts to Minors
 
  of survivorship and not as       Act                
                     
 
  tenants in common                   (State)    
          Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                      HEREBY SELLS, ASSIGNS AND TRANSFERS UNTO
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
 
 
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE
 
 
                                                               SHARES REPRESENTED BY THE WITHIN CERTIFICATE, AND SO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSTITUTES AND APPOINTS
 
 
 
ATTORNEY TO TRANSFER THE SAID SHARES ON THE BOOKS OF THE WITHIN-NAMED CORPORATION AND FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION IN THE PREMISES.
             
DATED
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
     
 
          NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE, WHATSOEVER.
 
           
Signature(s) Guaranteed:        
 
           
 
           
         
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17 Ad-15.        

2

 

Exhibit 5.1
()
         
One Azrieli Center, Tel Aviv 67021 Israel
Tel. 972-3-6074700, Fax. 972-3-6074701
w w w . r o s e n l a w .c o . i l
  Ori Rosen*
Keren Wacht
Oren Knobel*
  Itzhak Zach
Elie Sprung
Hila Iron
 
  Ori Kalechman   Sharon Harel
 
  Galia Arad**   Noam Meir
 
  Ariel Frank    
 
       
    * Also admitted in New York
    ** Also admitted in Switzerland
July 10, 2007
Ref: 09071119
Voltaire Ltd.
9 Hamenofim Street Building A
Herzeliya 46725
Israel
Re: Registration Statement on Form F-1
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as special Israeli counsel for Voltaire Ltd., an Israeli company (the “ Company ”), in connection with the preparation of a registration statement on Form F-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) pursuant to the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) on July 10, 2007, as thereafter amended or supplemented, in connection with a proposed underwritten public offering by the Company of: (i) 5,770,000 Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Firm Company Shares ”), and 1,923,000 Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share, by certain selling shareholders (the “Firm Shareholder Shares” ) as set forth in the Registration Statement, and (ii) up to an additional 865,462 Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share, by the Company (the “ Additional Company Shares ” and, together with the “ Firm Company Shares ”, the “ Company Shares ”), and up to an additional 288,488 Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share, by certain selling shareholders (the “Additional Shareholder Shares” and, together with the “ Firm Shareholder Shares ”, the “ Shareholder Shares ”) if the several underwriters of the Offering (the “ Underwriters ”) named in Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement to be entered into by and among the Company and the Underwriters elect to exercise an over-allotment option contemplated to be granted to the Underwriters by the Company. This opinion letter is rendered pursuant to Item 8(a) of Form F-1 and Item 601(b)(5) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.
     We have examined the originals, or photostatic or certified copies, of such records of the Company, certificates of officers of the Company and of public officials and such other documents as we have deemed relevant and necessary as the basis for the opinion set forth below. With respect to the accuracy of material factual matters relevant to our opinion, we have relied exclusively, without any independent investigation or verification, upon such certificates of officers of the Company and of public officials and statements and information furnished by officers of the Company. In making our examination of documents executed by parties other than the Company, we have assumed that such parties had the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and due execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof. In such examination we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original

 


 

-2-
documents of all documents submitted to us as photostatic or certified copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies.
    Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that insofar as Israeli law is concerned:
 
1.   The Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Israel.
 
2.   The Company Shares have been duly authorized by the Company, and, upon issuance and sale by the Company as contemplated in the Registration Statement and any amendments and supplements thereto, upon delivery thereof against payment therefor as described in the Registration Statement and, subject to final action by the board of directors of the Company or a pricing committee of the board of directors approving the precise number and the price of the Company Shares, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
 
3.   The Shareholder Shares have been duly authorized, and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
     We do not express or purport to express any opinions with respect to laws other than the laws of the State of Israel as the same are in force on the date hereof. Further, this opinion is limited to the matters stated herein and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. This opinion letter is effective only as of its date and we disclaim any obligation to advise of any subsequent change of law or fact.
     We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm appearing under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ Oren Knobel    
     
  Ori Rosen & Co.   
 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1
EXECUTION COPY
SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
between
Voltaire Ltd.
and
BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL
and
Other Investors
Dated: 7 March 2004
     
DANZIGER, KLAGSBALD, ROSEN & CO.
Gibor Sport Building
28 Bezalel St.
Ramat Gan 52521
Israel
Tel: 972-3 6110700
Fax: 972-3 6110707
  HERZOG, FOX & NEEMAN
Asia House
4 Weizmann St.
Tel Aviv 64239
Israel
Tel: 972-3 6922020
Fax: 972-3 6966464


 

 

EXECUTION COPY
SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Share Purchase Agreement is entered into as of the 7th day of March 2004, by and between:
1.   Voltaire Ltd., a company organised under the laws of the State of Israel (Company No. 51-247196-2) (the “ Company ”); and
 
2.   BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL, a company organised under the laws of Belgium.
 
3.   Those persons and entities listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Other Investors ”);
(Each of Belco and the Other Investors being referred to hereafter as an “Investor” and collectively as the “ Investors ”)
WHEREAS The Investors wish to acquire shares in the Company, and the Company wishes to issue and sell to the Investors shares in the Company on the terms as set forth herein.
NOW THEREFORE , the parties agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
     1.1 The following terms shall have the following meanings:
         
 
  “Affiliate”   with respect to any Person:
  (i)   any other Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests are, at the time such determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or
 
  (ii)   any other Person which, at the time such determination is being made, is Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with, such Person.
         
 
      As used herein, “ Control ”, whether used as a noun or verb, refers to the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or otherwise.
         
 
  “Amended and Restated Articles of Association”   As defined in Section 2.2.1(b)(iii).
 
  “Belco”   shall mean BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL or any Permitted Transferee (as such term is defined in the


 

2

         
 
      Articles) of Belco following the transfer of Belco’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
 
  “Board of Directors”   The board of directors of the Company.
 
  “Closing”   As defined in Section 2.2.1.
 
  “Closing Date”   As defined in Section 2.2.1.
 
  “Code”   The United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
  “Disclosure Material”   As defined in Section 3.5.
 
  “Fully Diluted Basis”   As defined in Section 2.1.
 
  “Intellectual Property”   All forms of intellectual property rights recognised under any applicable laws, including without limitation, the following:
  (i)   Patents, whether in the form of utility patents or design patents and all continuations, continuations in part, renewals and pending applications for the foregoing (“ Patents ”);
 
  (ii)   Trademarks, trade names, service marks, designs, logos, trade dress, and trade styles, whether or not registered, and all pending applications for registration of the same (“ Trademarks ”);
 
  (iii)   Copyrights, whether or not registered, and all pending applications for registration of the same;
 
  (iv)   Inventions, research records, trade secrets, confidential information, product designs, know-how, engineering specifications and drawings, technical information, formulae, customer lists, supplier lists and market analyses;
 
  (v)   Computer programs, including, without limitation, computer programs embodied in semiconductor chips or otherwise embodied, and related flow-charts, programmer notes, updates and data, whether in object or source code form; and
 
  (vi)   Semiconductor chip designs, whether or not


 

3

      registered mask works or topographies.
         
 
  “Key Employees”   The employees of the Company included in Schedule 3.15(a) , attached hereto and marked as “Key Employees”.
 
  “Ordinary Shares”   Ordinary Shares of the Company of nominal value of NIS 4.00 each.
 
  “Organisational Documents”   In respect of any entity, the memorandum of association, articles of association, certificate of incorporation, by-laws, certificate(s) of designation or other constitutional documents of any type.
 
  “Person”   An individual, corporation, trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, unincorporated organization, government body or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.
 
  “Pitango”   Shall mean Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) LP, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) Non-Q LP, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Investors) LP, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III Trusts 2000 Ltd., Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund L.P., Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund (ICA), L.P. and Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel) LP (each, a “ Pitango Fund ”) and any Permitted Transferee of any Pitango Fund following the transfer of such Pitango Fund’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
 
  “Principal Investor”   Each of Belco, Pitango and Vertex.
 
  “Purchase Price”   As defined in Section 2.1.
 
  “Series E Preferred Shares”   Preferred E Shares of the Company, of nominal value NIS 4.00 each.
 
  “Securities Act”   The United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
  “Security Interest”   Any interest or equity of any person (including any right to acquire, option, or right of pre-emption) or any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, or assignment, or any other encumbrance or security interest or arrangement of whatsoever nature over or in the relevant property.
 
  “Senior Executives”   The employees of the Company listed in Schedule 3 , attached hereto.


 

4

         
 
  “Subsidiary”   Voltaire Inc.
 
  “Transaction Documents”   This Agreement and the documents listed in Schedule 1.1 .
  1.2   Words and defined terms denoting the singular number include the plural and vice versa and the use of any gender shall be applicable to all genders.
 
  1.3   The paragraph headings are for the sake of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
 
  1.4   The recitals, schedules, appendices, annexes and exhibits hereto form an integral part of this Agreement.
2.   PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES
  2.1   Agreement to Purchase and Sell
 
      Subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall issue to the Investors, and the Investors shall purchase from the Company a total of 15,000,000 Series E Preferred Shares, constituting 37.16% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company on a fully diluted basis (including but not limited to all warrants, options, convertible securities and convertible debt) as of the date of Closing, as represented in the Capitalisation Table set out in Schedule 3.4(a) , (“ Fully Diluted Basis ”) at a price per share of $1.00 and for an aggregate purchase price of $15,000,000 (the “ Purchase Price ”).
 
      At the Closing (as defined below), each Investor shall pay that part of the Purchase Price set out next to such Investor’s name in Schedule 2.1 attached hereto and shall be entitled to receive such number of Series E Preferred Shares as are set out next to such Investor’s name in Schedule 2.1.
  2.2   Closing
  2.2.1   The closing of the purchase and sale of the Series E Preferred Shares as detailed in Section 2.1 above, (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Danziger, Klagsbald, Rosen & Co., 28 Bezalel St, Ramat Gan, Israel on the date hereof (the time and date of the Closing being herein referred to as the “ Closing Date ”).
 
      At the Closing, the following actions and occurrences will take place, all of which shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously and no action shall be deemed to have been completed and no document or certificate shall be deemed to have been delivered, until all actions are completed and all documents and certificates delivered:
  (a)   The Company will allot and deliver to each Investor a certificate representing that number of Series E Preferred Shares, appearing next to its name in Schedule 2.1 against payment by each Investor by wire transfer of the portion of the Purchase Price appearing next to that Investor’s name in Schedule 2.1 in immediately available funds to the account of the Company


 

5

      at Bank Hapoalim, New York Branch, Account No. 01062991-01. Such payment shall be in U.S. dollars.
 
  (b)   The Company shall deliver to the Investors:
  (i)   the opinion, addressed to the Investors, of Danziger, Klagsbald, Rosen & Co. counsel to the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.2. 1(b)(i) ;
 
  (ii)   a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors and the Company’s shareholders meeting, if necessary, in the forms attached here to as Schedule 2.2. 1(b)(ii) approving and authorising the issuance of the Series E Preferred Shares, and approving this Agreement (and all documents relating hereto) and approving the reservation of 1,500,000 Ordinary Shares for conversion of the Series E Preferred Shares, in a form reasonably acceptable to Belco;
 
  (iii)   copies of the amended and restated Articles of Association of the Company (the Amended and Restated Articles of Association ) , as duly adopted and in effect as of the Closing, in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.2. 1(b)(iii) and accompanied by certified resolutions (to the extent required by law) of shareholders of the Company adopting the Amended and Restated Articles of Association;
 
  (iv)   consents by all holders of outstanding warrants to purchase Series D1 Preferred Shares of the Company to the cancellation of such warrants, effective upon Closing; and
 
  (v)   a letter from the Company’s independent auditors in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2. 2(b)(v) .
  (c)   The Company, the Investors and shareholders of the Company in sufficient majorities as required to amend the Company’s Revised Shareholders Rights Agreement, dated July 24, 2002, shall sign the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Rights Agreement in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.2. 1(c) (the “ Shareholders’ Rights Agreement ”).
 
  (d)   The Company shall record the issuance of the Series E Preferred Shares to the Investors in the name of the Investors, as set out in Schedule 2.1 on the shareholders’ register of the Company and other records and, promptly after the Closing, the Company shall make all filings and registrations as may be necessary to perfect such issuance and sale and shall deliver copies thereof to the Investors.
 
  (e)   Copies of confirmations signed by each Key Employee to the Company to the effect that:
  (i)   he or she is not subject to any non-compete or confidentiality agreements or any other contractual restriction that would restrict or impair their ability to manage or implement the business of the Company as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted; and


 

6

  (ii)   he or she will not abuse any confidentiality or similar obligation owed to a current or previous employer or any other person.
  (f)   The Company shall deliver to Pitango a management’s rights letter in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.2. 1(f) .
 
  (g)   The parties hereto shall execute and deliver this Agreement.
3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    It is hereby clarified that for the purposes of this Section 3, any reference to “knowledge” includes such information as is actually known by the Company, the Subsidiary or any Senior Executive or any information which a Senior Executive would be expected to be aware of if the Company, the Subsidiary or Senior Executive had made prudent enquiries into the relevant actions and circumstances of the Company and the Subsidiary.
 
    The Company represents and warrants to the Investors as follows:
  3.1   Constitution and Compliance
  (a)   The Company is duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Israel, with power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company has at all times carried on its business and affairs in all respects in accordance with its Organisational Documents and all applicable laws and regulations, and there is no violation or default with respect to any statute, regulation, order, decree, or judgement of any court or any governmental entity which could have a material adverse effect upon the assets or business of the Company. The Company is duly qualified to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the Company currently conducts business.
 
  (b)   The Company has delivered to the Investors true and accurate copies of the Organisational Documents of the Company and the Subsidiary as of the date of this Agreement.
 
  (c)   The Company and the Subsidiary maintain all corporate, shareholder or other records and registries required by law. True and complete copies of all such documents have been delivered to the Investors.
 
  (d)   The Company does not presently own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any corporation, association or other business entity other than the Subsidiary which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company is not, directly or indirectly a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement. The Subsidiary is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the State of Maryland and has all requisite corporate power and authority and it has obtained all necessary licences, authorisations and approvals to carry on its business as now conducted in each jurisdiction in which failure so to qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties. There are no other share capital, pre-emptive rights, convertible securities, outstanding warrants, options or other rights to subscribe for, purchase and or acquire from the Subsidiary. The Subsidiary is not in default under any material


 

7

      licence, authorisation or approval mentioned in this Section 3, where applicable. The Subsidiary is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure so to qualify would have a material adverse on its business or properties.
  3.2   Authority to Transact
  (a)   The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to sell and issue the Series E Preferred Shares hereunder and to carry out and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
 
  (b)   All corporate action on the part of the Company, its directors, and its shareholders necessary for the authorisation and execution of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by the Company, the authorisation, sale, issuance, and delivery of the Series E Preferred Shares and the performance of all of the Company’s obligations under the Agreement and the Transaction Documents has been taken. This Agreement constitutes and, when signed and where applicable, filed by its duly authorised representatives, the Transaction Documents will constitute, valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms.
  3.3   Execution of Agreement
  (a)   The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company does not, and the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not, violate any provisions of the Company’s Organisational Documents or any contract, agreement, indenture, mortgage, instrument, lease, license, arrangement, or undertaking of any nature, written or oral, of the Company or any Subsidiary.
 
  (b)   Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.14 , the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company does not, and the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not, require the consent or agreement of any governmental body, entity or any other third party.
 
  (c)   The execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by the Company and the issuance of the Series E Preferred Shares to the Investors will not result in any violation of, or conflict with or constitute a default under any term of, or result in the creation or enforcement of any Security Interest upon any of the properties or assets of the Company.
 
  (d)   The execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by the Company will not cause the Company to lose any interest in or the benefit of any asset, right, license or privilege, it presently owns or enjoys or result in the termination of any relationship with anyone who normally does business with the Company on the same basis as previously conducted, and will not result in any present or future indebtedness of the Company becoming due prior to its stated maturity. Compliance with the


 

8

      terms of this Agreement or the Transaction Documents will not give rise to or cause any option or right of pre-emption to become exercisable, except as set forth in the Organisational Documents.
  3.4   Capitalisation
  (a)   The authorised and issued share capital of the Company as of immediately prior to and after the Closing is as stated in Schedule 3.4(a) .
 
  (b)   Other than as listed in Schedule 3.4(a) , there are no outstanding or authorised subscriptions, options, warrants, rights, commitments, or any other agreements of any character directly or indirectly obligating the Company or the Subsidiary to issue (i) any additional shares or other securities or (ii) any securities or debt convertible into, or exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for, any shares other securities.
 
  (c)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has adopted or authorised any plan for the benefit of its officers, employees, consultants or directors which requires or permits the issuance, sale, purchase, or grant of any shares of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s share capital or other securities or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for any such shares or securities, other than as set forth in Schedule 3.4(a) .
 
  (d)   The Series E Preferred Shares to be issued to the Investors in accordance herewith, will, when issued and paid for, be duly authorised, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will have the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions as set forth in the Amended and Restated Articles of Association, Shareholders’ Rights Agreement and this Agreement and will be free and clear of all Security Interests, proxies, voting trusts and other voting agreements, calls or commitments of any kind, other than as explicitly contemplated by the Amended and Restated Articles of Association and this Agreement, and will be duly registered in the name of the Investors in the Company’s shareholders’ register. The Series E Preferred Shares, when issued, will have been issued in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations, including applicable securities laws.
 
  (e)   All other securities of the Company and the Subsidiary have been issued in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations, including applicable securities laws. Other than as contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, the Company is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any of its shares or any warrants, options or other rights to acquire its shares.
  3.5   Disclosure Material and Information
  (a)   The opinions and assumptions contained in the disclosure material attached hereto as Schedule 3.5 (the “ Disclosure Material ”) are reasonable and have been prepared in good faith, and the financial projections set out in the Disclosure Material have been prepared with due diligence, care and consideration, and there are no facts or matters of which the Company is aware which would render any such opinions, assumptions or projections misleading provided, however, that no assurance can be or is given that the assumptions are correct or any of the forecast projections, expectations or transactions contemplated therein will be attained.


 

9

  (b)   All facts and information with regard to the Company and the Subsidiary since their incorporation which would reasonably have been considered as material for disclosure to an intending investor in the shares of the Company have been disclosed to the Investors.
  3.6   Financial Statements
  (a)   The Company has delivered to the Investors the final draft of the financial statements of the Company for the year ended and as of 31 st December, 2003, in the form as has been audited by the Company’s independent auditors (the “ Financial Statements ”), all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles accepted in the United States (“ GAAP ”), consistently applied, and in English and stated in US dollars.
 
  (b)   The Financial Statements are in accordance with the books and records of Company; are accurate in all respects; present in a true, complete and fair view, the financial position, assets and liabilities of the Company as of the dates indicated and the results of its operations for such periods; and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States consistently applied.
 
  (c)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(c) , there are no off-balance sheet liabilities, claims, or obligations of any nature, whether accrued, absolute, contingent, anticipated, or otherwise, whether due or to become due, that are not shown or provided for in the Financial Statements. The liabilities of the Company were included in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.
 
  (d)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(d) , all of the accounts receivable shown on the balance sheets included in the Financial Statements have been collected or are good and collectible in the aggregate recorded amounts thereof (less the allowance for doubtful accounts also appearing in the Financial Statements and net of returns and payment discounts allowable by the Company’s policies) and can reasonably be anticipated to be paid in full without outside collection efforts within ninety (90) days of the due date, and are not subject to counterclaims or setoffs in excess of recorded reserves.
 
  (e)   The Company knows of no basis for the assertion against the Company of any liabilities not adequately reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements.
  3.7   Business to Date
  (a)   Since the date of the Financial Statements, except as provided in Schedule 3. 7(a) attached hereto and except if presented in any of the provisions of Section 3 of this Agreement:
  (i)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has amended any of its Organisational Documents;
 
  (ii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has entered into any transaction in excess of $25,000 per transaction or greater than $100,000 in the aggregate for a series of related transactions, as to both;


 

10

  (iii)   there has been no material adverse change in the business, prospects (in so far as they may reasonably be foreseen), operations, assets, liabilities, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (iv)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has made any payment of, or declaration, setting a record date, setting aside or authorizing the payment of, any dividend or other distribution in respect of any shares of capital stock of the Company or the Subsidiary or made any purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by the Company or the Subsidiary, of any of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other securities of, or other ownership interest in, the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (v)   there has not been any transfer, issue, sale or other disposition by the Company or the Subsidiary of any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company or the Subsidiary or any grant of options, warrants, calls or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire shares of such capital stock or such other securities;
 
  (vi)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has increased or entered into an agreement to increase the compensation payable or to become payable, or awarded or paid any bonuses to employees, consultants, independent contractors, officers, directors, shareholders or representatives of the Company or the Subsidiary or agreed to increase the coverage or benefits available under any severance pay, deferred compensation, bonus or other incentive compensation, pension or other employee benefit plan, payment or arrangement made to, for or with such employees, consultants, independent contractors, officers, directors, shareholders or representatives, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and with the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s operating expense budget;
 
  (vii)   there has not been satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company or the Subsidiary, except in the ordinary course of business and that is not material to the business, operations, properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Company or the Subsidiary (as such business is presently conducted and as it is presently proposed to be conducted);
 
  (viii)   there has not been any termination or change to a material contract or arrangement by which the Company or the Subsidiary or any of its assets is bound or subject;
 
  (ix)   there has not been any resignation or termination of employment of any Senior Employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (x)   there has not been any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, with respect to the property or assets of the Company or the


 

11

      Subsidiary having a replacement cost of more than $10,000 for any single loss or $50,000 for all such losses in the aggregate;
 
  (xi)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any lien any of its assets, or acquired any assets or sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed of any assets of the Company or the Subsidiary, except for assets acquired or sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
 
  (xii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have cancelled or compromised any debt or claim or amended, cancelled, terminated, relinquished, waived or released any contract or right except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and which, individually or in the aggregate, would not be material to the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xiii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has entered into any material transaction except for this Agreement and the Transaction Documents;
 
  (xiv)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have encountered any labour disputes, strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages or labour union organizing activities;
 
  (xv)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have made any change in the accounting principles, methods or practices followed by it or depreciation or amortization policies or rates theretofore adopted;
 
  (xvi)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have disclosed to any person any material trade secrets except for disclosures made to persons subject to valid and enforceable confidentiality agreements;
 
  (xvii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have suffered or experienced any change in the relationship or course of dealings between the Company or the Subsidiary and any of their suppliers or customers which supply goods or services to the Company or the Subsidiary or purchase goods or services from the Company or the Subsidiary, which has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a material adverse change;
 
  (xviii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have made any loans, advances or capital contributions or payment to, or received any payment from, or made or received any investment in, or entered into any transaction or series of related transactions (including without limitation, the purchase, sale, exchange or lease of assets, property or services, or the making of a loan or guarantee) with any Affiliate or paid any fees or expenses to any Affiliate of the Company;
 
  (xix)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have entered into any agreement or commitment (contingent or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing;
 
  (xx)   there has been no sale, assignment, or transfer of any tangible asset of the Company or the Subsidiary except in the ordinary course of business and


 

12

      no sale, assignment, or transfer of any patent, trademark, trade secret, or other intangible asset of the Company or the Subsidiary; and
 
  (xxi)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have taken any actions to reduce the scale of operations, work-force or scope of business as a result of shortages of funds.
  (b)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have any debts or liabilities of any nature whatsoever, fixed or variable or contingent, except as shown on Schedule 3. 7(b) (except for up to $50,000 in the aggregate as to both the Company and any Subsidiary).
 
  (c)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7(c) , there are no outstanding debts owed to the Company or the Subsidiary.
 
  (d)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3. 7(d) , there are no bad or doubtful debts on the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s books at the date hereof.
 
  (e)   Full and accurate details of all bank accounts, overdrafts, loans, guarantees or other financial facilities outstanding or available to the Company or the Subsidiary are contained in Schedule 3.7(e) .
  3.8   Properties
  (a)   Full and accurate details of the Company’s and the Subsidiary’s tangible properties and assets are contained in Schedule 3. 8(a) to this Agreement. The Company and the Subsidiary each has good title to, or valid leasehold interest in, all properties and assets used in its business or owned by it, free and clear of all Security Interests, other then as contained in Schedule 3.8(a) .
 
  (b)   Other than the shares of the Subsidiary being owned by the Company, neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is the holder or the beneficial owner of any share, debenture, mortgage, or security (or interest therein) in any other company or corporation, or a member of any partnership or unincorporated association or limited liability company.
 
  (c)   No condemnation, environmental, zoning or other land use regulation proceedings have been instituted or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, are planned to be instituted, which would materially adversely affect the use or operation of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s properties and assets for their respective intended uses and purposes, or the value of such properties and assets, and the Company has not received notice of any special assessment proceedings which would affect such properties and assets.
 
  (d)   All items of personal property and assets owned or leased by the Company and the Subsidiary are in good operating condition, normal wear and tear excepted, are reasonably fit and useable for the purposes for which they are being used, are adequate and sufficient for the Company’s business, and conform in all material respects with all applicable laws. The carrying value of the Company’s assets on the Financial Statements is not overstated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the U.S.A, in any material respect.


 

13

  3.9   Assumptions, Guaranties
 
      The Company and the Subsidiary have not assumed, guaranteed, endorsed or otherwise become directly or contingently liable on any indebtedness of any other person (including, without limitation, liability by way of agreement, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to or otherwise invest in the debtor, or otherwise to assure the creditor against loss), except for guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.
  3.10   Taxation
  (a)   All reports, returns or other information required to be filed by or on behalf of the Company or the Subsidiary regarding taxes of any sort (including, without limitation, taxes concerning income, capital gains, sales, value added, franchise, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, severance, stamp, property) (“ Taxes ”), have been filed on a timely basis with the appropriate governmental authorities in all requisite jurisdictions and all such returns, reports or other information were true, correct and complete in all respects;
 
  (b)   All Taxes due and payable have been fully and timely paid;
 
  (c)   There are no circumstances which will, whether by lapse of time or the issue of any notice of assessment or otherwise, give rise to any dispute with any relevant taxation authority in relation to the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s liability or accountability for taxation under currently enacted statutes and regulations;
 
  (d)   The provision for taxes of the Company as shown in the Financial Statements is adequate for taxes due or accrued as of the respective dates thereof.
 
  (e)   The Company and the Subsidiary have not had any tax deficiency proposed or assessed against them and have not executed any waiver of any statute of limitations on the assessment or collection of any tax or governmental charge. Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.10(e) , the Company and the Subsidiary have never been audited by governmental authorities. Since the date of the Financial Statements, the Company and the Subsidiary have not incurred any taxes, assessments or governmental charges, other than in the ordinary course of business and the Company and the Subsidiary have made adequate provisions for all taxes, assessments and governmental charges with respect to their business, properties and operations for such period.
  3.11   Capital Expenditure and Contracts
  (a)   Schedule 3. 11(a) contains a true and complete list of all contracts, agreements, instruments, leases, licenses, arrangements, or undertakings of any nature, written or oral, of the Company and the Subsidiary which are material to Company or the Subsidiary, including (if so deemed material) but not limited to the following:
  (i)   any hire, hire purchase, credit sale or conditional sale agreement or any contract providing for payment on deferred terms in respect of assets purchased by the Company or the Subsidiary;


 

14

  (ii)   any Security Interest on or over any asset of the Company or the Subsidiary (including the issued or unissued share capital of the Company or the Subsidiary), and any agreement or commitment to give or create any such Security Interest;
 
  (iii)   any guarantee, indemnity, security or other agreement pursuant to which the Company or the Subsidiary agrees to become directly or contingently liable for any obligation of any other person;
 
  (iv)   any guarantee, indemnity, security or other agreement pursuant to which any third party agrees to become directly or contingently liable for any obligation of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (v)   any agreement, instrument or other arrangement creating any indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiary or Security Interest regarding the assets of the Company or Subsidiary;
 
  (vi)   any power of attorney given by the Company or the Subsidiary with respect to any material asset or business of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (vii)   any agreement, instrument or deed pursuant to which a third party is entitled or authorised to bind or commit the Company or the Subsidiary to any obligation;
 
  (viii)   any application or award of any grant or allowance which is now liable or may in the future become liable to be repaid or which imposes any other financial obligations on the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (ix)   any contract with any director, officer, employee (other than contracts relating to the employment of such employee, disclosed in Schedule 3.15(a) ), shareholder of the Company or any subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing;
 
  (x)   any agreement restricting the competitive freedom of the Company or the Subsidiary to provide and take goods and services by such means and from and to such persons as it may from time to time think fit (including any exclusive licenses made by such entities or contracts with other entities limiting rights);
 
  (xi)   any distributor, dealer, manufacturer’s representative or sales agency agreement which is not terminable on less than ninety (90) days’ notice without cost or other liability to the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xii)   any agreement with any supplier containing any provision permitting any party other than the Company or the Subsidiary to renegotiate the price or other terms, or containing any pay-back or other similar provision, upon the occurrence of a failure by the Company or the Subsidiary to meet its obligations under the agreement when due or the occurrence of any other event;


 

15

  (xiii)   any agreement for the future purchase of fixed assets or for the future purchase of materials, supplies, services or equipment in excess of its normal operating requirements or at an excessive price;
 
  (xiv)   any agreement for the employment of any officer, employee or other person (whether of a legally binding nature or in the nature of informal understandings) on a full-time, part-time or consulting basis which is not terminable on notice without cost or other liability to the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xv)   any bonus, pension, profit-sharing, retirement, hospitalisation, insurance, stock purchase, stock option or other plan, agreement or understanding pursuant to which benefits are provided to any employee of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xvi)   any voting trust or agreement, shareholders’ agreement, pledge agreement, buy-sell agreement, first refusal or pre-emptive rights agreement relating to any of the securities of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xvii)   any acquisition, sale or lease agreement outside of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s ordinary course of business;
 
  (xviii)   any partnership or joint venture agreement;
 
  (xix)   any agreement (A) which prohibits or requires consent for (1) a change in control or merger of the Company or the Subsidiary, (2) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s assets, (3) the transfer or issuance of any securities of the Company or the Subsidiary, or (4) the assignment, subletting or other transfer of the rights under such agreement, or (B) which terminates, is subject to termination, is materially and adversely affected or is subject to being materially and adversely affected as a result of the occurrence of any event described in subsection (A) hereof;
 
  (xx)   any agreement, or group of related agreements with the same party or any group of affiliated parties, under which the Company or Subsidiary has advanced or agreed to advance money or has agreed to lease any property as lessee or lessor;
 
  (xxi)   any agreement or obligation (contingent or otherwise) to issue, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise distribute or dispose of, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or retire any shares of the securities of the Company or the Subsidiary ;
 
  (xxii)   any assignment, license or other agreement with respect to any form of intangible property;
 
  (xxiii)   any agreement under which it has granted any person any registration rights;


 

16

  (xxiv)   any agreement, or group of related agreements with the same party, involving more than $100,000 or continuing over a period of more than six (6) months from the date or dates thereof (including renewals or extensions optional with another party), which agreement or group of agreements is not terminable by the Company or the Subsidiary without penalty upon notice of thirty (30) days or less, or any agreement not made in the ordinary course of business;
 
  (xxv)   any agreement with any municipal or governmental body, department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign; or
 
  (xxvi)   any binding commitment or agreement to enter into any of the foregoing.
      (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Material Contracts” ).
 
  (b)   The Company has made available to the Investors true, correct, and complete copies (or where oral, written descriptions) of all Material Contracts.
 
  (c)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.11(c) , all Material Contracts are in full force and effect. The Company and each Subsidiary (as appropriate) has performed in all material respects all of its obligations under each Material Contract, and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, information and belief, all third parties with whom the Company or the Subsidiary has transacted business have performed in all material respects all of their obligations thereunder which were due to have been performed. No party to a Material Contract has made a claim to the effect that the Company or Subsidiary has failed to perform an obligation thereunder and nor has any such party notified the Company or the Subsidiary of an intention to terminate or not renew any such contracts.
  3.12   Material Customers and Suppliers
 
      Except as set forth in Schedule 3.12 , since 1 st January 2004, no customer or supplier which is material to the Company or the Subsidiary has terminated, materially reduced or threatened to terminate or materially reduce its purchases from or provision of products or services to the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be.
  3.13   Litigation; Compliance
  (a)   There are no civil, criminal, arbitration or administrative proceedings involving the Company or the Subsidiary, including claims on which, to the best knowledge of the Company, the Company or the Subsidiary may be vicariously liable. No such proceedings and no claims of any nature are pending or threatened by, or, to the best knowledge of the Company, against the Company, the Subsidiary, or the directors of the Company or the Subsidiary (in their capacity as such) or any such person or in respect whereof the Company or the Subsidiary is liable to indemnify any party concerned and, to the best knowledge of the Company, there are no facts likely to give rise to any such proceedings.
 
  (b)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is in default with respect to any order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree known to or served upon the Company or the Subsidiary of any court or governmental body, department, commission, board,


 

17

      bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.13(b) , there is no action or suit by the Company or the Subsidiary pending, threatened or contemplated against others.
 
  (c)   The Company and the Subsidiary have complied, in all material respects, with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the Company or the Subsidiary and its business, operations, properties, assets, products and services. The Company and the Subsidiary each has all necessary permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations required to conduct its business as conducted and as proposed to be conducted and, each of the Company and the Subsidiary has been operating its business pursuant to and in compliance with the terms of all such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations. Such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations have been validly issued, and the Company and the Subsidiary have complied in all material respects with all conditions of permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations applicable to them. No default or violation, or event that with the lapse of time or giving of notice or both would become a default or violation, has occurred in the due observance of any such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations. All such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations are in full force and effect without further consent or approval of any person. The Company and Subsidiary have not received any notice from any source (i) to the effect that the Company or the Subsidiary lack any such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions or other authorisations required in connection with the Company’s and the Subsidiary’s current or proposed operations or otherwise asserting a violation of law applicable to the conduct of its business, (ii) threatening to revoke any permit, license, registration, franchise, approval, exemption, or other authorisation or (iii) restricting or in any way limiting its operations as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted, in each case which has not been previously remedied or resolved.
 
  (d)   There is no law, regulation or order, and the Company and Subsidiary are not aware of any proposed law, rule, regulation or order, which would prohibit or restrict the Company or the Subsidiary from, or otherwise materially adversly affect the Company or Subsidiary in, conducting business in any jurisdiction in which it is now conducting business or in which it proposes to conduct business. Neither the Company nor Subsidiary have received any notices of violation or alleged violation of any law, rule, regulation or order by any governmental body, department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign.
 
  (e)   As set forth in Schedule 3.13(e) , the Company has applied for and/or received financings or grants through the Office of the Chief Scientist, Ministry of Industry and Trade of the State of Israel and from the Fund for the Encouragement of Overseas Marketing Activities. The Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with the terms and conditions of such financings and grants and has fully fulfilled in all in all material respects all of the undertakings relating thereto.


 

18

  3.14   Approvals
 
      Subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Investors set forth in this Agreement, and other than as set forth in Schedule 3.14 , no registration or filing with, or consent or approval of or other action by, any federal, state or other governmental agency or instrumentality or any third party is or will be necessary for the Company’s valid execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Series E Preferred Shares or, upon conversion thereof, the Company’s issuance and delivery of Ordinary Shares, other than those (i) which have previously been obtained or made, or (ii) which are required to be made under law, which will be obtained or made, and will be effective within the time periods required by law. The Company and the Subsidiary have complied with all applicable securities laws in connection with the offer, issuance and sale of the Series E Preferred Shares and, upon conversion thereof, the issuance and delivery of Ordinary Shares.
  3.15   Employees
  (a)   A list of all the directors, officers, employees and consultants (excluding consultants receiving less than $10,000 per year, lawyers and accountants) of the Company and the Subsidiary (the “ Employees ”) is attached hereto as Schedule 3. 15(a) -1 .
 
  (b)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.15 (b) , no Key Employee of the Company or Subsidiary has been dismissed in the last six months or has given notice of termination of his employment. To the Company’s knowledge, no Key Employee and no group of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s employees, consultants or independent contractors has any plans to terminate their employment or relationship as an employee, consultant or independent contractor with the Company, nor does the Company have any present intention to terminate the employment of any Key Employee, group of employees, consultant or independent contractor.
 
  (c)   The Company has made available to the Investors true and complete copies of all employment agreements with the Key Employees, and a standard form of an employment agreement for its other employees. No employee has signed an employment agreement with terms materially different to the standard agreement.
 
      Except for extension orders of common application to all employees in Israel, the Company is not a party or subject to any collective bargaining agreement with any labour union or any local or subdivision thereof. There is no current union organising activity among any of the employees of the Company or Subsidiary or any union representative petition pending or threatened.
 
  (d)   Except as set forth in the Material Contracts, there are no agreements or arrangements for the payment of any pensions, allowances, lump sums or other like benefits on retirement or on death or termination or during periods of sickness or disablement for the benefit of any Employee or consultant of the Company or the Subsidiary or for the benefit of the dependants of any such person in operation at the date hereof except for the plans detailed in Schedule 3.15(e) and as provided


 

19

      in the agreements delivered to Belco. The Company, and the Subsidiary have fulfilled all their obligations under the law to the Employees.
 
  (e)   Attached as Schedule 3. 15(e) is a true and complete copy of all share or stock option plans approved by the Company and the Subsidiary, together with a list of all options granted pursuant thereto.
 
  (f)   The Company and the Subsidiary have withheld or collected from each payment made to each of their employees, the amount of all taxes (including but not limited to, Israeli income taxes) required to be withheld or collected therefrom and has paid the same to the proper tax receiving officers or authorised depositories.
 
  (g)   The severance pay and accrued vacation days due to the employees is recorded in the Company’s records, but no actual funds have been put aside for the purpose thereof, other than with respect to the transfer of funds to manager’s insurance policies relating to 80% of the salaries of the Company’s Israeli employees. The Company is not aware of any circumstance whereby any employee might demand any claim for compensation on termination of employment beyond the statutory severance pay to which such employee is entitled or as they are entitled to under their employment agreements with the Company, nor is the Company aware of any claim to be made by any employee for payment of compensation arising from the purchase of Series E Preferred Shares by the Investors as contemplated hereby.
 
  (h)   Except as provided in Schedule 3.15(h) , each employee has undertaken to provide their services on a full time basis to the Company and all such employment agreements, may be terminated upon prior notice of not more than 90 days. The employments of each officer and employee of the Company and the Subsidiary is terminable at the will of the Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, subject to the payment of severance and other payments, pursuant to law or an employment agreement.
 
  (i)   No Senior Executive is and the Company is not aware of any other employee of the Company or the Subsidiary who is a party to or is otherwise bound by any agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, confidentiality agreements, non-competition agreements, proprietary information and inventions agreements, licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature), or subject to any judgment, decree, or order of any court or governmental body, that would conflict with the employment of such employee with the Company or the Subsidiary (as the case may be).
 
  (j)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is delinquent in payments to any of its employees, consultants or independent contractors for any wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses or other direct compensation for any services performed through the date hereof or amounts required to be reimbursed to them through the date hereof. The Company and the Subsidiary are in material compliance with all laws, rules and regulations respecting employment, employment practices, labour, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours. There is no labour strike, dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened against or involving the Company or the Subsidiary.


 

20

  3.16   Insurance
  (a)   There is in full force and effect one or more policies of insurance, insuring the Company and the Subsidiary, as specified in Schedule 3.16(a) . Full and accurate copies of the insurance policies of the Company and the Subsidiary have been delivered to the Investors.
 
  (b)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have done or suffered anything to be done which has rendered or might render any polices of insurance taken out by them void or voidable or which might result in an increase in premiums and the Company and the Subsidiary have complied with all conditions attached to such policies.
 
  (c)   There is no claim outstanding under any of such policies nor are there, to the Company’s knowledge, any circumstances likely to give rise to a claim.
 
  (d)   The Company has procured and maintains in effect a “key man” life insurance policy for the benefit of the Company, in the amount of $2,000,000, regarding Ronnie Kenneth.
  3.17   Intellectual Property
  (a)   The Intellectual Property owned by the Company and the Subsidiary is described in Schedule 3.17(a) , including a full list of all Patents and Trademarks and where appropriate indicating for each item, the applicable jurisdiction, registration number (or application number) and date issued (or date filed). Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17(a), all such Intellectual Property is owned outright by the Company, free and clear of any rights of any third party, including any Security Interests.
 
  (b)   Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.17(b) , neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has licensed any Intellectual Property from third parties (not including off the shelf products acquired or licensed from third parties and not to be incorporated in intellectual property distributed by the Company or such Subsidiary).
 
  (c)   Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.17(c) , neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has granted any licence of any Intellectual Property to third parties.
 
  (d)   The Company owns or has the right to use all of the Intellectual Property required for its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the Disclosure Material.
 
  (e)   Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.17(e) , neither the Company nor the Subsidiary are obligated or under any liability whatsoever to make any payments by way of royalties, fees or otherwise to any owner or licensee of, or other claimant to any Intellectual Property used by the Company or the Subsidiary (other than off-the shelf software), with respect to the use thereof or in connection with the business of the Company and the Subsidiary or otherwise.
 
      To the best knowledge and belief of the Company, the Company will be able to obtain or acquire rights to use all of the Intellectual Property required for the


 

21

      future conduct of the business as contemplated to be conducted in the Disclosure Material.
 
      There is no Intellectual Property required for the Company’s business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the Disclosure Material, the use of which by the Company or the Subsidiary requires or would require the payment of a royalty to a third party.
 
  (f)   To the Company’s best knowledge, information and belief, (i) no Intellectual Property, used or proposed to be used in the business of the Company or the Subsidiary as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the Disclosure Material, has infringed or infringes upon any Intellectual Property rights of others, (ii) the use of such Intellectual Property in the business of the Company or the Subsidiary as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the Disclosure Material, will not constitute an infringement, misappropriation or misuse of any Intellectual Property rights of any third party, and (iii) no third party has the right to assert any claim regarding the use of, or challenging or questioning the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s right or title in, any of such Intellectual Property.
 
      The Company does not use, nor will be necessary to use any inventions of any of the employees (or persons that the Company or any Subsidiary currently intends to engage) made prior to their employment or engagement by the Company or the Subsidiary.
 
  (g)   The Company and Subsidiary have taken all necessary measures, including measures against unauthorised disclosure, to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of their Intellectual Property.
 
  (h)   All Intellectual Property that has been developed or is currently being developed on behalf of the Company or Subsidiary by any employee or other third party shall be the sole property of the Company or the Subsidiary.
 
      Each employee, independent contractor and consultant is bound by a Non Disclosure and Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, in the form made available to the Investors, regarding, among other things, confidentiality, transfer of rights to the Company and, with respect to employees, non-competition, all as set forth in the documents made available to the Investors.
  3.18   Environmental and Safety Laws
 
      The Company and the Subsidiary are not in violation of any applicable laws relating to the environment or occupational health and safety which is likely to result in a material adverse change and no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing laws.
  3.19   Transactions With Interested Parties
 
      Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19 no director, officer, employee or shareholder of the Company, the Subsidiary, or Affiliate thereof, is a party to any transaction with the Company or the Subsidiary, including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the employment of, furnishing of services by, rental of real or personal


 

22

      property from or otherwise requiring payments to any such person, other than employment-at-will or consulting-at-will arrangements in the ordinary course of business. To the Company’s knowledge, none of such persons has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any person with which the Company or the Subsidiary is affiliated or with which the Company or the Subsidiary has a business relationship, or any person that competes with the Company or the Subsidiary.
 
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company has signed an indemnity agreement with each of the directors of the Company, and obtained customary directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in an amount not less than $10.0 million for all the directors including any director nominated by the Investors, in forms acceptable to the Investors.
  3.20   Offering of the Series E Preferred Shares
 
      Neither the Company, the Subsidiary nor any person authorised or employed by the Company or the Subsidiary as agent, broker, dealer or otherwise in connection with the offering or sale of the Series E Preferred Shares has offered the Series E Preferred Shares for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy the Series E Preferred Shares, or otherwise approached or negotiated with respect thereto with, any person or persons other than the Investors. Neither the Company, the Subsidiary nor any person acting on its behalf has taken or will take any other action (including, without limitation, any offer, issuance or sale of any security of the Company under circumstances which might require the integration of such security with the Series E Preferred Shares under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder), in either case so as to subject the offering, issuance or sale of the Series E Preferred Shares to the registration provisions of the Securities Act. Neither the Company, the Subsidiary nor any person acting on its behalf has offered the Series E Preferred Shares to any person by means of general or public solicitation or general or public advertising, such as by newspaper or magazine advertisements, by broadcast media, or at any seminar or meeting whose attendees were solicited by such means.
 
  3.21   Brokers and Finders
 
      Neither the Company, nor any of its Employees, shareholders or the Subsidiary, has employed or made any agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm, which will result in the obligation of the Company or any of the Investors to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commission or similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  3.22   Full Disclosure
 
      Neither this Agreement nor any certificates made or delivered by the Company in connection herewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading, in view of the circumstances in which they were made.
4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS
 
    Each Investor, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants:


 

23

  4.1   Authorisation
 
      All actions on the part of the Investor necessary for the authorisation, execution, delivery, and performance by it of this Agreement have been duly taken and this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Investor, enforceable as to the Investor in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not violate the Investor’s Organisational Documents or any previous agreement of the Investor.
  4.2   Brokers
 
      The Investor has not made any agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm, which will result in the obligation of the Company to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commission or similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  4.3   Investment
 
      The Investor is acquiring the Series E Preferred Shares for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor understands that the Series E Preferred Shares to be purchased hereby have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investors’ representations as expressed herein.
 
  4.4   Restricted Securities
 
      The Investor understands that the Series E Preferred Shares (and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof) may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and that in the absence of an effective registration statement covering the Series E Preferred Shares (or the Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof) or an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Series E Preferred Shares (and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof) may have to be held indefinitely. In particular, the Investor is aware that the Series E Preferred Shares (and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof) may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act unless the conditions of that Rule are met.
 
  4.5   Accredited Investor
 
      Such Investor is an Accredited Investor as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
5.   INDEMNIFICATION AND REMEDIES
  5.1   The Company agrees, to protect, defend, indemnify, and hold the Investors harmless against and in respect of any and all loss, liability, deficiency, damage, cost, or expense or actions in respect thereof (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) ( “Damages” ) as and when incurred, occasioned by (i) any breach of this Agreement, (ii) the confirmation delivered pursuant to Section 2.2.1(e) (i) hereof being untrue or


 

24

      (iii) any falsity of any of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement. Each such representation and warranty is deemed to be made on the date of this Agreement and shall survive the Closing for a period up to the date one month after the publication of the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ending 31 st December 2005. It is hereby clarified that notwithstanding the forgoing, the representations made in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.10 and 3.17 above, shall survive for a period of seven (7) years from the Closing.
 
  5.2   Indemnity Procedure
 
      Promptly after (i) receipt by any Investor of notice of the commencement of any action, proceeding, or investigation; or (ii) becoming aware of any breach of this Agreement or falsity of representation, in each case, in respect of which indemnity may be sought as provided above, such Investor shall notify the party from whom indemnification is claimed (the “ Indemnitor ”). The Indemnitor shall promptly assume the defence of the Investor with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Investor, and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnitor. The Investor will cooperate with the Indemnitor in the defence of any action, proceeding, or investigation for which the Indemnitor assumes the defence. The Indemnitor shall not be liable for the settlement by the Investor of any action, proceeding, or investigation effected without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Indemnitor shall not enter into any settlement in any action, suit, or proceeding to which any Investor is a party, unless such settlement includes a general release of the Investor with no payment by the Investor of consideration and without an admission of liability.
 
  5.3   Subject to the other provisions of this Section 5, the Investors shall be entitled, in addition, to any other non-pecuniary remedy provided by law or equity, and injunctive relief may be obtained to enjoin the breach, or threatened breach, of any provision of this Agreement, and each party shall be entitled to the specific performance by the other of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.
 
  5.4   The Investors’ rights of indemnification under this Section 6 shall not be affected by any examination made for or on behalf of the Investors or the knowledge of any of the Investors’ officers, directors, employees or agents.
 
  5.5   No claims shall be asserted by any Investor, unless the amount claimed is in excess of $25,000 (twenty five thousand U.S. Dollars), and under no circumstances shall any Investor be entitled to compensation or damages in an amount greater than the aggregate amount paid by such Investor for the shares issued to it as set forth in Schedule 2.1, plus an amount of 8% (eight percent) per year from the date of payment by such Investor until the date of actual reimbursement by the Company.
6.   MISCELLANEOUS
  6.1   Communications
 
      All notices or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given in person, by registered mail (registered international air mail if mailed internationally), by an overnight courier service which obtains a receipt to evidence delivery, or by facsimile transmission (provided that written confirmation of receipt is provided) with a copy by mail, addressed as set forth below:


 

25

         
 
  If to the Company:   Voltaire Ltd.
9 Hamenofim Street, Building A
Herzelia
ISRAEL
Fax: 972-9-971-7660

Attn: CEO
 
  with a copy to:   Danziger, Klagsbald, Rosen & Co.
28 Bezalel Street
Gibor Sport Building
Ramat Gan 52521
ISRAEL
Fax: 972-3-611-0707

Attn: Ori Rosen, Adv.
 
  If to Investors   BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL
Avenue Louise 331-333
1050 Brussels
BELGIUM
Fax: 32-2-642-86-50
 
      Attn: Robert Kimmels and Caroline Hoogsteyns
 
      with copies to:
Baker Capital Corp.
540 Madison Avenue
New York,
New York 10022
USA
Fax: 1-212-486-6686
 
      Attn: Ashley Leeds and Joseph Saviano
 
      and:
Herzog, Fox & Neeman
4 Weizmann Street,
Asia House
Tel-Aviv 64239
ISRAEL
Fax: 972-3-696-6464
 
      Attn: Alan Sacks
 
      and:
Akin, Gump, Strauss Hauer & Feld, L.L.P.
590 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Fax: 212 872 1002


 

26

         
 
      Attn: Stephen E. Older
 
  And:   Pitango
11 HaMenofim St., Eastern Tower
Herzliya 46725, Israel

Fax: +972-9-971-8102
Attn: [General Counsel]
      or such other address as any party may designate to the other in accordance with the aforesaid procedure. All communications delivered in person or by courier service shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery, those given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed given on the business day following transmission with confirmed answer back, and all notices and other communications sent by registered mail (or air mail if the posting is international) shall be deemed given ten (10) days after posting.
 
  6.2   Successors and Assigns
 
      The Company shall not sell, assign, transfer, or otherwise convey any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.
 
  6.3   Expenses
 
      At the Closing, the Company will reimburse Belco and the other Investors for all out-of-pocket expenses, including all attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred in connection with the purchase of the Series E Preferred Shares hereunder, including legal fees, up to a total of (i) $75,000, with respect to Belco, and (ii) $10,000 with respect to the other Investors who hold shares in the Company prior to the issuance of the Series E Preferred Shares hereunder, in each case plus VAT, if applicable, and against receipt of tax invoice. Belco shall be entitled, at its choice, to withhold all or part of the amount of such out-of-pocket expenses from the Purchase Price, provided that it shall thereafter supply invoices to the Company evidencing such expenses.
 
      The Company shall be responsible for costs in connection with (a) all Transaction Documents signed by it or actions taken by it relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (or any other documents and actions if approved in advance by the Company for purpose of this Section 6.3), and (b) all stamp duty payable in respect of this Agreement or the issuance of shares as contemplated hereby.
 
  6.4   Delays or Omissions; Waiver
 
      No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party hereto upon any breach or default by the other under this Agreement shall impair any such right or remedy nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or any acquiescence therein or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring.


 

27

  6.5   Entire Agreement; Amendment
 
      This Agreement (together with the recitals, schedules, appendices, annexes and exhibits hereto attached hereto) contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter and all prior negotiations, discussions, commitments, and understandings heretofore had between them with respect thereto are merged herein. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written document signed by the Company and Investors holding (or, prior to issuance of the Series E Preferred Shares — entitled to hold) at least a majority of the Series E Preferred Shares, including each of Belco, Vertex and Pitango.
 
  6.6   Preemptive Rights .
 
      Each of the Investors, by executing and delivering this Agreement, hereby waives any and all rights pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or other instrument to subscribe for any securities of the Company issued pursuant to the Board of Directors resolutions set forth on Schedule 2.2.1(b)(ii), other than the number of Series E Preferred Shares set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule 2.1 hereof.
 
  6.7   Counterparts, Facsimile Signatures
 
      This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed Agreement received by a party hereto via facsimile will be deemed an original, and binding upon the party who signed it.
 
  6.8   Several Obligations
 
      The obligations of the Investors under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents are several and not joint. The failure of any Principal Investor to carry out its obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents or of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to be duly authorised, executed and delivered by any Principal Investor shall relieve any of the other Principal Investors of their obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents (or affect the rights under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents of such other Principal Investor). No Investor shall be responsible for the obligations of, or any action taken or omitted by, any other Investor under this Agreement or under the Transaction Documents.
 
  6.9   Governing Law
 
      The Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Israel, without giving effect to the rules respecting conflict of law. The competent courts of Tel Aviv-Jaffa shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear all disputes arising in connection with this Agreement.
 
  6.10   Further Actions
 
      At any time and from time to time, each party agrees, without further consideration, to take such actions and to execute and deliver such documents as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.


 

28

  6.11   Force Majeure
 
      No party shall be liable to any other party for non-performance or delay in performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement due to causes beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to, fire, strike, hostilities (whether or not declared war), riot, insurrection, civil commotion or unavoidable accident.
[rest of this page intentionally left blank]

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
Voltaire Ltd.
By: /s/ Ronnie Kenneth                                             
Name: Ronnie Kenneth
Title: CEO

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL
By: /s/ Ashley Leeds                                             
Name: Ashley Leeds
Title: Manager
By:                                                               
Name: Robert Kimmels
Title: Manager

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL
By:                                                               
Name: Ashley Leeds
Title: Manager
By: /s/ Robert Kimmels                                             
Name: Robert Kimmels
Title: Manager

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
VERTEX ISRAEL II (C.I.) FUND L.P.
By: /s/ Yoram Oron                                             
Name:
Title:
VERTEX ISRAEL II (A) FUND L.P.
By: /s/ Yoram Oron                                             
Name:
Title:
VERTEX ISRAEL II (B) FUND L.P.
By: /s/ Yoram Oron                                             
Name:
Title:
VERTEX ISRAEL II DISCOUNT FUND L.P.
By: /s/ Yoram Oron                                             
Name:
Title:
VERTEX ISRAEL II (C.I.) EXECUTIVE FUND L.P.
By: /s/ Yoram Oron                                             
Name:
Title:

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) L.P.
By: /s/ Chemi Peres                                             
Name:
Title:
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) Non Q.L.P.
By: /s/ Chemi Peres                                             
Name:
Title:
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Investors) L.P.
By: /s/ Chemi Peres                                             
Name:
Title:
Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel) L.P.
By: /s/ Chemi Peres                                             
Name:
Title:
Pitango Venture Capital Fund Trusts 2000 Ltd.
By: /s/ Chemi Peres                                             
Name:
Title:
Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund, L.P.
By: /s/ Chemi Peres                                             
Name:
Title:
Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund (ICA), L.P.
By: /s/ Chemi Peres                                             
Name:
Title:

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Israeli) LP
By: /s/ Michael Elias                                             
Name:
Title:
Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund LP
By: /s/ Michael Elias                                             
Name:
Title:
Tamir Fishman Ventures II LP
By: /s/ Michael Elias                                             
Name:
Title:
Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund (US) LP
By: /s/ Michael Elias                                             
Name:
Title:
Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Cayman Islands) LP
By: /s/ Michael Elias                                             
Name:
Title:
Tamir Fishman Ventures Capital II Ltd.
By: /s/ Michael Elias                                              
Name:
Title:

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
Platinum Venture Capital Ltd. (as Trustee)
By: /s/ Illegible by PoA                                              
Name:
Title:
Danbar Tech 2001 LP
By: /s/ Illegible by PoA                                              
Name:
Title:

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
Challenge Fund-Etgar II LP
By: /s/ J. Ciechanover                                              
Name:
Title:

 

 

Exhibit 10.2
FINAL
SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
between
Voltaire Ltd.
and
BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL
and
Other Investors
Dated: 28 April 2005
     
ORI ROSEN & CO.
Azrieli Centre
Round Building
Tel Aviv 67021
Israel
Tel: 972-3 607 4700
Fax: 972-3 607 4701
  HERZOG, FOX & NEEMAN
Asia House
4 Weizmann St.
Tel Aviv 64239
Israel
Tel: 972-3 6922020
Fax: 972-3 6966464


 

 

FINAL
SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Share Purchase Agreement is entered into as of the 28th day of April 2005, by and between:
1.   Voltaire Ltd., a company organised under the laws of the State of Israel (Company No. 51-247196-2) (the “ Company ”); and
 
2.   BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL, a company organised under the laws of Belgium.
 
3.   Those persons and entities listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Other Investors ”);
(Each of Belco and the Other Investors being referred to hereafter as an “Investor” and collectively as the “ Investors ”)
WHEREAS The Investors wish to acquire shares in the Company, and the Company wishes to issue and sell to the Investors shares in the Company on the terms as set forth herein.
NOW THEREFORE , the parties agree as follows:
1.   DEFINITIONS
  1.1   The following terms shall have the following meanings:
         
 
  “Affiliate”   with respect to any Person:
  (i)   any other Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests are, at the time such determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or
 
  (ii)   any other Person which, at the time such determination is being made, is Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with, such Person.
         
 
      As used herein, “ Control ”, whether used as a noun or verb, refers to the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or otherwise.
         
 
  “Amended and Restated Articles of Association”   As defined in Section 2.2.1(b)(iii).
 
  “Belco”   shall mean BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL or any Permitted Transferee (as such term is defined in the


 

2

         
 
      Articles) of Belco following the transfer of Belco’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
 
  “Board of Directors”   The board of directors of the Company.
 
  “Closing”   As defined in Section 2.2.1.
 
  “Closing Date”   As defined in Section 2.2.1.
 
  “Code”   The United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
  “Disclosure Material”   As defined in Section 3.5.
 
  “Fully Diluted Basis”   As defined in Section 2.1.
 
  Initial Series E SPA   The share purchase agreement between the Company, Belco and other investors, dated 7 March 2004.
 
  “Intellectual Property”   All forms of intellectual property rights recognised under any applicable laws, including without limitation, the following:
  (i)   Patents, whether in the form of utility patents or design patents and all continuations, continuations in part, renewals and pending applications for the foregoing (“ Patents ”);
 
  (ii)   Trademarks, trade names, service marks, designs, logos, trade dress, and trade styles, whether or not registered, and all pending applications for registration of the same (“ Trademarks ”);
 
  (iii)   Copyrights, whether or not registered, and all pending applications for registration of the same;
 
  (iv)   Inventions, research records, trade secrets, confidential information, product designs, know-how, engineering specifications and drawings, technical information, formulae, customer lists, supplier lists and market analyses;
 
  (v)   Computer programs, including, without limitation, computer programs embodied in semiconductor chips or otherwise embodied, and related flow-charts, programmer notes,


 

3

      updates and data, whether in object or source code form; and
 
  (vi)   Semiconductor chip designs, whether or not registered mask works or topographies.
         
 
  “Key Employees”   The employees of the Company included in Schedule 3.15(a) , attached hereto and marked as “Key Employees”.
 
  “Ordinary Shares”   Ordinary Shares of the Company of nominal value of NIS 4.00 each.
 
  “Organisational Documents”   In respect of any entity, the memorandum of association, articles of association, certificate of incorporation, by-laws, certificate(s) of designation or other constitutional documents of any type.
 
  “Person”   An individual, corporation, trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, unincorporated organization, government body or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.
 
  “Pitango”   Shall mean Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) LP, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) Non-Q LP, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Investors) LP, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III Trusts 2000 Ltd., Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund L.P., Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund (ICA), L.P. and Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel) LP (each, a “ Pitango Fund ”) and any Permitted Transferee of any Pitango Fund following the transfer of such Pitango Fund’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
 
  “Principal Investor”   Each of Belco, Pitango and Vertex.
 
  “Purchase Price”   As defined in Section 2.1.
 
  “Series E Preferred Shares”   Preferred E Shares of the Company, of nominal value NIS 4.00 each.
 
  “Securities Act”   The United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
  “Security Interest”   Any interest or equity of any person (including any right to acquire, option, or right of pre-emption) or any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, or assignment, or any other encumbrance or security interest or arrangement of whatsoever nature over or in the


 

4

         
 
      relevant property.
 
  “Senior Executives”   The employees of the Company listed in Schedule 3 , attached hereto.
 
  “Subsidiary”   Voltaire Inc.
 
  “Transaction Documents”   This Agreement and the documents listed in Schedule 1.1 .
 
  “Vertex”   Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Fund L.P., Vertex Israel II (A) Fund L.P., Vertex Israel II (B) Fund L.P., Vertex Israel II Discount Fund L.P. and Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Executive Fund L.P. (each, a “ Vertex Fund ”) or any Permitted Transferee of any Vertex Fund following the transfer of such Vertex Fund’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
  1.2   Words and defined terms denoting the singular number include the plural and vice versa and the use of any gender shall be applicable to all genders.
 
  1.3   The paragraph headings are for the sake of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
 
  1.4   The recitals, schedules, appendices, annexes and exhibits hereto form an integral part of this Agreement.
2.   PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES
  2.1   Agreement to Purchase and Sell
 
      Subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall issue to the Investors, and the Investors shall purchase from the Company a total of 13,456,420 Series E Preferred Shares, constituting 23.99% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company on a fully diluted basis (including but not limited to all warrants, options, convertible securities and convertible debt) as of the date of Closing, as represented in the Capitalisation Table set out in Schedule 3.4(a) , (“ Fully Diluted Basis ”) at a price per share of $1.00 and for an aggregate purchase price of $13,456,420 (the “ Purchase Price ”).
 
      At the Closing (as defined below), each Investor shall pay that part of the Purchase Price set out next to such Investor’s name in Schedule 2.1 attached hereto and shall be entitled to receive such number of Series E Preferred Shares as are set out next to such Investor’s name in Schedule 2.1.
 
  2.2   Closing
  2.2.1   The closing of the purchase and sale of the Series E Preferred Shares as detailed in Section 2.1 above, (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Ori Rosen & Co., Azrieli Centre, Round Building, Tel Aviv, Israel on the date hereof (the time and date of the Closing being herein referred to as the “ Closing Date ”).


 

5

      At the Closing, the following actions and occurrences will take place, all of which shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously and no action shall be deemed to have been completed and no document or certificate shall be deemed to have been delivered, until all actions are completed and all documents and certificates delivered:
  (a)   The Company will allot and deliver to each Investor a certificate representing that number of Series E Preferred Shares, appearing next to its name in Schedule 2.1 against payment by each Investor by wire transfer of the portion of the Purchase Price appearing next to that Investor’s name in Schedule 2.1 in immediately available funds to the account of the Company at Bank Hapoalim, New York Branch, Account No. 01062991-01. Such payment shall be in U.S. dollars.
 
  (b)   The Company shall deliver to the Investors:
  (i)   the opinion, addressed to the Investors, Ori Rosen & Co. counsel to the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.2. 1(b)(i) ;
 
  (ii)   a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors and the Company’s shareholders meeting, if necessary, in the forms attached here to as Schedule 2.2. 1(b)(ii) approving and authorising the issuance of the Series E Preferred Shares, and approving this Agreement (and all documents relating hereto) and approving the reservation of sufficient number of Ordinary Shares for conversion of the Series E Preferred Shares, in a form reasonably acceptable to Belco; and
 
  (iii)   copies of the amended and restated Articles of Association of the Company (the Amended and Restated Articles of Association ) , as duly adopted and in effect as of the Closing, in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.2. 1(b)(iii) and accompanied by certified resolutions (to the extent required by law) of shareholders of the Company adopting the Amended and Restated Articles of Association.
  (c)   The Company, the Investors and shareholders of the Company in sufficient majorities as required to amend the Company’s Amended and Restated Shareholders Rights Agreement, dated 7 March, 2004, shall sign the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Rights Agreement in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.2. 1(c) (the “ Shareholders’ Rights Agreement ”).
 
  (d)   The Company shall record the issuance of the Series E Preferred Shares to the Investors in the name of the Investors, as set out in Schedule 2.1 on the shareholders’ register of the Company and other records and, promptly after the Closing, the Company shall make all filings and registrations as may be necessary to perfect such issuance and sale and shall deliver copies thereof to the Investors.


 

6

  (e)   Copies of confirmations signed by each Key Employee to the Company (other than those provided pursuant to the Initial Series E SPA) to the effect that:
  (i)   he or she is not subject to any non-compete or confidentiality agreements or any other contractual restriction that would restrict or impair their ability to manage or implement the business of the Company as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted; and
 
  (ii)   he or she will not abuse any confidentiality or similar obligation owed to a current or previous employer or any other person.
  (f)   The parties hereto shall execute and deliver this Agreement.
  2.3   Additional Investors
  (a)   The Company shall be entitled, by no later that 30 days, after the Closing Date, to propose one or more additional investors who wish to invest, in aggregate, an additional amount of up to such amount that will complete the total Purchase Price to $15,000,000 in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (“ Additional Investors ”). Subject to the receipt of the consent of Belco, Pitango and Vertex to such Additional Investors, the Additional Investors shall each execute a joinder agreement in the form of Schedule 2.3 hereto, pursuant to which such Additional Investor shall become a party to his Agreement and shall, form such time, be considered an Investor for all intents and purposes under this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Should the Company not propose Additional Investors or the identity of such Additional Investors is not approved by Belco, Pitango and Vertex, the Investors shall be entitled (but not required) to invest an additional amount of up to $[ ]in such proportions as shall be agreed by Belco, Pitango and Vertex.
3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    It is hereby clarified that for the purposes of this Section 3, any reference to “knowledge” includes such information as is actually known by the Company, the Subsidiary or any Senior Executive or any information which a Senior Executive would be expected to be aware of if the Company, the Subsidiary or Senior Executive had made prudent enquiries into the relevant actions and circumstances of the Company and the Subsidiary.
 
    The Company represents and warrants to the Investors as follows:
  3.1   Constitution and Compliance
  (a)   The Company is duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Israel, with power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company has at all times carried on its business and affairs in all respects in accordance with its Organisational Documents and all applicable laws and regulations, and there is no violation or default with respect to any statute, regulation, order, decree, or


 

7

      judgement of any court or any governmental entity which could have a material adverse effect upon the assets or business of the Company. The Company is duly qualified to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the Company currently conducts business.
 
  (b)   The Company has delivered to the Investors true and accurate copies of the Organisational Documents of the Company and the Subsidiary as of the date of this Agreement.
 
  (c)   The Company and the Subsidiary maintain all corporate, shareholder or other records and registries required by law. True and complete copies of all such documents have been delivered to the Investors.
 
  (d)   The Company does not presently own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any corporation, association or other business entity other than the Subsidiary which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company is not, directly or indirectly a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement. The Subsidiary is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the State of Maryland and has all requisite corporate power and authority and it has obtained all necessary licences, authorisations and approvals to carry on its business as now conducted in each jurisdiction in which failure so to qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties. There are no other share capital, pre-emptive rights, convertible securities, outstanding warrants, options or other rights to subscribe for, purchase and or acquire from the Subsidiary. The Subsidiary is not in default under any material licence, authorisation or approval mentioned in this Section 3, where applicable. The Subsidiary is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure so to qualify would have a material adverse on its business or properties.
  3.2   Authority to Transact
  (a)   The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to sell and issue the Series E Preferred Shares hereunder and to carry out and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
 
  (b)   All corporate action on the part of the Company, its directors, and its shareholders necessary for the authorisation and execution of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by the Company, the authorisation, sale, issuance, and delivery of the Series E Preferred Shares and the performance of all of the Company’s obligations under the Agreement and the Transaction Documents has been taken. This Agreement constitutes and, when signed and where applicable, filed by its duly authorised representatives, the Transaction Documents will constitute, valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms.
  3.3   Execution of Agreement
  (a)   The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company does not, and the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of


 

8

      the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not, violate any provisions of the Company’s Organisational Documents or any contract, agreement, indenture, mortgage, instrument, lease, license, arrangement, or undertaking of any nature, written or oral, of the Company or any Subsidiary.
 
  (b)   Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.14 , the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company does not, and the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not, require the consent or agreement of any governmental body, entity or any other third party.
 
  (c)   The execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by the Company and the issuance of the Series E Preferred Shares to the Investors will not result in any violation of, or conflict with or constitute a default under any term of, or result in the creation or enforcement of any Security Interest upon any of the properties or assets of the Company.
 
  (d)   The execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by the Company will not cause the Company to lose any interest in or the benefit of any asset, right, license or privilege, it presently owns or enjoys or result in the termination of any relationship with anyone who normally does business with the Company on the same basis as previously conducted, and will not result in any present or future indebtedness of the Company becoming due prior to its stated maturity. Compliance with the terms of this Agreement or the Transaction Documents will not give rise to or cause any option or right of pre-emption to become exercisable, except as set forth in the Organisational Documents.
  3.4   Capitalisation
  (a)   The authorised and issued share capital of the Company as of immediately prior to and after the Closing is as stated in Schedule 3.4(a) .
 
  (b)   Other than as listed in Schedule 3.4(a) , there are no outstanding or authorised subscriptions, options, warrants, rights, commitments, or any other agreements of any character directly or indirectly obligating the Company or the Subsidiary to issue (i) any additional shares or other securities or (ii) any securities or debt convertible into, or exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for, any shares other securities.
 
  (c)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has adopted or authorised any plan for the benefit of its officers, employees, consultants or directors which requires or permits the issuance, sale, purchase, or grant of any shares of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s share capital or other securities or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for any such shares or securities, other than as set forth in Schedule 3.4(a) .
 
  (d)   The Series E Preferred Shares to be issued to the Investors in accordance herewith, will, when issued and paid for, be duly authorised, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will have the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions as set forth in the Amended and Restated Articles of Association,


 

9

      Shareholders’ Rights Agreement and this Agreement and will be free and clear of all Security Interests, proxies, voting trusts and other voting agreements, calls or commitments of any kind, other than as explicitly contemplated by the Amended and Restated Articles of Association and this Agreement, and will be duly registered in the name of the Investors in the Company’s shareholders’ register. The Series E Preferred Shares, when issued, will have been issued in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations, including applicable securities laws.
 
  (e)   All other securities of the Company and the Subsidiary have been issued in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations, including applicable securities laws. Other than as contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, the Company is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any of its shares or any warrants, options or other rights to acquire its shares.
  3.5   Disclosure Material and Information
  (a)   The opinions and assumptions contained in the disclosure material attached hereto as Schedule 3.5 (the “ Disclosure Material ”) are reasonable and have been prepared in good faith, and the financial projections set out in the Disclosure Material have been prepared with due diligence, care and consideration, and there are no facts or matters of which the Company is aware which would render any such opinions, assumptions or projections misleading provided, however, that no assurance can be or is given that the assumptions are correct or any of the forecast projections, expectations or transactions contemplated therein will be attained.
 
  (b)   All facts and information with regard to the Company and the Subsidiary since their incorporation which would reasonably have been considered as material for disclosure to an intending investor in the shares of the Company have been disclosed to the Investors.
  3.6   Financial Statements
  (a)   The Company has delivered to the Investors the financial statements of the Company for the year ended 31 st December, 2004, in the form as has been audited by the Company’s independent auditors (the “ Financial Statements ”), all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles accepted in the United States (“ GAAP ”), consistently applied, and in English and stated in US dollars.
 
  (b)   The Financial Statements are in accordance with the books and records of Company; are accurate in all respects; present in a true, complete and fair view, the financial position, assets and liabilities of the Company as of the dates indicated and the results of its operations for such periods; and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States consistently applied.
 
  (c)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(c) , there are no off-balance sheet liabilities, claims, or obligations of any nature, whether accrued, absolute, contingent, anticipated, or otherwise, whether due or to become due, that are not shown or provided for in the Financial Statements. The liabilities of the Company were included in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.


 

10

  (d)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(d) , all of the accounts receivable shown on the balance sheets included in the Financial Statements have been collected or are good and collectible in the aggregate recorded amounts thereof (less the allowance for doubtful accounts also appearing in the Financial Statements and net of returns and payment discounts allowable by the Company’s policies) and can reasonably be anticipated to be paid in full without outside collection efforts within ninety (90) days of the due date, and are not subject to counterclaims or setoffs in excess of recorded reserves.
 
  (e)   The Company knows of no basis for the assertion against the Company of any liabilities not adequately reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements.
  3.7   Business to Date
  (a)   Since the date of the Financial Statements, except as provided in Schedule 3. 7(a) attached hereto and except if presented in any of the provisions of Section 3 of this Agreement:
  (i)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has amended any of its Organisational Documents;
 
  (ii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has entered into any transaction in excess of $25,000 per transaction or greater than $100,000 in the aggregate for a series of related transactions, as to both;
 
  (iii)   there has been no material adverse change in the business, prospects (in so far as they may reasonably be foreseen), operations, assets, liabilities, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (iv)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has made any payment of, or declaration, setting a record date, setting aside or authorizing the payment of, any dividend or other distribution in respect of any shares of capital stock of the Company or the Subsidiary or made any purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by the Company or the Subsidiary, of any of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other securities of, or other ownership interest in, the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (v)   there has not been any transfer, issue, sale or other disposition by the Company or the Subsidiary of any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company or the Subsidiary or any grant of options, warrants, calls or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire shares of such capital stock or such other securities;
 
  (vi)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has increased or entered into an agreement to increase the compensation payable or to become payable, or awarded or paid any bonuses to employees, consultants, independent contractors, officers, directors, shareholders or representatives of the Company or the Subsidiary or agreed to increase the coverage or benefits available under any severance pay, deferred compensation, bonus or other incentive compensation, pension or other employee benefit plan, payment


 

11

      or arrangement made to, for or with such employees, consultants, independent contractors, officers, directors, shareholders or representatives, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and with the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s operating expense budget;
 
  (vii)   there has not been satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company or the Subsidiary, except in the ordinary course of business and that is not material to the business, operations, properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Company or the Subsidiary (as such business is presently conducted and as it is presently proposed to be conducted);
 
  (viii)   there has not been any termination or change to a material contract or arrangement by which the Company or the Subsidiary or any of its assets is bound or subject;
 
  (ix)   there has not been any resignation or termination of employment of any Senior Employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (x)   there has not been any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, with respect to the property or assets of the Company or the Subsidiary having a replacement cost of more than $10,000 for any single loss or $50,000 for all such losses in the aggregate;
 
  (xi)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any lien any of its assets, or acquired any assets or sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed of any assets of the Company or the Subsidiary, except for assets acquired or sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
 
  (xii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have cancelled or compromised any debt or claim or amended, cancelled, terminated, relinquished, waived or released any contract or right except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and which, individually or in the aggregate, would not be material to the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xiii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has entered into any material transaction except for this Agreement and the Transaction Documents;
 
  (xiv)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have encountered any labour disputes, strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages or labour union organizing activities;
 
  (xv)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have made any change in the accounting principles, methods or practices followed by it or depreciation or amortization policies or rates theretofore adopted;


 

12

  (xvi)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have disclosed to any person any material trade secrets except for disclosures made to persons subject to valid and enforceable confidentiality agreements;
 
  (xvii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have suffered or experienced any change in the relationship or course of dealings between the Company or the Subsidiary and any of their suppliers or customers which supply goods or services to the Company or the Subsidiary or purchase goods or services from the Company or the Subsidiary, which has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a material adverse change;
 
  (xviii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have made any loans, advances or capital contributions or payment to, or received any payment from, or made or received any investment in, or entered into any transaction or series of related transactions (including without limitation, the purchase, sale, exchange or lease of assets, property or services, or the making of a loan or guarantee) with any Affiliate or paid any fees or expenses to any Affiliate of the Company;
 
  (xix)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have entered into any agreement or commitment (contingent or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing;
 
  (xx)   there has been no sale, assignment, or transfer of any tangible asset of the Company or the Subsidiary except in the ordinary course of business and no sale, assignment, or transfer of any patent, trademark, trade secret, or other intangible asset of the Company or the Subsidiary; and
 
  (xxi)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have taken any actions to reduce the scale of operations, work-force or scope of business as a result of shortages of funds.
  (b)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have any debts or liabilities of any nature whatsoever, fixed or variable or contingent, except as shown on Schedule 3. 7(b) (except for up to $50,000 in the aggregate as to both the Company and any Subsidiary).
 
  (c)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7(c) , there are no outstanding debts owed to the Company or the Subsidiary.
 
  (d)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3. 7(d) , there are no bad or doubtful debts on the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s books at the date hereof.
 
  (e)   Full and accurate details of all bank accounts, overdrafts, loans, guarantees or other financial facilities outstanding or available to the Company or the Subsidiary are contained in Schedule 3.7(e) .
  3.8   Properties
  (a)   Full and accurate details of the Company’s and the Subsidiary’s tangible properties and assets are contained in Schedule 3.8(a) to this Agreement. The Company and the Subsidiary each has good title to, or valid leasehold interest in,


 

13

      all properties and assets used in its business or owned by it, free and clear of all Security Interests, other then as contained in Schedule 3.8(a) .
 
  (b)   Other than the shares of the Subsidiary being owned by the Company, neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is the holder or the beneficial owner of any share, debenture, mortgage, or security (or interest therein) in any other company or corporation, or a member of any partnership or unincorporated association or limited liability company.
 
  (c)   No condemnation, environmental, zoning or other land use regulation proceedings have been instituted or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, are planned to be instituted, which would materially adversely affect the use or operation of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s properties and assets for their respective intended uses and purposes, or the value of such properties and assets, and the Company has not received notice of any special assessment proceedings which would affect such properties and assets.
 
  (d)   All items of personal property and assets owned or leased by the Company and the Subsidiary are in good operating condition, normal wear and tear excepted, are reasonably fit and useable for the purposes for which they are being used, are adequate and sufficient for the Company’s business, and conform in all material respects with all applicable laws. The carrying value of the Company’s assets on the Financial Statements is not overstated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the U.S.A, in any material respect.
  3.9   Assumptions, Guaranties
 
      The Company and the Subsidiary have not assumed, guaranteed, endorsed or otherwise become directly or contingently liable on any indebtedness of any other person (including, without limitation, liability by way of agreement, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to or otherwise invest in the debtor, or otherwise to assure the creditor against loss), except for guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.
 
  3.10   Taxation
  (a)   All reports, returns or other information required to be filed by or on behalf of the Company or the Subsidiary regarding taxes of any sort (including, without limitation, taxes concerning income, capital gains, sales, value added, franchise, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, severance, stamp, property) (“ Taxes ”), have been filed on a timely basis with the appropriate governmental authorities in all requisite jurisdictions and all such returns, reports or other information were true, correct and complete in all respects;
 
  (b)   All Taxes due and payable have been fully and timely paid;
 
  (c)   There are no circumstances which will, whether by lapse of time or the issue of any notice of assessment or otherwise, give rise to any dispute with any relevant taxation authority in relation to the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s liability or accountability for taxation under currently enacted statutes and regulations;


 

14

  (d)   The provision for taxes of the Company as shown in the Financial Statements is adequate for taxes due or accrued as of the respective dates thereof.
 
  (e)   The Company and the Subsidiary have not had any tax deficiency proposed or assessed against them and have not executed any waiver of any statute of limitations on the assessment or collection of any tax or governmental charge. Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.10(e) , the Company and the Subsidiary have never been audited by governmental authorities. Since the date of the Financial Statements, the Company and the Subsidiary have not incurred any taxes, assessments or governmental charges, other than in the ordinary course of business and the Company and the Subsidiary have made adequate provisions for all taxes, assessments and governmental charges with respect to their business, properties and operations for such period.
  3.11   Capital Expenditure and Contracts
  (a)   Schedule 3. 11(a) contains a true and complete list of all contracts, agreements, instruments, leases, licenses, arrangements, or undertakings of any nature, written or oral, of the Company and the Subsidiary which are material to Company or the Subsidiary, including (if so deemed material) but not limited to the following:
  (i)   any hire, hire purchase, credit sale or conditional sale agreement or any contract providing for payment on deferred terms in respect of assets purchased by the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (ii)   any Security Interest on or over any asset of the Company or the Subsidiary (including the issued or unissued share capital of the Company or the Subsidiary), and any agreement or commitment to give or create any such Security Interest;
 
  (iii)   any guarantee, indemnity, security or other agreement pursuant to which the Company or the Subsidiary agrees to become directly or contingently liable for any obligation of any other person;
 
  (iv)   any guarantee, indemnity, security or other agreement pursuant to which any third party agrees to become directly or contingently liable for any obligation of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (v)   any agreement, instrument or other arrangement creating any indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiary or Security Interest regarding the assets of the Company or Subsidiary;
 
  (vi)   any power of attorney given by the Company or the Subsidiary with respect to any material asset or business of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (vii)   any agreement, instrument or deed pursuant to which a third party is entitled or authorised to bind or commit the Company or the Subsidiary to any obligation;


 

15

  (viii)   any application or award of any grant or allowance which is now liable or may in the future become liable to be repaid or which imposes any other financial obligations on the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (ix)   any contract with any director, officer, employee (other than contracts relating to the employment of such employee, disclosed in Schedule 3.15(a) ), shareholder of the Company or any subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing;
 
  (x)   any agreement restricting the competitive freedom of the Company or the Subsidiary to provide and take goods and services by such means and from and to such persons as it may from time to time think fit (including any exclusive licenses made by such entities or contracts with other entities limiting rights);
 
  (xi)   any distributor, dealer, manufacturer’s representative or sales agency agreement which is not terminable on less than ninety (90) days’ notice without cost or other liability to the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xii)   any agreement with any supplier containing any provision permitting any party other than the Company or the Subsidiary to renegotiate the price or other terms, or containing any pay-back or other similar provision, upon the occurrence of a failure by the Company or the Subsidiary to meet its obligations under the agreement when due or the occurrence of any other event;
 
  (xiii)   any agreement for the future purchase of fixed assets or for the future purchase of materials, supplies, services or equipment in excess of its normal operating requirements or at an excessive price;
 
  (xiv)   any agreement for the employment of any officer, employee or other person (whether of a legally binding nature or in the nature of informal understandings) on a full-time, part-time or consulting basis which is not terminable on notice without cost or other liability to the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xv)   any bonus, pension, profit-sharing, retirement, hospitalisation, insurance, stock purchase, stock option or other plan, agreement or understanding pursuant to which benefits are provided to any employee of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xvi)   any voting trust or agreement, shareholders’ agreement, pledge agreement, buy-sell agreement, first refusal or pre-emptive rights agreement relating to any of the securities of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xvii)   any acquisition, sale or lease agreement outside of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s ordinary course of business;
 
  (xviii)   any partnership or joint venture agreement;


 

16

  (xix)   any agreement (A) which prohibits or requires consent for (1) a change in control or merger of the Company or the Subsidiary, (2) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s assets, (3) the transfer or issuance of any securities of the Company or the Subsidiary, or (4) the assignment, subletting or other transfer of the rights under such agreement, or (B) which terminates, is subject to termination, is materially and adversely affected or is subject to being materially and adversely affected as a result of the occurrence of any event described in subsection (A) hereof;
 
  (xx)   any agreement, or group of related agreements with the same party or any group of affiliated parties, under which the Company or Subsidiary has advanced or agreed to advance money or has agreed to lease any property as lessee or lessor;
 
  (xxi)   any agreement or obligation (contingent or otherwise) to issue, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise distribute or dispose of, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or retire any shares of the securities of the Company or the Subsidiary ;
 
  (xxii)   any assignment, license or other agreement with respect to any form of intangible property;
 
  (xxiii)   any agreement under which it has granted any person any registration rights;
 
  (xxiv)   any agreement, or group of related agreements with the same party, involving more than $100,000 or continuing over a period of more than six (6) months from the date or dates thereof (including renewals or extensions optional with another party), which agreement or group of agreements is not terminable by the Company or the Subsidiary without penalty upon notice of thirty (30) days or less, or any agreement not made in the ordinary course of business;
 
  (xxv)   any agreement with any municipal or governmental body, department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign; or
 
  (xxvi)   any binding commitment or agreement to enter into any of the foregoing.
      (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Material Contracts” ).
 
  (b)   The Company has made available to the Investors true, correct, and complete copies (or where oral, written descriptions) of all Material Contracts.
 
  (c)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.11(c) , all Material Contracts are in full force and effect. The Company and each Subsidiary (as appropriate) has performed in all material respects all of its obligations under each Material Contract, and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, information and belief, all third parties with whom the Company or the Subsidiary has transacted business have performed in all material respects all of their obligations thereunder which were due to have been performed. No party to a Material Contract has made a claim to the effect


 

17

      that the Company or Subsidiary has failed to perform an obligation thereunder and nor has any such party notified the Company or the Subsidiary of an intention to terminate or not renew any such contracts.
  3.12   Material Customers and Suppliers
 
      Except as set forth in Schedule 3.12 , since 7th March 2004, no customer or supplier which is material to the Company or the Subsidiary has terminated, materially reduced or threatened to terminate or materially reduce its purchases from or provision of products or services to the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be.
 
  3.13   Litigation; Compliance
  (a)   There are no civil, criminal, arbitration or administrative proceedings involving the Company or the Subsidiary, including claims on which, to the best knowledge of the Company, the Company or the Subsidiary may be vicariously liable. No such proceedings and no claims of any nature are pending or threatened by, or, to the best knowledge of the Company, against the Company, the Subsidiary, or the directors of the Company or the Subsidiary (in their capacity as such) or any such person or in respect whereof the Company or the Subsidiary is liable to indemnify any party concerned and, to the best knowledge of the Company, there are no facts likely to give rise to any such proceedings.
 
  (b)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is in default with respect to any order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree known to or served upon the Company or the Subsidiary of any court or governmental body, department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.13(b) , there is no action or suit by the Company or the Subsidiary pending, threatened or contemplated against others.
 
  (c)   The Company and the Subsidiary have complied, in all material respects, with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the Company or the Subsidiary and its business, operations, properties, assets, products and services. The Company and the Subsidiary each has all necessary permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations required to conduct its business as conducted and as proposed to be conducted and, each of the Company and the Subsidiary has been operating its business pursuant to and in compliance with the terms of all such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations. Such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations have been validly issued, and the Company and the Subsidiary have complied in all material respects with all conditions of permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations applicable to them. No default or violation, or event that with the lapse of time or giving of notice or both would become a default or violation, has occurred in the due observance of any such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations. All such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations are in full force and effect without further consent or approval of any person. The Company and Subsidiary have not received any notice from any source (i) to the effect that the Company or the Subsidiary lack any such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions or other authorisations required in connection with the Company’s


 

18

      and the Subsidiary’s current or proposed operations or otherwise asserting a violation of law applicable to the conduct of its business, (ii) threatening to revoke any permit, license, registration, franchise, approval, exemption, or other authorisation or (iii) restricting or in any way limiting its operations as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted, in each case which has not been previously remedied or resolved.
 
  (d)   There is no law, regulation or order, and the Company and Subsidiary are not aware of any proposed law, rule, regulation or order, which would prohibit or restrict the Company or the Subsidiary from, or otherwise materially adversly affect the Company or Subsidiary in, conducting business in any jurisdiction in which it is now conducting business or in which it proposes to conduct business. Neither the Company nor Subsidiary have received any notices of violation or alleged violation of any law, rule, regulation or order by any governmental body, department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign.
 
  (e)   As set forth in Schedule 3.13(e) , the Company has applied for and/or received financings or grants through the Office of the Chief Scientist, Ministry of Industry and Trade of the State of Israel and from the Fund for the Encouragement of Overseas Marketing Activities. The Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with the terms and conditions of such financings and grants and has fully fulfilled in all in all material respects all of the undertakings relating thereto.
  3.14   Approvals
 
      Subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Investors set forth in this Agreement, and other than as set forth in Schedule 3.14 , no registration or filing with, or consent or approval of or other action by, any federal, state or other governmental agency or instrumentality or any third party is or will be necessary for the Company’s valid execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Series E Preferred Shares or, upon conversion thereof, the Company’s issuance and delivery of Ordinary Shares, other than those (i) which have previously been obtained or made, or (ii) which are required to be made under law, which will be obtained or made, and will be effective within the time periods required by law. The Company and the Subsidiary have complied with all applicable securities laws in connection with the offer, issuance and sale of the Series E Preferred Shares and, upon conversion thereof, the issuance and delivery of Ordinary Shares.
 
  3.15   Employees
  (a)   A list of all the directors, officers, employees and consultants (excluding consultants receiving less than $10,000 per year, lawyers and accountants) of the Company and the Subsidiary (the “ Employees ”) is attached hereto as Schedule 3. 15(a) -1 .
 
  (b)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.15 (b) , no Key Employee of the Company or Subsidiary has been dismissed in the last six months or has given notice of termination of his employment. To the Company’s knowledge, no Key Employee and no group of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s employees, consultants or


 

19

      independent contractors has any plans to terminate their employment or relationship as an employee, consultant or independent contractor with the Company, nor does the Company have any present intention to terminate the employment of any Key Employee, group of employees, consultant or independent contractor.
 
  (c)   The Company has made available to the Investors true and complete copies of all employment agreements with the Key Employees, and a standard form of an employment agreement for its other employees. No employee has signed an employment agreement with terms materially different to the standard agreement.
 
      Except for extension orders of common application to all employees in Israel, the Company is not a party or subject to any collective bargaining agreement with any labour union or any local or subdivision thereof. There is no current union organising activity among any of the employees of the Company or Subsidiary or any union representative petition pending or threatened.
 
  (d)   Except as set forth in the Material Contracts, there are no agreements or arrangements for the payment of any pensions, allowances, lump sums or other like benefits on retirement or on death or termination or during periods of sickness or disablement for the benefit of any Employee or consultant of the Company or the Subsidiary or for the benefit of the dependants of any such person in operation at the date hereof except for the plans detailed in Schedule 3.15(e) and as provided in the agreements delivered to Belco. The Company, and the Subsidiary have fulfilled all their obligations under the law to the Employees.
 
  (e)   Attached as Schedule 3. 15(e) is a true and complete copy of all share or stock option plans approved by the Company and the Subsidiary, together with a list of all options granted pursuant thereto.
 
  (f)   The Company and the Subsidiary have withheld or collected from each payment made to each of their employees, the amount of all taxes (including but not limited to, Israeli income taxes) required to be withheld or collected therefrom and has paid the same to the proper tax receiving officers or authorised depositories.
 
  (g)   The severance pay and accrued vacation days due to the employees is recorded in the Company’s records, but no actual funds have been put aside for the purpose thereof, other than with respect to the transfer of funds to manager’s insurance policies relating to 80% of the salaries of the Company’s Israeli employees. The Company is not aware of any circumstance whereby any employee might demand any claim for compensation on termination of employment beyond the statutory severance pay to which such employee is entitled or as they are entitled to under their employment agreements with the Company, nor is the Company aware of any claim to be made by any employee for payment of compensation arising from the purchase of Series E Preferred Shares by the Investors as contemplated hereby.
 
  (h)   Except as provided in Schedule 3.15(h) , each employee has undertaken to provide their services on a full time basis to the Company and all such employment agreements, may be terminated upon prior notice of not more than 90 days. The employments of each officer and employee of the Company and the


 

20

      Subsidiary is terminable at the will of the Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, subject to the payment of severance and other payments, pursuant to law or an employment agreement.
 
  (i)   No Senior Executive is and the Company is not aware of any other employee of the Company or the Subsidiary who is a party to or is otherwise bound by any agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, confidentiality agreements, non-competition agreements, proprietary information and inventions agreements, licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature), or subject to any judgment, decree, or order of any court or governmental body, that would conflict with the employment of such employee with the Company or the Subsidiary (as the case may be).
 
  (j)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is delinquent in payments to any of its employees, consultants or independent contractors for any wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses or other direct compensation for any services performed through the date hereof or amounts required to be reimbursed to them through the date hereof. The Company and the Subsidiary are in material compliance with all laws, rules and regulations respecting employment, employment practices, labour, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours. There is no labour strike, dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened against or involving the Company or the Subsidiary.
  3.16   Insurance
  (a)   There is in full force and effect one or more policies of insurance, insuring the Company and the Subsidiary, as specified in Schedule 3.16(a) . Full and accurate copies of the insurance policies of the Company and the Subsidiary have been delivered to the Investors.
 
  (b)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have done or suffered anything to be done which has rendered or might render any polices of insurance taken out by them void or voidable or which might result in an increase in premiums and the Company and the Subsidiary have complied with all conditions attached to such policies.
 
  (c)   There is no claim outstanding under any of such policies nor are there, to the Company’s knowledge, any circumstances likely to give rise to a claim.
 
  (d)   The Company has procured and maintains in effect a “key man” life insurance policy for the benefit of the Company, in the amount of $2,000,000, regarding Ronnie Kenneth.
  3.17   Intellectual Property
  (a)   The Intellectual Property owned by the Company and the Subsidiary is described in Schedule 3.17(a) , including a full list of all Patents and Trademarks and where appropriate indicating for each item, the applicable jurisdiction, registration number (or application number) and date issued (or date filed). Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17(a), all such Intellectual Property is owned outright by the Company, free and clear of any rights of any third party, including any Security Interests.


 

21

  (b)   Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.17(b) , neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has licensed any Intellectual Property from third parties (not including off the shelf products acquired or licensed from third parties and not to be incorporated in intellectual property distributed by the Company or such Subsidiary).
 
  (c)   Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.17(c) , neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has granted any licence of any Intellectual Property to third parties.
 
  (d)   The Company owns or has the right to use all of the Intellectual Property required for its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the Disclosure Material.
 
  (e)   Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.17(e) , neither the Company nor the Subsidiary are obligated or under any liability whatsoever to make any payments by way of royalties, fees or otherwise to any owner or licensee of, or other claimant to any Intellectual Property used by the Company or the Subsidiary (other than off-the shelf software), with respect to the use thereof or in connection with the business of the Company and the Subsidiary or otherwise.
 
      To the best knowledge and belief of the Company, the Company will be able to obtain or acquire rights to use all of the Intellectual Property required for the future conduct of the business as contemplated to be conducted in the Disclosure Material.
 
      There is no Intellectual Property required for the Company’s business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the Disclosure Material, the use of which by the Company or the Subsidiary requires or would require the payment of a royalty to a third party.
 
  (f)   To the Company’s best knowledge, information and belief, (i) no Intellectual Property, used or proposed to be used in the business of the Company or the Subsidiary as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the Disclosure Material, has infringed or infringes upon any Intellectual Property rights of others, (ii) the use of such Intellectual Property in the business of the Company or the Subsidiary as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the Disclosure Material, will not constitute an infringement, misappropriation or misuse of any Intellectual Property rights of any third party, and (iii) no third party has the right to assert any claim regarding the use of, or challenging or questioning the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s right or title in, any of such Intellectual Property.
 
      The Company does not use, nor will be necessary to use any inventions of any of the employees (or persons that the Company or any Subsidiary currently intends to engage) made prior to their employment or engagement by the Company or the Subsidiary.
 
  (g)   The Company and Subsidiary have taken all necessary measures, including measures against unauthorised disclosure, to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of their Intellectual Property.


 

22

  (h)   All Intellectual Property that has been developed or is currently being developed on behalf of the Company or Subsidiary by any employee or other third party shall be the sole property of the Company or the Subsidiary.
 
      Each employee, independent contractor and consultant is bound by a Non Disclosure and Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, in the form made available to the Investors, regarding, among other things, confidentiality, transfer of rights to the Company and, with respect to employees, non-competition, all as set forth in the documents made available to the Investors.
  3.18   Environmental and Safety Laws
 
      The Company and the Subsidiary are not in violation of any applicable laws relating to the environment or occupational health and safety which is likely to result in a material adverse change and no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing laws.
  3.19   Transactions With Interested Parties
 
      Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19 no director, officer, employee or shareholder of the Company, the Subsidiary, or Affiliate thereof, is a party to any transaction with the Company or the Subsidiary, including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the employment of, furnishing of services by, rental of real or personal property from or otherwise requiring payments to any such person, other than employment-at-will or consulting-at-will arrangements in the ordinary course of business. To the Company’s knowledge, none of such persons has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any person with which the Company or the Subsidiary is affiliated or with which the Company or the Subsidiary has a business relationship, or any person that competes with the Company or the Subsidiary.
 
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company has signed an indemnity agreement with each of the directors of the Company, and obtained customary directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in an amount not less than $10.0 million for all the directors including any director nominated by the Investors, in forms acceptable to the Investors.
 
  3.20   Offering of the Series E Preferred Shares
 
      Neither the Company, the Subsidiary nor any person authorised or employed by the Company or the Subsidiary as agent, broker, dealer or otherwise in connection with the offering or sale of the Series E Preferred Shares has offered the Series E Preferred Shares for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy the Series E Preferred Shares, or otherwise approached or negotiated with respect thereto with, any person or persons other than the Investors. Neither the Company, the Subsidiary nor any person acting on its behalf has taken or will take any other action (including, without limitation, any offer, issuance or sale of any security of the Company under circumstances which might require the integration of such security with the Series E Preferred Shares under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder), in either case so as to subject the offering, issuance or sale of the Series E Preferred Shares to the registration provisions of the Securities Act. Neither the Company, the Subsidiary nor any person acting on its behalf has offered the Series E Preferred Shares to any person by means of general or public solicitation or general or public advertising,


 

23

      such as by newspaper or magazine advertisements, by broadcast media, or at any seminar or meeting whose attendees were solicited by such means.
 
  3.21   Brokers and Finders
 
      Neither the Company, nor any of its Employees, shareholders or the Subsidiary, has employed or made any agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm, which will result in the obligation of the Company or any of the Investors to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commission or similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  3.22   Full Disclosure
 
      Neither this Agreement nor any certificates made or delivered by the Company in connection herewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading, in view of the circumstances in which they were made.
4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS
 
    Each Investor, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants:
  4.1   Authorisation
 
      All actions on the part of the Investor necessary for the authorisation, execution, delivery, and performance by it of this Agreement have been duly taken and this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Investor, enforceable as to the Investor in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not violate the Investor’s Organisational Documents or any previous agreement of the Investor.
 
  4.2   Brokers
 
      The Investor has not made any agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm, which will result in the obligation of the Company to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commission or similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  4.3   Investment
 
      The Investor is acquiring the Series E Preferred Shares for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor understands that the Series E Preferred Shares to be purchased hereby have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investors’ representations as expressed herein.


 

24

  4.4   Restricted Securities
 
      The Investor understands that the Series E Preferred Shares (and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof) may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and that in the absence of an effective registration statement covering the Series E Preferred Shares (or the Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof) or an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Series E Preferred Shares (and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof) may have to be held indefinitely. In particular, the Investor is aware that the Series E Preferred Shares (and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof) may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act unless the conditions of that Rule are met.
 
  4.5   Accredited Investor
 
      Such Investor is an Accredited Investor as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
5.   INDEMNIFICATION AND REMEDIES
  5.1   The Company agrees, to protect, defend, indemnify, and hold the Investors harmless against and in respect of any and all loss, liability, deficiency, damage, cost, or expense or actions in respect thereof (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) ( “Damages” ) as and when incurred, occasioned by (i) any breach of this Agreement, or (ii) any falsity of any of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement. Each such representation and warranty is deemed to be made on the date of this Agreement and shall survive the Closing for a period up to the date one month after the publication of the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ending 31 st December 2006. It is hereby clarified that notwithstanding the forgoing, the representations made in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.10 and 3.17 above, shall survive for a period of seven (7) years from the Closing.
 
  5.2   Indemnity Procedure
 
      Promptly after (i) receipt by any Investor of notice of the commencement of any action, proceeding, or investigation; or (ii) becoming aware of any breach of this Agreement or falsity of representation, in each case, in respect of which indemnity may be sought as provided above, such Investor shall notify the party from whom indemnification is claimed (the “ Indemnitor ”). The Indemnitor shall promptly assume the defence of the Investor with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Investor, and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnitor. The Investor will cooperate with the Indemnitor in the defence of any action, proceeding, or investigation for which the Indemnitor assumes the defence. The Indemnitor shall not be liable for the settlement by the Investor of any action, proceeding, or investigation effected without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Indemnitor shall not enter into any settlement in any action, suit, or proceeding to which any Investor is a party, unless such settlement includes a general release of the Investor with no payment by the Investor of consideration and without an admission of liability.
 
  5.3   Subject to the other provisions of this Section 5, the Investors shall be entitled, in addition, to any other non-pecuniary remedy provided by law or equity, and injunctive relief may be obtained to enjoin the breach, or threatened breach, of any provision of this Agreement, and each party shall be entitled to the specific performance by the other of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.


 

25

  5.4   The Investors’ rights of indemnification under this Section 6 shall not be affected by any examination made for or on behalf of the Investors or the knowledge of any of the Investors’ officers, directors, employees or agents.
 
  5.5   No claims shall be asserted by any Investor, unless the amount claimed is in excess of $25,000 (twenty five thousand U.S. Dollars), and under no circumstances shall any Investor be entitled to compensation or damages in an amount greater than the aggregate amount paid by such Investor for the shares issued to it as set forth in Schedule 2.1, plus an amount of 8% (eight percent) per year from the date of payment by such Investor until the date of actual reimbursement by the Company.
6.   MISCELLANEOUS
  6.1   Communications
 
      All notices or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given in person, by registered mail (registered international air mail if mailed internationally), by an overnight courier service which obtains a receipt to evidence delivery, or by facsimile transmission (provided that written confirmation of receipt is provided) with a copy by mail, addressed as set forth below:
         
 
  If to the Company:   Voltaire Ltd.
9 Hamenofim Street, Building A
Herzelia
ISRAEL
Fax: 972-9-971-7660
 
      Attn: CEO
 
  with a copy to:   Ori Rosen & Co.
Azrieli Centre
Round Building
Tel Aviv 67021
Israel 4701
 
      Attn: Ori Rosen, Adv.
 
  If to Investors   BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL
Avenue Louise 331-333
1050 Brussels
BELGIUM
Fax: 32-2-642-86-50
 
      Attn: Robert Kimmels and Caroline Hoogsteyns
 
      with copies to:
Baker Capital Corp.
540 Madison Avenue
New York,


 

26

         
 
      New York 10022
USA
Fax: 1-212-486-6686
 
      Attn: Ashley Leeds and Joseph Saviano
 
      and:
Herzog, Fox & Neeman
4 Weizmann Street,
Asia House
Tel-Aviv 64239
ISRAEL
Fax: 972-3-696-6464
 
      Attn: Gil White
 
      and:
Akin, Gump, Strauss Hauer & Feld, L.L.P.
590 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Fax: 212 872 1002
 
      Attn: Stephen E. Older
 
       And:   Pitango
11 HaMenofim St., Eastern Tower
Herzliya 46725, Israel

Fax: +972-9-971-8102
Attn: General Counsel
    or such other address as any party may designate to the other in accordance with the aforesaid procedure. All communications delivered in person or by courier service shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery, those given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed given on the business day following transmission with confirmed answer back, and all notices and other communications sent by registered mail (or air mail if the posting is international) shall be deemed given ten (10) days after posting.
 
  6.2   Successors and Assigns
 
      The Company shall not sell, assign, transfer, or otherwise convey any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.
 
  6.3   Expenses
 
      At the Closing, the Company will reimburse Belco and the other Investors for all out-of-pocket expenses, including all attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred in connection with the purchase of the Series E Preferred Shares hereunder, including legal fees, up to a total of $25,000, plus VAT, if applicable, and disbursements against receipt of tax invoices. Belco shall be entitled, at its choice, to withhold all or part of the amount of


 

27

      such out-of-pocket expenses from the Purchase Price, provided that it shall thereafter supply invoices to the Company evidencing such expenses.
 
      The Company shall be responsible for costs in connection with (a) all Transaction Documents signed by it or actions taken by it relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (or any other documents and actions if approved in advance by the Company for purpose of this Section 6.3), and (b) all stamp duty payable in respect of this Agreement or the issuance of shares as contemplated hereby.
 
  6.4   Delays or Omissions; Waiver
 
      No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party hereto upon any breach or default by the other under this Agreement shall impair any such right or remedy nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or any acquiescence therein or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring.
 
  6.5   Entire Agreement; Amendment
 
      This Agreement (together with the recitals, schedules, appendices, annexes and exhibits hereto attached hereto) contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter and all prior negotiations, discussions, commitments, and understandings heretofore had between them with respect thereto are merged herein. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written document signed by the Company and Investors holding at least a majority of the Series E Preferred Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement, including each of Belco, Vertex and Pitango.
 
  6.6   Preemptive Rights .
 
      Each of the Investors, by executing and delivering this Agreement, hereby waives any and all rights pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or other instrument to subscribe for any securities of the Company issued pursuant to the Board of Directors resolutions set forth on Schedule 2.2.1(b)(ii), other than the number of Series E Preferred Shares set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule 2.1 hereof.
 
  6.7   Counterparts, Facsimile Signatures
 
      This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed Agreement received by a party hereto via facsimile will be deemed an original, and binding upon the party who signed it.
 
  6.8   Several Obligations
 
      The obligations of the Investors under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents are several and not joint. The failure of any Principal Investor to carry out its obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents or of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to be duly authorised, executed and delivered by any Principal Investor shall relieve any of the other Principal Investors of their obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents (or affect the rights under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents of such other Principal Investor). No Investor


 

28

      shall be responsible for the obligations of, or any action taken or omitted by, any other Investor under this Agreement or under the Transaction Documents.
 
  6.9   Governing Law
 
      The Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Israel, without giving effect to the rules respecting conflict of law. The competent courts of Tel Aviv-Jaffa shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear all disputes arising in connection with this Agreement.
 
  6.10   Further Actions
 
      At any time and from time to time, each party agrees, without further consideration, to take such actions and to execute and deliver such documents as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.
 
  6.11   Force Majeure
 
      No party shall be liable to any other party for non-performance or delay in performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement due to causes beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to, fire, strike, hostilities (whether or not declared war), riot, insurrection, civil commotion or unavoidable accident.
[rest of this page intentionally left blank]

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s 2005 Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
Voltaire Ltd.
By:      /s/ Ronnie Kenneth                                              
Name:
Title:

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s 2005 Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL
By:      /s/ Ashley Leeds                                             
Name: Ashley Leeds
Title: Director
By:      /s/ John C. Baker                                             
Name: John C. Baker
Title: Director

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s 2005 Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
VERTEX ISRAEL II (C.I.) FUND L.P.
By:      /s/ Yoram Oron                                             
Name: Yoram Oron
Title: Authorized Signatory
VERTEX ISRAEL II (A) FUND L.P.
By:      /s/ Yoram Oron                                             
Name: Yoram Oron
Title: Authorized Signatory
VERTEX ISRAEL II (B) FUND L.P.
By:      /s/ Yoram Oron                                             
Name: Yoram Oron
Title: Authorized Signatory
VERTEX ISRAEL II DISCOUNT FUND L.P.
By:      /s/ Yoram Oron                                             
Name: Yoram Oron
Title: Authorized Signatory
VERTEX ISRAEL II (C.I.) EXECUTIVE FUND L.P.
By:      /s/ Yoram Oron                                             
Name: Yoram Oron
Title: Authorized Signatory

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s 2005 Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) L.P.
By:      /s/ Illegible                                             
Name:
Title:
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) Non Q.L.P.
By:      /s/ Illegible                                             
Name:
Title:
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Investors) L.P.
By:      /s/ Illegible                                             
Name:
Title:
Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel) L.P.
By:      /s/ Illegible                                             
Name:
Title:
Pitango Venture Capital Fund Trusts 2000 Ltd.
By:      /s/ Illegible                                              
Name:
Title:
Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund, L.P.
By:      /s/ Illegible                                              
Name:
Title:
Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund (ICA), L.P.
By:      /s/ Illegible                                              
Name:
Title:

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s 2005 Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Israeli) LP
By:      /s/ Michael Elias                                              
Name:
Title:
Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund LP
By:      /s/ Michael Elias                                              
Name:
Title:
Tamir Fishman Ventures II LP
By:      /s/ Michael Elias                                              
Name:
Title:
Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund (US) LP
By:      /s/ Michael Elias                                              
Name:
Title:
Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Cayman Islands) LP
By:      /s/ Michael Elias                                              
Name:
Title:
Tamir Fishman Ventures Capital II Ltd.
By:      /s/ Michael Elias                                             
Name:
Title:

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s 2005 Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
Platinum Venture Capital Ltd. (as Trustee)
By:      /s/ Illegible                                              
Name:
Title:
Danbar Tech 2001 LP
By:      /s/ Illegible                                              
Name:
Title:
Shrem Fudim Kelner Technologies Ltd.
By:      /s/ Illegible                                              
Name:
Title:
Canada Israel Opportunity Fund
By:      /s/ Illegible                                              
Name:
Title:
SFK Wing 1, LP
By:      /s/ Illegible                                              
Name:
Title:
SFK Wing 2, LP
By:      /s/ Illegible                                              
Name:
Title:
Shrem Fudim Kelner – Trust Co. Ltd.
By:      /s/ Illegible                                              
Name:
Title:

 


 

[Signature Page to Voltaire’s 2005 Round E Share Purchase Agreement]
Challenge Fund-Etgar II LP
By:      /s/ J. Ciechanover                                              
Name:
Title:

 

 

Exhibit 10.3
SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
between
Voltaire Ltd.
and
BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL
and Other Investors
Dated: February 1, 2007
     
ORI ROSEN & CO.   HERZOG, FOX & NEEMAN
Azrieli Centre   Asia House
Round Building   4 Weizmann St.
Tel Aviv 67021   Tel Aviv 64239
Israel   Israel
Tel: 972-3 607 4700   Tel: 972-3 6922020
Fax: 972-3 607 4701   Fax: 972-3 6966464


 

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Share Purchase Agreement is entered into as of the 1st day of February 2007, by and between:
1.   Voltaire Ltd., a company organised under the laws of the State of Israel (Company No. 51-247196-2) (the “ Company ”);
 
2.   BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL, a company organised under the laws of Belgium (“ Belco ”); and
 
3.   Those persons and entities listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Other Investors ”);
(Each of Belco and the Other Investors being referred to hereafter as an “Investor” and collectively as the “ Investors ”)
WHEREAS
The Investors wish to acquire shares in the Company, and the Company wishes to issue and sell to the Investors shares in the Company on the terms as set forth herein.
NOW THEREFORE , the parties agree as follows:
1.   DEFINITIONS
  1.1   The following terms shall have the following meanings:
     
“Additional Investors”  
Mr. Eric Benhamou or a corporation under his Control and others as approved by the Company and the Principal Investors.
 
“Affiliate”  
with respect to any Person:
   
 
   
(i)   any other Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests are, at the time such determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or
   
 
   
(ii)   any other Person which, at the time such determination is being made, is Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with, such Person.
   
 
   
As used herein, “ Control ”, whether used as a noun or verb, refers to the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting


 

2

     
   
securities or otherwise.
   
 
“Amended and Restated Articles of Association”  
As defined in Section 2.2.1(b)(iii).
   
 
“Belco”  
Shall mean BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL or any Permitted Transferee (as such term is defined in the Articles) of Belco following the transfer of Belco’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
   
 
“Board of Directors”  
The board of directors of the Company.
   
 
“Closing”  
As defined in Section 2.2.1.
   
 
“Closing Date”  
As defined in Section 2.2.1.
   
 
“Code”  
The United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
   
 
“Disclosure Material”  
As defined in Section 3.5.
   
 
“Fully Diluted Basis”  
As defined in Section 2.1.
   
 
“Initial Series E SPA”  
Collectively, the share purchase agreement between the Company, Belco and other investors, dated 7 March 2004 and the share purchase agreement between the Company, Belco, and other investors dated 28 April 2005.
   
 
“Intellectual Property”  
All forms of intellectual property rights recognised under any applicable laws, including without limitation, the following:
   
 
   
(i)   Patents, whether in the form of utility patents or design patents and all continuations, continuations in part, renewals and pending applications for the foregoing (“ Patents ”);
   
 
   
(ii) Trademarks, trade names, service marks, designs, logos, trade dress, and trade styles, whether or not registered, and all pending applications for registration of the same (“ Trademarks ”);
   
 
   
(iii) Copyrights, whether or not registered, and all pending applications for registration of the same;
   
 
   
(iv) Inventions, research records, trade secrets,


 

3

     
   
     confidential information, product designs, know-how, engineering specifications and drawings, technical information, formulae, customer lists, supplier lists and market analyses;
   
 
   
(v) Computer programs, including, without limitation, computer programs embodied in semiconductor chips or otherwise embodied, and related flow-charts, programmer notes, updates and data, whether in object or source code form; and
   
 
   
(vi) Semiconductor chip designs, whether or not registered mask works or topographies.
   
 
“Investment”  
An investment of up to $12 million in the Company, based on a pre-money Company valuation of $100 million.
   
 
“Key Employees”  
The employees of the Company included in Schedule 3.15(a) , attached hereto and marked as “Key Employees”.
   
 
“Ordinary Shares”  
Ordinary Shares of the Company of nominal value of NIS 4.00 each.
   
 
“Organisational Documents”  
In respect of any entity, the memorandum of association, articles of association, certificate of incorporation, by-laws, certificate(s) of designation or other constitutional documents of any type.
   
 
“Person”  
An individual, corporation, trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, unincorporated organization, government body or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.
   
 
“Pitango”  
Shall mean Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) LP., Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund L.P., Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund (ICA), L.P., Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel) LP, Pitango II Holdings LLC and Pitango Fund II (Tax Exempt Investors) LLC (each, a “ Pitango Fund ”) and any Permitted Transferee of any Pitango Fund following the transfer of such Pitango Fund’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
   
 
“Principal Investor”  
Each of Belco, Pitango and Vertex who holds shares in the Company.


 

4

     
“Purchase Price”  
As defined in Section 2.1.
   
 
“Series E2 Preferred Shares”  
Preferred E2 Shares of the Company, of nominal value NIS 4.00 each.
   
 
“Securities Act”  
The United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
   
 
“Security Interest”  
Any interest or equity of any person (including any right to acquire, option, or right of pre-emption) or any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, or assignment, or any other encumbrance or security interest or arrangement of whatsoever nature over or in the relevant property.
   
 
“Senior Executives”  
The employees of the Company listed in Schedule 3 , attached hereto.
   
 
“Subsidiary”  
Each of Voltaire Inc. and Voltaire Japan K.K.
   
 
“Transaction Documents”  
This Agreement and the documents listed in Schedule 1.1 .
   
 
“Vertex”  
Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Fund L.P. or any Permitted Transferee thereof following the transfer of its holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
  1.2   Words and defined terms denoting the singular number include the plural and vice versa and the use of any gender shall be applicable to all genders.
 
  1.3   The paragraph headings are for the sake of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
 
  1.4   The recitals, schedules, appendices, annexes and exhibits hereto form an integral part of this Agreement.
2.   PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES
  2.1   Agreement to Purchase and Sell
 
      Subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall issue to the Investors, and the Investors shall purchase from the Company a total of up to 6,360,002 Series E2 Preferred Shares, constituting up to 9.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company on a fully diluted basis (including but not limited to all warrants, options, convertible securities and convertible debt) as of the date of Closing, as represented in the Capitalisation Table set out in Schedule 3.4(a) (“ Fully Diluted Basis ”) at a price per share of $1.58 and for an aggregate purchase price of $up to $10,048,803 (the “ Purchase Price ”).
 
      At the Closing, each Investor shall pay that part of the Purchase Price set out next to such Investor’s name in Schedule 2.1 attached hereto and shall be entitled to receive


 

5

      such number of Series E2 Preferred Shares as are set out next to such Investor’s name in Schedule 2.1.
 
  2.2   Closing
  2.2.1   The closing of the purchase and sale of the Series E2 Preferred Shares as detailed in Section 2.1 above (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Ori Rosen & Co., Azrieli Centre, Round Building, Tel Aviv, Israel on the date hereof (the time and date of the Closing being herein referred to as the “ Closing Date ”).
 
      At the Closing, the following actions and occurrences will take place, all of which shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously and no action shall be deemed to have been completed and no document or certificate shall be deemed to have been delivered, until all actions are completed and all documents and certificates delivered:
  (a)   The Company will allot and deliver to each Investor a certificate representing that number of Series E2 Preferred Shares appearing next to its name in Schedule 2.1, against payment in U.S. dollars by each Investor by wire transfer of the portion of the Purchase Price appearing next to that Investor’s name in Schedule 2.1 in immediately available funds to the account of the Company in accordance with the following details:
 
      Bank Name: CitiBank N.A.
Bank Address: Lincoln Square Financial Center 162 Amsterdam Ave
New York, NY 10023
Account Name Voltaire Ltd
Account Number: 02706293
SWIFT Code: CITIUS33
ABA Number: 021000089
 
  (b)   The Company shall deliver to the Investors:
  (i)   the opinion, addressed to the Investors, of Ori Rosen & Co. , counsel to the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.2. 1(b)(i) ;
 
  (ii)   a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors and a resolution from the Company’s shareholders meeting, if necessary, in the forms attached hereto as Schedule 2.2. 1(b)(ii) approving and authorising the issuance of the Series E2 Preferred Shares, and approving this Agreement (and all documents relating hereto) and approving the reservation of sufficient number of Ordinary Shares for conversion of the Series E2 Preferred Shares; and
 
  (iii)   copies of the amended and restated Articles of Association of the Company (the Amended and Restated Articles of Association ) , as duly adopted and in effect as of the Closing, in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.2. 1(b)(iii) and accompanied by certified resolutions (to the extent required by law) of shareholders of the


 

6

      Company adopting the Amended and Restated Articles of Association.
  (c)   The Company, the Investors and shareholders of the Company in sufficient majorities as required to amend the Company’s Amended and Restated Shareholders Rights Agreement, dated 28 April, 2005, shall sign the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Rights Agreement in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.2. 1(c) (the “ Shareholders’ Rights Agreement ”).
 
  (d)   The Company shall record the issuance of the Series E2 Preferred Shares to the Investors in the name of the Investors, as set out in Schedule 2.1 on the shareholders’ register of the Company and other records and, promptly after the Closing, the Company shall make all filings and registrations as may be necessary to perfect such issuance and sale and shall deliver copies thereof to the Investors.
 
  (e)   The parties hereto shall execute and deliver this Agreement.
  2.3   Additional Investors
  (a)   The Additional Investor(s) may invest up to $1,951,197 (one million nine hundred fifty one thousand one hundred and ninety seven United States Dollars) as part of the Investment at the Closing Date or within 60 days after the Closing Date (or such a longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Principal Investors) that will complete the total Purchase Price to $12,000,000 in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement The Additional Investor(s) shall each execute a joinder agreement in the form of Schedule 2.3 hereto, pursuant to which such Additional Investor(s) shall become a party to this Agreement and shall, from such time, be considered an Investor for all intents and purposes under this Agreement.
3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    It is hereby clarified that for the purposes of this Section 3, any reference to “knowledge” includes such information as is actually known by the Company, the Subsidiary or any Senior Executive or any information which a Senior Executive would be expected to be aware of if the Company, the Subsidiary or Senior Executive had made prudent enquiries into the relevant actions and circumstances of the Company and the Subsidiary.
 
    The Company represents and warrants to the Investors as follows:
  3.1   Constitution and Compliance
  (a)   The Company is duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Israel, with power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company has at all times carried on its business and affairs in all respects in accordance with its Organisational Documents and all applicable laws and regulations, and there is no violation or default with respect to any statute, regulation, order, decree, or judgement of any court or any governmental entity which could have a material


 

7

      adverse effect upon the assets or business of the Company. The Company is duly qualified to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the Company currently conducts business.
 
  (b)   The Company has delivered to the Investors true and accurate copies of the Organisational Documents of the Company and the Subsidiary as of the date of this Agreement.
 
  (c)   The Company and the Subsidiary maintain all corporate, shareholder or other records and registries required by law. True and complete copies of all such documents have been delivered to the Investors.
 
  (d)   The Company does not presently own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any corporation, association or other business entity other than the Subsidiary which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company is not, directly or indirectly a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement. Voltaire Inc. and Voltaire Japan K.K. are duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the State of Maryland and Japan, respectively, and have all requisite corporate power and authority and it has obtained all necessary licences, authorisations and approvals to carry on their business as now conducted in each jurisdiction in which failure so to qualify would have a material adverse effect on their business or properties. There are no other share capital, pre-emptive rights, convertible securities, outstanding warrants, options or other rights to subscribe for, purchase and or acquire from the Subsidiary. The Subsidiary is not in default under any material licence, authorisation or approval mentioned in this Section 3, where applicable. The Subsidiary is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure so to qualify would have a material adverse on its business or properties.
  3.2   Authority to Transact
  (a)   The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to sell and issue the Series E2 Preferred Shares hereunder and to carry out and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
 
  (b)   All corporate action on the part of the Company, its directors, and its shareholders necessary for the authorisation and execution of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by the Company, the authorisation, sale, issuance, and delivery of the Series E2 Preferred Shares and the performance of all of the Company’s obligations under the Agreement and the Transaction Documents has been taken. This Agreement constitutes and, when signed and where applicable, filed by its duly authorised representatives, the Transaction Documents will constitute, valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms.
  3.3   Execution of Agreement
  (a)   The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company does not, and the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not, violate any provisions


 

8

    of the Company’s Organisational Documents or any contract, agreement, indenture, mortgage, instrument, lease, license, arrangement, or undertaking of any nature, written or oral, of the Company or any Subsidiary.
 
  (b)   Other than as set forth in Schedule 3.14 , the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company does not, and the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not, require the consent or agreement of any governmental body, entity or any other third party.
 
  (c)   The execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by the Company and the issuance of the Series E2 Preferred Shares to the Investors will not result in any violation of, or conflict with or constitute a default under any term of, or result in the creation or enforcement of any Security Interest upon any of the properties or assets of the Company.
 
  (d)   The execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by the Company will not cause the Company to lose any interest in or the benefit of any asset, right, license or privilege it presently owns or enjoys or result in the termination of any relationship with anyone who normally does business with the Company on the same basis as previously conducted, and will not result in any present or future indebtedness of the Company becoming due prior to its stated maturity. Compliance with the terms of this Agreement or the Transaction Documents will not give rise to or cause any option or right of pre-emption to become exercisable, except as set forth in the Organisational Documents.
  3.4   Capitalisation
  (a)   The authorised and issued share capital of the Company as of immediately prior to and after the Closing is as stated in Schedule 3.4(a) .
 
  (b)   Other than as listed in Schedule 3.4(a) , there are no outstanding or authorised subscriptions, options, warrants, rights, commitments, or any other agreements of any character directly or indirectly obligating the Company or the Subsidiary to issue (i) any additional shares or other securities or (ii) any securities or debt convertible into, or exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for, any shares or other securities.
 
  (c)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has adopted or authorised any plan for the benefit of its officers, employees, consultants or directors which requires or permits the issuance, sale, purchase, or grant of any shares of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s share capital or other securities or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for any such shares or securities, other than as set forth in Schedule 3.4(a) .
 
  (d)   The Series E2 Preferred Shares to be issued to the Investors in accordance herewith, will, when issued and paid for, be duly authorised, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will have the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions as set forth in the Amended and Restated Articles of Association, Shareholders’ Rights Agreement and this Agreement and will be free and clear of


 

9

      all Security Interests, proxies, voting trusts and other voting agreements, calls or commitments of any kind, other than as explicitly contemplated by the Amended and Restated Articles of Association and this Agreement, and will be duly registered in the name of the Investors in the Company’s shareholders’ register. The Series E2 Preferred Shares, when issued, will have been issued in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations, including applicable securities laws.
 
  (e)   All other securities of the Company and the Subsidiary have been issued in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations, including applicable securities laws. Other than as contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, the Company is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any of its shares or any warrants, options or other rights to acquire its shares.
  3.5   Disclosure Material and Information
  (a)   The opinions and assumptions contained in the disclosure material attached hereto as Schedule 3.5 (the “ Disclosure Material ”) are reasonable and have been prepared in good faith, and the financial projections set out in the Disclosure Material have been prepared with due diligence, care and consideration, and there are no facts or matters of which the Company is aware which would render any such opinions, assumptions or projections misleading provided, however, that no assurance can be or is given that the assumptions are correct or any of the forecast projections, expectations or transactions contemplated therein will be attained.
 
  (b)   All facts and information with regard to the Company and the Subsidiary since their incorporation which would reasonably have been considered as material for disclosure to an intending investor in the shares of the Company have been disclosed to the Investors.
  3.6   Financial Statements
  (a)   The Company has delivered to the Investors the financial statements of the Company for the year ended 31 st December, 2005, in the form as has been audited by the Company’s independent auditors and reviewed financial statements for the nine months ended 30 September 2006 (the “ Financial Statements ”), all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles accepted in the United States (“ GAAP ”), consistently applied, and in English and stated in US dollars.
 
  (b)   The Financial Statements are in accordance with the books and records of Company; are accurate in all respects; present in a true, complete and fair view, the financial position, assets and liabilities of the Company as of the dates indicated and the results of its operations for such periods; and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States consistently applied.
 
  (c)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(c) , there are no off-balance sheet liabilities, claims, or obligations of any nature, whether accrued, absolute, contingent, anticipated, or otherwise, whether due or to become due, that are not shown or provided for in the Financial Statements. The liabilities of the Company were included in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.


 

10

  (d)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(d) , all of the accounts receivable shown on the balance sheets included in the Financial Statements have been collected or are good and collectible in the aggregate recorded amounts thereof (less the allowance for doubtful accounts also appearing in the Financial Statements and net of returns and payment discounts allowable by the Company’s policies) and can reasonably be anticipated to be paid in full without outside collection efforts within ninety (90) days of the due date, and are not subject to counterclaims or setoffs in excess of recorded reserves.
 
  (e)   The Company knows of no basis for the assertion against the Company of any liabilities not adequately reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements.
  3.7   Business to Date
  (a)   Since September 30, 2006, except as provided in Schedule 3.7(a) attached hereto and except if presented in any of the provisions of Section 3 of this Agreement:
  (i)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has amended any of its Organisational Documents;
 
  (ii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has entered into any transaction in excess of $25,000 per transaction or greater than $100,000 in the aggregate for a series of related transactions, as to both;
 
  (iii)   there has been no material adverse change in the business, prospects (in so far as they may reasonably be foreseen), operations, assets, liabilities, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (iv)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has made any payment of, or declaration, setting a record date, setting aside or authorizing the payment of, any dividend or other distribution in respect of any shares of capital stock of the Company or the Subsidiary or made any purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by the Company or the Subsidiary, of any of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other securities of, or other ownership interest in, the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (v)   there has not been any transfer, issue, sale or other disposition by the Company or the Subsidiary of any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company or the Subsidiary or any grant of options, warrants, calls or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire shares of such capital stock or such other securities;
 
  (vi)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has increased or entered into an agreement to increase the compensation payable or to become payable, or awarded or paid any bonuses to employees, consultants, independent contractors, officers, directors, shareholders or representatives of the Company or the Subsidiary or agreed to increase the coverage or benefits available under any severance pay, deferred compensation, bonus or other incentive compensation, pension or other employee benefit plan, payment or arrangement made to, for or with such employees, consultants,


 

11

      independent contractors, officers, directors, shareholders or representatives, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and with the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s operating expense budget;
 
  (vii)   there has not been satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company or the Subsidiary, except in the ordinary course of business and that is not material to the business, operations, properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Company or the Subsidiary (as such business is presently conducted and as it is presently proposed to be conducted);
 
  (viii)   there has not been any termination or change to a material contract or arrangement by which the Company or the Subsidiary or any of its assets is bound or subject;
 
  (ix)   there has not been any resignation or termination of employment of any Senior Employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (x)   there has not been any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, with respect to the property or assets of the Company or the Subsidiary having a replacement cost of more than $10,000 for any single loss or $50,000 for all such losses in the aggregate;
 
  (xi)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any lien any of its assets, or acquired any assets or sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed of any assets of the Company or the Subsidiary, except for assets acquired or sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
 
  (xii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have cancelled or compromised any debt or claim or amended, cancelled, terminated, relinquished, waived or released any contract or right except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and which, individually or in the aggregate, would not be material to the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xiii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has entered into any material transaction except for this Agreement and the Transaction Documents;
 
  (xiv)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have encountered any labour disputes, strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages or labour union organizing activities;
 
  (xv)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have made any change in the accounting principles, methods or practices followed by it or depreciation or amortization policies or rates theretofore adopted;


 

12

  (xvi)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have disclosed to any person any material trade secrets except for disclosures made to persons subject to valid and enforceable confidentiality agreements;
 
  (xvii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have suffered or experienced any change in the relationship or course of dealings between the Company or the Subsidiary and any of their suppliers or customers which supply goods or services to the Company or the Subsidiary or purchase goods or services from the Company or the Subsidiary, which has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a material adverse change;
 
  (xviii)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have made any loans, advances or capital contributions or payment to, or received any payment from, or made or received any investment in, or entered into any transaction or series of related transactions (including without limitation, the purchase, sale, exchange or lease of assets, property or services, or the making of a loan or guarantee) with any Affiliate or paid any fees or expenses to any Affiliate of the Company;
 
  (xix)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have entered into any agreement or commitment (contingent or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing;
 
  (xx)   there has been no sale, assignment, or transfer of any tangible asset of the Company or the Subsidiary except in the ordinary course of business and no sale, assignment, or transfer of any patent, trademark, trade secret, or other intangible asset of the Company or the Subsidiary; and
 
  (xxi)   neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have taken any actions to reduce the scale of operations, work-force or scope of business as a result of shortages of funds.
  (b)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have any debts or liabilities of any nature whatsoever, fixed or variable or contingent, except as shown on Schedule 3. 7(b) (except for up to $50,000 in the aggregate as to both the Company and any Subsidiary).
 
  (c)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7(c) , there are no outstanding debts owed to the Company or the Subsidiary.
 
  (d)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3. 7(d) , there are no bad or doubtful debts on the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s books at the date hereof.
 
  (e)   Full and accurate details of all bank accounts, overdrafts, loans, guarantees or other financial facilities outstanding or available to the Company or the Subsidiary are contained in Schedule 3.7(e) .
  3.8   Properties
  (a)   Full and accurate details of the Company’s and the Subsidiary’s tangible properties and assets are contained in Schedule 3. 8(a) to this Agreement. The Company and the Subsidiary each has good title to, or valid leasehold interest in,


 

13

      all properties and assets used in its business or owned by it, free and clear of all Security Interests, other than as contained in Schedule 3.8(a) .
 
  (b)   Other than the shares of the Subsidiary being owned by the Company, neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is the holder or the beneficial owner of any share, debenture, mortgage, or security (or interest therein) in any other company or corporation, or a member of any partnership or unincorporated association or limited liability company.
 
  (c)   No condemnation, environmental, zoning or other land use regulation proceedings have been instituted or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, are planned to be instituted, which would materially adversely affect the use or operation of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s properties and assets for their respective intended uses and purposes, or the value of such properties and assets, and the Company has not received notice of any special assessment proceedings which would affect such properties and assets.
 
  (d)   All items of personal property and assets owned or leased by the Company and the Subsidiary are in good operating condition, normal wear and tear excepted, are reasonably fit and useable for the purposes for which they are being used, are adequate and sufficient for the Company’s business, and conform in all material respects with all applicable laws. The carrying value of the Company’s assets on the Financial Statements is not overstated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the U.S.A, in any material respect.
  3.9   Assumptions, Guaranties
 
      The Company and the Subsidiary have not assumed, guaranteed, endorsed or otherwise become directly or contingently liable on any indebtedness of any other person (including, without limitation, liability by way of agreement, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to or otherwise invest in the debtor, or otherwise to assure the creditor against loss), except for guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.
  3.10   Taxation
  (a)   All reports, returns or other information required to be filed by or on behalf of the Company or the Subsidiary regarding taxes of any sort (including, without limitation, taxes concerning income, capital gains, sales, value added, franchise, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, severance, stamp, property) (“ Taxes ”), have been filed on a timely basis with the appropriate governmental authorities in all requisite jurisdictions and all such returns, reports or other information were true, correct and complete in all respects;
 
  (b)   All Taxes due and payable have been fully and timely paid;
 
  (c)   There are no circumstances which will, whether by lapse of time or the issue of any notice of assessment or otherwise, give rise to any dispute with any relevant taxation authority in relation to the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s liability or accountability for taxation under currently enacted statutes and regulations;


 

14

  (d)   The provision for taxes of the Company as shown in the Financial Statements is adequate for taxes due or accrued as of the respective dates thereof.
 
  (e)   The Company and the Subsidiary have not had any tax deficiency proposed or assessed against them and have not executed any waiver of any statute of limitations on the assessment or collection of any tax or governmental charge. Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.10(e) , the Company and the Subsidiary have never been audited by governmental authorities. Since the date of the Financial Statements, the Company and the Subsidiary have not incurred any taxes, assessments or governmental charges, other than in the ordinary course of business and the Company and the Subsidiary have made adequate provisions for all taxes, assessments and governmental charges with respect to their business, properties and operations for such period.
  3.11   Capital Expenditure and Contracts
  (a)   Schedule 3. 11(a) contains a true and complete list of all contracts, agreements, instruments, leases, licenses, arrangements, or undertakings of any nature, written or oral, of the Company and the Subsidiary which are material to Company or the Subsidiary, including (if so deemed material) but not limited to the following:
  (i)   any hire, hire purchase, credit sale or conditional sale agreement or any contract providing for payment on deferred terms in respect of assets purchased by the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (ii)   any Security Interest on or over any asset of the Company or the Subsidiary (including the issued or unissued share capital of the Company or the Subsidiary), and any agreement or commitment to give or create any such Security Interest;
 
  (iii)   any guarantee, indemnity, security or other agreement pursuant to which the Company or the Subsidiary agrees to become directly or contingently liable for any obligation of any other person;
 
  (iv)   any guarantee, indemnity, security or other agreement pursuant to which any third party agrees to become directly or contingently liable for any obligation of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (v)   any agreement, instrument or other arrangement creating any indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiary or Security Interest regarding the assets of the Company or Subsidiary;
 
  (vi)   any power of attorney given by the Company or the Subsidiary with respect to any material asset or business of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (vii)   any agreement, instrument or deed pursuant to which a third party is entitled or authorised to bind or commit the Company or the Subsidiary to any obligation;


 

15

  (viii)   any application or award of any grant or allowance which is now liable or may in the future become liable to be repaid or which imposes any other financial obligations on the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (ix)   any contract with any director, officer, employee (other than contracts relating to the employment of such employee, disclosed in Schedule 3.15(a) ), shareholder of the Company or any subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing;
 
  (x)   any agreement restricting the competitive freedom of the Company or the Subsidiary to provide and take goods and services by such means and from and to such persons as it may from time to time think fit (including any exclusive licenses made by such entities or contracts with other entities limiting rights);
 
  (xi)   any distributor, dealer, manufacturer’s representative or sales agency agreement which is not terminable on less than ninety (90) days’ notice without cost or other liability to the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xii)   any agreement with any supplier containing any provision permitting any party other than the Company or the Subsidiary to renegotiate the price or other terms, or containing any pay-back or other similar provision, upon the occurrence of a failure by the Company or the Subsidiary to meet its obligations under the agreement when due or the occurrence of any other event;
 
  (xiii)   any agreement for the future purchase of fixed assets or for the future purchase of materials, supplies, services or equipment in excess of its normal operating requirements or at an excessive price;
 
  (xiv)   any agreement for the employment of any officer, employee or other person (whether of a legally binding nature or in the nature of informal understandings) on a full-time, part-time or consulting basis which is not terminable on notice without cost or other liability to the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xv)   any bonus, pension, profit-sharing, retirement, hospitalisation, insurance, stock purchase, stock option or other plan, agreement or understanding pursuant to which benefits are provided to any employee of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xvi)   any voting trust or agreement, shareholders’ agreement, pledge agreement, buy-sell agreement, first refusal or pre-emptive rights agreement relating to any of the securities of the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
  (xvii)   any acquisition, sale or lease agreement outside of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s ordinary course of business;
 
  (xviii)   any partnership or joint venture agreement;


 

16

  (xix)   any agreement (A) which prohibits or requires consent for (1) a change in control or merger of the Company or the Subsidiary, (2) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s assets, (3) the transfer or issuance of any securities of the Company or the Subsidiary, or (4) the assignment, subletting or other transfer of the rights under such agreement, or (B) which terminates, is subject to termination, is materially and adversely affected or is subject to being materially and adversely affected as a result of the occurrence of any event described in subsection (A) hereof;
 
  (xx)   any agreement, or group of related agreements with the same party or any group of affiliated parties, under which the Company or Subsidiary has advanced or agreed to advance money or has agreed to lease any property as lessee or lessor;
 
  (xxi)   any agreement or obligation (contingent or otherwise) to issue, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise distribute or dispose of, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or retire any shares of the securities of the Company or the Subsidiary ;
 
  (xxii)   any assignment, license or other agreement with respect to any form of intangible property;
 
  (xxiii)   any agreement under which it has granted any person any registration rights;
 
  (xxiv)   any agreement, or group of related agreements with the same party, involving more than $100,000 or continuing over a period of more than six (6) months from the date or dates thereof (including renewals or extensions optional with another party), which agreement or group of agreements is not terminable by the Company or the Subsidiary without penalty upon notice of thirty (30) days or less, or any agreement not made in the ordinary course of business;
 
  (xxv)   any agreement with any municipal or governmental body, department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign; or
 
  (xxvi)   any binding commitment or agreement to enter into any of the foregoing.
      (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Material Contracts” ).
 
  (b)   The Company has made available to the Investors true, correct, and complete copies (or where oral, written descriptions) of all Material Contracts.
 
  (c)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.11(c) , all Material Contracts are in full force and effect. The Company and each Subsidiary (as appropriate) has performed in all material respects all of its obligations under each Material Contract, and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, information and belief, all third parties with whom the Company or the Subsidiary has transacted business have performed in all material respects all of their obligations thereunder which were due to have been performed. No party to a Material Contract has made a claim to the effect


 

17

      that the Company or Subsidiary has failed to perform an obligation thereunder and nor has any such party notified the Company or the Subsidiary of an intention to terminate or not renew any such contracts.
  3.12   Material Customers and Suppliers
 
      Except as set forth in Schedule 3.12 , since 28 April 2005, no customer or supplier which is material to the Company or the Subsidiary has terminated, materially reduced or threatened to terminate or materially reduce its purchases from or provision of products or services to the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be.
 
  3.13   Litigation; Compliance
  (a)   There are no civil, criminal, arbitration or administrative proceedings involving the Company or the Subsidiary, including claims on which, to the best knowledge of the Company, the Company or the Subsidiary may be vicariously liable. No such proceedings and no claims of any nature are pending or threatened by, or, to the best knowledge of the Company, against the Company, the Subsidiary, or the directors of the Company or the Subsidiary (in their capacity as such) or any such person or in respect whereof the Company or the Subsidiary is liable to indemnify any party concerned and, to the best knowledge of the Company, there are no facts likely to give rise to any such proceedings.
 
  (b)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is in default with respect to any order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree known to or served upon the Company or the Subsidiary of any court or governmental body, department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.13(b) , there is no action or suit by the Company or the Subsidiary pending, threatened or contemplated against others.
 
  (c)   The Company and the Subsidiary have complied, in all material respects, with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the Company or the Subsidiary and its business, operations, properties, assets, products and services. The Company and the Subsidiary each has all necessary permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations required to conduct its business as conducted and as proposed to be conducted and, each of the Company and the Subsidiary has been operating its business pursuant to and in compliance with the terms of all such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations. Such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations have been validly issued, and the Company and the Subsidiary have complied in all material respects with all conditions of permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations applicable to them. No default or violation, or event that with the lapse of time or giving of notice or both would become a default or violation, has occurred in the due observance of any such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations. All such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions and other authorisations are in full force and effect without further consent or approval of any person. The Company and Subsidiary have not received any notice from any source (i) to the effect that the Company or the Subsidiary lack any such permits, licenses, registrations, franchises, approvals, exemptions or other authorisations required in connection with the Company’s


 

18

      and the Subsidiary’s current or proposed operations or otherwise asserting a violation of law applicable to the conduct of its business, (ii) threatening to revoke any permit, license, registration, franchise, approval, exemption, or other authorisation or (iii) restricting or in any way limiting its operations as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted, in each case which has not been previously remedied or resolved.
 
  (d)   There is no law, regulation or order, and the Company and Subsidiary are not aware of any proposed law, rule, regulation or order, which would prohibit or restrict the Company or the Subsidiary from, or otherwise materially adversly affect the Company or Subsidiary in, conducting business in any jurisdiction in which it is now conducting business or in which it proposes to conduct business. Neither the Company nor Subsidiary have received any notices of violation or alleged violation of any law, rule, regulation or order by any governmental body, department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign.
 
  (e)   As set forth in Schedule 3.13(e) , the Company has applied for and/or received financings or grants through the Office of the Chief Scientist, Ministry of Industry and Trade of the State of Israel and from the Fund for the Encouragement of Overseas Marketing Activities. The Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with the terms and conditions of such financings and grants and has fully fulfilled in all in all material respects all of the undertakings relating thereto.
  3.14   Approvals
 
      Subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Investors set forth in this Agreement, and other than as set forth in Schedule 3.14 , no registration or filing with, or consent or approval of or other action by, any federal, state or other governmental agency or instrumentality or any third party is or will be necessary for the Company’s valid execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Series E2 Preferred Shares or, upon conversion thereof, the Company’s issuance and delivery of Ordinary Shares. Such approvals (i) have previously been obtained or made, or (ii) are required to be made under law, and will be obtained or made, and will be effective within the time periods required by law. The Company and the Subsidiary have complied with all applicable securities laws in connection with the offer, issuance and sale of the Series E2 Preferred Shares and, upon conversion thereof, the issuance and delivery of Ordinary Shares.
  3.15   Employees
  (a)   A list of all the directors, officers, employees and consultants (excluding consultants receiving less than $10,000 per year, lawyers and accountants) of the Company and the Subsidiary (the “ Employees ”) is attached hereto as Schedule 3. 15(a) -1 .
 
  (b)   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.15 (b) , no Key Employee of the Company or Subsidiary has been dismissed in the last six months or has given notice of termination of his employment. To the Company’s knowledge, no Key Employee and no group of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s employees, consultants or


 

19

      independent contractors has any plans to terminate their employment or relationship as an employee, consultant or independent contractor with the Company, nor does the Company have any present intention to terminate the employment of any Key Employee, group of employees, consultant or independent contractor.
 
  (c)   The Company has made available to the Investors true and complete copies of all employment agreements with the Key Employees, and a standard form of an employment agreement for its other employees. No employee has signed an employment agreement with terms materially different to the standard agreement.
 
      Except for extension orders of common application to all employees in Israel, the Company is not a party or subject to any collective bargaining agreement with any labour union or any local or subdivision thereof. There is no current union organising activity among any of the employees of the Company or Subsidiary or any union representative petition pending or threatened.
 
  (d)   Except as set forth in the Material Contracts, there are no agreements or arrangements for the payment of any pensions, allowances, lump sums or other like benefits on retirement or on death or termination or during periods of sickness or disablement for the benefit of any Employee or consultant of the Company or the Subsidiary or for the benefit of the dependants of any such person in operation at the date hereof except for the plans detailed in Schedule 3.15(e).The Company, and the Subsidiary have fulfilled all their obligations under the law to the Employees.
 
  (e)   Attached as Schedule 3. 15(e) is a true and complete copy of all share or stock option plans approved by the Company and the Subsidiary, together with a list of all options granted pursuant thereto.
 
  (f)   The Company and the Subsidiary have withheld or collected from each payment made to each of their employees, the amount of all taxes (including but not limited to, Israeli income taxes) required to be withheld or collected therefrom and has paid the same to the proper tax receiving officers or authorised depositories.
 
  (g)   The severance pay and accrued vacation days due to the employees is recorded in the Company’s records, but no actual funds have been put aside for the purpose thereof, other than with respect to the transfer of funds to manager’s insurance policies relating to 80% of the salaries of the Company’s Israeli employees. The Company is not aware of any circumstance whereby any employee might demand any claim for compensation on termination of employment beyond the statutory severance pay to which such employee is entitled or as they are entitled to under their employment agreements with the Company, nor is the Company aware of any claim to be made by any employee for payment of compensation arising from the purchase of Series E2 Preferred Shares by the Investors as contemplated hereby.
 
  (h)   Except as provided in Schedule 3.15(h) , each employee has undertaken to provide their services on a full time basis to the Company and all such employment agreements, may be terminated upon prior notice of not more than 90 days. The employments of each officer and employee of the Company and the


 

20

      Subsidiary is terminable at the will of the Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, subject to the payment of severance and other payments, pursuant to law or an employment agreement.
  (i)   No Senior Executive is and the Company is not aware of any other employee of the Company or the Subsidiary who is a party to or is otherwise bound by any agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, confidentiality agreements, non-competition agreements, proprietary information and inventions agreements, licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature), or subject to any judgment, decree, or order of any court or governmental body, that would conflict with the employment of such employee with the Company or the Subsidiary (as the case may be).
 
  (j)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is delinquent in payments to any of its employees, consultants or independent contractors for any wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses or other direct compensation for any services performed through the date hereof or amounts required to be reimbursed to them through the date hereof. The Company and the Subsidiary are in material compliance with all laws, rules and regulations respecting employment, employment practices, labour, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours. There is no labour strike, dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened against or involving the Company or the Subsidiary.
  3.16   Insurance
  (a)   There is in full force and effect one or more policies of insurance, insuring the Company and the Subsidiary, as specified in Schedule 3.16(a) . Full and accurate copies of the insurance policies of the Company and the Subsidiary have been delivered to the Investors.
 
  (b)   Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary have done or suffered anything to be done which has rendered or might render any polices of insurance taken out by them void or voidable or which might result in an increase in premiums and the Company and the Subsidiary have complied with all conditions attached to such policies.
 
  (c)   There is no claim outstanding under any of such policies nor are there, to the Company’s knowledge, any circumstances likely to give rise to a claim.
 
  (d)   The Company has procured and maintains in effect a “key man” life insurance policy for the benefit of the Company, in the amount of $2,000,000, regarding Ronnie Kenneth.
  3.17   Intellectual Property
  (a)   The Intellectual Property owned by the Company and the Subsidiary is described in Schedule 3.17(a) , including a full list of all Patents and Trademarks and where appropriate indicating for each item, the applicable jurisdiction, registration number (or application number) and date issued (or date filed). Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17(a), all such Intellectual Property is owned outright by the Company, free and clear of any rights of any third party, including any Security Interests.


 

21

  (b)   Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.17(b) , neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has licensed any Intellectual Property from third parties (not including off the shelf products acquired or licensed from third parties and not to be incorporated in intellectual property distributed by the Company or such Subsidiary).
 
  (c)   Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.17(c) , neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has granted any licence of any Intellectual Property to third parties.
 
  (d)   The Company owns or has the right to use all of the Intellectual Property required for its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the Disclosure Material.
 
  (e)   Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.17(e) , neither the Company nor the Subsidiary are obligated or under any liability whatsoever to make any payments by way of royalties, fees or otherwise to any owner or licensee of, or other claimant to any Intellectual Property used by the Company or the Subsidiary (other than off-the shelf software), with respect to the use thereof or in connection with the business of the Company and the Subsidiary or otherwise.
 
      To the best knowledge and belief of the Company, the Company will be able to obtain or acquire rights to use all of the Intellectual Property required for the future conduct of the business as contemplated to be conducted in the Disclosure Material.
 
      There is no Intellectual Property required for the Company’s business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the Disclosure Material, the use of which by the Company or the Subsidiary requires or would require the payment of a royalty to a third party.
 
  (f)   To the Company’s best knowledge, information and belief, (i) no Intellectual Property, used or proposed to be used in the business of the Company or the Subsidiary as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the Disclosure Material, has infringed or infringes upon any Intellectual Property rights of others, (ii) the use of such Intellectual Property in the business of the Company or the Subsidiary as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in the Disclosure Material, will not constitute an infringement, misappropriation or misuse of any Intellectual Property rights of any third party, and (iii) no third party has the right to assert any claim regarding the use of, or challenging or questioning the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s right or title in, any of such Intellectual Property.
 
      The Company does not use, nor will be necessary to use any inventions of any of the employees (or persons that the Company or any Subsidiary currently intends to engage) made prior to their employment or engagement by the Company or the Subsidiary.
 
  (g)   The Company and Subsidiary have taken all necessary measures, including measures against unauthorised disclosure, to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of their Intellectual Property.


 

22

  (h)   All Intellectual Property that has been developed or is currently being developed on behalf of the Company or Subsidiary by any employee or other third party shall be the sole property of the Company or the Subsidiary.
 
      Each employee, independent contractor and consultant is bound by a Non Disclosure and Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, in the form made available to the Investors, regarding, among other things, confidentiality, transfer of rights to the Company and, with respect to employees, non-competition, all as set forth in the documents made available to the Investors.
  3.18   Environmental and Safety Laws
 
      The Company and the Subsidiary are not in violation of any applicable laws relating to the environment or occupational health and safety which is likely to result in a material adverse change and no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing laws.
 
  3.19   Transactions With Interested Parties
 
      Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19 no director, officer, employee or shareholder of the Company, the Subsidiary, or Affiliate thereof, is a party to any transaction with the Company or the Subsidiary, including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the employment of, furnishing of services by, rental of real or personal property from or otherwise requiring payments to any such person, other than employment-at-will or consulting-at-will arrangements in the ordinary course of business. To the Company’s knowledge, none of such persons has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any person with which the Company or the Subsidiary is affiliated or with which the Company or the Subsidiary has a business relationship, or any person that competes with the Company or the Subsidiary.
 
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company has signed an indemnity agreement with each of the directors of the Company, and obtained customary directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in an amount not less than $10.0 million for all the directors including any director nominated by the Investors, in forms acceptable to the Investors.
 
  3.20   Offering of the Series E2 Preferred Shares
 
      Neither the Company, the Subsidiary nor any person authorised or employed by the Company or the Subsidiary as agent, broker, dealer or otherwise in connection with the offering or sale of the Series E2 Preferred Shares has offered the Series E2 Preferred Shares for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy the Series E2 Preferred Shares, or otherwise approached or negotiated with respect thereto with, any person or persons other than the Investors. Neither the Company, the Subsidiary nor any person acting on its behalf has taken or will take any other action (including, without limitation, any offer, issuance or sale of any security of the Company under circumstances which might require the integration of such security with the Series E2 Preferred Shares under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder), in either case so as to subject the offering, issuance or sale of the Series E2 Preferred Shares to the registration provisions of the Securities Act. Neither the Company, the Subsidiary nor any person acting on its behalf has offered the Series E2 Preferred Shares to any person by means of general or public solicitation or general or public


 

23

      advertising, such as by newspaper or magazine advertisements, by broadcast media, or at any seminar or meeting whose attendees were solicited by such means.
 
  3.21   Brokers and Finders
 
      Neither the Company, nor any of its Employees, shareholders or the Subsidiary, has employed or made any agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm, which will result in the obligation of the Company or any of the Investors to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commission or similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  3.22   Full Disclosure
 
      Neither this Agreement nor any certificates made or delivered by the Company in connection herewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading, in view of the circumstances in which they were made.
4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS
 
    Each Investor, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants:
  4.1   Authorisation
 
      All actions on the part of the Investor necessary for the authorisation, execution, delivery, and performance by it of this Agreement have been duly taken and this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Investor, enforceable as to the Investor in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not violate the Investor’s Organisational Documents or any previous agreement of the Investor.
 
  4.2   Brokers
 
      The Investor has not made any agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm, which will result in the obligation of the Company to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commission or similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  4.3   Investment
 
      The Investor is acquiring the Series E2 Preferred Shares for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor understands that the Series E2 Preferred Shares to be purchased hereby have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investors’ representations as expressed herein.
 
  4.4   Restricted Securities


 

24

      The Investor understands that the Series E2 Preferred Shares (and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof) may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and that in the absence of an effective registration statement covering the Series E2 Preferred Shares (or the Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof) or an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Series E2 Preferred Shares (and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof) may have to be held indefinitely. In particular, the Investor is aware that the Series E2 Preferred Shares (and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof) may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act unless the conditions of that Rule are met.
 
  4.5   Accredited Investor
 
      Such Investor is an Accredited Investor as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
5.   INDEMNIFICATION AND REMEDIES
  5.1   The Company agrees, to protect, defend, indemnify, and hold the Investors harmless against and in respect of any and all loss, liability, deficiency, damage, cost, or expense or actions in respect thereof (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) ( “Damages” ) as and when incurred, occasioned by (i) any breach of this Agreement, or (ii) any falsity of any of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement. Each such representation and warranty is deemed to be made on the date of this Agreement and shall survive the Closing for a period up to the date one month after the publication of the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ending 31 st December 2008. It is hereby clarified that notwithstanding the forgoing, the representations made in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.10 and 3.17 above, shall survive for a period of seven (7) years from the Closing.
 
  5.2   Indemnity Procedure
 
      Promptly after (i) receipt by any Investor of notice of the commencement of any action, proceeding, or investigation; or (ii) becoming aware of any breach of this Agreement or falsity of representation, in each case, in respect of which indemnity may be sought as provided above, such Investor shall notify the party from whom indemnification is claimed (the “ Indemnitor ”). The Indemnitor shall promptly assume the defence of the Investor with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Investor, and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnitor. The Investor will cooperate with the Indemnitor in the defence of any action, proceeding, or investigation for which the Indemnitor assumes the defence. The Indemnitor shall not be liable for the settlement by the Investor of any action, proceeding, or investigation effected without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Indemnitor shall not enter into any settlement in any action, suit, or proceeding to which any Investor is a party, unless such settlement includes a general release of the Investor with no payment by the Investor of consideration and without an admission of liability.
 
  5.3   Subject to the other provisions of this Section 5, the Investors shall be entitled, in addition, to any other non-pecuniary remedy provided by law or equity, and injunctive relief may be obtained to enjoin the breach, or threatened breach, of any provision of this Agreement, and each party shall be entitled to the specific performance by the other of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.


 

25

  5.4   The Investors’ rights of indemnification under this Section 6 shall not be affected by any examination made for or on behalf of the Investors or the knowledge of any of the Investors’ officers, directors, employees or agents.
 
  5.5   No claims shall be asserted by any Investor, unless the amount claimed is in excess of $25,000 (twenty five thousand U.S. Dollars), and under no circumstances shall any Investor be entitled to compensation or damages in an amount greater than the aggregate amount paid by such Investor for the shares issued to it as set forth in Schedule 2.1, plus an amount of 8% (eight percent) per year from the date of payment by such Investor until the date of actual reimbursement by the Company.
6.   MISCELLANEOUS
  6.1   Communications
 
      All notices or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given in person, by registered mail (registered international air mail if mailed internationally), by an overnight courier service which obtains a receipt to evidence delivery, or by facsimile transmission (provided that written confirmation of receipt is provided) with a copy by mail, addressed as set forth below:
     
If to the Company:
  Voltaire Ltd.
9 Hamenofim Street, Building A
Herzelia
ISRAEL
Fax: 972-9-971-7660
 
   
 
  Attn: CEO
 
   
with a copy to:
  Ori Rosen & Co.
Azrieli Centre
Round Building
Tel Aviv 67021
Israel 4701
 
   
 
  Attn: Ori Rosen, Adv.
 
   
If to Investors
  BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL
Avenue Louise 331-333
1050 Brussels
BELGIUM
Fax: 32-2-642-86-50

Attn: Robert Kimmels and Caroline
Hoogsteyns

with copies to:
 
  Baker Capital Corp.
540 Madison Avenue
New York,


 

26

     
 
  New York 10022
USA
Fax: 1-212-486-6686
 
   
 
  Attn: Ashley Leeds and Joseph Saviano
 
   
 
  and:
 
  Herzog, Fox & Neeman
4 Weizmann Street,
Asia House
Tel-Aviv 64239
ISRAEL
Fax: 972-3-696-6464
 
   
 
  Attn: Gil White
 
   
 
  and:
 
  Akin, Gump, Strauss Hauer & Feld, L.L.P.
590 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Fax: 212 872 1002
 
   
 
  Attn: Stephen E. Older
 
   
And:
  Pitango
11 HaMenofim St., Eastern Tower
Herzliya 46725, Israel
 
   
 
  Fax: +972-9-971-8102
Attn: General Counsel
 
   
And:
  To the other addresses set forth in Schedule 6.1 .
      or such other address as any party may designate to the other in accordance with the aforesaid procedure. All communications delivered in person or by courier service shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery, those given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed given on the business day following transmission with confirmed answer back, and all notices and other communications sent by registered mail (or air mail if the posting is international) shall be deemed given ten (10) days after posting.
 
  6.2   Successors and Assigns
 
      The Company shall not sell, assign, transfer, or otherwise convey any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.
 
  6.3   Expenses
 
      At the Closing, the Company will reimburse the Investors for all out-of-pocket expenses, including all attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred in connection with


 

27

      the purchase of the Series E2 Preferred Shares hereunder, including legal fees, up to a total of $25,000, plus VAT, if applicable, and disbursements against receipt of tax invoices. The Investors shall be entitled, at their choice, to withhold all or part of the amount of such out-of-pocket expenses from the Purchase Price, provided that they shall thereafter supply invoices to the Company evidencing such expenses.
 
      The Company shall be responsible for costs in connection with (a) all Transaction Documents signed by it or actions taken by it relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (or any other documents and actions if approved in advance by the Company for purpose of this Section 6.3), and (b) all stamp duty payable in respect of this Agreement or the issuance of shares as contemplated hereby.
 
  6.4   Delays or Omissions; Waiver
 
      No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party hereto upon any breach or default by the other under this Agreement shall impair any such right or remedy nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or any acquiescence therein or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring.
 
  6.5   Entire Agreement; Amendment
 
      This Agreement (together with the recitals, schedules, appendices, annexes and exhibits hereto attached hereto) contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter and all prior negotiations, discussions, commitments, and understandings heretofore had between them with respect thereto are merged herein. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written document signed by the Company and Investors holding at least a majority of the Series E2 Preferred Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement, including each of Belco, Vertex and Pitango.
 
  6.6   Preemptive Rights .
 
      Each of the Investors, by executing and delivering this Agreement, hereby waives any and all rights pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or other instrument to subscribe for any securities of the Company issued pursuant to the Board of Directors resolutions set forth on Schedule 2.2.1(b)(ii), other than the number of Series E2 Preferred Shares set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule 2.1 hereof.
 
  6.7   Counterparts, Facsimile Signatures
 
      This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed Agreement received by a party hereto via facsimile will be deemed an original, and binding upon the party who signed it.
 
  6.8   Several Obligations
 
      The obligations of the Investors under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents are several and not joint. The failure of any Principal Investor to carry out its obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents or of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to be duly authorised, executed and delivered by any Principal Investor shall relieve any of the other Principal Investors of their obligations


 

28

      under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents (or affect the rights under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents of such other Principal Investor). No Investor shall be responsible for the obligations of, or any action taken or omitted by, any other Investor under this Agreement or under the Transaction Documents.
 
  6.9   Governing Law
 
      The Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Israel, without giving effect to the rules respecting conflict of law. The competent courts of Tel Aviv-Jaffa shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear all disputes arising in connection with this Agreement.
 
  6.10   Further Actions
 
      At any time and from time to time, each party agrees, without further consideration, to take such actions and to execute and deliver such documents as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.
 
  6.11   Force Majeure
 
      No party shall be liable to any other party for non-performance or delay in performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement due to causes beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to, fire, strike, hostilities (whether or not declared war), riot, insurrection, civil commotion or unavoidable accident.
[rest of this page intentionally left blank]


 

29

[First Signature Page of Voltaire Round E2 Share Purchase Agreement]
     
Voltaire Ltd.
  BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL
 
   
By: /s/ Ronnie Kenneth
  By: /s/ Ashley Leeds
 
 
 
Name: RONNIE KENNETH
  Name: ASHLEY LEEDS
Title: CEO
  Title: Manager
 
   
     
     
    By: /s/ Joseph Saviano
   
 
    Name: Joseph Saviano
    Title: Manager
 
   
Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Israeli) LP
  Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund LP
 
   
By: /s/ Michael Elias
  By: /s/ Michael Elias
 
 
 
Name:
  Name:
Title:
  Title:
 
   
Tamir Fishman Ventures II LP
  Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund (US) LP
 
By: /s/ Michael Elias
  By: /s/ Michael Elias
 
 
 
Name:
  Name:
Title:
  Title:
 
   
Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Cayman Islands) LP
  Tamir Fishman Venture Capital II Ltd.
 
By: /s/ Michael Elias
  By: /s/ Michael Elias
 
 
 
Name:
  Name:
Title:
  Title:
 
   
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) L.P.
  Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel) LP
 
By: /s/ Chemi Peres
  By: /s/ Chemi Peres
 
 
 
Name:
  Name:
Title:
  Title:
 
   
Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund LP
  Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund (ICA) LP
 
By: /s/ Chemi Peres
  By: /s/ Chemi Peres
 
 
 
Name:
  Name:
Title:
  Title:
 
   
Pitango II Holdings LLC
  Pitango Fund II (Tax Exempt Investors) LLC
 
By: /s/ Chemi Peres
  By: /s/ Chemi Peres
 
 
 
Name:
  Name:
Title:
  Title:
 
   
D Partners (Israel) Limited Partners
  D Partners (BVI) LP
 
By: /s/ Aharon Dovrat /s/ Eylon Penchas
  By: /s/ Aharon Dovrat /s/ Eylon Penchas
 
 
 
Name: Aharon Dovrat Eylon Penchas
  Name: Aharon Dovrat Eylon Penchas
Title: Directors
  Title: Directors


 

30

[Second Signature Page of Voltaire Round E2 Share Purchase Agreement]
     
 
   
Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Fund L.P.
  Platinum Venture Capital Ltd.
 
   
By: /s/ Illegible
  By: /s/ Illegible on behalf of Dr. Shuki Gleitman
 
   
Name:
  Name: Dr. Shuki Gleitman
Title:
  Title: Managing Partner
 
   
Danbar Tech 2001 LP
  Shrem Fudim Kelner Technologies Ltd.
 
   
By: /s/ Illegible
  By: /s/ Illegible
 
   
Name:
  Name:
Title:
  Title:
 
   
Shrem, Fudim, Kelner & Co. Ltd.
  SFK wing 1, LP
 
   
By: /s/ Illegible
  By: /s/ Illegible
 
   
Name:
  Name:
Title:
  Title:
 
   
SFK Wing 2, LP
  Shrem Fudim Kelner — Trust Co. Ltd
 
   
By: /s/ Illegible
  By: /s/ Illegible
 
   
Name:
  Name:
Title:
  Title:
 
   
The Challenge Fund-Etgar II LP
  Argos Capital Appreciation Master Fund, LP
 
   
By: /s/ J. Ciechanover
  By: /s/ Ephraim Gildor
 
   
Name:
  Name: Ephraim Gildor
Title:
  Title:
 
   
Neurone Ventures II Investment (Israel) Ltd. & Neurone II Investment GP. Ltd., as joint trustees on behalf of certain Neurone Ventures II capital funds
  NV II (Side Fund), L.P.
 
   
By: /s/ Ami Dotan
  By: /s/ Ami Dotan
 
   
Name: AMI DOTAN
  Name: AMI DOTAN
Title: G.P.
  Title: G.P.
 
   
PRB Family Partners, LLP
  Giora Bitan
 
By: /s/ Paul R. Bonderson, Jr.
  /s/ Giora Bitan
 
   
Name: Paul R. Bonderson, Jr.
  Name: GIORA BITAN
Title: Manager
  Title:


 

31

Schedule 6.1
     
Name of Other Investor   Address
Platinum Venture Capital Ltd.
  21 Haarba’a Street
Danbar Tech 2001 LP
  Tel Aviv
Shrem Fudim Kelner — Trust Co. Ltd.
  Israel
Shrem Fudim Kelner Technologies Ltd.
  Fax: 972-3-6869535
SFK Wing 1, L.P.
   
SFK Wing 2, L.P.
   
Shrem, Fudim, Kelner & Co. Ltd.
   
 
   
Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Israeli) LP
  46 Rothschild Avenue
Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund LP
  Tel Aviv 66883
Tamir Fishman Ventures II LP
  Israel
Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund (US) LP
  Fax: 972-3-5663389
Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Cayman Islands) LP
   
Tamir Fishman Venture Capital II Ltd.
   
 
   
The Challenge Fund-Etgar II LP
  20 Lincoln Street
 
  Robinshtein House, 20 th floor
 
  Tel Aviv
    Fax: 972-3-5621999
 
   
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) L.P.
  11 HaMenofim Street
Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel) LP
  Eastern Tower
Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund, L.P
  Herzliya 46725
Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund (ICA), L.P.
  Israel
Pitango II Holdings LLC
  Fax: 972-9-9718102
Pitango Fund II (Tax Exempt Investors) LLC
   
 
   
Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Fund L.P.
  1 Ha’Shikma Street,
 
  POB 89, Savyon, Israel 56530
 
  Israel
    Fax: 972-3-7378889
 
   
Argos Capital Appreciation Master Fund, LP   1290 Avenue of the Americas
 
  34 th floor
 
  New-York, NY, 10104
    USA
 
   
Neurone Ventures II Investment (Israel) Ltd. &
  Neurone Ventures II L.P
Neurone II Investment GP. Ltd., as joint trustees
  3 Gav Yam Blgd. 3rd Fl.
on behalf of certain Neurone Ventures II capital
  7 Shenkar St.
funds
  Herzelia Pituach 46766
NV II (Side Fund), L.P.
  +972 9-972-8636
 
   
PRB Family Partners, LP
  8121 Alpha Lane, Sunol, California 94586
 
   
Giora Bitan
  32 Yonatan St.,
    Tel Aviv, Israel
 
   
D Partners (BVI) L.P.
  16 HaGalim Boulevard
D Partners (Israel) Limited Partners
  Beit Delta
    P.O. Box 2037
    Herzelia Pituach 46120
 

Exhibit 10.4
AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) made as of July 1, 2007, by and among
  1.   Voltaire Ltd. , a company organized under the laws of the State of Israel (the “ Company ”); and
 
  2.   Those shareholders and the warrant holder of the Company listed in Exhibit A hereto.
WHEREAS , the shareholders of the Company are parties to an amended and restated Shareholders’ Rights Agreement, dated February 1, 2007(the “ Prior Agreement ”); and
WHEREAS , the Company is contemplating a public offering of its shares in the United States pursuant to a registration statement to be filed with the SEC (as defined below) (the “ Offering ”) and in connection with the Offering, subject to the closing of the Offering, the parties desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to set forth herein provisions governing the registration of the securities of the Company and certain other matters involving the rights of the shareholders.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety, effective immediately as of and contingent upon and conditioned on the closing of the Offering (the “ Effective Date ”), provided that such closing occurs no later than August 15, 2007 (the “ Termination Date ”), as follows:
1.   DEFINITIONS
  1.1   As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:
     
“Affiliate”
  with respect to any Person:
 
   
 
 
(i) any other Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest are, at the time such determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or
 
   
 
 
(ii) any other Person which, at the time such determination is being made, is Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with, such Person.
 
   
 
  As used herein, “Control,” whether used as a noun or verb, refers to the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or otherwise.


 

-2-

     
“Articles”
  the Company’s Articles of Association, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms.
 
   
“Belco”
  shall mean BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL or any Permitted Transferee of Belco following the transfer of Belco’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
 
   
“Exchange Act”
  the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
   
“Form F-3”
  Form F-3 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.
 
   
“Holder”
  any holder of outstanding Registrable Shares.
 
   
“Initiating Holders”
  the Principal Investors.
 
   
“IPO”
  the closing of a bona fide initial public offering of the Company’s Ordinary Shares on a recognised securities exchange, under the Securities Act, as amended, the Israeli Securities Law, 1968, or similar securities laws of another jurisdiction.
 
   
“Ordinary Shares”
  ordinary shares of the Company, par value NIS 0.01 each, as such par value may be adjusted from time to time for any stock split, stock combination or the like.
 
   
“Permitted Transferee”
  (A) with respect to an individual, any parent, spouse or lineal descendant of such individual or a company or other entity fully owned or controlled by him;
 
   
 
  (B) with respect to an entity shareholder:
 
   
 
 
(i) if such Shareholder is a corporation or company, any entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such entity Shareholder; and
 
   
 
 
(ii) if such shareholder is a general or limited partnership, or if it is an entity which, directly or indirectly has holdings in a general partnership,


 

-3-

     
 
 
(a) any of its limited partners or general partners;
 
   
 
 
(b) any affiliated partnership managed by the same management company or managing or general partner of such Shareholder;
 
   
 
 
(c) any corporation or company, the members of such corporation or company and affiliated corporations or companies managed by the same management company or managing general partner of such shareholder or by any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such management company or managing or general partner;
 
   
 
 
(d) any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with any management company or managing or general partner of a shareholder (“ Current Managing Entities ”) and/or any other management company or managing or general partner which may be established by substantially the same persons or entities who established any of the Current Managing Entities;
 
   
 
 
(e) with respect to any of the Persons included in the definition of “ Pitango ” or any Person who is a Permitted Transferee from Pitango — in addition to the Permitted Transferees listed in (A) and (B)(i) and B(ii)(a) through (d) above, also any of the following: (i) any other Person included in the definition of “ Pitango ”, any funds and accounts controlled or managed by any of the Persons includied in the definition of “ Pitango ”, and Virgotech Ltd.; and (ii) any Affiliate of such transferor, (iii) any direct or indirect general or limited partner, member, officer, stockholder, beneficiary, heir or


 

-4-

     
 
 
legatee of such transferor and (iv) any trust the beneficiaries of which, any corporation the stockholders of which, any partnership the partners of which, or any limited liability company, the members of which, include Persons described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above;
 
   
 
 
(f) with respect to Belco or any Person who is a Permitted Transferee from Belco: (i) any Affiliate of Belco or such Person, (ii) any direct or indirect general or limited partner, member, officer, stockholder, beneficiary, heir or legatee of Belco or such Person and (iii) any trust the beneficiaries of which, any corporation the stockholders of which, any partnership the partners of which, or any limited liability company, the members of which, include Persons described in (i) or (ii) above;
 
   
 
 
(g) with respect to Vertex or any Person who is a Permitted Transferee from Vertex: (i) any Affiliate of Vertex or such Person, (ii) any direct or indirect general or limited partner, member, officer, stockholder, beneficiary, heir or legatee of Vertex or such Person and (iii) any trust the beneficiaries of which, any corporation the stockholders of which, any partnership the partners of which, or any limited liability company, the members of which, include Persons described in (i) or (ii) above; and
 
   
 
 
(h) with respect to Lighthouse Capital Partners V (Israel) L.L.C, (“ Lighthouse ”)— in addition to the Permitted Transferees listed in (A) and (B)(i) and B(ii)(a) through (d) above, also Magnolia Capital Partners, Inc. and any Permitted Transferee of Magnolia Capital Partners, Inc.


 

-5-

     
“Person”
  shall mean an individual, corporation, trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, unincorporated organisation, government body or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.
 
   
Pitango
  Shall mean D.S. Pitango Trust Company (Foreign Residents) (1997) Ltd., Pitango Fund II (Tax Exempt Investors), LLC, Pitango Fund II LLC, Pitango Fund II LP, Pitango Venture Capital Management (Israel) Ltd., Pitango Venture Capital Management (U.S.A.) LLC, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) LP, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) Non-Q LP, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Investors) LP, Pitango Venture Capital Fund III Trusts 2000 Ltd., Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund L.P., Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund (ICA), L.P., Pitango Holdings II LLC, Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel) LP and DS Polaris Ltd. (each, a “ Pitango Fund ”) and any Permitted Transferee of any Pitango entity following the transfer of such Pitango entity’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
 
   
“Preferred Shares”
  all Series C Shares, Series D Shares, Series D2 Shares, Series E Shares and Series E2 Shares.
 
   
“Preferred Holder”
  any holder of outstanding Preferred Shares.
 
   
“Principal Investors”
  Belco acting together with one of Vertex or Pitango.
 
   
“Register”, “registered” and “registration”
  refer to a registration effected by filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and the declaration or ordering by the SEC of effectiveness of such registration statement, or the equivalent actions under the laws of another jurisdiction.
 
   
“Registrable Shares”
  means (i) Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of any Preferred Shares; and (ii) any Ordinary Shares issued as a dividend, bonus share or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such Ordinary Shares, but excluding any shares (a) for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 15.2 of this Agreement, (b) which have previously been registered or (c) transferred in a transaction, in which the rights under this Agreement are not


 

-6-

     
 
  assigned in accordance herewith.
 
   
“SEC”
  the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States.
 
   
“Securities Act”
  the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
   
“Series C Shares”
  Ordinary Shares of par value NIS 0.01, issued upon conversion of Series C Preferred Shares of the Company, and all Ordinary Shares issued by the Company in respect of such shares, including without limitation bonus shares.
 
   
“Series D Shares”
  Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of Series D Preferred Shares of the Company, and all Ordinary Shares issued by the Company in respect of such shares, including without limitation bonus shares.
 
   
“Series D2 Shares”
  Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of Series D2 Preferred Shares of the Company, and all Ordinary Shares issued by the Company in respect of such shares, including without limitation bonus shares.
 
   
“Series E Shares”
  Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of Series E Preferred Shares of the Company or warrants to purchase Series E Preferred Shares of the Company, and all Ordinary Shares issued by the Company in respect of such shares, including without limitation bonus shares.
 
   
“Series E2 Shares”
  Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of Series E2 Preferred Shares of the Company, and all Ordinary Shares issued by the Company in respect of such shares, including without limitation bonus shares.
 
   
“Vertex”
  Shall mean Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Fund L.P., Vertex Israel II (A) Fund L.P., Vertex Israel II (B) Fund L.P., Vertex Israel II Discount Fund L.P. and Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Executive Fund L.P. (each, a “ Vertex Fund ”) or any Permitted Transferee of any Vertex Fund following the transfer of such Vertex Fund’s holdings in the Company to such Permitted Transferee.
  1.2   Words and defined terms denoting the singular number include the plural and vice versa and the use of any gender shall be applicable to all genders.

 


 

-7-

  1.3   The paragraph headings are for the sake of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
 
  1.4   The recitals, schedules, appendices, annexes and exhibits hereto form an integral part of this Agreement.
2.   DEMAND REGISTRATION
  2.1   At any time following the closing of the Company’s IPO, the Initiating Holders may request in writing (such request in writing, a “ Demand ”) that all or part of the Series E2 Shares or Series E Shares held by the Initiating Holders shall be registered for trading on the securities exchange on which the securities of the Company were offered in the IPO, or otherwise under the Securities Act (“ Demand Registration ”). Within 20 days after receipt of any Demand, the Company shall give written notice of such Demand to the other Holders, and shall include in such registration all Registrable Shares held by all such Holders who wish to participate in such Demand Registration and who provide the Company with written requests (each a “ Demand ”) for inclusion therein within 15 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice. Thereupon, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration of all Registrable Shares as to which it has received Demands from the Initiating Holders and the other Holders. The Company shall not be required to effect more than two Demand Registrations under this Section 2.1 at the request of the Initiating Holders.
  2.2     (a)  
Subject to and in addition to the above Section 2.1, at any time following a Demand made by the Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof the Holders holding a majority of the Series D Shares may require the Company to make a Demand Registration. The holders of Series D Shares that are Registrable Shares may make up to two (2) Demands, provided that the Company shall not be required to effect a Demand Registration within 180 days, from the effective date of a prior Demand, F-3 Registration or Company Registration (each as defined below) or the IPO.
  (b)   Subject to and in addition to the above Section 2.1 and 2.2(a), at any time following one (1) Demand made by each of the Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof and the Holders of Series D Shares pursuant to Section 2.2(a) hereof, the Holders holding a majority of the Series C Shares may require the Company to make a Demand Registration. The holders of Series C Shares may make up to two (2) Demands, provided that the Company shall not be required to effect a Demand Registration (i) unless the aggregate anticipated offering price of the Registrable Shares to be sold in such Demand Registration equals at least US$4,000,000 or (ii) within 180 days, from the effective date of a prior Demand, F-3 Registration or Company Registration (each as defined below) or the IPO.
Within 10 days after receipt of a Demand pursuant to this Section 2.2, the Company shall give written notice of such Demand to all Holders, and shall include in such Demand Registration all Registrable Shares held by all Holders who wish to participate in such Demand Registration and provide the Company with written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice. Thereupon,


 

-8-

the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration of all Registrable Shares as to which it has received Demands pursuant to this Section 2.2.
A Demand which has not culminated in the registration of the requested Registrable Shares shall not be counted as a Demand for the purposes of this Section 2. It is hereby clarified that no other Holder may exercise its right to any Demand Registration prior to completion of the first Demand Registration effected at the request of the Initiating Holders.
  2.3   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.1 and 2.2 above, if the Company advises the Holders in writing that, based on the managing underwriter’s or underwriters’ written opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the underwriter’s ability to effect an orderly distribution of such securities at the price per share in such offering (“ Cutback ”), the Company will include in such registration the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included that, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, divided pro rata, among the holders of such securities on the basis of the number of Registrable Shares held by such Holders immediately prior to the registration.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is hereby clarified that in the event of a Cutback with respect to a registration pursuant to a Demand made in accordance with Section 2.1 hereof, the Company will include in such registration the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included that, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold, in the following order: First, all of the Series E2 Shares and Series E Shares requested by the Holders thereof to be included in such registration; then, all the Series D Shares and Series D2 Shares requested by the Holders thereof to be included in such registration, divided pro-rata, among the holders of Series D Shares and Series D2 Shares held by such Holders immediately prior to the registration; and then, all of the Series C Shares requested by the Holders thereof to be included in such registration. In the event of Cutback which precludes the registration of all of the shares requested by the Holders of a particular series of shares, each Holder in such series will be Cutback pro rata to their holdings in such series.
The Company shall be entitled to register securities for sale for its own account in any registration requested pursuant to this Section 2, provided, however, that in any event of a Cutback, then such securities shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting to the extent necessary to satisfy such limitation, prior to any exclusion of Registrable Shares.
  2.4   The Company may not cause any other registration of securities for sale for its own account (other than a registration effected solely with respect to an employee benefit plan or pursuant to a registration on Form F-4 or S-4) to be initiated after a registration requested pursuant to this Section 2 and to become effective less than 90 days after the effective date of any registration requested pursuant to this Section 2, unless permitted to do so by the written consent of Holders who hold at least 50% of the Registrable Shares as at such time.
 
  2.5   If the Company shall furnish to Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors


 

-9-

      of the Company it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its shareholders for a registration to be effected at such time, the Company shall have the right to defer the filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after a Demand request by the Holders pursuant to this Section 2; provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period and the Company shall not register any other of its securities during such ninety-day period (other than a registration effected solely with respect to an employee benefit plan).
3.   SHELF REGISTRATIONS
  3.1   From such time as the Company becomes eligible to register securities on Form S-3/F-3, the Company shall, at the request of the Initiating Holders, file a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act with the SEC for the sale of all the Series E2 Shares and Series E Shares that are Registrable Shares and requested to be included in the registration statement, and the Company will maintain the effectiveness of each registration statement as set forth in Section 8.1 and will use best efforts to allow their continued use by the holders of the Registrable Shares, including the timely filing of all required reports under the Securities Act (“ F-3 Registration ”). The Initiating Holders may request an unlimited number of F-3 Registrations (but no more than one in any six-month period), provided however that the aggregate anticipated offering price of the Registrable Shares to be sold in such F-3 Registration equals at least US$500,000.
In addition to the above, at any time and from time to time after the Company becomes eligible to register securities on Form F-3, Holders of a majority of the Series D Shares that are Registrable Shares are entitled to make a written request or requests that the Company effect an F-3 Registration, with respect to the Series D Shares, and Holders of a majority of the Series C Shares that are Registrable Shares are entitled to make a written request or requests that the Company effect an F-3 Registration with respect to the Series C Shares; provided however that the aggregate anticipated offering price of the Registrable Shares to be sold in the F-3 Registration equals at least US$500,000. The Holders of the Series D Shares and the Holders of the Series C Shares shall have the right to request an unlimited number of F-3 Registrations (but no more than one in any six-month period).
  3.2   Within twenty (20) days after receipt of a request for an F-3 Registration the Company shall give written notice of such request, as the case may be, to the other Holders. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.3 below, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration of all Registrable Shares included in the requests for F-3 Registration and all Registrable Shares held by all such Holders who provide the Company with written requests for inclusion therein within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.
After a registration requested pursuant to Section 3.1, the Company may not cause any other registration of securities for sale for its own account (other than a registration effected solely with respect to an employee benefit plan) to be initiated and to become effective less than 90 days after the effective date of any registration requested pursuant to Section 3.1, unless permitted to do so by the written consent of Holders who hold at least 50% of the Registrable Shares as at such time.


 

-10-

  3.3   Notwithstanding the above, the Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 3 if:
  (a)   the Company shall furnish to the Holders requesting the registration, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its shareholders for such registration to be effected at such time, in which case the Company shall have the right to defer the filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holders pursuant to Section 3.1; provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period and the Company shall not register any other of its shares during such ninety-day period (other than a registration effected solely with respect to an employee benefit plan); and
 
  (b)   the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected one (1) registration on Form F-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.
4.   PIGGYBACK REQUESTS
  4.1   At least twenty (20) days prior to the initial filing of a registration statement or similar document with the relevant securities authority with respect to the registration of any of the Company’s securities (the “ Company Securities ”) under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a Demand Registration or a registration of securities issuable on Forms F-4, S-8 or any similar form available for the Company, or any successor form thereto pursuant to an employee share option, share purchase or similar benefit plan, or pursuant to a merger, exchange offer or a registration on any registration form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Shares (a “ Company Registration ” ), the Company will give written notice to the Holders of its intention to effectuate such a Company Registration. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 below, the Company will use its best efforts to include in such Company Registration all Registrable Shares with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within twenty (20) days after the Company gives such notice (“ Piggyback Requests ”). The Company shall also give the Holders written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the initial filing of a registration statement in connection with the IPO.
 
  4.2   If a Company Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of Company Securities and Registrable Shares included in Piggyback Requests exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting such underwriters’ ability to effect an orderly distribution of the Company Securities, the Company will only include in such Company Registration (i) first, the Company Securities to be sold by the Company, (ii) second, the number of the Series E2 Shares and Series E Shares included in Piggyback Requests which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold if added to the Company Securities to be sold by the Company, divided pro rata among the holders of such Series E2 Shares and Series E Shares, on the basis of the number of shares of Series E2 Shares and Series E Shares then held by each of such Holders if not all of


 

-11-

      such Series E2 Shares and Series E Shares can be sold, (iii) third, the number of the Series D Shares and Series D2 Shares included in Piggyback Requests which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold if added to the Company Securities to be sold by the Company and the Series E2 Shares and Series E Shares to be sold pursuant to clause (ii), divided pro rata among the holders of Series D Shares and Series D2 Shares, as the case may be, on the basis of the number of shares of Series D Shares and Series D2 Shares then held by each of such Holders if not all of such Series D Shares and Series D2 Shares can be sold, and (iv) fourth, the number of the Series C Shares included in Piggyback Requests which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold if added to the Company Securities to be sold by the Company and the Series E2 Shares, Series E Shares, Series D Shares and Series D2 Shares to be sold pursuant to clauses (ii) and (iii), divided pro rata among the holders of the Series C Shares, on the basis of the number of Series C Shares then held by each of such Holders if not all of such Series C Shares can be sold.
5.   DESIGNATION OF UNDERWRITER
In connection with any registration of shares by the Company, the Company shall select the underwriter, who shall be an internationally recognised underwriter and acceptable to the holders of the majority of the Registrable Shares participating in the applicable registration; provided, however, that with respect to a registration initiated by the Initiating Holders, the Company shall select the underwriter, who shall be a nationally recognized underwriter and acceptable to the Initiating Holders.
6.   EXPENSES
All costs and expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) incurred in connection with any registration under Sections 2, 3, or 4 above including the reasonable fees of one legal counsel and for the selling Holders (which legal counsel shall be in addition to the counsel instructed by the Company), shall be borne by the Company.
7.   INDEMNITIES
In the event of any registered offering pursuant to this Agreement:
  7.1   Company Indemnity
To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder selling shares in any registration hereunder (“ Selling Shareholder ”), and the officers, directors, employees, legal counsel and accountants of such Selling Shareholder and each person, if any, who controls such Selling Shareholder within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, and charges, joint or several fees and expenses (“ Claims ”), to which any of them may be subject under the Securities Act and/or any other applicable securities law, the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 (the “Securities Law” ), the Israeli Companies Law, 5759 — 1999 (the “ Companies Law ”), or any other statute (whether U.S., Israeli or otherwise) or at common law, insofar as such Claims arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement of any material fact included by the Company in any registration statement or prospectus under which such securities were sold; or (ii) any omission by the Company to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the


 

-12-

statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any other violation by the Company of the Act, the Securities Law, the Companies Law or any state, Federal or foreign jurisdiction securities laws in connection with each such registration, and shall reimburse each such person entitled to indemnification for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such person and/or entity in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim, as and when such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such person and/or entity in any such case to the extent that any such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission made in such registration statement or prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with a certificate furnished to the Company by such person and/or entity and/or any person and/or entity acting on its behalf specifically for use in the preparation thereof.
  7.2   Selling Shareholder Indemnity
Each Selling Shareholder shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold the Company and each other Selling Shareholder participating in any registration hereunder and the officers, directors, employees, legal counsel and accountants of the Company and any other Selling Shareholder, and each person and/or entity, if any, who controls the Company or any other Selling Shareholder, within the meaning of the Securities Act, harmless from and against any Claims which arise out of, or are based upon: (i) any untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement or prospectus under which such securities were sold, furnished by such Selling Shareholder specifically for inclusion in the prospectus; or (ii) any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and relating to any statement furnished in writing by such Selling Shareholder specifically for inclusion in the prospectus, and shall reimburse each such person and/or entity entitled to indemnification for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such person and/or entity in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim, as and when such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the applicable Selling Shareholder shall not be liable to any such person and/or entity in any such case to the extent that any such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission made in such registration statement or prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to such Selling Shareholder by such person and/or entity and/or any person acting on its behalf specifically for use in the preparation thereof, and provided further that the maximum liability of any Selling Shareholder under this Section 7.2 shall be limited to the net proceeds received by each such Selling Shareholder from the sale of shares pursuant to the offering in respect of which indemnity is required hereunder.
  7.3   Indemnity Procedure
Promptly after receipt by a Selling Shareholder or the Company of a notice of the commencement of any action, proceeding, or investigation in respect of which indemnity may be sought as provided above, such party (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall notify the party from whom indemnification is claimed (the “ Indemnifying Party ”). The omission to notify the Indemnifying Party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party, unless the failure to give such notice is prejudicial to the Indemnifying Party’s ability to defend such an action. In case such action is brought against any Indemnified Party and it notifies the Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof, the Indemnifying Party shall have


 

-13-

the right to participate in, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other Indemnifying Parties similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party; provided, however, that if the defendants in any action include both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party and there is a conflict of interests which would prevent counsel for the Indemnifying Party from also representing the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party or Parties shall have the right to select one separate counsel to participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party or Parties. After notice from the Indemnifying Party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnifying Party will not be liable to such Indemnified Party pursuant to the provisions of said Sections 7.1 or 7.2 for any legal or other expense subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof, unless (i) the Indemnified Party shall have employed counsel in accordance with the provision of the preceding sentence, (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party within a reasonable time after the notice of the commencement of the action and within 15 days after written notice of the Indemnified Party’s intention to employ separate counsel pursuant to the previous sentence, or (iii) the Indemnifying Party has authorised the employment of counsel for the Indemnified Party at the expense of the Indemnifying Party. No Indemnifying Party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. In addition, the Indemnified Party shall in no event enter into any settlement without obtaining the Indemnifying Party’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Each Indemnified Party shall provide such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party has reasonably requested in writing and shall otherwise cooperate with the Indemnifying Party as shall be reasonably required in the defense of such claim and any litigation resulting therefrom.
  7.4   Survival
The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 7 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Shares in a registration statement under this Agreement, and otherwise.
8.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
Whenever required under this Agreement to effect the registration of any Registrable Shares, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, as expeditiously as possible:
  8.1     (a)  
prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Shares and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective,
  (b)   upon the request of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares registered thereunder, keep a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2 above effective for a period of ninety (90) days or, if sooner, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed, and

 


 

-14-

  (c)   upon the request of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares registered thereunder, keep a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 3 above effective for a period of up to four months or, if sooner, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed; provided, however, that the Company may suspend sales at any time under the registration statement immediately upon notice to the selling Holders or their assigns for a period of time not to exceed in the aggregate 90 days during any twelve (12) month period, if there then exists material, non-public information relating to the Company which, in the reasonable good faith opinion of the board of directors of the Company, would be seriously detrimental to the Company to disclose during that time.
  8.2   prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be reasonably necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Shares covered by such registration statement;
 
  8.3   furnish to the Preferred Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Shares owned by them;
 
  8.4   use every reasonable effort to register or qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as the Holders shall request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be necessary under such securities or blue sky laws to enable such Holders to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities to be sold by such Holders, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not qualified or consent to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not otherwise subject to such service, with respect to the latter, except in such jurisdictions where the Company’s shares are already registered;
 
  8.5   in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;
 
  8.6   notify each holder of Registrable Shares covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;
 
  8.7   use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Shares registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;


 

-15-

  8.8   provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Shares registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Shares, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;
 
  8.9   use its best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement, on the date that such Registrable Shares are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Agreement, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective:
  (a)   an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Shares; and
 
  (b)   a letter dated such date, from the independent registered public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Shares,
9.   CONDITIONS TO REGISTRATION OBLIGATIONS
The Company shall not be obligated to effect the registration of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement unless the Holder requesting the registration consents to the following conditions:
  9.1   conditions requiring the Holder to comply with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act including, but not limited to, the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, and to furnish to the Company information about sales made in such public offering;
 
  9.2   conditions prohibiting the Holder upon receipt of telegraphic or written notice from the Company that it is required by law to correct or update the registration statement or prospectus from effecting sales of the Registrable Shares until the Company has completed the necessary correction or updating; and
 
  9.3   conditions prohibiting the sale of Registrable Shares by such Holder during the process of the registration until the Registration Statement is effective, provided that management and all directors of the Company agree to similar conditions.
10.   LEGENDS
 
    Upon the conversion of Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares following the closing of an IPO, the Company shall place a legend on each certificate representing Registrable Shares designating whether the Registrable Shares represented by such certificate are Series C Shares, Series D Shares, Series D2 Shares, Series E Shares or Series E2 Shares.
11.   DELAY IN REGISTRATION


 

-16-

No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Agreement.
12.   ASSIGNMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    Any of the Holders may assign its rights pursuant to Sections 2-8 of this Agreement in respect of all or any part of its Registrable Shares, only together with the Registrable Shares themselves. The transferor shall, within twenty (20) days after such transfer, furnish the Company with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, and the transferee’s written agreement to be bound by this Agreement.
13.   LOCK-UP AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THE HOLDERS
 
    In connection with the IPO, all Holders agree that any sales of Registrable Shares may be subject to a customary “lock-up” period if so required by the underwriter in such a registration, restricting such sales for up to one hundred and eighty (180) days, and all Holders will agree to abide by such customary “lock-up” period of up to one hundred and eighty (180) days if so required by the underwriter in such a registration; provided that management and all directors of the Company agree to a similar lock-up, unless such condition is waived by holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares. In addition, no Holder may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person: (a) agrees to sell such person’s securities on the basis provided in any customary underwriting arrangements and (b) provides any relevant information and completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
14.   RULE 144
 
    At any time and from time to time after the earlier of the close of business on such date as (a) a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act becomes effective, and (b) the Company registers a class of securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company shall:
  14.1   Make and keep available adequate current public information with respect to the Company within the meaning of Rule 144(c) under the Securities Act (or similar rule then in effect);
 
  14.2   Furnish to any holder of Registrable Shares forthwith upon request (a) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the informational requirements of Rule 144(c) (or similar rule then in effect) or (b) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and
 
  14.3   Use its best efforts to comply with all other necessary filings and other requirements so as to enable the Registrable Shares and any transferee thereof to sell Registrable Shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or similar rule then in effect).
15.   OTHER REGISTRATION RIGHTS; TERM


 

-17-

  15.1   The Company shall not grant registration rights with respect to any securities of the Company to any person that are equal to or superior to the registration rights granted to the Preferred Holders pursuant to this Agreement without the consent of the Initiating Holders.
 
  15.2   No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in Sections 2, 3 or 4 following such time after consummation of an IPO as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s Registrable Shares during a three (3)-month period without registration. For the avoidance of doubt, the rights set forth in Section 7 shall not expire due to the foregoing sentence.
16.   Intentionally Omitted.
 
17.   Intentionally Omitted.
 
18.   Intentionally Omitted.
 
19.   MISCELLANEOUS
  19.1   Further Assurances
 
      Each of the parties hereto shall perform such further acts and execute such further documents as may reasonably be necessary to carry out and give full effect to the provisions of this Agreement and the intentions of the parties as reflected thereby.
  19.2   Governing Law; Jurisdiction
 
      This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Israel, without giving effect to the rules respecting conflict of law. The competent courts of Tel Aviv-Jaffa shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear all disputes arising in connection with this Agreement.
  19.3   Successors and Assigns; Assignment; Aggregation
 
      Except as otherwise expressly limited herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators of the parties hereto.
 
      Other than as expressly set out in this Agreement, none of the rights, privileges, or obligations set forth in, arising under, or created by this Agreement may be assigned or transferred without the prior consent in writing of each party to this Agreement, with the exception of assignments by any shareholder to Permitted Transferees of such shareholder; provided, however, that no such assignment or transfer shall become effective unless such assignee or transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by all terms and conditions of this Agreement as if it were an original party hereto.


 

-18-

      Each shareholder of the Company shall be entitled to exercise its rights pursuant hereto together with those of any other shareholder of the Company who is a Permitted Transferee of such shareholder provided that, in no event, shall any shareholder’s rights be exercised more than once.
      All shares of the Company, that are held or acquired by entities and persons that constitute a group of Permitted Transferees, shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement to any such entity or person.
  19.4   Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver;
  (a)   As of the Effective Date and contingent upon the Effective Date occurring prior to the Termination Date, this Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subject matters hereof and amends and restates in its entirety the Prior Agreement. The parties understand and agree that if the Effective Date does not occur prior to the Termination Date, then on the Termination Date this Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no force and effect, and the Prior Agreement shall continue to be binding upon all parties thereto without any modification in accordance with all of its terms.
 
  (b)   Subject to any provision herein to the contrary, any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance) only with the written consent of:
(i) the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares, which majority must include the Principal Investors (provided that the consent of Belco, Vertex or Pitango shall not be required if such entity does not hold any Registrable Securities); and
(ii) the Company, if the amendment adversely affects the rights or obligations of the Company.
  19.5   Notices
All notices or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given in person, by registered mail (registered international air mail if mailed internationally), by an overnight courier service which obtains a receipt to evidence delivery, or by facsimile transmission (provided that written confirmation of receipt is provided) with a copy by mail, addressed as set forth below:
     
If to the Company:
  Voltaire Ltd.
 
  9 Hamenofim Street, Building A
 
  Herzelia
 
  ISRAEL
 
  Fax: 972-9-971-7660
 
  Attn: CEO


 

-19-

     
With a copy to:
  Ori Rosen & Co.
 
  Azrieli Centre
 
  Round Building
 
  Tel Aviv 67021
 
  ISRAEL
 
  Fax: 972-3 607 4701
 
   
 
  Attn: Ori Rosen, Adv.
 
   
If to any other party listed on
  The addresses set forth against such
Exhibit A:
  party's name in Exhibit A
or such other address as any party may designate to the other in accordance with the aforesaid procedure. All communications delivered in person or by courier service shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery, those given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed given on the business day following transmission with confirmed answer back, and all notices and other communications sent by registered mail (or air mail if the posting is international) shall be deemed given ten (10) days after posting.
  19.6   Delays or Omissions
No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party upon any breach or default under this Agreement, shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any of the parties, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
  19.7   Severability
If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms; provided, however, that in such event this Agreement shall be interpreted so as to give effect, to the greatest extent consistent with and permitted by applicable law, to the meaning and intention of the excluded provision as determined by such court of competent jurisdiction.
  19.8   Intentionally Omitted .
 
  19.9   Counterparts, Facsimile Signatures
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and enforceable against the parties actually executing such


 

-20-

counterpart, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed Agreement received by a party to this Agreement via facsimile will be deemed an original, and binding upon the party who signed it.
  29.10   Intentionally Omitted.
[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank]


 

-21-

[First Signature Page of Voltaire’s July 2007 Shareholders’ Rights Agreement]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on the date herein above set forth.
                         
Voltaire Ltd.       BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL    
 
                       
By:
  /s/ Ronnie Kenneth       By:   /s/ P. Kevin Kilroy   /s/ Joseph R. Saviano    
 
                       
 
  Name: Ronnie Kenneth           Name: P. Kevin Kilroy   Joseph R. Saviano  
 
  Title: CEO           Title: Director   Director    
                     
Benhamou Global Ventures, LLC       The Challenge Fund-Etgar II LP    
 
                   
By:
          By:   /s/ Tamar Ciehanover    
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name: Tamar Ciehanover    
 
  Title:           Title: General Partner    
 
                   
Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Israel) LP       Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund LP    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Michael Elias       By:   /s/ Michael Elias    
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name:    
 
  Title:           Title:    
 
                   
Tamir Fishman Ventures II LP       Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund (US) LP    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Michael Elias       By:   /s/ Michael Elias    
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name:    
 
  Title:           Title:    
 
                   
Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Cayman Islands) LP       Tamir Fishman Venture Capital II Ltd.    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Michael Elias       By:   /s/ Michael Elias    
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name:    
 
  Title:           Title:    
 
                   
Neurone Ventures II Investment (Israel) Ltd. & Neurone II Investment GP. Ltd., as joint trustees on behalf of certain Neurone Ventures II capital funds       NV II (Side Fund), L.P.    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Ami Dotan       By:   /s/ Ami Dotan    
 
                   
 
  Name: Ami Dotan           Name: Ami Dotan    
 
  Title: General Partner           Title: General Partner    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Yigal Livne       By:   /s/ Yigal Livne    
 
                   
 
  Name: Yigal Livne           Name: Yigal Livne    
 
  Title: General Partner           Title: General Partner    


 

-22-

[Second Signature Page of Voltaire’s July 2007 Shareholders’ Rights Agreement]
                     
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) Non Q L.P.       Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Investors) L.P.    
 
                   
By:
  /s Illegible       By:   /s Illegible    
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name:    
 
  Title:           Title:    
 
                   
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) L.P.       DS Polaris Trust Company (Foreign Residents) (1997) Ltd.    
 
                   
By:
  /s Illegible       By:   /s Illegible    
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name:    
 
  Title:           Title:    
 
                   
DS Polaris Ltd.       Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel) LP    
 
                   
By:
  /s Illegible       By:   /s Illegible    
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name:    
 
  Title:           Title:    
 
                   
Pitango Venture Capital Fund Trusts 2000 Ltd.       Pitango II Holdings LLC    
 
                   
By:
  /s Illegible       By:   /s Illegible    
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name:    
 
  Title:           Title:    
 
                   
Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund, L.P       Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund (ICA), L.P.    
 
                   
By:
  /s Illegible       By:   /s Illegible    
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name:    
 
  Title:           Title:    
 
                   
Pitango Fund II LP       Pitango Fund II (Tax Exempt Investors) LLC    
 
                   
By:
  /s Illegible       By:   /s Illegible    
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name:    
 
  Title:           Title:    
 
                   
Pitango Fund II LLC                
 
                   
By:
  /s Illegible                
 
                   
 
  Name:                
 
  Title:                


 

-23-

[Third Signature Page of Voltaire’s July 2007 Shareholders’ Rights Agreement]
                         
K.T. Concord Venture Fund (Cayman) LP           K.T Concord Venture Advisors (Israel) LP    
 
                       
By:
              By:        
 
                       
 
  Name:               Name:    
 
  Title:               Title:    
 
                       
K.T Concord Venture Advisors (Cayman) LP           K.T. Concord Venture Fund (Israel) LP    
 
                       
By:
              By:        
 
                       
 
  Name:               Name:    
 
  Title:               Title:    
 
                       
Danbar Tech 2001 LP           Ofra Amir    
 
                       
By:
              By:        
 
                       
 
  Name:                    
 
  Title:                    
 
                       
Canada Israel Oppurtunity Funs III LP           DS Founders Group LP    
 
                       
By:
              By:        
 
                       
 
  Name:               Name:    
 
  Title:               Title:    
 
                       
Shrem Fudim Kelner Technologies Ltd.           Platinum Venture Capital Ltd.    
 
                       
By:
              By:        
 
                       
 
  Name:               Name:    
 
  Title:               Title:    
 
                       
Shrem Fudim Kelner & Co. Ltd.           SFK Wing 1, LP    
 
                       
By:
              By:        
 
                       
 
  Name:               Name:    
 
  Title:               Title:    
 
                       
SFK Wing 2, LP           Technoplus Ventures Ltd.    
 
                       
By:
              By:        
 
                       
 
  Name:               Name:    
 
  Title:               Title:    
 
                       
Technoplus Ventures LP           Berman & Co. Trading and Investments Ltd.    
 
                       
By:
              By:        
 
                       
 
  Name:               Name:    
 
  Title:               Title:    


 

-24-

[Fourth Signature Page of Voltaire’s July 2007 Shareholders’ Rights Agreement]
                     
D Partners (Israel) Limited Partnership       D Partners (BVI) LP    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Eylon Penchas   /s/ Ran Cohen   By:   /s/ Eylon Penchas   /s/ Ran Cohen
 
                   
 
  Name: D. ASSOCAIATES GP (ISRAEL) LTD.           Name: D. ASSOCAIATES GP (ISRAEL) LTD.    
 
  Title: The General Partner           Title: The General Partner    
 
                   
Golden Wings Investments Ltd.       H.T.C Hi-Tech Consulting Ltd.    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Ziv Erez       By:        
 
                   
 
  Name: (in voluntary liquidation)           Name:    
 
  Title: (as liquidator)           Title:    
 
                   
Amir Prescher       QTV Capital Limited    
 
                   
By:
          By:   /s/ Steve Schlossareck    
 
                   
 
              Name: Steve Schlossareck    
 
              Title: Managing Director    
 
                   
HVST Limited Partnerships       Triangle Technologies Ltd.    
 
                   
By:
          By:   /s/ Amir Pomerantz    
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name: Amir Pomerantz    
 
  Title:           Title: President    
 
                   
Giora Bitan       Argos Capital Appreciation Master Fund, LP    
 
                   
By:
          By:        
 
                   
 
              Name:    
 
              Title:    
 
                   
PRB Family Partners LP       Lighthouse Capital Partners V (Israel), L.L.C    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Paul R. Bonderson Jr.       By:        
 
                   
 
  Name: Lone Oak Ventures, LLC           Name:    
 
  Title: General Partner of PRB Family Partners, LP           Title:    
 
                   
Hitachi Ltd.       Far East Finance Ltd.    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Tadashi Hirose       By:        
 
                   
 
  Name: TADASHI HIROSE           Name:    
 
  Title: GM. HITACHI LTD. CVC           Title:    
 
                   
Amnon Evron & Co. Trust Company Ltd.       David Gol    
 
                   
By:
          By:        
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name:    
 
  Title:           Title:    


 

-25-

[Fifth Signature Page of Voltaire’s July 2007 Shareholders’ Rights Agreement]
                     
Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Fund L.P.       Vertex Israel II (A) Fund L.P.    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Yoram Oron /s/ Ran Gartenberg       By:   /s/ Yoram Oron /s/ Ran Gartenberg    
 
                   
 
  Name: Yoram Oron Ran Gartenberg           Name: Yoram Oron Ran Gartenberg    
 
  Title: Founder & Managing Partner
Partner, CFO
          Title: Founder & Managing Partner
Partner, CFO
   
 
                   
Vertex Israel II (B) Fund L.P.       Vertex Israel II Discount Fund L.P.    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Yoram Oron /s/ Ran Gartenberg       By:   /s/ Yoram Oron /s/ Ran Gartenberg    
 
                   
 
  Name: Yoram Oron Ran Gartenberg           Name: Yoram Oron Ran Gartenberg    
 
  Title: Founder & Managing Partner
Partner, CFO
          Title: Founder & Managing Partner
Partner, CFO
   
 
                   
Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Executive Fund L.P.       Virgotech Ltd.    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Yoram Oron /s/ Ran Gartenberg       By:        
 
                   
 
  Name: Yoram Oron Ran Gartenberg           Name:    
 
  Title: Founder & Managing Partner
Partner, CFO
          Title:    
 
                   
D.N.S.T. Holdings Ltd.       Cleg Inc.    
 
                   
By:
          By:        
 
                   
 
  Name:           Name:    
 
  Title:           Title:    


 

-26-

Exhibit A
     
Name of Shareholder   Address of Shareholder
 
   
BCF II Belgium Holding SPRL
  331-333 Avenue Louise
1050 Brussels, Belgium
Fax: 32-2-642-86-50
Attn: Robert Kimmels and Caroline Hoogsteyns
with copies to: Baker Capital Corp.
540 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022, USA
Fax: 1-212-486-0660
Attn: Ashley Leeds and Joseph Saviano
 
   
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) L.P.
  11 HaMenofim Street
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Sub) Non Q L.P.
  Herzliya 46725
Pitango Venture Capital Fund III (Israeli Investors) L.P.
  Israel
Pitango Venture Capital Fund Trusts 2000 Ltd.
  Fax: 972-9-9718102
Pitango Principals Fund III (Israel ) L.P.
   
Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund L.P.
   
Pitango Fund II Opportunity Annex Fund (ICA) L.P.
   
Pitango Fund II (Tax Exempt Investors) LLC
   
DS Polaris Trust Company (Foreign Residents) (1997) Ltd.
   
Pitango Fund II L.P.
   
Pitango Fund II LLC.
   
DS Polaris Ltd.
   
Pitango II Holdings LLC
   
 
   
Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Fund L.P.
  1 Ha’Shikma Street,
Vertex Israel II (A) Fund L.P.
  POB 89, Savyon, Israel 56530
Vertex Israel II (B) Fund L.P.
  Israel
Vertex Israel II Discount Fund L.P.
  Fax: 972-3-7378889
Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Executive Fund L.P.
   
 
   
Ofra Amir
  21 Haarba’a Street
Canada Israel Opportunity Fund III L.P.
  Tel Aviv
Platinum Venture Capital Ltd.
  Israel
Danbar Tech 2001 L.P.
  Fax: 972-3-6869535
Shrem Fudim Kelner Technologies Ltd.
   
Shrem, Fudim, Kelner & Co. Ltd.
   
SFK wing 1, L.P.
   
SFK Wing 2, L.P.
   
DS Founders Group L.P.
   


 

-27-

     
Name of Shareholder   Address of Shareholder
 
Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Israel) L.P.
  46 Rothschild Avenue
Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund L.P.
  Tel Aviv 66883
Tamir Fishman Ventures II L.P.
  Israel
Tamir Fishman Ventures II CEO Fund (US) L.P.
  Fax: 972-3-5663389
Tamir Fishman Ventures II (Cayman Islands) L.P.
   
Tamir Fishman Venture Capital II Ltd.
   
 
   
The Challenge Fund-Etgar II L.P.
  20 Lincoln Street
Robinshtein House, 20 th floor
Tel Aviv
Fax: 972-3-5621999
 
   
Neurone Ventures II Investment (Israel) Ltd. & Neurone II Investment GP. Ltd., as joint trustees on behalf of certain Neurone Ventures II capital funds
NV II (Side Fund), L.P.
  Neurone Ventures II L.P
21 Ha’arb’ah St.
Tel-Aviv,
Israel 64739
 
   
K.T. Concord Venture fund (Israel), L.P.
  85 Medinat Hayehudim St.
K.T. Concord Venture fund (Cayman), L.P.
  P.O.Box 4011
K.T. Concord Venture Advisors (Israel), L.P.
  Herzelia, 46140 Israel
K.T. Concord Venture Advisors (Cayman), L.P.
  Tel: 972-9-960-2020
 
  Fax: 972-9-960-2022
 
   
PRB Family Partners, L.P.
  8121 Alpha Lane, Sunol, California 94586
 
   
Hitachi Ltd.
  24-14 Nishi Shimbashi, 1chome
Minatu-ku
Tokyo, 1058717
Japan
 
   
Benhamou Global Ventures, LLC
  540 Cowper St., Suite 200
Palo Alto, CA 94301
 
   
Argos Capital Appreciation Master Fund, L.P.
  211 W. 61 st St., 6 th Floor, New York, NY
10023
 
   
QTV Capital Limited
  12930 Saratoga Avenue
Suite D8
Saratoga, California 95070, USA
Fax: (408) -944-4477
 
   
Far East Finance Ltd.
  c/o Adv. Benjamine Waltuch Gornitzky & Co.
45 Rothchild Avenue, Tel Aviv 65784,
Israel
 
   
D Partners (BVI) L.P.
  16 HaGalim Boulevard
Beit Delta
D Partners (Israel) Limited Partnership
  P.O. Box 2037
Herzelia Pituach 46120
 
   
Virgotech Ltd.
  7 Ha’Haruzim St.
Herzeliya, Israel
Tel: 972-9-9574811
 
   
TechnoPlus Ventures Ltd.
  24 Raul Walenberg St.
TechnoPlus Ventures L.P.
  Tel Aviv 69719, Israel
Tel: 03-7666555
 
   
Giora Bitan
  32 Yonathan St., Tel Aviv, Israel


 

-28-

     
Name of Shareholder   Address of Shareholder
 
HVST Limited Partnership
  Evergreen Venture Capital
96 Rothschild Blvd., Tel Aviv 65224
Fax: 03-7108205
 
   
Golden Wings Investments Ltd.
  In Voluntary Liquidation, at:
Ben Naftali, Erez, Zahavi & Co.
Attn: Ziv Erez, Adv.
17 Itzhak Sadeh St.
Tel Aviv 67775, Israel
Tel. +972-3-5652000
 
   
David Gol
  c/o Adv. Dalia Wexler, Tel: 03-609 6563
12 Heh Be’Iyar Street, Tel-Aviv 62093
 
   
Triangle Technologies Ltd.
  7 Abba hillel St.
Ramat Gan 52522, Israel
Fax: 972-3-5758660
 
   
Berman & CO, Trading and Investments Ltd.
  58 Stricker St.
Tel Aviv 62003, Israel
Tel: 972 3 544 0617
Fax: 972 3 544 0619
 
   
D.N.S.T Holdings Ltd.
  12 Beit HaDfus St.
Jerusalem 95483, Israel
Tel: 02-6537750
Fax: 02-6537751
 
   
Cleg, Inc.
  1545 Mas. Ave.
Cambridge, MA 02138
bebchuk@law.harvard.edu
 
   
Amnon Evron & Co. Trust Company Ltd.
  Hamburger, Evron and Co.
4 Berkowitz St., Tel Aviv, Israel
 
   
H.T.C Hi-Tech Consulting Ltd.
  148 Shalva St.
Herzelia Pituach 46075, Israel
c/o Erez Diamant
Fax: +972-9-9580942
Tel: +972-9-9542358
 
   
Amir Prescher
  30 Margalit St., Shoham, Israel
 
   
Lighthouse Capital Partners V (Israel), LLC
  500 Drake’s Landing Road
Greenbrae, CA 94904
 

Exhibit 10.5
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
      This Purchase Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of October 7, 2005 (“Effective Date”) by and between Voltaire Ltd., an Israeli corporation, with its principal place of business at 9 Hamenofim Street, Herzeliya 46725, Israel (“Purchaser”), and Mellanox Technologies Ltd., an Israeli corporation, with its principal place of business at Hermon Building, Yokneam, Israel 20692 (“Mellanox”).
      1.  Definitions . As used in this Agreement, these terms shall have the following definitions:
      1.1 Accepted Order ” means an Order as to which Mellanox has issued its Acknowledgment accepting the Order as set forth in Section 2.3.
      1.2 Confidential Information ” means any confidential or proprietary information of either party, including any source code, tools, designs, schematics, plans or any other information relating to any product, research project, work in process, future development, scientific, engineering, manufacturing, marketing or business plan, or financial or personnel matter relating to the disclosing party, its present or future products, sales, suppliers, customers, employees, investors or business, and identified by the disclosing party as propriety or confidential, whether in oral form, or in written, graphic or electronic form. Without limiting the foregoing, all Product Specifications and pricing information regarding the Products shall be deemed the Confidential Information of Mellanox (or of Purchaser to the extent provided by Purchaser) regardless of any marking requirement or failure to identify such information as confidential or proprietary at the time of disclosure.
      1.3 Custom Product ” means a Product that is customized by Mellanox to meet particular Purchaser specifications and requirements.
      1.4 Delivery Date ” means the date specified in an Accepted Order for the delivery of Product by Mellanox.
      1.5 Documentation ” means the end user technical documentation provided by Mellanox on its secure document distribution website and all other documents, written or electronic, provided or made available by Mellanox, with respect to the Product.
      1.6 Eligible Purchaser ” means Purchaser’s subsidiaries and affiliates and, as may be mutually agreed in writing by Mellanox and Purchaser, Purchaser’s contractors and other third parties.
      1.7 Epidemic Failure ” means Products that experience one or more of the following: (a) a similar confirmed defect of the same root cause at a rate of five percent (5%) and at least 25 units in any 90 day rolling period, of the Products delivered under this Agreement, provided the Products have been released to general availability by Mellanox (b) recalls, or (c) safety defects.
      1.8 Lead Time ” means the time between the date an Order is received and the delivery of the Products thereunder. [Note: the lead time sets the minimum general delivery period obligation and is not connected to a specific order. Therefore the reference to “Delivery Date” is not suitable]
      1.9 Order ” means a written purchase order issued to Mellanox by Purchaser or by an Eligible Purchaser for any of the Products.

 


 

      1.10 Product ” means the product(s) purchasable by Purchaser hereunder, as set forth on Exhibit A , including any software incorporated therein and all related Documentation and other deliverables provided pursuant to this Agreement.
      1.11 Product Specifications ” means the applicable technical and functional specifications for the Products as evidenced in the Documentation, and any other requirements which may be agreed to by the parties.
      1.12 Technical Information ” means Mellanox’s manufacturing information and technology necessary to produce and provide support for the Products, including: (i) specifications, software, source codes, schematics, designs, drawings or other materials pertinent to the most current revision level of manufacturing of Product; (ii) copies of all inspection, manufacturing, test and quality control procedures and any other work processes; (iii) jig, fixture and tooling designs; (iv) supplier history files; (v) support documentation; and (vi) any additional technical information or materials that may be agreed to by the parties.
      1.13 “Technical Support Services” means support provided by Mellanox’s Field / Factory Applications personnel relative to the operation, proper use and functionality of Products.
      2.  Forecasts And Orders
      2.1 Forecasts, Inventory Reports . On a quarterly basis, Purchaser will provide Mellanox with a non-binding twelve (12) month rolling forecast of its estimated requirements for each Product (“Forecasts”). Forecasts shall constitute good faith estimates of Purchaser’s anticipated requirements for Products for the applicable time period.
      2.2 Orders . Purchaser shall issue Orders for the Products pursuant to Mellanox’s standard Lead Times set for the in Exhibit A hereto (“Standard Lead Time”). Mellanox may change such Standard Lead Times in its sole discretion upon a 30-day written notice to Purchaser, such change shall apply only to Orders received following the lapse of such notice period, provided that quantities ordered during the notice period are consistent with the then current forecast, historical run rates and past purchases. Purchaser may at anytime request quantities in addition to the then current forecast and Mellanox will use commercially reasonable efforts to meet Purchasers request. Each Order shall include: (a) Purchaser’s Order number; (b) identification of Products ordered by Purchaser and corresponding Mellanox part number; (c) requested delivery date; (d) shipping instructions, including preferred carrier and shipping destination (complete address); (e) price of Products ordered; (f) billing location (complete address); (g) Purchaser’s tax status (exempt or non-exempt) and (h) special agreed on requirements and specifications or a reference to them. Mellanox shall not be obligated to accept any Order from Purchaser in an amount of less than Two Hundred Dollars ($200).
          Mellanox agrees that all Eligible Purchasers may purchase Products pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, provided that: (i) nothing herein makes Purchaser liable or otherwise responsible for any purchases or obligations of any Eligible Purchaser; (ii) purchases by any such Eligible Purchaser are for the production of Purchaser’s assemblies or are otherwise related to the support of Purchaser’s products; (iii) as may reasonably be requested by Mellanox, Purchaser will provide reasonable confirmation that such purchases by any Eligible Purchaser are intended for Purchaser’s products; and (iv) such Eligible Purchaser agrees (in a writing delivered to Mellanox) to be

 


 

bound by all of Purchaser’s obligations hereunder with respect to the Order sent by such Eligible Purchaser.
      2.3 Order Acceptance . Mellanox’s standard order acceptance process is to acknowledge acceptance or propose modifications to orders within three (3) business days of receipt. Any such order acknowledgement accepting an Order will set forth Mellanox delivery dates, consistent with the Standard Lead Time and per Section 2.2 Acceptance of an Order by Mellanox to Purchaser means that the terms of the Order have been agreed and Mellanox accepts the Order and the terms of such Order, though only to the extent consistent with the terms of this Agreement. Provided that Purchaser is then in material compliance with this Agreement, Mellanox will use its reasonable best efforts to accept all Orders placed that are consistent with the Standard Lead Times and Purchasers’ forecasts and its reasonable commercial efforts to accept Orders that are outside such Standard Lead Times or forecasts. Any terms or conditions of any Order that are in addition to or are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement (other than terms relating to pricing, payment terms and delivery dates) will be deemed stricken from such Order, notwithstanding any acknowledgment or acceptance of such Order by Mellanox, and are hereby rejected.
      2.4 Rescheduling, Reconfiguration and Cancellation . Except as stated herein, Purchaser may not cancel, reschedule or reconfigure an Order without Mellanox’s prior written consent on a case-by-case basis. Purchaser may only reschedule, cancel or reconfigure an Order as follows: (i) for all Standard Semiconductor, HCA Card and Customized HCA Card Products no cancellations or reschedules without the prior written consent of Mellanox, except as set forth in Exhibit B ; and (ii) for Custom Products that were already manufactured and cannot be sold by Mellanox to other parties, evaluation board Products, risk units, and units from the first three wafer lots of production, other Products that are still in test phase or have not otherwise been authorized by Mellanox for general availability, or units expedited to meet requirements inside of Standard Lead Time, no cancellations or reschedules are permitted, all provided that the Accepted Order clearly designated such Products as non-cancelable items and Purchaser expressly agrees in writing to such designation. With respect to units expedited to meet requirements inside of Lead Time or that otherwise require Mellanox to incur additional production charges, subject to Mellanox’s agreement to undertake such activity, in addition to any payment required to be made by Purchaser under Exhibit B in the event of a rescheduling, reconfiguration or cancellation, Purchaser will also pay such additional production or expediting charges that are pre-approved in writing by Purchaser.
      2.5 Product Changes .
           (a) Initiated by Mellanox . Mellanox will notify Purchaser in writing of any proposed changes and modifications in specification, construction, or design that may have any effect on form, fit or function, or any other material change of any Product or Product component (an “ Engineering Change ”) and will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such information at least one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the first commercial use of any Product involving an Engineering Change, in accordance with Mellanox’s standard product change notification procedures as set forth in Exhibit E . Unless Purchaser expressly agrees otherwise, all Orders with a Delivery Date that is earlier than 120 days from the date of receipt by Purchaser of a notice of an Engineering Change shall be for Products that do not contain such Engineering change. In the event that any Engineering Change has an adverse effect on the performance of Purchaser’s products that incorporate the changed Products Mellanox shall work with Purchaser to reasonably assist the Purchaser to overcome such adverse effect.

 


 

           (b) Requested by Purchaser . Engineering Changes to Products requested by Purchaser will be implemented by Mellanox only upon mutual written agreement.
      2.6 Product Discontinuation . Unless otherwise agreed, Mellanox may discontinue the manufacture or supply of any Product (a “ Discontinued Product ”), provided that it first gives written notice to Purchaser in no event less than six (6) months in advance of the last date the Discontinued Product can be ordered (the “ Notice Period ”). After receipt of notice of discontinuance, during the Notice Period, Purchaser may Purchase from Mellanox such commercially reasonable quantity of the Discontinued Product as Purchaser may reasonably deem necessary for its future requirements. Mellanox will continue to provide Discontinued Product to Purchaser and to facilitate transition to by Purchaser to new products for a period not to exceed nine (9) months following Purchaser’s receipt of notice of discontinuance. If requested by Purchaser and mutually agreed by Mellanox, Mellanox shall grant Purchaser a royalty bearing license to continue the production of such products in order to be able to fulfill its existing commitments to its customers. The aforesaid shall not affect Mellanox’s responsibilities under Section 5 as related to warranty obligations, and under Section 6 as related to spare parts availability or technical support.
      3.  Delivery.
      3.1 Risk of Loss and Title . Delivery of all Products shall be made ex works (INCOTERMS 2000) Mellanox distribution facilities for the applicable Product (the “ Distribution Point ”). Risk of loss for the Products shall pass to Purchaser following delivery at the Distribution Point. Purchaser shall be responsible for paying all transportation charges and, if it chooses to obtain insurance, for insurance charges and such charges will be separately listed in the applicable invoice and are not included in the list price for the Products. Title to the Products will pass to Purchaser upon delivery at the Distribution Point, provided that at no time will title to any software incorporated in the Product pass to Purchaser; software is licensed, not sold, to Purchaser as set forth below.
      3.2 Delivery . Mellanox shall deliver the Products to Purchaser in accordance with the Accepted Order with regard to the requested delivery date, delivery address, carrier and means of transportation or routing. Mellanox may ship partial orders provided the partial order shipped includes at least 80% of the quantity scheduled for delivery. Any partial shipment of the aforementioned variance is subject to the prior written approval of Purchaser. If Purchaser fails to provide shipping instructions, Mellanox will make the selection of carrier on a commercially reasonable basis. Purchaser shall also pay for storage charges if Mellanox holds Products at Purchaser’s request pending instruction or rescheduled delivery. In no event shall the carrier be deemed to be an agent of Mellanox. Mellanox reserves the right to require payment in advance, or delay or cancel any shipment or order, by reason of Purchaser’s creditworthiness or should Purchaser have failed to fulfill any obligation, including payment obligations, when due. The Products shall be deemed accepted upon delivery if the Products delivered are the Products that were ordered for such delivery and in the quantities so ordered.
           (a) If Mellanox cannot comply with a delivery commitment, Mellanox will promptly notify Purchaser of a revised delivery date and Purchaser may, without derogating from any remedy available under law or this Agreement: (i) cancel without charge Products that were not delivered by the commitment Delivery Date and which remain not yet delivered however only provided Purchaser can demonstrate that it has been materially harmed by the delay in such delivery, including but not limited to documentation from its customers of order cancellation for the Products; or (ii) require Mellanox to deliver Products using priority freight delivery at Mellanox’s reasonable expense for the incremental freight charges

 


 

           (b) If Mellanox makes any shipment that is in excess of the quantity specified in the Order, Purchaser may return excess Products to Mellanox, at Mellanox’s reasonable expense.
           (c) Mellanox shall pack Products so as to protect them from loss or damage, in conformance with good commercial practice, government regulations, and other applicable requirements accepted by Mellanox. Each delivery of Products to Purchaser shall include a packing list that contains at least: (i) the Order number; (ii) the Purchaser part number; (iii) the quantity shipped; and (iv) the date of shipment.
      4.  Quality.
      4.1 ISO 9001. Mellanox represents and warrants that the applicable manufacturers and shipping agents currently retained and will be retained by Mellanox as of the Effective Date are and will be ISO 9001 compliant. Mellanox intends to become ISO compliant in the future.
      4.2 Technical Audits. With reasonable advance written notice, not more than once a year, and in compliance with Mellanox’s security and safety requirements, Purchaser and/or a designated representative acceptable to Mellanox in its sole discretion may inspect Mellanox’s production facilities. Mellanox will inform its subcontractors of Purchaser’s right to inspect their facilities and will use reasonable efforts to secure such rights, each party to bear its own costs and expenses in the performance of any such Purchaser requested inspection. Any Purchaser inspection of Mellanox’s subcontractors’ and Mellanox’s facilities will be accompanied by an authorized representative of Mellanox and all information observed or obtained as part of such inspection shall be subject to the non-disclosure agreement between Mellanox and Purchaser.
      5.  Limited Warranties.
      5.1 Limited Product Warranty . Mellanox warrants that the Product(s), for a period of twelve (12) months from the time of shipment, will be free from material defects in design, materials and workmanship and will conform in all material respects to the Product Specification(s) at the time of delivery. Purchaser may notify Mellanox in writing of any material non-conformance of either of the two foregoing limited warranties during the warranty period. Mellanox reserves the right to examine promptly any allegedly non-conforming Product and perform a failure analysis to determine if the alleged non-conformance is a result of defective materials or workmanship (in which case the remedies set forth herein shall apply), or does not exist or was caused by improper use or installation or damage in transit, or while in the control of Purchaser (in which case Purchaser shall have no right to any remedies hereunder. Following receipt of Purchaser’s written notification of non-conformance, Mellanox and Purchaser shall promptly correspond to exchange all relevant data reasonably necessary to determine the root cause of the alleged non-conformance and cooperate in good faith to establish a corrective action plan, provided that such correspondence shall not delay in any way Mellanox’s obligations for repair or replacement within the periods stated in this Section 5.1. If Mellanox determines that the non-conforming Product was non-conforming as a result of defective design, materials or workmanship, Mellanox will promptly issue a return material authorization (“RMA”) for the non-conforming Products and Purchaser will return the non-conforming unit or units to Mellanox’s designated facility in accordance with the instructions set forth in the RMA. Following the issuance of the RMA, Mellanox shall, at Mellanox’s option either (i) repair or replace any non-conforming Products within 21 days from the date the non-conforming products are received at Mellanox’s repair facility; or (ii) if such repair or replacement is not feasible, credit Purchaser for the amount paid for any non-conforming Products. Any such repair or replacement provided to Purchaser will not extend the

 


 

original warranty for the products in question. The warranties set forth in this Section 5.1 will not apply to any Product to defects that are the result of an improper installation (unless performed by Mellanox or at its instructions), misuse or abuse.
      5.2 Sole Remedy. The foregoing sets forth Mellanox’s sole and exclusive obligation and Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy for any breach of the foregoing warranty,. Purchaser shall bear all risk of loss or damage to Products returned while in transit. In the event no defect or breach of warranty is discovered by Mellanox upon receipt of any returned item, the item will be returned to Purchaser at Purchaser’s expense and Purchaser will reimburse Mellanox for the transportation charges, labor, and the reasonable associated charges incurred in testing the allegedly defective item.
      5.3 Exceptions . Evaluation board Products, risk units and Product units from the first three wafer lots are sold “AS IS,” without any warranty of any kind, all provided that the Accepted Order clearly designated such Products as Products for which no warranty is provided and Purchaser expressly agrees in writing to such designation.
      5.4 Software Warranty . With respect to Software included in the Product and related Documentation, Mellanox warrants and represents to Purchaser:
           (a) That Mellanox has, as of date of delivery, sufficient license rights in and to the Software and Documentation to grant Purchaser a license to the Software; and
           (b) That to Mellanox’s knowledge following use of commercially available virus checking software, such Software will not (i) contain lock out devices or have any virus, disabling device, time bomb, Trojan horse, back door or any other harmful component, (ii) replicate, transmit or activate itself without control of a person operating the computing equipment on which it resides, (iii) alter, damage or erase any data or other computer programs without control of a person operating the computing equipment on which it resides or (iv) contain any code, key, node lock, time out or other function whether implemented by electronic, mechanical or means which restricts or may restrict use or access to programs or data based on residency on a specific hardware configuration, frequency or duration of use, or other limiting criteria.
      5.5 Epidemic Failure Warranty . In addition to the warranties specified above, Mellanox warrants all Products against Epidemic Failure. If a Product exhibits an Epidemic Failure, Mellanox will provide Purchaser, not later than five (5) business days following discovery of the Epidemic Failure (or other timeframe as mutually agreed upon), a root cause analysis and corrective action plan. Purchaser will make available information and assistance reasonably required to enable Mellanox to conduct its root cause analysis and provide its corrective action report. Once Purchaser approves the report, Mellanox will incorporate the corrective action in appropriate future Products.
          If an Epidemic Failure occurs, Mellanox may elect, at its sole discretion, to (i) have all applicable Products returned to Mellanox for repair or replacement; (ii) have the Products repaired or replaced in the field, if requested by Purchaser; (iii) credit Purchaser for the Products. If Purchaser chooses to perform a field repair, Mellanox will provide the appropriate replacement Products, parts or upgrades free of charge to Purchaser. Such Products, parts or upgrades will have the highest shipping priority.
      5.6 Disclaimer of Warranties. THE WARRANTY AND REMEDIES SET FORTH ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS,

 


 

IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT, MELLANOX HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW.
      6.  Technical Support.
      6.1 Support. Mellanox shall provide to Purchaser the Technical Support set forth on Exhibit C hereto.
      6.2 With respect to Products that are out of warranty, replacement prices for Products outside of the warranty period shall be the same as the price for a new Product unit per Exhibit A
      6.3 Mellanox’s obligations to provide the aforesaid support and replacement services with respect to a Product shall continue throughout the term of this Agreement or for a period of five (5) years after the last Delivery of such Product under this Agreement, whichever is longer, and Mellanox shall accordingly maintain the capability to supply and shall provide replacement Products and Product spare parts.
     6.4 Outside of the standard warranty period, Mellanox reserves the right to offer, at Mellanox’s option, either of the following: (i) Last-time-buy(Per section 2.6); (ii) A substantially similar product(Form-Fit-Function compatible) or (iii) Grant Purchaser a royalty bearing license to continue the manufacturing of such products, however only to comply with existing obligations.
      7.  Payment.
      7.1 Price . The prices (including any applicable volume discounts, if any) for the Products shall be the prices and volume discounts (if any) listed on Exhibit A of this Agreement; provided that Mellanox may generally increase any purchase price upon a 30-day prior written notice to Purchaser. If Mellanox does increase a purchase price, the new price will apply only to those Orders placed after 30 days from the receipt of the written notice by Purchaser, provided that quantities ordered during the notice period are consistent with the then current forecast, historical run rates and past purchases. Any reduced prices that are put into effect by Mellanox, shall automatically apply to all Orders issued by Purchaser after the effective date of such new prices and to all Products scheduled but unshipped against open Orders. Mellanox and Purchaser agree to discuss prices in good faith every six (6) months. All prices set forth on Exhibit A are exclusive of taxes, shipping and insurance charges, which shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of Purchase (other than taxes based on the net income of Mellanox), provided that they are separately designated on the invoice issued by Mellanox. All payments due hereunder shall be in U.S. Dollars.
      7.2 Payment Terms . Mellanox shall invoice Purchaser for the purchase price of the Products upon shipment of the Products. All such invoices shall be due and payable within * ( * ) days after receipt by Purchaser. Mellanox reserves the right to require cash on delivery, subject to a negotiated discount on early payment. Neither party may offset or withhold any payments due from him to the other party.
 
*    Omitted pursuant to confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

 


 

      8.  Confidentiality.
      8.1 Confidentiality Obligations . Each party acknowledges that in the course of the performance of this Agreement, it may obtain the Confidential Information of the other party. The receiving party shall, at all times both during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, keep in confidence and trust all of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information received by it. The receiving party shall not use the Confidential Information of the disclosing party other than as necessary to perform its obligations or exercise its rights under this Agreement. The receiving party shall take all steps to prevent unauthorized disclosure or use of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information and to prevent it from falling into the public domain or into the possession of unauthorized persons and will protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information with the same degree of care as the receiving party uses for its own similar information, but not less than reasonable care. The receiving party shall not disclose Confidential Information of the disclosing party to any person or entity other than its officers, employees and consultants who need access to such Confidential Information in order to effect the intent of this Agreement and who have entered into written confidentiality agreements with the receiving party that protects the Confidential Information of the disclosing party. Each party shall be responsible for any breach of confidentiality by its respective officer, employees and consultants. The receiving party shall immediately give notice to the disclosing party of any unauthorized use or disclosure of disclosing party’s Confidential Information. The receiving party agrees to assist the disclosing party in remedying such unauthorized use or disclosure of its Confidential Information.
     The foregoing confidentiality obligations will not apply to any information that (a) is rightfully known by the receiving party without restriction prior to disclosure, (b) was developed by the receiving party prior to disclosure or is subsequently developed independently and without reference to the disclosure, (c) is or becomes publicly available through no fault of the receiving party, (d) is rightfully received from a third party with no duty of confidentiality, (e) is disclosed by the receiving party with the discloser’s written approval or (f) is disclosed under operation of law (but only to the extent and for the purposes of such legal requirement).
      9.  Ownership .
      9.1 Intellectual Property Rights . Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that as between the parties all Intellectual Property Rights (as defined below) in and to the Products, all components thereof, and all enhancements, modifications and derivatives relating thereto, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Mellanox, excluding any third party software or components that Mellanox may incorporate within the Products sold hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, all Intellectual Property Rights in any product of Purchaser into which a Product is incorporated or in conjunction with a Product is sold, all components thereof, and all enhancements, modifications and derivatives relating thereto shall be and remain the exclusive property of Purchaser. Any and all registered and unregistered intellectual property rights contained in and/or used in the course of manufacturing and developing the Product, including but not limited to patent rights, design rights, semiconductor or mask work rights, copyrights (including software), trademark rights, know-how, technical information, trade secrets and research, manufacturing and business methods whether now known or hereafter recognized in any jurisdiction (collectively “ Intellectual Property Rights ”), shall remain the exclusive property of Mellanox and, where applicable, its licensors. Except for the right expressly stated in this Agreement, the delivery and sale of the Products to Purchaser (a) does not convey to Purchaser or any third party any Intellectual Property Rights in or to the Products or any components of the Products, and (b) does not grant to Purchaser or any third party any license under any patents or patent applications of Purchaser. Purchaser shall not, and shall not permit any third party to, disassemble or analyze the

 


 

physical construction of any Products (or any component thereof) for any purpose. Purchaser agrees not to remove or destroy any copyright, logo, trademark, trade name, proprietary markings or confidentiality legends placed upon or contained within the Products, its containers or any related materials or documentation.
      9.2 Private Labeling . With respect to Custom Products only, if Purchaser requests to produce Purchaser private label versions of Custom Products, Mellanox will ensure that such Custom Products contains Purchaser marks, serial number format and packaging as specified by Purchaser and conforms to Purchaser specifications for external appearance. Mellanox will fulfill such request, as long as there is no material change in form or dimensions of the Custom Products, Purchaser commits to purchase at least mutually acceptable volumes of such private labeled Products, and no commercially unreasonable action is required.
      9.3 Software License Grants . Any software or firmware incorporated in the Products is licensed, not sold, to Purchaser. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Mellanox grants Purchaser a non-exclusive, non-transferable, royalty-free, worldwide, perpetual license to execute any software or firmware that may be incorporated in the Products solely in accordance with the applicable documentation and solely as incorporated in the Products and for the use, support, reproduction (in the case of software), display, offer and sale of the Products. All other rights are reserved. In addition, Mellanox hereby grants Purchaser and Voltaire, Inc., a license to its software drivers pursuant to the terms of the License Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D .
      9.4 Use of Copyrighted Information . The software may not be modified in any way except upon the written permission of Mellanox. Mellanox reserves the right to revoke such authorization at any time, and any such use shall be discontinued immediately upon written notice from Mellanox. Any copy of the software or any accompanying documentation or portion thereof must include the copyright notice above and this permission notice.
      9.5 Documentation License . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Mellanox hereby grants Purchaser a non-exclusive, non-transferable, worldwide license to reproduce and distribute the Documentation in connection with distribution or sale of Products in Purchaser’s name all Documentation and other information, other than Confidential Information, furnished by Mellanox under this Agreement.
      9.6 Trademarks . Mellanox Technologies and all other trademarks, service marks, trade names, and logos of Mellanox are owned by Mellanox, and may not be used in connection with any product or service that is not Mellanox’s without prior written consent of Mellanox. Mellanox may not use any of Purchaser’s trademarks, service marks, trade names, and logos without Purchaser’s prior written consent.
      9.7 Limitation of Use . Purchaser will have the right and authority worldwide to market and sell the Products (including sub-license the Software incorporate therein), whether on a stand alone basis or as an integrated with another product or system, provided that certain Products which are designated as such in Exhibit A , may not be sold on a stand alone basis.
      10.  Intellectual Property Indemnification
      10.1 IP Indemnity. Mellanox agrees to defend Purchaser, Eligible Purchasers, and their officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives (“ Indemnitees ”) against any damages, losses,

 


 

costs and expenses, relating to any third party claim, demand, suit or cause of action, to the extent that it is based upon a claim that the Product supplied by Mellanox infringes any patent or copyright or any other intellectual property right, or misappropriates any trade secret, of such third party, and Mellanox agrees to pay any damages and costs, including any reasonable attorneys’ fees, awarded by a court against Purchaser as a result of such third party claim. The foregoing indemnity is conditioned upon Purchaser providing Mellanox notification in writing of such claim and providing further that Mellanox shall have the exclusive right to control the defense of such claim (with Purchaser having a right to participate at the defense or settlement at its own expense), provided that in the event that Mellanox does not assume the defense or settlement of the claim within a reasonable time (in any case not to exceed 15 days) following receipt of such notification, Purchaser shall be entitled to handle such defense and/or settlement independently and Mellanox shall indemnify Purchaser for all costs and expenses involved. Purchaser shall not settle or compromise any claim, lawsuit or proceeding without Mellanox’s prior written approval unless Mellanox has failed to defend and indemnify as required hereunder or is unable to defend and indemnify Purchaser. Mellanox may not settle or otherwise consent to an adverse judgment in any such claim, demand, action or other proceeding, that diminishes the rights or interests of Purchaser without the prior express written consent of Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. Purchaser shall reasonably cooperate with Mellanox and its legal representatives in the investigation of any claim, demand, action or other proceeding covered by this indemnity. In the case of a claim of infringement Mellanox, at its sole option and expense, shall either (i) procure for Purchaser the right to continue to use and sell the Product, or (ii) replace or modify the Product and so that it becomes non-infringing, provided that such modification or replacement conforms in all material respects to the requirements of this Agreement.
      10.2 Limitations on Indemnity. Mellanox shall have no liability for any claim of infringement or misappropriation based on or arising from (i) any modification of the Products by Purchaser or any third party where such modifications is not specifically authorized by Mellanox in writing and is the sole cause for the infringement claim; (ii) the use of a superseded version of the Product if Mellanox provided a free replacement for the superseded Product and the replacement does not infringe, provided that no excuse shall apply to superseded versions sold by Purchaser prior to the provision of the replacement; and (iii) the combination or use of the Products or with materials not furnished by Mellanox, including any Purchaser product, to the extent such infringement would have been avoided if the Product were not so combined.
      10.3 Sole Remedy. The indemnity set forth in this Section 10 sets forth Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy and Mellanox’s sole and exclusive liability for any claims against Purchaser of intellectual property infringement by the Products.
      11.  Limitations of Liability
      11.1 Limitation of Damages . IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR TO ANYONE CLAIMING THROUGH OR UNDER THE OTHER PARTY, FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, LOST SAVINGS, PRODUCT DOWNTIME, OR LOST DATA OR FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OF ANY KIND ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THE PRODUCTS OR THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF THE FIRST PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY OF EITHER PARTY TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY CLAIMS OR CAUSES OF ACTION ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THE PRODUCTS OR THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT PAID AND PAYABLE TO

 


 

MELLANOX DURING THE TWELVE (12) MONTHS PRECEDING THE CLAIM. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that Mellanox’s pricing and the other terms of this Agreement are predicated on the limitations of Mellanox’s liability set forth above and acknowledges that Mellanox would not enter into this Agreement without such limitations.
      11.2 The limitation of damages set forth in Section 11.1 shall not apply to the parties’ liability under Section 8, a breach of license restrictions by Purchaser and to amounts payable under Section 10.
      12.  Escrow
      12.1 Escrow Agreement. Within ninety (90) days after the Effective Date of this Agreement, Mellanox shall deposit with an escrow agent reasonably acceptable to Purchaser (the “ Escrow Agent ”), at Purchaser’s expense, a full and complete copy of all Technical Information as well as the names and addresses of Mellanox’s sources for parts not manufactured by Mellanox, including the appropriate part numbers for commercially available equivalents of electronic parts (the “ Escrow Materials ”), to be held in trust by the Escrow Agent for the benefit of Purchaser in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement as shall be agreed by the parties with the Escrow Agent, which shall include, without limitation, the terms stated in this Section 12 (the “ Escrow Agreement ”). Mellanox shall update the Escrow Materials held by the Escrow Agent from time to time in its reasonable judgment and upon the introduction of any material change to the Technical Information, but no less often than once annually.
      12.2 Release Conditions . The Escrow Materials shall be released from the escrow and delivered to Purchaser immediately upon Purchaser’s undisputed notification to the Escrow Agent that a Trigger Event has occurred. A Trigger Event shall mean: (i) bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution or receivership are initiated by or against Mellanox, its parent corporation or any other entity that owns the Intellectual Property Rights in the Products, and not terminated or cancelled within thirty (30) days (it is the duty of Mellanox to notify Purchaser promptly of the occurrence of any such event), or (ii) a Force Majeure situation affecting Mellanox, that does not have a similar effect on Purchaser, remains unresolved for thirty (30) consecutive days, or (iii) if at any time after Mellanox has been acquired by a third party, is merged into a third party, or sells all or substantially all of its assets to a third party, the failure to deliver when ordered at least eighty percent (80%) of the scheduled and agreed-upon delivery quantities of conforming Product for three (3) consecutive months or any six (6) months out of any rolling twelve (12) month period, provided that in the instance of any such breach, the breach has not been cured within thirty (30) days following receipt of notice;
To constitute a Trigger Event, an event must (a) materially affect the ability of Mellanox to perform its obligations under this Agreement; or (b) cause Mellanox to discontinue supplying Purchaser with Products and services under this Agreement (other than as a result of a breach by Purchaser). A Force Majeure Trigger Event will only exist if the parties mutually agree that Purchaser will be able to overcome the effects of the Force Majeure event more quickly and effectively than Supplier can. If a Trigger Event relates only to a certain part of the Products or services, the Escrow Materials to be released shall apply only to that specific part.
      12.3 Release Rights. Upon the release of the Escrow Materials in accordance with Section 12.2, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Purchaser shall be granted a non-

 


 

exclusive, non-transferable (except pursuant to a permitted assignment of this Agreement in compliance with Section 14.12), worldwide, royalty-bearing license for no more than eighteen (18) months, unless at the end of that 18-month period the conditions having caused the original release from escrow have persisted, to support, reproduce (in the case of software), offer, sell, import, and manufacture the Products either on its own or through contractors on its behalf. The royalty payable to Mellanox for Products obtained by Purchaser through use of the Escrow Materials shall be equal to 40% for HCA Card Products and 50% for Silicon Products of the price paid by Purchaser for Products at the time of the Trigger Event. If at any time Mellanox can demonstrate that the conditions leading to the release from escrow are no longer in existence and Mellanox has the ability (directly or through a third party reasonably acceptable to Purchaser) to perform its obligations under the Agreement, then the release rights shall expire, Purchaser shall return the Escrow Materials into escrow, and Mellanox shall resume its supply and support obligations pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
      13.  Termination.
      13.1 Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall be effective upon the Effective Date and shall remain in force for a period of two (2) years (the “ Initial Period ”), unless terminated earlier as provided below. Following the Initial Period, the Agreement shall automatically renew for additional one-year periods unless one party notifies the other within 90 days prior to expiration that it does not intend to renew.
      13.2 Termination for Cause . This Agreement may be terminated by a party for cause effective upon written notice (which notice shall describe the alleged breach in reasonable detail) to the other if the other party violates any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty contained herein in any material respect or defaults or fails to perform any of its obligations or agreements hereunder in any material respect, which violation, default or failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after notice thereof from the non-defaulting party stating its intention to terminate this Agreement by reason thereof.
      13.3 Survival . Sections 1, 5, 6, 7, 8.1, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of this Agreement shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.
      13.4 Effects of Termination . Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement:
           (a) Termination by Mellanox shall have no effect on Orders issued prior to the effective date of termination. Any Order delivered after the effective date of termination shall be subject to all terms of this Agreement, provided that in the event of termination by Mellanox for non-payment by Purchaser, Mellanox shall be entitled to request from Purchaser reasonable financial assurance for meeting its payment obligations under such Orders.
           (b) Mellanox shall have no further obligation to accept any Order sent by Purchaser following termination.
           (c) Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, all licenses granted to customers for use of the Software will survive termination in accordance with the terms of the applicable license agreement. Further, termination or expiration shall not affect Purchaser’s right to market and sell Products already purchased by it or purchasable under outstanding Orders.

 


 

           (d) Termination shall not affect warranty and support obligations of Mellanox with respect to Products already delivered or that are to be delivered pursuant to outstanding Orders, and such warranty and support obligations shall continue beyond the term of this Agreement in accordance with their terms.
      13.5 Return of Materials Upon Termination . On or before ten (10) days after the termination of this Agreement, each party shall deliver to the other party all Confidential Information and other property of the other party, except to the extent required for the performance of provisions of this Agreement or for exercise of rights that survive its termination or for support by Purchaser of delivered Products. In lieu of returning Confidential Information of the other party, a party may destroy the other party’s Confidential Information and certify destruction within ten (10) days after the termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may request a return or destruction of its Confidential Information at any time upon written notice.
      14.  General Provisions.
      14.1 Notice . Any notice provided for or permitted under this Agreement will be treated as having been given when (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by confirmed telex or telecopy, (c) sent by commercial overnight courier with written verification of receipt, or (d) mailed postage prepaid by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the party to be notified, at the address first set forth above, or at such other place of which the other party has been notified in accordance with the provisions of this Section 14. Such notice will be treated as having been received upon the earlier of actual receipt or five (5) days after posting.
      14.2 Force Majeure . Neither party shall be liable to the other in any way whatsoever for any failure or delay in performance of any of the obligations under this Agreement, arising out of any event or circumstance beyond the reasonable control of such Party and without such Party’s fault or negligence (including war, rebellion, civil commotion, acts of terror, general strikes, general lock-outs or industrial disputes; fire, explosion, earthquake, acts of God, flood, drought or bad weather; or the requisitioning or other unforeseeable act or order by any government department, council or other constituted body) (a “ Delaying Cause ”). A Delaying Cause does not include delays in transportation prior to delivery, shortages of material (except industry-wide shortage), delays by manufacturers or subcontractors (except for causes beyond such party’s reasonable control and without its fault or negligence) or economic consideration or inefficiencies.
          Any party whose performance is affected by a Delaying Cause will notify the other party promptly upon commencement of a Delaying Cause and will provide its best estimate of the expected duration of such occurrence. Any party whose performance is affected by a Delaying Cause will exercise reasonable diligence to overcome and effect cessation of the Delaying Cause and to mitigate effects thereof. Performance of the parties’ respective obligations to purchase and sell Product will be suspended to the extent affected by, and for the duration of, a Delaying Cause, and during pendency of a Delaying Cause affecting Mellanox’s ability to make timely Delivery. If, however, Mellanox’s performance is delayed for reasons set forth above for a cumulative period of ninety (90) days or more, Purchaser, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, may terminate this Agreement and/or any Order issued hereunder by notice to Mellanox, without liability.
      14.3 Publicity . Neither party shall make any public announcement, except as the parties may mutually agree, as to the existence and details of the matters set forth in this Agreement (other than to

 


 

employees, consultants, shareholders or as required by such parties’ disclosure obligations under the securities laws or regulations of the United States or any state thereof).
      14.4 Waiver . No term or provision hereof will be considered waived by either party, and no breach excused by either party, unless such waiver or consent is in writing signed on behalf of the party against whom the waiver is asserted. No consent by either party to, or waiver of, a breach by either party, whether express or implied, will constitute consent to, waiver of, or excuse of any other, different, or subsequent breach by either party.
      14.5 Allocation of Risk . The sections on limitation of liability and limitation of warranties allocate the risks of this Agreement between the parties. This allocation is reflected in the pricing of the Products and is an essential element of the basis of the bargain between the parties.
      14.6 Severability . If any part of this Agreement is found invalid or unenforceable, such part will be amended to achieve as nearly as possible the same economic effect as the original provision and the remainder of this Agreement will remain in full force.
      14.7 Compliance with Law . Both Parties warrant that they will comply with all applicable laws in their performance under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that they will not export or re-export (directly or indirectly) any Products or documentation or other technical data therefore, in whole or in part, in violation of any applicable federal, state or local law, rules or regulations.
      14.8 Certification of Origin . Upon Purchaser’s request, Mellanox shall provide Purchaser with an appropriate certification stating the country of origin for Products sufficient to satisfy the requirements of (i) the customs authorities of the country of receipt and (ii) any applicable export licensing regulations, including those of the United States. Mellanox shall ensure that all Products are marked (or the Products’ container is marked if there is no room on the Products themselves or unless exempted from marking) with the country of origin. Mellanox shall ensure compliance in marking the Products with the requirements of the customs authorities of the country of receipt.
      14.9 Construction . The official text of this Agreement shall be in the English language, and any interpretation or construction of this Agreement shall be based solely on the English-language text. As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” and “discretion” means sole discretion. This Agreement reflects the wording accepted by the parties and no rule of construction shall apply against either party. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of the body of this Agreement and any Exhibit attached hereto, the terms and conditions of the body of the Agreement shall govern and prevail unless expressly specified otherwise in the relevant portion of the applicable Exhibit.
      14.10 Choice of Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Israel as applied to agreements entered into and to be performed entirely within Israel between Israeli residents. The parties agree that the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (1980) is specifically excluded from application to this Agreement. All disputes arising hereunder shall be exclusively adjudicated in the competent court in the Tel Aviv-Jaffa district.

 


 

      14.11 Amendment . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Agreement may be amended or supplemented only by a writing that is signed by both parties.
      14.12 Assignment . Neither party assign its rights or delegate its obligations hereunder, either in whole or in part, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other party, except that either party may assign this Agreement in conjunction with a merger, acquisition, reorganization, change of control, or the sale of all or a substantial part of its business utilizing this Agreement. Any attempted assignment or delegation without such prior written consent will be null and void. The rights and liabilities of the parties under this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the parties’ respective successors and permitted assigns.
      14.13 Relationship of the Parties . The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors. There is no relationship of agency, partnership, joint venture, employment, or franchise between the parties. Neither party has the authority to bind the other party or to incur any obligation on its behalf.
      14.14 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which will be considered an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
      14.15 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including all Exhibits to this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be as of the Effective Date.
                             
MELLANOX:       VOLTAIRE LTD.:
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Michael Gray       By:   /s/ Koby Segal            
 
                           
 
  Authorized Signatory           Authorized Signatory            
 
  Title: CFO           Title: G. M. Israel            
Date: 11-4-05       Date: 9 October 2005

 


 

EXHIBIT A
Products, Prices And Volume Discounts, Lead times

 


 

EXHIBIT B
Flexibility Agreement:
Days prior to the scheduled date of shipment:
Upsides:
For either product type, Mellanox will use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve the following upside capability.
         
* Days
  *    
 
       
* Days
  *    
 
       
* Days
  *    
 
       
In addition, Mellanox will use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy any upside request.
 
       
HCA Cards:
  Reschedules   Cancellation Charges
 
       
* Days
  No Reschedules   No Cancellations
 
       
* Days
  * out * Days   Purchaser will pay for material in Mellanox’s pipeline that can’t be reasonably redirected or sold to other customers within in * days
 
       
* days +
  N/A   Purchaser will pay for long lead time material that can’t be reasonably redirected or sold to other Mellanox customers within in * days
 
       
Silicon Products:
  Reschedules   Cancellation Charges
 
       
* Days
  No Reschedules   No Cancellations
 
       
* Days
  * out * Days   * of the purchase price for Products canceled that can’t be reasonably redirected or sold to other Mellanox customers within * days
 
       
* Days
  * out * Days   * of the purchase price for Products canceled that can’t be reasonably redirected or sold to other Mellanox customers within * days
 
       
* Days +
  Unlimited   None
For either Product Type, (i) Orders can not be rescheduled and then canceled; (ii) The cancellation liability is not reduced if an order is rescheduled; (iii) Orders can be rescheduled a maximum of 1 time per the guidelines above
 
*    Omitted pursuant to confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

 


 

EXHIBIT C
Technical Support
     Mellanox shall provide Technical Support to Purchaser as reasonably required to address ongoing needs and foster new business development.
      Designated Technical Support Contact. Mellanox shall designate at least one “Designated Support Contact” and at least one “Alternate” to receive Escalations from Purchaser, and shall provide Purchaser with written notice of the names of and contact information for such individuals.
Designated Technical Support Contact:
Erez Cohen
Mellanox Technologies Ltd.
Mail: erezc@mellanox.co.il
Tel : + 972 - 4 - 9097200 ext 378
Cell : + 972 - 54 - 5468801
Fax : + 972 - 4 - 9593245
www.mellanox.com
     Alternate;
Nimrod Gindi
Mellanox Technologies Ltd.
mail : nimrodg@mellanox.co.il
Tel : +972-4-9097200 ext 366
Fax : +972-4-9593245
Cellular : +972-54-5940201 (Israel)
Cellular : +1-408-750-4801 (USA)
POB 586, Yokneam, 20692, Israel

 


 

Exhibit E
Product Change Notification (PCN)
Introduction
Mellanox’s PCN procedure objective is to allow changes required to improve its products while, at the same time, maintain service stability and availability throughout the product life cycle. The PCN procedure ensures that all parties affected are informed of planned changes and it provides them with a record of changes.
The customer will be notified 30-120 days in advance, depending on the type of change.
     The PCN will be distributed to all Mellanox customers, which are currently using the product.
Other documents such as characterization and qualification reports will be provided upon customer request.
Product Change Levels
Level 1 — Customer approval required prior to shipment
Major changes that affect the form, fit, or function of the end product. These changes may or may not exceed the current product specification, but have significant known impact on the customer’s application or customer’s manufacturing process.
Notification — ( Commercially reasonable efforts — 120 days prior to change.
Initial customer feedback is required within 14 days.
Samples availability — 60 days prior to the change.
Level 2 — Notification only
Changes that have minor effect on the form, fit and function of a product.
These changes will not exceed current product specification but may have some impact on a customer’s manufacturing process. These types of changes are not expected to require any validation activity by the customer.
Notification — 30 days prior to change.
Level 3 — No notification
Changes that do not affect the form, fit or function of a product and that have no customer impact.

 

 

Exhibit 10.6
LETTER OF AGREEMENT
This Letter of Agreement (“LOA”) is made and entered into as of this 12th day of October, 2004, between Voltaire LTD., an Israeli corporation having its principal place of business at 9 Hamenofim Herzeliva Pituach, Israel 46725, (“Customer”) and Sanmina-SCI Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries and affiliates, (collectively “Sanmina-SCI”), a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 2700 North First Street, San Jose, California 95134.
Customer and Sanmina-SCI are presently attempting to establish a business relationship as described in Attachment B under which Customer may, among other things, have Sanmina-SCI procure components, parts and raw material (collectively “Components”) and manufacture, assemble, test, inspect, configure and ship the products listed within Attachment A (“Products”) at the prices set forth therein (“Prices”). Prices are based on shipment “ex works” from Sanmina-SCI’s facility of manufacture and do not include export licensing of the Product or payment of broker’s fees, duties, tariffs or other similar charges, taxes (other than those based on the net income of Sanmina-SCI) or setup, tooling or NRE charges.
This LOA is for the purpose of authorizing Sanmina-SCI to begin work immediately in lieu of the fully negotiated Agreement. This LOA implies no commitment to enter the Agreement. Both parties acknowledge that the execution of an Agreement is contingent upon the mutual consent of the parties and that should the Agreement not be executed, the terms of this LOA shall be the sole governing document.
Customer shall issue Purchase Orders for the Product and may provide Sanmina-SCI with a forecast for future requirements of the Product (“Forecast”). Purchase orders will cover a minimum of 90 days. Customer authorizes Sanmina-SCI to procure the quantity and type of Components in support of the quantities set forth in the Purchase Order and Forecast in accordance with its standard material ordering policies available at www.sanmina-sci.com (“Policies”), and agrees to be financially responsible for all Components ordered in accordance with the Policies. Customer’s Purchase Orders and related documents issued pursuant to this LOA will serve as Customer’s authorization to Sanmina-SCI to complete and ship the Products. Sanmina-SCI will obtain Customer approval prior to purchase of any excess components resulting from any minimum buy quantities, tape and reel quantities, and multiples of packaging quantities required by the Vendor.
The prices in Attachment A shall be utilized for invoicing. Sanmina-SCI invoices shall be paid in U.S. Dollars net * (*) days from the date of invoice which, for shipped units, shall not be issued prior to the date on which the Products are shipped ”ex works” Sanmina-SCI’s dock (Incoterms 2000).
Sanmina-SCI’s warranty period is for * from the date of manufacture and is limited to correction of defects in Sanmina-SCI workmanship only. Sanmina-SCI will pass on to Customer all manufacturers’ component warranties to the extent that they are transferable, but will not independently warrant components. ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NONINFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TITLE FOR ANY CONSIGNED OR CUSTOMER SUPPLIED MATERIALS, ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED HEREFROM. THE SOLE REMEDY UNDER THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE THE REPAIR, REPLACEMENT OR CREDIT FOR DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS AS STATED ABOVE.
Customer may terminate this LOA or cancel an order hereunder upon written notice to Sanmina-SCI. Orders within 30 days are considered firm and non-cancelable. Reschedules in excess of 90 days shall be treated as a cancellation. Customer may only reschedule an order one time. Upon termination or cancellation for any reason by Customer, Customer shall be responsible for all Components, WIP and finished Product ordered within lead-time to support the Customer’s Purchase Orders and/or Forecast; provided, however, that Customer’s maximum liability shall not exceed: (1) for Components, the quantity and type of Components
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

 


 

acquired by Sanmina-SCI in support of Customer’s Purchase Order or Forecast as set forth in this LOA, plus a 10% margin on such Components; (2) for WIP, the cost of Components calculated in accordance with (1) plus a pro rata charge for labor based on the stage of the WIP; and (3) for finished Product, the full purchase price. In addition, Customer shall be responsible for (a) Sanmina-SCI’s documented cost to perform Customer authorized non-recurring engineering or associated program duties; and (b) Sanmina-SCI’s actual expenses incurred either prior to termination or as an unavoidable consequence of termination, not to exceed the value of the outstanding purchase orders.
In the event of termination for any reason, Sanmina-SCI shall use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize Customer’s liability by canceling all agreements it has entered into and managing Component, labor and overhead cost to a minimum. Provided that the Customer has no outstanding receivable, Sanmina-SCI will deliver to Customer all product Components, documentation and other property owned by Customer or which Customer has paid for under this LOA.
Neither party shall make a claim against, or be liable to the other party or its affiliates or agents for any damages, including (without limitation) loss of profits or injury to business reputation, resulting from the continuation or abandonment of negotiations, including the consequences thereof. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, EVEN IF SUCH OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES; provided, however, that this Section shall not prevent a party from incurring any indemnification-related liabilities set forth herein. THE LIMITATION SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION SHALL APPLY WHERE THE DAMAGES ARISE OUT OF OR RELATE TO THIS AGREEMENT. For the purpose of this Section, both lost profits and damages resulting from value added to the Product by CUSTOMER shall be considered consequential damages. IN NO EVENT SHALL SANMINA-SCI’S LIABILITY FOR A PRODUCT (WHETHER ASSERTED AS A TORT CLAIM OR CONTRACT CLAIM) EXCEED THE AMOUNTS PAID TO SANMINA-SCI FOR SUCH PRODUCT HEREUNDER. IN NO EVENT WILL SANMINA-SCI BE LIABLE FOR COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS BY CUSTOMER. THESE LIMITATIONS SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY.
Sanmina-SCI shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement (i) commercial general liability insurance (including contractual liability coverage) with coverage limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, naming Voltaire Ltd/Inc as an additional insured thereunder, and (iii) worker’s compensation insurance as required by law. Upon request, Sanmina-SCI shall provide to Voltaire a certificate of insurance evidencing the insurance coverages required under this Section.
Sanmina-SCI’s Indemnification . Sanmina-SCI shall indemnify, defend, and hold Customer and Customer’s affiliates, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, contractors, agents and other representatives (the “Customer-Indemnified Parties”) harmless from all demands, claims, actions, causes of action, proceedings, suits, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities, settlements, judgments, fines, penalties, interest, costs and expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) of every kind (each a “Claim,” and, collectively “Claims”) (i) based upon personal injury or death or injury to property to the extent any of the foregoing is proximately caused either by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Sanmina-SCI or its officers, employees, subcontractors or agents and/or (ii) arising from or relating to any actual or alleged infringement or misappropriation of any patent, trademark, mask work, copyright, trade secret or any actual or alleged violation of any other intellectual property rights arising from or in connection with Sanmina-SCI’s manufacturing processes.
Customer’s Indemnification . Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold Sanmina-SCI and Sanmina-SCI’s affiliates, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, contractors, agents and other representatives (the “Sanmina-SCI -Indemnified Parties”) harmless from all Claims (i) based upon personal injury or death or

 


 

injury to property to the extent any of the foregoing is proximately caused either by a defective Product, by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Customer or its officers, employees, subcontractors or agents and/or (ii) arising from or relating to any actual or alleged infringement or misappropriation of any patent, trademark, mask work, copyright, trade secret or any actual or alleged violation of any other intellectual property rights arising from or in connection with the Products, except to the extent such that the infringement exists as a result of use by Customer of Sanmina-SCI’s manufacturing processes,
This LOA and its attachments make up the entire agreement between the parties and supersede prior discussions, except for any related written agreements concerning confidentiality. Both parties expressly reject any pre-printed terms and conditions of any Purchase Order, Acknowledgment or any other form or document of either party. The terms hereof may be amended only by a writing executed by authorized representatives of both parties. This LOA will not be assigned by either party without the other party’s prior written consent. Customer shall be the exporter of record for and shall comply with all applicable export control statutes and regulations. The parties acknowledge and agree that the state or federal courts of Santa Clara County, California (and the Northern District of California) shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue to adjudicate any and all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
                     
 
                   
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:       ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:    
SANMINA-SCI CORPORATION       CUSTOMER    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ David Marlen       By:   /s/ Koby Segal    
 
                   
 
                   
Name: David Marlen       Name: Koby Segal    
 
                   
Title: VP/PLT MGR       Title: G.M. Israel    

 


 

Attachment A
Pricing
The pricing listed in the table below is effective for PO’s accepted prior to November 1, 2004.
             
        VOLTAIRE   VOLTAIRE
PRODUCT   SSCI PN   PN   COST
Jade 20L – VL01   1001211-GH-003 – VL01   605A10004   $*
Jade 20L- VL02   1001211-GH-003-VL02   501S10004   $*
Jet   1001370-GH-001   501S12320   $*
LarimarSPS / UnMan   1001590-GH-0102   501S30010   $*
LarimarDPS / UnMan   1001590-GH-0202   501S30011   $*
LarimarSPS / Man   1001590-GH-0302   501S30020   $*
Larimar DPS / Man   1001590-GH-0402   501S30021   $*
Larimar 12X SPS / UnMan   TBD   TBD   *
Larima 12X DPS / UnMan   TBD   TBD   *
Larimar 12X SPS / Man   TBD   TBD   *
Larimar 12X DPS / Man   TBD   TBD   *
PrPMC   TBD   TBD   *
PCI-Express HCA   TBD   TBD   *
NOTE: Pricing for the “Managed” versions of the Larimar product includes $* for the Artesyn CCA. Melanox BGA E-1242 is increasing from $* to $*. Revised assembly price will be reflected when current inventory is consumed.
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

 


 

Attachment B
Business Model
Subsequent to the execution of this agreement;
  1)   Sanmina-SCI will license at * the existing InifiniBand designs to Voltaire, granting Voltaire the rights to use, enhance, and/or modify the designs.
 
  2)   Sanmina-SCI shall provide Voltaire the designs ( * and * ) that are incomplete in their current state.
 
  3)   In consideration for items 1 and 2 above, and as long as Sanmina-SCI continues to meet reasonable commercial standards for product cost, quality and manufacturing lead-time delivery, Voltaire will exclusively use Sanmina-SCI for manufacturing Voltaire’s InfiniBand products listed in attachment A, and any derivatives thereof., for a period of no less than two (2) years from the effective Date of this LOA (the “Initial Term”). Except as noted below in 4), if for any reasonVoltaire were to manufacture InfiniBand designs listed in attachment A, or any derivatives thereof, itself, or have a third party manufacture the InfiniBand designs listed in attachment A, or any derivatives thereof, Voltaire shall compensate Sanmina-SCI a reasonable royalty fee for the right to manufacture or have manufactured the InfiniBand designs listed in attachment A, or any derivatives thereof., the terms of which will be agreed by the two parties.
 
  4)   In event Sanmina-SCI were to provide written notice to Voltaire of its intent to terminate this LOA (or the planned subsequent Manufacturing Services Agreement) prior to the end of the Initial Term, then notwithstanding anything written in Section 3) above, a no cost license will be granted to Voltaire, except if such Sanmina-SCI initiated termination notice is the result of a material breach by Voltaire which remained uncured after thirty (30) days from the date of written notice.
 
  5)   Voltaire shall be responsible for all sustaining activities for the licensed products.
Sanmina-SCI will provide EMS fulfillment services to include:
Reports – Shipment, Product Status, OTD
Data – Quality, Test Yield, Pareto, Defects
Material – Supplier Management (Quality, Service and Delivery Reporting) and AVL Integrity
Engineering – Test Support, ECO Management
Data Interchange with OEM’s
Open Model Pricing on:
Material Cost Drivers (Top 70% of BOM)
Labor Cost
Manufacturing Value Add (MVA)
Customer will be responsible for the following:
Sustaining Engineering Activity
ECO Implementation
Documentation Rev Control
Additional Test Equipment / Enhancements
Forecast
Inventory Liability
Establishment of acceptable credit terms for fulfilling Customers liability as stated in this agreement
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

 

 

Exhibit 10.7
Agreement #4904RL1168
This Base Agreement ( “Base Agreement” ) dated as of October 15, 2004 ( “Effective Date” ), between International Business Machines Corporation ( “Buyer” ) and Voltaire, Inc. ( “Supplier” ), establishes the basis for a multinational procurement relationship under which Supplier will provide Buyer the Products and Services described in SOWs issued under this Base Agreement. Products and Services acquired by Buyer on or after the Effective Date will be covered by this Base Agreement. This Base Agreement will remain in effect until terminated.
1.0 Definitions:
“Affiliates” means entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with, a party to this Agreement.
“Agreement” means this Base Agreement and any relevant Statements of Work ( “SOW” ), Work Authorizations ( “WA” ), and other attachments or appendices specifically referenced in this Agreement.
“Engineering Change” or “EC” means any change(s) to Product.
“Participation Agreement” or “PA” means an agreement signed by one or more Affiliates which incorporates by reference the terms and conditions in this Base Agreement, any relevant SOW, and other attachments or appendices specifically referenced in the PA.
“Personnel” means agents, employees or subcontractors engaged or appointed by Buyer or Supplier.
“Prices” means the agreed upon payment and currency for Products and Services, including all applicable fees, payments and taxes, as specified in the relevant SOW and/or WA.
Products” means items that Supplier prepares for or provides to Buyer as described in a SOW.
“Services” means work that Supplier performs for Buyer as described in a SOW.
“Statement of Work” or “SOW” means any document that:
  1.   identifies itself as a statement of work;
 
  2.   is signed by both parties;
 
  3.   incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of this Base Agreement; and
 
  4.   describes the Products and Services, including any requirements, specifications or schedules.
“Taxes” means any and all applicable taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments imposed or collected by any governmental entity worldwide or any political subdivision thereof and however designated or levied on sales of Products or Services, or sales, use, transfer, goods and services or value added tax or any other duties or fees related to any payment made by Buyer to Supplier for Product and/or Service provided by Supplier to Buyer under or pursuant to this Agreement; exclusive, however, of taxes imposed upon the net income or capital of Supplier or taxes in lieu of such net income taxes or such other taxes which are to be borne by the Supplier under law. Supplier shall also bear sole responsibility for all taxes, assessments, or other levies on its own leased or purchased property, equipment or software.
“Work Authorization” or “WA” means Buyer’s authorization in either electronic or tangible form for Supplier to conduct transactions under this Agreement in accordance with the applicable SOW (i.e., a purchase order, or other Buyer designated document). A SOW is a WA only if designated as such in writing by Buyer.
2.0 Statement of Work
Supplier will provide the Products or Services as specified in the relevant SOW only when specified in a WA. Supplier will begin work only after receiving a WA from Buyer. Buyer may request changes to a SOW and Supplier will submit to Buyer the impact of such changes. Changes accepted by Buyer will be specified in an amended SOW or change order signed by both parties. Supplier will maintain the capability to supply agreed upon Products, including parts of Products, for a period of time as Voltaire is required by law and any additional periods of time specified in the relevant SOW. Supplier will notify Buyer of its intent to withdraw any Product and will continue to deliver such withdrawn Products for the periods as specified in the relevant SOW. Supplier agrees to accept all WA’s that conform with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
3.0 Pricing
Supplier will provide Products and Services to Buyer for the Prices. The Prices for Products and Services specified in a SOW and/or WA and accepted by Buyer plus the payment of applicable Taxes will be the only amount due to Supplier from Buyer. The relevant SOW or WA shall contain Prices for each country receiving Products and Services under this Agreement.
         
Form Title: Voltaire Base Agreement   Page 1 of 8   Form Release: 8/98
         
Form Owner: Global Procurement       Revision: 3/04

 


 

Agreement #4904RL1168
4.0 Taxes
Supplier’s invoices shall state applicable taxes owed by the Buyer, if any, by tax jurisdiction and with a proper breakdown between taxable and non-taxable Products and Services. Supplier shall remit such tax payments to the appropriate jurisdiction. Supplier agrees to use its best efforts to properly calculate any applicable Taxes at the time of invoice. Supplier and Buyer agree to cooperate to minimize any applicable Taxes, including reasonable notice and cooperation in connection with any audit. Any incremental taxes shall be Supplier’s responsibility. If Buyer provides certification of an exemption from Tax or reduced rate of Tax imposed by an applicable taxing authority, then Supplier shall not invoice for nor pay over any such Tax unless and until the applicable taxing authority assesses such Tax, at which time Supplier shall invoice and Buyer shall pay any such Tax that is legally owed.
Buyer shall withhold taxes, if required under the law to be withheld on payments made to Supplier hereunder and shall be required to remit to Supplier only the net proceeds thereof (but not less than the Price). Buyer shall remit the taxes withheld to the appropriate government authority and agrees to provide Supplier in a timely manner with properly executed documentation or other information or receipts or certificates evidencing Buyers payment of any such withholding tax
Supplier will indemnify Buyer from any claims by any jurisdiction relating to Taxes paid by Buyer to Supplier; and for any penalties, fines, additions to tax or interest thereon imposed as a result of Supplier’s failure to timely remit the Tax payment to the appropriate taxing jurisdiction. Supplier also shall indemnify Buyer for any claims made by a taxing jurisdiction for penalties, fines, additions to tax and the amount of interest thereon imposed with respect to Supplier’s failure to invoice Buyer for the correct amount of Tax.
5.0 Payments and Acceptance
Terms for payment will be specified in the relevant SOW and/or WA. Payment of invoices will not be deemed acceptance of Products or Services, but rather such Products or Services will be subject to inspection, test, acceptance or rejection by Buyer until successful integration into Buyer’s products, or for a period as specified in the relevant SOW, whichever occurs first. Buyer may, at its option, either reject Products or Services that do not comply with the specifications and requirements for a refund as specified in the applicable SOW, or require prompt correction or replacement of such Products upon Buyer’s written instruction. Buyer may reject entire lots of Products which do not meet quality levels as specified in the relevant SOW and/or WA. .
Unless otherwise provided by local law without the possibility of contractual waiver or limitation, Supplier will submit invoices, corrected invoices, or other such claims for reimbursement, to Buyer within (1) year from the date of acceptance of Products or the satisfactory completion of Services. Exceptions must be specifically authorized by Buyer.
6.0 Electronic Commerce
To the extent permitted by local law, the parties will conduct transactions using an electronic commerce approach under which the parties will electronically transmit and receive legally binding purchase and sale obligations (“Documents”), including electronic credit entries transmitted by Buyer to the Supplier account specified in the relevant SOW and/or WA. The parties will enter into a separate agreement governing the transmission of such electronic transactions and associated responsibilities of the parties.
7.0 Warranties
7.1 Ongoing Warranties
Supplier makes the following ongoing representations and warranties:
1. it has the right to enter into this Agreement and its performance of this Agreement will comply, at its own expense, with the terms of any contract, obligation, law, regulation or ordinance to which it is or becomes subject;
2. no claim, lien, or action exists or is threatened against Supplier that would interfere with Buyer’s use or sale of the Products;
3. As of the Effective Date, Products and Services do not infringe any intellectual property right of a third party;
4. all authors have agreed not to assert their moral rights (personal rights associated with authorship of a work under applicable law) in the Products, to the extent permitted by law;
5. Products are free from defects in material and workmanship for the time period as specified in the relevant SOW and/or WA;
6. Products will conform to the warranties, specifications and requirements, including but not limited to quality requirements in this Agreement;
         
Form Title: Voltaire Base Agreement   Page 2 of 8   Form Release: 8/98
         
Form Owner: Global Procurement       Revision: 3/04

 


 

Agreement #4904RL1168
7. Products are free of defects in design (except for written designs provided by Buyer unless the defects in Buyer’s designs are based on Supplier’s specifications. 7. Products are safe for use consistent with and will comply with the warranties, specifications and requirements in this Agreement;
8. Products and Services which interact in any capacity with monetary data are euro ready such that when used in accordance with their associated documentation they are capable of correctly processing monetary data in the euro denomination and respecting the euro currency formatting conventions (including the euro sign);
9. none of the Products contain nor are any of the Products manufactured using ozone depleting substances such as halons, chlorofluorocarbons, hydrochlorofluorocarbons, methyl chloroform and carbon tetrachloride as defined by the Montreal Protocol , and as also specified in the relevant SOW and/or WA;
10. Products are new and do not contain used or reconditioned parts, unless otherwise specified in the relevant SOW and/or WA;
11. to the extent Products include software code (including without limitation firmware, BIOS, and device drivers), Products contain no harmful code at time of delivery.
12. all Products and all parts of Products, including, but not limited to parts that may be identified as field replacement units, customer replacement units, spare parts, and/or parts that have any floppy disk controller functions and other storage devices shall not experience data integrity, undetected data loss, or related issues, and shall conform with any other related requirements specified in the relevant SOW and/or WA;
13. all Products will process date data correctly (including, without limitation, correctly processing, providing, receiving, and displaying date data within and between the twentieth and twenty-first centuries), and are designed to exchange date data accurately and correctly with other products (including, without limitation, hardware, code, other software, and firmware) when used with products which are designed to exchange date data accurately and correctly;
14. it is knowledgeable with, and is and will remain in full compliance with all applicable export and import laws, regulations, orders, and policies (including, but not limited to, securing all necessary clearance requirements, export and import licenses and exemptions from, and making all proper filings with appropriate governmental bodies and/or disclosures relating to the release or transfer of technology and software to non U.S. nationals in the U.S., or outside the U.S., release or transfer of technology and software having U.S. content or derived from U.S.-origin software or technology); it is knowledgeable with applicable supply chain security recommendations issued by applicable governments and industry standards organizations and will make best efforts to comply with such recommendations;
15. it will not export, directly or indirectly, any technology, software or commodities of U.S. origin or having U.S. content provided by Buyer or their direct product to any of the countries or to nationals of those countries, wherever located, listed in U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as modified from time to time, unless authorized by appropriate government license or regulations;
16. it will not use, disclose, or transfer across borders any information that is processed for Buyer that may identify an individual (Personal Data), except to the extent necessary to perform under this Agreement; and
17. it will comply with all applicable data privacy laws and regulations, will implement and maintain appropriate technical and other protections for the Personal Data, will report any breaches of protection of Personal Data, and will cooperate fully with Buyer’s requests for access to, correction of, and destruction of Personal Data in Supplier’s possession.
7.2 Warranty Redemption
If Products or Services do not comply with the warranties in this Agreement, in addition to all other remedies available at law, equity or in this Agreement. Supplier will repair or replace Products (at the latest revision level) or re-perform Services, or credit or refund the Price of Products or Services, such remedy at Buyer’s discretion. For such Products, Supplier will issue to Buyer a Return Material Authorization (“RMA”) within five (5) days of Buyer’s notice. If Supplier fails to repair or replace Products or re-perform Services in a timely manner, Buyer may do so and Supplier will reimburse Buyer for actual and reasonable expenses. After receipt of the RMA, Buyer may return Products which do not conform to the warranties in this Agreement from any Buyer location to the nearest authorized Supplier location at cost of Buyer, and Supplier will, at cost of Supplier, return any repaired or replaced Product in a timely manner.
7.3 Post Warranty Service
Supplier will offer post warranty Services as specified in the relevant SOW or identify a third party which will provide such Services. In the event a third party or Buyer will provide such Services, Supplier will provide the designated party with the information required for the performance of the Services.
         
Form Title: Voltaire Base Agreement   Page 3 of 8   Form Release: 8/98
         
Form Owner: Global Procurement       Revision: 3/04

 


 

Agreement #4904RL1168
7.4 Epidemic Defects
“Epidemic Defects” shall mean Products and their associated Engineering Changes that experience one or more of the following: (a) the same defect at a rate of ___*___ percent (___*___%) or more (or other rate that may be specified in an SOW) in any given thirty (30) day rolling period over the life of the Products, (b) the same defect at a rate of ___*___ percent (___*___%) or more (or other rate that may be specified in an SOW) of total purchases over the life of the Products, (c) recalls by Supplier, or otherwise, or (d) safety defects . For Epidemic Defects, Supplier will, at Buyer’s discretion: (i) refund or credit the Product Price, or replace or repair the Products at no charge in a timely manner, and (ii) reimburse Buyer for all actual and reasonable expenses incurred by Buyer related to Epidemic Defects, including, without limitation, costs associated with repair or replacement, field costs, customer related expenses, problem diagnosis, and field and finished goods inventory related costs. Supplier will commence such performance within five (5) calendar days of Buyer’s notice to Supplier of an Epidemic Defect .
8.0 Delivery
8.1 Delivery Logistics
Delivery under this Agreement means delivery to the Buyer location and delivery point as specified in the relevant SOW and/or WA. Buyer may cancel or reschedule the delivery date or change the delivery point as specified in the relevant SOW and/or WA. The term of sale will be specified in a SOW or WA. Buyer may issue a twelve (12) month rolling forecast for quantities of Products that may be required. Supplier will only deliver the Products specified in a WA. ANY PRODUCT QUANTITIES CITED IN OR PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT, EXCEPT FOR QUANTITIES CITED IN A WA AS FIRM, ARE PRELIMINARY AND NON-BINDING ONLY. BUYER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY AS TO THE QUANTITY OF PRODUCTS THAT IT WILL PURCHASE, IF ANY.
8.2 On-Time Delivery
The lead-time for Buyer to issue a WA prior to delivery will be specified in a SOW. Products specified in a WA for delivery with such lead-time will be delivered on time. Supplier will use reasonable efforts when Buyer requests delivery with a shorter lead-time. If Supplier cannot comply with a delivery commitment, Supplier will promptly notify Buyer of a revised delivery date and Buyer may:
1. cancel without charge Products or Services that were not delivered by the commitment date and which remain not yet delivered;
2. require Supplier to deliver Products using priority freight delivery at Supplier’s expense for the incremental freight charges. and
3. exercise all other remedies provided at law, in equity and in this Agreement.
9.0 Intellectual Property
Supplier grants Buyer a non-exclusive, right and license under all intellectual property rights licensable by Supplier to the extent necessary for Buyer to use and sell the Products. This Agreement does not grant either party the right to use the other party’s or their Affiliates’ trademarks, trade names or service marks.
Software is licensed, not sold.
Except for the limited rights, licenses and assignments expressly made hereunder, no other license is granted,
10.0 Supplier Liability for Third Party Claims
10.1 General Indemnification
Supplier will defend, hold harmless and indemnify, including legal fees, Buyer and Buyer Personnel against third party claims that arise or are alleged to have arisen as a result of negligent or intentional acts or omissions of Supplier or Supplier Personnel or breach by Supplier of any term of this Agreement.
10.2 Intellectual Property Indemnification
Supplier will defend, or at Buyer’s option cooperate in the defense of, hold harmless and indemnify, including reasonable legal fees, Buyer and Buyer Personnel from third party claims that Supplier’s Products or Services infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party. In addition, if such a claim is or is likely to be made, Supplier will, at its own expense, exercise the first of the following remedies that is practicable:
1. obtain for Buyer the right to continue to use and sell the Products and Services consistent with this Agreement;
2. modify the Products and Services so they are non-infringing and in compliance with this Agreement;
3. replace the Products and Services, with non-infringing ones that comply with this Agreement; or
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.
         
Form Title: Voltaire Base Agreement   Page 4 of 8   Form Release: 8/98
         
Form Owner: Global Procurement       Revision: 3/04

 


 

Agreement #4904RL1168
4. at Buyer’s request, accept the cancellation of infringing Services and the return of the infringing Products and refund any amount paid.

Buyer will give Supplier prompt notice of third party claims against Buyer, and cooperate in the investigation, settlement and defense of such claims at Supplier’s expense.
10.3 Exceptions to Indemnification
Supplier will have no obligation to indemnify, defend or hold harmless Buyer or Buyer Personnel for claims that Supplier’s Products or Services infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party to the extent such claims arise as a result of:
1. Buyer’s combination of Products or Services with other products or services not reasonably foreseeable by Supplier and such infringement or claim would have been avoided in the absence of such combination;
2. Supplier’s implementation of a Buyer originated design and such infringement or claim would have been avoided in the absence of such implementation;
3. Buyer’s modification of the Products except for intended modifications required for use of the Products and such infringement or claim would have been avoided in the absence of such modification; or
4. Any intellectual property right in which Buyer or any of its Affiliates has an ownership interest therein.
11.0 Limitation of Liability between Supplier and Buyer
In no event will either party be liable to the other for any lost revenues, lost profits, incidental, indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages. This mutual Limitation of Liability does not limit the obligations and liability of Supplier provided in the Section entitled Supplier Liability for Third Party Claims or the Subsection entitled Epidemic Defects. In no event will either party be liable for the respective actions or omissions of its Affiliates under this Agreement.
Buyer will not be liable to Supplier (i) under a WA for an amount greater than the amount due and unpaid amounts under such WA, and (ii) under the Agreement for an amount greater than the amount due and unpaid amounts under all WAs hereunder.
Supplier acknowledges and agrees that all WA’s or PA’s issued by Buyer’s Affiliate(s) are independent agreements between Supplier or Supplier Affiliate and the Buyer Affiliate. Buyer shall not be liable to Supplier or Supplier Affiliate(s) for any actions or inactions of any Buyer Affiliate(s) under a WA or PA, nor shall any actions or inactions by Buyer’s Affiliate(s) constitute a breach of the Agreement between Buyer and Supplier.
12.0 Supplier and Supplier Personnel
Supplier is an independent contractor and this Agreement does not create an agency relationship between Buyer and Supplier or Buyer and Supplier Personnel. Buyer assumes no liability or responsibility for Supplier Personnel. Supplier will:
1. ensure it and Supplier Personnel are in compliance with all laws, regulations, ordinances, and licensing requirements;
2. be responsible for the supervision, control, compensation, withholdings, health and safety of Supplier Personnel;
3. inform Buyer if a former employee of Buyer will be assigned work under this Agreement, such assignment subject to Buyer approval;
4. ensure Supplier Personnel performing Services on Buyer’s premises comply with the On Premises Guidelines and upon request, provide Buyer, for export evaluation purposes, the country of citizenship and permanent residence and immigration status of those persons. Buyer retains the right to refuse to accept persons made available by Supplier for export control reasons; and
5. not discriminate against any employees, applicants for employment, or any entity engaged in its procurement practices because of race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, or any other legally protected status.
13.0 Insurance
Supplier will maintain at its expense:
1. commercial general or public liability insurance with a minimum limit per occurrence or accident of * USD (or local currency equivalent);
2. workers’ compensation or employer’s liability insurance as required by local law, such policies waiving any subrogation rights against Buyer; and
3. automobile liability insurance as required by local statute but not less than * USD (or local currency equivalent) if a vehicle will be used in the performance of this Agreement.
Insurance required under clauses (1) and (3) will name Buyer as an additional insured with respect to Supplier’s negligence and Buyer’s insurable interest , will be primary or non-contributory regarding insured damages or expenses,
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.
         
Form Title: Voltaire Base Agreement   Page 5 of 8   Form Release: 8/98
         
Form Owner: Global Procurement       Revision: 3/04

 


 

Agreement #4904RL1168
and will be purchased from insurers with an AM Best Rating of B+ or better and a financial class rating of 11 or better or as otherwise accepted by Buyer.
14.0 Term and Termination
14.1 Termination of this Base Agreement
Either party may terminate this Base Agreement, without any cancellation charge, for a material breach of this Agreement by the other party or if the other party becomes insolvent or files or has filed against it a petition in bankruptcy (“Cause”), to the extent permitted by law. Such termination will be effective at the end of a thirty (30) day written notice period if the Cause remains uncured. Either party may terminate this Base Agreement without Cause when there are no outstanding SOWs or WAs.
14.2 Termination of a SOW or WA
a) Buyer may, upon written notice to Supplier, terminate a SOW or WA:
1. with Cause effective immediately or as otherwise specified in such notice; or
2. without Cause effective immediately or as otherwise specified in such notice, provided that; (i) In the event Buyer terminates without Cause, Supplier will fulfill its obligations to supply all Products and Services ordered pursuant to the applicable WA and Buyer will compensate Supplier for such Products and Services in accord with the terms of this Agreement for actual and reasonable expenses incurred by Supplier for work in process up to and including the date of termination and Supplier using reasonable efforts to mitigate Buyer’s liability under this Subsection.. .
b) Upon termination, in accordance with Buyer’s written direction, Supplier will immediately:
1. cease work;
2. prepare and submit to Buyer an itemization of all completed and partially completed Products and Services;
3. deliver to Buyer Products satisfactorily completed up to the date of termination at the agreed upon Prices in the relevant SOW and/or WA; and
4. deliver upon request any work in process.
15.0 General
15.1 Amendments
This Agreement may only be amended by a writing specifically referencing this Agreement which has been signed by authorized representatives of the parties.
15.2 Assignment
Neither party will assign their rights or delegate or subcontract their duties under this Agreement to third parties or Affiliates without the prior written consent of the other party, such consent not to be withheld unreasonably, except that either party may assign this Agreement in conjunction with the sale of a substantial part of its business utilizing this Agreement. Any unauthorized assignment of this Agreement is void.
15.3 Choice of Law and Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial; Limitation of Action
This Agreement and the performance of transactions under this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the country where the Buyer entering into the relevant agreement or PA is located, except: (i) in Australia, this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State or Territory in which the transaction occurs; (ii) in the United Kingdom, this Agreement will be governed by the laws of England; (iii) in Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, FR Yugoslavia, Georgia, Hungary, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Poland, Romania, Russia, Slovakia, Slovenia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, and Uzbekistan, this Agreement will be governed by the laws of Austria; (iv) in Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania, Finnish law will apply; (v) in Canada, the laws of the Province of Ontario govern this Agreement; (vi) in the United States (including if any part of the transaction occurs within the United States) and Puerto Rico, and People’s Republic of China, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed in and performed entirely within that State govern this Agreement. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods does not apply. The parties expressly waive any right to a jury trial regarding disputes related to this Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by local law without the possibility of contractual waiver or limitation, any legal or other action related to a breach of this Agreement must be commenced no later than two (2) years from the date on which the cause of action arose.
         
Form Title: Voltaire Base Agreement   Page 6 of 8   Form Release: 8/98
         
Form Owner: Global Procurement       Revision: 3/04

 


 

Agreement #4904RL1168
15.4 Communications
All communications between the parties regarding this Agreement will be conducted through the parties’ representatives as specified in the relevant SOW. Supplier will use reasonable efforts to participate in replenishment logistics programs presented by Buyer. All notices required in writing under this Agreement will be made to the appropriate contact(s) listed in the relevant SOW and/or WA and will be effective upon actual receipt. Notices may be transmitted electronically, by registered or certified mail, or courier. All notices, with the exception of legal notices, may also be provided by facsimile.
15.5 Counterparts
This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together will constitute the same agreement. Any copy of this Agreement made by reliable means (for example, photocopy or facsimile) is considered an original.
15.6 Exchange of Information
All information exchanged is non confidential. If either party requires the exchange of confidential information, it will be made under a separate signed confidentiality agreement between the parties. The parties will not publicize the terms of this Agreement, or the relationship, in any advertising, marketing or promotional materials without prior written consent of the other party except as may be required by law, provided the party publicizing obtains any confidentiality treatment available. Supplier will use information regarding this Agreement only in the performance of this Agreement. For any business personal information relating to Supplier Personnel that Supplier provides to Buyer, Supplier has obtained the agreement of the Supplier Personnel to release the information to Buyer and to allow Buyer to use such information in connection with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party agrees that confidential information may be exchanged in accordance with and pursuant to that certain Confidential Disclosure Agreement #4903ST0305, the terms and conditions of which are incorporated by this reference as if set forth in full herein.
15.7 Freedom of Action
This Agreement is nonexclusive and either party may design, develop, manufacture, acquire or market competitive products or services. Buyer will independently establish prices for resale of Products or Services and is not obligated to announce or market any Products or Services and does not guarantee the success of its marketing efforts, if any.
15.8 Force Majeure
Neither party will be in default or liable for any delay or failure to comply with this Agreement due to any act beyond the control of the affected party, excluding labor disputes, provided such party immediately notifies the other.
15.9 Obligations of Affiliates
Affiliates will acknowledge acceptance of the terms of this Agreement through the signing of a PA before conducting any transaction under this Agreement.
15.10 Prior Communications and Order of Precedence
This Agreement replaces any prior oral or written agreements or other communication between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, excluding any confidential disclosure agreements. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency in these documents, the order of precedence will be:
  1.   the quantity, payment and delivery terms of the relevant WA;
 
  2.   the relevant SOW;
 
  3.   this Base Agreement; and
 
  4.   the remaining terms of the relevant WA.
15.11 Record Keeping and Audit Rights
Supplier will maintain (and provide to Buyer upon request) relevant business and accounting records to support invoices under this Agreement and proof of required permits and professional licenses, for a period of time as required by local law, but not for less than three (3) years following completion or termination of the relevant SOW and/or WA. All accounting records will be maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
15.12 Severability
If any term in this Agreement is found by competent judicial authority to be unenforceable in any respect, the validity of the remainder of this Agreement will be unaffected, provided that such unenforceability does not materially affect the parties’ rights under this Agreement.
         
Form Title: Voltaire Base Agreement   Page 7 of 8   Form Release: 8/98
         
Form  Owner: Global Procurement       Revision: 3/04

 


 

Agreement #4904RL1168
15.13 Survival
The provisions set forth in the following Sections and Subsections of this Base Agreement will survive after termination or expiration of this Agreement and will remain in effect until fulfilled: “Taxes”, “Ongoing Warranties”, “Epidemic Defects”, “Warranty Redemption”, “Intellectual Property”, “Supplier Liability for Third Party Claims”, “Limitation of Liability between Supplier and Buyer”, “Record Keeping and Audit Rights”, “Choice of Law and Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial; Limitation of Action”, “Exchange of Information”, and “Prior Communications and Order of Precedence”.
15.14 Waiver
An effective waiver under this Agreement must be in writing signed by the party waiving its right. A waiver by either party of any instance of the other party’s noncompliance with any obligation or responsibility under this Agreement will not be deemed a waiver of subsequent instances.
           
 
         
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:
      ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:  
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
      VOLTAIRE, INC.  
 
         
By: /s/ Craig A. Bloszinsky   10/14/04
      By: /s/ Mark E. Favreau   10/12/04  
 
         
Buyer Signature                 Date
      Supplier Signature                 Date  
Craig A. Bloszinsky       Mark E. Favreau  
 
         
Printed Name
      Printed Name  
Director Electronic Comp. Proc.       Executive Vice President & General Manager  
 
         
Title & Organization
      Title & Organization  
 
         
 
         
Buyer Address:
      Supplier Address:  
3039 Cornwallis Road
RTP, NC 27709
      6 Fortune Drive, 3 rd Floor
Billerica, MA 01821-3917 USA
 
         
Form Title: Voltaire Base Agreement   Page 8 of 8   Form Release: 8/98
         
Form Owner: Global Procurement       Revision: 3/04

 

 

Exhibit 10.8
Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
This Statement of Work (“SOW”) #4904RL1344 adopts and incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of Goods Agreement #4998RL1168 (“Base Agreement” or “BA”) between International Business Machines Corporation (“Buyer”) and Voltaire, Inc. (“Supplier”). This SOW is effective beginning on November 19, 2004 and will remain in effect until November 19, 2007. Transactions performed under this SOW will be conducted in accordance with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this SOW, the Base Agreement and any applicable Work Authorizations (“WAs”). Any provisions of this SOW that by their nature extend beyond its termination or expiration will remain in effect until fulfilled, and apply to respective successors and assignees. This SOW is not a WA.
Product Unique Attachments and any changes thereto must be in a writing signed by both parties, and the terms of a Product Unique Attachment will apply only to the Products identified in such Product Unique Attachment. The initial Product Unique Attachment is attached hereto as “Product Unique Attachment # 1” and incorporated herein by reference. Subsequent Product Unique Attachments or changes to existing Product Unique Attachments will take effect on the effective date provided therein and will be incorporated herein upon execution by the parties.
1.0 Definitions
“APAR” means the form used to report suspected Problems to Supplier, and to request their resolution.
“APAR Closing Codes” means the established set of codes used to denote the final resolution of an APAR.
“APAR Correction Times” means the objectives that Supplier will achieve for resolution of Problems.
    “Severity 1” Problems will be resolved by Supplier within seven (7) days of its receipt of the APAR, and Supplier will use best efforts to provide relief to affected Customers within twenty-four (24) hours of Supplier’s receipt of the APAR.
 
    “Severity 2” Problem will be resolved by Supplier within fourteen (14) days of its receipt of the APAR;
 
    “Severity 3” Problem will be resolved by Supplier within twenty-one (21) days of its receipt of the APAR; and
 
    “Severity 4” Problem will be resolved by Supplier within twenty-eight (28) days of its receipt of the APAR.
“Certified Service Product” or “CSP” means Repaired Products. Notwithstanding the relevant “Ongoing Warranties” provision in the BA, CSP may contain used or reconditioned part(s), provided that such part(s) are properly marked as “SERVICEABLE USED PART(S)” as further described in this SOW.
“Consigned Material” means materials that Buyer owns and continues to own that are entrusted to Supplier.
“Customer(s)” mean Buyer’s customer(s)
“Developer Test Systems” means a configuration of installed hardware and software that Supplier maintains which is representative of typical Customer installations for the Product and, at a minimum, contains current and current minus 1 level of the Product and any prerequisite and co-requisite hardware and software specified by Buyer.
“Emergency Order” or “EO” means a WA placed by Buyer for FRUs with a Lead Time not to exceed twenty four (24) hours.
“End of Service” or “EOS” means date when Buyer officially discontinues Customer service and support for a Product. EOS dates are only addressed for the purposes of defining the date through which Supplier will make Repair Services available for Products, and do not affect Supplier’s obligations with respect to FRU or other Product availability. In no event shall the date of EOS be more than 5 years after Supplier discontinues such Product.
“Engineering Change” or “EC” means any change(s) to Product .
“Epidemic Defects” shall mean Products and their associated Engineering Changes that experience one or more of the following: (a) a similar confirmed defect of the same root cause at a rate of * (*) or more or other rate as may be specified in the PUA in any given    * ( * ) day rolling period over the life of the Products and three or more similar confirmed defects of the same root cause must exist, (b) a similar confirmed defect of the same root cause at a rate of *     ( * ) or more (or other rate that may be specified in the Product Unique Attachment) of total purchases over the life of the Products and three or more similar confirmed defects of the same root cause must exist, (c) recalls , or (d) safety defects
“Field Replaceable Unit” or “FRU” means a Product, Product component, Product subassembly, Product documentation, Product code, or other Product part used to service a Customer system.
“Lead Time” means the minimum length of time prior to a specific delivery date that Supplier must receive and accept a WA from Buyer to ensure delivery by such date.
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

Page 1 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
“Maintenance Level Service” means the service provided, as set forth below, when a Customer identifies a Problem:
    “Level 1” is initial service provided by Buyer in response to Customer’s request for support in connection with a suspected Problem;
 
    “Level 2” is service provided by Buyer to diagnose and resolve or assist Level 3 in resolving Problems identified by Level 1; and,
 
    “Level 3” is service provided by Supplier to develop final resolutions for Problems not resolved by Level 1 and Level 2.
“Problem” means any Product defect, including, without limitation, any defects arising as a result of the failure of the Products to function in accordance with their specifications and other requirements, or other failures or errors or other defects arising as a result of the failure of the Products to function in accordance with their specifications and other requirements, “Problem Management Record” or “PMR” means a record documenting support actions taken in response to a Customer’s request for support in connection with a suspected Problem.
“Product Unique Attachment” is a document entitled Product Unique Attachment which contains the terms and conditions unique to a specific Product.
“Repair” or “Repaired” means all required repair activity including, disassembly, failure analysis, testing, component recovery, rework, warranty process, packaging, final testing, and all other processes reasonably necessary to ensure Products, which are sent to Supplier for repair within or outside of the relevant Product warranty, meet all the functional performance requirements applicable to newly manufactured Products in accordance with this SOW or relevant WA.
“Turn Around Time” or “TAT” means the elapsed time from the date of receipt acknowledgment of a Product arriving at Supplier’s location for Repair until shipment notice of Repaired Product back to Buyer.
“Yield” means the relationship between Product sent to Supplier for Repair and the CSP returned to Buyer.
2.0 Product Definition
2.1 Product Description.
The Products are described in the Product Unique Attachment(s). Products also include all FRUs, CSPs, Product code, and Product documentation.
2.2 Product Specifications & Certifications.
Products will comply with all the requirements set forth below:
    CS1-1121-015, IBM Corporate Standard “Automatic Identification (AI) for Packaging, Distribution and Manufacturing - Bar Coded Labels”
 
    GA21-9261-11a, “Packaging and Handling - Supplier and Interplant Requirements”
 
    IBM Engineering Specification 46G3772 entitled, “IBM Environmental Requirements for Materials, Parts, and Products as found at http://www.ibm.com/ibm/environment/products/especs.html
 
    ISO 2859, Sampling Procedures for Inspection by Attributes
 
    ISO 3951, Sampling Procedures for Inspection by Variables
 
    EIA - 599 - A, Continuous Improvement
 
    EIA - 659 - A, Failure, Mechanism, Driven Reliability Monitoring
 
    EIA - 670, Quality System Assessment
 
    EIA - 671- A, Problem Analysis and Corrective Actions
 
    EIA - JESD - 38, Standard for Failure Analysis Report Format
 
    EIA - JESD - 46, Product Change Notice
 
    EIA - JESD - 50, Maverick Product Elimination
 
    Supplier’s published specifications, marketing materials, and other documentation, including references in such materials to future upgrades or performance
 
    FAA Certification, Supplier certifies that Products and their packages do not contain explosives, hazardous materials, incendiaries and/or destructive devices as defined by the FAA
 
    All Product claims, descriptions, specifications, and other requirements described in the Product bill of material elsewhere in this Agreement, and via other written or electronic communications sent form or approved by Buyer referencing this SOW.

Page 2 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
2.3 COO Product Certification.
Supplier certifies that the Products have the country(ies) of origin specified in the Product Unique Attachment(s) to this SOW. If there are any changes to this information, Supplier will notify Buyer by providing a new country of origin certification signed by an authorized Supplier representative before shipping any affected Products. If any part number has more than one country of origin, Supplier certifies that each country of origin is specified in the Product Unique Attachment(s), and Supplier will deliver to Buyer, instructions regarding how Buyer can distinguish each country of origin for part numbers with more than one country of origin prior to shipping the affected Products.
2.4 Engineering Changes.
ECs submitted by Buyer will be implemented by Supplier upon mutual agreement in a manner consistent with the Product’s original design (e.g., a missing caution label will be replaced by the same type of label and in the same location as originally specified). Supplier will provide documentation illustrating its performance of Buyer or Supplier -submitted ECs upon Buyer’s request. If Buyer places requirements or limitations on a particular Product that result in an increase in Price as compared to the prices of similar products offered without such requirements, then Supplier shall notify Buyer of the opportunity to lower Price, and Buyer shall have the option of modifying the requirements so that its Products can be purchased at this lower price. Supplier may implement other ECs in Products from time to time at its discretion, and will give Buyer written notice in advance prior to delivering any Product that incorporates an EC not suggested by Buyer. Buyer’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
2.5 Product Software and Documentation
Supplier will deliver, at the earlier of a date requested by Buyer or prior to its first shipment of Product, (i) a fully completed and signed certificate of originality (in a form to be reasonably specified by Buyer) for all Product code and documentation originally developed by Supplier, and (ii) all Product object code, publications, and documentation in a common format and media as reasonably specified by Buyer. Additionally, Supplier will promptly deliver to Buyer all updates (hereinafter “Updates”, such Updates to include, without limitation, all error corrections, enhancements and new versions) to such Product code (including all code in, or provided for use with, Products), publications, and documentation in the same format and media as specified by Buyer. During the term of this Agreement and subject to all terms hereof, Supplier grants Buyer a nonexclusive, worldwide, a perpetual irrevocable fully paid up, license to prepare and have prepared derivative works of Product code and documentation, and to use, have used, execute, reproduce, transmit, display, perform, transfer, distribute and sublicense Product code and documentation and such derivative works, in any medium or distribution technology, and to grant others the rights granted herein, in each solely for use with the Products. Buyer will not be obligated to preserve any copyright management information included in the Product code or documentation.
2.6 Tamper Evident Protection.
To the extent that Supplier ships new Product in its final Customer ready form, Supplier shall apply tamper evident protection on the finished Product packaging in the form of an “IBM” logo tape in such a manner that if removed or tampered with, it would be evident that the finished Product packaging has been opened. Supplier will have controls to prevent unauthorized use or dissemination of “IBM” logo tape (including tracking the purchase, internal use, application, and destruction), and to limit access to such materials to only those responsible for the tamper evident sealing on the Products. Supplier will only use the “IBM” logo tape in connection with new Product. Buyer shall acquire and deliver to Supplier all its requirements for “IBM” logo tape.
3.0 Purchasing
3.1 WA Issuance
Buyer is under no obligation to purchase any Products and/or Services, except as ordered in WAs and within the liability limits addressed elsewhere in the Agreement, including those addressed in the Product Unique Attachment(s) to this SOW. Supplier will comply with Buyer’s requested changes to delivery of Products specified in a WA as described in the Product Unique Attachment(s) to this SOW), without additional charge to Buyer If Buyer decreases Product quantities specified in a WA outside of allowances described in the Product Unique Attachment(s)) to this SOW, Supplier will use all reasonable efforts to mitigate Buyer’s liability. The parties acknowledge that WAs may be placed on Supplier under this SOW by entities other than the Buyer, or its Affiliates, but only to the extent expressly authorized by Buyer in writing and subject to the credit worthiness of such authorized third party by Supplier r and Supplier agrees that for such purchases that (a) the Buyer authorized third party purchaser under this SOW shall have extended to it all the protections, rights, and other benefits of the Agreement; (b) Buyer is a third party beneficiary and has the right to enforce the terms of this Agreement on such purchases on a joint and several basis; and (c) Buyer and its Affiliates shall not be liable to Supplier with regard to such purchase transactions.

Page 3 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
3.2 Spare Parts Availability.
Supplier will maintain the capability to supply, and shall provide Product spare parts (i.e., the entire Product or reasonable portions of the Product as described herein or as may be subsequently described by Buyer, including, without limitation all FRUs), technical support for the Product as described in this SOW during the term of this SOW (or if earlier, the announced end of life date for such Product) and for a period of five (5) years thereafter (or longer period as may be required by law upon Supplier) under the terms and conditions of the Agreement. Supplier will give Buyer a last time buy option which may be exercised once at any time prior to 180 days before the end of such five (5) year period, and shall also offer any follow on products that are compatible with Products herein. Supplier will notify Buyer prior to Supplier’s withdrawal of any Product(s), and such withdrawal will not occur during the term of the SOW upon less than 90 days prior notice, and will not affect Supplier’s responsibilities under this section related to spare parts availability or technical support.
3.3 Use of Subcontractors.
Supplier’s use of subcontractors will not relieve Supplier of the responsibility for the subcontractor’s performance, and Supplier’s responsibilities assumed under this SOW will be equally applicable to such subcontractors, as must be agreed upon between Supplier and such subcontractors. Buyer reserves the right to review both the Supplier’s management system for the operations of its subcontractors and to review with Supplier, their subcontractor’s management system for operations for the purposes of this SOW. Should a Supplier’s subcontractor’s performance fail to materially comply with the responsibilities under this SOW, Buyer reserves the right to request corrective action from Supplier
3.4 Taxes and Duties.
All Products will be delivered by Supplier DDU (Incoterms 2000). Supplier will ensure that the Prices do not include any sales, use or other similar taxes that do not apply to Buyer as a reseller of Products and/or Services. In accordance with applicable delivery terms, Supplier will be responsible for all legal, regulatory, and administrative requirements, in addition to all associated duties and fees, associated with importation of Products into the country where the Product is received by Buyer.
3.5 Invoices & Payments.
The terms of payment are net * days either after receipt of Supplier’s valid invoice or after delivery of the Products or Services, whichever is later, Supplier will not invoice Buyer until after Product delivery and Buyer shall make such payments twice per month. Invoices to Buyer must include, at a minimum, the following: (i) applicable WA line item numbers; (ii) SOW and WA numbers; (iii) terms of payment as provided herein; (iv) billing period dates; (v) applicable Product unit Prices; (vi) total amount invoiced; (vii) where applicable, the Harmonized Tariff Code of the importing country for every Product and (viii) Product descriptions with sufficient detail to enable verification of associated Product categorical classifications.
3.6 Electronic Commerce.
Buyer may issue scheduling documents (“Blanket Purchase Orders”) which may have the appearance of a normal WA, but do not include a delivery date. Such Blanket Purchase Orders are issued only as a logistical processing document to enable the use of electronic purchase order communications and are not binding in any manner and shall not be considered as WAs by the parties, regardless of quantities or prices that may be included in such Blanket Purchase Orders. Unless previously submitted by Supplier, in order to initiate electronic transfer of payments associated with this SOW, Supplier will complete the form entitled “Authorization for Electronic Funds Transfer” as provided to Supplier by Buyer and fax the completed form to Accounts Payable at the number included on the form.
3.7 Participation by Buyer’s Affiliates
Each of Buyer’s Affiliates may have all rights, benefits, protections, and remedies of Buyer based on the Agreement by: (i) issuing a WA referencing the Agreement, that is accepted by Supplier or Supplier Affiliate, provided that the rights, benefits, protections, and remedies available to the issuing Affiliate in this case will be those in effect on the date the WA was issued or last amended; or (ii) executing a PA that is mutually agreed with Supplier or Supplier’s Affiliates that incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of the Agreement and any unique terms or conditions required by the Buyer Affiliate, provided that any changes to the Price(s) set forth in the Agreement, or any additions or deletions of Products set forth in the Agreement will be incorporated by reference in those PAs which are concurrently effective with the incorporation of such changes, additions, or deletions to the Agreement.
3.8 Disaster Recovery Plan
Before the first shipment of Products, Supplier shall have a disaster recovery plan in place to protect the supply of Products to Buyer. At Buyer’s request, Supplier will provide the disaster recovery plan to Buyer. Supplier’s disaster recovery plan (and any subsequent changes thereto) must be reasonably acceptable to Buyer. Supplier, however, remains solely responsible for
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

Page 4 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
the performance of its responsibilities under the Agreement and the adequacy of the disaster recovery plan regardless of whether Buyer has reviewed and approved the plan.
4.0 Technical Support
Technical support includes the Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 responsibilities defined below, Product code, documentation and updates arising out of technical support responsibilities, and all Updates created or made available by Supplier.
4.1 Level 1.
Supplier will assist Buyer as reasonably required by Buyer, in Buyer performing the following Level 1 support responsibilities:
    create the PMR;
 
    obtain from Customer a description of the Problem;
 
    search for any known resolution(s) relevant to the Problem;
 
    if a resolution to the Problem is known, specify such resolution to Customer;
 
    if no resolution to Problem is known, generate APAR, assign APAR Correction Time, forward APAR to Level 2; and
 
    pass the PMR to Level 2, and update the PMR documenting Level 1 actions.
4.2 Level 2.
Supplier will assist Buyer, as reasonably required by Buyer, in performing the following Level 2 support responsibilities:
    receive the PMR/APAR from Level 1;
 
    analyze Problem symptoms and gather additional data from Customer as required;
 
    recreate Problem on the Developer Test System;
 
    determine if Problem is due to improper installation of the Product by Customer;
 
    determine if Problem is due to operationally related hardware or software at the Customer location;
 
    attempt a bypass or circumvention for high impact Problems (i.e., Severity 1 and 2);
 
    create APAR record if no resolution to Problem is attained; and
 
    update the PMR documenting Level 2 actions.
4.3 Level 3.
Supplier will perform the following Level 3 support responsibilities, which shall be provided to Buyer:
    receive the APAR/PMR and supporting documentation and materials from Level 2;
 
    analyze Problem symptoms and diagnose Problem;
 
    notify Level 2 if additional information, materials or documentation are required;
 
    attempt to recreate Problem on the Developer Test System;
 
    assist Level 2 in developing a bypass or circumvention for high impact Problem (i.e., Severity 1 and 2);
 
    deliver corrections to the Product and/or Product code to Buyer within the applicable APAR Correction Times to fix Problems identified by Buyer;
 
    return all APARs to Buyer with an APAR Closing Code assigned, including text describing the resolution of Problem;
 
    confirm resolution of Problem with Buyer and Customer, and update PMR documenting Level 3 actions; and,
 
    answer any questions from Buyer and Customers concerning the operation and use of Products.
4.4 Other Technical Support Responsibilities.
Supplier will provide to Buyer the name and phone numbers of Supplier Personnel to contact for all technical support matters related to the Product. Supplier will provide all training initially required by Buyer to enable Buyer to perform technical support functions for the Product and . will keep Buyer informed of any known Problems and their associated solutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Supplier will not contact or work directly with Customers except as directed by Buyer.
5.0 Quality
5.1 Acceptance Criteria.
Within 90 days after delivery, Buyer may inspect and test all Product at Buyer’s facility prior to acceptance or rejection, and may refuse to accept Product which does not conform to the specifications, certifications, and other requirements referenced in the Agreement. If Buyer properly rejects Product and requests a replacement Product,, Supplier shall replace the rejected

Page 5 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
Product within seven calendar days of Buyer’s request. shall pay for the air freight, if required by Buyer, and all other expenses associated with the return of the rejected Product to Supplier, and Supplier will pay for freight and other expenses associated with the return of the new or repaired Products to Buyer.
5.2 Product Modifications.
Supplier will not make any changes to the Products or to processes supporting Products that have been certified by Buyer, without Buyer’s prior written consent, such consent not to be withheld unreasonably. In the event of such changes without Buyer’s prior written consent, Supplier will, at Buyer’s discretion, either: (i) replace all such products with products approved by Buyer and reimburse Buyer for all actual and reasonable expenses incurred that are associated with such products replacement (including expenses associated with problem diagnosis, testing, and replacement of products in normal inventory, finished goods inventory, distributors inventories, and with Customers; ; or (ii) credit or refund Buyer the Price of Products. If Supplier improves the safety, function, cost, or reliability of products that it builds for itself or for its other customers by changing a design, component, part, supplier, or production process that may also be used in or in connection with a Product that Supplier builds for Buyer, then Supplier will inform Buyer of such improvement and implement changes to Product as approved by Buyer to incorporate such improvement in Products. Supplier may implement other modifications in standard Products from time to time at its discretion, and will give Buyer written notice in advance of delivering any Product that incorporates any modification not suggested by Buyer. Buyer’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
5.3 ISO Requirements.
For ISO compliance, the Supplier represents and warrants that the Supplier is ISO 9001 compliant or intends to use reasonable efforts to achieve such compliance by 31 December 2005. Compliance hereunder may be either by means of external accreditation or self-declaration. For external accreditation, Supplier will provide to Buyer, upon Buyer’s request, a copy of Supplier’s current registration, including the scope, Standard Industrial Classification code or equivalent, all locations involved, and any restrictions or exclusions. For self-declaration, Supplier will provide to Buyer, upon Buyer’s request, a letter from Supplier’s chief executive officer, chief operating officer, or other executive assuring that self-declaration was performed with due diligence based upon a previously executed internal audit report, and that such self-declaration has had executive management review and approval.
5.4 Quality Audits and Records.
Buyer or Buyer’s quality representative may conduct audits of any or all Product and Product component facilities and any or all sites where work is being performed or materials are being delivered to Supplier in performance of Supplier’s work for the Buyer. Supplier shall, at Buyer’s request, permit access to Buyer or Buyer’s quality representative to all manufacturing operations for the Products. In the case of any facilities or operations not owned or controlled by Supplier, Supplier will use reasonable efforts to obtain the contract manufacturer or other third party’s consent to such access by Buyer. Supplier shall, at no charge to Buyer, provide no less than 1 or 2 units of each Product type (or other number as agreed to by Buyer) for non-destructive use, space and facilities for each Buyer requested audit. Such audits may relate to process control, quality inspection test data, internal audit reports, and other information related to the Product being manufactured in compliance with all the requirements of this SOW. Supplier will establish and maintain procedures for identification, collection, indexing, filing, storage, maintenance, and disposition of all quality records, including but not limited to, Statistical Process Control data, test and inspection records, and all other quality records required Buyer. The Supplier shall maintain a history file for all Products, by part number, that tracks changes to the Product or Product component designs, materials, and/or manufacturing source. Supplier will make any or all of the aforementioned records available to Buyer or Buyer’s quality representative.
5.5 Document Control.
Supplier shall ensure that all documents such as software/firmware, engineering drawings, specifications, contracts, policies, procedures, manufacturing process flow chart, and work instructions (including test procedures) are under revision control and are available to all necessary Buyer and/or Supplier Personnel in the manufacturing environment. Supplier shall have a system for the effective updating/removal of any obsolete documentation from all manufacturing areas.
5.6 Product Traceability Requirements.
Supplier shall establish and maintain procedures and processes for the identification and lot traceability of critical Product items during all stages of production, delivery, and installation per applicable ISO & EIA standards. Supplier will maintain both forward and backward traceability capabilities and ensure that its response time for traceability requests from Buyer does not exceed twenty-four (24) hours.
5.7 Factors Affecting Product Quality.
Supplier must immediately notify Buyer of any factors affecting Product quality. Supplier will not ship affected Products to Buyer without prior written approval from Buyer. Within twenty-four hours of Supplier’s notification to Buyer pursuant to

Page 6 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
this section, Supplier will provide Buyer a resolution plan including a description of the factor affecting Product quality, documentation of the root cause analysis performed by Supplier in response, a schedule of all actions for the containment and correction of all affected Products, relevant traceability data for the affected Products, and a process ensuring the effectiveness of the actions to be taken hereunder.
5.8 Review and Disposition of Nonconforming Product.
Supplier shall have established, documented, and maintained procedures to ensure that Product, which does not conform to the requirements of the Agreement, is prevented from unintended use or shipment to Buyer. If Buyer expressly instructs Supplier to ship nonconforming Product to Buyer, then Supplier will describe the extent of such Product’s non-conformance in writing and secure Buyer’s written agreement prior to any shipment of any such non-conforming Product.
5.9 Periodic Quality Reviews.
Supplier shall develop and implement a process for continuous Product improvement. Buyer may conduct reviews and/or hold meetings related to Supplier’s performance under the SOW, including but not limited to the following respects, and may (for Buyer’s internal use only) compare Supplier’s performance with that of similarly situated suppliers:
    Supplier’s compliance with delivery dates in support of WAs issued by Buyer;
 
    Supplier’s compliance with Emergency Orders issued by Buyer hereunder;
 
    Supplier’s compliance with the targeted Shipped Product Quality Level (SPQL) as set by the parties on a monthly basis;
 
    Supplier’s compliance with the targeted Incoming Product Quality Level (IPQL) as set by the parties on a monthly basis;
 
    Supplier’s compliance with the targeted Field Replace Action Level (FRAL) as set by parties on a monthly basis;
 
    Supplier’s compliance with the targeted Cumulative Failure Rate (CFR) as set by the parties on a monthly basis;
 
    Percentage of Products failing to function properly upon delivery (also known as the Product DOA rate);
 
    Supplier’s speed in taking corrective actions for any problems with Product identified by Buyer;
 
    Supplier’s implementation of lessons learned in previous periodic quality reviews.
In any calendar month in which Supplier shows poor performance with respect to the criteria set forth above, Buyer may notify Supplier of such poor performance. In such case, Supplier will respond to Buyer with an agreed upon action plan within five (5) business days of notification by Buyer demonstrating its ability to achieve the required measurements, unless additional time is granted by Buyer in writing.. Supplier’s failure to successfully execute an action plan within an agreed upon time frame shall be a material breach of the Agreement. Satisfying any or all criteria of this section shall not relieve Supplier of its warranties or other obligations of the Agreement.
5.10 Quality Cost Sharing.
Except in the case of Epidemic Defects, Supplier shall compensate Buyer in the event Buyer or Buyer’s authorized third party incurs reasonable costs resulting directly from in-warranty defects with Products under this SOW and such costs exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000 USD) per Product(s) on an annual basis. Such compensation shall be fifty percent (50%) of Buyer’s or Buyer’s authorized third party’s reasonable costs, which may include but are not limited to; repair, replacement, rework, field labor, logistics, problem diagnosis, and field and finished goods inventory related costs (“Excess Failure Costs”). Supplier will make payments to Buyer within      *     days of receiving an invoice from Buyer for such Excess Failure Costs. For avoidance of doubt, the section of this SOW entitled “Epidemic Defects”, and not this section, will apply in the instance of an Epidemic Defect. The remedy provided in this section is in addition to any other remedies available to Buyer under the Agreement, at law and in equity.
6.0 Drop Shipments
6.1 Drop Shipments to Customers.
Regardless of the delivery point, in the event Buyer requests drop shipments to Customers, Supplier will prepare all shipping labels and transfer materials (as submitted by Buyer) to identify Buyer, not Supplier, as the party shipping Product, except to the extent that Supplier, and not Buyer, must be identified for customs clearances or to comply with other laws. To the extent Supplier must be identified on the final Product packaging, Supplier will have prior written agreements in place with each carrier (regardless of whether Buyer or Supplier controls the common carrier) that will require each carrier to remove (after applicable customs clearances, but before delivery to any Customer), hold in confidence, and return (or certify destruction or hold in confidence in perpetuity until destruction is certified for cases where the carrier requires to keep such documents for archival purposes) to Supplier all documents and markings that reflect transaction information between Supplier and Buyer (including without limitation, all pricing information), while retaining or placing the appropriate transaction information between Buyer and Customers. Supplier will ensure that no markings, labels of any kind, are placed on the Products (including Customer packaging), other than as expressly specified by Buyer in writing, or as required by law (including
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

Page 7 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
without limitation, patent notices), provided that Supplier first notify and secure Buyer’s written confirmation with such requirements.
6.2 Confidential Information Related to Drop Shipments.
Notwithstanding any other confidentiality agreements between the parties, Supplier will hold the following information in confidence: (a) Customer names, addresses, purchase histories and requirements; (b) Buyer’s order fulfillment and related processes, including Buyer’s relationship and Agreement with Supplier; (c) Buyer’s artwork, Customer packaging, and other materials identifying Buyer; (d) Buyer’s business plans, Product plans, and forecasts; (e) the relative success or failure of any Product or supporting process; and (f) Supplier’s involvement in developing or assembling Buyer’s Products. Supplier may use such confidential information only for the benefit of Buyer and only to fulfill the purpose of this SOW. Supplier may disclose such information to Supplier’s Personnel on a need to know basis only or to enforce its rights hereunder. In the event disclosure is required by law, Supplier will disclose only to the extent required by law, and will notify Buyer prior to any such disclosure and reasonably assist Buyer in seeking a protective order and/or limiting disclosure to the extent possible. Supplier will immediately notify Buyer of any lost or unapproved disclosures of confidential information such notification not to relieve Supplier’s obligations hereunder. Supplier will return or destroy all confidential information, no later than ten (10) days after Buyer’s request. Supplier will allow Buyer to periodically inspect Supplier’s premises during normal working hours to verify these requirements for custody and use of confidential information.
7.0 Emergency Orders
7.1 Emergency Order Placement Process.
If or when buffer stock of Product is not available to Buyer from a Supplier hub, Supplier will accept and respond to EOs from Buyer twenty-four (24) hours a day, each day of the year. Supplier will provide contact information for EO coverage at all times. Supplier will respond to all EOs via fax, EDI (or other electronic commerce approach) and/or telephone, such EOs to be confirmed by Buyer with a written WA mailed, faxed, or electronically transmitted to Supplier within two (2) business days of EO placement. EOs may include Buyer’s WA number, Buyer’s part number, part number description, quantity, unit Price, relevant EO urgency code (2H, SD, ND, and TD), delivery date and ship to address. Supplier will acknowledge all EOs back to Buyer via fax or telephone within one (1) hour of receipt for EOs with a 2H or SD EO code and within two (2) hours of receipt for EOs with a ND or TD EO code. EOs may not be changed, rescheduled or cancelled, except that Buyer may cancel EOs without cost at any time prior to Supplier’s acknowledgment of such EO. Supplier will deliver EO Products directly to the address specified in the EO and in accordance with this SOW.
7.2 Emergency Order Shipment Responsibilities.
Supplier will ship code 2H and SD EOs via “Next Flight Out” and “Air Charter” to arrive at Buyer’s specified receiving location on the same day of the EO’s issuance, unless specified otherwise by Buyer. Supplier will ship code ND EOs to arrive on the next business day of the EO’s insurance at the Buyer specified receiving location and will ship code TD Eos to arrive within two business days of the EO’s issuance at the Buyer specified receiving location. Shipment timeframes set forth in this section are subject to receipt of the EO from Buyer within a period reasonably allowing Supplier to meet cutoff times established by the transportation carriers. If the transportation carrier’s cutoff time is missed because of an EO being placed by Buyer after the established cutoff times provided by the transportation carriers, Supplier will inform Buyer as soon as practicable and Buyer will determine if the EO being placed is required for delivery in the morning of the next day or at another time during the next day. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (including without limitation, any EO or WA term), all EO deliveries shall be collect, and in any event, all charges related to expediting and delivering EOs shall be paid by Buyer.
8.0 Warranty Support
8.1 Epidemic Defects
For Epidemic Defects, Buyer will notify supplier in writing of the existence of an epidemic failure and provide supporting technical failure characteristics and data, failure rate details, and failed products to support the claim. If an epidemic failure has occurred in accordance with this Section 8.1 , , Supplier shall prepare and propose a Corrective Action Plan or response with respect to such material within 24 hours of such notification, addressing implementation and procedure milestones for remedying such Epidemic Defect condition(s). An extension of the time frame is permissible upon prior written notification by Buyer.
For Epidemic Defects , Supplier will at Buyer’s discretion: (i) refund or credit the Product Price, or replace or repair the Products at no charge in a timely manner, and (ii) reimburse Buyer for actual and reasonable expenses incurred by Buyer

Page 8 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
related to Epidemic Defects, including costs associated with repair, or replacement, field costs, customer related expenses , problem diagnosis, and field and finished goods inventory related costs.
The following cap will apply to Supplier’s obligations under this Section 8.1. SUPPLIER’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY UNDER THIS SECTION 8.1 FOR ALL PRODUCTS ON A PER INCIDENT BASIS SHALL NOT EXCEED *.
8.2 Warranty Period
The warranty redemption set forth in the section of the BA entitled, “Warranty Redemption” as it applies to the relevant subsection of the section of the BA entitled, “Ongoing Warranties” will be available to Buyer for all Products hereunder for the longer of the relevant warranty period set forth herein, unless expressly provided otherwise in the applicable Product Unique Attachment, (as calculated from the date Buyer takes title of Product) or, if shorter, the relevant warranty period offered by Buyer to Customers in the relevant Buyer offering that includes the Product. Supplier will be responsible for its warranty redemption responsibilities under the Agreement for all Products returned to Supplier, regardless of the reason why such Products fail to meet the requirements in the Agreement. Such warranty redemption for Repaired Product shall be the longer of the remainder of the above period for the original Product or one-hundred eighty (180) days after the Buyer’s receipt of the Repaired Product. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to affect or amend the ongoing duration of the remaining ongoing warranties.
8.3 Warranty Redemption Logistics.
Supplier will provide Buyer with information and processes by which Buyer is able to verify Product warranty entitlement. Where Supplier is required to ship Product pursuant to its warranty redemption responsibilities under the Agreement, Supplier will ship such Product to Buyer’s designated “ship to” location via Buyer’s designated carrier.
Unless specified otherwise by Buyer, Supplier will provide locations for Buyer to redeem Product warranty in the following four geographic areas: United States, Western Europe.
      a. Returns. Requests for warranty service shall be initiated by Buyer’s written notice (including by facsimile or electronic mail), advising Supplier of the nature of the problem. If Supplier is unable to resolve the problem through remote diagnostics or other communications with Buyer, Supplier shall assign Buyer a return material authorization number (“RMA”). At its risk and expense, Buyer shall deliver the nonconforming Product (with prominent indication of the RMA) to Supplier or its designated repair center. Products returned without an RMA shall not be afforded warranty service, and Buyer shall be liable for all costs and expenses incurred by Supplier in connection with servicing the unauthorized return.
      b. Response. For warranty claims made within 30 days after delivery, Supplier will use diligent efforts to deliver replacement Products within 2 business days after the RMA is assigned. Buyer will return the defective Product within 30 days after the RMA is assigned; if not, Supplier may invoice Buyer at its then current list price for the replacement Product. For all later warranty claims, Supplier will use diligent efforts to repair or replace defective Product within 15 business days after the RMA is assigned. Products repaired or replaced hereunder shall be covered by this warranty for the longer of 30 days after re-delivery to Buyer or the remainder of the original 1 year warranty period. All Products (or any component) that is replaced hereunder becomes Supplier’s property.
      c. Exclusions.
Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, these warranties shall not apply to any Product that was (a) used, handled, transported, operated, maintained or stored improperly, or in any manner not in accord with Supplier’s instructions or recommendations, documentation or industry standard practice or (b) repaired, altered or modified other than by Supplier or its authorized agents. Supplier shall not be responsible for any data or other information contained in Products returned for warranty service.
9.0 Repair
9.1 Required Replacement.
All components of Products sent to Supplier for Repair that exhibit unsafe conditions (including but not limited to cracking, chafing, and/or other unsafe conditions) will be replaced with an identical (same manufacturer, part or model number, electrical/thermal rating, physical dimensions and agency approval) if such manufacturer then currently supplies such component to Supplier, or an approved alternate component (identical mechanical, electrical/thermal, physical, compositional and performance characteristics but different manufacturer). Compliance with this section will not relieve Supplier of its other obligations under the Agreement and this SOW.
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

Page 9 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
9.2 Scope of Repair Services.
Supplier will make Repair Services available to Buyer up through and including the relevant EOS date, as specified by Buyer in writing. Products sent to Supplier for Repair during the applicable warranty period will be delivered to Supplier at Buyer’s cost, then Repaired at no cost to Buyer and returned to Buyer at Supplier’s cost. Products sent to Supplier for Repair outside of the applicable warranty period will be delivered to Supplier at Buyer’s cost, then (also at Buyer’s sole cost and expense) Repaired and returned to Buyer freight prepaid in accordance with the delivery date specified by Buyer in the WA for such Repair. All Repaired Products must meet the requirements regarding CSPs set forth in this SOW. Repair Services for the same defect will not be performed on Products sent for Repair a second time within such Product’s applicable warranty period. In such event, Supplier will, at Supplier’s discretion, provide Buyer a replacement Product, or credit or refund Buyer an amount equal to the Price paid by Buyer. Supplier must maintain a history of Repair activities and provide a monthly report to Buyer in the format of the attachment to this SOW that is entitled “Monthly Warranty Analysis Report.”
9.3 CSP Requirements.
Products will only be classified as CSP with Buyer’s written approval. Products classified as CSP may be used for field service only and may not be used in the manufacturing of a new Product. CSPs will meet the following criteria: (i) the functional performance of such Products will comply with all current and applicable engineering drawings, specifications, and other Product requirements; (ii) the appearance of such Products will be equivalent to that of a new counterpart; (iii) manufacturer warning labels will remain intact and legible or will be replaced, and protective covers (e.g., guards or shields) will be securely mounted as originally designed or will be replaced; and (iv) the Repair of such Products (including EC related Repairs) will be in compliance with all agreed upon listings and certifications issued by National Certification Body (NCB). If Supplier is not able to meet specified criteria, then Product will be deemed non-repairable and Buyer will be notified accordingly. Suppliers will place on all CSPs, a “SERVICEABLE USED PART(S)” label meeting the following criteria: (i) printed using high quality paper with a shelf life of ten (10) years; (ii) using permanent pressure sensitive and tamper evident adhesive (black printing on orange background); (iii) which do not contain any voids, ink specks, ink fill-ins or edge-roughness; (iv) which are applied in a manner that provides durable and wrinkle free labels that permanently and securely bonds to the Product and container under variable environmental conditions; (v) which are clearly visible; and (vi) which will not adversely affect the functionality or aesthetics of the Product. The original manufacture date will be preserved or restored as needed at the time of Repair. Product labels (labels applied directly to the Product) will comply with the following dimensions: (i) large labels will measure 3.0448 cm x 0.9615 cm (1.1875 in x 0.3750 in); (ii) small labels will measure 2.2435 cm x 0.6410 cm (0.8750 in x 0.2500 in). Container labels (labels applied to the container) will comply with the following dimensions: (i) 9.2948 cm x 4.4871 cm (3.6250 in x 1.7500 in).
9.4 Engineering Deliverables.
In the event Supplier is unable to fulfill repair responsibilities, Supplier will provide Buyer, upon Buyer’s request, all the information (in the English language) required to enable Buyer to procure alternate Repair source(s), including but not limited to the following:
Product drawings
Schematics / diagrams
Engineering specifications
Performance specifications
Component placement listings
Certified component source listings (IEC / UC / CSA 950)
Debug / fault isolation test procedures
Special tooling drawings / specifications if applicable
Rework / upgrade instructions
Test procedures / software / equipment
Repair verification procedures / test software / equipment
Hazardous materials listings
10.0 Consigned Materials
10.1 Handling of Consigned Materials.
In instances where Buyer sends Product to Supplier for Repair, and/or provides to Supplier tooling and/or other items, Buyer may, but is not obligated to, entrust such Products, tooling, and/or other items to Supplier as Consigned Materials. Buyer will retain title to Consigned Material at all times. Supplier will: (i) use Consigned Materials only in the performance of this SOW and will not reuse or resell nor allow to be reused or resold any Consigned Material without Buyer’s prior written

Page 10 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
authorization; (ii) acknowledge receipt of Consigned Materials within five (5) business days of receipt to the Buyer’s Business Coordinator via email or fax, and such acknowledgment will include a detailed report of any quantity shortages or overages (any shortages not reported to Buyer’s Coordinator in such acknowledgment will be deemed received by Supplier), all relevant part numbers, and the relevant WA (if applicable) and quantity; (iii) immediately notify carrier and Buyer’s Business Coordinator of any Consigned Materials that exhibit external damage at the time of delivery from Buyer to Supplier, document on carrier’s freight bill such damage, and receive either an inspection report or a letter from carrier stating that such inspection has been waived; (iv) ensure that Consigned Materials are not pledged, mortgaged, assigned, borrowed or encumbered by security interests or otherwise and are not be removed from Supplier’s location without Buyer’s prior written authorization, unless provided to Buyer in accordance with the terms and conditions of this SOW; (v) provide monthly reports of all transactions made by Supplier involving Consigned Materials, together with the quantities remaining in Supplier’s custody as of the date of such report, and will make due settlement and payment on a monthly basis, if not already made, for any and all Consigned Materials in accordance with this SOW; (vi) maintain account books and records providing complete information as to all such transactions involving Consigned Materials, and such books and records will be available to Buyer during normal business hours, upon forty eight (48) hours prior notice to Supplier; (vii) permit Buyer to inspect Consigned Materials at any time during normal business hours, at Supplier’s location and to remove any or all of the same if Buyer so desires; (viii) upon Buyer’s request and at Buyer’s cost, maintain replacement cost insurance on Consigned Materials; (ix) upon Buyer’s written request, or upon termination or expiration of this SOW, return Consigned Materials to Buyer pursuant to Buyer’s instructions and in the same condition as received by Supplier; (x) upon Buyer request, mark Consigned Material in a manner acceptable to Buyer to indicate Buyer’s ownership; (xi) control Consigned Materials in a manner reasonably designed so as to not commingle Consigned Materials with other materials, parts, or other assets of Supplier or of any third party; and (xii) notify Buyer immediately in writing of any personal property taxes or assessments that may be levied on Consigned Materials. Supplier shall not charge inventory fees or any other costs to Buyer regarding Consigned Materials provided to Supplier in reasonable quantities and for reasonable periods of time.
10.2 Return of Consigned Materials.
Supplier will provide a packing slip with all return shipments of Consigned Materials to Buyer which specifies Supplier’s name, Buyer part number(s) of Consigned Materials being returned, quantity of Consigned Materials, by Buyer part number being returned, and the relevant WA number. Consigned Materials which Supplier is unable to Repair will be returned to Buyer with a packing slip which additionally references a return authorization number, obtained from Buyer, and provide a reason why Supplier is unable to Repair such Consigned Materials. Supplier will reimburse Buyer for Consigned Materials that are not returned to Buyer in accordance with the terms of this SOW, including, without limitation, any Consigned Materials that have been stripped, stolen, lost, damaged, or unaccounted for. The calculations for reimbursement of Consigned Materials is as follows: (i) for new Consigned Materials, Supplier will reimburse Buyer an amount equal to Buyer’s then current price for the Consigned Materials; or (ii) for used Consigned Materials, Supplier will reimburse Buyer an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of Buyer’s weighted average cost per piece. Buyer shall promptly reimburse Supplier for all costs and expenses of returning Consigned Materials to Buyer.
11.0 Guaranty For Purchases Through Supplier Affiliates
11.1 Company Guaranty
Supplier guarantees the prompt and satisfactory performance of obligations and responsibilities under the Agreement or any Participation Agreement by its Affiliates in accordance with all the terms and conditions of the Agreement or any Participation Agreement. If a Supplier Affiliate defaults in performance of its obligations or responsibilities under the Agreement or any Participation Agreement according to their terms and conditions, Supplier shall pay to Buyer or Buyer Affiliate all damages, costs and expenses that Buyer or Buyer Affiliate is entitled to recover from the Supplier Affiliate by reason of such default. This guaranty shall continue in force until all obligations of the Supplier Affiliate under the Agreement or any Participation Agreement have been completely discharged. Supplier shall not be discharged from liability under this guaranty as long as any claim by Buyer or Buyer Affiliate against the Supplier Affiliate remains outstanding.

Page 11 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
                 
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
MACHINES CORPORATION
      ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:
VOLTAIRE, INC.
By: /s/ Davor Cindric                     11/19/04
    By: /s/ Mark E. Favreau                     11/18/04
         
Buyer Signature
  Date       Supplier Signature   Date
 
               
         
Davor Cindric       Printed Name
Mark E. Favreau
 
               
       
Manager, CPUs, Chipsets, Networking and Comm.       Title & Organization
Executive Vice-President & General Manager, Voltaire, Inc.
 
               
       
Buyer Address:
3039 Cornwallis Road
RTP, NC 27709
      Supplier Address:
6 Fortune Drive, 3 rd Floor
Billerica, MA 01821-3917 USA

Page 12 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
ATTACHMENT A
MONTHLY WARRANTY ANALYSIS REPORT
Supplier Name:                                          
Month:                                                               
                                                 
Buyer                           Actual     Explanation     Root Cause Analysis Action  
P/N   Description     Barcode     Symptoms     Finding     Code     Taken to Fix  
 
                                               

     
SUMMARY REPORT
   
Total Units Repaired in Current Month o
Total Warranty Claims Received
   
Actual Warranty Accepted
   
Warranty %
   
High Flyers (more than ___%)
  High Flyers Require a Corrective Action Plan and Date of Implementation.
     
EXPLANATION    
CODE   DESCRIPTION
Code 03
  Warranty Expired
Code 04
  Missort
Code 07
  Cannibalized or Missing Parts
Code 08
  Warranty Product Received
Code 09
  Physical Damage
Code 10
  No Defect Found
Code 11
  Other

Page 13 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
PRODUCT UNIQUE ATTACHMENT #1 EFFECTIVE NOVEMBER 19, 2004
1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The Product is InfiniBand connectivity solution, including Switches and HCAs. The Product (including Product code and documentation) will be available in the following languages: English.. Additional requirements applicable to Products include the following specifications:
2.0 PART NUMBER UNIQUE TERMS
                                     
        Unit           Country of Origin       Repair        
        Price   Delivery   Lead   and Complete   Warranty   Price        
Buyer P/N   Description   (USD)   Term   Time   Street Address   Period   (USD)*   TAT   Yield
26K7511
  Voltaire ISR 9024M   $ *   DDU   * Days   USA   *   * $   * days   100%
 
  with Redundant PS                                
26K7536
  Voltaire   $ *   DDU   * Days   USA   *   * $   * days   100%
 
  HCA PCI-X                                
26K7617
  HCA PCI-EX   $ *   DDU   * Days   USA   *   * $   * days   100%
 
*   Repair Price applies only to Products sent to Supplier for Repair which are not covered by the warranties in the Agreement.
3.0 WA FLEXIBILITY
             
Number of Days prior to a   Increase of Product Quantity to a WA   Cancellation of Product Quantity to a WA   Rescheduling of Product Quantity to a WA
WA Scheduled Delivery   Scheduled Delivery Date   Scheduled Delivery Date   Scheduled Delivery Date
Date   (% of WA Quantity)   (% of WA Quantity)   (% of WA Quantity)
Less than * days
  *   *   *
 
           
From * days to * days
  *   *   *
 
           
More than * days
  *   *   *
5.0 COMMUNICATIONS
All communications between parties will be carried out through the following designated coordinators. All notices required in writing under this Agreement will be made to the appropriate contact listed below at the following addresses and will be effective upon actual receipt. Notices may be transmitted electronically, by registered or certified mail, or courier. All notices, with the exception of legal notices, may also be provided by facsimile.
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

Page 14 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
5.1 Business Coordinators.
             
SUPPLIER
      BUYER    
Name
  Mark Favreau   Name   Kathryn Terry
Title
  EVP and GM   Title   Global Commodity Manager
Address
  6 Fortune Drive, Billerica, MA 01821   Address   11400 Burnet Road, Austin, TX 78758
Phone
  +1 (978) 439-5454   Phone   512-838-5646
Fax
  978-439-5401   Fax   512-838-5999
E-mail
  markf@voltaire.com   E-mail   klterry@us.ibm.com
5.2 Technical Coordinators.
             
SUPPLIER
      BUYER    
Name
  Bob Spear   Name   Terry Duff
Title
  Director of Professional Services   Title   W/W Technical Program
Manager/Linux Cluster Operations
Manager
Address
  6 Fortune Drive, Billerica, MA 01821   Address   3039 Cornwallis Road, RTP, NC 27709
Phone
  +1 (978) 439-5405   Phone   919-486-0220
Fax
  978-439-5401   Fax   919-486-8228
E-mail
  bobs@voltaire.com   E-mail   tduff@us.ibm.com
5.3 Legal Coordinators.
All legal notices will be sent to the following addresses and will be deemed received (a) two (2) days after mailing if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested or (b) on the date confirmation is received if sent by facsimile transmittal, to the party set forth below.
             
SUPPLIER
      BUYER    
Name
  Mark Favreau   Name   Phil Gevertz
Title
  EVP and GM   Title   Contracts Representative
Address
  6 Fortune Drive, Billerica, MA 01821   Address   3039 Cornwallis Road, RTP, NC 27709
Phone
  +1 (978) 439-5454   Phone   919-543-5859
Fax
  978-439-5401   Fax (Fax notice shall be valid only when verbal confirmation of receipt is obtained.)   919-543-4253
E-mail
  markf@voltaire.com   E-mail   pgevertz@us.ibm.com

Page 15 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
         
(IBM LOGO)
    International Business Machines
1701 North Street
Endicott NY 13760
  Authorization for Electronic Funds Transfer
If Supplier’s bank is in the United States, include this form and delete the form entitled “Electronic Funds Transfer.”
You hereby authorize IBM to initiate credit entries to the account listed below in connection with agreed upon Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) transactions between our companies. You agree that such transactions will be governed by the National Automated Clearing House Association (ACH) rules. This authority is to remain in effect until IBM has received written notification of termination in such time and such manner as to afford IBM a reasonable opportunity to act on it. You also authorize the Bank listed below to verify your account information as necessary to establish the EFT. IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES AS A RESULT OF THE DELAY, OMISSION OR ERROR OF AN ELECTRONIC CREDIT ENTRY, EVEN IF IBM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. You are required to provide IBM prompt written notice regarding the initiation, change, or termination of any relationship in which you authorize a Third Party to receive payment from IBM on your behalf. Payments made by IBM to a Third Party you authorize within this form to accept payments on your behalf shall satisfy any payment obligation from IBM to you and shall constitute payment in full for such obligation.
This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
     
TRADING PARTNER NAME:
   
 
   
REMIT TO ADDRESS
  This should be the remit to address shown on your invoices
Street Address / PO Box
  6 Fortune Drive
City, State, Zip
  Billerica MA 01821
Company Tax ID Number
  52-2099223
 
   
BANKING INFORMATION
  This must be a U.S. Domestic Bank to use this form
Name of Bank
  Chase Manhattan Bank
Street Address / PO Box
  200 E. 57th Street
City, State Zip
  New York, NY 10022
Title on Bank Account**
  Voltaire Inc.
(Should Read Exactly as Listed on
Bank Statement)
   
 
**  
If Name on Bank Account differs from Trading Partner Name, provide a description of relationship (ex: Parent/sub, factoring company, other 3rd party receivable, etc) on your company letterhead , attach documentation of this relationship , and check the box here to indicate that the other entity is an Agent of Trading Partner and authorized to accept payments from IBM on behalf of Trading Partner: [ ].
     
EFT INFORMATION
  Obtain this information directly from your bank
Bank ABA Number:
                      *
(also known as Bank Routing Number)
  ___ ___ ___ ___ ___  ___ ___ ___ ___ (Must be 9 digit number)
Bank Account Number
                      *
         
YOUR BANK CONTACT   Person at your bank who we can contact to verify Banking information
Contact Name / Title
  Name:   Title:
Contact Phone / Fax
  Phone: (     )   Fax (     )
     
REMIT ADVICE OPTION
  Check One (See instructions for help)
 
   
Remit advice sent directly to your
  ___ 1                                                                                 
EDI/Forms Exchange/WOI Mailbox
            Fill in your EDI/ Forms Exchange / WOI UserID above
 
   
Remit Advice sent to your bank w/ payment
  ___ 2
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

Page 16 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
     
AUTHORIZATION
  Authorized Signature(MUST BE SIGNED)
Signature: /s/ Josh Siegel
   
Date: November 21, 2004
   
Name: Josh Siegel
   
Title: VP Finance
   
Phone: (972-9) 971-7666
   
Fax: (972-9) 971-7660
   
E-Mail Address: joshs@voltaire.com
   
A copy of a voided check is recommended to validate your EFT banking information.
Please fax this form along with a copy of a voided check to (845) 491-3399, Attentions: EFT Team.

Page 17 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
The following instructions will assist you in filling out the EFT Authorization Form accurately. These instructions are designed to prevent errors which cause delays in you EFT setup. If you have additional questions, information can be found on our internet website at http://www-1.ibm.com/procurement/proweb.nsf/ContentDocsByTitle/United+States~EFT+Process?OpenDocument&Parent=EDI+Invoicing or e-mail eftsetup@us.ibm.com .
Trading Partner Name:
This is the name of your company.
Remit To Address:
This is the address for which your invoices read “send payments to:.” This is not to be confused with your company’s physical location; however it may be the same. A rule of thumb is: Where should payments be mailed in the event a paper check needs to be cut?
Banking Information:
This is the physical location of the bank you use. If you use a branch, please supply the branch’s address in this section.
Title on Bank Account:
This should be the exact name as shown on your monthly Bank Statements. If the name (Title) on your bank account differs from your company name, we will need a written explanation on your company letterhead of the relationship between the name on the account and your company name. This letter can be faxed in along with the EFT Authorization Form.
EFT Information:
We recommend that you obtain this information directly from you bank. The information needed is the Routing/ABA# (American Banking Association) of your bank, and your company’s individual Account #. When asking the bank for this information, let them know that IBM intends to send EFT payments to you account using the ACH (Automated Clearing House). It is important to note that IBM is sending an EFT payment through the ACH, we are not sending a Wire payment. Wire payments and EFT payments are not the same. For additional backup, we recommend that you send a copy of a voided check along with the EFT Form.
Bank Contact:
This should be an employee of your bank whom IBM can contact to verify that the banking information supplied is correct.
Remit Advice Option:
This determines where IBM sends your remittance advice for payments that are sent electronically. IBM offers two options:
Option 1 : You must be an EDI / Forms Exchange (FOX) / WOI enabled supplier to use this option. IBM will electronically send your remittance to your EDI/FOX/WOI in-box. You will normally receive your remittance advice 1 to 2 days prior to the date the funds will be available in your account. Please provide your EDI/FOX/WOI mailbox / userid in the space to the right of the option 1 check-box. Option 1 is recommended for all EDI/FOX/WOI users.
Option 2 : IBM will electronically send your remittance to your bank along with the payment. When choosing this option you will need to set up an agreement with your bank for them to forward you this information. (IBM will be sending the payment and remittance advice in an X-12 820 CTX file via the ACH).
Signature / Company Contact:
The form must be signed by someone in your company who has the authorization to permit IBM to electronically send payments to your company’s bank account. Please provide all the requested information for this individual.
International Business Machines Corporation
1701 North St.
Endicott, NY 13760

Page 18 of 19


 

Agreement # 4998RL1168
SOW # 4904RL1344
If Supplier’s bank is outside the United States, include this form and delete the form entitled “Authorization for Electronic Funds Transfer Form.”
ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER
Accounts Payable cannot accept faxed materials to enable an Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) setup for payments to banks outside the United States. Please PROVIDE the following information on your company letterhead/stationery in order to authorize IBM to begin payments via electronic transfer:
1.   Invoice name and address remit to data must match the information provided by you on your letterhead/stationery.
 
2.   Remittance detail will be mailed to the address listed at the time of payment.
 
3.   Payment will begin only after the information supplied by you can be verified.
 
4.   This request must be original and air-mailed to the following address:
IBM National Accounts Payable Services
1701 North Street, Bldg. 250-1, Dept., G6L
Endicott, NY 13760 USA
ATTN: Lynn Ward, EFT — Set Up
REQUIRED INFORMATION: (Original, typed on your company letterhead/stationery)
1.   Supplier name and remit to address (which is on your invoices).
 
2.   Supplier contact name / telephone number / fax number / Internet id, if applicable.
 
3.   Supplier bank name and address.
 
4.   Supplier bank account number.
 
5.   Bank contact name / telephone number / fax number.
 
6.   Name of IBM Buyer.
 
7.   IBM purchase order number, if there are multiple purchase order numbers, provide at least one number.
 
8.   Is a paper check acceptable until the electronic payment process has been completed? YES or NO
 
9.   If you have an IBM Remit Supplier number, include it in your response.
DO NOT MAIL THIS INFORMATION WITH INVOICES YOU SEND TO IBM. Mail the above information separately to the address noted above.
NOTE: IF, IN THE FUTURE, ANY ALTERNATIONS TO THE INFORMATION IS NECESSARY, ONCE IT IS VERIFIED, YOU MUST REPEAT THE REQUIREMENTS ABOVE AND RE-SEND THE REVISED INFORMATION TO THE ADDRESS NOTED ABOVE. THE REVISED INFORMATION WILL THEN NEED TO BE REVERIFIED WITH THE BANK(S) INVOLVED. IF THE INFORMATION CHANGES, ACCOUNTS PAYABLE WILL NOT BE AWARE OF IT UNLESS YOU INFORM US BY PROVIDING THE REVISED INFORMATION ON YOUR LETTERHEAD/STATIONERY
For payment inquiries older than thirty (30) days, call: Global Accounts Payable Service Center at 607-429-4848. Internal calls can be made to 8-620-4848.

Page 19 of 19


 

IBM Proposal
 
                                                 
            IBM
                DDP
    DDP
    DDP
     
Products     Voltaire P/N     P/N     List     IBM Cost     Guadalajara     Shenzhen     Greenock     Discount
*
    *     *     *     *     *     *     *     *
*
    *     *     *     *     *     *     *     *
*
    *     *     *     *     *     *     *     *
*
    *     *     *     *     *     *     *     *
*
    *     *     *     *     *     *     *     *
*
    *     *     *     *     *     *     *     *
*
    *     *     *     *     *     *     *     *
*
    *     *     *     *     *     *     *     *
*
    *     *     *     *     *     *     *     *
*
    *     *     *     *     *     *     *     *
*
    *     *     *     *     *     *     *     *
                                                 
 
Includes Shipping cost and Insurance
Excludes Duties and taxes that should be on there account
Not Special Export charges are required
HCA minimum shipment is 10 units
PowerSupply minimum shipment is 5 units
RallKit minimum shipment is 5 units
ConsoleKit minimum shipment is 5 units
 
 
* Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

 

Exhibit 10.9
(IBM LOGO)
TECHNICAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
Base Agreement
     
International Business Machines Corporation
  Route 52,
 
  Hopewell Junction, NY 12533
Agreement No. 002335
Customer:   Voltaire, Inc.
6 Fortune Drive, Billerica, Massachusetts 01821
This Technical Services Agreement between Customer and International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”), which consists of this Base Agreement, Attachment, and Statements of Work, shall be referred to as this “Agreement.” The term of this Agreement commences upon signature by both Parties and expires on December 31, 2010.
By signing below, the parties each agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the initial Attachment and Statement of Work. No additional signatures on the initial Attachments and Statement of Work are required. Subsequent Attachments and Statements of Work under this Base Agreement must be signed by the parties to become effective.
Upon signature by both parties, it is agreed this Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive agreement between them superseding all contemporaneous or prior agreements and other communications between them, written or oral, relating to the services and deliverables defined in the Agreement, notwithstanding anything contained in any document issued by either party. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written amendment signed by duly authorized signatories of both parties.
The parties expressly acknowledge that they have received and are in possession of a copy of any referenced item that is not physically attached to this Agreement and any such item will be treated as if attached.
                     
Accepted and Agreed To:                
      Voltaire, Inc.       International Business Machines Corporation    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Ronnie Kenneth       By:   /s/ Jane E. Munn    
 
                   
 
                   
Name: Ronnie Kenneth       Name: Jane E. Munn    
 
                   
Title: CEO       Title: VP, IBM Engineering & Technology Services    
 
                   
Date: 12/14/05       Date: 12/14/05    
         
IBM Confidential   Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    

Page 1 of 8


 

1.0 DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms in this Agreement have the following meanings. An Attachment may define additional terms; however, those terms apply only to that Attachment.
“ Attachment” means any document attached to the Base Agreement which defines the general terms and conditions of the services to be performed by IBM for Customer.
“Customer Deliverables” means any part, specification, design, document, report, data, or the like which Customer delivers to IBM under this Agreement as described in a relevant Statement of Work.
“IBM Deliverables” means any prototype, specification, design, document, report, training material, data, code or the like which IBM delivers to Customer under this Agreement as described in a relevant Statement of Work.
“Intellectual Property Rights” means all intellectual property rights, worldwide arising under statutory or common law or by contract and whether or not perfected, including, without limitation, all (i) rights to patents and patent applications; (ii) rights associated with works of authorship including copyrights and mask work rights; (iii) rights relating to the protection of trade secrets, know-how, and show-how; (iv) any other proprietary rights relating to intangible property, now existing, or hereafter filed, issued or acquired; and (v) divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues and extensions of the foregoing (as and to the extent applicable) now existing, hereafter filed, issued or acquired.
“Personnel” means agents, employees or subcontractors engaged or appointed by Customer or IBM.
“Prices” means the agreed upon payment for IBM Deliverables, including all applicable fees, as specified in the relevant Statement of Work.
“Statement of Work” or “SOW” means any document attached or otherwise incorporated into an Attachment which specifies the details of a specific work task and describes the IBM Deliverables, including any requirements, specifications or schedules.
“Subsidiary” means a corporation, company or other entity:
(a)   more than fifty percent (50%) of whose outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the election of directors or other managing authority) are, now or hereafter, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a party hereto, or
 
(b)   which does not have outstanding shares or securities, as may be the case in a partnership, joint venture or unincorporated association, but more than fifty percent (50%) of whose ownership interest representing the right to make the decisions for such corporation, company or other entity is now or hereafter, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a party hereto,
but such corporation, company or other entity shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary only so long as such ownership or control exists.
2.0 AGREEMENT STRUCTURE
2.1 This Agreement consists of: (i) this Base Agreement; (ii) Attachments; and (iii) Statements of Work. An Attachment or SOW may include additional or differing terms and conditions, however such terms and conditions apply only to that Attachment or SOW, as the case may be.
2.2 In the event of conflict or ambiguity among the various documents, the following order of precedence shall apply: 1) Statement of Work; 2) Attachment; 3) Base Agreement.
2.3 Purchase orders, order confirmations and order acceptances, if any, will be used to convey information only and, except for part numbers, descriptions and prices, any terms and conditions contained or referenced on those are void and replaced by this Agreement. Customer will request services by issuing written purchase orders to IBM. Purchase orders for services shall be subject to acceptance by IBM.
2.4 Any purchase order submitted by Customer during the term of this Agreement (whether or not it references this Agreement) for services or deliverables from IBM’s Systems and Technology Group shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, unless there is another signed, written agreement in place between IBM and Customer with respect to the subject matter of the
         
IBM Confidential   Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    

Page 2 of 8


 

purchase order. The foregoing shall be in effect regardless of whether Customer and IBM have executed any SOW specific to the IBM Deliverables ordered. If no such SOW has been executed, then the terms of the SOW most recently executed by Customer and IBM shall control, except with respect to those matters that are uniquely applicable to the specific service in question (such as specific non-recurring engineering charges, pricing, specific Customer Deliverables and IBM Deliverables). In the event there is more than one signed, written agreement in place between IBM and Customer but none with respect to the subject matter of the purchase order, this Agreement shall take precedence over the other agreements for purchase orders submitted for services and deliverables from IBM’s Systems and Technology Group.
3.0 STATEMENT OF WORK
3.1 If achievement of a particular milestone in a SOW is dependent upon completion of tasks and/or performance within the control of Customer or by a third party outside of IBM’s control, the projected dates for accomplishing any milestones will be appropriately adjusted to reflect any changes in the tasks and/or performance by Customer or such third party.
3.2. Either party may, by written notice to the other, request changes to the SOW, including but not limited to changes to the specifications or work scope. IBM will submit a written report to Customer setting forth the probable effect, if any, of such requested change on Prices, payment or delivery. The parties shall promptly amend the SOW to incorporate any agreed changes. However, if a change does not affect the Prices or payment, in lieu of amending the SOW, IBM and Customer may prepare a written description of the agreed change (“Change Authorization”), which both IBM and Customer must sign.
IBM shall give Customer prior notice of engineering changes affecting the form, fit or function of an IBM Deliverable or service.
4.0 CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1 Customer will not knowingly use any IBM Deliverable or integrate, promote, sell, or otherwise transfer any IBM Deliverable to any customer or end user for use in any applications where it is reasonably foreseeable that failure of the IBM Deliverable as used in such application(s) would lead to death, bodily injury, or catastrophic property damage. Examples of such applications may include, without limitation, certain uses in nuclear facilities, air traffic control, weapon systems, direct life support machines, aeronautical or automotive applications.
4.2 Customer will not: (1) make any representations or warranties about IBM Deliverables, products, or prototypes other than those IBM specifically authorizes in writing; or (2) take any action or make any commitment on IBM’s behalf. Customer agrees that it is responsible for the results obtained from the use of the IBM Deliverables provided under this Agreement.
5.0 PAYMENT
5.1 Customer shall issue purchase order(s) to IBM in a timely manner for the IBM Deliverables provided under this Agreement.
5.2 IBM will invoice at the times, in the amounts and otherwise subject to and in accordance with the terms of the SOW. Unless the SOW states otherwise, all amounts: (i) will be specified in U.S. Dollars; (ii) will be due within 30 days of the invoice date (other than the portion of any amounts disputed in advance, in writing and in good faith describing with particularity the item in good faith dispute and why. Such
         
IBM Confidential   Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    

Page 3 of 8


 

amounts may be with held for not more than thirty (30) days while the parties attempt resolution of the dispute and thereafter shall unless the dispute is resolved in favor of the Customer be paid immediately with any applicable late fees to IBM ); and (iii) will be payable as IBM specifies in the invoice. You agree to pay accordingly, including any late payment charges that are expressly specified in the applicable SOW. In the event of late payment, IBM also reserves the right to suspend the provision of IBM Deliverables.
6.0 TAXES
Customer is responsible for all taxes related to any IBM Deliverables and/or services except for taxes based on IBM’s net income.
7.0 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
7.1 Customer represents and warrants that it either has in place or will put in place procedures and written agreements with its employees, contractors, or agents of any type, who may have contact with or otherwise access the IBM Deliverables, sufficient to ensure that all such parties comply with the provisions of this Agreement, expressly including those provisions in Sections 8 and 10 herein relating to licenses and confidentiality or in an attachment hereto relating to licenses.
7.2 UNLESS EXPRESSLY STATED OTHERWISE IN THE ATTACHMENT OR SOW, ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ITS RESULTANT DELIVERABLES ARE PROVIDED “AS-IS”, WITHOUT WARRANTY OR INDEMNITY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
8.0 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND LICENSES
8.1 , IBM shall own any and all Intellectual Property Rights relating to the IBM Deliverables designed, developed, or otherwise created and furnished by IBM during the course of performing services for the Customer under the terms of this Agreement.
8.2 Each party acknowledges that, except for any licenses expressly granted by the other party pursuant to provisions of this Agreement, no rights, immunities, or licenses of any kind, whether arising by implication, estoppel or otherwise, are granted by either party with respect to any of its trademarks, mask works, trade secrets, copyrights, patents or any other intellectual property rights. Any such rights, other than those expressly granted by a party pursuant to provisions of this Agreement, may be granted by such party only through a separately negotiated, written agreement signed by both parties.
9.0 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
9.1 Circumstances may arise where, because of a default on either party’s part (the “Defaulting Party”) or other liability, the other party to this Agreement (the “Non-Defaulting Party”) is entitled to recover damages from the Defaulting Party. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which the Non-Defaulting Party is entitled to claim damages from the Defaulting Party (including fundamental breach, negligence, misrepresentation, or other contract or tort claim), the following terms apply as the Non-Defaulting Party’s exclusive remedy and the Defaulting Party’s exclusive liability. For all cumulative claims hereunder, the Defaulting Party’s total aggregate liability shall be for:
         
IBM Confidential   Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    

Page 4 of 8


 

1. damages resulting from bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; and
3. if the Defaulting Party is Customer, payments due for all IBM Deliverables and Services, together with any late payment charges that may have accrued hereunder; and
4. the amount of any other actual, direct damages in an amount not to exceed the greater of U.S. $100,000 (or equivalent in local currency) or the amounts actually paid for the IBM Deliverable or Service ordered by Customer and that is the subject of the claim.
This limit also applies to any of the Defaulting Party’s subcontractors. It is the maximum for which the Defaulting Party and its subcontractors are collectively responsible.
9.2 Under no circumstances is either party, or its subcontractors, liable for:
1. third-party claims against the other party for damages (other than those under the first item listed in Section 9.1 above); or
2. loss of, or damage to, any records or data; or
3. special, incidental, punitive or indirect damages or for any economic consequential damages (including lost opportunities, profits and savings), even if informed of their possibility.
10.0 EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION
During the course of this Agreement it is anticipated that the parties will exchange confidential information. Such confidential information will be exchanged for the purpose of the Customer identifying its requirements to IBM, and for the purpose of IBM formulating technology and designs which may be used by both parties in their normal business activities, unless otherwise limited elsewhere in this Agreement. Any such exchange of confidential information will be made in accordance with the provisions of a separate confidentiality agreement signed by IBM and the Customer. Customer shall not disclose the terms or conditions of this Agreement without IBM’s prior written approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, that Customer may provide a copy of this Agreement with pricing removed in connection with any financing transaction or due diligence inquiry.
11.0 TERMINATION
11.1 If either party materially breaches a term of this Base Agreement, an Attachment or SOW, the other party may, at its option, terminate this Agreement, any or all Attachments or any or all SOWs provided the party in breach is given written notice and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days. Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice in the event of (i) insolvency, dissolution or liquidation by or against either party, (ii) any assignment of either party’s assets for the benefit of creditors, (iii) any act or omission of an act by a party demonstrating its inability to pay debts generally as they become due, (iv) any transfer of substantially all of either party’s business or assets to a third party which, in the case of Voltaire, is a competitor of IBM or does not pass a credit check (e.g., a Dunn and Bradstreet). If IBM has a reasonable basis to believe any of Customer’s Deliverables infringe an intellectual property right of any third party, IBM may immediately terminate or suspend its obligations hereunder without liability as to such Customer Deliverables.
11.2 If IBM terminates this Agreement, an Attachment or SOW in accordance with Section 11.1, Customer shall pay IBM the termination charges and other fees expressly specified in the Agreement and any outstanding invoices. Monies owing IBM shall become immediately due and payable.
11.3 If Customer terminates this Agreement, an Attachment or SOW in accordance with Section 11.1, IBM will fill all applicable previously accepted purchase orders for IBM Deliverables, or stop work, as
         
IBM Confidential   Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    

Page 5 of 8


 

specified by Customer (at its discretion), but IBM shall not be obligated to accept further applicable purchase orders after receiving notice of such termination.
11.4 This Base Agreement and any relevant Attachment will continue after its termination, except by IBM under Section 11.1, or expiration with respect to any SOWs already in place until they expire, are terminated or completed (unless specified otherwise by Customer as provided in Section 11.3). In the event that no monies are due IBM, applicable Customer Deliverables shall be disposed of as directed by Customer in writing at Customer’s expense after a termination or expiration.
11.5 Either party may terminate this Agreement on thirty (30) days prior written notice provided that there are no SOWs to this Agreement in effect as of the notification date.
12.0 EXPORT REGULATIONS
12.1 Customer agrees that Customer will act as the exporter or importer of the IBM Deliverables, products, prototypes, and technical data. Customer warrants that Customer will comply with all applicable export laws including those of the U.S. Customer further agrees to comply with U.S. prohibitions on delivery of products, prototypes, and technical data and providing services to certain end users and for certain end uses including but not limited to, the following end uses/end users: nuclear facilities, space or missile, and weapons systems (including chemical and biological).
12.2 In the event that IBM arranges for export or import Customer agrees to provide all information necessary to determine all relevant export authorizations and to export and import the products, prototypes and technical data, including as applicable the Export Classification Control Number (ECCN) and subheadings, or munitions list category number and agrees to assist with obtaining any required licenses and authorizations, and with making any required filings. Customer shall be fully responsible for the correctness of information provided by Customer and any use of it to comply with applicable regulations.
13.0 NOTICES
All notices shall be in writing, sent in a manner that generates a reliable written receipt, and addressed to the attention of the individual signatories, or their successors, of this Agreement on behalf of the parties, unless either party specifies otherwise in an Attachment that notices for specific services should be sent to the attention of a different addressee.
14.0 INDEPENDENCE OF ACTION
Each party agrees that this Agreement will not restrict the right of either party to enter into agreements with other parties for same or similar work, or to make, have made, use, sell, buy, develop, market or otherwise transfer any products or services, now or in the future, so long as confidential information exchanged in accordance with Section 10 is not disclosed.
15.0 REQUIRED CONSENTS
Customer will obtain, at no charge to IBM, any permissions and consents necessary for IBM to lawfully use any Customer Deliverable provided by Customer hereunder in such a way as to enable IBM to perform its scope of services.
         
IBM Confidential   Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    

Page 6 of 8


 

16.0 DELIVERY
IBM will provide estimated delivery dates for each IBM Deliverable in the relevant Statement of Work. Unless otherwise agreed in the Statement of Work, any IBM Deliverables that constitute goods (under Incoterms 2000) will be shipped to Customer Ex Works IBM facility. Title to any IBM Deliverables that constitute goods passes to the Customer upon tender to the carrier for shipment to the Customer.
17.0 GENERAL
17.1 Independent Contractor — Customer and IBM are independent contractors and this Agreement does not create an agency, joint venture, partnership, or employment relationship between Customer and IBM, Customer and IBM Personnel, or IBM and Customer Personnel. Neither party assumes liability or responsibility for the other party’s Personnel. IBM shall have the sole right to determine the manner and means of performing services, including, but not limited to, the assignment of its Personnel. All work shall be performed at IBM’s designated locations unless otherwise mutually agreed in the relevant SOW. Each party will: (i) ensure it and its Personnel are in compliance with all laws, regulations, ordinances, and licensing requirements; and (ii) be responsible for the supervision, control, compensation, withholdings, health and safety of its Personnel.
17.2 Compliance with Laws — Each party shall comply, at its own expense, with all applicable United States (local, state and federal), European Union, and other country or country group laws and regulations, and shall procure all licenses and pay all fees and other charges required thereby.
17.3 Force Majeure — Except for Customer’s obligation to pay, neither party will be responsible for failing to perform under this Agreement for acts of God, natural disasters, labor strife or activity, or other similar causes beyond its reasonable control.
17.4 Choice of Law and Forum, Waiver of Jury Trial, Limitation of Action — The validity, construction, and performance of this Agreement will be governed by the substantive laws of the State of New York, United States, as though this Agreement were executed in and fully performed within the State of New York and without regard to any conflict of laws provisions. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement. Neither party will bring a legal action against the other more than one (1) year after the cause of action arose, except for actions for non-payment or to enforce intellectual property rights. Both parties waive the right to a jury trial in any dispute arising out of this Agreement. Both parties agree that any action concerning this Agreement shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York and hereby consent to the personal jurisdiction of any such court and to service of process in the manner provided for the giving of notices pursuant to this Agreement. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, a New York court’s judgment is not enforceable against a party, the other party may bring such an action concerning this Agreement in any court of competent jurisdiction.
17.5 Assignment — Neither party will assign their rights or delegate their duties under this Agreement to third parties or Affiliates without the prior written consent of the other party, such consent not to be withheld unreasonably, except that either party may assign this Agreement in conjunction with the sale of a substantial part of its business utilizing this Agreement The foregoing shall not in any manner restrict IBM’s ability to subcontract duties under this Agreement subject to the fact that IBM shall remain responsible for the performance of Services notwithstanding any such subcontracting. Any unauthorized assignment of this Agreement is void.
17.6 Waiver — No delay or failure by either party to act in the event of a breach or default hereunder shall be construed as a waiver of that or any subsequent breach or default of any provision of this Agreement.
17.7 Severability — If any part, term or provision of this Agreement is declared unlawful or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
         
IBM Confidential   Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    

Page 7 of 8


 

17.8 Headings — The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
17.9 Reproduction — Once signed by both parties, any reproduction of this Agreement made by reliable means (e.g. photocopy or facsimile) will be considered an original.
17.10 Survival — Any terms of this Agreement which by their nature extend beyond expiration or termination of this Agreement shall remain in effect until fulfilled and shall bind the parties and their legal representatives, successors, heirs and assigns.
17.11 English Language — This Agreement is in English language only, which shall be controlling in all respects, and all versions hereof in any other language shall be for accommodation only and shall not be binding upon the parties hereto. All communications and notices to be made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in English language.
17.12 Beneficiary — This Agreement is not intended to and does not benefit any party except IBM and Customer. It is the parties’ express intent that this Agreement is not a third party beneficiary contract.
17.13 Amendment — This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written amendment signed by duly authorized signatories of both parties.
17.14 Trademarks and Trade Names – Except as set forth in Section 17.15, nothing in this Agreement grants either party any rights to use the other party’s trademarks or trade names, directly or indirectly, in conjunction with any product, service, promotion, publication or publicity without prior written approval of the other party or trademark or trade name owner.
17.15 Publicity — Customer agrees that IBM may use the following without charge in its marketing deliverables, such as, but not limited to, an application brief, web site article, brochure, presentation/speech, or other documents related to the promotion of IBM solutions and technology:
Customer name,
Text used to inform that the Customer and IBM are engaged in a services relationship,
Text used to describe the IBM solution and its benefits to Customer or its end users,
Materials publicly published by Customer’s company/institution,
Customer trademark / logo,
Photographs, videos or other images (e.g., of IBM’s deliverable to Customer after an agreed to release date), and
Financial Analyst Report, Presentation and Annual Report.
         
IBM Confidential   Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    

Page 8 of 8

 

Exhibit 10.10
TECHNICAL SERVICES AGREEMENT NUMBER 002335
Statement of Work
for
Technical Services and Interoperability Verification
This Statement of Work Number 1 (this “SOW”) adopts and incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of the Technical Services Agreement Number 002335 (“Agreement”) dated December 9, 2005 between International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”) and Voltaire, Inc. (“Voltaire”). This SOW is effective beginning upon the signing of this SOW by both parties (“Effective Date”) and will remain in effect for two (2) years unless earlier terminated or extended in accordance with the SOW or the Agreement. Work performed under this SOW will be conducted in accordance with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this SOW and the Agreement.
1.0   Scope of Work
 
    Under this SOW, IBM will perform the following activities:
  §   Provide assistance to Voltaire in Voltaire’s development of a switch module and daughter card for use within an IBM BladeCenter chassis.
 
  §   Provide testing services to help verify interoperability of Voltaire’s 10 Gigabit InfiniBand switch module and 2-port InfiniBand daughter card with a portion of IBM’s eServer BladeCenter Cluster 1350 configurations
 
  §   Offer attribution on the IBM BladeCenter Interoperability Program website
The foregoing as specifically described herein shall be the “Services”. In furtherance of the above, IBM will provide to Voltaire the IBM Deliverables and Services as described in Section 3.0 of this SOW.
All information exchanged between the parties shall be deemed non-confidential unless provided pursuant to Confidential Disclosure Agreement (“CDA”) number 4901RL0491, Supplement number 4904RL1048, which is hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement.
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 1

 


 

2.0   Definitions
 
    Capitalized terms in this SOW have the following meanings. The Base Agreement and its Attachments define additional terms that will also apply to this SOW unless otherwise indicated.
 
    “Advertising Guidelines” means the guidelines specified in Exhibit B and any IBM updates thereto, which set forth the proper treatment and use of the Program Name that IBM devises for the program.
 
    “Code” means statements, instructions, and programs, whether in human readable “Source Code” form, or machine readable “Object Code” form, which are intended to bring about a certain result in the operation of a computer.
 
    “Error” means any material (1) mistake, problem or defect that causes an incorrect functioning or non-functioning of Code as relates to the Code’s formal written specification, (2) incorrect or incomplete statement or diagram in documentation that may cause an incorrect functioning or non-functioning of a product relative to the product’s formal written specification, or (3) other mistake, problem or defect that causes a product not to perform in the manner intended as set forth in product’s formal written specification.
 
    “Marketing Materials” means advertising, promotional and informational items for Voltaire’s product under consideration such as packaging, brochures, signs, posters, and flyers.
 
    “Product(s)” means those products produced or marketed by or for Voltaire and that are listed and described in Exhibit A. Products encompass any related documentation, and any new releases, maintenance modifications, engineering changes, upgrades, enhancements, or new versions of any product listed in Exhibit A.
 
    “Program” means the “IBM eServer BladeCenter Interoperability Program” which is a program for testing the interoperability of IBM’s customer’s products (in this case, Voltaire) with IBM eServer BladeCenter products.
 
    “Program Name” refers only to the name of this program.
 
    “SDV” means System Design Verification Test. This test validates the functional operation of the key components identified.
 
    “SIT” means System Integration Test. This test validates the interoperability of this product within the specified BladeCenter configurations.
 
3.0   IBM Deliverables and Responsibilities
 
    IBM Deliverables and Services to be provided to Voltaire under this SOW are:
    Jointly develop a mutually-agreed technical requirements document at the commencement of the project
 
    Deliver BladeCenter-2 high speed switch module specifications, revision 2.0 or later of the daughter card specifications that addresses information pertaining to high-speed daughter card, and updates related to mechanical, power and thermal designs as set forth herein
 
    Place on bailment with Voltaire IBM BladeCenter-2 chassis and blades (4 chassis and 16 blades) to enable Voltaire to carry out the initial verification of their product under the EPLA Number 4905RL2319. The EPLA defines the duration and the terms of the loan agreement. On written notice and during business hours IBM may enter Voltaire’s premises to inspect OR to retrieve such items at IBM’s sole cost and expense.
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 2

 


 

    Develop and deliver the Cluster 1350 test plan in a format determined by IBM
 
    Perform interoperability verification of Voltaire’s products under consideration with IBM’s eServer Cluster e1350 BladeCenter configuration.
System Design Verification (SDV ) – Mid-February to Mid April of 2006
  §   Management module validation
 
  §   Basic box services validation
System Integration Testing (SIT) – estimated by May to July 2006
  §   Configurations defined in test plan
    Grant membership into the BladeCenter Interoperability Program subject to payment hereunder and during the term of this SOW, and provide posting of test results on the BladeCenter Interoperability Program website within a month from the successful completion of the test. The address of this website is as follows:
 
      http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/eserver/bladecenter/alliance/index.html
This website may also list the IBM products that are part of the cluster e1350 configuration along with the network operating systems used during interoperability verification with the Voltaire products.
This SOW addresses a single cycle of testing. Ongoing tests to help enable compliance with the latest releases of BladeCenter hardware and software are performed on a fee basis and are outside the scope of this SOW.
If changes to the Voltaire deliverables are required due to IBM specifications changes during the test phase, IBM will work with Voltaire to validate the changes at no additional charge to Voltaire.
In addition to any meetings, working groups, reviews or reporting required under this SOW, IBM shall provide Voltaire from time to time with, subject to IBM’s business needs and as IBM deems appropriate, certain access to its personnel who are performing the Services and reasonably detailed information related thereto. Such access shall be at Voltaire’s reasonable written request and mutually convenient times, and may include (without limitation) teleconferences, email, face-to-face meetings or other visits to IBM’s facility as IBM determines appropriate and subject to IBM’s on-site rules.
3.1   Interoperability Verification
  §   IBM will be responsible for SDV and SIT as detailed in the test plan document.
 
  §   IBM will post Voltaire’s products that it finds to successfully pass the interoperability verification on the IBM eServer BladeCenter Interoperability Program web site. IBM Products that IBM determines to be relevant and which are part of the cluster 1350 configuration will be listed, as will the network operating systems that were used in the successful test. Please note that this posting does not represent certification and should not be considered as a warranty or an endorsement of any kind. This will be a general “AS IS” statement of passing the applicable interoperability test among Products at a point in time.
 
  §   IBM will provide a written notice of products that have failed interoperability testing per IBM’s testing specifications. Voltaire agrees to review the test results and provide IBM with a written response within fifteen (15) business days of Voltaire’s receipt of IBM’s notice. Voltaire’s response, which will be signed by an authorized representative, will indicate concurrence or non-concurrence with the test results. If Voltaire does not concur with IBM’s position, the written response must include with specificity the reason for non-concurrence. If no response is
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 3

 


 

      received within the ten (10) business day period, the test results will be accepted. IBM agrees not to post any results of failed testing and not to otherwise disclose such results or applicable Products in any manner.
 
  §   The license granted to Voltaire as described in Section 5.1 hereunder to use the Program Name for use on Voltaire’s Marketing Materials under discussion is contingent upon the following:
  o   Products have undergone successful interoperability verification by IBM and have passed, and
 
  o   Voltaire’s concurrence with the test results as specified above.
After completion of the above two tasks, IBM may use the Voltaire’s product names and company name without charge or further approvals in any of its lists of compatible products, and in any of its promotional materials concerning the Program, subject to Voltaire’s approval. IBM will include in all such promotional materials all of Voltaire’s applicable copyright and trademark notices as they appear on or in the Voltaire’s product.
  §   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, IBM makes no representations or warranties whatsoever that it will use such names in promotional materials nor with respect to Voltaire’s products including, but not limited to, any warranty that the Voltaire’s products is or will interoperate with any IBM products or with any operating environments or configurations. Voltaire shall make no representation that indicates or implies any such guarantee or warranty on the part of IBM.
 
  §   In consideration of the payments set forth in Section 9.0 hereunder, IBM will test the interoperability of Voltaire’s products as specified herein with IBM eServer BladeCenter cluster 1350 products identified in Exhibit C. Upon failure, Voltaire will be notified in writing and given a reasonable amount of time (not to exceed 30 business days) to resolve conflicts.
 
  §   IBM agrees not to post any results of failed testing and not to otherwise disclose such results or applicable Products in any manner.
 
  §   Voltaire agrees to provide IBM with an agreed number of samples of its products without charge to IBM (including any related software and device drivers) so that they may be tested as described herein at an IBM designated testing facility for interoperability with IBM’s e-Server BladeCenter cluster 1350 products. The products will be provided in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 8.0 hereunder and subject to the other restrictions in this Agreement. It is expected that Voltaire will thoroughly test all functions of the products (hardware, software, and device drivers) before providing them to IBM.
4.0   Voltaire Deliverables and Responsibilities
 
    Voltaire will provide the following deliverables to IBM under this SOW:
    Design and development of the hardware and associated software for Voltaire’s 10 Gigabit InfiniBand pass-through switch module and its 2-port InfiniBand host channel adapter for BladeCenter-2
 
    System design document
 
    Unit and functional testing
 
    Certifications (EMC, UL, FCC, safety)
 
    Provide the following equipment to carry out the interoperability verification activities :
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 4

 


 

    SDV by 02/06/2006 6 switch modules
 
    16 host channel adapters
SIT by 04/23/2006
    12 switch modules
 
    29 host channel adapters
Voltaire will provide IBM with the following products: 2-stand-alone 9024 and 1- 9096 InfiniBand switches and other agreed samples of its products.
    Voltaire’s technical coordinator will, upon the request of IBM, expedite the correction of operational errors discovered during interoperability verification. Voltaire’s technical coordinator will contact IBM’s technical coordinator for the purpose of this engineering service.
 
    Voltaire shall at all times during the term of this SOW ensure that the Marketing Materials represent Voltaire’s products as only under consideration by this SOW and Voltaire shall otherwise ensure that it complies with the Advertising Guidelines.
 
    Voltaire shall provide one (1) complete copy of the Marketing Materials concerning products to be used in interoperability testing to its designated contact at IBM. IBM shall review the Marketing Materials supplied by Voltaire within ten (10) business days and may request reasonable modifications (with the exception of those items that pertain to the pricing of Voltaire’s product and services) as they concern the interoperability of its products with the IBM products. Such reviews and modification requests shall not be construed to make IBM responsible for the contents of the Marketing Materials, and Voltaire shall remain solely responsible for such contents. Voltaire agrees to make any reasonable modifications to the Marketing Materials that may be requested by IBM with respect to references to and the use of the Program Name. Assuming Voltaire complies with the foregoing, failure by IBM to respond within the ten (10) business day period described in this paragraph shall be deemed as approval with no changes required Voltaire agrees to change, at its own expense, any Marketing Materials that IBM, in its sole judgment, determines to be inaccurate or misleading in respect of any IBM product, or a misuse of its trademarks, trade names, and product names, program names, logos, emblems or the like. Voltaire shall immediately cease the use of any materials that IBM deems to be in violation of this or any other section of this Agreement.
 
    Voltaire shall promptly notify IBM of any unauthorized use or attempted use by any other person, firm or corporation to use the Program Name, or any imitation thereof of which Voltaire becomes aware. Voltaire shall also notify IBM promptly of any litigation instituted or threats of litigation by any person, firm, corporation, or governmental agency against Voltaire involving the Program Name, or the Voltaire relationship with IBM under this Agreement. IBM shall have the sole right to decide whether or not proceedings shall be brought against third parties and to control any administrative proceeding or litigation involving the Program Name. IBM shall have the sole right to defend the Program Name at its expense, against imitation, infringement, or any claim of prior use. In the event IBM undertakes the defense or prosecution of any litigation relating to the Program Name, Voltaire shall, at IBM’s expense, execute any and all documents and do such acts and things as may be reasonably necessary to carry out such defense or prosecution.
 
    Anytime Voltaire uses the Program Name it must include the following disclaimer. “IBM makes no guarantee or warranty regarding the interoperability of specific products.”
 
    An additional objective of this Program is to ensure that Program participants are current with leading industry technology and are capable of providing problem determination and resolution to IBM with respect to Products, so that IBM may in turn provide its customers with timely and accurate support relating to the installation, configuration and set-up of Products with IBM eServer BladeCenter products. Accordingly, Voltaire must agree to maintain such capability by membership in associations such as TSANet or equivalent, or by otherwise
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 5

 


 

      making arrangements to provide to IBM problem determination and resolution on a timely basis with respect to Products so that IBM can support its customers.
 
    For all eServer BladeCenter Interoperability Product(s), Voltaire must obtain Microsoft Hardware Interoperability Listing (“HCL”) certification/approval within ninety (90) days of eServer BladeCenter interoperability verification if there is an appropriate category for Voltaire products.
Voltaire shall provide IBM access to the appropriate personnel as required for the successful completion of this project.
For all Voltaire inputs and responsibilites under this SOW, Voltaire will provide timely and quality inputs and approvals to IBM. Voltaire acknowledges that failure to provide such inputs and approvals will lead to an equitable adjustment of estimated schedules, pricing and terms.
Volatire will obtain, at no charge to IBM, any permissions and consents necessary for IBM to lawfully use any Customer Deliverables provided by Voltaire hereunder in such a way as to enable IBM to perform its scope of services.
5.0   Grant of Licenses
  5.1   IBM’s Licenses to Voltaire
  5.1.1   Subject to the payment by Voltaire and to all terms and conditions of this SOW and Agreement, including, but not limited to completion of interoperability verification and concurrence by IBM that Voltaire’s Product has passed such testing, IBM will grant Voltaire a worldwide, non-exclusive, non-transferable (except pursuant to any assignment permitted under the Agreement), and revocable license to use the Program Name solely in Voltaire’s Marketing Materials for Voltaire’s Product during the term of this Program SOW. This license is personal to Voltaire and is specific to each Product, and the license to one Product does not extend to any other product or service.
 
  5.1.2   Voltaire does not have the right to sublicense the use of the Program Name.
 
  5.1.3   Voltaire’s use of the Program Name must comply with the Advertising Guidelines. At its sole discretion and with reasonable notice to Voltaire, IBM is entitled to make modifications and changes to the Program Name, or the Advertising Guidelines, and Voltaire must agree to comply with any reasonable changes. Any failure to comply with the Advertising Guidelines will be deemed to be a material breach of this Agreement. Whether or not a specific use is covered by the instructions in the Advertising Guidelines, Voltaire agrees to refrain from using the Program Name in a manner that would bring the Program or IBM into disrepute.
 
  5.1.4   Other than the express, limited license granted herein, Voltaire shall not have nor shall Voltaire acquire any right, license or interest in the Program Name. All goodwill arising from the use of the Program Name, and any trademark that may be contained therein, shall inure to the sole benefit and become the sole property of IBM. Voltaire agrees not to attack or challenge the validity of the Program Name as a trademark, or claim any right, title, or interest in or to the Program Name, or any trademark that may be contained therein.
  5.2   Voltaire’s Licenses to IBM. In each case, during the term of this SOW and subject to the terms of the Agreement:
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 6

 


 

  5.2.1   Voltaire grants IBM a worldwide, non-exclusive, non-transferable (except pursuant to any assignment permitted under the Agreement), royalty-free and paid up license to use its product and other information provided by Voltaire solely to perform testing for the Program in accordance with Section 3.1, “Interoperability Verification” or to have others do so on its behalf during the term of this SOW.
 
  5.2.2   Voltaire grants IBM a non-transferable (except pursuant to any assignment permitted under the Agreement), worldwide, nonexclusive, royalty free and paid up right and license to use its product name and other information provided to IBM in advertisements, Marketing Materials, documentation, and Internet sites that are applicable to the IBM e-Server BladeCenter and/or the IBM Cluster 1350 Program and on any lists of products that are compatible with the IBM e-Server BladeCenter products.
 
  5.2.3   Voltaire grants IBM the permission to hot link to the home page of its web site.
 
  5.2.4   Voltaire also grants IBM the non-transferable (except pursuant to any assignment permitted under the Agreement), paid up right to display Voltaire’s company’s emblem or logo within the IBM eServer BladeCenter Interoperability web pages. The foregoing licenses granted to IBM also include the right of IBM to grant sublicenses of the same or lesser scope to its Subsidiaries and their successors and assigns.
6.0   Assumptions
  §   Hardware and software deliverables received from Voltaire must meet the test dates. If not, verification will be deferred to the next testing cycle
 
  §   The activity captured by this document applies only to the 1350 program
 
  §   The test cycle will cover only the Linux configurations
7.0   Acceptance Criteria
In all cases where Voltaire is required to review and/or provide acceptance or rejection of any IBM Deliverables, Voltaire shall provide notice to IBM in writing of any rejection and specifying the material non-conformance of the IBM Deliverable to the specifications in this SOW and any steps necessary to resolve such non-conformance, within five (5) business days. Otherwise, the IBM Deliverable or Service will be deemed accepted upon delivery by IBM.
8.0   Voltaire Product Loan Terms
 
    Shipment from Voltaire to IBM shall be made at Voltaire’s expense and will be shipped to an agreed to location. Return shipment from IBM to Voltaire shall be made at IBM’s expense to a designated location within a reasonable period after any termination of this SOW.
 
    The loaned product shall be a bailment and remain solely Voltaire’s property. IBM shall not mortgage, pledge or encumber the product in any way. IBM agrees that the loaned product shall be located at an IBM designated testing facility and shall not be moved to other non-IBM facilities without Voltaire’s prior written approval.
 
    IBM agrees to notify Voltaire of any malfunction of the loaned product of which it becomes aware. Voltaire agrees to replace any malfunctioning product or instruct IBM to repair any malfunctioning
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 7

 


 

    product at Voltaire’s option and expense. IBM shall notify Voltaire of any loss or damage to the loaned product of which it becomes reasonably aware. IBM will return the loaned product to Voltaire in the same condition as when delivered to IBM, reasonable wear and tear excepted
9.0   Pricing
 
    The price for the IBM Deliverables and Services provided under this SOW (excluding taxes and like governmental charges as well as excluding approved travel expenses) is five hundred thousand US dollars (US $500,000).
 
    Voltaire shall make the following payments:
                 
No.   Payment Description   Payment Amount
  1    
At signing of this SOW (Effective Date)
  $ 300,000  
  2    
March 31,2006 upon completion of the SDV testing
  $ 100,000  
  3    
June 30, 2006 upon completion of the SIT testing.
  $ 100,000  
All payments shall be made in accordance with the Payment section of the Agreement. In the event of failure by Voltaire to resolve conflicts due to its equipment, Voltaire shall owe one hundred percent (100%) of the milestone not achieved. In the event of any early termination of the SOW for Voltaire’s uncured material breach, Voltaire shall owe a percentage of the next milestone due
10.0   Communications
 
    All communications and notices between the parties relating to the Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the attention of the individual signatories, or their successors, of the Agreement.
 
    All communications and notices between the parties relating only to this SOW shall be in writing and given to the following designated project coordinator.
         
    For IBM   For Voltaire
Business
  Seeta Hariharan,Business
Development Executive

E-mail : sharihar@us.ibm.com

Work : 919-522-4808(mobile)
  Jeff Schwartz

Email: jeffs@voltaire.com

Work: 610.222.0267
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 8

 


 

         
    For IBM   For Voltaire
Technical
  Christopher L. Durham,
BladeCenter Project Manager

E-mail : cldurham@us.ibm.com

Work : 919-543-6121
  Kobi Levin

Email: kobil@voltaire.com

Work: +972 (9) 9717675
11.0   Revisions
Either party may, by written notice to the other, request changes to the specifications or work scope included in this SOW. Any such requests that arise during the proposed project will be managed through the Project Change Request (PCR) procedure as further described in Section 12 hereunder. The PCR is a procedure to manage project change and may result in adjustments to the project scope, price and/or estimated schedule.
12.0   Project Change Control Procedure
The following provides a detailed procedure to follow if a change to this SOW is required.
§   A Project Change Request (PCR) will be the vehicle for communicating change. The PCR must describe the change, the rationale for the change and the effect the change will have on the project.
 
§   The designated Project Manager of the requesting party, either Voltaire or IBM, will review the proposed change, and determine whether to submit the request to the other party.
 
§   Both Project Managers will review the proposed change and approve it for further investigation or reject it. IBM will specify any charges for such investigation. If the investigation is authorized, the Project Managers will sign the PCR that will constitute approval for the investigation charges. IBM will invoice Voltaire for any such charges. The investigation will determine the effect that the implementation of the PCR will have on price, schedule, and other terms and conditions of this SOW.
 
§   A written Project Change Request (PCR) must be signed by both parties to authorize implementation of the investigated changes.
 
13.0   Warranty
IBM warrants that it will provide Services in a workmanlike manner using reasonable care and skill.
14.0   Indemnification
  14.1   Voltaire shall indemnify IBM, its Subsidiaries and its and their successors and assigns against any and all third party claims related to: (1) Voltaire’s Products including any claims that a Product infringes any copyright, patent, trade secret, trademark or other intellectual property of a third party, or (2) any marketing claims made by Voltaire or Voltaire’s authorized agents inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or (3) that Voltaire’s Company Name or Logo or use thereof by IBM infringes any copyright trademark or similar right of any third party.
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 9

 


 

  14.2   The foregoing indemnities are conditioned on the following:
  14.2.1   Prompt written notice by IBM to Voltaire of a claim or a proceeding subject to indemnification. Voltaire shall not be liable under this Section 14 with respect to settlement if it does not provide its written approval to the settlement to IBM, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;
 
  14.2.2   IBM allowing Voltaire to control the defense or settlement of any third party claim, and reasonable cooperation by IBM, at Voltaire’s expense, in such defense and any related settlement negotiations
15.0   Data Privacy
Voltaire agrees to allow IBM to store its contact information, such as names, phone numbers, and e-mail addresses, in any country where IBM does business and to use such information internally and to communicate with Voltaire for the purposes of Voltaire’s and IBM’s business relationship.
16.0   Complete Agreement
This SOW in combination with the Agreement is the complete and exclusive expression of the agreement by the parties relative to the subject matter contained herein. It supersedes all prior and contemporaneous communications by the parties (whether oral or written or otherwise) and may only be amended by a signed writing executed by the authorized representatives of the parties.
Accepted and Agreed To By the Authorized Representatives of the Parties:
                     
Voltaire, Inc.       International Business Machines Corporation
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Ronnie Kenneth       By:   /s/ Jane E. Munn    
 
                   
 
                   
Name: Ronnie Kenneth       Name: Jane E. Munn    
 
                   
Title: CEO       Title: VP, IBM Engineering & Technology Services    
 
                   
Date: 12/14/05       Date: 12/14/05    
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 10

 


 

Exhibit A: Voltaire’s Products
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 11

 


 

This Exhibit A illustrates Voltaire’s products that are currently (as of the date of execution of this SOW) expected to undergo interoperability verification.
Host Channel Adapter (HCA) Daughter Board Product Definition
    One Mellanox InfiniHost-III (Arbel) HCA chip
 
    Two 4x InfiniBand ports
 
    Onboard 128MB RAM
 
    SDR signaling support
 
    Small Form Factor
(GRAPHIC)
Active Pass-Thru Module Product Definition
    14 * 4X ports downlink (connected to compute blades)
 
    14 * 4X ports uplink (facing rear panel)
 
    4X copper InfiniBand connectors
 
    Double height module
 
    Onboard retiming devices
 
    SDR Signaling Support
 
    Basic support for BCII chassis management (via I2C)
 
    Support media converters (for 4X fiber optics fiber)
(GRAPHIC)
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 12

 


 

Exhibit B: Advertising Guidelines
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 13

 


 

1.0   GENERAL OVERVIEW
  1.1   These Advertising Guidelines set forth the proper treatment and use of the Program Name on Voltaire’s Marketing Materials and in advertising, promotional materials, manuals, and documentation. Compliance with these Advertising Guidelines is solely Voltaire’s responsibility.
 
  1.2   The Program Name is the property of IBM. IBM shall maintain control over how the Program Name is used on Voltaire’s Marketing Materials. Failure to comply with the Advertising Guidelines, as set forth below, shall be a material breach of the Agreement.
2.0   USE OF THE LICENSED PROGRAM NAME
  2.1   The Program Name may only be used in conjunction with Voltaire’s Products described in this SOW, its packaging, collateral documentation and advertising on the web page. These Products must have gone through successful interoperability verification prior to use of this Program Name. The Program Name may never be used on or in connection with any other products, goods, or services, and particularly, nor on novelty items or T-Shirts.
 
  2.2   The Program Name may not be used as part of or in connection with any other program name, emblem or insignia.
 
  2.3   The Program Name may not be used in a manner that may cause confusion as to the source or origin of the products or Services being offered. As such, the Program Name may not be:
  2.3.1   displayed in a striking and solitary manner by Voltaire;
 
  2.3.2   made more prominent than the remainder of the text in which it is used by Voltaire;
 
  2.3.3   as prominent or more prominent than Voltaire’s trademark or company name; or
 
  2.3.4   used as part of the name or other identifier of business, product, or service not connected with Voltaire’s products covered by this SOW.
  2.4   Voltaire shall agree not to use any third party trademark, service mark or trade name in combination with the Program Name without the prior written approval of IBM.
 
  2.5   Voltaire shall correct any deficiencies in the use of the Program Name on Marketing Materials, and cease and desist from further publication or distribution of the offending materials upon reasonable notice from IBM.
 
  2.6   Advertising Claims – Voltaire shall refrain from falsifying or misrepresenting any fact in Marketing Materials related to the product or the program.
 
  2.7   Voltaire shall acknowledge that the Program Name “IBM eServer BladeCenter Interoperability” is a trademark of IBM and includes several trademarks of IBM. The first use of the Program Name in any Marketing Materials must be identified in a footnote or attribution, using the following attribution statement: “IBM, eServer and BladeCenter are trademarks of International Business Machine Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both”. In addition, the first reference to the Program Name in any Marketing Materials must include the proper trademark symbols, as follows: “IBM ® eServer™ BladeCenter ® Interoperability”.
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 14

 


 

  2.8   Anytime Voltaire uses the Program Name, it must include the following disclaimer: IBM makes no guarantee regarding the interoperability of specific products.
 
  2.9   IBM may conduct spot checks of the Licensed Products and advertising and may periodically send out requests for samples to monitor compliance with the Agreement and these Advertising Guidelines.
 
  2.10   Voltaire must correct any deficiencies in its use of the Program Name on the Marketing Materials or in advertising, and cease and desist from further publication or distribution of the offending materials upon reasonable notice from IBM. Failure to do so could result in revocation of the license under the Agreement.
 
  2.11   Advertising Claims — The accuracy and appropriateness of all claims used in Voltaire’s advertising or promotional materials which includes the Program Name is the sole responsibility of Voltaire, even if IBM is aware of the advertisement or promotional materials.
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 15

 


 

Exhibit C: BladeCenter Interoperability Program Products
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 16

 


 

Subject to the terms of this SOW, IBM Products currently (on execution of this SOW) anticipated to be qualified and posted with Voltaire Products on the BladeCenter Interoperability Program website:
IBM’s BladeCenter Products
      BladeCenter II Cluster 1350 Solution Chassis
Blades:
HS20 (8853)
LS20 (7971)
Blade Adapters (daughter cards):
None (First paragraph states this is only those adapters in addition to the Voltaire daughter card.)
BladeCenter Switch Modules
None (Same as above.)
Operating systems include all versions supported by both the IBM BladeCenter products (blades listed above) and available Voltaire device drivers, these may include (but will not be distributed by IBM):
Red Hat 4 (x86, AMD64, EM64T,)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, AMD64, EM64T,)
On-going Testing
Optional fee-based service. Not included in this SOW.
     
IBM Confidential    
Technical Services Agreement Number 002335    
Statement of Work #1   Page 17

 

 

Exhibit 10.11
HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
AGREEMENT NUMBER XXXX-XXXXXX
This Short Form Product Purchase Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 8th day of October, 2004, (the “Effective Date”) by and between Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”), a Delaware Corporation having its principal place of business at 3000 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California 94304, and Voltaire, Inc. (“Supplier”), having a principal place of business at 6 Fortune Drive, Billerica, MA 01821; herein collectively referred to as the “Parties”.
1.   Purpose
 
    The products (“Products”) to be purchased hereunder are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto. Nothing in this Agreement obligates HP to purchase any minimum quantity of Products. This Agreement, including HP’s “ORDER TERMS AND CONDITIONS, which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, establishes the minimum terms and conditions that shall apply to any purchase of Products made by either HP, or on HP’s behalf, by any other HP authorized third party manufacturing or servicing higher level assemblies for HP. Any Order or Acknowledgement or other legally binding volume commitment for Product which is entered during the Term will remain governed by this Agreement notwithstanding expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason.
 
2.   Definitions. As used in this Agreement and any attached Exhibits, and in addition to other terms elsewhere defined in this Agreement, each of the following terms has the indicated meanings:
“Accepted Order” means an Order as to which Supplier has issued its Acknowledgment accepting the Order or which is deemed accepted as set forth in Section 6.3 or which otherwise constitutes a contract under Applicable Law, is legally binding or legally enforceable.
“Acknowledgment” means a written or electronic acknowledgment or confirmation issued by Supplier in response to and following Supplier’s receipt of an Order issued by HP or an Eligible Purchaser to Supplier for Delivery of Product.
“Affiliate” means an entity whose voting shares are owned less than fifty percent (50%), but at least ten percent (10%), by a party to this Agreement and which is not controlled by, or under common control with, a party to this Agreement as its Subsidiary.
“Applicable Law” means all constitutions, laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, judgments, decrees, injunctions, rules, regulations, permits and legally binding requirements of all federal, state and local governmental authorities applicable to any party’s performance under this Agreement.
“Business Day” (whether initial letters are capitalized or not) means a Day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a Day on which U.S. commercial banks in California, or, if different, commercial banking institutions in the location at which performance of an act or obligation under this Agreement is to occur, are closed or required to close under Applicable Law.
“Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1 of Exhibit B.
“Current Version” shall be platform specific and shall mean the version of the Product which his included in HP software that is currently in production and generally available to Customers. Example: If version 6.2 is replaced by version 6.3 and version 6.3 is included in the HP software currently in production and generally available to Customers, then version 6.3 is the Current Version.
“Day” (whether initial letter is capitalized or not) means a calendar day and includes Saturdays, Sundays and holidays, except that, in the event that an obligation to be performed under this Agreement falls due on a day other than a Business Day, the obligation will be deemed due on the first Business Day thereafter.
“Delaying Cause” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1 of Exhibit B.
“Delivery” or “Deliver” means, in accordance with an Accepted Order and this Agreement, delivery to common carrier for shipment or shipment and arrival of Product at the receiving area, as HP or an Eligible Purchaser may designate, and Supplier may agree, from time to time during the Term.
“Delivery Date” means the date specified in an Accepted Order for the Delivery of Product by Supplier to the destination required under the Accepted Order.
“Discontinued Product” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 of Exhibit B.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 1 of 46

 


 

“Documentation” means the technical documentation that Supplier will provide with Product from time to time during the Term and to the extent HP may reasonably request and show need for access.
“Eligible Purchaser” means HP Subsidiaries and HP Affiliates and, as may be mutually agreed in writing by Supplier and HP, HP Contractors and other third parties.
“Emergency Order” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4
“Engineering Change” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 of Exhibit B.
“Enhancement” shall mean a request for an enhancement for improved function or feature of the Product.
“Epidemic Failure” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9 of Exhibit B.
“Error” shall mean a demonstrable instance of adverse and incorrect operation of a Product that causes an impact to the HP Customer’s ability to conduct business.
“Failure” means a deviation from the Specification as determined by visual inspections and/or mechanical or electrical testing. Failures will be verified using diagnostic tools and processes approved by HP and/or its Eligible Purchases. Failures may be discovered during qualification, manufacturing, final assembly or as a result of returns from HP, its Eligible Purchasers or HP Customers.
“Forecast” means HP’s non-binding estimate of purchases of Product over a one (1) year period, or such other period as may be designated by the parties.
“HP Contractor” or “Contractor” means any third party which performs work for HP or HP Subsidiaries or Affiliates and which requires Product from Supplier. HP Contractors are independent contractors of HP or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and are not legally related to HP or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates as agent, employee, partner, joint venturer or other manner.
“HP Products” means the HP products or systems that include or incorporate Product and that will be marketed and sold to end-user customers by HP or HP Subsidiaries or Affiliates and its and their resellers.
“HP Property” means all property including without limitation models, tools, equipment, copies of designs and documentation and other materials that may be furnished to Supplier by HP or on HP’s behalf or separately paid for by HP for use by Supplier in connection with this Agreement or any Order.
“HP Warehouse” means any facility which is owned, leased, rented or use of which is otherwise arranged by HP where HP inventory, including raw material, components and work-in-process, may be stored.
“Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 of Exhibit B.
“Infringing Product’ has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3 of Exhibit B.
“Intellectual Property Rights” means any ideas, whether or not patentable, inventions, discoveries, processes, works of authorship, marks, names, know-how, and any and all rights in such materials on a worldwide basis, including any rights in patents, inventor’s certificates, utility models, copyrights, moral rights, trade secrets, mask works, trade names and marks and other analogous rights.
“IP Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.6 of Exhibit B.
“Lead Time” means the time between the date an Order is accepted and the Delivery Date.
“Mark” (whether initial letter is capitalized or not) means any trademark, service mark, trademark and service mark application, trade dress, trade name, logo, insignia, symbol, design or other marking identifying a party or its products.
“Month” and “year” mean calendar month and year.
“Non-cancelable Order” means an Accepted Order that due to special circumstances (e.g., ordered quantities or item of Product) or agreement of the parties may not be rescheduled or canceled by HP. Any Accepted Order for Unique Product will be deemed to be a Non-cancelable Order.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 2 of 46

 


 

“Non-SMI” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6.
“Order” means a written or electronic purchase order or release issued by HP or an Eligible Purchaser to Supplier for Delivery of Product.
“Personal Data” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.12 of Exhibit B.
“Product” or “Products” includes any goods and services set forth in Exhibit A, Parts and all related Documentation and other deliverables provided pursuant to this Agreement. “Parts” means the spares, replacements, components and other items that may be supplied in conjunction with or as additions to Product.
“Return Materials Authorization” or “RMA” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 of Exhibit B.
“Schematics” means construction and assembly drawings, photo-tooling for PCBs, and codes, software or firmware for custom or proprietary components.
“Services” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit C.
“Shipment” (whether initial letter is capitalized or not) means the date of shipment from Supplier’s facility, or in the case of Product shipped from a third party warehouse, the date of shipment from the third party warehouse to HP or an Eligible Purchaser’s facility.
“Software” means one or more programs capable of operating on a controller, processor or other device or hardware product. Software may be a separate Product, included with another Product or fixed in a device or hardware product and not removable in normal operation.
“Specifications” means Supplier’s standard specifications for Product, the technical and functional requirements for Product set forth in Exhibit A, any Unique Specification and any other requirements which may be attached hereto or referred to herein or agreed to by the parties or which may be published in Supplier’s manuals and technical data sheets for Product in effect on the date Supplier Delivers the corresponding Order.
“Subcontractor” means any third party, under contract or other arrangement with Supplier, with responsibility for supply of components or parts for Product, Support of Product, or for assembly, storage or configuration of Product.
“Subsidiary” means an entity controlled by, or under common control with, a party to this Agreement, through ownership or control of fifty percent (50%) or greater of the voting power of the shares or other means of ownership or control, for as long as such ownership or control continues to exist.
“Supplier Managed Inventory” or “SMI” means a program or process for Supplier’s inventory to be stored at Hubs or within Supplier’s designated area within an HP Warehouse.
“Support” means technical support and other Services as set forth in Exhibit C, standard services Supplier customarily provides for Product, or substantial equivalent, and services for Product mutually agreed to be provided by Supplier to HP; provided that if Product includes or constitutes Software, Support also includes fixes, updates and upgrades, unless otherwise agreed.
“Technical Information” means Supplier’s manufacturing information and technology to produce Product and provide Support, including without limitation: (i) specifications, software, schematics, designs, drawings or other materials pertinent to the most current revision level of manufacturing of Product; (ii) copies of all inspection, manufacturing, test and quality control procedures and any other work processes; (iii) jig, fixture and tooling designs; (iv) supplier history files; (v) support documentation; and (vi) any additional technical information or materials that may be agreed to by the parties.
“Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.
“Unique Product” means Product that is unique in nature, customer-specific to HP and cannot be resold by Supplier to customers other than HP without major modification.
“Unique Specification” means a specialized or particularized requirement of HP which is unique to HP and which does not include industry standards or conventional requirements or guidelines or Supplier’s own standards, requirements or guidelines.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 3 of 46

 


 

2.   Order of Precedence
This Agreement, inclusive of all Exhibits attached hereto and made a part hereof, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior understandings, communications and agreements whether written or oral. Terms and conditions of this Agreement take precedence over the terms and conditions of any other agreement between HP and Supplier covering the Products, including but not limited to, HP’s Orders. All other terms and conditions of this Agreement and its other Exhibits shall continue to apply as originally stated.
3.   Term and Termination of the Agreement
This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions set forth herein, for an initial term of twenty-four (24) months (the “Initial Term”). The Agreement shall automatically renew and continue in effect beyond the Initial Term and each renewal term for an additional term of twelve (12) months, until terminated as specified below.
Except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, neither HP nor Supplier may terminate this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Initial Term. Supplier may terminate the Agreement thereafter by providing HP sixty (60) days prior written notice of termination. During such sixty (60) day termination notice period, HP may issue Orders at the prices specified in this Agreement for Products scheduled for delivery within six (6) months from the date of HP’s receipt of notice of termination. Termination by Supplier or termination of the Initial Term shall have no effect on Orders issued prior to the effective date of termination. Any Order delivered after the effective date of termination shall be subject to all terms of this Agreement.
Supplier or HP may terminate this Agreement (a) if the other party materially breaches a provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within forty-five (45) days after receiving written notice of such breach from the non-breaching party, or (b) immediately upon written notice, if the breaching party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or similar officer is appointed to take charge of any or all of the breaching party’s property, or seeks protection under any bankruptcy, receivership, trust deed, creditors arrangement, composition or comparable proceeding or such a proceeding is instituted against the party and is not dismissed within ninety (90) days, or the party becomes insolvent or, without a successor, dissolves, liquidates or otherwise fails to operate in the ordinary course
The provisions of Sections 2, 3, 5, 8 and 9, and this Section 3, of this Agreement, and Sections 6, 8.5, 12.5.7, 13, 15 and 21 of Exhibit B, shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement.
Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, all licenses granted to end users for use of the Software will survive subject to the terms and end user’s compliance with the applicable end user license agreement.
4.   Termination For Business Convenience
Notwithstanding the above, HP may terminate this Agreement and/or any Orders at any time (subject to payment of amounts provided herein, but without liability for damages solely on account of such termination) and without need to show cause upon ninety (90) days prior written notice.
5.   Notification
Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by United States Postal Service, Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, postage prepaid or other receipt verifiable delivery, and addressed as follows:
     
>If to HP:   >If to Supplier:
Hewlett-Packard Company
  Voltaire, Inc.
 
   
Elaine Carroll
  Mark Favreau
Commodity Mgr., BCS Procurement
  EVP and GM North American Operations
200 Forest Street
  6 Fortune Drive, Billerica, MA 01821
Marlboro, MA 01752
  Billerica, MA 01821
508-467-9815/508-467-3785/elaine.carroll@hp.com
  978.439.5454/978.439.5401/markf@voltaire.com
6.   Orders
HP may order Product in one or more of the following ways: (a) by issuing an Order; (b) by issuing a Blanket Purchase Order; or (c) according to any applicable SMI process. Only an Order, which fully complies with the terms of this Agreement, can create a binding obligation to purchase for HP. Each Order must be in writing (which includes electronic form). A binding obligation to purchase by HP and to sell by the Supplier is created when the Order is acknowledged and accepted by the Supplier as provided herein. Such obligation to purchase and sell is limited to the Products and quantity covered by the applicable Order.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 4 of 46

 


 

  6.1   Orders. Each sale and purchase of Product under this Agreement will be initiated by an Order issued to Supplier by HP or Eligible Purchaser. Each Order will include quantity and price, shipping destination, proposed delivery date and other instructions or requirements pertinent to the Order. HP may schedule regular intervals for Deliveries by an Order setting forth the intervals. This Agreement applies to all Orders for Product and all acknowledgment of Orders whether or not the Order or acknowledgement refers to this Agreement.
 
  6.2   Blanket Purchase Orders. HP may issue a Blanket Purchase Order to indicate that it may order the listed Products within the period covered by such Blanket Purchase Order. Blanket Purchase Orders do not represent a commitment by HP to buy the volume indicated. Blanket Purchase Orders will indicate the quantity, part number and revision level, if applicable, of the Product. A Blanket Purchase Order will be used for fulfillment purposes until the earlier of the expiration of such Blanket Purchase Order or depletion of the quantity or dollar limit for the Products under such Blanket Purchase Order. Supplier will support as commercially reasonable, all Forecasts it receives from HP that are associated with Blanket Purchase Orders.
 
  6.3   Order Acceptance and Acknowledgement. Each Order will be deemed to have been placed as of date of issuance of the Order Acknowledgement by Supplier. Supplier will promptly confirm to HP receipt of an Order electronically or through facsimile; provided that such confirmation of receipt does not constitute an acceptance of the Order unless it expressly so states. Within two (2) Business Days following receipt of the Order, Supplier will issue an Acknowledgement, which accepts or rejects the Order; provided that if five (5) Business Days after issuance of the Order HP has not received Supplier’s Acknowledgement, the Order will be deemed accepted as issued. HP will use reasonable commercial efforts to place Orders for Product within Forecasts and Lead Times and for Orders exceeding Forecast or shortening Lead Time, Supplier will use reasonable efforts to fill such excess or accommodate such shorter Lead Time. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by HP, Delivery must be in strict conformity with Accepted Orders. On Time Delivery will be plus (+) three (3) days early, zero (0) days late.
 
  6.4   Emergency Orders. If HP deems it necessary, HP may issue Orders on an emergency basis (“Emergency Order”). Subject to availability of Product, Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to ship Emergency Orders to HP’s stipulated destination/s within one (1) Business Day after the Acknowledgement by Supplier.
 
  6.5   Lead Times. Lead Time for each item of Product will be negotiated by the parties during the Term and reviewed quarterly. Either party may request a change in Lead Times at any time, and any change announced by Supplier will apply unless otherwise agreed; provided that Lead Times may not be materially lengthened on less than thirty (30) days prior written notice. Product Lead Times are referenced in Exhibit A.
 
  6.6   Inventory Requirements. HP may request Supplier to deliver Product either through a non-Supplier Managed Inventory (“non-SMI”) process or to use an SMI process. There is no inventory requirement under a non-SMI process. Use of an SMI process, whether with HP Warehouse or otherwise, may require additional or different mutually agreeable terms and conditions. Without limiting any of the obligations or liabilities of Supplier, Supplier will maintain, at its own expense, as long as this Agreement is in effect, insurance policies.
 
  6.7   Supplier agrees that all of HP’s subsidiaries, affiliates, contractors, and other third parties wherever located, may purchase Products pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, provided that:
  6.7.1   Nothing herein makes HP liable or otherwise responsible for any purchases or obligations of any HP subsidiary, affiliate, contractor, or other third party;
 
  6.7.2   Purchases by any such HP subsidiary, affiliate, contractor or other third party are for the production of HP assemblies or are otherwise related to the support of HP assemblies; and
 
  6.7.3   As may reasonably be requested by Supplier, HP will provide reasonable confirmation that such purchases by any HP subsidiary, affiliate, contractor or other third party are intended for HP assemblies; and
 
  6.7.4   Such HP contractor or third party agrees (in a writing delivered to Supplier) to be bound by all of HP’s obligations hereunder.
  6.8   Purchase Reports. Within thirty (30) days after close of each HP fiscal quarter, Supplier will provide HP with a report which details purchases of Product by HP by item, quantity and purchase location, showing total quantities shipped, total dollars invoiced, returns, percent of on-time and on-quality orders and other such information as HP and Supplier may mutually determine is appropriate. Reports will be sent to HP’s respective purchase locations and a report detailing HP’s total purchases will be sent to HP’s primary contact set forth in Section 5 above.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 5 of 46

 


 

  6.9   Forms. For convenience, HP may use its preprinted forms to order Products, and Supplier may use its preprinted forms to confirm same; provided , however , the provisions of this Agreement, including the Exhibits, shall govern the transactions contemplated hereby, and any preprinted or other provision contained in any such forms (other than Product identifications, quantities, price terms and delivery terms which are consistent with this Agreement) shall have no force or effect under this Agreement. No order shall be binding upon Supplier until Supplier confirms in writing its acceptance (including without limitation, credit approval) except as provided in Section 6.3.
 
  6.10   Forecasts. On a monthly basis, and with reasonable efforts by no later than the fifth day of every calendar month, HP will provide Supplier with non-binding, good faith forecasts (in a format reasonably acceptable to Supplier) of its (including its subsidiaries, affiliates and contractors) anticipated requirements for each Product and delivery dates over the following six (6) month period.
7.   Pricing and Delivery
  7.1.   To the extent specified herein and permitted by applicable law, Supplier shall offer HP the lowest prices and most favorable terms that it affords, or intends to afford, any of its other customers for the same Products (in comparable volumes and purchase commitments). Supplier agrees to provide HP notice of any agreement which it enters into with that provides more favorable pricing to a similarly situated third party within thirty (30) days of the close of the agreement with the third party. HP may, at its sole option, adopt the more favorable pricing provided that HP also adopts all additional restrictions, obligations, licenses and other applicable terms and conditions specified in such agreement.
 
  7.2.   Prices and freight/delivery terms shall be in accordance with Exhibit A. Title and risk of loss shall pass to HP upon delivery of product(s) to HP’s designated location or its carrier as required in Exhibit B. If during the Term changed prices are put into effect by mutual agreement of HP and Supplier or reduced prices are otherwise put into effect by Supplier, such prices shall apply to all Orders issued by HP after the effective date of such new prices and to all Products scheduled but unshipped against open Orders. All Products under this Agreement shall be subject to pricing adjustments occurring regularly at periodic three-month intervals (quarterly) for the duration of the Term/s of this Agreement. Supplier and HP agree to initiate in good faith pricing discussions beginning upon the final month of the current quarter for pricing for each such successive fiscal quarter. The exact percentage of the change, if any, will be mutually agreed by the parties and be based on market conditions and other relevant factors to the business model as jointly determined by the parties.
8.   Payment
 
    Payment for Products by HP shall be due net * ( * ) days after the later of (i) delivery of the applicable Products or (ii) receipt by HP of an appropriate invoice from Supplier. If HP fails to make any payment when due, Supplier shall have the right to take whatever action it deems appropriate (including without limitation, immediately stopping deliveries under any or all then current orders, refusing further orders, requiring payment in full upon order, or terminating this Agreement as provided herein), and taking any such action shall not foreclose any other right that Supplier may have as a consequence of late payment. .
 
9.   Warranty Period
 
    For a period of * ( * ) months from the date of HP’s receipt of new Products delivered hereunder (or such other period specified in Exhibit B), Supplier offers the warranties and remedies set forth in the attached Exhibit B. The warranty for replaced or repaired Products will be the same as for new Products and begin on the date of receipt of the replaced or repaired Products by HP and continue for the longer of thirty (30) days and the remainder of the original warranty period.
 
10.   Competitive Offers
  10.1.   Competitive Pricing. Supplier will maintain competitive pricing for HP throughout the Term.
 
  10.2.   Competitive Offerings. At any time during the Term, unless otherwise agreed, HP may notify Supplier that HP has received a bona fide offer to deliver Product, or a substantial equivalent, under written contract in approximately comparable volume, mix, service level and duration of committed sale as the undelivered or unperformed portion of any committed volume under this Agreement at pricing lower than pricing in effect under this Agreement or at lower total cost to HP. If within fifteen (15) days of the date of such notice, Supplier does not reduce its pricing sufficiently to meet the terms of such offer and advise HP of such reduction, HP may purchase from such offer or any or all of the undelivered or unperformed portion of any committed volume under an Acknowledged and Accepted Order, in accordance with the Flexibility Schedule in Exhibit E. Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, this provision will not apply to (i) any Non-cancelable Order for Product or (ii) any Accepted Order arising under Section 9 of Exhibit B or otherwise entered as a lifetime-buy at end of Product cycle.
 
  10.3.   New Product Offerings. At any time during the Term HP may notify Supplier that HP has received a bona fide offer to deliver goods which have superior technical specifications or superior in-use attributes or capabilities as compared with Product, and to the extent it deems itself able to do so, HP may provide specifics so that Supplier may revise specifications for Product or otherwise offer such substitute goods to HP hereunder. If within a commercially reasonable time after such notice, Supplier is unable to sell or fails to offer to sell HP Products with revised specifications (which are acceptable to HP) or such substitute goods at competitive
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 6 of 46

 


 

      pricing and otherwise meeting the terms of such offer, HP many cancel, by written notice received no less than thirty (30) days in advance of the applicable Delivery Date, any or all of the undelivered or unperformed portion of any Accepted Order in accordance with this Agreement (including without limitation, any charge pursuant Section 4.2 of Exhibit B). The quantity so purchased will be deleted from HP’s purchase requirements.
11.   Miscellaneous
 
    No amendment to or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding unless in writing and executed by an authorized representative of HP and Supplier.
 
12.   Exhibits
 
    All exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed part of this Agreement and incorporated by reference. The term “Agreement” includes the exhibits listed in this Section 12. Terms defined in this Agreement and used in any exhibit shall have the same meaning in the exhibit as in this Agreement. Exhibit B contains among other provisions, limitation of liability, governing provisions, and indemnification among other terms and conditions.
 
    The following exhibits(s) are hereby made a part of this Agreement:
     
Exhibit   Description
A
  Products and Pricing
B
  HP Order Terms And Conditions
C
  Service and Support Requirements
D
  Software and Documentation Warranty
E
  Flexibility Agreement
F
  Quality Assurance Requirements
G
  Supplier Social & Environmental Responsibility Agreement
H
  Product Specifications
I
  Supplier’s Software License Agreement
J
  HP Software License Terms
K
  Third Party Code and Licenses Included in Software
This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. It shall not be varied except by an instrument in writing of subsequent date duly executed by authorized representatives of the Parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement by their respective authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.
             
APPROVED AND AGREED TO:
      APPROVED AND AGREED TO:    
 
           
Voltaire, Inc.
      Hewlett-Packard Company    
(Supplier)
      (HP)    
 
           
/s/ Mark E. Favreau
      /s/ Sue Oliveira    
 
           
(Signature)
      (Signature)    
 
           
Mark E. Favreau
      Sue Oliveira    
 
           
(Typed Name)
      (Typed Name)    
 
           
Executive Vice-President & General Manager
      Director, BCS Procurement    
 
           
(Title)
      (Title)    
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 7 of 46

 


 

Exhibit A
To Agreement No. XXXX-XXXXXX
Products and Pricing
                     
Item                   Lead-time
No.   HP Part No.   Supplier Part No.   Product Description   Unit Price   (Days)
1
  376165-B21   501S30010   ISR9024, IB switch router, externally managed   *   *
2
  376166-B21   501S30020   ISR9024M , IB switch router, internally managed   *   *
3
  376167-B21   501S30030   ISR9024-12, IB switch router w/ 4 upper 12X ports externally managed   *   *
4
  376168-B21   501S30040   ISR9024M-12, IB switch router w/ 4 upper 12X ports internally managed   *   *
5
  376169-B21   501S30001   Redundant power supply for ISR 9024   *   *
6
  376170-B21   501S41000   ISR9288 chassis containing 2 12 connections fabric boards, 1 management board w/ VFM and Voltaire Vision sw pkgs, 2 fan units, rear panel control, 1 power supply unit   *   *
7
  376171-B21   501D40030   sLB-24, 24 4X IB ports modular line board   *   *
8
  376172-B21   501D30040   sRBD, Router blade drawer   *   *
9
  376173-B21   501D19100   IPR, IB to IP router blade (IB form factor, 4 GbE SMP ports)   *   *
10
  376174-B21   501S18100   FCR IB to FC router blade (IB form factor, 4 FC ports)   *   *
11
  376175-B21   501D40050   sFB-12, 12 connections fabric board   *   *
12
  376176-B21   501D40080   sMB, Additional management board   *   *
13
  376177-B21   501D40100   sPSU, Additional power supply unit for ISR9288   *   *
14
      501S12319   HCA 400 (PCI-X) w/ 2 4X IB ports, 128MB RAM & Linux open source MPI pkg with IpoIB & SDP support   *   *
15
      501S12317   HCA 400EX (8X PCI-Express) w/ 2 4X IB ports, 128MB RAM & Linux open source MPI pkg with IpoIB & SDP support   *   *
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 8 of 46
 
* Omitted pursuant to confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.

 


 

Exhibit B
To Agreement No. XXXX-XXXXXX
HP Order Terms and Conditions
1.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT .
  1.1.   Terms and Conditions . The terms and conditions set forth below together with those appearing on the face of this Order, any attachments hereto and any document or other writing which is incorporated herein by reference, including the main body of the Agreement (collectively, the “Order”) constitute the complete and exclusive agreement between HP and the party identified in the “issued to” box on the face of this Order (“Supplier”). All references in this Order to “HP” shall mean the HP entity issuing the Order. In the event of a conflict, difference or inconsistency between a provision of this Order and a provision contained in a written purchase agreement or a professional services agreement, the subject of which agreement is the products and/or services being purchased under this Order respectively, the provision contained in such purchase agreement or professional services agreement shall govern. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the main Agreement.
 
  1.2.   Acceptance and Modification . This Order can be accepted only upon the provisions expressed herein. HP objects to any additional or different terms or conditions, whether or not material, contained in any acknowledgement or confirmation of Order. Supplier may accept this Order by acknowledging or confirming it, commencing performance or other means manifesting assent to be bound. No modification of this Order shall be binding on either party unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of each party.
2.   PRICES AND INVOICES .
  2.1.   Price . HP agrees to purchase and pay Supplier for, and Supplier shall sell to HP, Products and/or Services (“Services”) shown on the face of this Order at the prices specified. Except as otherwise provided in this Order, such prices are exclusive of applicable freight charges and duties. As more specifically described in Section 7.1 of the Agreement, such prices are not in excess of the lowest prices charged by Supplier to other similarly situated customers for similar quantities of Products or Services of like kind and quality.
 
  2.2.   Taxes . HP shall be responsible for all taxes, duties, tariffs, levies and similar assessments with respect to payments made under this Order, except for taxes measured by Supplier’s net income or assets, business and occupation taxes, and legally required withholding taxes. Where applicable, Supplier shall invoice HP for such taxes, in a form as to allow HP to recover these taxes as appropriate. HP shall include such taxes with payment or provide Supplier with the appropriate documentation to support exemption from such tax.
 
  2.3.   Payment . Payment for Products and/or Services by HP shall be due * ( * ) days after the later to occur of receipt by HP of: (i) an appropriate invoice from Supplier or (ii) delivery of the corresponding Products and/or Services. HP may deduct from its payment the amount of any credits issued by Voltaire under this Agreement.
 
  2.4.   Not Acceptance . Payment by HP will not constitute acceptance of Products and/or Services, nor impair HP’s right to inspect Products and/or Services, or invoke any of its remedies.
 
  2.5.   Forecasts . Any forecasts provided by HP are only an accommodation to Supplier, and shall not constitute a commitment of any type by HP.
3.   SHIPMENT AND DELIVERY .
  3.1.   Prospective Failure . Supplier shall give HP notice of any prospective failure to ship Products or provide Services on the delivery date specified by HP and confirmed in Supplier’s acknowledgment (the “Delivery Date”).
 
  3.2.   Portion of Products Available . If only a portion of Products is available for shipment to meet the Delivery Date, Supplier shall promptly notify HP and ship the available Products unless directed by HP to reschedule shipment. If Supplier ships Products by a method other than as specified in this Order, Supplier shall pay any resulting increase in the cost of freight incurred over that which would have been incurred had Supplier complied with HP’s shipping instructions.
 
  3.3.   Portion of Services Performed . If only a portion of the Services can be performed on the Delivery Date, Supplier shall promptly notify HP and perform such Services unless directed by HP to reschedule performance.
 
  3.4.   Untimely Shipment . If, due to Supplier’s failure to timely ship Products, the specified method of transportation would not permit Supplier to meet the Delivery Date, the Products affected shall be shipped by air transportation or other expedient means acceptable to HP. Supplier shall pay for any resulting increase in the cost of freight incurred over that which would have been incurred had Supplier shipped Products in a timely fashion by the method of transportation specified by HP.
 
* Omitted pursuant to confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 9 of 46

 


 

  3.5.   Early Delivery . If Products are delivered more than three (3) business days prior to the Delivery Date, HP may either return Products or delay processing the corresponding invoice until the Delivery Date.
 
  3.6.   Over Shipment . If Supplier makes any shipment that is in excess of the quantity specified in the Order, HP may return excess Products.
 
  3.7.   Cost and Expenses . Supplier shall be responsible for all costs and expenses, including transportation charges, associated with return of over shipments and early shipments by HP to Supplier, provided HP has complied with the RMA procedure in Section 7.3 of this Exhibit B.
 
  3.8.   Shipment Terms . Unless otherwise specified in this Order, shipments of Products shall be FCA Supplier’s place of shipment/export Incoterms 2000. Title and risk of loss or damage shall pass from Supplier to HP upon Supplier’s delivery of Products to the carrier specified by HP. Supplier will bear all expenses related to packing, loading and delivery of Products to the designated carrier, and loading of Products onto carrier’s conveyance.
 
  3.9.   Protection of Products . Supplier shall preserve, package, handle, and pack Products so as to protect Products from loss or damage, in conformance with good commercial practice, HP specifications, government regulations, and other applicable requirements. Regardless of when title and/or risk of loss passes from Supplier to HP, Supplier shall be responsible for any loss or damage due to its failure to properly preserve, package, handle, or pack Products. HP shall not be required to assert any claims for such loss or damage against the carrier involved.
 
  3.10.   Packing List . Each delivery of Products to HP shall include a packing list that contains at least: (i) the Order number; (ii) the HP part number; (iii) the quantity shipped; and (iv) the date of shipment. The information on the packing list must agree with the information on the commercial invoice.
4.   CHANGES .
  4.1.   Change or Cancellation . HP may, without charge except as provided herein, change or cancel any portion of this Order including, without limitation, quantity required, provided HP gives Supplier written notice received prior to the Delivery Date. Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, this provision will not apply (and HP may not make any change) in respect of (i) any Non-cancelable Order for Product or (ii) any Accepted Order arising under Section 9 of Exhibit B or otherwise entered as a lifetime-buy at end of Product cycle.
 
  4.2.   Charges . The charges set forth in Exhibit E, if any, will apply depending on how far in advance HP gives written notice of any change or cancellation, and whether or not HP reschedules delivery of the same or greater quantity of Products in the near-term. HP hereby agrees to promptly pay Supplier any such charges.
 
  4.3.   Supplier Proposed Changes. Except as set forth in this Section, Supplier will not make or incorporate in Product any of the following changes (each an “Engineering Change” and collectively, “Engineering Changes”):
  4.3.1.   Process and raw material changes, including chemical and raw material formulations, component and material sourcing and quality statistical controls, which affects form, fit, function or process; reference JETA EIA-JESD46-B and subsequent revisions.
 
  4.3.2.   Design changes;
 
  4.3.3.   Geographical relocation of manufacturing , test, upgrade or repair processes; or
 
  4.3.4.   Process step discontinuances affecting electrical performance, mechanical form, fit, function or performance, environmental compatibility, chemical characteristics, software compatibility or the life, reliability or quality of Product.
  4.4.   Notice of Proposed Change . Supplier will notify HP in writing of any proposed Engineering Change and will provide a reasonable number of evaluation samples and other appropriate information as HP may reasonably request at least ninety (90) days prior to the first proposed shipment of any Product involving an Engineering Change; provided that Supplier may not provide Product involving an Engineering Change to HP for production usage until HP has notified Supplier, in writing, that it has completed its qualification testing. If any such change affects price, component obsolescence, quality performance or delivery schedules of Product, an impact proposal prepared by Supplier shall be present to HP for approval prior to Supplier initiating any change to Product. Supplier agrees to use diligent efforts to provide Engineering Changes to HP in accord with the 90-day period prescribed in this Section 4.4; provided, HP agrees such 90-day period shall not be a binding requirement until the earlier of the parties mutual agreement or delivery of the 200 th unit of Product to HP.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 10 of 46

 


 

      If as a result of such an Engineering Change HP would be unable to utilize Product due to a failure under HP’s qualifications, Supplier will continue to provide Product without the Engineering change until Supplier and HP resolve any qualification issues. If a resolution mutually recognized as such by both parties is not achieved within a reasonable time, Supplier shall (unless Supplier and HP mutually agree that Supplier will continue to fulfill Accepted Orders for Product) discontinue supply of Product without the Engineering Change, whereupon HP may cancel all Accepted Orders for Product without cost or liability or terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Supplier.
 
  4.5.   HP Proposed Changes . HP may change HP-supplied drawings or designs or the Specifications at any time prior to manufacture, effective upon notice to Supplier. If any such change affects price, component obsolescence, quality performance or delivery schedules of Product, an impact proposal prepared by Supplier shall be presented to HP for approval prior to Supplier initiating any change. Supplier may make written claim for any equitable adjustment related to such change within ninety (90) days from the date HP gives notice to Supplier of such change.
 
  4.6.   Safety Standard Changes . Supplier will immediately provide to HP oral notice, to be followed by written notice, or email notice within one (1) business day of Supplier having knowledge of the need for any upgrade, substitution or other change to a Product that is required to make that product meet applicable safety standards or other governmental statutes, rules, orders or regulations, even those that are not defined as Engineering Changes in Section 4.1 above. Except as provided in the next sentence, all affected Products already purchased by HP may, at HP’s election, either be returned to Supplier for upgrade to current revisions or upgraded by Supplier or HP in the field pursuant to the procedures outlined in Section 8.2 below. If a Product meets applicable safety standards and other governmental requirements at the time of manufacture and shipment to HP, HP and Supplier will work together to implement any subsequent upgrade, substitution or other required change required in an equitable manner based on good faith discussions between the parties; provided , if such upgrade, substitution or change is mandated by law or regulation, then the parties shall share the costs in an equitable manner. In all other instances, such upgrade, substitution or change required by HP will be implemented at HP’s sole cost and such upgrade, substitution or change required by Supplier will be implemented at Supplier’s sole cost.
 
  4.7.   Technical Cooperation . Subject to the confidentiality provisions in Section 15 below, during the term of the Agreement, the parties will discuss architecture and explore the possibilities for technically integrating Supplier and HP products. Each party will designate a technical representative to lead these discussions as well as to address other technical issues relating to the product enhancements and co-marketing alliance. To the extent applicable to Products purchased by HP under this Agreement, Supplier agrees to share and review with HP engineers detailed technical information for current and future products (which such information shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), including, but not limited to:
  4.7.1   Architecture diagrams;
 
  4.7.2   Information necessary for HP to (i) understand the related architecture and to develop test suites for resolution of potential problems, and (ii) to understand the implications of such potential problems with the ability to implement configurations efficiently;
 
  4.7.3   Information necessary for HP to implement efficient configurations free of any significant performance problems;
 
  4.7.4   Configurations and potential deadlock issues and resolution for such items, and;
 
  4.7.5   New product features and Product roadmap.
5.   QUALITY .
  5.1.   Quality System . Supplier will maintain a quality system that ensures compliance with the Agreement and meets the following; Supplier:
  5.1.1   Currently is or will use reasonable efforts to become by 31 December 2005 certified to the applicable ISO 9000 series of standards for the Products and or spare Parts provided to HP.
 
  5.1.2   Maintains or will use reasonable efforts to maintain by 31 December 2005 to implement and maintain a quality management system and manual that complies with the applicable ISO9000 quality systems series of standards.
 
  5.1.3   Has successfully passed HP’s supplier qualification audits. Supplier, upon written request form HP, will provide to HP copies of Supplier’s quality system documentation and supporting test documentation. The parties will create and maintain a combined team to provide oversight of Supplier’s quality systems to ensure Supplier’s compliance with this Agreement.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 11 of 46

 


 

  5.2.   Product Holds . Supplier will, upon HP’s request, hold shipments of Product until HP’s verification that the Product complies with HP’s specifications.
 
  5.3.   HP’s Right to Inspect Facilities . With reasonable advance written notice, and in compliance with Supplier’s security and safety requirements, HP and/or its designated representative may inspect Supplier’s production and repair facilities (including but not limited to Product raw materials, equipment associated manufacturing processes, test and inspection data, reliability data, failure analysis data, corrective action data, and training data) to ensure compliance with this Agreement. HP’s inspection, when accompanied by a Supplier representative may be for any reason related to this Product or process, including to assure Supplier’s compliance with HP’s requirements. Supplier will inform its Subcontractors and suppliers of HP’s right to inspect their facilities and will use reasonable efforts to secure such rights, each party to bear its own costs and expenses in the performance of any such HP requested inspection. Any HP inspection of Supplier’s Subcontractors’ and suppliers’ facilities will be accompanied by an authorized representative of Supplier and all information observed or obtained as part of such inspection shall be subject to the non-disclosure agreement between Supplier and HP.
 
  5.4   Supplier Rating . HP periodically reviews its suppliers using a High Performance Supplier Survey (HPSS), a rating system for technology, quality, supply, cost, and business/risks. Supplier will participate in the review process.
6.   WARRANTIES .
 
    Subject to the other provisions of this Section 6, Supplier represents and warrants that all Products and/or Services: (i) shall conform to the design criteria, specifications (including, but not limited to, general specifications), descriptions, drawings, samples, and other requirements referred to in this Order or provided by Supplier; (ii) shall be free from defects in design, material, and workmanship; (iii) shall be free of all liens, encumbrances, and other claims against title; (iv) do not infringe any patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right of a third party; (v) Products are new and do not contain any used or reconditioned parts or materials; and (vi) all Services will be performed in a professional manner consistent with the prevailing standards of care and skill.
  6.1.   Product Intellectual Property Warranties .
 
      Supplier has no actual knowledge that any Product infringes any third party Intellectual Property Rights.
  6.1.1.   Except as previously disclosed to HP, Supplier is not aware of any claim for violation or infringement against any Product and Supplier will promptly notify HP if Supplier becomes aware of any claim or receives actual notice of any such claim against Products.
  6.2.   IP Warranty. Unless otherwise specified under this Agreement, if the Supplier breaches Section 6 (iv) or Section 6.1 intellectual property warranty, HP shall notify Supplier in writing to provide a proposal in good faith within thirty (30) days of the notice to cure the alleged breach. If the Supplier fails to provide such proposal in good faith after the alleged breach and thirty (30) days notice, HP may immediately cancel any unfilled Accepted Orders for the Infringing Product without liability, such remedies being in addition to any other remedies provided by this Agreement. If a U.S. District Court or any court worldwide adjudges that Product, or any item or part thereof, infringes any United States Patent or any patent worldwide, irrespective of whether further right of appeal lies available to Supplier, or if Product or use is enjoined at any stage of the proceedings, any unfilled Accepted Orders for such Infringing Product will be canceled ipso facto without liability for HP. In addition to the foregoing, HP’s exclusive remedy and Supplier’s sole obligations shall be as set forth in Section 13.
 
  6.3.   Warranty Periods. All warranties set forth this section 6 will survive any inspection, delivery, acceptance or payment by HP. The warranties set forth in this Section 6 are effective upon date the Product is delivered to HP, are continuing and will remain in effect for the Supplier’s warranty period of * ( * ) months. All warranties in Section 6.2 are effective at Delivery, are continuing and will remain in effect for a period extending no less than * ( * ) years after the date an HP Product is discontinued. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the warranty for the Software will be for ninety (90) days commencing upon the date such Software is Delivered to HP and the warranty for the hardware will be for * ( * ) months commencing upon the date such hardware is delivered to HP.
 
  6.4.   Software and Documentation Warranty. If Product includes or constitutes Software, Supplier provides additional warranties of substantial conformance with applicable specifications, and warrant Software will execute its programming instructions when property installed, as set forth in Exhibit D.
 
  6.5.   Compliance with Applicable Law . Supplier and HP warrant that it will comply with Applicable Law in its performance under this Agreement.
 
  6.6.   Warranty Exclusions . The warranties set forth in this Section 6 will not apply to any Product to the extent such Product (i) have been improperly installed, or have been repaired, altered or otherwise modified (other than by Supplier or Supplier’s authorized Subcontractors), (ii) have been subjected to misuse, abuse, negligence or accident, (iii) have been used in a manner contrary to
 
* Omitted pursuant to confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 12 of 46

 


 

      Specifications or Supplier’s written instructions or Documentation or industry standard practice, (iv) are comprised of materials provided or a design stipulated by HP and not approved by Supplier in writing or (v) are used Product, and do not cover normal wear and tear. Supplier shall not be responsible for any data or other information contained in any Product returned for warranty service (such as, for example, any Product configuration settings).
 
  6.7.   Survival of Warranties . All warranties specified in Section 5.2 shall: (i) survive any inspection, delivery, acceptance, or payment by HP (ii) run to HP and its successors, assigns, and customers.
 
  6.8.   Epidemic Failure Warranty . In addition to the warranties specified above, Seller warrants all Products against Epidemic Failure for a period of three years after acceptance of that Product by HP. Epidemic Failure means the occurrence of the same manufacturing failure of the Product to meet the Specifications in 15% of HCA Products and 20% of Switch Products, within a three (3) month timeframe or within a specified date code population of such Products.
 
      If a Product exhibits an Epidemic Failure, HP may select the following remedy at its discretion: Supplier will provide HP, not later than five (5) Business Days following discovery of the Epidemic Failure (or other timeframe as mutually agreed upon, a root cause analysis and corrective action plan. Hp will make available information and assistance reasonably required to enable the Supplier to conduct its root cause analysis and provide its corrective action report. Once HP approves the report, Supplier will incorporate the corrective action in appropriate future Products.
 
  6.9.   Supplier Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PRODUCTS, DOCUMENTATION AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND SUPPLIER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING PRODUCT INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL WARRANTIES ARISING FROM ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF TRADE.
7.   NON-COMPLYING PRODUCTS AND/OR SERVICES .
  7.1.   Non-Compliance . If any Products or Services are defective or otherwise not in conformity with the requirements of an Order (“Non-Complying Products” and “Non-Complying Services”, respectively), HP may at its election: (i) return the Non-Complying Products for repair or replacement at Supplier’s expense as specified herein; (ii) after giving written notice to Supplier (specifying the Non-Complying Products in detail) and obtaining Supplier’s written concurrence, repair the Non-Complying Products and recover HP’s reasonable expenses of repair; or (iii) require Supplier to re-perform the Services at Supplier’s expense or refund the amount paid for such Services. Any Products or Services repaired or furnished in replacement shall, from the date of delivery of such corrected or replaced Products or Services, be subject to the provisions of Section 6 for a period equal to the longer of 30 days after redelivery or the original warranty period and to the same extent as Products and Services initially furnished pursuant to this Order.
 
  7.2.   Time for Compliance . If HP selects the alternative described in paragraph 7.1 (i), Supplier shall return the repaired Non-Complying Products or replacement no later than ten (10) work days after receipt of the Non-Complying Products from HP. If HP selects the alternative described in paragraph 7.1 (iii), Supplier shall re-perform the Services within ten (10) work days after notice from HP that Services are defective or not in conformity with the requirements of this Order. The cure period specified in Section 19.1 shall apply only once to any breach of this section 7.2.
 
  7.3.   Return Materials Authorization. Product may be returned to Supplier by HP only as set forth in this Section and Exhibit C. Product returned to Supplier will be accompanied by a Return Materials Authorization (“RMA”) issued by Supplier. Unless Supplier reasonable requires further verification, Supplier will provide an RMA within two (2) Business Days of HP’s request. Supplier will not unreasonably refuse or fail to provide an RMA. Any replaced Products or parts shall become Supplier’s property.
 
  7.4.   Credit, Repair, or Replacement. HP’s acceptance of each Product unit shall occur upon HP’s receipt of such unit/s unless HP notified Supplier in writing sent by mail, facsimile, or other electronic means within fifteen (15) days after HP’s receipt of such Product unit that such Product unit is a non-complying Product. Supplier shall repair or replace at Supplier’s sole expense each such Non-complying Product pursuant to the warranty provisions under Section 6 herein and returned pursuant to Section 7 of this Exhibit B. HP may elect in its sole discretion, to return a Non-complying Product for credit at Supplier’s expense. In the event a Product returned by HP as Non-complying and, upon Supplier performing testing upon the returned Product finds the Product to be in compliance, then HP and Supplier will work together to ascertain why complying Product is returned by HP.
 
      Determination of whether to credit, repair or replace such Non-complying Products will be mutually determined by the parties. Additionally, HP may return for repair or replacement an entire lot of Product if (a) a tested sample (consisting of not less than ten (10) units) of that lot contains greater than ten percent (2%) Non-complying Products and (b) the aggregate number of Non-complying Products in all samples tested from such lot exceeds five percent (5%) of the total number of units in such lot. Prior to
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 13 of 46

 


 

      HP returning an entire lot of Products, Supplier will have the option to go on-site at Supplier’s expense to correct the Product’s non-conformance. In the event of an over shipment, HP may elect to keep the additional units, subject to the payment procedures in Section 8 of the Agreement. Supplier will return the replacement or repaired Products as soon as possible but in no event later than 15 Business Days after receipt of the Non-complying Product from HP.
 
  7.5.   Return Charges . All Non-Complying Products returned by HP to Supplier will be at HP’s sole risk and expense, including transportation and insurance charges, and all replacement or repaired Products shipped by Supplier to HP to replace Non-Complying Products, will be at Supplier’s risk and expense, including transportation charges.
 
  7.6.   Failure to Provide Complying Products . If Supplier fails to return repaired or replaced Products to HP within fifteen (15) Business days of receipt of Non-Complying Products, HP may reject the Non-Complying Products with a full refund of all costs paid by HP. If HP rejects the Non-Complying Products, HP may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as HP deems appropriate, similar Products in substitution for the Non-Complying Products.
 
  7.7.   Failure to Re-perform Services . If Supplier fails to re-perform the Services within ten (10) work days after notice from HP, HP may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as HP deems appropriate, Services in substitution for the Non-Complying Services. As Supplier’s sole liability and HP’s exclusive remedy, Supplier shall reimburse HP upon demand for all additional costs incurred by HP in purchasing any such substitute Services, but not more than the amount HP paid Supplier for the Non-Complying Service.
 
  7.8   Epidemic Failure Remedy . If an Epidemic Failure occurs, HP may initiate in its sole discretion a field stocking recall or customer based recall or retrofit. Upon such initiation, HP may elect to have the Products (i) returned to Supplier for repair or replacement; (ii) repaired or replaced by Supplier in the field; or (iii) repaired or replaced by HP in the field, including Products in distributor inventory and HP’s installed base. If HP chooses to perform a field repair, Supplier will provide the appropriate replacement Products, parts or upgrades free of charge to HP. Such Products, parts or upgrades will have the highest shipping priority. If in HP’s discretion, Supplier fails to promptly repair or replace Products with Products that are acceptable to HP, HP may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as HP deems appropriate, similar Products to substitute for the Products, and Supplier shall reimburse HP for all charges, prices, and fees paid for the affected Products and for all additional costs incurred by HP in purchasing such substitute Products. All costs, including but not limited to materials, labor, transportation and inventory replacement arising from an Epidemic Failure shall be borne by Supplier except as provided below.
7.8.1. Exclusions from Supplier Liability. Supplier will not be liable for Epidemic Failure or Product Recall costs to the extent the cause of the Epidemic Failure or Product Recall is due solely to (i) compliance with the Requirements or Specifications to the extent provided by HP, if all implementations thereof would result in the problem prompting the Epidemic Failure or Product Recall and Supplier was unaware of the problem; (ii) consigned components and Supplier was unaware of the problem; or (iii) a change in the law or other governmental requirement after the date of manufacture.
7.8.2 Sharing of Costs. To the extent Supplier is not liable for Epidemic Failure or Product Recall costs in accordance with the foregoing clause, HP is liable. If HP pays costs for which Supplier is liable, HP may submit an invoice to Supplier for the amount paid. Supplier will pay HP the invoiced amount pursuant to the payment terms of the Agreement.
8.   SUPPORT/OTHER SERVICES
  8.1.   Supplier will maintain such number of qualified personnel as is necessary to provide timely and knowledgeable Support and will provide Support to HP as set forth in Exhibit C, Service and Support Requirements. Supplier may independently offer and provide maintenance and support services to third parties, including HP’s customers, but Supplier may not use HP Confidential Information or HP Property to provide such services.
 
  8.2.   New Products . HP may request that Supplier provide HP with Product adapted for use with new releases of HP Products within such time frames as may be negotiated by the parties. Supplier will consider each request on a case-by-case basis. If Supplier agrees to provide such Product, Supplier may purchase such HP Products as may be required for Supplier to develop any adaptation, or, at HP’s discretion, such HP Products and Property may be provided to facilitate the adaptation, subject to a separate agreement. Supplier agrees that, during the Term and any extension thereof, any such newer products will be made available to HP for shipment on or before the last shipment date made available by Supplier or any other of Supplier’s similar customers with similar volumes of Products (as measured over Supplier’s most recent calendar quarter) and Supplier will reasonably endeavor to make available to HP in sufficient quantity to accommodate all HP Orders reasonable within Forecast designated such newer products. In the event of any allocated product status initiated by Supplier, Supplier will promptly give all HP Orders no less order fulfillment and shipping priority than that given to Supplier’s most favored customers with similar volumes of Products (as measured over Supplier’s most recent calendar quarter), with such allocation to be made on a fair-share percentage-volume basis between HP and Supplier’s other most favored customers.
 
  8.3.   HP Property. HP may provide to Supplier HP Property solely for use in Providing Services, Support or in Supplier’s
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 14 of 46

 


 

      manufacturing, testing or adapting Product. All HP Property will be identified as the sole property of HP. HP Property may not be transferred, assigned, loaned or otherwise encumbered by Supplier in any way. HP Property may be provided to third parties for fulfillment of Supplier’s obligations hereunder only upon HP’s prior written consent. Supplier will return, at its expense, HP Property in good condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, upon HP’s request or in all events upon termination or expiration of this Agreement. HP may require Supplier to enter into further written agreement and execute appropriate documentation as a condition to Supplier having access to HP Property.
 
  8.4.   Substitute Products. If Supplier develops any products that are more efficient or less expensive than the comparable Product available under this Agreement, HP will have the right to substitute such products, if compatible with any current version of HP Products, at such pricing as the parties may mutually agree.
 
  8.5.   Survival of Support Obligations. Supplier’s support obligations under this Agreement shall survive any termination or expiration of the Agreement or any Exhibit or Addendum until expiration of HP’s Survival Period. The license granted to HP and authorized Support sub-contractors herein for support and maintenance purposes and any warranties and indemnities made by HP shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement and any Exhibit or Addendum. The rights HP has granted or agreed to grant Customers prior to termination of the Agreement, including HP’s right to distribute Revisions of the Product, shall survive until expiration of the Survival Period. Unless otherwise stated in Exhibit C, Supplier’s obligations to provide Support will continue throughout the Term or, except in the case that Supplier terminates this Agreement for HP’s uncured material breach of (a) an uncontested payment obligation, (b) its confidentiality obligations or (c) Supplier’s Intellectual Property Rights, for five (5) years after the last Delivery of Product under this Agreement, whichever is longer; provided that as to any Product for which manufacture or supply is discontinued in accordance with Article 9 , such obligations may be discontinued when such Product is discontinued or if later, when Supplier ceases Support for that Product (the “Survival Period”); and provided further that in the event of any expiration or termination of this Agreement, except a termination by Supplier for HP’s default, Supplier may, unless otherwise agreed, charge for providing Support at the prices mutually agreed upon by HP and Supplier.
  8.5.1.   Failure Rate is addressed in Exhibit F.
  8.6   Actions Following Termination or Expiration of this Agreement. Upon the expiration date or termination of this Agreement, HP shall initiate its service retirement process for the Products. During the first ninety (90) days of the Survival Period, HP shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take appropriate actions to cease the sales and renewals of Service Agreements. HP, with input from Supplier, will develop a customer letter that informs HP customers that HP is retiring Services for the Products, that HP will not longer offer new Services Agreements for the Products, and will not renew any existing Services Agreements for the Products. Supplier will provide information to identify the support available from the Supplier and instructions on how to contact the Supplier for support. HP will deliver the letter to the customers within the initial ninety (90) day period after termination or expiration of the Agreement. HP shall use commercially reasonable efforts to terminate any Service Agreements that extend beyond the Survival Period. In the event there is a unique customer situation that precludes HP from terminating the customer’s Service Agreement, HP and Supplier agree to work with the customer to implement a solution that is acceptable to all parties.
9.   DISCONTINUANCE OF PRODUCTS .
  9.1.   Lifetime Buy Rights . Unless otherwise agreed, Supplier may discontinue the manufacture or supply of any Product no earlier than one (1) year after date of first delivery to HP of said Product. If, thereafter, Supplier determines to discontinue the manufacture and/or supply of said Product (a “Discontinued Product”), Supplier will give written notice to HP in no event less than six (6) months in advance of the last date the Discontinued Product can be ordered (the “Notice Period”). After receipt of notice of discontinuance, during the Notice Period HP, may at its discretion:
  9.1.1.   Purchase from Supplier such commercially reasonable quantity of the Discontinued Product as HP may reasonably deem necessary for its future requirements, such Orders to be non-cancelable and non-returnable. Supplier will use all reasonable commercial efforts to continue to provide Discontinued Product to HP and to facilitate transition to by HP to new products for a period not to exceed nine (9) months following HP’s receipt of notice of discontinuance.
 
  9.1.2.   HP’s Right to Manufacture. If Supplier is unable or fails to deliver Product to HP pursuant to any Accepted Order (and only if HP has not previously terminated all Accepted Orders or this Agreement as a whole):
  9.1.2.1.   due to Supplier’s insolvency, reorganization, appointment of a receiver or bankruptcy, or if Supplier makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or Supplier admits in writing it is unable to pay its debts when due, or is no longer a going concern (“Financial Crisis”), or
 
  9.1.2.2.   due to a Force Majeure situation (as described in Section 14 which remains unresolved for ninety (90) consecutive days during which time HP has been unable to procure alternate product HP may, upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Supplier, require that Supplier undertake the following:
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 15 of 46

 


 

  9.1.2.2.1.   Subject to the terms hereof, Supplier will grant to HP a non-exclusive, non-transferable, worldwide license under Supplier’s directly applicable Intellectual Property Right and Technical Information solely to the extent necessary to use, support, reproduce (in the case of software), offer, sell, import, manufacture and – solely for sale back to HP – authorize others to manufacture, the Products. If Supplier fails to deliver Products due to a Force Majeure situation, the license will expire upon cessation of the Force Majeure or when Supplier resumes delivering the Product. If Supplier fails to deliver the Products due to a Financial Crisis, such license will expire upon cessation of the Financial Crisis and Supplier (or its successor) is capable of resuming performance to HP’s reasonable satisfaction. The term of such licenses will terminate automatically upon expiration of the then current Term of the Agreement,). The foregoing licenses will be royalty free.
 
  9.1.2.2.2.   Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide reasonable technical support and assistance to HP regarding the licenses.
 
  9.1.2.2.3.   Supplier will, upon HP request, provide the names and addresses of Supplier’s sources for Parts not manufactured by Supplier, including the appropriate part numbers for commercially available equivalents of electronic Parts and use reasonable efforts to enable HP to purchase all such parts directly from such sources during the term of the license.
 
  9.1.2.2.4.   Supplier will furnish to HP without charge copies of all Parts catalogues, schematics, design specifications, blueprints, material lists, engineering change orders and other serving documentation reasonably deemed necessary by HP to service and support the Products during the term of the license.
 
  9.1.2.2.5.   Supplier will, for the term of the license, sublicense to HP any license rights it may have with third parties for software, documentation or intellectual property used in the manufacture of the Products, to the extent Supplier is legally able to sublicense such rights. If Supplier cannot provide such rights, they will identify such third parties and assist HP in securing those rights.
 
  9.1.2.2.6.   Supplier will, upon HP’s request, use commercially reasonable efforts to provide up to forty (40) hours of consulting services to HP at no charge to HP. If necessary, additional consulting services will be provided at a rate as mutually agreed to by HP and Supplier but in no event shall such rate exceed industry standards.
10.   TRAINING.
  10.1.   Technical Training . Supplier will provide to HP technical training in the form of classroom courses and/or electronic-based training (“EBT”) courses to accommodate HP technical personnel worldwide. The delivery method/s, audience/s, number and content for each course will be agreed to in writing no later than ninety (90) days in advance of each course’s first delivery date. The delivery schedule for such classes will be as mutually agreed in writing by the parties. The first three (3) classroom course deliveries provided by Supplier for each new product will accommodate at least ten (1) HP personnel and will be made available at HP designated training sites at no charge to HP. At HP’s sole election and upon not less than twenty-one (21) days advance notice to Supplier, Supplier will provide the subsequent classroom courses to HP at HP’s sites at HP’s election. All such subsequent classroom course sessions provided by Supplier will be at standard Supplier off-site training charge to HP plus reasonable travel expenses of Supplier’s personnel. Delivery for EBT courses will be provided at no charge by Supplier at a time mutually agreed in writing but all other training provided pursuant to this Section 10.1 will be provided on a time and materials basis at Supplier’s then standard rates with Supplier’s reasonable costs to be reimbursed. Supplier will maintain a designated training contact for HP learning products personnel, and will provide telephone and email technical support to an HP trainer for the first two (2) classes taught by HP utilizing the training provided hereunder by Supplier. Other training, including without limitation Supplier’s Educational Services technical training) will be provided at HP specified location upon mutually agreed upon dates.
 
  10.2.   Pre-sales Training . Supplier will provide to HP pre-sales training no later than four (4) weeks prior to launch, at an HP specified location, sufficient to cover a mutually agreed number of HP trainers in order to allow HP to become fully familiar with the Product and its market. Such training will be at no charge to HP. HP may further requests and Supplier will provide additional training at no charge as reasonably necessary to inform the HP personnel of each upgraded, enhanced, or new version of the Products.
 
  10.3.   HP’s Rights in Training Classes and Materials . Subject to the provisions of Section 10 herein, HP may at no charge use, reproduce, display, and perform, either internally or for HP’s customers, all training classes, methods, and materials supplied or developed by Supplier under this Agreement (excluding Supplier’s Educational Services classes, methods, and materials.). None of the training materials provided free of charge by Supplier to HP under this Section 10 may be offered for resale by HP to HP’s Customers. Supplier will provide a commercially reasonable selection of such pre-sales training materials and technical training materials to HP no later than four (4) weeks prior to launch.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 16 of 46

 


 

11.   LOSS CONTROL
  11.1.   Business Continuity . Supplier will develop and keep current a formal business continuity plan that details Supplier’s strategies for response to and recovery from a broad spectrum of potential disasters that could disrupt operations and timely delivery of Product, material and services required pursuant to this Agreement. Upon request, Supplier will make its business continuity plan available to HP or its designated representative for review.
12.   MARKETING AND LICENSING
  12.1.   Marketing Authority . HP will have the authority worldwide to market Product and HP Products containing Product to the extent it deems appropriate. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, nothing in this Agreement places a “best efforts” obligation upon HP with respect to marketing Product or HP Products or precludes HP from independently developing, purchasing, licensing or marketing any product which performs the same or similar function as Product except insofar as this Agreement restricts the use and disclosure of Supplier’s Confidential Information and other materials. HP will have the right to use its own business and license terms for all marketing and distribution of Product and HP Products provided that HP does not offer : (i) any business and/or license terms which contradict or are inconsistent with the terms and conditions of the Product-specific end-user software license provided by Supplier with any Software delivered to HP with, or as part of, a Product; or (ii) any warranties, promises, covenants or obligations on behalf of Supplier which are inconsistent with those set forth in this Agreement (and giving consideration to all exclusions, limitations and disclaimers herein). Notwithstanding the foregoing, HP may sublicense Supplier’s Software pursuant to an end user license agreement that has been approved in advance in writing by Supplier, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Supplier acknowledges that HP’s end user license agreement will contain terms substantially similar to the HP Software License Terms attached hereto as Exhibit J. In the event HP’s end user license agreement does not contain terms substantially similar to those in Exhibit J, HP shall seek Supplier’s written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
 
  12.2.   Sales and Marketing Activity . During the Term of this Agreement and any extension/s thereof, Supplier shall, upon request of HP, delivery to HP a commercially reasonable amount of all sales, training, product, educational and marketing collateral intended by Supplier for use in the distribution, sale, or marketing of the Products. All such collateral content intended by Supplier for use with the Products shall be developed by Supplier and provided to HP in electronic form. All such collateral and related sales activity from or by Supplier, its employees, agents, ad subcontractors (excluding Supplier’s current and future indirect channels of distribution that are resellers, service bureaus, third party distributors, or third party (any of which who are neither owned nor controlled in whole or in part by Supplier) which in turn sell or distribute the Products to End Users), which is intended by Supplier for current HP customers or reasonably known HP customer prospects shall be first coordinated through the HP-designated business contact listed in Section 5 of the Agreement and subject to HP’s prior written approval, at HP’s sole discretion, before Supplier may direct any such collateral or sales activity to such HP customers.
 
  12.3.   No Rights in Marks. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 12.4 below, nothing in this Agreement grants either party any rights in the Marks of the other party; provided that HP may use the name of Supplier and the name of any Product in advertising and marketing Product or HP Products. As Supplier may reasonably require, Product will be affixed with any additional copyright or trademark notices sufficient to give notice as to the respective rights of the parties. On a case by case basis, Supplier may submit to HP a press release or other publication for HP’s evaluation and written authorization; such approval will be at HP’s sole discretion, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Supplier may also seek authorization to include HP in customer listings that may be published as part of Supplier’s marketing efforts, such authorization not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
  12.4.   Private Labeling . If during the Term, HP requests, and Supplier agrees (in its sole discretion), to produce HP private label versions of Product, Supplier will ensure that Product contains HP Marks, serial number format and packaging as specified by HP and conforms to HP specifications for external appearance. Supplier will make commercially reasonable efforts to fulfill such request, as long as there is no material change in form or dimensions of Product and no required commercially unreasonable action. HP will be responsible for any additional costs reasonably incurred by Supplier in supplying private label versions of Product. Except as provided herein, Supplier will have no other right or license in any HP Marks.
 
  12.5.   Software License.
  12.5.1.   Subject to the terms hereof, Supplier will grant to HP a non-exclusive, non-transferable, worldwide, royalty-free license to the Software (including source code to Software), under Supplier’s directly applicable Intellectual Property Right and Technical Information, solely to the extent necessary to use, support, reproduce (in the case of software), display, offer, sell, and import the Products. In addition, Supplier grants HP a non-exclusive, worldwide license to modify and distribute, in binary versions only, Software for purposes of correcting defects. HP Engineering may develop and issue directly to Customers patches/bug fixes to the Software in order to resolve Customer problems. HP agrees to make the source version of any such changes so made and distributed available to Voltaire with any supporting documentation.
 
      When HP is confronted with a time critical situation in which there are no immediate solutions, Supplier may either incorporate the patch/bug fix into its next release of the Software or resolve the identified problem using an alternate
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 17 of 46

 


 

      solution and include it in a future version of the Software. Should the resolution be accomplished by an alternate method to the HP resolution, Voltaire shall provide such resolution and support documentation to HP. In such event, HP agrees that said future version of the Software will be incorporated in a future version of the HP product incorporating the Software and it will supersede the modifications made by HP.
 
  12.5.2.   Rights to distribute Software in source form are not granted under this Agreement; however, documentation and necessary header files (e.g. “.h” files) may be reproduced and distributed in either electronic or hardcopy format.
 
  12.5.3.   HP agrees to reproduce any proprietary rights legends of Supplier in any Software or documentation reproduced and distributed by HP, provided that said legends appear at installation or console login.
 
  12.5.4.   Within ten (10) days of the Effective Date, Supplier shall deliver the Software to HP. Supplier will prepare and also deliver appropriate documentation describing the Software within the same timeframe.
 
  12.5.5.   When reasonably available, HP will loan to Supplier a prototype HP Cluster or provide reasonable access to such a system, the precise configuration to be determined by HP, suitable to enable Supplier to develop a validated version of the Software. Any such loan will be pursuant to HP’s standard Equipment Loan Agreement, and the parties agree to execute such Agreement.
 
  12.5.6.   Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that a validated version of the Software is available to meet HP’s development and product announcement requirements for the timely release of HP Products. Supplier will also provide HP with a copy of its test suites to enable HP to test the Software, including testing on large-scale systems.
 
  12.5.7.   If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 3 of the primary Agreement (other than termination by Supplier for cause), the License granted to HP will continue in effect but is limited to Supplier Software and Documentation available from Supplier during the term of the Agreement.
 
  12.5.8.   Future Versions of Supplier Software. Subject to its reasonable commercial judgement, Supplier agrees to maintain the then current functionality and current IT-API of the Software as part of its future development of the Software. Supplier further agrees that improvements to the Software will be implemented in the Software for common components. Supplier will provide these services at no charge to HP.
 
  12.5.9.   At no cost to HP, Supplier will deliver Validated Versions (as such term is defined in Exhibit C) of the Software on up to three (3) new versions of XC Software per year, provided HP supplies or provides reasonable access to appropriate test configurations. Supplier agrees to maintain the then current performance and functionality of the Software, across those three (3) new versions of XC Software per year.
 
  12.5.10.   With respect to paragraph 12.5.9 above, the Parties agree to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate their activities with respect to development schedules, field tests, and related matters to ensure that subsequent validated versions of the Software containing functionality and performance equivalent with and to earlier versions are available within thirty (30) days of HP’s request, provided that Supplier has reasonable access to the hardware configurations and software necessary to create such validated versions.
 
  12.5.11.   HP agrees not to attempt to, or authorize any third party to (i) decompile, reverse engineer or otherwise gain access to the Software source code (except HP may permit authorized third parties under written agreements to have access to the source for the purposes permitted in Section 12.5,1), (ii) modify, translate or create any derivative work of all or any portion of the Software except as expressly permitted under this Agreement; (iii) sell, rent, lease, loan, provide, distribute or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the Software except as contained in the Products; (iv) remove, alter, cover or obfuscate any copyright notices, trademark notices or other proprietary rights notices placed or embedded on or in the Products; or (v) unbundle any software embedded within or contained on the Products.
 
      HP’s use of the Products that contain software from third parties shall be subject to and shall comply with the applicable restrictions and other terms and conditions set forth in Supplier’s end user license terms supplied with the Product, except to the extent the end user license agreement or third party terms prohibit HP from using the Software as described herein, in which case, this Agreement will control HP’s rights to the Software. As of the Effective Date, Supplier’s end user license terms for the Product is attached as Exhibit I and such third party software is listed in Exhibit K, along with the applicable license terms for such third party software. In the event Supplier substantially changes its enduser license agreement for the Products, it shall provide HP with reasonable advance notice and a copy of such agreement prior to the agreement taking effect. In addition, Supplier agrees to notify HP if any additional third party code is added to the Products and such third party code is licensed under terms different than Supplier’s end user license agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 18 of 46

 


 

      the contrary, all references in this Agreement to the “purchase” or “sale” of Software will mean, with respect to such Software, the acquiring or granting, respectively, of a license to use such Software as set forth in this Section 12. All copyright, patent, trade secret, trademark and other intellectual property rights embodied in the Products will at all times remain the property of Supplier and its licensors.
  12.6.   Documentation License . For purposes of this Agreement, Supplier hereby grants HP a non-exclusive, non-transferable, worldwide fully paid up license to use, import, reproduce, distribute, offer for sale in connection with distribution or sale of Products and prepare derivative works, subject to Supplier’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), in HP’s name all Documentation and other information, other than Confidential Information, furnished by Supplier under this Agreement. HP may reproduce such Documentation without Supplier’s logo or other identification of source, subject to affixing copyright notices to all copies of Documentation. These rights with respect to the Documentation will extend to Eligible Purchasers and, to the extent related to distribution or sale of HP Products, to HP Subsidiaries, Affiliates and third party channels of distribution as may be authorized by HP.
 
  12.7.   License to Photograph (Marketing Materials). Supplier hereby grants to HP, under Supplier’s intellectual property rights, a non-exclusive, worldwide license to capture visual images of the Software screen displays and packaging, the Documentation and the CD-ROM, if any, and to use, reproduce, display, perform, distribute, import such photographs and modifications and images solely in connection with HP’s marketing and support of the Software and training with respect to the Software. Such license will include the right of HP to sublicense distributors, resellers, and other third parties to achieve the foregoing. The rights granted to HP under this Section 12.7 are subject to Supplier’s right to review and approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or untimely delayed) any visual images submitted by HP (excluding HP’s standard then-current trademarks, service markets, and logos), and the payment obligations as generally set for in Section 2 above and more particularly in Exhibit C attached hereto.
 
  12.8.   Localized Versions. The licenses granted hereunder with respect to the Software and associated Documentation will include all localized versions thereof available from Supplier. In the event HP reasonably requires a localized version of the Software, the Supplier agrees to negotiate in good faith the commercial terms and conditions under which such localized version would be produced for HP. All of the licensing terms for such localized version would be consistent with this Agreement.
 
  12.9.   End User License Terms. HP agrees to redistribute Software solely for use with the Products, and always pursuant to an enforceable and binding sublicense agreement between HP and end user customer containing provisions that are substantially similar to the HP software license terms attached hereto as Exhibit J. Promptly upon request, HP will provide Supplier with a copy of its then current sublicense agreement.
 
  12.10.   HP Marks. If the parties mutually agree, Supplier will ensure that the Products contain the HP Marks, serial number, format, and packaging specified by HP and conforming to the HP specifications as set forth in Exhibit A. Except as provided herein, Supplier will have no other right or license in any HP Marks.
 
  12.11.   Access to Information Systems. Access, if any, to HP Information Systems is granted solely to perform the Services under this Order and is limited to those specific HP Information Systems, time periods and personnel as are separately agreed to by HP and Supplier from time to time. HP may require Supplier’s employees, subcontractors or agents to sign individual agreements prior to access to HP’s Information Systems. Use of HP Information Systems during other time periods or by individuals not authorized by HP is expressly prohibited. Access is subject to HP business control and information protection policies, standards and guidelines as may be modified from time to time. Use of any other HP Information Systems is expressly prohibited. This prohibition applies even when an HP Information System that Supplier is authorized to access serves as a gateway to other Information Systems outside Supplier’s scope of authorization. Supplier agrees to access Information Systems only from specific locations approved for access by HP. For access outside of HP premises, HP will designate the specific network connections to be used to access Information Systems.
 
  12.12.   Personal Data. Supplier agrees to comply with all applicable data protection rules when collecting, storing, transferring, sharing and/or otherwise processing any Personal Data in connection with this Order. “Personal Data” shall mean any information related to any identified or identifiable natural or legal person, including but not limited to HP employees and customers, and any other additional data deemed as personal data under any applicable personal data protection laws. Unless expressly agreed otherwise, any HP employee or customer Personal Data HP discloses to Supplier may only be used by Supplier to perform its obligation under this Order, and must be handled in accordance with the then current HP privacy policy.
13.   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION
  13.1.   Supplier’s Duty to Defend. Except as provided in Section 13.4, Supplier will, to the maximum extent permitted by law, indemnify, defend and hold harmless, on a worldwide basis, HP, HP Subsidiaries, HP Affiliates, HP Contractors and Eligible Purchasers and its and their customers (including without limitation end users, distributors and resellers), officers, directors, employees, agents and
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 19 of 46

 


 

      representatives (individually, an “Indemnitee” and collectively, “Indemnitees”) from and against any claims, liabilities, losses and damages relating to any claim by a third party that
  13.1.1.   Any Product,
 
  13.1.2.   Any combination of any Product with an HP Product in an application which is intended by Supplier from Specifications Supplier’s written designs, Supplier’s actions or Documentation,
 
  13.1.3.   Any Software,
 
  13.1.4.   Any Documentation
 
  13.1.5.   A Supplier mark or
 
  13.1.6.   Anything else provided as part of Supplier’s Support, or use of any of the foregoing, constitutes an unauthorized use , misappropriation or infringement of any third party’s Intellectual Property Rights (all of the foregoing being referred to as an “IP Claim”). Supplier will have the same duty to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Indemnitees as set forth in the previous sentence in cases where any of the following applies with respect to an IP Claim when (a) there is a breach of an intellectual property warranty by Supplier, (b) Supplier is a direct infringer; (c) Supplier is a contributory infringer; or (d) Supplier has induced infringement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, but subject to the terms hereof, Supplier will pay all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, awards, costs and expenses including reasonable attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees and bonds incurred by Indemniteeswith Supplier’s prior written consent after Supplier assumes control of such defense, such consent to not be unreasonably withheld, and will pay any award in connection with, arising from or with respect to any such claim or agreed to in any settlement of that claim.
  13.2.   HP’s Duty to Notify. HP will give Supplier prompt notice of any IP Claim. If Supplier assumes defense of such IP Claim without reservation of rights, HP will provide Supplier the sole authority, and all cooperation, information and reasonable assistance (at Supplier’s expense) necessary to defend, settle or compromise any such claim. Supplier will shall have sole control of the defense, compromise or settlement of any IP Claim (except that HP’s prior approval will be required for any settlement , such approval not to be unreasonably conditioned or withheld). Should Supplier not diligently pursue resolution of such IP Claim or fails to provide HP with reasonable assurance that it will diligently pursue resolution, then HP and any other Indemnitee may, without in any way limiting its other rights and remedies, defend or settle the IP Claim and collect all costs of doing so from Supplier (except that Supplier’s prior approval will be required for any settlement that requires Supplier to admit wrongdoing or result in any ongoing liability to Supplier).
 
  13.3.   Actions After Injunction or Order. If the use or combination of any Product is enjoined, if the combination of any Product with an HP Product is enjoined where such combination is intended by Supplier from Specifications, Supplier’s written designs, Supplier’s actions or Documentation or if a court or government agency enters an injunction or order forbidding the importing of any Product or preventing the Delivery of any Product to HP (any of which Product begin referred to as “Infringing Product”), Supplier will, as may be reasonable under the facts and circumstances and within a reasonable time, at its sole expense, and having reviewed its options with HP;
  13.3.1.   Procure for HP and its customers the right to continue using or combining the Infringing Product.
 
  13.3.2.   Replace the Infringing Product with a non-infringing Product of equivalent form, fit, function and performance;
 
  13.3.3.   Modify the Infringing Product to be non-infringing Product of equivalent form, fit, function and performance.
 
  13.3.4.   If none of the foregoing options is commercially reasonable, HP may return the affected Product and Supplier will reimburse the purchase price paid with respect thereto depreciated on a straight-line basis over a three-year period. In addition to the above, Supplier will pay HP the ancillary costs incurred by HP and all other Indemnitees due to delivery of Infringing Product, such as the costs of removal and reinstallation.
  13.4.   Limitations. Nothing in this Article 13 applies to any Product to the extent such Product has (i) been improperly installed, or has been repaired, altered or otherwise modified (other than by Supplier or Suppliers authorized Subcontractors), (ii) been subjected to misuse, abuse, negligence or accident, (iii)been used in a manner contrary to Specifications or Supplier’s written instructions or Documentation or industry standard practices, (iv) been comprised of materials provided or a design stipulated by HP to the extent that the claim arises from Supplier’s compliance with a Unique Specification or (v) except for those combinations for which Supplier shall indemnify HP pursuant to Section 13.1.2, where being used in combination with other products and such infringement would not have occurred but for such combination, (vi) any use of a Product not strictly in accord with this
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 20 of 46

 


 

      Agreement, or in an application or environment or on a platform or with devices for which it was not designed or contemplated, or (vii) any Indemnitee’s continuing allegedly infringing activity after being notified thereof or its continuing use of any version of the Product after being provided modifications that would have avoided the alleged infringement. To the extent that any of the foregoing limitations would otherwise apply, it will not apply where the Product is claimed to be an unauthorized use, misappropriation or infringement on account of a manufacturing, test, upgrade and/or repair process used by Supplier unless HP has required Supplier to use in manufacture, test, upgrade and/or repair of such Product the particular manufacturing, test, upgrade, and/or repair steps that resulted in such claim.
 
  13.5.   Entire Remedy. The foregoing states the entire liability of Supplier, and Indemnitees’ exclusive remedy, with respect to any actual or alleged violation of intellectual property rights by any Product, Software, Documentation or other subject matter of Section 13.1, any part thereof or by its use or operation.
 
  13.6.   Intellectual Property Developed Under this Agreement. Intellectual Property Rights developed by Supplier or otherwise arising in the performance of this Agreement will be owned as provided in this Section. The term “arising under this Agreement” includes situations where (a) a worker or contractor of Supplier assigned to work solely on HP matters develops Intellectual Property Rights or (b) a worker or contractor of Supplier develops Intellectual Property Rights during the performance of HP work.
  13.6.1.   For Intellectual Property Rights arising under this Agreement which are solely developed (e.g., conceived and reduced to practice) by a party, such Intellectual Property Rights will be solely owned by that party.
 
  13.6.2.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, HP will own any Intellectual Property Rights arising under this Agreement where those rights (a) arise because of HP’s use of Supplier’s services to perform consultancy or specific design tasks under a Professional Services Agreement in writing and separately executed by the parties or (b ) are developed by Supplier specifically for HP, whether or not as a result of HP’s specific use of Supplier’s services to perform consultancy or specific design tasks, but only where those Intellectual Property Rights have sole applicability to HP Products or to HP’s processes or services and could not have any applicability to the products, processes or services of any other customers of Supplier.
 
  13.6.3.   In the event that the parties desire to perform joint development projects, the parties shall enter into a separate agreement that shall set forth each party’s duties and obligations regarding such development work and the division of Intellectual Property Rights involved in and/or created by such development work.
  13.7.   No Implied Licenses. Except for the limited rights and licenses expressly granted hereunder, no other license is granted, no other use is permitted and Supplier (and its licensors) shall retain all right, title and interest in and to the Products, Software, Documentation, Marks and marketing collateral (and all patent rights, copyright rights, trade secret rights and all other intellectual property and proprietary rights embodied therein). HP agrees not to take any action inconsistent with such ownership.
 
  13.8.   Markings. HP agrees that the Products and Documentation will be branded in a manner determined by Supplier, in its sole discretion. HP shall not (and shall not permit any third party to) alter, obscure or remove any trademark, patent notice or other proprietary or legal notice contained on any Product, Documentation, marketing collateral or packaging.
14.   FORCE MAJEURE EVENTS
  14.1.   Delaying Causes. Neither party will be liable for any delay in performance under this Agreement caused by any act of God or other cause beyond Supplier’s reasonable control and without Supplier’s fault or negligence including but not limited to fire, flood, war, embargo, riot or an unforeseeable intervention of any government authority, which causes complete business interruption (a “Delaying Cause”). A Delaying Cause does not include delays in transportation prior to delivery, shortages of material (except industry-wide shortage), delays by manufacturers or Subcontractors (except for causes beyond such party’s reasonable control and without its fault or negligence) or economic consideration or inefficiencies. No Delaying Causes will suspend or excuse either party’s obligations as set forth in Sections 12 and 15 of this Exhibit B.
 
  14.2.   Occurrence of a Delaying Cause. Any party whose performance is affected by a Delaying Cause will notify the other party promptly upon commencement of a Delaying Cause and will provide its best estimate of the expected duration of such occurrence. Upon notice to Supplier after thirty (30) days of a Delaying Cause, HP may terminate any unfilled Accepted Orders without liability. Any party whose performance is affected by a Delaying Cause will exercise reasonable diligence to overcome and effect cessation of the Delaying Cause and to mitigate effects thereof. Performance of the parties’ respective obligations to purchase and sell Product will be suspended to the extent affected by, and for the duration of , a Delaying Cause, and during pendency of a Delaying Cause affecting Supplier’s ability to make timely Delivery. HP may purchase replacement Product elsewhere. If, however, Supplier’s performance is delayed for reasons set forth above for a cumulative period of thirty (30) days or more, HP, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, may terminate this Agreement and/or any Order issued hereunder by notice to Supplier.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 21 of 46

 


 

  14.3.   Resumption of Performance. The parties will resume performance under this Agreement once the Delaying Cause ceases, and HP may, extend the Term up to the length of time the Delaying Cause endured.
15.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
  15.1.   During the Term, a party (the “Recipient”) may receive or have access to certain information of the other party (the “Discloser”)) that is marked as “Confidential Information,” or words of similar import, , including, though not limited to, information or data concerning the Discloser’s products or product plans, business operations, financial information, strategies, customers and related business information (including all copies, analyses and derivatives thereof, “Confidential Information”). The Recipient will not disclose the other’s Confidential Information to any third party without prior written consent, and will protect the confidentiality of Confidential Information with the same degree of care as the Recipient uses for its own similar information, but not less than reasonable care. Confidential Information may only be used by those employees of the Recipient who have a need to know such information for purposes related to this Agreement. Supplier, will, upon HP’s written request, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any entity or person designated by HP to enter into a nondisclosure agreement which affords materially comparable protections for HP’s Confidential Information. The parties acknowledge that all Technical Information (including without limitation, any information disclosed under Section 9.1.2) and Forecasts are deemed Confidential Information to be protected for a term of three (3) years from date of disclosure. Each party shall be responsible for any breach of confidentiality by its respective employees. Promptly after any expiration or termination of this Agreement, or at the Discloser’s request at any time, Recipient shall return to the Discloser all originals and copies of any Confidential Information and all information, records and materials developed therefrom.
 
  15.2.   Exclusions. The foregoing confidentiality obligations will not apply to any information that (a) is rightfully known by the Recipient without restriction prior to disclosure, (b) was developed by the Recipient prior to disclosure or is subsequently developed independently and without reference to the disclosure, (c) is or becomes publicly available through no fault of the Recipient , (d) is rightfully received from a third party with no duty of confidentiality, (e) is disclosed by the Recipient with the Discloser’s written approval or (f) is disclosed under operation of law (but only to the extent and for the purposes of such legal requirement).
16.   INSURANCE .
 
    Supplier shall maintain, at its expense, a comprehensive general liability insurance policy covering claims of bodily injury, including death, and property damage that may arise out of use of the Products or acts of omission of Supplier under this Order, and containing such other provisions as may be required by HP. Such policy or policies shall provide a coverage minimum of $1,000,000 per occurrence. Each policy shall name HP, its officers, directors, and employees as additional insureds only in respect of Supplier’s negligence. All such policies shall provide that the coverage thereunder shall not be terminable without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to HP. Upon demand by HP, Supplier shall promptly supply HP with certificates of insurance of such policies.
17.   GOVERNMENTAL COMPLIANCE
  17.1.   General . Supplier will at all times comply with all federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations applicable to its obligations under this Order and, if applicable, its manufacture of Products. Supplier shall furnish to HP any information required to enable HP to comply with such laws, rules, and regulations in its use of the Products and Services or reasonably requested by HP to confirm compliance with such laws, rules and regulations or with the provisions of this Order.
 
  17.2.   Security . Without limiting Section 9.1, Supplier warrants that in all countries in which Supplier does business, its operations and shipments comply with all applicable laws and regulations regarding security. To the extent applicable to Supplier’s business, Supplier agrees to implement the Security Recommendations set forth by the U.S. Customs Service Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism (C-TPAT) ( http://www.customs.gov/enforcem/tpat_security.htm ) or equivalent security guidelines. In addition, Supplier should meet or exceed security requirements designated by HP. Supplier and HP may perform a formal, documented security compliance audit on an annual basis, with the first audit taking place upon HP’s request at any time after Supplier’s acceptance of this Order. Supplier shall immediately notify HP in writing of any area where it fails to meet the applicable recommendations of C-TPAT or equivalent security guidelines, or the HP Security requirements. Upon notification of Supplier’s failure to comply, whether by Supplier or through an audit or HP inspection, HP may either terminate the Order or grant a waiver of the requirement for a limited time to allow Supplier to become compliant.
 
  17.3.   U.S. Federal Procurement Requirements . Without limiting Section 9.1, in light of HP’s status as a U.S. Federal contractor and subcontractor, all applicable procurement regulations required by federal statute or regulation to be inserted in contracts or subcontracts apply to this Order, including but not limited to FAR 52.219-8 (Utilization of Small Business Concerns), FAR 52.219-9 (Small Business Subcontracting Plan), FAR 52.219-16 (Liquidated Damages Subcontracting Plan), FAR 52.222-26 (Equal Opportunity), FAR 52.222-35 (Equal Opportunity for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and Other Eligible Veterans), FAR 52.222-36 (Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities) and FAR 52.222-41 (Service Contract Act of 1965).
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 22 of 46

 


 

  17.4.   Other Requirements . Supplier shall comply with the applicable requirements of Executive Order 11246, the Vocational Rehabilitation Act, and the Vietnam Era Veteran’s Readjustment Act.
 
  17.5.   Accessibility . Supplier warrants that all Products will meet the requirements set forth in all federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, and regulations applicable to accessibility of information technology for people with disabilities. Supplier agrees to use personnel trained and knowledgeable in supporting the needs of persons with disabilities in performance of Services under this Order.
 
  17.6.   Invoice Certification . When and if requested by HP, as a condition precedent to payment thereof, Supplier shall separately certify each invoice as follows: “We certify that contract deliverables listed hereon were produced in compliance with all applicable requirements of Sections 6, 7, and 12 of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, and of regulations and orders of the U.S. Department of Labor issued under Section 14 thereof. We further certify that any and all additional contract deliverables will be produced in compliance with same.”
18.   SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL .
  18.1.   Social and Environmental Responsibility . Without limiting Section 9.1, Supplier warrants that in all countries in which Supplier and, to Supplier’s knowledge, information and belief, Supplier’s authorized subcontractors do business, its and their operations comply with all applicable laws and regulations governing protection of the environment, employee health and safety, and labor and employment practices, including but not limited to, laws and regulations relating to working hours, working conditions, wages, benefits, child labor, forced labor, freedom of association, and equal employment opportunity. Supplier will comply with HP Supplier Code of Conduct ( www.hp.com/go/supplierE ), including establishment of management systems as described therein.
 
  18.2.   Compliance . All Products and their packaging will comply with HP’s General Specifications for Environment, DWG No. A-5951-1745-1 ( www.hp.com/go/supplierE ) in addition to any other HP specifications for the Products.
 
  18.3.   Shipment . All Products shall be shipped in conformance with government and freight regulations applicable to chemicals and hazardous materials, including regulations regarding fumigation and aeration where applicable. HP will not be liable for any loss or damage caused by a release of chemicals or other hazardous materials to the environment prior to HP’s actual receipt of the Products. All packaging materials, including pallets, shall be free of pests and comply with regulations regarding Solid Wood Packing Materials (SWPM) where applicable.
 
  18.4.   Chemical Substances . Supplier warrants that: (i) each chemical substance contained in Products is on the inventory of chemical substances compiled and published by the Environmental Protection Agency pursuant to the Toxic Substances Control Act and (ii) all Material Safety Data Sheets required to be provided by Supplier for Products shall be provided to HP prior to shipment of the Products and shall be complete and accurate.
 
  18.5.   Take Back . Supplier will accept back, free of charge, any material included in the Products or their packaging returned freight prepaid by HP from any country that requires Products be taken back from the user at the end of life of the Products.
 
  18.6.   Ozone Depleting Substances . Supplier warrants that neither the Products, nor any part, piece or component of any of the Products: (i) contains any “class I substance” or “class II substance” as those terms are defined in 42 USC Section 7671 as now in existence or hereafter amended or (ii) has been “manufactured with a process that uses” any “class I or class II substance” as those terms are defined above.
19.   DEFAULT .
  19.1.   Default by Supplier . If Supplier fails to perform or breaches any material provision of this accepted Order, HP may terminate the whole or any part of this Order, unless Supplier cures the breach within 20 days after receipt of HP’s notice of breach.
 
  19.2   Definition of Breach . For purposes of Section 19.1, the term “breach” shall include, without limitation, any: (i) proceeding, whether voluntary or involuntary, in bankruptcy or insolvency by or against Supplier; (ii) appointment, with or without Supplier’s consent, of a receiver or an assignee for the benefit of creditors; (iii) failure to provide HP with reasonable assurances of performance on HP’s reasonable request; or (iv) other failure to comply with this Order.
 
  19.3.   Rights and Remedies . The rights and remedies granted to the parties under this Agreement are in addition to, and shall not limit or affect, any other rights or remedies available at law or in equity.
20.   IMPORT REQUIREMENTS .
  20.1.   Certification . Upon HP’s request, Supplier shall provide HP with an appropriate certification stating the country of origin for
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 23 of 46

 


 

      Products sufficient to satisfy the requirements of (i) the customs authorities of the country of receipt and (ii) any applicable export licensing regulations, including those of the United States.
 
  20.2.   Required Marking . Supplier shall ensure that all Products are marked (or the Products’ container is marked if there is no room on the Products themselves or unless exempted from marking) with the country of origin. Supplier shall ensure compliance in marking the Products with the requirements of the customs authorities of the country of receipt.
 
  20.3.   Importer of Record . If any Products are imported, Supplier shall, when possible, allow HP to be the importer of record, unless otherwise negotiated. If HP is not the importer of record and Supplier obtains duty drawback rights to the Products, Supplier shall, upon HP’s request, provide HP with documents required by the customs authorities of the country of receipt to prove importation and to transfer duty drawback rights to HP.
 
  20.4.   Commercial Invoice. Supplier shall issue a commercial invoice containing such information as HP may reasonably request, including, but not limited to, the following information: invoice number; invoice date; name and address of the shipper; name and address of Supplier (if different from the shipper); name and address of the consignee; name and address of the buyer (if different from the consignee); a detailed description of the Products; model numbers; HP part numbers; serial number (if Products are serialized); HP assigned Harmonized Tariff Schedule (HTS) number; box number; total number of boxes; total box weight expressed in kilograms; country of origin for each Product/part; quantities in the weight and measure of the country to which the Products are shipped; unit price of each Good; value of any assists or other additions to the price paid or payable; total invoice value; currency of the invoice; incoterms; carrier name, and bill of lading number. The invoice must be issued in the language required by the country to which the Products are shipped. HP may require Supplier to submit invoices electronically, at Supplier’s sole expense, in which case Supplier is thereby authorized to, and will, transmit the required information in electronic format. HP may utilize a third party, at HP’s sole discretion, to facilitate HP’s order and invoicing processes that may entail disclosure of information about the Supplier and the receipt and processing of any purchase order, invoice and related documentation.
 
  20.5.   Other Requirements. Supplier shall comply with all other government agency requirements (including Food and Drug Administration [FDA] and Federal Communications Commission [FCC] in the case of a U.S. import) of the country to which the Products are shipped. Failure to comply with import requirements will result in the transfer of financial and legal obligations to the Supplier.
21.   MISCELLANEOUS .
  21.1.   No Assignment . Supplier shall not delegate or assign its rights or obligations without HP’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld. However, without HP’s consent, Supplier may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or to any successor to all or substantially all of its business which concerns this Agreement (whether by sale of assets or equity, merger, consolidation or otherwise); provided , however , if Supplier assigns this Agreement to any affiliate or successor that is an HP Competitor, then HP may (within 30 days after such assignment) terminate this Agreement by giving such assignee at least ninety (90) days prior written notice. As used in this Section 21.1, “HP Competitor” means any corporate entity that manufactures, sells, and/or distributes products similar to HP Products. Any attempted delegation or assignment by Supplier without such consent shall be void.
 
  21.2.   Waiver of Terms and Conditions . The waiver of any term or condition of this Order must be in writing. No such waiver shall be construed as a waiver of any other term or condition except as provided in writing, nor as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same term or condition.
 
  21.3.   Publicity . Supplier shall not make or authorize any news release, advertisement, or other disclosure to any third party which shall deny or confirm the existence of this Order or reveal the terms of this Order without prior written consent of HP.
 
  21.4.   Choice of Law . This Order shall be interpreted and governed by the domestic laws of the state of California, without regard to its conflicts of law provisions.
 
  21.5.   Limitation of Liability . Except for breach of confidentiality or the scope of any license by either party, in no event will either party be liable to the other for indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages (including without limitation, loss of business, revenues, profits or goodwill), loss or inaccuracy of data, loss or interruption of use, or cost of procuring substitute technology, goods or services. Except for breach of confidentiality or the scope of any license by either party, in no event will either party be liable to the other for aggregate damages in excess of amounts paid and payable to it hereunder (in the case of Supplier) or amounts paid and payable by it hereunder (in the case of HP) for the service or product giving rights to such damages, regardless of the form of any claim or action (whether based on contract, tort, warranty, strict liability or other legal theory). These limitations are independent from all other provisions of this Agreement and shall apply notwithstanding the failure of any remedy provided herein. Notwithstanding the above, Supplier will be responsible for any damages of any kind included in an award or settlement of a third party claim under Section 13.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 24 of 46

 


 

  21.6.   Non-Restrictive Relationship . Nothing in this Order will be construed to preclude HP from independently developing, acquiring from other third parties, distributing or marketing other Products or Services which may perform the same or similar functions as the Products or Services provided under this Order, except insofar as this Agreement restricts the use and disclosure of Confidential Information
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these Additional Terms and Conditions to HP Short Form Product Purchase Agreement No.                      to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date of this Agreement.
             
APPROVED AND AGREED TO:
      APPROVED AND AGREED TO:    
 
           
Voltaire, Inc.
      Hewlett-Packard Company    
(Supplier)
      (HP)    
 
           
/s/ Mark E. Favreau
      /s/ Sue Oliveira    
 
           
(Signature)
      (Signature)    
 
           
Mark E. Favreau
      Sue Oliveira    
 
           
(Typed Name)
      (Typed Name)    
 
           
EVP & GM
      Director, BCS Procurement    
 
           
(Title)
      (Title)    
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 25 of 46

 


 

Exhibit C
To Agreement No. XXXX-XXXXXX
Service and Support Requirements
1 .   General Terms
  1.1.   Scope. Supplier will provide maintenance and support services to HP as specified in these Support Terms to allow HP to provide effective service to end-user customers (“Customers”) of the Product. Unless otherwise agreed, HP will serve as the primary support contact with Customers, and Supplier shall have no direct end user customer support obligations except as otherwise provided herein. The obligations of each party are specified below. In case of any conflict with the agreement which contains this Service and Support Exhibit (“Agreement”), the terms of this Service and Support Exhibit will take precedence for clarification of support obligations, but will not otherwise modify the Agreement.
 
  1.2.   Definitions. The following capitalized terms will have these meanings when used in these Support Terms and elsewhere in this Agreement:
 
      “Action Plan” means the initial plan to be created and implemented by Supplier in response to an HP Problem Resolution or Escalation request. At a minimum, the Action Plan must contain the following:
  a.   Problem Statement;
 
  b.   List of all key HP and Supplier contacts and their managers;
 
  c.   Actions to be taken;
 
  d.   Purpose and desired result for each action;
 
  e.   Expected completion time; and
 
  f.   Contingencies or alternatives if desired results are not achieved.
“Class Failures” shall mean a large number of Failures attributable to a unique defective sub-assembly component or when the Failure Rate suggests the possible existence of an Epidemic Failure Rate.
“Corrective Action Plan” means an HP approved plan developed by Supplier to remedy a Failure. It shall, at a minimum, include a detailed description of the actions to be implemented in the product design, production process, inspection process, or Product sourcing in response to and to remedy a Failure. The Corrective Action Plan shall describe the additional engineering and technical support Supplier will provide to reduce the Product Failure Rate to a level at or below the target Failure Rate for the Product as well as any other necessary corrective measures as agreed by HP and Supplier. The Corrective Action Plan may potentially also include the following remedies: (i) expedited shipment of replacement Products for inventory retrofit; (ii) processing all returns at no cost to HP; (iii) shipment of Software fixes directly to registered customers; (iv) credit for RMA backlog, and (v) any other actions as HP deems appropriate.
“Critical/Production Environment Down” shall mean any production system or production application down or at severe risk, a data corruption or loss risk, customer’s business is severely affected, or there are safety issues. This is the same as an “Escalation”.
“Defect” shall man any condition in the Product/s which results in a failure of Product/s to conform to Product Specifications in Exhibit I of this Agreement.
“Eligible Purchasers” shall have the same meaning as it does in the PPA to which this Exhibit is attached; except, however, it shall also include, solely for the purposes of this Exhibit, HP authorized service providers, including without limitation, HP repair centers, and HP-authorized channel partners.
“Escalation” shall mean a Product situation requiring immediate action by HP and Supplier. This situation is defined by HP and can only be declared to Supplier by HP after HP’s standard support escalation procedure. This is the same as “Critical/Production Environment Down”.
“Escalation Process” ensures that immediate action is taken by HP and Supplier on a Customer Problem or to assist an HP field engineer who is on-site, and to ensure that a Customer Problem is being resolved in a satisfactory manner. HP has the sole authority to declare a situation as an Escalation. It is necessary that (i) both parties have a comparable perception of the nature and criticality of the Problem; (ii) the visibility of the Problem
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 26 of 46
     

 


 

is raised in each party’s organization; and (iii) additional resources as necessary are allocated towards solving the Problem.
“Failure” shall have the same meaning as it does in the PPA to which this Exhibit is attached.
“Fix means a change in a Product that removes a problem in that product. A Fix must be designed and tested so that it can be distributed to all Customers. A Fix may be temporary or permanent. A temporary Fix may be a patch or bug fix that temporarily modifies a Product or any software in the product without rebuilding that product. A permanent Fix provides a permanent solution to the problem, agreed upon by both HP and the Supplier.
“Hot Site” shall mean an HP Customer situation requiring immediate action by HP and Supplier. This situation is defined by HP and can only be declared to Supplier’s Manager of Customer Support.
“HP Cluster” or successor designations means a collection of HP workstations or servers running the Linux operating system that is qualified and marketed by HP.
“HP Linux Software” or successor designations means the software, including the Voltaire Software Bundle, provided by HP to run on an HP Cluster.
“Problem Resolution” is the process described in Article 3 below through which HP submits a Request for Technical Assistance to notify Supplier when a problem (such as a fault or defect) is suspected in a Product. Under this process, HP Confirms the problem diagnosis with Supplier, and the parties cooperate to resolve the problem.
“Products” means the products listed in Exhibit A of the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached, including all related Documentation, Software licenses and media, Parts, and other deliverables provided pursuant to the Agreement.
“Product Recall” means any recall campaigns initiated by HP or Supplier related to the Products listed in Exhibit A to remedy a breach of any of Supplier’s warranties, agreed upon quality levels, or safety levels, or undertaken to comply with an Applicable Law (as defined in the PPA) or other governmental requirements; or, at HP’s sole discretion to maintain HP’s reputation for quality in the marketplace.
“Release” shall mean a new official build of the software that is released generally to licensed users, and which may include new features or fixes to outstanding defects in the product. A Release shall supersede all the Revisions of the software since the previous Release.
“Revision” shall mean any correction, modification, maintenance release, patch, bug fix,update, upgrades or new versions of the product software or firmware.
“Severity 1 Problem” means a catastrophic problem that could severely impact a customer’s ability to conduct business. It could mean a customer’s systems and/or product are down or not functioning.
“Severity 2 Problem” means a high-impact problem in which a customer’s operation could be disrupted but there would be capacity to remain productive and maintain necessary business-level operations.
“Spares” means Parts identified by HP as “Field replaceable units” (FRU) and used to maintain Products. These parts can be new units, refurbished nits or repaired units as long as they meet form, fit, function, and cosmetic specifications of the currently shipping units.
“Standard Voltaire Software” means the standard software supplied by Voltaire for use with Voltaire’s Infiniband products running the Linux operating system.
“Status Update” means Supplier’s summary of the problem, describing the possible cause and the incremental work to be performed to reach resolution, including the Action Plan and the availability date of a Fix.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 27 of 46
     

 


 

“Support Information” means Product Service Information and a Knowledge Data Base of known problems related to Supplier’s support of Products.
“Technical Assistance” is the process described in Article 2 below through which HP obtains assistance from Supplier in the support of Customers. Technical Assistance includes the exchange of information, such as product configuration, product operation, or other necessary answers or assistance to support questions.
“Tracking System” means an electronic database to be maintained by the parties for updating and communicating information pertaining to Service Requirements. Technical Assistance, Problem Resolution, and Escalation. The particular type of Tracking System will be mutually determined, as more particularly described in Section 1.7 below.
“Validated Version” means a Version of software that has been tested, using test suites and such other procedures as may be reasonably necessary, conforms to the applicable software description, and does not contain any Severity 1 Problems or Severity 2 Problems.
“Version” shall mean the software release identification, generally in the form of X.YYz where X is a number which represents a particular major Release, YY is a number which represents a particular Revision of that Release, and z is a letter which distinguishes between Revisions which are primarily distinguished by the list of hardware platforms on which the software has been qualified. Two software Releases are considered to have the same Version if they are identified by the same values of X and YY.
“Voltaire Software Bundle” means the subset of the Software as mutually agreed by HP and Voltaire for use on HP Linux Systems.
“Workaround” means a temporary solution or temporary Fix that restores operational capability for the Product without severely compromising the performance of that product, until a permanent Fix is available. A Workaround can be a change in the configuration or a change in Customer documentation.
  1.3.   General Obligations: Each party agrees to the following general terms:
  1.3.1.   For each Product, Supplier will provide a product support plan incorporating HP’s support planning processes and support recommendations.
 
  1.3.2.   Unless expressly authorized under these Support Terms, neither party will commit resources of the other to Customers.
 
  1.3.3.   Both parties will provide such information to each other as is needed to implement these Support Terms, subject to the confidentiality and licensing provisions of this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all such information will be used by the other party solely for its internal use to fulfill its obligations under these Support Terms.
 
  1.3.4.   When either party makes changes to its support policies and procedures that may affect its ability to support Customers or the other party under these terms, the party making the changes will inform the other party’s Strategic Support Contact listed in Appendix I below of such changes in accordance with the procedures described in these Support Terms.
 
  1.3.5.   HP may represent itself as being certified and authorized by Supplier to maintain or repair Supplier’s products. Nothing in these Support Terms prohibits either party from independently supporting the other party’s products; provided that each party acknowledges that, except as expressly granted hereunder or in the Software License Agreement, no licenses are granted to the other to use that party’s confidential technical information or other intellectual property
 
  1.3.6.   HP requires verification of Supplier’s replacement/repair process for FRU’s and Products. Upon the Effective Date of this Agreement, Supplier will promptly provide a FRU replacement and repair plan of sufficient detail to HP’s reasonable satisfaction. The number of times a FRU is repaired is limited to two (2) occurrences total for any unit. A FRU shall be subject to extraction from circulation for scrap immediately upon third failure.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 28 of 46
     

 


 

  1.3.7.   With respect to each Product supplied by Supplier under this Agreement, HP shall attempt to resolve Customer problems independently using the training and information provided by Supplier. HP will attempt to recreate the Customer’s problem, determine the resolution and develop corrective action, which will be communicated back to Customer. HP will follow the published Voltaire trouble shooting and diagnostic procedures and/or by following specific procedures provided by Supplier to HP during training.
 
  1.3.8.   If a greater level of technical expertise is required, HP will engage Supplier in resolving the Customer’s problem via                      . Supplier agrees to participate with HP in the problem solving at this level. Such technical assistance shall include the exchange of information (e.g. Product configurations, Product operation, or other necessary support questions), Problem Resolution, and Escalations through email and/or telephone assistance.
 
  1.3.9.   Unless otherwise agreed, HP will serve as the primary support contact with Customers and Supplier shall have no direct end-user Customer support obligations except as otherwise provided herein. The obligations of each party are specified below. In case of any conflict with the Agreement which contains this Support Exhibit, the terms of this Exhibit C will take precedence for clarifications of support obligations but will not otherwise modify the Agreement.
  1.4.   Strategic and Technical Support Contacts: Supplier and HP have each designated in Appendix I a Strategic Support Contact and a Technical Support Contact, which may be one and the same person. The Strategic Support Contacts will be the focal points for general relationship and process issues and will be responsible for managing the overall relationship of the parties. The Technical Support Contacts will be the focal points for Customer technical issues, including Technical Assistance, Problem Resolution and Escalation. Technical and Strategic Support Contacts may be changed at any time upon written notice to the other party.
 
  1.5.   Status Review Meetings: Supplier and HP Strategic Support Contacts or their designees will meet on a regular basis for the purpose of reviewing the effectiveness of their support relationship, suggesting changes, implementing improvements and sharing technical information. Meetings will take place at least quarterly in the first year of the Agreement, and at least annually thereafter.
 
  1.6.   Communications Between Parties. Any support-related communications required or permitted to be given under these Support Terms will be made by telephone, or by electronic mail (“e-mail”) in a standard format agreed to by the parties, to the appropriate contact.
 
  1.7.   Problem Tracking System: The parties agree to implement and maintain a problem-tracking database (the “Tracking System”) for inputting, accessing and updating information on Requests for Technical Assistance, Problem Resolution and Escalation.
 
  1.8.   Response Times: Supplier agrees to respond to HP requests for Technical Assistance, Problem Resolution and Escalation as soon as possible after receipt of the request, but in no event later than the response times Specified in Appendix II to these Support Terms, in accordance with the problem classification listings in that Appendix.
 
  1.9.   Types of Support: In addition to the technical assistance in Section 1.3.8 above, Supplier will also participate in Problem Resolution and Escalations. Problem Resolution is the process whereby HP notifies the Supplier directly when a Problem (fault or deficiency) is suspected in the Product/s, HP confirms the Problem diagnosis and issues a service request against the Product/s, and Supplier acknowledges the request and takes the lead in Problem Resolution. HP and Supplier will cooperate in resolving the problem. Supplier will notify HP of Problem Resolution and HP will close the services request with the Supplier upon confirming the problem has been resolved to the Customer’s satisfaction. Escalation is a process to ensure immediate action is taken by HP and Supplier on a Customer Problem, provide assistance to an HP field engineer on-site at a Customer location, and ensure a Customer Problem is being resoled in a satisfactory manner. In an Escalation, both parties must have the same perception of the nature and criticality of the Problem, raise the visibility of the Problem within their respective organizations, and allocate additional resources as required to solve the Problem.
 
  1.10.   Required Set Up. HP will assist Supplier in ensuring Supplier will have the necessary HP and Supplier Software and equipment required to reproduce any problems reported by HP. HP assistance may include load of HP equipment and/or facilities
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 29 of 46
     

 


 

      Supplier may contact the person who wrote the HP incident report for the specified purpose of clarifying the problem. HP will provide Supplier with an email address or pone number contact for the Customer. If access to the Customer system is required, HP will work with Supplier and the HP Customer in gaining agreement to allow Supplier direct access to the system and to provide information such as login ID, passwords and details for remote access to the Customer’s system as practical.
 
  2.0   Back Up Support Services. Supplier shall provide at a minimum the following maintenance and support with respect to the Products:
  §   Use of Supplier’s current call tracking system and process for tracking the progress of outstanding bugs and fixes which includes a method for HP to submit defect reports and to cooperate with Supplier to promptly resolve outstanding Problems
 
  §   Promptly fix or provide workaround to such bus, error, and defects as set forth in Error Classifications.
 
  §   Maintain a support contact to review calls/emails from HP concerning Problems, questions, and Escalations.
 
  §   Provide prompt notification and assistance in the event Supplier determines a Problem exists as set forth in Error Classifications.
 
  §   Provide normal evolutionary enhancements, updates, and revisions, after functionally complete but as soon as feasible prior to general release.
 
  §   Provide a designated, knowledgeable support contract to provide technical support.
 
  §   Support, at a minimum, will include the current Release or Current Version and the one (1) Prior Version of each Product. In no case will any Release be supported for less than twenty-four (24) months. New Releases will carry forward the prior released bug fixes.
 
  §   On any correction or an error in classifications of Escalation, Critical, Major Impact, or Minor Impact, Supplier shall use best efforts to correct the Problem and to implement the Fixes, complete with any needed documentation, test procedures or special instructions. Supplier will run regression tests on the fixes before delivery. It will be HP’s responsibility to supply any and all patches to its Customers.
 
  §   Except as may be otherwise mutually agreed, Supplier shall have no obligation to make Enhancement corrections. Any Enhancements undertaken by Supplier shall be released at Supplier’s discretion and in accordance with a schedule set up by Supplier.
 
  §   Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if a Problem in a Product occurs as a result of the operation of or presence of another Product bundled with the HP Product, such error will not be deemed to be an Error for the purposes of this Agreement provided that, on request, Supplier will cooperate with HP in the correction of any such error.
 
  §   In the event that HP elects to continue to support a Product which Supplier has decided to retire, or HP elects to support a Version of the Product that Supplier is no longer required to support, Supplier agrees to enter into negotiations in good faith to effect either a last time buy or a manufacturing license.
2.   TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
  2.1.   HP Request for Technical Assistance. When making a request for Technical Assistance, HP will provide the following information to Supplier: (a) description of the situation; (b) the HP assigned call classification and the HP identification number; and (c) the call back phone number if different from the Technical Support Contact phone number listed in Appendix I.
  2.1.1.   Collect the following information for analysis: switch trace, log file, or data dump using Supplier’s Utilities and Finisar trace (strongly recommended)
 
  2.1.2.   Provide information for Supplier to be able to reproduce the problem including step-by-step procedure/s used to recreate the problem, if possible.
  §   System Configuration information:
 
  §   HOST: All OS platforms and versions; HBA type and driver version
 
  §   HOST Applications: List
 
  §   Storage: Disk or tape subsystem type (i.e., RAID, JBOD, public, private, DLT, etc.), manufacturer and firmware version
 
  §   Storage management software and applications
 
  §   Switch topology: Network configuration description. SAN diagram, if possible.
 
  §   Number and type/s of switches in the configuration
 
  §   Parallel fabrics, if applicable. Dual host, storage connections
 
  §   Third party switches linked to the fabric
 
  §   Bridges, gateways, or routers connected and to what they are connected
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 30 of 46
     

 


 

  2.1.3.   Effective as of the date of first customer shipment of the Product, Supplier will make its Technical Support Contacts available to receive Technical Assistance requests from HP through the Supplier’s designated toll free telephone number 1.800.voltaire, designated email address, support@voltaire.com and/or designated web site www.voltaire.com. Supplier shall provide technical support to HP Support as set forth in this Agreement from 8:00 AM to 8:00 PM Eastern Time from our Billerica, MA Headquarters. Supplier will provide same level of support from Sunday to Thursday from 8AM-6PM (GMT+2) from our EMEA office. E-mail and website remain the same. Toll-free support number is 1-877-627-5587.
 
  2.1.4.   Supplier will take all necessary steps to resolve the Technical Assistance request and provide HP with the resolution and all available information as soon as it is available and will make its best efforts to meet the response times specified in Appendix II.
 
  2.1.5.   HP agrees that support engineers that contact Supplier for Technical Assistance have previously received training on the Product.
  2.2.   Technical Assistance Records. Supplier will keep a record of all Technical Assistance requests in Suppliers Tracking System and update their current status. As soon as possible following final resolution, Supplier will input a detailed description of the Technical Assistance request and resolution in Supplier’s Tracking System.
  2.2.1   Technical Assistance records will include, at a minimum the following information:
  §   HP call identification number and Supplier call tracking number
 
  §   Date of initial call to Supplier
 
  §   Names of call participants
 
  §   Times and dates of subsequent calls to HP
 
  §   Model, version, and serial number of Product/s involved. Version of operating system involved.
 
  §   Problem Description (Symptoms) as provided by HP
 
  §   Root Cause/s as provided by Supplier
 
  §   Recommended Corrective Action/s Alternative/s and Priority/ies (Steps taken to diagnose and remedy the problem) provided by Supplier
 
  §   Any Action Plan/s required for follow up or resolution
 
  §   Date of resolution.
  2.3.   Closing Technical Assistance Request. After a Technical Assistance request is resolved and resolution information is communicated to HP and documented in the Tracking System, HP will contact Supplier to close the request.
 
  2.4.   Monthly Technical Assistance Report. Supplier will provide a monthly technical report covering all problems received from HP during the current month, all problems still open from previous months, including the original date forwarded to Supplier, current status of each problem, categorization of problems and resolutions, and problem metrics including average response time and number of escalations. Note: Problems include both Problem Resolution Request and Escalations.
3.   PROBLEM RESOLUTION
  3.1.   Request for Problem Resolution Service. HP will receive defect reports, inquiries and problems calls about Products from HP’s Customers. If HP is unable to resolve a problem after Technical Assistance and after reasonable efforts, HP may provide Supplier with a Request for Technical Assistance. When Making said Request for Technical Assistance, HP will provide the following information in addition to the HP provided information identified and listed in Section 2.1.2 and 2.2.1 above:
  3.3.1   Description of diagnostic work performed and data collected by HP
 
  3.3.2   Action being requested (e.g. remedying or assisting in isolating the fault)
 
  3.3.3   Problem classification pursuant to the definitions in Appendix II
  3.2.   Problem Resolution Process. Upon receipt of HP’s Request for Technical Assistance, Supplier will acknowledge receipt and then acknowledge HP’s diagnosis of the problem. When mutually deemed necessary, Supplier will make Supplier’s engineering department available to HP’s engineering department so that “Lab to Lab” contact may be established. Supplier will recommend appropriate corrective action/s on the Request for Technical Assistance to resolve the problem as soon as possible, but in no event later than the response times specified in Appendix II, according to the classification of the problem.
  3.3.1   In the event that neither HP nor Supplier is able to isolate and resolve a Critical or Serious situation, HP may request that Supplier assist HP in dialing into the Customer’s system directly to assist HP in analyzing and troubleshooting the problem. Supplier will provide any necessary diagnostic tools to troubleshoot the problem on site. HP will provide Supplier access through telnet or web tools. If the problems is mutually
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 31 of 46
     

 


 

      deemed to require Supplier’s on-site presence in order to diagnose and isolate a problem, Supplier will provide technical assistance on-site.
 
  3.3.2   Supplier will provide an Action Plan within the response times listed in Appendix II, based on HP’s classification of the problem. An Action Plan may require Supplier to (a) reprioritize its other activities in order to meet the commitment to solve a Customer problem, (b) increase resources to address the problem, (c) assist HP with remote dial in to a Customer system for direct observation, (d) assist HP with on-site analysis.
 
  3.3.3   Supplier will notify HP upon resolution of the problem or upon the availability of a Fix or Workaround. If a permanent resolution cannot be achieved within the response times specified in Appendix II, Supplier will notify HP of any modification to the original Action Plan and the anticipated availability of a permanent problem resolution.
 
  3.3.4   Supplier will enter in Supplier’s Tracking System all Status Updates, Action Plans, and other communications requested by HP’s Technical Support Contact. Supplier may request additional information from the HP Technical Support Contact in order to meet the response times specified in Appendix II.
  3.3.   Problem Resolution Records. Supplier will keep records of all Requests for Technical Assistance in Supplier’s Tracking System and update their current status. Supplier will also be responsible for accessing, reviewing, and updating defect information related to the problems. Supplier will provide weekly report as referenced in paragraph 2.4 above.
  3.3.1   Problem Resolution records will include, at a minimum, the items listed in paragraphs 2.1.1, 2.2.1, and 3.1.2 above, along with the following:
  §   Summary of the problem as finally diagnosed.
 
  §   Detailed description of the root cause/s and symptom/s
 
  §   Date of Problem Resolution request and final resolution
 
  §   Likelihood of problem recurring and recommended action in the event of a recurrence
 
  §   Supplier and HP Service Request number for cross reference purposes
 
  §   Fix or Workaround implemented and how and when available
 
  §   Tests performed on the Fix or Workaround
 
  §   If only temporary Fix or Workaround is available, the Action Plan for achieving a Permanent Fix.
  3.4.   Closing Problem resolution Request. After problem resolution has been communicated to HP and verified by agreement of HP and the Customer, HP will notify Supplier that HP is closing the Problem Resolution and Request for Technical Assistance.
4.   ESCALATION
  4.1.   Requesting and Escalation. If HP determines that additional attention and extra resources from Supplier are needed to resolve a Customer situation or to assist HP engineering on-site, HP may request an Escalation. Supplier will cooperate with HP by following the Escalation procedures set forth below.
  4.1.1   When Requesting an Escalation, in addition to the HP provided information required under Problem Resolution in Sections 2 and 3 above, HP will provide:
  §   Caller’s location
 
  §   Any currently installed Fixes or Workarounds
 
  §   Reason for Escalation
 
  §   Steps taken to resolve problem
 
  §   Any Requests for Problem Resolution issued with respect to the problem.
  4.2.   Response to Escalations. Supplier will continue to cooperate with HP until the Escalation is resolved or until HP and Supplier mutually agree that all reasonable means of resolution have been exhausted. Effective as of the date of first customer shipment, Supplier will respond to an Escalation form HP twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week.
 
  4.3.   Escalation Process. HP’s Technical Support Contact may contact Supplier’s Technical Support Contact to request Escalation. HP will follow up by email with any additional information available at the time. Supplier will have primary responsibility to resolve the Escalation, and when mutually deemed necessary, Supplier will make Supplier’s engineering department available to HP’s engineering department at HP’s request so that “Lab to Lab” contact may be established. If Problem Resolution Service Requests are produced as a result of the Escalation, the procedure defined above for Problem Resolution must be followed.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 32 of 46
     

 


 

  4.4.   Escalation Records. Supplier will keep a record of all Escalation requests in the Supplier’s Tracking System and update their current status.
  4.1.1   Escalation records will include, at a minimum, the items listed in Section 3.3.1 above and the following information:
  §   Date of initial request for Escalation
 
  §   Names of individuals participating in the call
 
  §   Date/s of subsequent call/s to HP Technical Support
 
  §   Steps taken to diagnose and remedy the problem
 
  §   Any Action Plan/s required for follow up or resolution
 
  §   Date of Final resolution
  4.5.   Role of Technical Support Contact During Escalations. The Supplier’s Technical Support Contact will prepare an Action Plan as quickly as possible and will make best efforts to provide an Action Plan within four (4) hours after initial request for Escalation. This Action Plan may be modified by mutual agreement of the parties.
 
  4.6.   Monitor Phase. A Monitor Phase may be implemented by HP to evaluate the situation over a period of time to verify that the problem has been resolved to the Customer’s satisfaction. The monitor Phase states after a resolution is provided to the Customer. When the problem has been resolved to the Customer’s satisfaction, the Monitor Phase is terminated and the Escalation is closed by HP. Both HP and Supplier will coordinate monitoring activities. HP will determine the length of the Monitor Phase.
 
  4.7.   Closing an Escalation. When HP and the Customer agree that the problem has been resolved satisfactorily or the situation no longer requires Escalation, the Escalation will be closed by HP at the end of the Monitor Phase. The Tracking System will then be updated as necessary by Supplier to record the results of the Monitor Phase, including any actions taken, results of those actions, likelihood of problem recurrence and recommended future actions.
5.   OPERATIONAL PROVISIONS
  5.1.   Delivery. Supplier will ship Spares from, and accept returns shipped to its facilities located in Bedford, MA and other locations agreed by HP and Supplier. Supplier will promptly ship Spares and repair materials returned from HP. Unless HP requests a later date, lead-time for Spares will be the same as identified in Exhibit B and lead-time to repair returned Spares will not exceed fifteen (15) business days from receipt of materials. If any returned materials are damaged and not repairable, Supplier will notify HP within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt for disposition such as scrap at Supplier’s location or return to HP.
 
  5.2.   Priority Delivery. If HP is experiencing a critical support situation, Supplier will use its best efforts to ship same day.
 
  5.3.   RMA Procedure. HP will request an RMA # prior to return of any material to Supplier. HP will provide quantity, part number/s of materials to be returned. Supplier will provide the RMA# within one (1) business day. HP will not have to sort, separate in-warranty from out-of-warranty, or perform any other screening before sending Spares to Supplier. Supplier will promptly advise HP the quantities of in-warranty and out-of-warranty materials returned. Supplier will provide an appropriate means for RMA requests. Email and phone requests throught Supplier’s Technical Assistance Center will be used for RMA processing.
 
  5.4.   Term of Availability. Supplier will provide Spares and will repair/replace both in and out of warranty Spares during the “Term of Availability” The Term of Availability for each Spare is the period of time continuing from a minimum of five (5) years from the date Product which Spare is used to support is removed from HP’s Corporate Price List (CPL) and which ends upon written notification from Supplier. Supplier’s notification discontinuing support must provide at least six (6) months notice to HP and identify the Spares affected. Pursuant to Section 9.1.1 of the Agreement, Supplier will support HP’s order for “last buy” quantities.
 
  5.5.   Pricing. Purchase prices for Spares and for repair of out-of-warranty Spares are identified in the Schedule of Spares. Pricing will be negotiated between the parties and reviewed periodically. Pricing changes are subject to mutual agreement and must be documented in writing. Spares shall be delivered FCA Supplier’s designated facility (Incoterms 2000). Supplier is responsible to pay costs for shipping, packing, duties, fees, insurance and related charges for shipments to HP from Supplier of Spares repaired or replaced under warranty. HP is responsible to pay costs, for shipping, packing, duties, fees, insurance and related charges for defective shipments to the Supplier.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 33 of 46
     

 


 

      Warranty claims resulting in no defect found (“NDF”) means a Product whose function was suspect, but no specific fault was detected during Supplier’s performance of failure analysis. Supplier will notify HP of an abnormally high level of NDF and will meet to develop a corrective action plan. Should the NDF rate not drop to a reasonable level within 3 months, HP will reimburse Supplier for the actual and reasonable cost associated with NDF screening and in no event will such costs exceed an amount equal to the price paid by HP for such services on the FRU.
 
  5.6.   Non-Repairable Spares Warranty Recovery. The Schedule of Spares may document Spares that are not economical to repair. HP will not return such Spares to Supplier but will instead scrap those Spares and advise Supplier of the quantity of in-warranty Spares so scrapped. Supplier will credit HP based on the current purchase price of the Spare in the Schedule of Spares.
 
  5.7.   Rights and Assistance to Repair. Supplier grants to HP the right to repair and have repaired Spares for as long as HP chooses to support Products. In the event Supplier chooses to discontinue support of Spares, Supplier will provide to HP, within thirty (30) days of HP’s request (i) a list of components and software required to repair and maintain Spares as well as Supplier’s approved suppliers for these components. Components which are not readily available from sources other than Supplier shall be listed with Supplier’s part numbers and purchase prices identified and made available for HP purchase. Components having generic industry identification, not proprietary to Supplier, will be cross-referenced to generic manufacturer part numbers. (ii) applicable test specifications, test procedures, repair procedures, drawings, test programs and other materials required to allow HP to repair and test Spares including a full description of test equipment, with manufacturer’s model numbers, required to perform such tests. (iii) reasonable assistance as HP may require. Supplier grants HP a perpetual, royalty free, worldwide license to use, copy, modify and distribute any provided materials as required to affect the purposes of this section. This license grant does not extend to commercially available third party software and HP must purchase any such third party software.
 
  5.8.   Quality. Supplier will mark all repaired Spares with the date of repair or ECO revision. Spares will be new or be refurbished to meet all applicable electrical, mechanical, firmware and cosmetic specifications and engineering documentation, including the replacement of damaged or missing non-functioning parts. Upon request by HP, Supplier will provide information reasonably needed by HP to understand quality and reliability issues such as failure analysis data, reliability testing data, inspection histories, and specifications as well as provide access to facilities and repair processes.
 
  5.9.   Third Party Repair Services. HP may use a third party to manage aspects of its repair processes. Upon HP’s request and subject to satisfactory credit approval by Supplier, Supplier will provide HP’s third party repair center with the same support it provides to HP. The third party repair center will be an Eligible Purchaser. Supplier understands the repair center purchases are for HP’s benefit and agrees HP may work directly with Supplier to take advantage of warranty, indemnification and other rights.
 
  5.10.   Supplier Management Program. Supplier agrees to participate in HP’s Supplier Management Program and meet with HP at HP’s offices, as requested up to twice per year, in order to review Supplier’s performance, establish performance metrics to drive continuous improvements, and discuss other areas of mutual concern.
6.0 Survival. In the event the Agreement terminates for any reason except for HP’s breach of its obligations in this Service and Support Exhibit, this Service and Support Exhibit will continue as a stand-alone contract through the end of the Term of Availability and Agreement terms that may be applicable to service and support will be incorporated into and made a part of this surviving Service and Support Exhibit. Agreement terms applicable to support include, without limitation: warranty, delivery, indemnification, remedies, pricing, payment, confidentiality, quality and general terms. In case of conflict, the original Service and Support Exhibit terms will take precedence over the incorporated terms.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 34 of 46
     

 


 

APPENDIX I
STRATEGIC AND TECHNCAIL SUPPORT CONTACTS
Initial calls for Voltaire’s Technical Assistance are to go through:
Name:Tia Howell
Phone 1.800.voltaire
Email support@voltaire.com
The following are designated as Strategic Support Contacts:
             
Voltaire Inc   HP        
Name Bob Spear – Director, Customer Support &
Professional Services
  Name Mark Miller        
 
           
Address 54 Middlesex Turnpike, Bedford, MA 01730
  Address 200 Forest Street, Marlboro, MA 01752        
 
           
Phone 781.276.1579
  Phone 508-467-1671        
 
           
Fax 781.276.1561
  Fax        
 
           
Email bobs@voltaire.com
  Email Mark.O.Miller@hp.com        
The following are designated as Technical Support Contacts:
     
Voltaire Inc   HP
Name Gary Green
  Name Joe Woodworth
 
   
Address 54 Middlesex Turnpike, Bedford, MA 01730
  Address 200 Forest Street, Marlboro, MA 01752
 
   
Phone1.800.voltaire
  Phone 508-467-2853
 
   
Fax 781.276.1561
  Fax
 
   
Email garyg@voltaire.com
  Email Joseph.Woodworth@hp.com
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 35 of 46
     

 


 

APPENDIX II
RESPONSE TIME SUMMARY:
Voltaire shall respond immediately to HP’s incidents reported via email with a return email confirmation of receipt, which will also include a unique case/ticket number to be used for logging and tracking purposes. Supplier will use best efforts to resolve Technical Assistance calls, Problem Resolution calls and Escalation calls as soon as possible, using commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy the response times specified below.
                 
                Permanent Fix or
                Long Term Action
HP Call/Problem   Voltaire Acknowledge   Initial Action   Fix or Workaround to   Plan (to achieve
Classification   Problem Receipt   Plan/Status Update   HP   Permanent Fix)
Escalation /BCS**
  30 minutes   2-4 hours   24-48 hours   Continuous effort
Critical/Priority 1
  30 minutes   8 hours   24- 48 hours   Continuous effort
Serious/Priority 2
  1 hour   24 hours   5 days   80% within 45 days
Medium/Priority 3
  4 hours   1 business day   10 days   Next Release
Low/Priority 4
  1 business day   3 business days   30 days   Next Release
 
**   BCS = Business Continuity Service
Call/Problem Classifications:
   
Escalation /BCS: Product situation requiring immediate additional action by HP and Supplier because the problem has not been satisfactorily resolved through normal response channels. This situation is defined by HP and can only be declared to Supply by HP after HP’s standard support escalation procedure.
   
Critical/Priority 1: Emergency situation in which the Product is not usable, produces incorrect results, loses information or data, or fails catastrophically in response to internal errors, user errors or incorrect input files.
   
Serious/Priority 2 : Detrimental or serious situation in which there is a severe impact on use or performance of the Product. A Serious situation may occur when, for example, a Product experiences one or more inoperable commands or functions that degrades its usability.
   
Medium/Priority 3 : Inconvenient situation in which the Product is usable but does not provide a function in the most convenient or expeditious manner, but use of the Product suffers little or no significant impact.
   
Low/Priority 4: Noticeable situation in which the use of the Product is affected in some way that is correctable by a temporary documentation change or Workaround to be permanently corrected in the next scheduled release.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 36 of 46
     

 


 

APPENDIX III
SCHEDULE OF SPARES
                 
        HP Assembly Part        
Product   Product Part #   #   Supplier Part #   Unit Price
ISR9024 — Redundant power supply
  501S30020   376169-B21   501S30001   *
 
               
ISR9024 – Additional management board
  501S30020           *
 
               
IST9288 — sLB-24, 24 4X IB ports modular line board
  501S41000   376172-B21   501D40030   *
 
               
IST9288 — sRBD, Router blade drawer
  501S41000   376168-B21   501D30040   *
 
               
IST9288 — sFB-12, 12 connections fabric board
  501S41000   376175-B21   501D40050   *
 
               
IST9288 — sMB, Additional management board
  501S41000   376176-B21   501D40080   *
 
               
IST9288 — sPSU, Additional power supply unit
  501S41000   376177-B21   501D40100   *
 
               
Out of Warranty repair
              *
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 37 of 46
     

 


 

Exhibit D
To Agreement No. XXXX-XXXXXX
Software and Documentation Warranty
To the extent Product includes or constitutes Software and with respect to related Documentation, Supplier warrants and represents to HP, in addition to warranties set forth in Section 6 of Exhibit B of the Agreement:
1.   That Supplier has, as of date of delivery, clear title or sufficient proprietary license rights in and to the Software and Documentation to grant HP any license, lease or other non-ownership rights granted in and to the Software and Documentation and that the Software and Documentation are free of any and all restrictions, settlements, judgments or adverse claims that might adversely affect any such right granted HP.
2.   That the software made by Supplier will not (i) contain lock out devices or have any virus, disabling device, time bomb, Trojan horse, back door or any other harmful component, (ii) replicate, transmit or activate itself without control of a person operating the computing equipment on which it resides, (iii) alter, damage or erase any data or other computer programs without control of a person operating the computing equipment on which it resides or (iv) contain any code, key, node lock, time out or other function whether implemented by electronic, mechanical or means which restricts or may restrict use or access to programs or data based on residency on a specific hardware configuration, frequency or duration of use, or other limiting criteria.
3.   That the Software and Documentation, including accompanying trademarks, copyrights and trade names, do not violate or infringe any patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or other proprietary right of any third party, that Supplier is not aware of any facts upon which such a claim for infringement could be based and that Supplier will promptly notify HP if it becomes aware of any claim or any facts upon which a claim could be based. HP’s exclusive remedy and Supplier’s sole obligation in respect of any breach of this warranty shall be as set forth in Section 13 of Exhibit B.
4.   That for a period of ninety (90) days from the date the Software is delivered to HP (i) the media on which the Software is furnished will be free of defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and (ii) the Software will substantially conform to its published specifications. HP’s exclusive remedy and the entire liability of Supplier under this limited warranty will be at Supplier’s sole option, repair, replacement, credit of the amounts paid for or refund of the amounts paid for Software if reported promptly to Supplier. This limited warranty extends only to HP.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 38 of 46
     

 


 

Exhibit E
To Agreement No. XXXX-XXXXXX
Flexibility Agreement
HP will provide Supplier with a forecast as specified in this Agreement. HP’s liabilities to Supplier for Accepted Orders for Product are as follows:
                 
Notice of                
Change                
Received by                
Supplier (Days                
Prior to                
Committed                
Delivery Date)   Increase Quantity   Decrease Quantity   Reschedule   Cancellation
* days
  *
Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy any increase.
  *
HP shall not be charged for any decrease if it promptly reschedules delivery of those Products for delivery within * days of the original delivery date. Otherwise, HP will pay for the materials in Supplier’s pipeline required to support the quantity of Products not rescheduled.
  If HP promptly reschedules delivery of the Product for delivery within * days of the original delivery date, there will be no charge. Otherwise, HP will pay for the materials in Supplier’s pipeline required to support the quantity of Products not rescheduled.   *
 
               
* days
  *
Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy any increase.
  *
HP shall not be charged for any decrease if it promptly reschedules delivery of such Products for delivery within * days of the original delivery date. Otherwise, HP will pay for the materials in Supplier’s pipeline required to support the quantity of Products not rescheduled.
  If HP promptly reschedules delivery of the Product for delivery within * days of the original delivery date, there will be no charge. Otherwise, HP will pay for the materials in Supplier’s pipeline required to support the quantity of Products not rescheduled.   *
 
               
* days
  *
Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy any increase.
  *
HP shall not be charged for any decrease if it promptly reschedules delivery of such Products for delivery within * days of the original delivery date. Otherwise, HP will pay for the materials in Supplier’s pipeline required to support the quantity of Products not rescheduled.
  If HP promptly reschedules delivery of the Product for delivery within * days of the original delivery date, there will be no charge. Otherwise, HP will pay for the materials in Supplier’s pipeline required to support the quantity of Products not rescheduled.   *
 
   
*  Omitted pursuant to confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 39 of 46
     

 


 

Exhibit F
To Agreement No. XXXX-XXXXXX
Quality Assurance Requirements .
Quality Responsibility: If HP identifies a quality problem with the Supplier, the Supplier will provide appropriate technical personnel to meet with HP’s “Quality Engineering” personnel to attempt to resolve the problem. Meetings will occur weekly, or more frequently if requested by HP, until any quality issues are resolved. HP may require the Supplier attend additional meetings as required to address quality/reliability issues identified by HP.
Tracking and Reporting.
Functional Product Tracking . The Supplier may be required to provide both new Products and Functional Products to HP. The Supplier must have an internal process (including a database and physical separation) to identify and differentiate between new Products and Functional Products. If applicable, HP will provide the HP Part Number to be assigned to Functional Products.
Repair Data.
Data Collected . The Supplier must maintain complete records of Repairs performed on all Non-Functional Products returned for Repair by HP (collectively “Repair Data”). Individual trace ability will be based on each Returnable Product’s serial number. Repair Data shall include, at a minimum, the following: HP part number, serial number, revision level, failure code, cause of failure, NTF, MROC, DOA, AFR, Supplier original warranty status, Supplier Repair warranty status, Supplier model number, Supplier part number, Component consumption, date and Facility location where each Returnable Product unit has undergone Repair, Repair procedure performed, and actual location/reference designator of the Repaired or replaced Component on the Repaired Returnable Product. The foregoing requirements are in addition to any related requirements which may be specified in the Supplier Handbook.
Reporting . The Supplier will, within 10 of its Business Days after the end of each month, report to HP all available Repair Data relevant to HP for the preceding month.
Record Retention . The Supplier will maintain the Repair Data for a particular Returnable Product for at least three (3) years after the end of the Support Life of the Product.
Warranty Status Reporting . Upon request by HP, the Supplier will provide HP with a complete “Warranty Status Report.” The report will specify, by unique serial number, the warranty status for each new Product and each Functional Product provided to HP by the Supplier, or any subset thereof as is requested by HP.
Alternative Electronic Reporting . In lieu of the obligations in Sections 8.2 (b) and (c) and Section 8.3 of these Support Terms for a particular Product, the Parties may agree to implement an automated and/or electronic method of reporting the Repair Data for the Product. The automated reporting method will be as frequently and in a format required by HP.
Account Status Reports . Upon written request from HP, the Supplier will furnish HP a statement detailing the outstanding invoices issued to HP by the Supplier for Orders placed under these Support Terms. HP may request from the Supplier a summary of all new Products and all Functional Products provided to HP within a specified time period.
The Supplier will provide written documentation of its Repair procedures and meet other requirements that may be required by HP.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 40 of 46
     

 


 

Exhibit G: Supplier Social & Environmental Responsibility Agreement
This Supplier Social & Environmental Responsibility (SER) agreement (“Agreement”) is dated this                      [day] of                      [month] , 2004, by and between Hewlett-Packard Company, 3000 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California 94304 (“HP”) and Voltaire, Inc., 54 Middlesex Turnpike, Bedford, MA 01730, (“Supplier”).
RECITALS
A.   This Agreement is intended to supplement any and all contracts and agreements between HP and Supplier for the supply of goods or services by Supplier to HP (“Supply Contracts”).
B.   The Parties wish to address in this Agreement how they may work collaboratively to achieve the objectives of the HP Supplier Code of Conduct [http://www.hp.com/go/supplierE]
NOW THEREFORE, the Parties, and each of them, agree as follows:
1.0   Supplier Responsibility
  1.1   Supplier confirms that it has read HP Supplier Code of Conduct [http://www.hp.com/go/supplierE] and agrees with its statement of requirements.
 
  1.2   Supplier will complete HP Supplier Social and Environmental Responsibility (SER) questionnaires available at [http://www.hp.com/go/supplierE]
 
  1.3   Supplier will be responsible for identifying any areas of its operations that do not conform to HP’s Supplier Code of Conduct and for implementing and monitoring improvement programs designed to achieve HP Supplier Code of Conduct.
 
  1.4   Upon request by HP, Supplier will submit a report to HP describing actions taken and progress made by Supplier to meet the requirements of HP’s Supplier Code of Conduct.
 
  1.5   Supplier will provide HP, or its nominated representative, on reasonable notice, access to Supplier’s relevant records insofar as they relate to Supply Contracts, in order to verify information provided in Supplier’s report.
2.0   HP Responsibility
HP agrees that the report and records referred to will only be used for the purposes of assessing the supplier’s progress in accordance with HP Supplier Code of Conduct and will not be disclosed to any third party without Supplier’s prior written consent.
3.0   Scope of Agreement
  3.1   This Agreement applies to all existing Supply Contracts.
 
  3.2   This Agreement will remain in force so long as there are any Supply Contracts in force. This Agreement will terminate when and if no Supply Contract is in force.
 
  3.3   This Agreement does not require either HP or Supplier to enter into any Supply Contract nor to enter into any new or further agreement of any kind.

Parties
SIGNED
                 
for and on behalf of HP       for and on behalf of Supplier
 
               
Signature
          Signature    
 
               
 
               
Name
          Name    
 
               
 
               
Position
          Position    
 
               
 
               
Date
          Date    
 
               
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 41 of 46
     

 


 

Exhibit I
To Agreement No. XXXX-XXXXXX
Supplier’s Software License Agreement

NOTICE : READ THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE SOFTWARE (IF DELIVERED INSTALLED ON ANY HARDWARE) OR OPENING THE PACKAGE CONTAINING THE SOFTWARE (IF DELIVERED ON MEDIA SEPARATE FROM THE HARDWARE) ACCOMPANYING THIS AGREEMENT. OPENING THE PACKAGE, OR ACCESSING, INSTALLING, COPYING OR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE, CREATES A LEGALLY ENFORCEABLE CONTRACT AND CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT WITHOUT MODIFICATION. EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED RESPECTS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, CUSTOMER’S PURCHASE ORDER OR SIMILAR TERMS SHALL NOT APPLY TO THIS AGREEMENT.
RETURN : IF YOU ARE NOT AUTHORIZED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, OR IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, THEN WITHIN 10 DAYS, RETURN THE HARDWARE UNUSED OR THE PACKAGE UNOPENED (AS THE CASE MAY BE) TO THE LICENSOR THAT PROVIDED THE SOFTWARE TO YOU.
This Software License Agreement (the Agreement ), effective as of the date of Customer’s receipt of the Software unless returned as specified above (the Effective Date ), is entered into between [Reseller’s Name], a                      corporation, with offices at                      (a reseller which is authorized to sublicense the Software and Documentation, Licensor ) and the Customer identified in the Purchase Order issued to obtain the Software ( Customer ). The parties agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS.
Documentation means the user guide, technical specifications, help information and other documentation delivered to Customer in paper, digital or electronic form with the Software.
Hardware means any Manufacturer router, switch, card or other appliance or equipment identified in the Purchase Order and which is intended by Manufacturer to be operated in connection with the Software.
Manufacturer means that certain third party which manufactures the Hardware, owns the Software and Documentation and makes them available for redistribution by Licensor.
Purchase Order means Customer’s purchase order or other agreement to license the Software (pursuant to the terms set forth herein) and purchase the Hardware, which order has been accepted by Licensor, at its discretion.
Software means any Manufacturer computer program (in object code) identified in the Purchase Order or otherwise delivered to Customer ( e.g., pursuant to any separate support services arrangement). Without limitation, Software may include firmware that is installed and executes on the Hardware, or software that is provided on separate media and which is intended to be loaded and executed on the Hardware, or software that is installed on the Hardware and which is intended to be loaded and executed on Customer’s computer system for the purpose of operating the Hardware.
2. LICENSES.
2.1 Software. Subject to all terms and conditions in this Agreement, Licensor grants to Customer a nonexclusive, nontransferable, nonsublicenseable right and license to use the Software without modification, in accordance with the Documentation, and solely for Customer’s internal business purposes in configuring and managing its InfiniBand networks. Customer agrees to use the Software only on the Hardware on which it comes installed (or on which it is intended to be installed by Customer); provided , in respect of certain Software for which the following use is intended, Customer may install and use such Software on its internal computer systems, solely in connection with operating the Hardware. Customer may make one copy of the Software for inactive archival purposes.
2.2 Documentation. Subject to all terms and conditions in this Agreement, Licensor grants to Customer a nonexclusive, nontransferable, nonsublicenseable right and license to use the Documentation internally, and solely in connection with using the Software and Hardware.
2.3 Limitations. Customer may not make, and may not share or use concurrently, more copies of the Software than the maximum number ordered and paid for. The Software is licensed as a single product and Customer may not separate or use its component parts beyond the authorized number of computers or CPUs. Customer acknowledges the installing and using the Software may result in changes to the operating system environment.
2.4 License Control. Customer acknowledges that the Software may contain code or require devices that detect or prevent unauthorized use of, or disable, the Software.
3. CONFIDENTIALITY.
3.1 Scope. The term Confidential Information means all trade secrets, know-how, inventions, developments, software and other financial, business or technical
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 42 of 46
     

 


 

information of Licensor or any of its suppliers (including the Manufacturer) that is disclosed by or for Licensor in relation to this Agreement, but not including any information Customer can demonstrate is (a) rightfully furnished to it without restriction by a third party without breach of any obligation to the disclosing party, (b) generally available to the public without breach of this Agreement or (c) independently developed by it without reliance on such information. All Software, Documentation and pricing information is Confidential Information.
3.2 Confidentiality. Except for the specific rights granted by this Agreement, Customer shall not use or disclose any Confidential Information without Licensor’s written consent, and shall use reasonable care to protect the Confidential Information. Customer shall be responsible for any breach of confidentiality by its employees and contractors. Promptly after any termination of this Agreement (or at Licensor’s request at any other time), Customer shall return all tangible Confidential Information, permanently erase all Confidential Information from any storage media and destroy all information, records and materials developed therefrom. Customer may disclose only the general nature, but not the specific terms, of this Agreement without the prior consent of Licensor.
4. PROPRIETARY RIGHTS.
4.1 Customer. Customer shall own all right, title and interest in and to all data and records generated or stored by the Software.
4.2 Restrictions. Except as specifically permitted in this Agreement, Customer shall not directly or indirectly: (a) use any Confidential Information to create any software or documentation that is similar to any Software or Documentation; (b) disassemble, decompile, reverse engineer or use any other means to attempt to discover any source code or underlying ideas, algorithms or organization of the Software (except and only to the extent that these restrictions are expressly prohibited by applicable statutory law); (c) encumber, sublicense, transfer or distribute any Software, or use the Software for the benefit of any third party (e.g., service bureau arrangement); (d) copy, create derivative works of or otherwise modify any Software or Documentation; or (e) permit any third party to do so. Customer will promptly notify Licensor in writing of any unauthorized use, reproduction or distribution of any Software.
4.3 Third Party Software. The Software may operate or interface with software or other technology that is identified in the Documentation ( In-Licensed Code ) and which is licensed to Manufacturer from, and owned by, third parties ( Third Party Licensors ). Customer agrees that (a) it will use In-Licensed Code in accordance with this Agreement and any other restrictions specified in the applicable license set forth or referenced in the Documentation, (b) no Third Party Licensor makes any representation or warranty to Customer concerning the In-Licensed Code or Software and (c) no Third Party Licensor will have any obligation or liability to Customer as a result of this Agreement or Customer’s use of the In-Licensed Code.
4.4 No Implied Licenses. Except for the limited rights and licenses expressly granted hereunder, no other license is granted, no other use is permitted and Licensor (and Manufacturer and its licensors, as the case may be) shall retain all right, title and interest in and to the Software and Documentation (and all patent rights, copyright rights, trade secret rights and all other intellectual property and proprietary rights embodied therein). Customer agrees not to take any action inconsistent with such ownership.
4.5 Markings. Customer shall not (and shall not permit any third party to) alter, obscure or remove any trademark, patent notice or other proprietary or legal notice contained on any Software, Documentation or packaging.
5. WARRANTY AND DISCLAIMERS.
5.1 Software. Licensor warrants to Customer that the unaltered Software will operate substantially in conformance with the Documentation for a period of 90 days after the Effective Date. Any warranty claim under this Section 5.1 must be made in writing during such 90-day period. Licensor’s sole obligation and Customer’s exclusive remedy in respect thereof is to use reasonable efforts to repair or replace the Software that Licensor determines, in its reasonable judgment, is nonconforming or, at Licensor’s sole discretion, to accept return of such Software and refund to Customer the price paid therefor.
5.2 Exclusions. The foregoing warranty shall not apply to any nonconformity resulting from operating system or other software, or other hardware, nor shall it apply to any Software that was (a) used, handled, operated, maintained or stored improperly, or in any manner not in accord with Licensor’s instructions or recommendations, the Documentation or industry standard practice or (b) repaired, altered or modified other than by or for Licensor.
5.3 Disclaimers. NEITHER MANUFACTURER NOR ANY THIRD PARTY LICENSOR MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY HEREUNDER TO CUSTOMER CONCERNING THE SOFTWARE, DOCUMENTATION OR OTHERWISE. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED HEREIN, THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION ARE PROVIDED BY LICENSOR “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. LICENSOR DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL MEET CUSTOMER’S REQUIREMENTS, OR THAT SOFTWARE OPERATION WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, OR THAT ANY ERRORS CAN OR WILL BE FIXED. LICENSOR HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, INTEGRATION, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL WARRANTIES ARISING
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 43 of 46
     

 


 

FROM ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF TRADE.
6. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
LICENSOR (AND MANUFACTURER AND THIRD PARTY LICENSORS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE CONCERNING THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ANY CLAIM OR ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE), FOR ANY (A) MATTER BEYOND ITS REASONABLE CONTROL, (B) LOSS OR INACCURACY OF DATA, LOSS OR INTERRUPTION OF USE, OR COST OF PROCURING SUBSTITUTE TECHNOLOGY, GOODS OR SERVICES, (C) INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, INCIDENTAL, RELIANCE, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF BUSINESS, REVENUES, PROFITS OR GOODWILL, OR (D) DIRECT DAMAGES, IN THE AGGREGATE, IN EXCESS OF THE FEES PAID TO IT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE SOFTWARE GIVING RISE TO SUCH DAMAGES DURING THE 12-MONTH PERIOD PRIOR TO THE DATE THE CAUSE OF ACTION AROSE, EVEN IF IT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THESE LIMITATIONS ARE INDEPENDENT FROM ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY REMEDY PROVIDED HEREIN.
7. TERM AND TERMINATION.
7.1 Term. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue in effect until terminated as provided herein.
7.2 Termination. Customer may terminate this Agreement at any time for its convenience upon at least 30 days prior written notice to Licensor. Either party may terminate this Agreement (a) if the other party materially breaches a provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within 30 days (10 days in the case of failure to make any payment required under the Purchase Order) after receiving written notice of such breach from the non-breaching party or (b) immediately upon written notice, if the other party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or similar officer is appointed to take charge of any or all of the other party’s property, or the other party seeks protection under any bankruptcy, receivership, trust deed, creditors arrangement, composition or comparable proceeding or such a proceeding is instituted against the other party and is not dismissed within 90 days, or the other party becomes insolvent or, without a successor, dissolves, liquidates or otherwise fails to operate in the ordinary course. This Agreement shall automatically terminate without further action by any party, immediately upon material breach by Customer of any limitation or restriction set forth in Section 2.3 or 4.2.
7.3 Infringement. Licensor may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Licensor at any time and, after return of the Software, refund to Customer the depreciated value of the Software (calculated as the license fees paid to Licensor, amortized on a straight-line basis over a 3-year period). The foregoing states the entire liability of Licensor (and Manufacturer and its licensors), and Customer’s exclusive remedy, with respect to any actual or alleged violation of intellectual property rights by the Software, any part thereof or by its use or operation.
7.4 Effects of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, all rights, obligations and licenses of the parties hereunder shall cease, except that (a) all obligations that accrued prior to the effective date of termination and any remedies for breach of this Agreement shall survive any termination and (b) the provisions of Sections 3 (Confidentiality), 4 (Proprietary Rights), 5 (Warranties and Disclaimers), 6 (Limitation of Liability), 8 (General Provisions) and this Section 7 shall also survive.
8. GENERAL PROVISIONS.
8.1 Intended Beneficiary. The parties agree that Manufacturer is an intended third party beneficiary under this Agreement, and it may institute action (for itself or on behalf of any Third Party Licensor) in law or equity against either party as may be necessary or prudent to effect compliance with provisions regarding Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights and recover damages for any breach thereof.
8.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings or agreements (oral or written), between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement. No waiver, consent or modification of this Agreement shall bind either party unless in writing and signed by the party against which enforcement is sought. The failure of either party to enforce its rights under this Agreement at any time for any period will not be construed as a waiver of such rights. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal or unenforceable, that provision will be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary so that this Agreement will otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable.
8.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflicts of law provisions.
8.4 Remedies. Except as specifically provided otherwise, each right and remedy in this Agreement is in addition to any other right or remedy, at law or in equity. Customer agrees that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach of Section 3 or 4, Licensor (or Manufacturer or Third Party Licensor) will suffer irreparable damage for which there is no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, Licensor shall be entitled to injunctive and other equitable remedies to prevent or restrain such breach or threatened breach, without the necessity of posting any bond.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 44 of 46
     

 


 

8.5 Notices. Any notice or communication hereunder shall be in writing and either personally delivered or sent via confirmed facsimile, recognized express delivery courier or certified or registered mail, prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to the other party at its address specified above or in the Purchase Order, or at such other address designated in a subsequent notice. All notices shall be in English, effective upon receipt.
8.6 Assignment. This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder are personal to Customer, and may not be assigned or otherwise transferred, in whole or in part, without Licensor’s prior written consent. Any attempt to do otherwise shall be void and of no effect. Without Customer’s consent, Licensor may assign this Agreement to Manufacturer. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors, representatives and permitted assigns of the parties.
8.7 Independent Contractors. The parties shall be independent contractors under this Agreement, and nothing herein will constitute either party as the employer, employee, agent or representative of the other party, or both parties as joint venturers or partners for any purpose.
8.8 Compliance With Laws Customer shall comply with all applicable export control laws, restrictions and regulations of any US or foreign agency or authority. Customer will not and will not allow, directly or indirectly, the use, transmission, export, re-export or other transfer of any product, technology or information it obtains or learns pursuant to this Agreement (or any direct product thereof) in violation of any such law, restriction or regulation. Customer shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary license or approval and otherwise complying with the latest US export regulations. Customer agrees to comply with all other applicable regulatory, statutory and treaty requirements, and not to place Licensor (or Manufacturer) in jeopardy of not complying with any such requirements. Customer agrees to defend and indemnify Licensor from and against any penalties, fines, damages, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of any claim that the Software, Documentation or other information or materials provided by Licensor were exported or otherwise accessed, shipped or transported in violation of applicable laws and regulations.
8.9 License to the Government. If any user of the Software or Documentation is a department, agency or other entity of the United States Government, the use, duplication, reproduction, modification, release, disclosure or transfer of the Software and Documentation is restricted in accordance with FAR 12.212 for civilian agencies and DFAR 227.7202 for military agencies. The Software is commercial computer software and the Documentation is commercial computer software documentation, and their use is further restricted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
8.10 Basis of Bargain. EACH PARTY RECOGNIZES AND AGREES THAT THE WARRANTY DISCLAIMERS AND LIABILITY AND REMEDY LIMITATIONS ARE MATERIAL BARGAINED-FOR BASES OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT THEY HAVE BEEN TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT BY EACH PARTY AND REFLECTED IN DETERMINING THE CONSIDERATION TO BE GIVEN BY EACH PARTY HEREUNDER AND IN THE DECISION TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.
8.11 Acknowledgment. Customer acknowledges that (a) it has read and understands this Agreement, (b) it has had an opportunity to have its legal counsel review this Agreement, (c) this Agreement has the same force and effect as a signed agreement, (d) Licensor requires identification of the Customer before issuing this license and (e) issuance of this license does not constitute general publication of the Software, Documentation or any other Confidential Information.
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 45 of 46
     

 


 

EXHIBIT J
HP Software License Terms
[XC EULA TO BE INSERTED]
EXHIBIT K
Third Party Code and Licenses Included in Software
HCA host stack:
    The LINUX operating system is a free software program subject to the GNU General Public License and its terms. A copy of such license can be found at www.gnu.org/licenses or obtained from Voltaire upon request.
 
    The MVAPICH software was developed by The Ohio State University’s Network-Based Computing Laboratory (NBCL) headed by Professor Dhabaleswar K. Panda. Copyright (c) 2002 The Ohio State University. All rights reserved. The use of such software is subject to the terms of a Copyright Agreement, a copy of can be found at: http://nowlab.cis.ohio-state.edu/projects/mpi-iba.
 
    MPICH is a freely available, portable implementation of MPI. Copyright in MPICH have been asserted by the University of Chicago and the Mississippi State University (c) 1993. The use of such software is subject to the terms of a copyright and disclaimer notice, a copy of can be found at: http://nowlab.cis.ohio-state.edu/projects/mpi-iba/LICENSE.mvapich2.TXT
     
Hewlett-Packard Company   Page 46 of 46
     

 

 

Exhibit 10.12
SOFTWARE LICENSE AND DISTRIBUTION
AGREEMENT
BY
AND
BETWEEN
HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
AND
VOLTAIRE INC.
DATED
August 28, 2006

 


 

SOFTWARE LICENSE AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of August 28, 2006 (the “Effective Date”) by and between HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY a Delaware Corporation (“HP”), and Voltaire, Inc., a Maryland Corporation (“Licensor”).
     The parties hereby agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
  1.1.   Additional Program ” means a software program added as a Program to this Agreement after the Effective Date by an amendment to Exhibit A herein.
 
  1.2.   Complete Copy ” means the Program which includes (i) a master copy of the Program, (ii) all Documentation and technical manuals for the Program, and (iii) all associated Sales Tools and Support and Build Tools, each in the form(s) and on the media described in Exhibit A
 
  1.3.   “Days” means calendar days unless otherwise specified,
 
  1.4.   Documentation ” means the manuals and other documentation (in electronic form or hardcopy, as the case may be) that Licensor has created for the Program and any other existing documentation and information regarding the Program which HP reasonably requests for evaluation and use in connection with such Program as contemplated herein, including those items listed and described in Exhibit A hereto. Documentation will be provided in English only and shall be of a type and quality as the Program documentation that Licensor has previously provided under Product Purchase Agreement # PRO10804-100804 between the parties, dated October 8, 2004 (the “ Product Purchase Agreement ”).
 
  1.5.   Enhancements ” mean all present and future modifications, new features, new functionalities, upgrades or other new versions of the Program or Documentation (other than bug fixes, error corrections and minor updates) that are specifically identified and added as to this Agreement after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.7.
 
  1.6.   Final Copy ” means a Complete Copy of the Program that has been reviewed and accepted by HP pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof.
 
  1.7.   HP Product(s) ” means any host channel adaptor (“HCA”) card or on-board HCA product manufactured or distributed by HP that are specifically identified in Exhibit E and to which a Licensor-authorized Label (as defined in Exhibit B ) has been affixed (or which includes such other Licensor-authorized designation as may be approved from time to time by the parties), including all supported configurations and associated peripherals that runs or is compatible with (i) a Microsoft operating system on an industry-standard computing platform or (ii) any other operating environment or hardware platform as mutually agreed by the parties pursuant to Section 2.7.
 
  1.8.   Marks ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.1.
 
  1.9.   Program ” means the software program, in object code format, listed and described on Exhibit A hereto, including all Updates and Enhancements thereto that are provided by Licensor

1


 

      pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Program shall also include Additional Programs.
  1.10.   Intellectual Property Rights ” means patent rights, copyrights, moral rights, trade secret rights and other proprietary rights.
 
  1.11.   Licensed Materials ” means, collectively, the Programs, Updates, Enhancements, Specifications and Documentation, Sales Tools and Support and Build Tools.
 
  1.12.   “Source Code Program” means the code of a Program, including comments and procedural code such as job control language, which is machine-readable and which may be printed or displayed in a form readable and understandable by a computer programmer of ordinary skill.
 
  1.13.   Sales Tools ” means all applications, utilities or other materials (in object code form) related to a Program that are used by Licensor in marketing the Programs.
 
  1.14.   Support and Build Tools” means all applications, compilers, utilities, listings, build tools or other materials (in object code form) related to a program that are reasonably necessary to enable HP to exercise its rights under Section 3.1 hereof.
 
  1.15.   Updates ” mean all present and future bug fixes, error corrections and other minor updates of the Program or Documentation, but expressly not including any Enhancement.
 
  1.16.   Addendum 1 ” means Addendum 1 to the Product Purchase Agreement, which was executed by the parties on or about December 16, 2005.
2. DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE
  2.1.   Delivery . Licensor agrees to deliver to HP a Complete Copy of (i) each Program listed in Exhibit A as of the Effective Date of this Agreement and (ii) all Updates to the Program no later than the date on which the corresponding Updates are delivered to any other of Licensor’s distributors or partners and (iii) all Enhancements pursuant to any agreement under Section 2.7. HP will have the right to test and evaluate the Program and Enhancement(s) (but not Updates) under the acceptance procedure described in Section 2.5.
 
  2.2.   New HP Products and Operating Systems . Subject to Section 2.7, Licensor shall modify or otherwise adapt the Programs and Enhancements for use in conjunction with revisions, releases and successors to the HP Products within the same timeframe as Licensor modifies or otherwise adapts the programs and Enhancements for use in conjunction with any other products (“Non HP Products”). Similarly, Licensor shall modify or otherwise adapt the Programs and enhancements for use in conjunction with revisions, releases and successors to operating environments or hardware platforms for which Licensor offers the Programs and Enhancements.
 
  2.3.   HP Product Loans . To assist Licensor in adapting the Programs and Enhancements to the HP Products pursuant to Section 2.2, HP shall provide Licensor with access to the HP Products specified in and in accordance with the terms of HP’s standard Equipment Loan Agreement, separately executed by both parties. Except as provided in this Section 2.3 and Section 6, Licensor shall bear all costs and expenses with respect to performing its obligations under this Agreement.
 
  2.4.   Program Performance . Licensor shall ensure the Programs and Enhancements for use in

2


 

      conjunction with HP Products executes with the same features, functionality, speed and quality as Programs and Enhancements for use in conjunction with Non-HP Products.
  2.5.   Acceptance .
  2.5.1.   Acceptance of Program. HP will have thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of a Complete Copy of the Program to evaluate the Program for conformity with the applicable Specifications, and either accept, return for rework, or reject the Program. HP will be entitled to test and evaluate any Program internally, by whatever means it deems appropriate and consistent with Licensor’s rights in the Program and, subject to the terms of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to HP the license set forth in Section 3.3, but only as necessary for HP to perform its evaluation hereunder. Such licenses will include the right of HP to use third party subcontractors to achieve the foregoing solely for HP’s benefit, and subject to such third party executing separate agreements containing substantially similar confidentiality provisions; provided, HP agrees to be fully responsible and liable for the conduct of its subcontractors. HP may only reject a Program if it does not substantially comply with the then current version of the relevant Specification; provided, no Program may be rejected for any noncompliance attributable to any HP Product or other technology provided by HP. If HP returns a Program for rework, Licensor agrees to use reasonable efforts to correct the listed defects and resubmit the Program for re-evaluation under the same acceptance procedure within seven (7) days or such longer period as agreed to by the parties. In the event HP rejects a Program, HP will give Licensor written notice (including, without limitation, by electronic mail) of rejection stating the reasons for its unacceptability. If Licensor fails to correct the rejected Program within a reasonable time, then (a) the parties may agree that Licensor will have additional time to correct such Program or (b) without further obligation, either party may eliminate such non-conforming Program from this Agreement upon written notice to the other and this Agreement will terminate with respect to that version of the Program and associated Documentation. Until such time as HP shall have either accepted or rejected the Program in accordance with this Section 2.5.1 and associated Documentation in accordance with Section 2.5.2, Licensor shall not make generally available to HP any version of a Program (other than the versions released as of the Effective Date or released prior to the corresponding Additional Program being added to this Agreement), and shall not permit any of its distributors or other partners to so release.
 
  2.5.2.   Acceptance of Documentation. HP will have thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of a Complete Copy of the Program to evaluate the associated Documentation, and either accept, return for rework, or revise the Documentation pursuant to HP’s license under Section 3.3 below. If HP returns Documentation for rework, Licensor agrees to correct the listed defects and resubmit the Documentation for re-evaluation under the same acceptance procedure within fourteen (14) days or such longer period as agreed to by the parties.
  2.6.   Final Copy . Licensor agrees to deliver to HP a Final Copy of each Program simultaneous with its general availability by Licensor.
 
  2.7.   Enhancements . During the term of this Agreement, HP may request that Licensor develop an Enhancement to any Program. In such event, the parties agree to negotiate in good faith mutually agreeable terms and conditions of such implementation (such as, for example, requirements specification, price and schedule applicable to such Enhancement). The

3


 

      definitive agreement, if any, regarding each Enhancement shall be set forth in a separate writing executed by the parties.
  2.8.   Additional Programs . Licensor shall offer to HP an opportunity to execute an amendment to Exhibit A to include as Additional Programs any and all of Licensor’s future software products that would not otherwise constitute a Program or Enhancement hereunder as of the Effective Date. Such offer shall be made at least six (6) months prior to Licensor’s scheduled general availability date for such software product and not later than any similar offer being made to any other distributor or partner of Licensor. HP will inform Licensor within three (3) months of such offer whether it intends to accept such offer and add Licensor’s software as an Additional Program. If HP accepts such offer, then subject to negotiation of mutually agreeable terms and conditions, Licensor and HP shall execute an amendment to Exhibit A to include such software product as Additional Program hereunder.
3. RIGHTS GRANTED
During the term of this Agreement and subject to all terms and conditions herein (including without limitation, payment of all fees), Licensor agrees to grant HP the rights and licenses expressly provided in this Section 3. HP agrees to be fully responsible and liable for the conduct of the HP Subsidiaries and HP-authorized distributors, resellers, OEM’s and other third parties to which it grants sublicenses as permitted below.
  3.1.   License to the Program . Licensor hereby grants and agrees to grant to HP, under all of Licensor’s Intellectual Property Rights embodied in each Program, a non-exclusive, worldwide license to use, reproduce, display and distribute (both directly and indirectly), import the Program solely in conjunction with HP Product(s). Such license will include the right of HP to distribute through HP Subsidiaries and to sublicense HP-authorized distributors, resellers, OEM’s and other third parties (“Distribution Channels”) to achieve the foregoing.
  3.1.1.   The parties agree that (a) when HP or any Distribution Channel delivers an HP Compute Cluster Server system, the Program may be distributed as a matter of administrative convenience using the same media as HP uses to distribute other non-Licensor software programs, (b) the distributed Program shall be deemed to be “Unlicensed Software,” unless such HP Compute Cluster Server system includes one (1) or more HP Products, (c) neither HP nor its Distribution Channels or end user customers shall have any right or license to install, access, reproduce, display or use any such Unlicensed Software and (d) HP shall make the foregoing prohibitions expressly known to the end user customers in writing, on CD or in other electronic form pursuant to the procedures set forth in Exhibit F.
  3.2.   Escrow Agreement . At HP’s request, Licensor agrees to enter into a source code escrow agreement, including terms in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, regarding the Source Code Programs, with Iron Mountain, Inc. or comparable independent escrow agent as may be mutually agreed upon, to which agreement HP will be a named beneficiary. HP agrees to pay all escrow fees payable to establish and maintain such escrow.
 
  3.3.   License for Demonstration and Evaluation. Licensor hereby grants and agrees to grant HP, under all of Licensor’s Intellectual Property Rights embodied in the Program, a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty free license to use, reproduce, display, import, and distribute the Program in whole or in part, for purposes of testing and evaluation pursuant Section 2.5 (Acceptance),

4


 

      support, customer evaluation, demonstration, marketing and promotional activities, in each case solely in conjunction with HP Products. Such license will include the right of HP to sublicense distributors, resellers, and other third parties to achieve the foregoing.
  3.4.   License to the Documentation . Licensor hereby grants and agrees to grant to HP, under all of Licensor’s Intellectual Property Rights embodied in the Documentation, a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty free license to use, reproduce, display, translate, import, disclose to customers, distribute to customers, modify and prepare derivative works or compilations of: (a) the Documentation; and (b) modifications, derivative works and compilations based upon the Documentation for use with a Program. These rights are exercisable in any medium. Such license will include the right of HP to sublicense HP-authorized distributors, resellers, and other third parties to achieve the foregoing. The right to modify and prepare derivative works and compilations is granted solely for the purposes of (i) combining documentation of more than one program or product, (ii) condensing Documentation, (iii) localizing Documentation, (iv) formatting and preparing Documentation for user accessibility and (v) updating Documentation as appropriate to account for changes to the associated Program. HP shall be solely responsible for any error or misrepresentation of the Programs arising out of or resulting from its translations, derivative works, compilations, combinations, formatting, updates and other modifications.
 
  3.5.   Sublicenses . HP agrees that it shall cause any distributor, reseller, OEM or other third party that is sublicensed hereunder to comply with all of HP’s license obligations hereunder (including without limitation, confidentiality). HP will provide Licensor with a copy of its then current standard form of distributor, reseller and OEM agreements upon the written request of Licensor.
 
  3.6.   License to Photograph (Marketing Materials) . Licensor hereby grants and agrees to grant to HP under all intellectual property rights embodied in each Program and associated Documentation, a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty free license to capture visual images of the program screen displays and packaging, the Documentation and the CD-ROM, if any, and to use, reproduce, display, perform, distribute, import and modify, on any media, such photographs and modifications and images solely in connection with HP’s marketing and support of the Program and training with respect to the Program. Such license will include the right of HP to sublicense distributors, resellers, and other third parties to achieve the foregoing.
 
  3.7.   License to Support and Build Tools . Licensor hereby grants and agrees to grant to HP under all intellectual property rights embodied in the Support and Build Tools for each Program a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty free license to internally use such Support and Build Tools (i) for customer support, evaluation, testing, and benchmarking and (ii) to localize a Program.
 
  3.8.   License to Sales Tools . Licensor hereby grants and agrees to grant to HP under all intellectual property rights embodied in the Sales Tools for each Program a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty free license to internally use such Sales Tools solely in conjunction with a Program.
4. COVENANTS AND RESTRICTIONS
  4.1.   Trademarks . Neither party is granted any ownership in or license to the trademarks or trade names (collectively “Marks”) of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensor acknowledges that HP may fairly and accurately reference Licensor’s name and the name of each Program in the course of marketing and distributing such Program.

5


 

  4.2.   Ownership . Subject to the rights and licenses expressly granted to HP hereunder, no other license is granted, no other use is permitted, and Licensor retains all right, title and interest in the Programs and Documentation and other Licensed Materials, including all copyrights and other Intellectual Property Rights.
 
  4.3.   Copyright Notices . HP agrees that it will not remove any copyright notices or proprietary markings of Licensor from a Program or Documentation. Licensor and HP agree that a second HP copyright notice in HP’s standard copyright notice form may be added to any authorized HP modification of Documentation.
 
  4.4.   Restrictions. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, HP will not directly or indirectly (a) disassemble, decompile or reverse engineer or otherwise try to discover any source code or underlying structures, ideas or algorithms of any Program, Update or Enhancement or other Licensed Materials without prior written authorization from Licensor, except and only to the extent these restrictions are expressly prohibited by applicable statutory law and then only as necessary to ascertain interfaces, (b) use any of Licensor’s Confidential Information to create any software or documentation that is similar to any of the Licensed Material, (c) encumber, sublicense, transfer, rent, lease or use the Licensed Materials for the benefit of any third party (e.g., time-share or service bureau arrangement), (d) copy, adapt, create derivative works of, translate, localize, port or otherwise modify any Licensed Materials, (e) use the Licensed Materials or transfer, transmit, export or re-export all or any part or any product thereof in violation of any export control laws or regulations of the United States or any other relevant jurisdiction, (f) reproduce or distribute copies of the Program except in accordance with the method described in Exhibit B or (g) authorize any third party to engage in any of the foregoing proscribed acts.
 
  4.5.   Software License Terms. HP will be entitled to use its then current standard form software license terms for licensing the Programs under this Agreement, provided it contains terms and conditions at least as protective of Licensor (and its rights in and to the Program) as the provisions of this Agreement and all restrictions, disclaimers and limitations herein. Promptly upon request, HP will provide Licensor with a copy of its then current sublicense agreement.
 
  4.6.   Third Party Code . Licensor has identified in Exhibit A any code from another party, including open source or freeware (“Third Party Code”) contained in the Program and will promptly inform HP of its intention to incorporate Third Party Code in any Update or Enhancement of the Program within a reasonable time after completion of any such agreement with such third party. At such time Licensor will identify the specific technical details of the Third Party Code to be included.
 
  4.7.   Third Party Requirements . The Software may operate or interface with Third Party Code or other Third Party Technology that is identified in the Documentation (“ In-Licensed Code ”) and which is licensed to Licensor from, and owned by, third parties (“ Third Party Licensors ”). HP agrees that (a) it will use In-Licensed Code in accordance with this Agreement and any other restrictions specified in the applicable license set forth or referenced in the Documentation, (b) no Third Party Licensor makes any representation or warranty to HP concerning the In-Licensed Code or Software and (c) no Third Party Licensor will have any obligation or liability to HP as a result of this Agreement or HP’s use of the In-Licensed Code.

6


 

5. PROGRAM MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT
Licensor shall provide HP with the maintenance and support for the Program set forth in this Section. The fee for such maintenance and support is set forth in Exhibit B.
  5.1.   If Licensor learns of an error independently, Licensor shall initiate corrective action and provide a response based on the Problem Severity Definitions and Response requirements specified below.
 
  5.2.   Licensor technical personnel shall be designated by Licensor to respond to telephone inquiries by HP during normal TAC business hours in Boston, MA and Tel-Aviv, Israel.
 
  5.3.   HP shall have exclusive right to determine (i) the severity level of an error and (ii) whether or not Licensor response is satisfactory in helping to solve the customer’s problem.
 
  5.4.   Upon HP’s reasonable request, Licensor shall provide on-site visits to customer locations to assist HP in resolving Severity 1 customer issues. Licensor shall bear all of its costs and expenses related to such on-site visits. HP shall reimburse Licensor for Licensor’s out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection therewith in the event that Hp and Licensor determine the problem is caused by a product other than the Program. Such reimbursement shall be subject to and paid in accordance with HP’s then current internal business expense policy for reimbursing its employees for actual and reasonable travel and related expenses.
 
  5.5.   Within sixty (60) days following the execution of the Agreement, Licensor and HP will develop a support delivery plan that will define the specific procedures for call handling and problem escalations within the requirements of this Agreement.
 
  5.6.   Problem Severity Definitions and Response Requirements . Service requests to Licensor made by HP will be handled in accordance with the following procedures. When HP requires back-up support from Licensor, HP will contact Licensor’s engineering support organization which will accept responsibility for handling the call according to the severity levels described below. For the purposes of this section, “receipt” of a call by Licensor will be considered to have occurred when the HP engineering organization has made contact with Licensor’s engineering support organization or a representative thereof.
  5.6.1.   Severity 1 Definition . A “Severity 1” problem is a catastrophic problem that may severely impact the customer’s ability to conduct business. This may mean the customer’s systems and/or Program are down or not functioning and no procedural work-around exists.
Response Requirements . Licensor’s support organization will respond directly to the HP service delivery organization within one (1) hour following receipt of the call from HP engineering. HP and Licensor will develop an Action Plan within four (4) hours following receipt of the call.
Implementation . When working a Severity 1 problem, the objective is to get the

7


 

customer back on line by whatever means within twenty-four (24) hours and to downgrade the problem severity accordingly. Efforts to isolate, diagnose, and deliver a work-around or repair to a Severity 1 problem shall be continuous (i.e., around-the-clock). Continuous phone contact and progress updates are also expected. These progress updates should be according to the Action Plan and not less than once every four (4) hours until the problem severity is reduced. When the severity level has been changes to a Severity 2 or Severity 3 (defined below), the appropriate guidelines should be followed. Resources must be available on a twenty-four (24) hours by seven (7) day basis (24x7) to respond to severity 1 cases.
  5.6.2.   Severity 2 Definition . A “Severity 2” problem is a high-impact problem in which the customer’s operation is disrupted but there is capacity to remain productive and maintain necessary business-level operations. The problem may require a fix be installed on the customer’s system prior to the next planned commercial release of the Program.
Response Requirements . Licensor’s engineering support organization will respond to the HP engineering organization within two (2) hours following receipt of the call from the HP engineering organization during normal business hours, otherwise the next business day.
Implementation . Efforts to isolate, diagnose, and deliver a work-around or repair to a Severity 2 problem shall be continuous during business hours (Monday through Friday, 8 am — 5 pm). Specific implementation should be agreed between HP and Licensor on a case-by-case basis and documented in an Action Plan within one (1) business day of receipt of the call by Licensor. The frequency that Licensor shall provide status updates shall be twice per week or as mutually agreed. Resources may need to be available after hours and/or weekends depending on the Action Plan. The objective is to have a solution and/or fix to the customer within an average of twenty (20) days.
  5.6.3.   Severity 3 Definition . A “Severity 3” problem is a medium-to-low impact problem that involves partial loss of non-critical functionality. The problem impairs some operations but allows the customer to continue to function. This may be a minor issue with limited loss or no loss of functionality or impact to the customer’s operation. This includes documentation errors.
Response Requirements . Licensor’s support organization will respond to the HP engineering organization within three (3) business days.
Implementation . When working a Severity 3 problem, the objective is to get the customer a fix to the problem within thirty (30) days or a statement describing the disposition of the problem. Action should be appropriate to the nature of the escalation. Efforts to isolate and resolve the problem shall be as agreed to in the Action Plan or a minimum of Monday through Friday during normal business hours, continuous effort.
  5.6.4.   Severity 4 Definition . “Severity 4” will be assigned to general usage questions,

8


 

      recommendations for future product enhancements or modifications and to calls that are passed to Licensor for information purposes. There is no impact on the quality, performance or functionality of the Program.
Response Requirements . Licensor’s support organization will respond in a manner appropriate to the nature of the escalated call.
Implementation . If HP’s sole reason for escalating a “Severity 4” call is to submit a draft symptom/solution article for consideration by Licensor, Licensor will respond to the submission and, if appropriate, will provide a reviewed and edited copy of the submission and a recommendation for its disposition.
  5.7.   Survival of Licensor’s Support Obligations . Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, upon HP’s written request and subject to payment of applicable support fees, Licensor agrees to support each Program distributed by HP, as set forth herein, for at least five (5) years after such Program is last made available to HP for distribution hereunder. Such support shall be limited to supporting the version of the Program that was last delivered to HP prior to termination of this Agreement, and shall not require Licensor to provide Enhancements or Updates (other than bug fixes and error corrections) to such Program following termination of this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing.
 
  5.8.   Technical Assistance and Training. Licensor agrees to provide a maximum of two training sessions per year to HP, at no charge (and any additional training shall be at Licensor’s then current rates), the following technical assistance and training:
  5.8.1.   Such technical assistance and training to HP personnel as may be reasonably requested in order for HP to use, copy, distribute, support, build and maintain the Program as contemplated herein.
 
  5.8.2.   Such engineering training (ie., train the trainer) for a reasonable number of HP personnel.
 
  5.8.3.   Such technical assistance and training to HP personnel and, at HP’s election, HP resellers and distributors, as may be reasonable requested in order for HP and its resellers and distributors to effectively market and sell Programs and competently use the Sales Tools as contemplated herein; and
 
  5.8.4.   Such engineering training to HP personnel as may be reasonable requested in order for HP to effectively use the Support and build Tools as contemplated herein.
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, all such training shall take place at HP facilities designated by HP.
  5.9.   Escrow Provision . Failure of Supplier to enter into and comply with the terms of the escrow agreement as described in Section 3.2 upon HP’s request shall be grounds for HP’s termination of this Agreement.

9


 

6. PAYMENT
  6.1.   Payment . HP agrees to pay Licensor in accordance with Exhibit B . Unless specified otherwise, all amounts shall be paid in US dollars within the period designated in Exhibit B .
 
  6.2.   Fee Warranty. Licensor warrants that the amounts payable hereunder by HP with respect to any Program are no greater than those for any other similarly situated licensee for similar quantities of the Program on similar hardware that correspond to such Program, and Licensor agrees to pass on to HP the lowest rate or price it has given to any other licensee, commencing effectively on the date it so grants the lower rate or price to any other licensee.
 
  6.3.   Taxes . HP will be solely responsible for taxes on amounts paid to Licensor by HP under this Agreement, including all state and local use, sales, withholding, property (ad valorem) and similar taxes.
 
  6.4.   Audit . Upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice to HP, Licensor may, at its own expense, appoint a nationally recognized independent auditor, to whom HP has no reasonable objection, to audit and examine such records at HP’s offices during normal business hours, solely for the purpose of confirming the accuracy of royalty payments hereunder. Such audit may be made no more often than once every twelve (12) calendar month period. In the event that an audit reveals an overpayment by HP, Licensor agrees to promptly refund or credit HP for such overpaid amount. In the event that such audit reveals an underpayment by HP, HP agrees to promptly pay Licensor the amount of such underpayment. This right of audit will be subject to Licensor’s auditor executing HP’s standard Confidential Disclosure Agreement.
 
  6.5.   Records . During the term of this Agreement (and thereafter during any period when Program support is provided), and for one (1) year thereafter, HP agrees to keep and maintain true, accurate and complete records and accounts of all Programs distributed by it and its other activities hereunder, and to make such records reasonably available for inspection by Licensor in accord with Section 6.4.
7. WARRANTY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION
  7.1.   General Warranty . Licensor warrants to HP that it has full power and authority to grant HP the rights granted herein, that it has obtained the required rights for HP to any Third Party Code included in each Program, and that, as of the Effective Date, each Program and accompanying Documentation is free of any and all restrictions, settlements, judgments or adverse claims asserted in writing.
 
  7.2.   Program Warranty . Licensor warrants to HP that each unaltered Program referred to herein will operate in accordance with and substantially conform to the Documentation for ninety (90) days after the Effective Date.
 
  7.3.   No Infringement Warranty . Licensor warrants that each Program, accompanying Documentation, trademarks, copyrights and trade names referred to in this Agreement do not violate or infringe any patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or other proprietary right of any third party, and that Licensor is not aware of any facts upon which such a claim for infringement could be based. Licensor will promptly notify HP if it becomes aware of any claim or any facts upon which a claim could be based.

10


 

  7.4.   Intellectual Property Protection.
  7.4.1.   Licensor will, at HP’s option, indemnify, defend and hold harmless HP, its affiliates, subsidiaries, permitted assigns, subcontractors, distributors and customers from any claim, suit, or proceeding alleging that the Program, or any combination of a Program with an HP Product, or any Documentation, or any part thereof, or any Update provided as part of Licensor’s support services furnished by Licensor under this Agreement constitutes an infringement of any third party’s patent, copyright, trademark, trade name, other proprietary right, or unauthorized trade secret use. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Licensor will pay all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, awards, costs and expenses including reasonable attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees and bonds incurred with respect to any such claim, suit, or proceeding and will pay any award in connection with, arising from or with respect to any such claim, suit, or proceeding or agreed to in any settlement of that claim, suit, or proceeding.
 
  7.4.2.   In case the Program or Documentation or any part thereof in such suit is held to constitute an infringement and its use is enjoined, or is otherwise likely to become the subject of any injunction preventing its use as contemplated herein, Licensor will, at its own expense and at its option (i) procure for HP and its customers the right to continue use of the Program or Documentation as contemplated hereunder, or (ii) if applicable, replace the same with a non-infringing program and documentation of equivalent function and performance, or (iii) modify them so they become non-infringing without detracting from function or performance, or (iv) terminate this Agreement upon written notice to HP.
 
  7.4.3.   Licensor’s obligations hereunder are expressly conditioned on the requirements that HP will give Licensor prompt written notice of any such claim or action, and will give Licensor the authority, cooperation, information, and reasonable assistance (at Licensor’s expense) necessary to defend or settle the claim. If Licensor does not diligently pursue resolution of the claim nor provide HP with reasonable assurances that it will diligently pursue resolution, then HP may, without in any way limiting its other rights and remedies under this Section 7.4, defend such claim or action and collect all reasonable costs of doing so from Licensor (except that Licensor’s prior written approval shall be required for any settlement that requires Licensor to admit any wrongdoing or results in any ongoing liability to Licensor).
 
  7.4.4.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensor will have no responsibility for claims to the extent arising from (i) unauthorized modifications of the Program made by HP (or any third party) if such claim would not have arisen but for such modifications, or (ii) unauthorized combination or use of the Program with products not contemplated herein if such claim would not have arisen but for such combination or use or (iii) any use of a Program not strictly in accord with this Agreement, or in an application or environment or on a platform or with devices for which it was not designed or contemplated, or (iv) HP’s continuing allegedly infringing activity after being notified thereof or its continuing use of any allegedly infringing version of the Program after being provided modifications that would have avoided the alleged infringement.
 
  7.4.5.   THIS SECTION 7.4 STATES THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF LICENSOR AND HP’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM OF INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS BY THE PROGRAMS OR DOCUMENTATION OR ANY OTHER LICENSED MATERIALS, OR ANY PART THEREOF, OR BY THEIR USE OR OPERATION

11


 

      (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY CLAIM UNDER SECTION 7.1, 7.3 OR 7.5).
  7.5.   Ownership; Right to Grant Licenses . Licensor is the exclusive owner of all right, title and interest in and to all patents, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property rights that protect any of the Programs, (including Enhancements and Additional Programs), and Documentation, Sales tools or support and Build Tools that either (exist as of the Effective Date of this Agreement or (ii) are added to Exhibit A in this Agreement after the date hereof, in each case free and clear of any and all liens or other adverse claims or any restriction or limitation that affects Licensor’s ability to grant licenses of the scope and nature granted by Licensor to HP under this Agreement other than the technology licensed from third parties that is either (1) identified in Exhibit A hereto as of the date hereof or (2) is identified in writing subsequent to the date hereof and contemporaneously with the adding of the relevant Enhancement, Additional Program, Documentation, Sales Tool or Support and Build Tool to Exhibit A (“Third Party Technology”). Licensor has the requisite right, power and authority to grant sublicenses to the Third Party Technology, without the need to obtain the consent of any licensor of any such Third Party Technology.
 
  7.6.   Warranty Exclusions . The warranties set forth in this Section 7 will not apply to any Program to the extent it (i) has been improperly installed, or has been repaired, altered or otherwise modified (other than by Licensor or its authorized subcontractors), (ii) has been subjected to misuse, abuse, negligence or accident, (iii) has been used in a manner contrary to the Specifications, Licensor’s written instructions, the Documentation or industry standard practice, or (iv) implements a design stipulated by HP.
 
  7.7.   Warranty Disclaimer . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, LICENSOR MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING ANY PROGRAM OR OTHER LICENSED MATERIAL OR SERVICE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY REGARDING ITS MERCHANTABILITY OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF TRADE.
8. TERM AND TERMINATION
  8.1.   Termination . This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue in effect for an initial term of 2 years (“ Initial Term ”), unless earlier terminated as provided herein. The Agreement will be extended automatically for additional terms of 1 year at the end of the Initial Term and each renewal term. This Agreement may only be terminated as follows:
  8.1.1.   HP and Licensor may jointly agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.
 
  8.1.2.   Breach. Either party may terminate this Agreement effective upon written notice to the other if the other party violates any material covenant, agreement, representation or warranty contained herein or defaults or fails to perform any of its material obligations or agreements hereunder, which violation, default or failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after notice thereof from the non-defaulting party (a) detailing the default or breach and (b) stating its intention to terminate this Agreement.
 
  8.1.3.   Insolvency, Bankruptcy. Either party may terminate this Agreement in the event the other party (without a successor) ceases conducting business in the normal course, becomes insolvent, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (except

12


 

      that HP shall be permitted in its receivables to financial institutions), suffers or permits the appointment of a receiver for its business or assets or shall avail itself of, or becomes subject to, any proceeding under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other statute of any state relating to insolvency or the protection of rights of creditors that is not dismissed within 90 days after filing.
  8.1.4.   Change of Control. Licensor shall provide HP with prompt written notice of any Change of Control (as defined below). HP may terminate this Agreement effective upon written notice to Licensor that is received by Licensor within 30 days after HP receives Licensor’s notice regarding the occurrence of a Change of Control of Licensor. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change of Control” shall mean consummation of (i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act( of 50% or more of either (a) the then outstanding shares of common stock of Licensor or (b) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Licensor entitled to vote generally n the election of directors, or (ii) the direct or indirect (by merger, reorganization, consolidation or otherwise) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Licensor or of the business unit of Licensor primarily responsible for the development and maintenance of the Programs; provided, Change of Control shall not apply in the case of any equity financing transaction in which the entity providing the financing is not controlled by or under common control with an entity that manufactures, markets or sells computer hardware or software.
 
  8.1.5.   After the Initial Term, either party may terminate this Agreement, for any reason or no reason, upon at least sixty (60) days prior written notice to the other party.
  8.2.   Effect of Termination and Survival . Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, all licenses properly granted to end users for use of any Program will survive so long as such end user complies with such license. Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement, all rights, obligations and licenses of the parties shall cease, except that (a) all obligations that accrued prior to the effective date of termination (including without limitation, payment obligations) and any remedies for breach of this Agreement shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement, (b) HP shall use reasonable commercial control to promptly stop promoting, demonstrating and procuring orders for Programs, and stop taking any other action or making any representation from which it might be inferred that any relationship exists between Licensor and HP (but not act in any way to damage the reputation of Licensor or any Licensed Material), and (c) promptly after any termination of this Agreement, the receiving party shall return all of the other’s tangible Confidential Information, permanently erase all Confidential Information from any storage media and destroy all information, records and materials developed therefrom. In addition, the provisions of this Agreement regarding Support (Section 5.7), Warranty and Intellectual Property Protection (Section 7), Limitation of Liability (Section 9), Confidentiality (Section 10) and Miscellaneous clauses (Section 11) and this Section 8 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.
9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
  9.1.   EXCEPT FOR BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY OR THE SCOPE OF ANY LICENSE BY EITHER PARTY, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOSS OF BUSINESS, REVENUES, PROFITS

13


 

OR GOODWILL), LOSS OR INACCURACY OF DATA, LOSS OR INTERRUPTION OF USE, OR COST OF PROCURING SUBSTITUTE TECHNOLOGY, GOODS OR SERVICES. EXCEPT FOR BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY OR THE SCOPE OF ANY LICENSE BY EITHER PARTY, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR AGGREGATE DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF AMOUNTS PAID AND PAYABLE TO IT HEREUNDER (IN THE CASE OF LICENSOR) OR AMOUNTS PAID AND PAYABLE BY IT HEREUNDER (IN THE CASE OF HP) FOR THE PROGRAM OR OTHER LICENSED MATERIAL OR SERVICE GIVING RISE TO SUCH DAMAGES, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ANY CLAIM OR ACTION (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, WARRANTY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL THEORY). THESE LIMITATIONS ARE INDEPENDENT FROM ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY REMEDY PROVIDED HEREIN. NOTHWITHSTANDING THE ABOVE, LICENSOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL DAMAGES AND COSTS OF ANY KIND INCLUDED IN AN AWARD OR SETTLEMENT OF A THIRD PARTY CLAIM UNDER SECTION 7.4 ABOVE, AND HP WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PAYMENT OF ANY AND ALL FEES REQUIRED TO BE PAID BY HP UNDER SECTION 6.1 ABOVE.
10.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
  10.1.   Programs . The Program in object code form and related Documentation provided to HP hereunder are deemed non-confidential; provided, however, HP shall restrict access, use and disclosure of such Licensed Materials in accordance with its obligations under Sections 3.5 and 4.5.
 
  10.2.   Confidential Information . During the term of this Agreement, either party may receive or have access to technical information, including without limitation source code, as well as information about product plans and strategies, promotions, customers, vendors and related non-technical business and financial information which the disclosing party considers to be confidential and which is marked as confidential at the time or disclosure or which, if disclosed orally, is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and is followed within thirty (30) days of disclosure with a written memorandum so stating to the receiving party’s Designated Recipient for Notice or which a reasonable person would understand to be proprietary or confidential “(Confidential Information”). Confidential Information will be used only for the purposes of this Agreement and only by those employees or subcontractors of the receiving party who have a need to know such information for purposes related to this Agreement and who have executed separate agreements containing substantially similar confidentiality provisions.
 
  10.3.   Protection of Confidential Information . Except for the specific rights granted by this Agreement, the receiving party shall not copy or use any of the other’s Confidential Information without its written consent. The receiving party will protect any such Confidential Information of the disclosing party by using the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable degree of care, to prevent the unauthorized use, dissemination or publication of the Confidential Information as the receiving party uses to protect its own confidential information of like nature for a period of five (5) years from the date of disclosure, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement. The receiving party will provide reasonable prior notice to the disclosing party and will request a protective order if the receiving party is required to reveal the Confidential Information under a subpoena, court order or other operation of law. The foregoing restriction will not apply to any information

14


 

      which is (i) was in the receiving party’s rightful possession without restriction prior to receipt from the disclosing party, (ii) independently developed or learned by the receiving party without reliance on such information, (iii) is publicly known without breach of this Agreement or readily ascertainable by proper means, (iv) rightfully received from a third party without a duty of confidentiality, (v) is disclosed by the disclosing party to a third party without a duty of confidentiality on the third party (vi) disclosed under operation of law, or (vii) disclosed by the receiving party with the disclosing party’s prior written approval.
  10.4.   Licensor Source Code . HP agrees to treat any Source Code programs provided by Licensor hereunder as Confidential Information of Licensor under this Section 10 at all times during and following termination or expiration of this Agreement.
 
  10.5.   Licensor understands that, subject to the restrictions on use and disclosure of Confidential Information under this Agreement HP designs, develops and acquires hardware and software for use with its own computer system products, and that existing or planned hardware and software independently developed or acquired by HP may contain ideas and concepts similar or identical to those contained in Licensor’s Programs, Documentation, Sales Tools or Support and Build Tools. Licensor agrees that, subject to the restrictions on use and disclosure of Confidential Information under this Agreement, entering into this Agreement shall not preclude HP, in any way, from using HP’s own ideas and concepts to develop or acquire similar hardware or software for any purpose.
11.   MISCELLANEOUS CLAUSES
  11.1.   Notices . All notices to be given under this Agreement must be in writing addressed to the receiving party’s designated recipient specified in Exhibit C . Notices are validly given upon the earlier of confirmed receipt by the receiving party or three (3) days after dispatch by courier or certified mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed to the receiving party. Notice may also be delivered by telefax and will be validly given upon oral or written confirmation of receipt. Either party may change its address for purposes of notice by giving notice to the other party in accordance with these provisions.
 
  11.2.   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and together which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
  11.3.   Independent Contractors . The relationship of the parties established under this Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither party is a partner, employee, agent or joint venture of or with the other.
 
  11.4.   Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any part hereof may be assigned by either party (other than the right to receive payments) without the other party’s prior written consent and any attempted assignment is void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may assign or transfer this Agreement without such consent as a consequence of a merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization, or sale of substantially all of its assets or of the business to which this Agreement pertains. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors, representatives and permitted assigns of the parties.
 
  11.5.   No Waiver . The waiver of any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement must be in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party. Any such waiver will not be construed as a waiver of any other term, condition, or provision except as provided

15


 

       in writing, nor as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same term, condition, or provision.
  11.6.   Export Control . The parties agree to comply with all applicable United States laws and regulations which may govern the export of Program abroad, including the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, any successor legislation, and the Export Administration Regulations issued by the Department of Commerce.
 
  11.7.   Headings . The Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only. They will not limit or extend the meaning of any provision of this Agreement, and will not be relevant in interpreting any provision of this Agreement.
 
  11.8.   No Publication . neither party may publicize or disclose to any third party, without the written consent of the other party, the existence or terms of this Agreement; provided, either party may, subject to obligations of confidentiality, disclose this Agreement in connection with any financing or due diligence inquiry. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, no press releases may be made without the mutual written consent of each party.
 
  11.9.   Severability . If any provision in this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by a body of competent jurisdiction, such provision will be construed, limited or, if necessary, severed to the extent necessary to eliminate such invalidity or unenforceability. The parties agree to negotiate in good faith a valid, enforceable substituted provision that most nearly effects the parties’ original intent in entering into this Agreement or to provide an equitable adjustment in the event no such provision can be added. The other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
 
  11.10.   No Use Obligation . Except as expressly provided herein and subject to the terms and conditions herein, HP may in its sole discretion decide whether or not to use or distribute or sell any Program as it deems appropriate. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted as placing a “Best efforts” standard upon HP with respect to the use and distribution of any Program.
 
  11.11.   Force Majeure . Non-performance of either party will be excused to the extent that performance is rendered impossible by strike, fire, flood, governmental acts or orders or restrictions, acts of terrorism, or other similar reason where failure to perform is beyond the control and not caused by the negligence of the non-performing party, provided that the non-performing party gives prompt notice of such conditions to the other party and makes all reasonable efforts to perform.
 
  11.12.   No Third Party Beneficiaries . Unless otherwise expressly provided, no provisions of this Agreement are intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person entity other than Licensor and HP any rights, remedies or other benefits under or by reason of this Agreement.
 
  11.13.   Entire Agreement . This Agreement comprises the entire understanding between the parties with respect to its subject matters and supersedes any previous communications, representations, or agreements, whether oral or written. For purposes of construction, this Agreement will be deemed to have been drafted by both parties. No modification of this Agreement will be binding on either party unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of each party.
 
  11.14.   Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without reference to any choice of laws provisions. The

16


 

      Licensor consents to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the United States of America. Both parties hereby waive any applications of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (as promulgated in 1980 and any successor or subsequent conventions) with respect to the performance or interpretations of this Agreement.
  11.15.   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and together which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
  11.16.   Government License . If any user of the Programs or Documentation is a department, agency or other entity of the United States Government, the use, duplication, reproduction, modification, release, disclosure or transfer of the Programs and Documentation is restricted in accordance with FAR 12.212 for civilian agencies and DFAR 227.7202 for military agencies. The Programs are commercial computer software and the Documentation is commercial computer software documentation, and their use is further restricted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
  11.17.   Exhibits . Each Exhibit attached to this Agreement is deemed a part of this Agreement and incorporated herein wherever reference to it is made.
  11.17.1.   Exhibit A : Description of Program and Program Documentation, Form and Media of Program and Documentation.
 
  11.17.2.   Exhibit B : Pricing
 
  11.17.3.   Exhibit C : Relationship and Account Managers, Designated Recipient for Notice
 
  11.17.4.   Exhibit D : Certain Escrow Terms
 
  11.17.5.   Exhibit E : HP Products
 
  11.17.6.   Exhibit F : Section 3.1.1 Compute Cluster Server System “Unlicensed Software” Notification Procedure
  11.18.   Termination of Addendum 1 . The parties agree that, immediately upon execution of this Agreement, Addendum 1 and all of each party’s respective rights, obligations and licenses thereunder are hereby terminated and of no further effect, and that from and after the Effective Date of this Agreement, all of their respective rights, obligations and licenses regarding the Programs and all related subject matter shall be effective only as specifically set forth in this Agreement.

17


 

Agreed:
                         
HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY   LICENSOR    
 
                       
By:   /s/ Shaun Smith    By:   /s/ Ronnie Kenneth    
 
  Print Name   SHAUN SMITH       Print Name:   KENNETH RONNIE    
 
  Title:   PROCUREMENT DIRECTOR — BCS       Title:   CEO    

18


 

EXHIBIT A
LICENSED PROGRAMS
DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAM AND DOCUMENTATION
     
      Program:
  1. Gridstack for Windows Compute Cluster Server
 
 
  2. Voltaire GridStack, Ver. 3.4 ( Red Hat Advanced server 4 (RH EL4) for IA32, IA64 and x86_64 Suse SLES 9 for IA32, IA64 and x86_64 )
     
      Documentation:
  To include but not be limited to installation instructions, release notes (as available), User/developer documents (as available), on-line documents, schematics, and any/all documentation (as available) required to support HP customers.
      Sales Tools: N/A
      Support and Build Tools: N/A
FORM AND MEDIA FOR PROGRAM AND DOCUMENTATION
      Program Form/Media: Electronic
      Documentation Form/Media: Electronic
      Sales Tools Form/Media: N/A
      Support and Build Tools Form/Media: N/A
THIRD PARTY CODE
1.   Gridstack for Windows Compute Cluster Server
 
  OpenFabrics software is developed by OpenFabrics alliance. OpenFabrics source code for Windows is distributed under the and OpenIB BSD. Information about the OpenFabrics could be found at http://www.openib.org/license.html
 
2.   Voltaire GridStack, Ver. 3.4
HCA host stack:
  The LINUX operating system is a free software program subject to the GNU General Public License and its terms. A copy of such license can be found at www.gnu.org/licenses or obtained from Voltaire upon request.
  The MVAPICH software was developed by The Ohio State University’s Network-Based Computing Laboratory (NBCL) headed by Professor Dhabaleswar K. Panda. Copyright (c) 2002 The Ohio State

19


 

    University. All rights reserved. The use of such software is subject to the terms of a Copyright Agreement, a copy of can be found at: http://nowlab.cis.ohio-state.edu/projects/mpi-iba.
  MPICH is a freely available, portable implementation of MPI. Copyright in MPICH have been asserted by the University of Chicago and the Mississippi State University (c) 1993. The use of such software is subject to the terms of a copyright and disclaimer notice, a copy of can be found at: http://nowlab.cis.ohio-state.edu/projects/mpi-iba/LICE NSE.mvapich2.TXT
  The uDapl and kDapl software was developed by the DAT collaborative. The DAT Collaborative is an industry group that was created to define and submit for standardization a set of transport-independent, platform-independent Application Programming Interfaces that exploit the RDMA (remote direct memory access) capabilities of next-generation interconnect technologies such as InfiniBand, and iWARP. The code is being provided under one of the available licensing scheme — CPL (Common Public License 1.0), GPL ( GNU general public license) or BSD license. Information about the Dapl code licensing could be found at http://cvs.sourceforge.net/viewcvs.py/dapl/
The following rights would be applicable once Voltaire starts using the OpenIb source code as the base for the stack development
  OpenFabrics software is developed by OpenFabrics alliance. OpenFabrics source code on Linux is distributed under the GPL and OpenIB BSD. Information about the OpenFabrics could be found at http://www.openib.org/license.html

20


 

Exhibit B
PRICING
Per Copy Fee .
HP agrees to pay Licensor a royalty in the amount of * USD for each copy of the Program (excluding Unlicensed Software, as defined in Section 3.1 of the Agreement) that HP (or any of its affiliates, distributors or other sublicensees) uses internally or distributes to an end user for use in conjunction with one (1) HP Product (“Per Copy Fee”). Such Per Copy Fee will include the right to reproduce and distribute associated Documentation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no fee will be due for any Program used by HP internally for reasonable end user support purposes.
HP’s requirement to pay the Per Copy Fee will include distribution to HP customers who purchase an Infiniband-based cluster from HP with no operating system purchased at the time of the initial sale.
Payment .
Per Copy Fees will accrue upon distribution of any copy of the Program for use with an HP Product internally or by an end user. All accrued Per Copy Fees will be paid by HP to Licensor within * ( * ) days after the end of each HP fiscal quarter, which ends on the last day of each January, April, July and October. Payments will be accompanied by a report stating the number of copies of the Program distributed in the relevant quarter and the calculation for the royalty payment.
Payment by HP will be triggered by sale of, or any other distribution of, any HP Product and facilitated by HP’s Royalty Administration organization.
Support Fees .
Subject to Licensor’s performance of its obligations under Section 5, including Section 5.7, of this Agreement, Licensor shall be entitled to an annual support fee (herein, the “Support Fee”) equal to * ( * ) percent of the then current applicable Per Copy Fee for the associated Program for each HP customer covered by an HP service agreement. Support Fees shall accrue monthly at the rate of 1/12th of the annual Support Fee for each such service agreement in effect. Support Fees accrued during each HP fiscal quarter shall be paid to Licensor within * ( * ) days after the end of each HP fiscal quarter. HP shall provide Licensor with a statement regarding Support Fees for the subject quarter simultaneous with making such payments. Support Fees shall be reduced by the amount of any tax required to be withheld by any government or governmental agency. In the event that HP makes any payment without deduction of withholding tax, and is subsequently required to pay such tax, Licensor shall reimburse HP in the amount of such tax.
Copy/Distribution Restrictions .
Licensor will provide authorized license labels (“Labels”) of its design to the HP designated source of the HCA’s. Any special requirements to be imposed on the HCA source, for example, establishing and maintaining logs of quantity of Labels received and used, will be documented by Licensor and communicated to the HCA source by HP.

21


 

HP customers will be directed to the HP Support website and asked to enter the HCA part number in order to download the Licensor’s program. HP will be responsible for providing its customers with the correct HCA part number.

22


 

EXHIBIT C
ACCOUNT/RELATIONSHIP MANAGERS
     
HP   Licensor
     
Elaine Carroll   Garrett Van Siclen
     
Commodity Manager   Corporate Account Executive
     
Hewlett Packard   Voltaire, Inc.
     
200 Forest Street   6 Fortune Drive, 3 rd Floor
     
Marlboro, MA 01752   Billerica, MA 01821-3917
     
Tel: (508) 467-9815   Tel: (978) 439-5425
     
Fax: (508) 467-3785   Fax: (978) 439-5401
DESIGNATED RECIPIENT FOR NOTICE
     
HP   Licensor
     
Mark Miller   Mark Favreau
     
Product Manager   President
     
Hewlett Packard   Voltaire, Inc.
     
200 Forest Street   6 Fortune Drive, 3 rd Floor
     
Marlboro, MA 01752   Billerica, MA 01821-3917
     
Tel: (508) 467-1671   Tel: (978) 439-5454
     
Fax: (508) 467-3785   Fax: (978) 439-5401

23


 

Exhibit D
Certain Escrow Terms
1. Release Conditions. A release of the Source Code Program under the escrow agreement may be triggered if one of the following conditions exists: Licensor fails to provide support and maintenance services for the applicable Program in accordance with the terms of Section 5 of this Agreement and such failure has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by HP; or other than in the case when Licensor is a debtor-in-possession, a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy is appointed for Licensor or its property, Licensor makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or Licensor commences, or has commenced against it, proceedings under any bankruptcy, insolvency, or debtor’s relief law, which proceedings are not dismissed within ninety (90) days.
2. License. In the event that the Source Code Program is delivered to HP in accordance with and subject to the terms of the escrow agreement, Licensor will agree to grant HP a nonexclusive, nontransferable license to use the Source Code Program internally for the sole purpose of correcting errors in the Program, and distributing such corrections (in executable form only) to HP’s customers for their use only with the HP Products with which the applicable Program was delivered to the customer. HP may exercise such license rights during the then current term of this Agreement and thereafter only so long as Licensor would be obligated to provide support services for the Program hereunder; provided, such license rights shall terminate upon Licensor’s written notice which reasonably demonstrates that the release condition that gave rise to the release of the Source Code Program has been remedied and that Licensor or its successor is capable of providing support services for the Program in accordance with the terms of this Agreement HP agrees that it will maintain the Source Code Program (and all confidential or proprietary information embodied therein) in strict confidence and that its license to possess and use the Source Code Program does not include any right to disclose, market, sublicense or distribute the Source Code Program (or any software based on or derived from the Source Code Program) to any third party.

24


 

Exhibit E
HP Products
HP Products are host channel adaptors (“HCA”) having any of the following HP part numbers:
HP Part #
380298-B21
380299-B21
409376-B21
409377-B21
431038-B21
431039-B21

25


 

EXHIBIT F
Section 3.1.1 Compute Cluster Server System “Unlicensed Software” Notification Procedure
The parties agree that the following procedure, to be implemented by HP will satisfy the requirements of subsection (d) of Section 3.1.1 of the Agreement:
  1.   Initial shipments of HP CCS systems will not contain any notification that the Windows version of the Program is Unlicensed Software.
 
  2.   Beginning approximately in mid-November 2006, HP will revise and update the documentation that accompanies HP CCS systems to include notification to its end-user customers of the prohibitions contained in Section 3.1.1.
  a.   Such documentation will be loaded onto the system’s hard drive when the systems is shipped to the end-user customer with the CCS software pre-installed.
 
  b.   In addition, a CD containing the documentation will be shipped with each HP CCS system, whether or not the software was preloaded.
  3.   Except as noted in Section 1 of this Exhibit F, HP will include the notification in the HP CCS System documentation throughout the term of this contract.
The parties agree that HP’s compliance with this procedure will not give rise to any HP liability to Licensor for end-user customer misuse of Unlicensed Software, provided that HP does not have actual knowledge of such misuse. In the event HP does acquire actual knowledge of misuse of Unlicensed Software, HP sole obligation and Licensor’s sole remedy shall be for HP to either (i) obtain from the end-user customer a valid software license for the Program in which case HP shall pay the applicable Per Copy Fee(s) to Licensor, or (ii) obtain the return of all copies of the Unlicensed Software from such customer.

26

 

Exhibit 10.13
December 16, 2005
Addendum 1
TO
OEM PURCHASE AGREEMENT PRO10804-100804
BY AND BETWEEN
HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
AND
VOLTAIRE INC.
HP CONFIDENTIAL

 


 

ADDENDUM 1
TO THE OEM PURCHASE AGREEMENT PRO10804-100804
This Addendum 1 (the “ Addendum ”) to the OEM Product Purchase Agreement (dated October 8, 2004, (the “ Agreement ”)), by and between Hewlett-Packard Company, and its Subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates (“HP”) and Voltaire Inc., (“Voltaire”) is made as of December 16, 2005, (the “Effective Date of the Addendum”).
WHEREAS, the parties desire that Voltaire provide to HP certain software described herein not currently covered under the Agreement:
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.   Except as otherwise specifically modified herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions in the Agreement shall remain in effect. In the event of a conflict among the terms and conditions of this Addendum and the Agreement, the following order of precedence shall prevail:
  a.   this Addendum (including any Exhibits to the Addendum), and
 
  b.   the Agreement
2.   The terms of the Agreement shall apply to this Addendum (such as, for example, taxes, confidentiality, limitation of liability), except as expressly set forth below.
3.   For the purposes of this Addendum only, the following definitions will apply in addition to those definitions in the Agreement:
  a.   Complete Copy ” means the Program which includes (i) a master copy of the Program and (ii) all Documentation and technical manuals for the Program, each in the form(s) and on the media described in Exhibit A.
 
  b.   Documentation ” means the manuals and other documentation (in electronic form and/or hard copy, as the case may be) that Voltaire has created for the Program and any other existing documentation and information regarding the Program which HP reasonably requests for evaluation and use in connection with such Program as contemplated herein, including those items listed and described in Exhibit A hereto. Documentation will be provided in English only and shall be of a type and quality as the Program documentation that Voltaire has previously provided under the Agreement.
 
  c.   Enhancements ” mean all present and future modifications, new features, new functionalities, upgrades or other new versions of the Program or Documentation (other than bug fixes, error corrections and minor updates) that are specifically identified and added to this Addendum after the Effective Date of the Addendum pursuant to Section 4.d.
 
  d.   Final Copy ” means a Complete Copy of the Program that has been reviewed and accepted by HP pursuant to Section 4.b hereof.
 
  e.   HP Product(s) ” means any product manufactured or distributed by HP, including all supported configurations and associated peripherals that runs or is compatible with a Linux operating system on an industry-standard computing platform or any other operating environment or hardware platform .
HP CONFIDENTIAL

 


 

  f.   Program ” means the software program, in object code format, listed and described on Exhibit A hereto, including all Updates and Enhancements thereto that are provided by Voltaire pursuant to the terms of this Addendum. The Program is intended to be installed and operated only on the operating environment(s) specified in Exhibit A. To avoid uncertainty, Programs are not the same as and shall not be deemed to be “Software” as such term is used in the Agreement.
 
  g.   Intellectual Property Rights ” means patent rights, copyrights, moral rights, trade secret rights and other proprietary rights.
 
  h.   Voltaire Materials ” means, collectively, the Programs, Updates, Enhancements, Specifications and Documentation.
 
  i.   Updates ” mean all present and future bug fixes, error corrections and other minor updates of the Program or Documentation, but expressly not including any Enhancements.
4.   Delivery And Acceptance
For purposes of this Addendum only, the following delivery and acceptance procedures shall apply:
  a.   Delivery . Voltaire agrees to deliver to HP a Complete Copy of (i) each Program listed in Exhibit A as of the Effective Date of this Agreement and (ii) all Updates to the Program no later than the date on which such Updates are delivered to any other of Voltaire’s distributors or partners and (iii) all Enhancements pursuant to any agreement under Section 4.d. HP will have the right to test and evaluate the Program and Enhancement(s) (but not Updates) under the acceptance procedure described in 4.b below.
 
  b.   Acceptance .
 
      Acceptance of Program. HP will have thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of a Complete Copy of the Program to evaluate the Program for conformity with the applicable specifications in the relevant Documentation, and either accept, return for rework, or reject the Program. HP will be entitled to test and evaluate any Program internally by whatever means it deems appropriate consistent with Voltaire’s rights in the Program and subject to the terms of this Addendum. Voltaire hereby grants to HP the rights set forth in Section 5.b but only as necessary for HP to perform its evaluation hereunder. HP may only reject a Program if it does not comply with the then current version of the relevant Specification; provided, no Program may be rejected for any noncompliance attributable to any HP Product or other technology provided by HP. If HP rejects a Program, it must provide written notice of rejection within such 30-day period and include a detailed description of all non-conformities. If HP returns a Program for rework, Voltaire agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to correct the listed defects and resubmit the Program for re-evaluation under the same acceptance procedure within 7 days or such longer period as agreed to by the parties. In the event HP rejects a Program, and Voltaire fails to correct the nonconforming Program within a reasonable time, then (a) the parties may agree that Voltaire will have additional time to correct such Program or (b) the parties may agree to eliminate such non-conforming Program from this Agreement, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
      Acceptance of Documentation. HP will have thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of a
HP CONFIDENTIAL

 


 

      Complete Copy of the Program to evaluate the associated Documentation, and either accept, return for rework, or revise the Documentation pursuant to HP’s rights under Section 5 below. If HP returns Documentation for rework, Voltaire agrees to correct the listed defects and resubmit the Documentation for re-evaluation under the same acceptance procedure within 14 days or such longer period as agreed to by the parties.
 
      To avoid uncertainty, each Program shall be subject this Section 4.b only once, when it is first delivered to HP.
 
  c.   Final Copy . Voltaire agrees to deliver to HP a Final Copy of each Program simultaneous with its general availability by Voltaire.
 
  d.   Enhancements . During the term of this Addendum, HP may request that Voltaire develop an Enhancement to any Program. In such event, the parties agree to negotiate in good faith mutually agreeable terms and conditions of such implementation (such as, for example, requirements specification, price and schedule applicable to such Enhancement). The definitive agreement, if any, regarding each Enhancement shall be set forth in a separate writing executed by the parties.
5.   Rights Granted
During the term of this Addendum and subject to all terms and conditions herein (including without limitation, payment of all fees), Voltaire agrees to grant HP the rights expressly provided in this Section 5.
  a.   Program .
  i.   Rights . Subject to the requirements of Section 5.a.ii, Voltaire hereby grants and agrees to grant to HP, under all of Voltaire’s Intellectual Property Rights embodied to the Program (including source code to Program), a non-exclusive, worldwide right to use, support, offer, sell, reproduce, display and distribute (both directly and indirectly) the Program solely in conjunction with HP Product(s). Such rights will include the right of HP to distribute through HP Subsidiaries and to permit HP-authorized distributors, resellers, OEM’s and other third parties to achieve the foregoing. In addition, Voltaire grants HP a non-exclusive, worldwide right to modify and distribute, in binary versions only, the Program for purposes of correcting defects. HP Engineering may develop and issue directly to Customers patches/bug fixes to the Program in order to resolve Customer problems. HP agrees to make the source version of any such changes so made and distributed available to Voltaire with any supporting documentation.
 
  ii.   Reproduction and Distribution . Voltaire and HP agree that HP’s right to reproduce and distribute the Program shall be pursuant to the following method. Activation Key Method — Voltaire will deliver to HP a copy of the Program via such media as the parties may mutually agree (such as, for example, CD), from which HP may make unlimited copies. Together with delivery of the Program, Voltaire will deliver to HP activation keys for the Program. The copies made by HP will be activated by the end user (subject to the terms described in Section 5.d) who inserts the activation key supplied with the Program.
  b.   Demonstration and Evaluation. Voltaire hereby grants and agrees to grant HP, under all of
HP CONFIDENTIAL

 


 

      Voltaire’s Intellectual Property Rights embodied in the Program, a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license right to use reproduce, display, translate, import, disclose, and distribute the Program in whole or in part, for purposes of testing and evaluation pursuant Section 4.b (Acceptance), support, customer evaluation, demonstration, HP-internal development, marketing and promotional activities in each case solely in conjunction with HP Products. To avoid uncertainty, if any copy of the Program that is used as permitted under this Section 5.b license is later used (whether by HP or any third party) for any purpose OTHER THAN AS PERMITTED IN THIS SECTION, then such Program license shall be subject to the Per Copy Fee under Section 8.
 
  c.   Documentation . Voltaire hereby grants and agrees to grant to HP, under all of Voltaire’s Intellectual Property Rights embodied in the Documentation, a non-exclusive, worldwide, right to use, reproduce, display, translate, import, disclose to customers, distribute to customers, modify and prepare derivative works or compilations of: (a) the Documentation; and (b) modifications, derivative works and compilations based upon the Documentation for use with a Program. These rights are exercisable in any medium. Such rights will include the right of HP to distribute through HP Subsidiaries and to permit HP-authorized distributors, resellers, and other third parties to achieve the foregoing. The right to modify and prepare derivative works and compilations is granted solely for the purposes of (i) combining documentation of more than one program or product, (ii) condensing Documentation, (iii) localizing Documentation, (iv) formatting and preparing Documentation for user accessibility and (v) updating Documentation as appropriate to account for changes to the associated Program. HP shall be solely responsible for any and all claims arising from errors or misrepresentations in documentation caused by its reproductions, translations, compilations, derivatives works and other modifications of the Documentation.
 
  d.   Third Parties . HP agrees that it shall pass through substantially similar terms, conditions, disclaimers and limitations as agreed between HP and Voltaire in this Addendum to any distributor, reseller, OEM, end user or other third party, and HP agrees that Voltaire is entitled to protect its rights in the Program in the event of any infringement by such third party.
 
  e.   Utility Services Business . Voltaire and HP agree that the restriction in Section 6.d.c below shall not be deemed to prevent the use by HP of the Voltaire Materials in connection with utility services business operated by HP; provided , that HP pays Voltaire the applicable Per Copy Fee pursuant to Section 8.a after any HP customer contracts for use of the corresponding portion of the utility service (whether such use is made by the customer or by HP for the benefit of the customer); a nd provided further , in no event shall any copy of the Program be used by (or for the benefit of) more than one (1) HP customer.
6.   Covenants And Restrictions
  a.   Copyright Notices . Voltaire and HP agree that a second HP copyright notice in HP’s standard copyright notice form may be added to any authorized HP modification of Documentation. HP agrees it will not remove any copyright notice or proprietary marking of Voltaire from a Program or Documentation.
 
  b.   Third Party Code . The Program may operate or interface with third party code or other third party technology (including open source or freeware) that is identified in Exhibit K attached to this Addendum (“ Third Party Code ”) and which is provided to Voltaire from and owned by third parties (“ Third Party Owners ”). Voltaire will promptly inform HP of its intention to
HP CONFIDENTIAL

 


 

      incorporate Third Party Code in any Update or Enhancement of the Program within a reasonable time after completion of any such agreement with such third party. At such time Voltaire will identify the specific technical details of the Third Party Code to be included. The parties agree that Exhibit K attached to the Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety by Exhibit K attached to this Addendum.
 
  c.   Third Party Requirements . HP agrees that (a) it will use Third Party Code in accordance with this Addendum and any other restrictions specified for the Third Party Code as set forth or referenced in Exhibit K, (b) no Third Party Owner makes any representation or warranty to HP concerning the Third Party Code or Program and (c) no Third Party Owner will have any obligation or liability to HP as a result of this Addendum or HP’s use of the Third Party Code. Voltaire represents and warrants that, to its knowledge and understanding, it is not aware that any of the Third Party Code licenses set forth or referenced in Exhibit K prohibit or otherwise prevent HP from using the Programs as set forth in this Addendum.
 
  d.   Restrictions . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, HP will not (a) disassemble, decompile or reverse engineer or otherwise try to discover any source code or underlying structures, ideas or algorithms of any Program, Update or Enhancement without prior written authorization from Voltaire, except and only to the extent these restrictions are expressly prohibited by applicable statutory law and then only as necessary to ascertain interfaces, (c) encumber, sublicense, transfer, rent, lease or use the Voltaire Materials for the benefit of any third party (e.g., time-share or service bureau arrangement), (d) copy, adapt, create derivative works of, translate, localize, port or otherwise modify any Voltaire Materials, (e) use the Voltaire Materials, or allow the transfer, transmission, export or re-export of all or any part or any product thereof, in violation of any export control laws or regulations of the United States or any other relevant jurisdiction, (f) reproduce or distribute copies of the Program except in accordance with the Activation Key Method described in Section 5.a.ii or (g) permit any third party to engage in any of the foregoing proscribed acts.
7.   Program Maintenance And Support
Voltaire will provide support to HP for the Program in the same manner as it provides support for Software pursuant to the terms of Exhibit C of the Agreement.
8.   Payment
  a.   Payment . HP agrees to pay Voltaire Per Copy Fees in accordance with Exhibit B of this Addendum.
 
  b.   Audit . Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to HP, Voltaire may, at its own expense, appoint a nationally recognized independent auditor, to whom HP has no reasonable objection, to audit and examine such records at HP’s offices during normal business hours, solely for the purpose of confirming the accuracy of payments hereunder. Such audit may be made no more often than once every twelve (12) calendar month period. In the event that an audit reveals an overpayment by HP, Voltaire agrees to promptly refund or credit HP for such overpaid amount. In the event that such audit reveals an underpayment by HP, HP agrees to promptly pay Voltaire the amount of such underpayment. This right of audit will be subject to Voltaire’s auditor executing HP’s standard Confidential Disclosure Agreement.
HP CONFIDENTIAL

 


 

9.   Warranty And Intellectual Property Protection
  a.   Program Warranty . Voltaire makes the same warranties to HP regarding the Program as the warranties for “Software” provided in Exhibit D of the Agreement.
 
  b.   Warranty Disclaimers and Exclusions . The warranty exclusions, disclaimers of warranties and similar limitations for “Products,” “Software” and “Documentation” set forth in the Agreement (including without limitation, at Sections 6.6 and 6.9 in Exhibit B thereof) shall also apply to the same extent with respect to the Voltaire Materials under this Addendum.
10.   Confidential Information
  a.   Programs . The Program in object code form and related Documentation provided to HP hereunder are deemed non-confidential; provided, however, HP shall restrict the provision of such Voltaire Materials in accordance with its obligations under Section 5.d of this Addendum.
11.   Miscellaneous Clauses
  a.   Term and Termination . This Addendum shall have the same term as the Agreement.
 
  b.   Counterparts . This Addendum may be executed by facsimile and in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and together which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
  c.   Government Rights. If any use of the Programs or Documentation is a department, agency or other entity of the United States Government, the use, duplication, reproduction, modification, release, disclosure or transfer of the Programs and Documentation is restricted in accordance with FAR 12.212 for civilian agencies and DFAR 227.7202 for military agencies. The Programs are commercial computer software and the Documentation is commercial computer software documentation, and their use is further restricted in accordance with the terms of this Addendum and the Agreement.
 
  d.   Exhibits:
 
      Exhibit A – Description of Program and Documentation, Form and Media of Program and Documentation
 
      Exhibit B - Pricing
 
      Exhibit C - Account/Relationship Managers
 
      Exhibit K - Third Party Code
                     
 
                   
Agreed:
                   
 
                   
HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY       VOLTAIRE, INC.    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Sue Oliveira       By:   /s/ Mark Favreau    
 
                   
 
                   
Print Name: Sue Oliveira       Print Name: Mark Favreau    
 
                   
Title: VP Supply Chain       Title: EVP & GM    
HP CONFIDENTIAL

 


 

EXHIBIT A
PROGRAMS
DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAM AND DOCUMENTATION
Program: Voltaire GridStack, Ver. 3.4
Program Operating Environment: Red Hat Advanced server 4 (RH EL4) for IA32, IA64 and x86_64 Suse SLES 9 for IA32, IA64 and x86_64
Documentation: User manual and release notes
Support and Build Tools: None
FORM AND MEDIA FOR PROGRAM AND DOCUMENTATION
Program Form/Media: Electronic
Documentation Form/Media: Electronic
Sales Tools Form/Media: Electronic
Support and Build Tools Form/Media: N/A
HP CONFIDENTIAL

 


 

EXHIBIT B
PRICING
Per Copy Fee .
HP agrees to pay Voltaire a fee in the amount of * USD for each copy of the Program that HP (or any of its affiliates, distributors or other channel partners) uses according to the terms and conditions in Section 5 of this Addendum or distributes to an end user for use in conjunction with one (1) HP Product (“ Per Copy Fee ”). Such Per Copy Fee will include the right to reproduce and distribute associated Documentation (as described in this Addendum).
Payment .
Per Copy Fees will accrue upon distribution of any copy of the Program for use with an HP Product internally or by an end user. All accrued Per Copy Fees will be paid by HP to Voltaire within *         * days after the end of each HP fiscal quarter, which ends on the last day of each January, April, July and October. Payments will be accompanied by a report stating the HP part number, product description, number of copies of the Program distributed in the relevant quarter, and the calculation for the Per Copy Fee payment.
 
*   Omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. The confidential portion has been filed separately with the SEC.
HP CONFIDENTIAL

 


 

EXHIBIT C
ACCOUNT/RELATIONSHIP MANAGERS
     
HP   VOLTAIRE
Elaine Carroll   Garrett Van Siclen
Commodity Manager   Corporate Account Executive
Hewlett Packard   Voltaire, Inc.
200 Forest Street   6 Fortune Drive, 3 rd floor
Marlboro, MA 01752   Billerica, MA 01821-3917
Tel: (508) 467-9815   Tel: (978) 439-5425
Fax: (508) 467-3785   Fax: (978) 439-5401
DESIGNATED RECIPIENT FOR NOTICE
     
HP   VOLTAIRE
Mark Miller   Mark Favreau
Product Manager   EVP and GM North American Operations
Hewlett Packard   Voltaire, Inc.
200 Forest Street   6 Fortune Drive, 3 rd floor
Marlboro, MA 01752   Billerica, MA 01821-3917
Tel: (508) 467-1671   Tel: (978) 439-5454
Fax: (508) 467-3785   Fax: (978) 439-5401
HP CONFIDENTIAL

 


 

EXHIBIT K
Third Party Code Included in Software and Programs
HCA host stack:
  The LINUX operating system is a free software program subject to the GNU General Public License and its terms. A copy of such license can be found at www.gnu.org/licenses or obtained from Voltaire upon request.
  The MVAPICH software was developed by The Ohio State University’s Network-Based Computing Laboratory (NBCL) headed by Professor Dhabaleswar K. Panda. Copyright (c) 2002 The Ohio State University. All rights reserved. The use of such software is subject to the terms of a Copyright Agreement, a copy of can be found at: http://nowlab.cis.ohio-state.edu/projects/mpi-iba.
  MPICH is a freely available, portable implementation of MPI. Copyright in MPICH have been asserted by the University of Chicago and the Mississippi State University (c) 1993. The use of such software is subject to the terms of a copyright and disclaimer notice, a copy of can be found at: http://nowlab.cis.ohio-state.edu/projects/mpi-iba/LICENSE.mvapich2.TXT
  The uDapl and kDapl software was developed by the DAT collaborative. The DAT Collaborative is an industry group that was created to define and submit for standardization a set of transport-independent, platform-independent Application Programming Interfaces that exploit the RDMA (remote direct memory access) capabilities of next-generation interconnect technologies such as InfiniBand, and iWARP. The code is being provided under one of the available licensing scheme – CPL (Common Public License 1.0), GPL ( GNU general public license) or BSD license. Information about the Dapl code licensing could be found at http://cvs.sourceforge.net/viewcvs.py/dapl/
The following rights would be applicable once Voltaire starts using the OpenIb source code as the base for the stack development
  OpenIB software is developed by OpenIB alliance. OpenIB source code is distributed under the GPL and OpenIB BSD. Information about the OpenIB could be found at http://www.openib.org/license.html
HP CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

Exhibit 10.14
July 20, 2005
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
OEM PRODUCT PURCHASE AGREEMENT PRO10804-100804
BY AND BETWEEN
HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
AND
VOLTAIRE INC.

- 1 -


 

AMENDMENT #1
TO THE OEM PRODUCT PURCHASE AGREEMENT PRO10804-100804
This Amendment #1 (the “Amendment”) to the OEM Product Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated October 8, 2004, by and between Hewlett-Packard Company, and its Subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates (“HP”) and Voltaire Inc., (“Voltaire”) is made as of July 20, 2005, (the “Effective Date of the First Amendment”)
The parties hereby agree as follows:
  1.   Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used here shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict among the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the Agreement, the following order of precedence shall prevail:
  a.   this Amendment, and
 
  b.   the Agreement.
  2.   In Exhibit B, immediately preceding Section 13.4, a new section will be added that reads as follows:
  13.3A   Linux Kernel Modules . To the extent any of the Software provided by Supplier to HP hereunder contains any Linux kernel module (“Module”) that is not licensed under the GNU General Public License (“GPL”) at the time the Module is provided to HP, the following shall apply. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, within 12 months after providing such Module to HP, Supplier shall either (i) make such Module available under the GPL (or under a dual GPL/BSD license) or (ii) make an Alternative Module available under the GPL (or dual GPL/BSD license), where “Alternative Module” means a module that provides reasonably comparable performance to the original Module, provides at least all of the functionality specified in the IBTA Standard V1.2 that also exists in Supplier’s original Module . In such event, the GPL license (or dual GPL/BSD license) will control HP’s use and distribution of such Module or Alternative Module (as the case may be), notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement.
 
      In the event an owner of a copyright interest in a Module asserts a Valid Claim (as defined herein) to HP, to Supplier or to another third party that is an HP customer of the Products that any of these specific Modules should be licensed under the GPL to meet the requirements of the GPL as that license is applied to the Linux kernel, and that Module has not yet been made available under the GPL, Supplier shall release such Module or an Alternative Module under the GPL (or dual GPL/BSD license) within 30 days of the date of the assertion of the Valid Claim. In such event, the GPL (or dual GPL/BSD) license will control HP’s use and distribution of such Module (or Alternative Module) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement. For purposes of this section only, a “Valid Claim” means a claim in writing that a Module must be licensed under the GPL, and both HP and Supplier believe (a) the claim to have merit without any reasonable defense, and (b) that the claimant has legal standing to pursue such claim in respect of the Module(s) in question.

- 2 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Voltaire and HP have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written. This Amendment will not be fully executed and binding on the parties unless and until authorized signatures of both parties are affixed hereto.
                 
VOLTAIRE INC.       HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
 
               
By:
          By:    
 
               
 
               
Name:
          Name:    
 
               
 
               
Title:
          Title:    
 
               
 
               
Date:
          Date:    
 
               

-3-

 

Exhibit 10.15
VOLTAIRE ADVANCED DATA SECURITY LTD.
2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN
     1.  Purpose .
     The purpose of this plan (the “Plan”) is to secure for Voltaire Advanced Data Security Ltd. , an Israeli corporation (the “Company”) and its shareholders the benefits arising from capital stock ownership by employees, officers and directors of, and consultants or advisors to, the Company and its Parent and subsidiary corporations who are expected to contribute to the Company’s future growth and success. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” shall include the parent and all present and future subsidiaries of the Company as defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from time to time (the “Code”). Those provisions of the Plan which make express reference to Section 422 shall apply only to Incentive Stock Options (as that term is defined in the Plan).
     2.  Type of options and Administration .
     (a)  Types of Options . Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be authorized by action of the Board of Directors of the Company (or a Committee designated by the Board of Directors, as provided below) and may be either incentive stock options (“Incentive Stock Options”) meeting the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or non-statutory options which are not intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
     (b)  Administration .
     The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “ Committee ”) appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Committee shall consist of no fewer than two members who may also be members of the Board of Directors of the Company. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, all applicable laws and relevant commitments of the Company, the Committee shall have full and maximum authority in its discretion, from time to time, and at any time, to grant, or recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company, as applicable, the employees to whom Options or Purchase Agreements shall be granted, to determine or recommend the number of shares to be covered by each Option or Purchase Agreement, the time at which the Option shall be granted, the terms and conditions of Option Agreements or Purchase Agreements, and, except as hereinafter provided, the purchase price of Option or Purchased Shares, the term during which the Options may be exercised, and to authorize the shares allotment pursuant to the exercise of the options.
     The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time appoint or remove members of the Committee and may fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman, and shall hold its meetings at such time and place as it shall deem advisable. All actions of the Committee shall be taken by a majority of its members and can be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The Committee shall make such rules

 


 

and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.
     3.  Eligibility .
     Options may be granted to persons who are, at the time of grant, employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary; provided , that the class of employees to whom Incentive Stock Options may be granted shall be limited to all employees of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary. A person who has been granted an option may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted additional options if the Board of Directors shall so determine.
     4.  Shares Subject to Plan .
     The number of Shares which may be issued and sold pursuant to Options granted under the Plan from time to time shall be 1,185,000 Ordinary Shares, 0.01 NIS par value each (“Ordinary Shares” or “Shares”). If an option granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full, the un-purchased Shares subject to such option shall again be available for subsequent option grants under the Plan.
     5.  Forms of Option Agreements .
     As a condition to the grant of an option under the Plan, each recipient of an option shall execute an option agreement in such form not inconsistent with the Plan as may be approved by the Board of Directors. Such option agreements may differ among recipients.
     6.  Purchase Price .
     (a)  General . The purchase price per Ordinary Share deliverable upon the exercise of an option shall be determined by the Board of Directors, provided, however , that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of such share, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, at the time of grant of such option, or less than 110% of such fair market value in the case of options described in Section 11(b).
     (b)  Payment of Purchase Price . Options granted under the Plan may provide for the payment of the exercise price by delivery of cash or a check to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the exercise price of such options, to the extent provided in the applicable option agreement.
     7.  Option Period .
     Each option and all rights thereunder shall expire on such date as shall be set forth in the applicable option agreement, except that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such date shall not be later than ten years after the date on which the option is granted and, in all cases, options shall be subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan.

 


 

     8.  Exercise of Options .
     Each option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable either in full or in installments at such time or times and during such period as shall be set forth in the agreement evidencing such option, subject to the provisions of the Plan.
     9.  Nontransferability of Options .
     Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine or provide in an option, options shall not be assignable or transferable by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the life of the optionee, shall be exercisable only by the optionee.
     10.  Effect of Termination of Employment or Other Relationship.
     Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the option agreement shall specify the extent to which the Option may be exercised following (i) the termination of the optionee’s employment or other relationship with the Company or its parent or any subsidiary, or (ii) the death or disability of the optionee. Such periods shall be set forth in the agreement evidencing such option. Employment shall not be deemed to be terminated because an optionee is transferred from one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary to another one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary.
     11.  Incentive Stock Options .
     Options granted under the Plan which are intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall be subject to the following additional terms and conditions:
     (a)  Express Designation . All Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan shall, at the time of grant, be specifically designated as such in the option agreement covering such Incentive Stock Options.
     (b)  10% Shareholder . If any employee to whom an Incentive Stock Option is to be granted under the Plan is, at the time of the grant of such option, the owner of stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (after taking into account the attribution of stock ownership rules of Section 424(d) of the Code), then the following special provisions shall be applicable to the Incentive Stock Option granted to such individual:
     (i) the purchase price per Ordinary Share subject to such Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of one Ordinary Share at the time of grant; and
     (ii) the option exercise period shall not exceed five years from the date of grant.

 


 

     (c)  Dollar Limitation . For so long as the Code shall so provide, options granted to any employee under the Plan (and any other incentive stock option plans of the Company) which are intended to constitute Incentive Stock Options shall not constitute Incentive Stock Options to the extent that such options, in the aggregate, become exercisable for the first time in any one calendar year for Ordinary Shares with an aggregate fair market value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of more than $100,000.
     (d)  Termination of Employment, Death or Disability . No Incentive Stock Option may be exercised unless, at the time of such exercise, the optionee is, and has been continuously since the date of grant of his or her option, employed by the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary, except that:
     (i) an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised within the period of three months after the date the optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the applicable option agreement); provided , that the agreement with respect to such option may designate a longer exercise period and that the exercise after such three-month period shall be treated as the exercise of a non-statutory option under the Plan;
     (ii) if the optionee dies while in the employ of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary, or within three months after the optionee ceases to be such an employee, the Incentive Stock Option may be exercised by the person to whom it is transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution within the period of one year after the date of death (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the applicable option agreement); and
     (iii) if the optionee becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or any successor provision thereto) while in the employ of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary, the Incentive Stock Option may be exercised within the period of one year after the date the optionee ceases to be such an employee because of such disability (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the applicable option agreement).
     For all purposes of the Plan and any option granted hereunder, “employment” shall be defined in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.421-7(h) of the Income Tax Regulations (or any successor regulations) and shall include employment by the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary. Employment shall not be deemed to be terminated because an optionee is transferred from one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary to another one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, no Incentive Stock Option may be exercised after its expiration date.
     12.  Additional Provisions .
     (a)  Additional Option Provisions . The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, include additional provisions in option agreements covering options granted under the Plan, including without limitation restrictions on transfer or such other provisions as shall be determined by the Board of Directors; provided that such additional provisions shall not be

 


 

inconsistent with any other term or condition of the Plan and such additional provisions shall not cause any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan to fail to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
     (b)  Extension . The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, extend the dates during which all, or any particular, option or options granted under the Plan may be exercised; provided, however , that no such extension shall be permitted if it would cause the Plan to fail to comply with Section 422 of the Code.
     13.  General Restrictions .
     (a)  Investment Representations . The Company may require any person to whom an option is granted, as a condition of exercising such option, to give written assurances in substance and form satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such person is acquiring the Ordinary Shares subject to the option for his or her own account for investment and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the same, and to such other effects as the Company deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with federal and applicable state securities laws, or with covenants or representations made by the Company in connection with any public offering of its Ordinary Shares.
     (b)  Compliance with Securities Laws . Each option shall be subject to the requirement that if, at any time, counsel to the Company shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares subject to such option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental or regulatory body, or that the disclosure of non-public information or the satisfaction of any other condition is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of shares thereunder, such option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval, or satisfaction of such condition shall have been effected or obtained on conditions acceptable to the Board of Directors. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Company to apply for or to obtain such listing, registration or qualification, or to satisfy such condition.
     14.  Rights as a Shareholder .
     The holder of an option shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the option (including, without limitation, any rights to receive dividends or non-cash distributions with respect to such shares) until the date of issue of a stock certificate to him or her for such shares. In addition, the option agreements may provide certain limitations with respect of voting and/or transferring the Ordinary Shares issued as a result of exercising the option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.
     15.  Adjustment Provisions for Recapitalizations and Related Transactions.
     (a)  General . If, through or as a result of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification,

 


 

stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar transaction, (i) the outstanding Ordinary Shares are increased, decreased or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Ordinary Shares or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in (x) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (y) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding options under the Plan, and (z) the price for each share subject to any then outstanding options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate purchase price as to which such options remain exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 15 if such adjustment would cause the Plan to fail to comply with Section 422 of the Code. If this Section 15 applies and Section 16 also applies to any event, then Section 16 shall be applicable to such event and this Section 15 shall not be applicable.
     (b)  Board Authority to Make Adjustments . Any adjustments under this Section 15 will be made by the Board of Directors, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares will be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.
     16.  Merger, Consolidation, Asset Sale, Liquidation, etc.
     (a)  General . Upon the occurrence of an Acquisition Event (as defined below) the Board of Directors of the Company shall take any one or more of the following actions with respect of the then outstanding options: (i) provide that such options shall be assumed, or equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), provided that any such options substituted for the Options shall meet the requirements of Section 102 of the Ordinance, (ii) upon written notice to the Optionees, provide that all the then unexercised options will become exercisable in full as of a specified time (the “Acceleration Time”) prior to the Acquisition Event and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Event, except to the extent exercised by the Optionees between the Acceleration Time and the consummation of such Acquisition Event, (iii) in the event of a merger under the terms of which holders of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the merger (the “Merger Price”), make or provide for a cash payment to the Optionees equal to the difference between (A) the Merger Price times the number of shares of Ordinary Shares subject to such outstanding options (whether or not then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Merger Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding options in exchange for the termination of such options, or (iv) upon written notice to the Optionees, provide that all the then vested and unvested outstanding options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Event, and to the extent the vested Options shall have not been exercised prior to the Acquisition Event, all such Options shall become null and void at the consummation of such Acquisition Event.
     Notwithstanding the above, the Company, by the Committee, may provide in the Option Agreement itself the action/s to be taken with respect to the outstanding options at the time of an

 


 

Acquisition Event from the actions listed above. In such a case, the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to take a different action at the Acquisition Event with respect of such options without the consent of the Optionee.
     An “Acquisition Event” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, (b) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (c) the complete liquidation of the Company.
     (b)  Substitute Options . The Company may grant options under the Plan in substitution for options held by employees of another corporation who become employees of the Company, or a subsidiary of the Company, as the result of a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or as a result of the acquisition by the Company, or one of its subsidiaries, of property or stock of the employing corporation. The Company may direct that substitute options be granted on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors considers appropriate in the circumstances.
     17.  No Special Employment Rights .
     Nothing contained in the Plan or in any option shall confer upon any optionee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her employment by the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary or interfere in any way with the right of the Company at any time to terminate such employment or to increase or decrease the compensation of the optionee.
     18.  Other Employee Benefits .
     Except as to plans which by their terms include such amounts as compensation, the amount of any compensation deemed to be received by an employee as a result of the exercise of an option or the sale of shares received upon such exercise will not constitute compensation with respect to which any other employee benefits of such employee are determined, including, without limitation, benefits under any bonus, pension, profit-sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan, except as otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors.
     19.  Amendment of the Plan .
     (a) The Board of Directors may at any time, and from time to time, modify or amend the Plan in any respect, except that if at any time the approval of the shareholders of the Company is required under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Board of Directors may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval.
     (b) The termination or any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without

 


 

the consent of an optionee, affect his or her rights under an option previously granted to him or her. With the consent of the optionee affected, the Board of Directors may amend outstanding option agreements in a manner not inconsistent with the Plan. The Board of Directors shall have the right to amend or modify the terms and provisions of the Plan and of any outstanding Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan to the extent necessary to qualify any or all such options for such favorable federal income tax treatment (including deferral of taxation upon exercise) as may be afforded incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code.
     20.  Withholding .
     The Company shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the optionee any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any shares issued upon exercise of options under the Plan. Subject to the prior approval of the Company, which may be withheld by the Company in its sole discretion, the optionee may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, by causing the Company to withhold Ordinary Shares otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise of an option. The shares so delivered or withheld shall have a fair market value equal to such withholding obligation. The fair market value of the shares used to satisfy such withholding obligation shall be determined by the Company as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.
     21.  Cancellation and New Grant of Options, Etc .
     The Board of Directors shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected optionees, (i) the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of new options under the Plan covering the same or different numbers of Ordinary Shares and having an option exercise price per share which may be lower or higher than the exercise price per share of the cancelled options, or (ii) the amendment of the terms of any and all outstanding options under the Plan to provide an option exercise price per share which is higher or lower than the then current exercise price per share of such outstanding options.
     22.  Effective Date and Duration of the Plan .
     (a)  Effective Date . The Plan shall become effective as of the date marked below, but no Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall become exercisable unless and until the Plan shall have been approved by the Company’s shareholders. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve months after the effective date of the Plan, no options previously granted under the Plan shall be deemed to be Incentive Stock Options and no Incentive Stock Options shall be granted thereafter. Amendments to the Plan not requiring shareholder approval shall become effective when adopted by the Board of Directors; amendments requiring shareholder approval (as provided also in Section 19) shall become effective when adopted by the Board of Directors, but no Incentive Stock Option granted after the date of such amendment shall become exercisable (to the extent that such amendment to the Plan was required to enable the Company to grant such Incentive Stock Option to a particular optionee) unless and until such amendment shall have been approved by the Company’s shareholders. If such shareholder

 


 

approval is not obtained within twelve months of the Board’s adoption of such amendment, any Incentive Stock Options granted on or after the date of such amendment shall terminate to the extent that such amendment to the Plan was required to enable the Company to grant such option to a particular optionee. Subject to this limitation, options may be granted under the Plan at any time after the effective date and before the date fixed for termination of the Plan.
     (b)  Termination . Unless sooner terminated in accordance with Section 16, the Plan shall terminate, with respect to all options granted in accordance to the Plan (Incentive Stock Options and options which are not Incentive Stock Options), upon the earlier of (i) the close of business on the day next preceding the tenth anniversary of the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, or (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued pursuant to the exercise or cancellation of options granted under the Plan. If the date of termination is determined under (i) above, then options outstanding on such date shall continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the instruments evidencing such options.
     23.  Provision for Foreign Participants .
     The Board of Directors may, without amending the Plan, modify awards or options granted to participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States to recognize differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.
     24.  Issuance to Escrow Agent .
     The Company may issue non Incentive Options to an escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”), approved by the Israel Income Tax Authority for the purpose of Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version) and its regulations, as amended from time to time (the “ Ordinance ”). Such escrowed Options, although not subject to Section 102 of the Ordinance, shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow for the benefit of such optionees until exercised or expired in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or the Stock Option Agreement.

 

 

Exhibit 10.16
VOLTAIRE ADVANCED DATA SECURITY LTD.
(The “Company”)
2001 SECTION 102 STOCK OPTION/STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
(the “Plan”)
1.   Purpose
The Plan is intended to provide a method whereby employees (including officers and directors who are employees) of the Company may be offered an opportunity to acquire Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 4.00 (“ Ordinary Shares ” or “ Shares ”) of the Company, in order to increase their proprietary interests in the Company and their incentive to remain in and advance in the employ of the Company.
Accordingly, the Company may, from time to time, grant restricted employee stock options (“ Employee Stock Options ”) or enter into restricted stock purchase agreements (“ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements ”) for the purchase of Ordinary Shares of the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter established, to such employees as may be selected in the manner hereinafter provided. Such Option Agreements or Purchase Agreements may differ among recipients. Employee Stock Options or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements and the Shares issuable thereunder shall be held in escrow for the benefit of such employees by or in the name of an escrow agent approved for such purposes by the Israel Income Tax Authority (the “ EscrowAgent ”), as set forth herein.
Employee Stock Options are referred to herein as “ Option(s) ”, Stock Option Agreements as “ Option Agreements ” and the Shares acquired pursuant to an Option Agreement as “ Exercised Shares ”. Recipient/s of Options under this Plan are herein referred to as “ Optionee ” or “ Optionees ”. Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements are referred to herein as “ Purchase Agreement(s) ” and the Shares acquired pursuant to a Purchase Agreement as “ Purchased Shares ”.
2.   Application of Section 102 of the Income Tax Ordinance
  (a)   The provisions governing the exemption of tax for options granted or shares issued to employees as embodied in Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version) and its regulations, as amended from time to time(the “ Ordinance ”), and the Income Tax Rules (Tax Benefits in Stock Issuance to Workers) 5349-1989, as amended from time to time (the “ Rules ”), shall apply to the Plan, the Options and the Purchased Shares. The Escrow Agent and each employee participating in this Plan shall comply with the Ordinance and Rules and with the Escrow Agreement entered into between the Company and the Escrow Agent.
 
  (b)   The Option, the Exercised Shares or the Purchased Shares, as the case may be, shall be held by the Escrow Agent for at least two years from the date of the grant of the Option or of the acquisition of the Purchased Shares, as the case may be, or for a different minimum escrow period required under the Ordinance if Section


 

2

      102(a)(2) of the Ordinance is amended (such minimum escrow period, as shall be from time to time, shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Minimum Holding Period”). Subject to any additional period agreed to under the Option Agreement or the Purchase Agreement, the Escrow Agent may release the Options or Shares to the employee only after (i) the receipt by the Escrow Agent of an acknowledgment from the Income Tax Authority that the employee has paid any applicable tax due pursuant to the Ordinance and the Rules, or (ii) the Escrow Agent withholds any applicable tax due pursuant to the Ordinance and Rules.
 
  (c)   No Optionee participating in this Plan shall claim an exemption from Israeli tax pursuant to part E of the Ordinance or Section 95 or Section 97(a) of the Ordinance in connection with a transfer by such Optionee of an Option or Purchased Shares prior to the end of the “Holding Period” as defined in Rule 1(i) of the Rules.
 
  (d)   Each participating Optionee shall be obligated to immediately notify the Company and the Escrow Agent of his request, if any, to the Income Tax Authority pursuant to Rule 6(b) of the Rules in the event the Purchased Shares or the Shares underlying the Options are registered on any stock exchange. Nothing herein shall obligate the Company to register its shares or any portion of its shares on a stock exchange.
 
  (e)   In the event a share dividend (bonus shares) is declared by the Company, such dividend shares with respect of the Option or the Purchased Shares shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 2 and 7 and the holding period for such dividend shares shall be measured from the commencement of the holding period for the relevant Option or Purchased Shares.
 
  (f)   The exemption under Section 102 of the Ordinance shall be forfeited and the Optionee shall be required to pay any applicable tax promptly at such time as: (i) the Optionee’s employment is terminated during the two year holding period (other than because of death or some other reason acceptable to the Income Tax Authority); (ii) the Company or the Optionee fails to comply with one or more other conditions for the exemption as required by the Ordinance, Rules or Income Tax Authority; or (iii) the Income Tax Authority withdraws or cancels the exemption for the Plan or the particular Optionee. Notwithstanding the loss of an exemption, the Escrow Agent shall continue to hold the Purchased Shares or Option (to the extent the Option remains exercisable following termination of employment) for the remainder of the applicable holding period under Section 102 of the Ordinance.
3.   Administration .
 
    The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “ Committee ”) appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Committee shall consist of no fewer than two members who may also be members of the Board of Directors of the Company. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, all applicable laws and relevant commitments of the Company, the Committee shall have full and maximum authority in its discretion, from time to time, and at any time, to grant, or recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company, as applicable, the employees to whom Options or Purchase Agreements shall be granted, to determine or recommend the number of shares to be covered by each Option or Purchase Agreement, the time at which the Option shall


 

3

    be granted, the terms and conditions of Option Agreements or Purchase Agreements, and, except as hereinafter provided, the purchase price of Option or Purchased Shares, the term during which the Options may be exercised, and to authorize the shares allotment pursuant to the exercise of the options.
 
    The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time appoint or remove members of the Committee and may fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman, and shall hold its meetings at such time and place as it shall deem advisable. All actions of the Committee shall be taken by a majority of its members and can be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The Committee shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.
 
4.   Interpretation and Amendment
 
    The interpretation, construction or determination of any provisions of the Plan by the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company shall be final and conclusive. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan.
 
    The Board of Directors may, at any time, amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan; provided, however, that any such action shall not adversely affect any Options or Purchase Agreements granted under the Plan.
 
5.   Participants
 
    Options may be granted and Purchase Agreements may be entered into pursuant to the Plan solely to or with employees of the Company (including employees who are also directors or officers of the Company) (recipients of stock options under this Plan are herein referred to as “ Optionee ” or “ optionees ”).
 
    Receipt of stock options or Purchased Shares under this Plan or under any other stock option plan maintained by the Company shall not, for that reason, preclude an Optionee from receiving Options or Purchased Shares under the Plan, provided however, that no Optionee shall be granted an Option or Purchase Agreement if prior to the grant or as a result of the exercise of the Option or acquisition of Purchased Shares, such Optionee would hold, directly or indirectly in his name or with a relative as defined in the Ordinance (i) 10% of the outstanding shares of the Company, (ii) 10% of the voting power of the Company, (iii) the right to hold or purchase 10% of the outstanding equity or voting power, (iv) the right to obtain 10% of the “ profit ” or (v) the right to appoint a director, all as defined in section 32(9) of the Ordinance.
 
6.   Shares Subject to the Plan
  (a)   The number of Shares which may be issued and sold pursuant to Purchase Agreements or Options granted under the Plan from time to time shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  (b)   Purchased Shares will be issued to the Escrow Agent for the benefit of the employee who shall have only such rights of a shareholder as are set forth in the Purchase Agreement therefor, including restrictions on voting and on the right to consent to or approve action affecting the Company or its shareholders.


 

4

  (c)   The Escrow Agent shall vote the Purchased Shares in accordance with the directions of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Escrow Agent will have no rights to equity participation as to Ordinary Shares held in escrow except as otherwise specified by the Board of Directors.
 
  (d)   In the event an employee’s rights do not vest in the Options or Purchased Shares, such options or shares may be reissued under the Plan and, pending re-issuance, the Escrow Agent shall vote the Purchased Shares in accordance with the directions of the Board of Directors.
7.   Adjustment Provisions for Recapitalizations and Related Transactions
  (a)   General . If, through or as a result of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar transaction, (i) the outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company are increased, decreased or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Ordinary Shares or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in (x) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (y) the number and kind of             shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding options under the Plan, and (z) the price for each share subject to any then outstanding options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate purchase price as to which such options remain exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 7 if such adjustment would cause the Plan to fail to comply with Section 102 of the Ordinance. If this Section 7 applies and Section 8 also applies to any event, then Section 8 shall be applicable to such event and this Section 7 shall not be applicable.
 
  (b)   Board Authority to Make Adjustments . Any adjustments under this Section 7 will be made by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares will be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.
8.   Merger, Consolidation, Asset Sale, Liquidation, etc.
  (a)   General . Upon the occurrence of an Acquisition Event (as defined below) the Board of Directors of the Company shall take any one or more of the following actions with respect of the then outstanding options: (i) provide that such options shall be assumed, or equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), provided that any such options substituted for the Options shall meet the requirements of Section 102 of the Ordinance, (ii) upon written notice to the Optionees, provide that all the then unexercised options will become exercisable in full as of a specified time (the “Acceleration Time”) prior to the Acquisition Event and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Event, except to the extent exercised by the Optionees between the Acceleration Time and the consummation of such Acquisition Event, (iii) in the event of a merger under the


 

5

      terms of which holders of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the merger (the “Merger Price”), make or provide for a cash payment to the Optionees equal to the difference between (A) the Merger Price times the number of shares of Ordinary Shares subject to such outstanding options (whether or not then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Merger Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding options in exchange for the termination of such options, or (iv) upon written notice to the Optionees, provide that all the then vested and unvested outstanding options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Event, and to the extent the vested Options shall have not been exercised prior to the Acquisition Event, all such Options shall become null and void at the consummation of such Acquisition Event.
 
      Notwithstanding the above, the Company, by the Committee, may provide in the Option Agreement itself the action/s to be taken with respect to the outstanding options at the time of an Acquisition Event from the actions listed above. In such a case, the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to take a different action at the Acquisition Event with respect of such options without the consent of the Optionee.
 
      An “Acquisition Event” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, (b) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (c) the complete liquidation of the Company.
 
  (b)   Substitute Options . The Company may grant options under the Plan in substitution for options held by employees of another corporation who become employees of the Company, or a subsidiary of the Company, as the result of a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or as a result of the acquisition by the Company, or one of its subsidiaries, of property or stock of the employing corporation. the Company may direct that substitute options be granted on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors of the Company considers appropriate in the circumstances.
9.   Terms and Conditions of Options and Purchase Agreements
Options and Purchase Agreements granted pursuant to the Plan shall be in such form and on such terms as the Committee shall, from time to time, approve, but subject, nevertheless, to the following terms and conditions:
  (a)   The Option or Purchase Agreement shall state the total number of Shares to which it relates and no fractional shares shall be issued.
 
  (b)   The purchase price or exercise price per Share issuable upon execution of the Purchase Agreement or upon the exercise of an Option, as the case may be, shall be such amount as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee, and such price shall be set forth in the Purchase Agreement or


 

6

      Option Agreement, as the case may be.
 
  (c)   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the term of an Option shall be for a period of not more than ten (10) years from the date such Option is granted.
 
  (d)   Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Escrow Agent shall hold the Purchased Shares or the Option, as the case may be, in favor of an employee or his successors or heirs for at least the Minimum Holding Period of the Option or purchase of Purchased Shares or such longer period as may be required for the full exercise of the Option or vesting of rights in the Purchased Shares as provided under the Option Agreement or Purchase Agreement, as the case may be.
 
  (e)   The Option Agreement shall state the time or times at which it may be exercised in whole or in part and such terms shall be incorporated into and be made a part of the Option Agreement.
 
  (f)   The Options or Purchased Shares acquired pursuant to a Purchase Agreement under the Plan shall not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of and shall not be pledged or otherwise hypothecated, except as provided in this Plan and restrictions against disposition shall lapse and the employee’s interest therein shall vest as set forth in the Purchase or Option Agreement.
 
  (g)   All tax liabilities (as may apply from time to time) in connection with the grant and/or exercise of the Options, will be born by the Optionee, and the Optionee will be solely liable for all such taxes.
10.   Limitations on Exercising the Options
The Option Agreement may provide that even if such Option is fully vested in accordance to the Option Agreement, the Optionee shall not be entitled to exercise the Option prior to a certain period of time or the occurrence of certain events as shall be set forth in the Option Agreement.
11.   Termination of Employment
Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Option Agreement shall specify the extent to which the Option may be exercised following (i) the termination of the optionee’s employment or other relationship with the Company or its parent or any subsidiary, or (ii) the death or disability of the optionee. Such periods shall be set forth in the agreement evidencing such option. Employment shall not be deemed to be terminated because an optionee is transferred from one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary to another one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any termination of employment prior to the expiration of the Minimum Holding Period required under Section 102 of the Ordinance and Rules may subject the employee to forfeiture of the tax benefits available under Section 102 of the Ordinance.
12.   Death
Subject to Section 10 above and to the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance, the Option Agreement may provide that if the Optionee shall die while in the employ of the Company,


 

7

his estate, personal representative or beneficiary as determined be a competent court shall have the right to exercise the Option granted to the Optionee with respect of the total number of shares as to which the Optionee would have been entitled to exercise at the date of his death in accordance with Section 102 of the Ordinance and under the terms and conditions stated in the Option Agreement.
13.   Non Transferability
Options are not assignable or transferable, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution to the extent set forth in Section 12 above. During the Optionee’s lifetime the Options may be exercised only by the Optionee.
14.   Exercise of Options
An Optionee electing to exercise an Option shall give written notice to the Company to that effect. Such notice will identify the number and part of options to be exercised, will be signed by Optionee along with full payment for the option as specified in Section 16 (b) below. Upon the receipt of the exercise price as above mentioned the Company shall notify the Escrow Agent who shall then act in accordance with Section 2(b) above, the Company shall deliver to the Escrow Agent or the option holder the Exercised Shares.
An Optionee shall have no rights of a stockholder with respect to Exercised Shares until the issuance to him of a stock certificate representing the Exercised Shares. A holder of Purchased Shares shall have such rights of a stockholder as are set forth in the Purchase Agreement therefor.
15.   Written Option and Purchase Agreement
Purchase Agreements and Option Agreements shall be in writing, duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the employee, and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee deems advisable. If case of any conflict between the terms and conditions of any Option Agreement or Purchase Agreement and those of the Plan, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall take precedence and prevail.
16.   Payment
  (a)   The employee shall waive a portion of his salary payment in consideration for the Option or Purchased Shares, as the case may be.
 
  (b)   The purchase price or option exercise price, as the case may be, shall be payable in cash or by certified check or by any other means agreed upon, at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Conversion of NIS into foreign currency shall be according to the official rate of exchange on the date of payment.
17.   Restrictions on Issuing Shares
The exercise of each Option or issuance of Purchased Shares shall be subject to the condition that if at any time the Company shall determine in its discretion that the satisfaction of withholding tax or other withholding liabilities, or that the listing, registration, or qualification of any shares otherwise deliverable upon such exercise by any securities exchange or under any national, state or federal law, or that the consent or approval of any regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, such


 

8

exercise or purchase of shares pursuant thereto, then such exercise or issuance of Shares shall not be effective unless such withholding, listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.
18.   Shares Subject To Right of First Refusal
 
(a)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Articles of Association of the Company, none of the Optionees shall have a right of first refusal in relation with any sale of the Exercised Shares.
 
(b)   Until such time as the Company shall effectuate an IPO or an Acquisition Event, the sale of Exercised Shares by the Optionee shall be subject to a right of first refusal and Bring Along of other shareholders, as set forth in the Articles of Association of the Company and/or in the Option Agreement.
 
19.   Term of Plan
The Plan shall terminate ten (10) years after its adoption by the Board of Directors, and no Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after that date.
20.   Application of Funds
The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to Purchase Agreements or the exercise of Options granted under the Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.
21.   Obligation to Exercise Option
The grant of Option shall impose no obligation on the option holder to exercise such option.
22.   Continuance of Employment
Neither the Plan nor any Purchase Agreement or Option Agreement shall impose any obligation on the Company to continue the employment of any Optionee or purchaser, and nothing in the Plan or in any Option or Purchase Agreement shall confer upon any holder any right to continue in the employment of the Company or conflict with the right of either to terminate such employment at any time.
23.   Effectiveness of the Plan
The Plan shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, but subject, nevertheless, to such approvals as may be required by any public authorities, including but not limited to the Income Tax Authority.
24.   Liability, Indemnification and Termination of Escrow Agent
In no event shall the Escrow Agent be liable to the Company and/or any participant of the Plan and/or any third party (including but not limited to the income tax authorities and any other governmental or administrative authority, or to a purchaser of shares from any participant of the Plan) with respect to any act which has been or will be carried out and/or any opinion which has been or will be given in relation to the Plan, its execution and any


 

9

matter connected thereto or arising therefrom. The Company will not, and the participant will be required to covenant upon signing the Option Agreement or the Purchase Agreement that he/she will not, make any claim against the Escrow Agent in any manner whatsoever; The Company and the participant expressly agree that if the Escrow Agent is sued by any of them, then the Escrow Agent shall be entitled by virtue of this Section to dismiss of the action filed against it, with costs. The Company covenants and agrees that if an action is commenced by any third party against the Escrow Agent in connection with the Plan, it shall agree to participate in such an action, whether as a defendant or as a third party, as the case may be, and any judgement or expense decided by the court against the Escrow Agent will be paid by the Company.
The Company further covenants and any participant will be required to covenant to indemnify the Escrow Agent against any liability in relation to any claim and/or demand made against the Escrow Agent by any person whatsoever, including the tax authorities, in relation to its acts or omissions in connection with the Plan.
Subject to ninety (90) days prior written notice, each of the Company or the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to notify the other party of its intention to terminate this trusteeship with respect to the Plan. Within the aforementioned notice period, the Company shall nominate a new Escrow Agent for the Plan, and shall then notify the existing Escrow Agent and the tax authority of the new escrow agent’s identity. The existing Escrow Agent shall then transfer its obligations under the Plan to the new escrow agent. The Company and/or the participants shall have no claim against the Escrow Agent under such circumstances, and the Company and/or the participants shall take all necessary actions in order to facilitate such transfer.

 

 

Exhibit 10.17
VOLTAIRE LTD.
(The “Company”)
2003 SECTION 102 STOCK OPTION/STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
(the “Plan”)
1.   Purpose; Definitions
  1.1.   The Plan is intended to provide a method whereby employees, including officers and directors, of the Company or its Affiliates, but excluding Controlling Shareholders (as defined below) (each, an “ Employee ” and collectively, the “ Employees ”) may be offered an opportunity to purchase Shares in order to increase their proprietary interests in the Company and their incentive to remain and advance in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates.
 
  1.2.   Accordingly, the Company may, from time to time, grant Options under Option Agreements or issue Shares under Purchase Agreements on the terms and conditions hereinafter established, to such Employees as may be selected in the manner hereinafter provided. Such Option Agreements or Purchase Agreements may differ among recipients.
 
  1.3.   In this Plan the capitalized terms below shall have the following meaning:
 
      Affiliate ” means any “employing company” within the meaning of Section 102(a) of the Ordinance.
 
      Approved 102 Option ” means an Option granted pursuant to Section 102(b) of the Ordinance and held in trust by the Escrow Agent for the benefit of the Grantee.
 
      Approved 102 Security ” means an Approved 102 Option and an Approved 102 Share.
 
      Approved 102 Share ” means a Purchased Share issued pursuant to Section 102(b) of the Ordinance or an Exercised Share issued upon exercise of an Approved 102 Option, and held in trust by the Escrow Agent for the benefit of the Grantee.
 
      Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
      Committee ” means as defined in Section 3.
 
      Company ” means Voltaire Ltd.
 
      Controlling Shareholder ” means as defined in Section 5 below.
 
      Date of Grant ” means the date of grant of an Approved 102 Security or of an Unapproved 102 Security, as determined by the Board and set forth in the Grantee’s Option Agreement or Purchase Agreement.
 
      Employee ” means as defined in Section 1.1.
 
      Escrow Agent ” means as defined in Section 2.2.
 
      Exercise Price ” means the price payable by a Grantee for the purchase of each Share subject to an Option granted under the Plan.
 
      Exercised Shares ” means the Ordinary Shares issued to a Grantee upon an exercise of Options granted under an Option Agreement.


 

- - 2 - -

      Grantee ” means an Employee who is a recipient of Options or Shares under this Plan.
 
      Optionee ” means an Employee who is a recipient of Options under this Plan.
 
      ITA ” means the Israeli Tax Authorities.
 
      Option ” means an option to purchase one or more Shares of the Company pursuant to this Plan.
 
      Option Agreement ” means the share option agreement between the Company and a Grantee that sets out the terms and conditions of an Option.
 
      Ordinance ” means the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance [New Version] 1961, as now in effect and as hereafter amended.
 
      Purchase Agreement ” means share purchase agreement between the Company and a Grantee that sets out the terms and conditions of the direct issuance of Shares (not upon exercise of Options) to the Grantee under this Plan.
 
      Purchased Shares ” means the Shares acquired by a Grantee pursuant to a Purchase Agreement.
 
      Section 102 ” means Section 102 of the Ordinance and any regulations, rules, orders and procedures promulgated thereunder.
 
      Security ” means an Option or a Purchased Share.
 
      Shares ” means Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.04, of the Company.
 
      Unapproved 102 Option ” means an Option granted pursuant to Section 102(c) of the Ordinance and not held in trust by an Escrow Agent.
 
      Unapproved 102 Security ” means an Unapproved 102 Option and an Unapproved 102 Share.
 
      Unapproved 102 Share ” means a Share issued pursuant to Section 102(c) of the Ordinance and not held in trust by an Escrow Agent.
2.   Application of Section 102 of the Income Tax Ordinance
  2.1.   The provisions of Section 102 shall apply to the Plan, the Options, the Exercised Shares and the Purchased Shares. The Escrow Agent and each Grantee participating in this Plan shall comply with the Ordinance and with the Escrow Agreement entered into between the Company and the Escrow Agent.
 
  2.2.   The Company may grant Approved 102 Securities or Unapproved 102 Securities under this Plan. The grant of Approved 102 Securities shall be conditioned upon the approval of this Plan and of the Escrow Agent by the ITA. The Approved 102 Securities may either be classified as capital gain Security or ordinary income Security in accordance with the Election (as defined below).
 
      Approved 102 Securities elected and designated by the Company to qualify under the capital gain tax treatment in accordance with the provisions of Section 102(b)(2) of the Ordinance shall be referred to herein as “ CGS ”.
 
      Approved 102 Securities elected and designated by the Company to qualify under the ordinary income tax treatment in accordance with the provisions of Section 102(b)(1) of the Ordinance shall be referred to herein as “ OIS ”.
 
      The Company’s election of the type of Approved 102 Securities as CGS or OIS granted


 

- - 3 - -

      to Employees (the “ Election ”), shall be appropriately filed with the relevant Tax Assessing Officer at the ITA no later than 30 days before the date of the first grant of Approved 102 Securities to a Grantee, together with the application for approval of this plan by the ITA. The Grantees’ consent to the terms of the issuance and the taxation route elected shall be attached to the application to the ITA. Such Election shall become effective beginning the first date of grant of an Approved 102 Security under this Plan and shall remain in effect with respect to all Approved 102 Securities granted following such Election until at least the end of the calendar year following the year during which the Company first granted Approved 102 Securities. The Election shall obligate the Company to grant only the type of Approved 102 Securities it has elected, and shall apply to all Approved 102 Securities that will be issued, during the period indicated herein, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102(g) of the Ordinance. For the avoidance of doubt, the Election shall not prevent the Company from granting Unapproved 102 Securities simultaneously with the grant of Approved 102 Securities or at any other time during the aforementioned “election period”. .
 
      All Approved 102 Securities, as well as all rights granted or issued with respect to such Securities, including bonus shares, must be held in escrow for the benefit of the Grantees by or in the name of an escrow agent designated by the Board and approved for such purposes by the ITA (the “ Escrow Agent ”), as set forth herein.
 
      For the avoidance of doubt, the designation of Unapproved 102 Securities and Approved 102 Securities shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 102.
 
  2.3.   Approved 102 Securities and any shares received subsequently following any realization of rights with respect to such Approved 102 Securities, including without limitation bonus shares, shall be issued to the Escrow Agent and held by it for such minimum period of time as required by Section 102 (the “ Minimum Holding Period ”). Subject to any additional period agreed to under an Option Agreement or a Purchase Agreement, the Escrow Agent may release the Approved 102 Securities to a Grantee only after the full payment of the Grantee’s tax liabilities arising from such a release.
 
  2.4.   With respect to any Approved 102 Securities, subject to the provisions of Section 102, the Grantee shall not be entitled to sell or release from trust such Approved 102 Securities and any shares received subsequently following any realization of rights with respect to such Approved 102 Securities, including without limitation bonus shares, prior to the lapse of the Minimum Holding Period applicable to such Approved 102 Securities. For the avoidance of doubt, the prohibition in this Section 2.4 shall terminate in the event that Section 102 shall be amended or interpreted so as not to require such prohibition.
 
  2.5.   Upon receipt of Approved 102 Securities, the Grantee will sign an undertaking to release the Escrow Agent from any liability in respect of any action or decision duly taken and bona fide executed in relation with the Plan, or any Approved 102 Securities granted to such Grantee thereunder.
3.   Administration .
 
    The Plan shall be administered by the Board or by a Committee (the “ Committee ”) appointed by the Board. If a Committee is not appointed by the Board, the term Committee, whenever used in this Plan, shall mean the Board. The Committee shall consist of no fewer than two members who may also be members of the Board. Subject to the terms and conditions of the


 

- - 4 - -

    Plan, all applicable laws and relevant commitments of the Company, the Committee shall have full and maximum authority in its discretion, from time to time and at any time, to: (i) designate the Employees to whom Securities shall be granted; (ii) determine the number and types of Securities granted and the number of Shares covered by each Option; (iii) determine the time at which the Securities shall be granted; (iv) determine the Exercise Price of any granted Option and the term during which such Option may be exercised; (v) determine the terms and conditions of Option Agreements and Purchase Agreements; (vi) classify the Securities as Approved 102 Securities or Unapproved 102 Securities, and (vii) make all other determinations necessary or desirable for, or incidental to, the administration of the Plan.
 
    Subject to any applicable law, the Committee shall not be entitled to issue Securities to the Grantees. However, it will be authorized to issue Exercised Shares upon the exercise of Options pursuant to the provisions hereof, all in accordance with section 112(a)(5) of the Israeli Companies Law 5759-1999, as may be amended from time to time.
 
    The Board may at any time appoint or remove members of the Committee and may fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman, and shall hold its meetings at such time and place as it shall deem advisable. All actions of the Committee shall be taken by a majority of its members and can be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The Committee shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.
 
4.   Interpretation and Amendment
 
    The interpretation, construction or determination of any provisions of the Plan by the Committee or the Board shall be final and conclusive. No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan.
 
    The Board may, at any time, amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan; provided, however, that any such action shall not adversely affect any Securities granted under the Plan prior to such action by the Board.
 
5.   Participants
 
    Securities may be issued pursuant to the Plan solely to Employees.
 
    Subject to Section 2.2 above, a Security issued to a Grantee under this Plan or under any other stock option/purchase plan maintained by the Company shall not, for that reason, preclude such Grantee from receiving any other Securities under this Plan or under any other stock option/purchase plan maintained by the Company.
 
    No Grantee shall be issued a Security under this Plan if prior to such issuance or as a result of the exercise of the Option or acquisition of Purchased Shares, such Optionee would hold, directly or indirectly in his name or with a “relative” (as defined in the Ordinance): (i) 10% of the outstanding shares of the Company, (ii) 10% of the voting power of the Company, (iii) the right to hold or purchase 10% of the outstanding equity or voting power, (iv) the right to obtain 10% of the “profit” or (v) the right to appoint a director, all as defined in section 32(9) of the Ordinance (any person or entity fulfilling the terms of any of the above sub-paragraphs, a “ Controlling Shareholder ”).


 

- - 5 - -

6.   Shares Subject to the Plan; Voting of Shares by Escrow Agent
  6.1.   The maximum number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be determined from time to time by the Board. In the event that Any Option granted hereunder shall, for any reason, terminate, expire or otherwise cease to exist, all Shares underlying such Option shall again be available for grant through Options or Shares under this Plan.
 
  6.2.   The Escrow Agent shall vote the Shares held by it in trust pursuant to the terms of this Plan in accordance with the directions of the Board.
7.   Adjustment Provisions for Recapitalizations and Related Transactions
  7.1.   General . If, through or as a result of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar transaction (excluding conversion of any convertible securities of the Company), (i) the outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company are increased, decreased or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company without receipt of consideration by the Company, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Ordinary Shares or other securities without receipt of consideration by the Company, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in (x) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (y) the number and kind of shares or other securities already issued under this Plan or subject to any then outstanding options under the Plan, and (z) the Exercise Price for each Share subject to any then outstanding Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate Exercise Price as to which such Options remain exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 7 if such adjustment would cause the Plan to fail to comply with Section 102. If this Section 7 applies and Section 8 also applies to any event, then Section 8 shall be applicable to such event and this Section 7 shall not be applicable.
 
  7.2.   Board Authority to Make Adjustments . Any adjustments under this Section 7 will be made by the Board, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional Shares will be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.
8.   Merger, Consolidation, Asset Sale, Liquidation, etc.
  8.1.   General . Upon the occurrence of an Acquisition Event (as defined below) the Board shall take any one or more of the following actions with respect of the then outstanding Options: (i) provide that such Options shall be assumed, or equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), provided that any such options substituted for the Options shall meet the requirements of Section 102, (ii) upon written notice to the Optionees, provide that all the then unexercised Options will become exercisable in full or in part as of a specified time (the “ Acceleration Time ”) prior to the Acquisition Event and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Event, except to the extent exercised by the Optionees between the Acceleration Time and the consummation of such Acquisition Event, (iii) in the event of an Acquisition Event under the terms of which holders of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Acquisition Event (the “ Acquisition Price ”), make or provide for a cash payment to the Optionees


 

- - 6 - -

      equal to the difference between (A) the Acquisition Price times the number of Ordinary Shares subject to such outstanding vested Options and (B) the aggregate Exercise Price of all such outstanding vested Options in exchange for the termination of vested and unvested Options, or (iv) upon written notice to the Optionees, provide that all the then vested and unvested outstanding Options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Event, and to the extent the vested Options shall have not been exercised prior to the Acquisition Event, all such Options shall become null and void at the consummation of such Acquisition Event.
 
      Notwithstanding the above, the Company, by the Committee, may provide in the Option Agreement itself the action/s to be taken with respect to the outstanding Options at the time of an Acquisition Event from the actions listed above. In such a case, the Board shall not be entitled to take a different action at the Acquisition Event with respect of such Options without the consent of the Optionee.
 
      For the purposes of this Section 8.1, an Option shall be considered assumed or substituted if, following the Acquisition Event, the Option confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share underlying an Option immediately prior to the Acquisition Event, the consideration (whether shares, options, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Acquisition by holders of Ordinary Shares held on the effective date of the Acquisition Event (and if such holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Acquisition Event is not solely ordinary shares (or their equivalent) of the successor company or its affiliates, the Committee may, with the consent of the successor company, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option to be solely ordinary shares (or their equivalent) of the successor company or its affiliates equal in fair market value (as determined by the Committee) to the per share consideration received by holders of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares in the Acquisition Event; and provided further that the Committee may determine, in its discretion, that in lieu of such assumption or substitution of Options for options of the successor company or its affiliates, such Options will be substituted for any other type of asset or property including cash which is fair under the circumstances.
 
      An “ Acquisition Event ” shall mean: (a) any merger, acquisition or consolidation which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, (b) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (c) the complete liquidation of the Company.
 
  8.2.   Substitute Options . The Company may grant Options under the Plan in substitution for options held by employees of another corporation who become Employees of the Company, or an Affiliate, as the result of a merger, acquisition or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or an Affiliate, or as a result of the acquisition by the Company, or one of its subsidiaries, of property or stock of the employing corporation. The Company may direct that substitute options be granted on such terms and conditions as the Board considers appropriate in the circumstances.


 

- - 7 - -

9.   Terms and Conditions of Option Agreements and Purchase Agreements
    All Options and Purchased Shares granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by Option Agreements and Purchase Agreements, respectively. Option Agreements and Purchase Agreements granted pursuant to the Plan shall be in such form and on such terms as the Committee shall, from time to time, approve, but subject, nevertheless, to the following terms and conditions:
  9.1.   The designation of the Securities as Approved 102 Securities (whether CGS or OIS) or Unapproved 102 Securities.
 
  9.2.   The Option or Purchase Agreement shall state the total number of Shares to which it relates and no fractional shares shall be issued.
 
  9.3.   The purchase price or Exercise Price per Share issuable upon execution of the Purchase Agreement or upon the exercise of an Option, as the case may be, shall be such amount as may be determined by the Board or the Committee, and such price shall be set forth in the Purchase Agreement or Option Agreement, as the case may be.
 
  9.4.   With respect to Approved 102 Securities, the Grantee’s express written consent to the Election of the Company, as well as the Grantee’s declaration that he/she has fully understood the terms of the Plan, the tax consequences and implications of Section 102 and the Grantee’s acknowledgment that the actual issuance of the Securities is subject to the approval by the ITA of the Plan.
 
  9.5.   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the term of an Option shall be for a period of not more than ten (10) years from the Date of Grant of such Option.
 
  9.6.   The Option Agreement shall state the time or times at which the Option may be exercised in whole or in part.
 
  9.7.   The Securities granted under the Plan shall not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of and shall not be pledged or otherwise hypothecated, except as provided in this Plan and restrictions against disposition shall lapse and the Grantee’s interest therein shall vest as set forth in the Purchase Agreement or the Option Agreement.
 
  9.8.   All tax liabilities (as may apply from time to time) in connection with the grant and/or exercise of the Options and the issuance of Shares under the Plan or any disposition thereof will be borne by the Grantee, and the Grantee will be solely liable for all such taxes. The Company and/or its Affiliates and/or the Escrow Agent shall withhold taxes according to the requirements under the applicable laws, rules, and regulations, including withholding taxes at source. Furthermore, the Grantee shall indemnify the Company and/or its Affiliates and/or the Escrow Agent and hold them harmless against and from any and all liability for any such tax or interest or penalty thereon, including without limitation, liabilities relating to the necessity to withhold, or to have withheld, any such tax from any payment made to the Grantee.
10.   Limitations on Exercising the Options
 
    The Option Agreement may provide that even if such Option is fully vested in accordance to the Option Agreement, the Optionee shall not be entitled to exercise the Option prior to a certain period of time or the occurrence of certain events as shall be set forth in the Option Agreement.
 
11.   Termination of Employment
 
    Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Option Agreement shall specify the extent to which


 

- - 8 - -

    the Option may be exercised following (i) the termination of the Optionee’s employment or other relationship with the Company or its Affiliates, or (ii) the death or disability of the Optionee. Such periods shall be set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option. Employment shall not be deemed to be terminated because an Optionee is transferred from one of the Company or an Affiliate to another Affiliate or from any Affiliate to the Company.
 
    With respect to Unapproved 102 Securities, if the Grantee ceases to be employed by the Company or any Affiliate, the Grantee shall extend to the Company and/or its Affiliate a security or guarantee for the payment of tax due at the time of sale of Shares, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102.
 
12.   Death
 
    Subject to Section 10 above and to the provisions of Section 102, the Option Agreement may provide that if the Optionee shall die while in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, his estate, personal representative or beneficiary as determined be a competent court shall have the right to exercise the Option granted to the Optionee with respect of the total number of Shares as to which the Optionee would have been entitled to exercise at the date of his death in accordance with Section 102 and under the terms and conditions stated in the Option Agreement.
 
13.   Non Transferability of Options
 
    Options are not assignable or transferable, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution to the extent set forth in Section 12 above. During the Optionee’s lifetime the Options may be exercised only by the Optionee.
 
14.   Exercise of Options
 
    An Optionee electing to exercise an Option shall give written notice to the Company to that effect and subject to other terms and conditions specified in the Option Agreement with such Optionee. Such notice will identify the number and part of Options to be exercised, will be signed by Optionee along with full payment for the Option as specified in Section 16 below. Upon the receipt of the Exercise Price as above mentioned and subject to the fulfillment of other terms and conditions specified in the Option Agreement with such Optionee, the Company shall, with respect to Approved 102 Options, notify the Escrow Agent who shall then act in accordance with Section 2.3 above. The Company shall deliver to the Escrow Agent or the option holder the share certificates for the Exercised Shares.
 
    A Grantee shall have no rights of a shareholder with respect to Exercised Shares or Purchased Shares until the registration of Grantee as holder of such Exercised Shares or Purchased Shares in the Company’s register of shareholders, but in case of Shares held by the Escrow Agent, subject to the provisions of Section 2 above.
 
15.   Written Option and Purchase Agreement
 
    Purchase Agreements and Option Agreements shall be in writing, duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Grantee, and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee deems advisable. In case of any conflict between the terms and conditions of any Option Agreement or Purchase Agreement and those of the Plan, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall take precedence and prevail.


 

- - 9 - -

16.   Payment
 
    The purchase price for the Purchased Shares or Exercise Price for the Exercised Shares, as the case may be, shall be payable in cash or by certified check or, at the discretion of the Board, by paying in cash, at the minimum, the par value of the Shares being acquired or by any other means agreed upon, at the discretion of the Board. Conversion of NIS into foreign currency shall be according to the official rate of exchange on the date of payment.
 
17.   Restrictions on Issuing Shares
 
    The exercise of each Option or issuance of Purchased Shares shall be subject to the condition that if at any time the Company shall determine in its discretion that the satisfaction of withholding tax or other withholding liabilities, or that the listing, registration, or qualification of any shares otherwise deliverable upon such exercise by any securities exchange or under any national, state or federal law, or that the consent or approval of any regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, such exercise or purchase of shares pursuant thereto, then such exercise or issuance of Shares shall not be effective unless such withholding, listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.
 
18.   Restriction on Disposition of Shares
  18.1.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Articles of Association of the Company, none of the Optionees shall have a right of first refusal in relation with any sale, transfer of other disposition of shares of the Company by any shareholder.
 
  18.2.   The limitations on transfer or other disposition of shares contained in the Company’s Articles of Association shall apply to any transfer or other disposition of Shares by any Grantee or the Escrow Agent on such Grantee’s behalf.
 
  18.3.   As long as Shares are held by the Escrow Agent for the benefit of a Grantee, all rights of such Grantee over the Shares are personal, can not be transferred, assigned, pledged or mortgaged, other than by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution.
 
  18.4.   In the event Company’s shares shall be registered for trading on any public market, the Grantee’s right to sell the Shares may be subject to certain limitations (including a lock-up period), as will be requested by the Company or its underwriters.
 
  18.5.   Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if, prior to the closing of an initial public offering of the shares of the Company, all or substantially all of the             shares of the Company are to be sold, or upon an Acquisition Event, all or substantially all of the shares of the Company are to be exchanged for securities of another company, then the Grantee shall be obliged to sell or exchange, as the case may be, all Shares such Grantee purchased under the Plan, in accordance with the instructions then issued by the Board, whose determination shall be final.
19.   Term of Plan
 
    The Plan shall terminate ten (10) years after its adoption by the Board, and no Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after that date.
 
20.   Application of Funds
 
    The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to Purchase


 

- - 10 - -

    Agreements or the exercise of Options granted under the Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.
 
21.   Obligation to Exercise Option
 
    The grant of Option shall impose no obligation on the Optionee to exercise such Option.
 
22.   Continuance of Employment
 
    Neither the Plan nor any Purchase Agreement or Option Agreement shall impose any obligation on the Company or an Affiliate to continue the employment of any Grantee, and nothing in the Plan or in any Option or Purchase Agreement shall confer upon any Grantee any right to continue in the employment of the Company or an Affiliate or conflict with the right of either to terminate such employment at any time.
 
23.   Effectiveness of the Plan
 
    The Plan shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board, but subject, nevertheless, to such approvals as may be required by any public authorities, including but not limited to the Income Tax Authority.
 
    The provisions of this Plan, the Option Agreements and/or the Purchase Agreements shall be subject to the provisions of Section 102 and the Tax Assessing Officer’s permit, and said provisions and permit shall be deemed an integral part of this Plan, the Option Agreement and/or the Purchase Agreement. Any provision of Section 102 and/or the said permit which is necessary in order to receive and/or to keep any tax benefit pursuant to Section 102, which is not expressly specified in this Plan, the Option Agreement or the Purchase Agreement, shall be considered binding upon the Company and the Optionees.
 
24.   Governing Law; Jurisdiction
 
    The Plan, the Option Agreements and the Purchase Agreements shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Israel applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws. The competent courts of Tel-Aviv, Israel shall have sole jurisdiction in any matters pertaining to the Plan.
*******

 

 

Exhibit 10.18
VOLTAIRE LTD.
2007 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
     Voltaire Ltd., an Israeli corporation (the “ Company ”), has adopted the Voltaire Ltd. 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the benefit of non-employee directors of the Company, officers and eligible employees and consultants of the Company and any Subsidiaries and Affiliates (as each term is defined below), as follows:
ARTICLE I.
ESTABLISHMENT; PURPOSES; AND DURATION
     1.1. Establishment of the Plan . The Company hereby establishes this incentive compensation plan to be known as the “Voltaire Ltd. 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan,” as set forth in this document. The Plan permits the grant of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, Performance Shares, Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors (as defined below) on June 20, 2007. The Plan shall become effective immediately prior to the effective date of the initial public offering of the Shares pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act (the “ Effective Date ”), provided that the Plan is approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares which are present and voted at a meeting, which approval must occur within the period ending twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. The effectiveness of any Awards granted prior to such shareholder approval shall be specifically subject to and conditioned upon, and no Award shall be vested or exercisable until, such shareholder approval. If the Plan is not so approved by the Company’s shareholders or the Company’s initial public offering of Shares does not occur prior to December 31, 2007, the Plan shall not become effective, and shall terminate immediately, and any Awards previously granted shall thereupon be automatically canceled and deemed to have been null and void ab initio . The Plan shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3.
     1.2. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of the Plan are to provide additional incentives to non-employee directors of the Company and to those officers, employees and consultants of the Company, Subsidiaries and Affiliates whose substantial contributions are essential to the continued growth and success of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries and Affiliates, in order to strengthen their commitment to the Company and the Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and to attract and retain competent and dedicated individuals whose efforts will result in the long-term growth and profitability of the Company and to further align the interests of such non-employee directors, officers, employees and consultants with the interests of the shareholders of the Company. To accomplish such purposes, the Plan provides that the Company may grant Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, Performance Shares, Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.
     1.3. Duration of the Plan . The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date, as described in Section 1.1, and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board of Directors to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Article XV, until all Shares subject to it shall have been delivered, and any restrictions on such Shares have lapsed, pursuant to the Plan’s

 


 

provisions. However, in no event may an Award be granted under the Plan on or after ten years from the Effective Date.
ARTICLE II.
DEFINITIONS
     Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below, and when the meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word shall be capitalized:
     2.1. “ Affiliate ” means any entity other than the Company and any Subsidiary that is affiliated with the Company through stock or equity ownership or otherwise and is designated as an Affiliate for purposes of the Plan by the Committee.
     2.2. “ Assumed ” means that pursuant to a transaction resulting in a Change of Control, either (a) the Award is expressly affirmed by the Company or (b) the contractual obligations represented by the Award are expressly assumed (and not simply by operation of law) by the surviving or successor corporation or entity to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of either thereof, or any other corporation or entity that is a party to the transaction resulting in the Change of Control, in connection with such Change of Control, with appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of securities of such surviving or successor corporation or entity, or such other applicable parent, subsidiary, corporation or entity, subject to the Award and the exercise or purchase price thereof, which preserves the compensation element of the Award existing at the time of such Change of Control transaction, and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same (or more favorable) payment and vesting schedule applicable to such Award, as determined in accordance with the instruments evidencing the agreement to assume the Award. The determination of Award comparability for this purpose shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
     2.3. “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Cash-Based Awards, and Other Stock-Based Awards.
     2.4. “ Award Agreement ” means either: (a) a written agreement entered into by the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan, or (b) a written or electronic statement issued by the Company to a Participant describing the terms and provisions of such Award, including any amendment or modification thereof. The Committee may provide for the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper Award Agreements, and the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper means for the acceptance thereof and actions thereunder by a Participant.
     2.5. “ Beneficial Ownership ” (including correlative terms) shall have the meaning given such term in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
     2.6. “ Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2.7. “ Cash-Based Award ” means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article IX.

 


 

     2.8. “ Cause ” shall have the definition given such term in a Participant’s Award Agreement, or in the absence of any such definition, as determined in good faith by the Committee.
     2.9. “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:
          (a) an acquisition in one transaction or a series of related transactions (other than directly from the Company or pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan or compensatory options or other similar awards granted by the Company) by any Person of any Voting Securities of the Company, immediately after which such Person has Beneficial Ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities; provided , however , that in determining whether a Change of Control has occurred pursuant to this Section 2.9(a), Voting Securities of the Company which are acquired in a Non-Control Acquisition shall not constitute an acquisition that would cause a Change of Control; or
          (b) the consummation of any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization involving the Company unless:
     (i) the shareholders of the Company, immediately before such merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization, own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Securities of the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation or reorganization (the “ Company Surviving Corporation ”) in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities of the Company immediately before such merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization; and
     (ii) the individuals who were members of the Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company Surviving Corporation, or a corporation Beneficially Owning, directly or indirectly, a majority of the voting securities of the Company Surviving Corporation, and
     (iii) no Person, other than (A) the Company, (B) any Related Entity, (C) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) that, immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization, was maintained by the Company, the Company Surviving Corporation, or any Related Entity or (D) any Person who, together with its Affiliates, immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization had Beneficial Ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company, owns, together with its Affiliates, Beneficial Ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company Surviving Corporation’s then outstanding Voting Securities
(a transaction described in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(iii) above is referred to herein as a “ Non-Control Transaction ”); or
          (c) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the

 


 

Company to any Person (other than (A) a transfer or distribution to a Related Entity, or (B) a transfer or distribution to the Company’s shareholders of the stock of a Related Entity or any other assets).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the “ Subject Person ”) acquired Beneficial Ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities of the Company by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities of the Company then outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Persons, provided that if a Change of Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company and (1) before such share acquisition by the Company the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any new or additional Voting Securities of the Company in a related transaction or (2) after such share acquisition by the Company the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any new or additional Voting Securities of the Company which in either case increases the percentage of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, then a Change of Control shall be deemed to occur.
Solely for purposes of this Section 2.9, (1) “ Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, and (2) “ control ” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise. Any Relative (for this purpose, “ Relative ” means a spouse, child, parent, parent of spouse, sibling or grandchild) of an individual shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such individual for this purpose. None of the Company or any Person controlled by the Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any holder of Shares.
     2.10. “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or a subcommittee thereof, or such other committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan.
     2.11. “ Company Surviving Corporation ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.9(b)(i).
     2.12. “ Consultant ” means an independent contractor who performs services for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate in a capacity other than as an Employee or Director.
     2.13. “ Director ” means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2.14. “ Dividend Equivalents ” means the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends that would otherwise be paid on the Shares subject to an Award but that have not been issued or delivered, as described in Article XI.
     2.15. “ Effective Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.1.

 


 

     2.16. “ Employee ” means any person designated as an employee of the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate on the payroll records thereof. An Employee shall not include any individual during any period he or she is classified or treated by the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate as an independent contractor, a consultant, or any employee of an employment, consulting, or temporary agency or any other entity other than the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate without regard to whether such individual is subsequently determined to have been, or is subsequently retroactively reclassified as a common-law employee of the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate during such period. As further provided in Section 18.4, for purposes of the Plan, upon approval by the Committee, the term Employee may also include Employees whose employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate has been terminated subsequent to being granted an Award under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, a Director who would otherwise be an “Employee” within the meaning of this Section 2.16 shall be considered an Employee for purposes of the Plan.
     2.17. “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and successor provisions and rules and regulations thereto.
     2.18. “ Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Committee by the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method, consistently applied, as the Committee deems appropriate.
     2.19. “ Fiscal Year ” means the calendar year, or such other consecutive twelve-month period as the Committee may select.
     2.20. “ Freestanding SAR ” means an SAR that is granted independently of any Options, as described in Article VII.
     2.21. “ Good Reason ” shall have the definition given such term in a Participant’s Award Agreement, or in the absence of any such definition, as determined in good faith by the Committee.
     2.22. “ Grant Price ” means the price established at the time of grant of an SAR pursuant to Article VII, used to determine whether there is any payment due upon exercise of the SAR.
     2.23. “ Insider ” means an individual who is, on the relevant date, an officer, director or ten percent (10%) Beneficial Owner of any class of the Company’s equity securities that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
     2.24. “ Non-Control Acquisition ” means an acquisition (whether by merger, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise) by (a) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (i) the Company or (ii) any corporation or other Person of which fifty percent (50%) or more of its total value or total voting power of its Voting Securities or equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company (a “ Related Entity ”); (b) the Company or any Related Entity; (c) any Person in connection with a Non-Control Transaction; or (d) any Person that owns, together with its Affiliates, Beneficial Ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding Voting Securities of the Company on the Effective Date.

 


 

     2.25. “ Non-Control Transaction ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.9(b).
     2.26. “ Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.
     2.27. “ Notice ” means notice provided by a Participant to the Company in a manner prescribed by the Committee.
     2.28. “ Option ” or “ Stock Option ” means a Stock Option, as described in Article VI.
     2.29. “ Option Price ” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option.
     2.30. “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means an equity-based or equity-related Award described in Section 10.1, granted in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Article X.
     2.31. “ Participant ” means any eligible individual as set forth in Article V who holds one or more outstanding Awards.
     2.32. “ Performance Period ” means the period of time during which the performance goals must be met in order to determine the degree of payout and/or vesting with respect to, or the amount or entitlement to, an Award.
     2.33. “ Performance Share ” means an Award of a performance share granted to a Participant, as described in Article IX.
     2.34. “ Performance Unit ” means an Award of a performance unit granted to a Participant, as described in Article IX.
     2.35. “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and, in the case of Restricted Stock, the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is limited in some way, as provided in Article VIII.
     2.36. “ Person ” means “person” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, including any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity or any group of persons.
     2.37. “ Prior Option Plans ” means the Voltaire Ltd. 2003 Section 102 Stock Option/Stock Purchase Plan, the 2001 Section 102 Stock Option/Stock Purchase Plan and the 2001 Stock Option Plan.
     2.38. “ Replaced ” means that pursuant to a transaction resulting in a Change of Control, the Award is replaced with a comparable stock award or a cash incentive program by the Company, the surviving or successor corporation or entity to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of either thereof, or any other corporation or entity that is a party to the transaction resulting in the Change of Control, in connection with such Change of Control, which preserves

 


 

the compensation element of the Award existing at the time of such Change of Control transaction, and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same (or more favorable) payment and vesting schedule applicable to such Award, as determined in accordance with the instruments evidencing the agreement to assume the Award. The determination of Award comparability for this purpose shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
     2.39. “ Restricted Stock ” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article VIII.
     2.40. “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means an Award, whose value is equal to a Share, granted to a Participant pursuant to Article VIII.
     2.41. “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     2.42. “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as it may be amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and successor provisions and rules and regulations thereto.
     2.43. “ Share ” means an Ordinary Share, par value NIS0.01 per share, of the Company (including any new, additional or different stock or securities resulting from any change in corporate capitalization as listed in Section 4.2).
     2.44. “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an Award, granted alone (a “ Freestanding SAR ”) or in connection with a related Option (a “ Tandem SAR ”), designated as an SAR, pursuant to the terms of Article VII.
     2.45. “ Subject Person ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.9.
     2.46. “ Subsidiary ” means any present or future corporation which is or would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as determined by the Committee.
     2.47. “ Substitute Awards ” means Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, options or other awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to grant future options or other awards, by a company acquired by the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate or with which the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate combines, or otherwise in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization involving the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.
     2.48. “ Tandem SAR ” means an SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option pursuant to Article VII.
     2.49. “ Termination ” means the time when a Participant ceases the performance of services for the Company, any Affiliate or Subsidiary, as applicable, for any reason, with or without Cause, including a Termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability or Retirement, but excluding (a) a Termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment (or commencement of service) or continuing employment (or service) of a Participant by the

 


 

Company, Affiliate or any Subsidiary, (b) at the discretion of the Committee, a Termination that results in a temporary severance, and (c) at the discretion of the Committee, a Termination of an Employee that is immediately followed by the Participant’s service as a Non-Employee Director.
     2.50. “ Voting Securities ” shall mean, with respect to any Person that is a corporation, all outstanding voting securities of such Person entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
ARTICLE III.
ADMINISTRATION
     3.1. General . The Committee shall have exclusive authority to operate, manage and administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and conditions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights, duties and responsibilities of the Committee under the Plan, including establishing procedures to be followed by the Committee, but excluding matters which under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including any exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3), are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. If and to the extent that the Committee does not exist or cannot function, the Board may take any action under the Plan that would otherwise be the responsibility of the Committee, subject to the limitations set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.
     3.2. Committee . The members of the Committee shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of, the Board of Directors.
     3.3. Authority of the Committee . The Committee shall have full discretionary authority to grant or, when so restricted by applicable law, recommend the Board to grant, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, Awards to those individuals who are eligible to receive Awards under the Plan. Except as limited by law or by the Articles of Association of the Company, and subject to the provisions herein, the Committee shall have full power, in accordance with the other terms and provisions of the Plan, to:
          (a) select Employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants who may receive Awards under the Plan and become Participants;
          (b) determine eligibility for participation in the Plan and decide all questions concerning eligibility for, and the amount of, Awards under the Plan;
          (c) determine the sizes and types of Awards;
          (d) determine the terms and conditions of Awards, including the Option Prices of Options and the Grant Prices of SARs;
          (e) grant Awards as an alternative to, or as the form of payment for grants or rights earned or payable under, other bonus or compensation plans, arrangements or policies of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate;

 


 

          (f) grant Substitute Awards on such terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe;
          (g) make all determinations under the Plan concerning Termination of any Participant’s employment or service with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, including whether such Termination occurs by reason of Cause, Good Reason, disability, retirement or in connection with a Change of Control and whether a leave constitutes a Termination;
          (h) construe and interpret the Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the Plan, including any Award Agreement;
          (i) establish and administer any terms, conditions, restrictions, limitations, forfeiture, vesting or exercise schedule, and other provisions of or relating to any Award;
          (j) establish and administer any performance goals in connection with any Awards, including performance criteria and applicable Performance Periods, determine the extent to which any performance goals and/or other terms and conditions of an Award are attained or are not attained;
          (k) construe any ambiguous provisions, correct any defects, supply any omissions and reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan and/or any Award Agreement or any other instrument relating to any Awards;
          (l) establish, adopt, amend, waive and/or rescind rules, regulations, procedures, guidelines, forms and/or instruments for the Plan’s operation or administration;
          (m) make all valuation determinations relating to Awards and the payment or settlement thereof;
          (n) grant waivers of terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations under the Plan or applicable to any Award, or accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any Award;
          (o) subject to the provisions of Article XV, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award and/or adjust the number and/or class of shares of stock subject to any outstanding Award;
          (p) at any time and from time to time after the granting of an Award, specify such additional terms, conditions and restrictions with respect to such Award as may be deemed necessary or appropriate to ensure compliance with any and all applicable laws or rules, including terms, restrictions and conditions for compliance with applicable securities laws or listing rules, methods of withholding or providing for the payment of required taxes and restrictions regarding a Participant’s ability to exercise Options through a cashless (broker-assisted) exercise;
          (q) offer to buy out an Award previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish with and communicate to the Participant at the time such offer is made;

 


 

          (r) determine whether, and to what extent and under what circumstances Awards may be settled in cash, Shares or other property or canceled or suspended; and
          (s) exercise all such other authorities, take all such other actions and make all such other determinations as it deems necessary or advisable for the proper operation and/or administration of the Plan.
     3.4. Award Agreements . The Committee shall, subject to applicable laws and rules, determine the date an Award is granted. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement; however , two or more Awards granted to a single Participant may be combined in a single Award Agreement. An Award Agreement shall not be a precondition to the granting of an Award; provided , however , that (a) the Committee may, but need not, require as a condition to any Award Agreement’s effectiveness, that such Award Agreement be executed on behalf of the Company and/or by the Participant to whom the Award evidenced thereby shall have been granted (including by electronic signature or other electronic indication of acceptance), and such executed Award Agreement be delivered to the Company, and (b) no person shall have any rights under any Award unless and until the Participant to whom such Award shall have been granted has complied with the applicable terms and conditions of the Award. The Committee shall prescribe the form of all Award Agreements, and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, shall determine the content of all Award Agreements. Any Award Agreement may be supplemented or amended in writing from time to time as approved by the Committee; provided that the terms and conditions of any such Award Agreement as supplemented or amended are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan. In the event of any dispute or discrepancy concerning the terms of an Award, the records of the Committee or its designee shall be determinative.
     3.5. Discretionary Authority; Decisions Binding . The Committee shall have full discretionary authority in all matters related to the discharge of its responsibilities and the exercise of its authority under the Plan. All determinations, decisions, actions and interpretations by the Committee with respect to the Plan and any Award Agreement, and all related orders and resolutions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Participants, the Company and its shareholders, any Subsidiary or Affiliate and all persons having or claiming to have any right or interest in or under the Plan and/or any Award Agreement. The Committee shall consider such factors as it deems relevant to making or taking such decisions, determinations, actions and interpretations, including the recommendations or advice of any Director or officer or employee of the Company, any director, officer or employee of a Subsidiary or Affiliate and such attorneys, consultants and accountants as the Committee may select. A Participant or other holder of an Award may contest a decision or action by the Committee with respect to such person or Award only on the grounds that such decision or action was arbitrary or capricious or was unlawful, and any review of such decision or action shall be limited to determining whether the Committee’s decision or action was arbitrary or capricious or was unlawful.
     3.6. Attorneys; Consultants . The Committee may consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company. The Committee may, with the approval of the Board, employ such other attorneys and/or consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers, agents and other persons, any of whom may be an Employee, as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate. The

 


 

Committee, the Company and its officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons. The Committee shall not incur any liability for any action taken in good faith in reliance upon the advice of such counsel or other persons.
     3.7. Delegation of Administration . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, including any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3), or the applicable rules of a stock exchange, the Committee may, in its discretion, allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers under this Article III to any one or more of its members and/or delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers under this Article III to any person or persons selected by it; provided , however , that the Committee may not delegate its authority to correct defects, omissions or inconsistencies in the Plan. Any such authority delegated or allocated by the Committee under this Section 3.7 shall be exercised in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and any rules, regulations or administrative guidelines that may from time to time be established by the Committee, and any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time.
ARTICLE IV.
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
     4.1. Number of Shares Available for Grants . The shares of stock subject to Awards granted under the Plan shall be Shares. Such Shares subject to the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or previously issued shares acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the total number of Shares that may be delivered pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be (x) 295,163 Shares, representing all Shares remaining available for issuance and not subject to outstanding awards under the Prior Option Plans on the June 20, 2007 (as may be increased by no more than 3,474,188 Shares subject to outstanding awards under the Prior Option Plans on June 20, 2007 that are subsequently forfeited or terminate for any other reason before being exercised) and (y) an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year during the term of the Plan, beginning January 1, 2008, in each case in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1,500,000 Shares, (ii) 4% of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding year, or (iii) an amount determined by the Board. If (a) any Shares are subject to an Option, SAR, or other Award which for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled without having been fully exercised or satisfied, or are subject to any Restricted Stock Award (including any Shares subject to a Participant’s Restricted Stock Award that are repurchased by the Company at the Participant’s cost), Restricted Stock Unit Award or other Award granted under the Plan which are forfeited, or (b) any Award based on Shares is settled for cash, expires or otherwise terminates without the issuance of such Shares, the Shares subject to such Award shall, to the extent of any such expiration, termination, cancellation, forfeiture or cash settlement, be available for delivery in connection with future Awards under the Plan. Any Shares delivered under the Plan upon exercise or satisfaction of Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares available for delivery under the Plan.
     4.2. Adjustments in Authorized Shares . In the event of any reclassification, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (other than if resulting in a Change of Control), reorganization, stock dividend or other distribution in securities of the Company, stock split or reverse stock split, combination or exchange of shares, repurchase of shares, or other like change

 


 

in corporate structure, that proportionally apply to all shares of the Company, the Committee, shall substitute or adjust, as applicable, the number, class and kind of securities which may be delivered under Section 4.1; the number, class and kind, and/or price (such as the Option Price of Options or the Grant Price of SARs) of securities subject to outstanding Awards; and other value determinations applicable to outstanding Awards, as determined by the Committee, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan; provided , however , that the number of Shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. The Committee, shall also make appropriate adjustments and modifications, as determined by the Committee, in the terms of any outstanding Awards to reflect or related to any such events, adjustments, substitutions or changes, including modifications of performance goals and changes in the length of Performance Periods. All determinations of the Committee as to adjustments or changes, if any, under this Section 4.2 shall be conclusive and binding on the Participants.
     4.3. No Limitation on Corporate Actions . The existence of the Plan and any Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in its capital structure or business structure, any merger or consolidation, any issuance of debt, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Shares, additional shares of capital stock or other securities or subscription rights thereto, any dissolution or liquidation, any sale or transfer of all or part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding.
ARTICLE V.
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
     5.1. Eligibility . Employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants shall be eligible to become Participants and receive Awards in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.
     5.2. Actual Participation . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select Participants from all eligible Employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award.
ARTICLE VI.
STOCK OPTIONS
     6.1. Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to Participants in such number, and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee may grant an Option or provide for the grant of an Option, either from time to time in the discretion of the Committee or automatically upon the occurrence of specified events, including the achievement of performance goals, the satisfaction of an event or condition within the control of the recipient of the Option or within the control of others. The granting of an Option shall take place when the Committee by resolution, written consent or other appropriate action determines to grant such Option for a particular number of Shares to a particular Participant at a particular Option Price.

 


 

     6.2. Award Agreement . Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Option Price, the maximum duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, the conditions upon which the Option shall become exercisable and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine, which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.
     6.3. Option Price . The Option Price for each Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that Substitute Awards or Awards granted in connection with an adjustment provided for in Section 4.2, in the form of stock options, shall have an Option Price per Share that is intended to maintain the economic value of the Award that was replaced or adjusted, as determined by the Committee.
     6.4. Duration of Options . Each Option granted to a Participant shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided , however , that no Option shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of its date of grant.
     6.5. Exercise of Options . Options shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance determine and set forth in the Award Agreement, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Option or Participant.
     6.6. Payment . Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, in a form specified or accepted by the Committee, or by complying with any alternative exercise procedures that may be authorized by the Committee, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for such Shares, which shall include applicable taxes, if any, in accordance with Article XVI. The Option Price upon exercise of any Option shall be payable to the Company in full either: (a) in cash or its equivalent; (b) subject to such terms, conditions and limitations as the Committee may prescribe, by tendering (either by actual delivery or attestation) unencumbered Shares previously acquired by the Participant exercising such Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Price, (c) by a combination of (a) and (b); or (d) by any other method approved or accepted by the Committee in its sole discretion, including, if the Committee so determines, (x) a cashless (broker-assisted) exercise that complies with all applicable laws or (y) withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant pursuant to the Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Price. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, as soon as practicable after receipt of a written notification of exercise and full payment in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 6.6, the Company shall deliver to the Participant exercising an Option, in the Participant’s name, evidence of book entry Shares, or, upon the Participant’s request, Share certificates, in an appropriate amount based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option, subject to Section 18.10.
     6.7. Rights as a Shareholder . No Participant or other person shall become the beneficial owner of any Shares subject to an Option, nor have any rights to dividends or other rights of a shareholder with respect to any such Shares, until the Participant has actually received

 


 

such Shares following exercise of his or her Option in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.
     6.8. Termination of Employment or Service . Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, an Option may be exercised only to the extent that it is then exercisable, and if at all times during the period beginning with the date of granting of such Option and ending on the date of exercise of such Option the Participant is an Employee or Non-Employee Director, and shall terminate immediately upon a Termination of the Participant. An Option shall cease to become exercisable upon a Termination of the holder thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.8 to the contrary, the Committee may determine in its discretion that an Option may be exercised following any such Termination, whether or not exercisable at the time of such Termination; provided , however , that in no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration date of such Option specified in the applicable Award Agreement, except as determined by the Committee.
ARTICLE VII.
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
     7.1. Grant of SARs . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee may grant an SAR (a) in connection and simultaneously with the grant of an Option (a Tandem SAR) or (b) independent of, and unrelated to, an Option (a Freestanding SAR). The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Shares to which an SAR pertains (subject to Article IV) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to any SAR.
     7.2. Grant Price . The Grant Price for each SAR shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, subject to the limitations of this Section 7.2. The Grant Price for each Freestanding SAR shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date such Freestanding SAR is granted, except in the case of Substitute Awards or Awards granted in connection with an adjustment provided for in Section 4.2. The Grant Price of a Tandem SAR shall be equal to the Option Price of the related Option.
     7.3. Exercise of Tandem SARs . Tandem SARs may be exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option. A Tandem SAR shall be exercisable only when and to the extent the related Option is exercisable and may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which the related Option is then exercisable. A Tandem SAR shall entitle a Participant to elect, in the manner set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, in lieu of exercising his or her unexercised related Option for all or a portion of the Shares for which such Option is then exercisable pursuant to its terms, to surrender such Option to the Company with respect to any or all of such Shares and to receive from the Company in exchange therefor a payment described in Section 7.7. An Option with respect to which a Participant has elected to exercise a Tandem SAR shall, to the extent of the Shares covered by such exercise, be canceled automatically and surrendered to the Company. Such Option shall thereafter remain exercisable according to its

 


 

terms only with respect to the number of Shares as to which it would otherwise be exercisable, less the number of Shares with respect to which such Tandem SAR has been so exercised.
     7.4. Exercise of Freestanding SARs . Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the Plan, determines and sets forth in the Award Agreement.
     7.5. Award Agreement . Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains, the Grant Price, the term of the SAR, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in accordance with the Plan.
     7.6. Term of SARs . The term of an SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the term of any Tandem SAR shall be the same as the related Option and no SAR shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after it is granted.
     7.7. Payment of SAR Amount . An election to exercise SARs shall be deemed to have been made on the date of Notice of such election to the Company. Upon exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:
          (a) The excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the Grant Price of the SAR; by
          (b) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.7 to the contrary, the Committee may establish and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement a maximum amount per Share that will be payable upon the exercise of an SAR. At the discretion of the Committee, such payment upon exercise of an SAR shall be in cash, in Shares of equivalent Fair Market Value, or in some combination thereof.
     7.8. Rights as a Shareholder . A Participant receiving an SAR shall have the rights of a Shareholder only as to Shares, if any, actually issued to such Participant upon satisfaction or achievement of the terms and conditions of the Award, and in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, and not with respect to Shares to which such Award relates but which are not actually issued to such Participant.
     7.9. Termination of Employment or Service . Each SAR Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the SAR following such Participant’s Termination, if at all, subject to Section 6.8, as applicable to any Tandem SAR. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all SARs issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for Termination.

 


 

ARTICLE VIII.
RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
     8.1. Awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units to Participants in such amounts as the Committee shall determine. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article VIII and the Award Agreement, upon delivery of Shares of Restricted Stock to a Participant, or creation of a book entry evidencing a Participant’s ownership of Shares of Restricted Stock, pursuant to Section 8.6, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, subject to the terms and restrictions set forth in this Article VIII or the applicable Award Agreement or as determined by the Committee. Restricted Stock Units shall be similar to Restricted Stock, except no Shares are actually awarded to a Participant who is granted Restricted Stock Units on the date of grant, and such Participant shall have no rights of a shareholder with respect to such Restricted Stock Units.
     8.2. Award Agreement . Each Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock or the number of Restricted Stock Units granted, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine in accordance with the Plan. Any Restricted Stock Award must be accepted by the Participant within a period of ninety (90) days (or such shorter period as determined by the Committee at the time of award) after the award date, by executing such Restricted Stock Award Agreement and providing the Committee or its designee a copy of such executed Award Agreement and payment of the applicable purchase price of such Shares of Restricted Stock, if any, as determined by the Committee.
     8.3. Nontransferability of Restricted Stock . Except as provided in this Article VIII, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered, alienated, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction established by the Committee and specified in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
     8.4. Period of Restriction and Other Restrictions . The Period of Restriction shall lapse based on continuing service as a Non-Employee Director or Consultant or continuing employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, the achievement of performance goals, the satisfaction of other conditions or restrictions or upon the occurrence of other events, in each case, as determined by the Committee, at its discretion, and stated in the Award Agreement.
     8.5. Delivery of Shares, Payment of Restricted Stock Units . Subject to Section 18.10, after the last day of the Period of Restriction applicable to a Participant’s Shares of Restricted Stock, and after all conditions and restrictions applicable to such Shares of Restricted Stock have been satisfied or lapse (including satisfaction of any applicable withholding tax obligations), pursuant to the applicable Award Agreement, such Shares of Restricted Stock shall become freely transferable by such Participant. After the last day of the Period of Restriction applicable to a Participant’s Restricted Stock Units, and after all conditions and restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock Units have been satisfied or lapse (including satisfaction of any applicable

 


 

withholding tax obligations), pursuant to the applicable Award Agreement, such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled by delivery of Shares, a cash payment determined by reference to the then-current Fair Market Value of Shares or a combination of Shares and such cash payment as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine, either by the terms of the Award Agreement or otherwise.
     8.6. Forms of Restricted Stock Awards . Each Participant who receives an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued a stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares covered by such Award registered in the name of such Participant, which certificate or certificates may contain an appropriate legend. The Committee may require a Participant who receives a certificate or certificates evidencing a Restricted Stock Award to immediately deposit such certificate or certificates, together with a stock power or other appropriate instrument of transfer, endorsed in blank by the Participant, with signatures guaranteed in accordance with the Exchange Act if required by the Committee, with the Secretary of the Company or an escrow holder as provided in the immediately following sentence. The Secretary of the Company or such escrow holder as the Committee may appoint shall retain physical custody of each certificate representing a Restricted Stock Award until the Period of Restriction and any other restrictions imposed by the Committee or under the Award Agreement with respect to the Shares evidenced by such certificate expire or shall have been removed. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, the Committee may, in its discretion, provide that a Participant’s ownership of Shares of Restricted Stock prior to the lapse of the Period of Restriction or any other applicable restrictions shall, in lieu of such certificates, be evidenced by a “book entry” ( i.e. , a computerized or manual entry) in the records of the Company or its designated agent in the name of the Participant who has received such Award. Such records of the Company or such agent shall, absent manifest error, be binding on all Participants who receive Restricted Stock Awards evidenced in such manner. The holding of Shares of Restricted Stock by the Company or such an escrow holder, or the use of book entries to evidence the ownership of Shares of Restricted Stock, in accordance with this Section 8.6, shall not affect the rights of Participants as owners of the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded to them, nor affect the restrictions applicable to such shares under the Award Agreement or the Plan, including the Period of Restriction.
     8.7. Voting Rights . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in a Participant’s Award Agreement, to the extent permitted or required by law, as determined by the Committee, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock may be granted the right to exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares during the Period of Restriction. A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units.
     8.8. Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock shall be credited with any cash dividends paid with respect to such Shares while they are so held, unless determined otherwise by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Committee may apply any restrictions to such dividends that the Committee deems appropriate. Except as set forth in the Award Agreement, in the event of (a) any adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, or (b) any shares or securities are received as a dividend, or an extraordinary dividend is paid in cash, on Shares of Restricted Stock, any new or additional Shares or securities or any extraordinary dividends paid in cash received by a recipient of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the same terms and conditions, including the Period of Restriction, as relate to the original Shares of Restricted Stock.

 


 

     8.9. Termination of Employment or Service . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8.9, during the Period of Restriction, any Restricted Stock Units and/or Shares of Restricted Stock held by a Participant shall be forfeited and revert to the Company (or, if Shares of Restricted Sock were sold to the Participant, the Participant shall be required to resell such Shares to the Company at cost) upon the Participant’s Termination or the failure to meet or satisfy any applicable performance goals or other terms, conditions and restrictions to the extent set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Each applicable Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which, if any, the Participant shall have the right to retain Restricted Stock Units and/or Shares of Restricted Stock following such Participant’s Termination. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the applicable Award Agreement, need not be uniform among all such Awards issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for, or circumstances of, such Termination.
ARTICLE IX.
PERFORMANCE UNITS, PERFORMANCE SHARES, AND CASH-BASED AWARDS
     9.1. Grant of Performance Units, Performance Shares and Cash-Based Awards . Subject to the terms of the Plan, Performance Units, Performance Shares, and/or Cash-Based Awards may be granted to Participants in such amounts and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee, in accordance with the Plan. A Performance Unit, Performance Share or Cash-Based Award entitles the Participant who receives such Award to receive Shares or cash upon the attainment of performance goals and/or satisfaction of other terms and conditions determined by the Committee when the Award is granted and set forth in the Award Agreement. Such entitlements of a Participant with respect to his or her outstanding Performance Unit, Performance Share or Cash-Based Award shall be reflected by a bookkeeping entry in the records of the Company, unless otherwise provided by the Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of such Awards shall be consistent with the Plan and set forth in the Award Agreement and need not be uniform among all such Awards or all Participants receiving such Awards.
     9.2. Value of Performance Units, Performance Shares and Cash-Based Awards . Each Performance Unit shall have an initial value that is established by the Committee at the time of grant. Each Performance Share shall have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Each Cash-Based Award shall have a value as shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall set performance goals in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or value of Performance Units and Performance Shares and Cash-Based Awards that will be paid out to the Participant.
     9.3. Earning of Performance Units, Performance Shares and Cash-Based Awards . Subject to the terms of the Plan, after the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units, Performance Shares or Cash-Based Awards shall be entitled to receive payment on the number and value of Performance Units, Performance Shares or Cash-Based Awards earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance goals and/or other terms and conditions have been achieved or satisfied. The Committee shall determine the extent to which any such pre-established performance goals and/or other terms and conditions of a Performance Unit,

 


 

Performance Share or Cash-Based Award are attained or not attained following conclusion of the applicable Performance Period. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive any such performance goals and/or other terms and conditions relating to any such Award.
     9.4. Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units, Performance Shares and Cash-Based Awards . Payment of earned Performance Units, Performance Shares and Cash-Based Awards shall be as determined by the Committee and as set forth in the Award Agreement. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units, Performance Shares and Cash-Based Awards in the form of cash or in Shares (or in a combination thereof) which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units, Performance Shares or Cash-Based Awards as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period and following the Committee’s determination of actual performance against the performance goals and/or other terms and conditions established by the Committee. Such Shares may be granted subject to any restrictions imposed by the Committee, including pursuant to Section 18.10. The determination of the Committee with respect to the form of payment of such Awards shall be set forth in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the Award.
     9.5. Rights as a Shareholder . A Participant receiving a Performance Unit, Performance Share or Cash-Based Award shall have the rights of a shareholder only as to Shares, if any, actually received by the Participant upon satisfaction or achievement of the terms and conditions of such Award and not with respect to Shares subject to the Award but not actually issued to such Participant.
     9.6. Termination of Employment or Service . Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to retain Performance Units, Performance Shares and/or Cash-Based Award following such Participant’s Termination, if at all. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the applicable Award Agreement, need not be uniform among all such Awards issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for Termination.
ARTICLE X.
OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS
     10.1. Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee may grant types of equity-based or equity-related Awards not otherwise described by the terms of the Plan (including the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted Shares), in such amounts (subject to Article IV) and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine. Such Other Stock-Based Awards may involve the transfer of actual Shares to Participants, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of Shares and may include Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions in which the Participants are located.
     10.2. Value of Other Stock-Based Awards . Each Other Stock-Based Award shall be expressed in terms of Shares or units based on Shares, as determined by the Committee. The Committee may establish performance goals in its discretion, and any such performance goals shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If the Committee exercises its discretion to

 


 

establish performance goals, the number and/or value of Other Stock-Based Awards that will be paid out to the Participant will depend on the extent to which such performance goals are met.
     10.3. Payment of Other Stock-Based Awards . Payment, if any, with respect to an Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award, as set forth in the Award Agreement, in cash or Shares as the Committee determines.
     10.4. Termination of Employment or Service . The Committee shall determine the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive Other Stock-Based Awards following the Participant’s Termination, if at all. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, such provisions may be included in the applicable Award Agreement, but need not be uniform among all Other Stock-Based Awards issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for Termination.
ARTICLE XI.
DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS
     11.1. Dividend Equivalents . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, no adjustment shall be made in the Shares issuable or taken into account under Awards on account of cash dividends that may be paid or other rights that may be issued to the holders of Shares prior to issuance of such Shares under such Award. The Committee may grant Dividend Equivalents based on the dividends declared on Shares that are subject to any Award, including any Award the payment or settlement of which is deferred pursuant to Section 18.6. Dividend Equivalents may be credited as of the dividend payment dates, during the period between the date the Award is granted and the date the Award becomes payable or terminates or expires. Dividend Equivalents may be subject to any limitations and/or restrictions determined by the Committee. Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional Shares by such formula and at such time, and shall be paid at such times, as may be determined by the Committee.
ARTICLE XII.
TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS; BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
     12.1. All Other Awards . Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.5 or Section 12.3 or a Participant’s Award Agreement or otherwise determined at any time by the Committee, no Award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided that the Committee may permit further transferability, on a general or a specific basis, and may impose conditions and limitations on any permitted transferability, subject to any applicable Period of Restriction. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement or otherwise determined at any time by the Committee, or unless the Committee decides to permit further transferability, subject any applicable Period of Restriction, all Awards granted to a Participant under the Plan, and all rights with respect to such Awards, shall be exercisable or available during his or her lifetime only by or to such Participant. With respect to those Awards, if any, that are permitted to be transferred to another individual, references in the Plan to exercise or payment related to such Awards by or to the Participant shall be deemed to include, as

 


 

determined by the Committee, the Participant’s permitted transferee. In the event any Award is exercised by or otherwise paid to the executors, administrators, heirs or distributees of the estate of a deceased Participant, or such a Participant’s beneficiary, or the transferee of an Award, in any such case, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Agreement and in accordance with such terms and conditions as may be specified from time to time by the Committee, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue Shares thereunder unless and until the Company is satisfied, as determined in the discretion of the Committee, that the person or persons exercising such Award, or to receive such payment, are the duly appointed legal representative of the deceased Participant’s estate or the proper legatees or distributees thereof or the named beneficiary of such Participant, or the valid transferee of such Award, as applicable. Any purported assignment, transfer or encumbrance of an Award that does not comply with this Section 12.1 shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.
     12.2. Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant may, from time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries who shall be permitted to exercise his or her Option or SAR or to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid in case of the Participant’s death before he or she fully exercises his or her Option or SAR or receives any or all of such benefit. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime. In the absence of any such beneficiary designation, a Participant’s unexercised Option or SAR, or amounts due but remaining unpaid to such Participant, at the Participant’s death, shall be exercised or paid as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
ARTICLE XIII.
RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS
     13.1. Rights or Claims . No individual shall have any rights or claims under the Plan except in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement. The grant of an Award under the Plan shall not confer any rights upon the Participant holding such Award other than such terms, and subject to such conditions, as are specified in the Plan as being applicable to such type of Award, or to all Awards, or as are expressly set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall be deemed to:
  (a)   Give any Employee or Non-Employee Director the right to be retained in the service of the Company, an Affiliate and/or a Subsidiary, whether in any particular position, at any particular rate of compensation, for any particular period of time or otherwise;
 
  (b)   Restrict in any way the right of the Company, an Affiliate and/or a Subsidiary to terminate, change or modify any Employee’s employment or any Non-Employee Director’s service as a Director at any time with or without Cause;
 
  (c)   Confer on any Consultant any right of continued relationship with the Company, an Affiliate and/or a Subsidiary, or alter any relationship between them, including any

 


 

      right of the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary to terminate, change or modify its relationship with a Consultant;
 
  (d)   Give any Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant the right to receive any bonus, whether payable in cash or in Shares, or in any combination thereof, from the Company, an Affiliate and/or a Subsidiary, nor be construed as limiting in any way the right of the Company, an Affiliate and/or a Subsidiary to determine, in its sole discretion, whether or not it shall pay any Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant bonuses, and, if so paid, the amount thereof and the manner of such payment; or
 
  (e)   Give any Participant any rights whatsoever with respect to an Award except as specifically provided in the Plan and the Award Agreement.
     13.2. Adoption of the Plan . The adoption of the Plan shall not be deemed to give any Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant or any other individual any right to be selected as a Participant or to be granted an Award, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.
     13.3. Vesting . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a Participant’s right or entitlement to exercise or otherwise vest in any Award not exercisable or vested at the time of grant shall only result from continued services as a Non-Employee Director or Consultant or continued employment, as the case may be, with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or satisfaction of any other performance goals or other conditions or restrictions applicable, by its terms, to such Award.
     13.4. No Effects on Benefits . Payments and other compensation received by a Participant under an Award are not part of such Participant’s normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including calculating termination, indemnity, severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments under any laws, plans, contracts, arrangements or otherwise. No claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises from the termination of the Plan or diminution in value of any Award or Shares purchased or otherwise received under the Plan.
     13.5. One or More Types of Awards . A particular type of Award may be granted to a Participant either alone or in addition to other Awards under the Plan.
ARTICLE XIV.
CHANGE OF CONTROL
     14.1. Treatment of Outstanding Awards . In the event of a Change of Control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited by any applicable laws, rules or regulations or otherwise provided in any applicable Award Agreement, as in effect prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control, specifically with respect to a Change of Control:
          (a) In its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee may provide, either by the terms of the Award Agreement or by resolution

 


 

adopted prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control, that any Options, SARs and Other Stock-Based Awards (if applicable) which are outstanding shall become exercisable as determined by the Committee, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Award Agreement.
          (b) In its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee may provide, either by the terms of the Award Agreement or by resolution adopted prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control, that restrictions, performance goals or other conditions applicable to Restricted Stock Units, Shares of Restricted Stock and Other Stock-Based Awards previously awarded to Participants shall be canceled or deemed achieved, the Period of Restriction applicable thereto shall terminate, and restrictions on transfer, sale, assignment, pledge or other disposition applicable to any such Shares of Restricted Stock shall lapse, in each case, to the extent provided by the Committee, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Award Agreement.
          (c) In its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee may provide, either by the terms of the Award Agreement or by resolution adopted prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control, that any Awards which are outstanding shall, in whole or in part, immediately become vested and nonforfeitable.
          (d) In its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee may provide, either by the terms of the Award Agreement or by resolution adopted prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control, that the target payment opportunities attainable under any outstanding Awards of Performance Units, Performance Shares, Cash-Based Awards and other Awards shall be deemed to have been fully or partially earned for any Performance Period(s), as determined by the Committee, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change of Control.
          (e) In its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee may provide, either by the terms of the Award Agreement applicable to any Award or by resolution adopted prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control, that any Award the payment or settlement of which was deferred under Section 18.6 or otherwise may be paid or distributed immediately prior to the Change of Control, except as otherwise provided by the Committee in accordance with Section 16.1(f).
          (f) In its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee may provide, either by the terms of the Award Agreement applicable to any Award or by resolution adopted prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control, that any outstanding Award shall be adjusted by substituting for each Share subject to such Award immediately prior to the transaction resulting in the Change of Control the consideration (whether stock or other securities of the surviving corporation or any successor corporation to the Company, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or that may be issuable by another corporation that is a party to the transaction resulting in the Change of Control) received in such transaction by holders of Shares for each Share held on the closing or effective date of such transaction, in which event the aggregate Option Price or Grant Price, as applicable, of the Award shall remain the same; provided , however , that if such consideration received in such transaction is not solely stock of a successor, surviving or other corporation, the Committee may provide for the

 


 

consideration to be received upon exercise or payment of an Award, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely stock or other securities of the successor, surviving or other corporation, as applicable, equal in fair market value, as determined by the Committee, to the per-Share consideration received by holders of Shares in such transaction.
          (g) In its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee may provide, either by the terms of the Award Agreement applicable to any Award or by resolution adopted prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control, that any outstanding Award (or portion thereof) shall be converted into a right to receive cash, on or as soon as practicable following the closing date or expiration date of the transaction resulting in the Change of Control in an amount equal to the highest value of the consideration to be received in connection with such transaction for one Share, or, if higher, the highest Fair Market Value of a Share during the thirty (30) consecutive business days immediately prior to the closing date or expiration date of such transaction, less the per-Share Option Price, Grant Price or outstanding unpaid purchase price, as applicable to the Award, multiplied by the number of Shares subject to such Award, or the applicable portion thereof.
          (h) The Committee may, in its discretion, provide that an Award can or cannot be exercised after, or will otherwise terminate or not terminate as of, a Change of Control.
     14.2. No Implied Rights; Other Limitations . No Participant shall have any right to prevent the consummation of any of the acts described in Section 4.2 or 14.1 affecting the number of Shares available to, or other entitlement of, such Participant under the Plan or such Participant’s Award. Any actions or determinations of the Committee under this Article XVI need not be uniform as to all outstanding Awards, nor treat all Participants identically. Notwithstanding the adjustments described in Section 14.1, in no event may any Option or SAR be exercised after ten (10) years from the date it was originally granted.
ARTICLE XV.
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
     15.1. Amendment, Modification, and Termination . The Board may, at any time and with or without prior notice, amend, alter, suspend, or terminate the Plan, and the Committee may, to the extent permitted by the Plan, amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, including any Award Agreement, in each case, retroactively or prospectively; provided , however , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall be made which, without first obtaining approval of the shareholders of the Company (where such approval is necessary to satisfy any applicable law, regulation or rule (including the applicable regulations and rules of the SEC and any national securities exchange)), would:
     (a) except as is provided in Section 4.2, increase the maximum number of Shares which may be sold or awarded under the Plan;
     (b) except as is provided in Section 4.2, decrease the minimum Option Price or Grant Price requirements of Section 7.2, respectively;
     (c) change the class of persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan;

 


 

     (d) extend the duration of the Plan or the period during which Options or SARs may be exercised under Section 6.4 or 7.6, as applicable; or
     (e) otherwise require shareholder approval to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule (including the applicable regulations and rules of the SEC and any national securities exchange).
In addition, (A) no such amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan or any Award theretofore granted, including any Award Agreement, shall be made which would materially impair the previously accrued rights of a Participant under any outstanding Award without the written consent of such Participant, provided , however , that the Board may amend or alter the Plan and the Committee may amend or alter any Award, including any Agreement, either retroactively or prospectively, without the consent of the applicable Participant, (x) so as to preserve or come within any exemptions from liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, pursuant to the rules and releases promulgated by the SEC (including Rule 16b-3), or (y) if the Board or the Committee determines in its discretion that such amendment or alteration either (I) is required or advisable for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy, comply with or meet the requirements of any law, regulation, rule or accounting standard or (II) is not reasonably likely to significantly diminish the benefits provided under such Award, or that such diminishment has been or will be adequately compensated, and (B) except as is provided in Section 4.2, but notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, neither the Board nor the Committee may take any action: (1) to amend the terms of an outstanding Option or SAR to reduce the Option Price or Grant Price thereof, cancel an Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR with a lower Option Price or Grant Price, or that has an economic effect that is the same as any such reduction or cancellation; or (2) to cancel an outstanding Option or SAR having an Option Price or Grant Price above the then-current Fair Market Value of the Shares in exchange for the grant of another type of Award.
ARTICLE XVI.
TAX WITHHOLDING AND OTHER TAX MATTERS
     16.1. Tax Withholding . The Company and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate are authorized to withhold from any Award granted or payment due under the Plan the amount of all taxes due in respect of such Award or payment and take any such other action as may be necessary or appropriate, as determined by the Committee, to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes. The recipient of any payment or distribution under the Plan shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company, as determined in the Committee’s discretion, for the satisfaction of any tax obligations that arise by reason of any such payment or distribution. The Company shall not be required to make any payment or distribution under or relating to the Plan or any Award until such obligations are satisfied or such arrangements are made, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
     16.2. Withholding or Tendering Shares . Without limiting the generality of Section 16.1, the Committee may in its discretion permit a Participant to satisfy or arrange to satisfy, in whole or in part, the tax obligations incident to an Award by: (a) electing to have the Company withhold Shares or other property otherwise deliverable to such Participant pursuant to his or her

 


 

Award ( provided , however , that the amount of any Shares so withheld shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy required withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income) and/or (b) tendering to the Company Shares owned by such Participant (or by such Participant and his or her spouse jointly) and purchased or held for the requisite period of time as may be required to avoid the Company’s or the Affiliates’ or Subsidiaries’ incurring an adverse accounting charge, based, in each case, on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the payment date as determined by the Committee. All such elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing, signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.
     16.3. Restrictions . The satisfaction of tax obligations pursuant to this Article XVI shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose, including any restrictions required by applicable law or the rules and regulations of the SEC, and shall be construed consistent with an intent to comply with any such applicable laws, rule and regulations.
ARTICLE XVII.
LIMITS OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION
     17.1. Limits of Liability .
          (a) Any liability of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate to any Participant with respect to any Award shall be based solely upon contractual obligations created by the Plan and the Award Agreement.
          (b) None of the Company, any Subsidiary, any Affiliate, any member of the Board or the Committee or any other person participating in any determination of any question under the Plan, or in the interpretation, administration or application of the Plan, shall have any liability, in the absence of bad faith, to any party for any action taken or not taken in connection with the Plan, except as may expressly be provided by statute.
          (c) Each member of the Committee, while serving as such, shall be considered to be acting in his or her capacity as a director of the Company. Members of the Board of Directors and members of the Committee acting under the Plan shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the advice of counsel and shall incur no liability except for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of their duties.
          (d) The Company shall not be liable to a Participant or any other person as to: (i) the non-issuance of Shares as to which the Company has been unable to obtain from any regulatory body having relevant jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Committee or the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, and (ii) any tax consequence expected, but not realized, by any Participant or other person due to the receipt, exercise or settlement of any Option or other Award.
     17.2. Indemnification . Subject to the requirements of applicable law, each individual who is or shall have been a member of the Committee or of the Board, or an officer of the Company to whom authority was delegated in accordance with Article III, shall be indemnified

 


 

and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf, unless such loss, cost, liability, or expense is a result of the individual’s own willful misconduct or except as provided by statute. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such individual may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Association, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify or hold harmless such individual.
ARTICLE XVIII.
MISCELLANEOUS
     18.1. Drafting Context . Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural. The words “Article,” “Section,” and “paragraph” herein shall refer to provisions of the Plan, unless expressly indicated otherwise. The words “include,” “includes,” and “including” herein shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation” whether or not they are in fact followed by such words or words of similar import, unless the context otherwise requires.
     18.2. Forfeiture Events .
          (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the authority to determine (and may so provide in any Agreement) that a Participant’s (including his or her estate’s, beneficiary’s or transferee’s) rights (including the right to exercise any Option or SAR), payments and benefits with respect to any Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment in the event of the Participant’s Termination for Cause or due to voluntary resignation; serious misconduct; violation of the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s policies; breach of fiduciary duty; unauthorized disclosure of any trade secret or confidential information of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate; breach of applicable noncompetition, nonsolicitation, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants; or other conduct or activity that is in competition with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or otherwise detrimental to the business, reputation or interests of the Company and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate; or upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the applicable Award Agreement (in any such case, whether or not the Participant is then an Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant). The determination of whether a Participant’s conduct, activities or circumstances are described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be made by the Committee in its good faith discretion, and pending any such determination, the Committee shall have the authority to suspend the exercise, payment, delivery or settlement of all or any portion of such Participant’s outstanding Awards pending an investigation of the matter.

 


 

          (b) If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement (x) due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, if a Participant knowingly or grossly negligently engaged in such misconduct, or knowingly or grossly negligently failed to prevent such misconduct, or if a Participant is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Participant shall reimburse the Company the amount of any payment in settlement of an Award earned or accrued during the twelve- (12-) month period following the first public issuance or filing with the SEC (whichever just occurred) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement, and (y) the Committee may in its discretion provide that if the amount earned under any Participant’s Award is reduced by such restatement, such Participant shall reimburse the Company the amount of any such reduction previously paid in settlement of such Award.
     18.3. Severability . In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
     18.4. Transfer, Leave of Absence . The Committee shall have the discretion to determine the effects upon any Award, upon an individual’s status as an Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant for purposes of the Plan (including whether a Participant shall be deemed to have experienced a Termination or other change in status) and upon the exercisability, vesting, termination or expiration of any Award in the case of: (a) any Participant who is employed by an entity that ceases to be an Affiliate or Subsidiary (whether due to a spin-off or otherwise), (b) any transfer of a Participant between locations of employment with the Company, an Affiliate, and/or Subsidiary or between the Company, an Affiliate or Subsidiary or between Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (c) any leave of absence of a Participant, (d) any change in a Participant’s status from an Employee to a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director, or vice versa, (e) any increase or decrease in the scope of engagement of a Participant; and (f) upon approval by the Committee, any Employee who experiences a Termination but becomes employed by a partnership, joint venture, corporation or other entity not meeting the requirements of an Affiliate or Subsidiary.
     18.5. Exercise and Payment of Awards . An Award shall be deemed exercised or claimed when the Secretary of the Company or any other Company official or other person designated by the Committee for such purpose receives appropriate written notice from a Participant, in form acceptable to the Committee, together with payment of the applicable Option Price, Grant Price or other purchase price, if any, and compliance with Article XVI, in accordance with the Plan and such Participant’s Award Agreement.
     18.6. Deferrals . To the extent provided in the Award Agreement, the Committee may permit or require a Participant to defer such Participant’s receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant by virtue of the lapse or waiver of the Period of Restriction or other restrictions with respect to Restricted Stock or the payment or satisfaction of Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, Performance Shares, Cash-Based Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards. If any such deferral election is required or permitted, (a) such deferral shall represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company and shall not confer the rights of a shareholder unless and until Shares are issued

 


 

thereunder; (b) the number of Shares subject to such deferral shall, until settlement thereof, be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4.2; and (c) the Committee shall establish rules and procedures for such deferrals and payment or settlement thereof, which may be in cash, Shares or any combination thereof, and such deferrals may be governed by the terms and conditions of any deferred compensation plan of the Company or Affiliate specified by the Committee for such purpose.
     18.7. Loans . The Company may, in the discretion of the Committee, extend one or more loans to Participants in connection with the exercise or receipt of an Award granted to any such Participant; provided , however , that the Company shall not extend loans to any Participant if prohibited by law or the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company’s securities are listed. The terms and conditions of any such loan shall be established by the Committee.
     18.8. No Effect on Other Plans . Neither the adoption of the Plan nor anything contained herein shall affect any other compensation or incentive plans or arrangements of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or prevent or limit the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for their directors, officers, eligible employees or consultants or grant or assume options or other rights otherwise than under the Plan.
     18.9. Section 16 of Exchange Act . Unless otherwise stated in the Award Agreement, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Award granted to an Insider shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule, and the Plan and the Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such limitations.
     18.10. Requirements of Law; Limitations on Awards .
          (a) The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
          (b) If at any time the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration and/or qualification of Shares upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the sale or purchase of Shares hereunder, the Company shall have no obligation to allow the grant, exercise or payment of any Award, or to issue or deliver evidence of title for Shares issued under the Plan, in whole or in part, unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent and/or approval shall have been effected or obtained, or otherwise provided for, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.
          (c) If at any time counsel to the Company shall be of the opinion that any sale or delivery of Shares pursuant to an Award is or may be in the circumstances unlawful or result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate under the statutes, rules or regulations of any applicable jurisdiction, the Company shall have no obligation

 


 

to make such sale or delivery, or to make any application or to effect or to maintain any qualification or registration under the Securities Act, or otherwise with respect to Shares or Awards and the right to exercise or payment of any Option or Award shall be suspended until, in the opinion of such counsel, such sale or delivery shall be lawful or will not result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.
          (d) Upon termination of any period of suspension under this Section 18.10, any Award affected by such suspension which shall not then have expired or terminated shall be reinstated as to all Shares available before such suspension and as to the Shares which would otherwise have become available during the period of such suspension, but no suspension shall extend the term of any Award.
          (e) The Committee may require each person receiving Shares in connection with any Award under the Plan to represent and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring such Shares for investment without a view to the distribution thereof, and/or provide such other representations and agreements as the Committee may prescribe. The Committee, in its absolute discretion, may impose such restrictions on the ownership and transferability of the Shares purchasable or otherwise receivable by any person under any Award as it deems appropriate. Any such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and the certificates evidencing such shares may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any such restrictions.
          (f) An Award and any Shares received upon the exercise or payment of an Award shall be subject to such other transfer and/or ownership restrictions and/or legending requirements as the Committee may establish in its discretion and may be referred to on the certificates evidencing such Shares, including restrictions under applicable securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.
     18.11. Participants Deemed to Accept Plan . By accepting any benefit under the Plan, each Participant and each person claiming under or through any such Participant shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated their acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and any action taken under the Plan by the Board, the Committee or the Company, in any case in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.
     18.12. Governing Law . The Plan and, except as provided below or in an applicable subplan, each Award Agreement to a Participant shall be governed by the laws of the State of Israel, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, Participants are deemed to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts in Tel-Aviv, Israel, to resolve any and all issues that may arise out of or relate to the Plan or any related Award Agreement.
     18.13. Plan Unfunded . The Plan shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure the issuance of Shares or the payment of cash upon exercise or payment of any Award. Proceeds

 


 

from the sale of Shares pursuant to Options or other Awards granted under the Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company.
     18.14. Administration Costs . The Company shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in administering the Plan, including expenses of issuing Shares pursuant to any Options or other Awards granted hereunder.
     18.15. Uncertificated Shares . To the extent that the Plan provides for issuance of certificates to reflect the transfer of Shares, the transfer of such Shares may nevertheless be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange.
     18.16. No Fractional Shares . An Option or other Award shall not be exercisable with respect to a fractional Share or the lesser of fifty (50) shares or the full number of Shares then subject to the Option or other Award. No fractional Shares shall be issued upon the exercise or payment of an Option or other Award and any such fractions shall be rounded to the nearest whole number.
     18.17. Participants . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws or practices of countries in which the Company, any Affiliate, and/or any Subsidiary operates or has Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to:
  (a)   Determine which Affiliates and Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan;
 
  (b)   Determine which Employees, Non-Employee Directors and/or Consultants are eligible to participate in the Plan;
 
  (c)   Grant Awards (including substitutes for Awards), and modify the terms and conditions of any Awards, on such terms and conditions as the Committee determines necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by individuals otherwise eligible to so participate, or otherwise to comply with applicable laws or conform to applicable requirements or practices of the applicable jurisdictions;
 
  (d)   Establish subplans and adopt or modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable. Any subplans and modifications to Plan terms and procedures established under this Section 18.18 by the Committee shall be attached to the Plan as appendices; and
 
  (e)   Take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee, in its discretion, deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local government regulatory exemptions or approvals.
Notwithstanding the above, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate any applicable law.
* * *

 


 

VOLTAIRE LTD.
APPENDIX A — ISRAEL
TO THE 2007 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
1.   GENERAL
 
1.1.   This appendix (the: “ Appendix ”) shall apply only to Israeli Participants who are residents of the state of Israel or those who are deemed to be residents of the state of Israel for the payment of tax. The provisions specified hereunder shall form an integral part of the 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan of Voltaire Ltd. (hereinafter: the “Plan”, the “ Company ”), which applies to the issuance of Awards to employees, directors, consultants and service provides of the Company or its Affiliates.
 
1.2   This Appendix is effective with respect to Awards granted as of January 1, 2003 and shall comply with Amendment no. 132 of the Israeli Tax Ordinance.
 
1.3.   This Appendix is to be read as a continuation of the Plan and only modifies Awards granted to Israeli Participants so that they comply with the requirements set by the Israeli law in general, and in particular with the provisions of Section 102 (as specified herein), as may be amended or replaced from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt, this Appendix does not add to or modify the Plan in respect of any other category of Participants.
 
1.4.   The Plan and this Appendix are complimentary to each other and shall be deemed as one. Subject to section 1.3 above, in any case of contradiction, whether explicit or implied, between any definitions and/or provisions of this Appendix and the Plan, the provisions set out in this Appendix shall prevail.
 
1.5.   Any capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Appendix shall be construed according to the interpretation given to it in the Plan.
 
2.   DEFINITIONS
 
2.1   Affiliate ” means any “employing company” within the meaning of Section 102(a) of the Ordinance.
 
2.2   Approved 102 Award ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 102(b) of the Ordinance and held in trust by a Trustee for the benefit of the Israeli Participant.
 
2.3   Award” notwithstanding Section 2.3 of the Plan, for the purpose of this Appendix, Award means an Award to purchase one or more Shares of the Company or Stock Appreciation Rights,

 


 

    Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Cash-Based Awards, and Other Stock-Based Awards.
 
2.4   Capital Gain Award (CGA) ” means an Approved 102 Award elected and designated by the Company to qualify under the capital gain tax treatment in accordance with the provisions of Section 102(b)(2) of the Ordinance.
 
2.5   Controlling Shareholder ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 32(9) of the Ordinance.
 
2.6   Employee” means an Israeli Participant who is employed by the Company or its Affiliates, including an individual who is serving as a director or an office holder, but excluding any Controlling Shareholder.
 
2.7   Israeli Participant ” means a person who receives or holds an Award under the Plan and this Appendix.
 
2.8   ITA” means the Israeli Tax Authorities.
 
2.9   Ordinary Income Award (OIA) ” means an Approved 102 Award elected and designated by the Company to qualify under the ordinary income tax treatment in accordance with the provisions of Section 102(b)(1) of the Ordinance.
 
2.10   102 Award” means any Award granted to Employees pursuant to Section 102 of the Ordinance.
 
2.11   “3(i) Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 3(i) of the Ordinance to any person who is a Non- Employee.
 
2.12   “Israeli Award Agreement” notwithstanding Section 2.4 of the Plan, for the purpose of this Appendix, Israeli Award Agreement shall mean a written agreement entered into and signed by the Company and an Israeli Participant that sets out the terms and conditions of an Award.
 
2.13   “Non-Employee” means an Israeli Participant who is a consultant, adviser, service provider, Controlling Shareholder or any other person who is not an Employee.
 
2.14   “Ordinance” means the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance [New Version] 1961 as now in effect or as hereafter amended.
 
2.15   Ordinary Share ” means an ordinary share of, par value NIS 0.01 of the Company.
 
2.16   “Section 102” means section 102 of the Ordinance and any regulations, rules, orders or procedures promulgated thereunder as now in effect or as hereafter amended.
 
2.17   “Trustee” means any person appointed by the Company to serve as a trustee and approved by the ITA, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102(a) of the Ordinance.

 


 

2.18   Unapproved 102 Award ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 102(c) of the Ordinance and not held in trust by a Trustee.
 
3.   ISSUANCE OF AWARDS
 
3.1   Notwithstanding Article V of the Plan and in addition thereto, any Israeli Participants eligible for participation in the Plan and this Appendix as Israeli Participants shall include any Employees and/or Non-Employees of the Company or of any of the Company’s Affiliate; provided, however , that (i) Employees may only be granted 102 Awards; and (ii) Non-Employees and/or Controlling Shareholders may only be granted 3(i) Awards.
 
3.2   The Company may designate Awards granted to Employees pursuant to Section 102 as Unapproved 102 Awards or Approved 102 Awards.
 
3.3   The grant of Approved 102 Awards shall be made under this Appendix, and shall be conditioned upon the approval of this Appendix by the ITA.
 
3.4   Approved 102 Awards may either be classified as Capital Gain Awards (“ CGAs ”) or Ordinary Income Awards (“ OIAs ”).
 
3.5   No Approved 102 Awards may be granted under this Appendix to any eligible Employee, unless and until, the Company’s election of the type of Approved 102 Awards as CGA or OIA granted to Employees (the “ Election ”), is appropriately filed with the ITA. Such Election shall become effective beginning the first date of grant of an Approved 102 Award under this Appendix and shall remain in effect until the end of the year following the year during which the Company first granted Approved 102 Awards. The Election shall obligate the Company to grant only the type of Approved 102 Award it has elected, and shall apply to all Israeli Participants who were granted Approved 102 Awards during the period indicated herein, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102(g) of the Ordinance. For the avoidance of doubt, such Election shall not prevent the Company from granting Unapproved 102 Awards simultaneously.
 
3.6   All Approved 102 Awards must be held in trust by a Trustee, as described in Section 4 below .
 
3.7   For the avoidance of doubt, the designation of Unapproved 102 Awards and Approved 102 Awards shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 102.

 


 

4.   TRUSTEE
  4.1   Approved 102 Awards which shall be granted under this Appendix and/or any Ordinary Shares allocated or issued upon exercise or vesting of such Approved 102 Awards and/or other shares received subsequently following any realization of rights, including without limitation bonus shares, shall be allocated or issued to the Trustee and held for the benefit of the Employee for such period of time as required by Section 102 (the “ Holding Period ”). In case the requirements for Approved 102 Awards are not met, then the Approved 102 Awards shall be regarded as Unapproved 102 Awards, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102.
 
  4.2   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Trustee shall not release any Ordinary Shares allocated or issued upon exercise or vesting of Approved 102 Awards prior to the full payment of the Employee’s tax liabilities, if any, arising from Approved 102 Awards which were granted to him/her and/or any Ordinary Shares allocated or issued upon exercise or vesting of such Awards.
 
  4.3   With respect to any Approved 102 Award, subject to the provisions of Section 102, an Israeli Participant shall not sell or release from trust any Share received upon the exercise or vesting of an Approved 102 Award and/or any share received subsequently following any realization of rights, including without limitation, bonus shares, until the lapse of the Holding Period required under Section 102. Notwithstanding the above, if any such sale or release occurs during the Holding Period, the sanctions under Section 102 shall apply to and shall be borne solely by such Israeli Participant.
 
  4.4   Upon receipt of any Approved 102 Award, the Employee will sign an undertaking to release the Trustee from any liability in respect of any action or decision duly taken and bona fide executed in relation with this Appendix, or any Approved 102 Award or Ordinary Share granted to him thereunder.
 
  5.   THE AWARDS
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan and in addition thereto, the terms and conditions upon which the Awards shall be issued and exercised or vest, as applicable, shall be as specified in the Israeli Award Agreement to be executed pursuant to the Plan and to this Appendix. Each Israeli Award Agreement shall state, inter alia, the number of Ordinary Shares to which the Award relates, the type of Award granted thereunder (whether a CGA, OIA, Unapproved 102 Award or a 3(i) Award), and any applicable vesting provisions and exercise price that may be payable.
 
6.   FAIR MARKET VALUE
 
    Without derogating from Section 2.18 of the Plan and solely for the purpose of determining the tax liability pursuant to Section 102(b)(3) of the Ordinance, if at the date of grant of any CGA, the Company’s Shares are listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system or if the Company’s Shares will be registered for trading within ninety (90) days following the date of grant of the CGAs, the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares at the date of grant shall be determined in accordance with the average value of the Company’s Shares on the thirty (30) trading days preceding

 


 

    the date of grant or on the thirty (30) trading days following the date of registration for trading, as the case may be.
 
7.   EXERCISE OF AWARDS THAT ARE OPTIONS TO PURCHASE ORDINARY SHARES
 
    Awards that represent options to purchase Ordinary Shares shall be exercised by the Israeli Participant by giving a written or electronic notice to the Company and/or to any third party designated by the Company (the “ Representative ”), in such form and method as may be determined by the Company and, when applicable, by the Trustee, in accordance with the requirements of Section 102, which exercise shall be effective upon receipt of such notice by the Company and/or the Representative and the payment of the exercise price for the number of Ordinary Shares with respect to which the Award is being exercised, at the Company’s or the Representative’s principal office. The notice shall specify the number of Ordinary Shares with respect to which the Award is being exercised.
 
8.   ASSIGNABILITY AND SALE OF AWARDS
  8.1.   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Award or any right with respect thereto, or purchasable hereunder, whether fully paid or not, shall be assignable, transferable or given as collateral or any right with respect to them given to any third party whatsoever, and during the lifetime of the Israeli Participant each and all of such Israeli Participant’s rights with respect to an Award shall belong only to the Israeli Participant.
 
      Any such action made directly or indirectly, for an immediate validation or for a future one, shall be void.
 
  8.2   As long as Awards or Ordinary Shares purchased or issued hereunder are held by the Trustee on behalf of the Israeli Participant, all rights of the Israeli Participant over the Shares are personal, can not be transferred, assigned, pledged or mortgaged, other than by will or laws of descent and distribution.
 
  9.   INTEGRATION OF SECTION 102 AND TAX ASSESSING OFFICER’S PERMIT
 
  9.1.   With regards to Approved 102 Awards, the provisions of the Plan and/or the Appendix and/or the Israeli Award Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Section 102 and the Tax Assessing Officer’s permit and/or any pre-rulings obtained by the ITA, and the said provisions, permit and/or pre-rulings shall be deemed an integral part of the Plan and of the Appendix and of the Israeli Award Agreement.
 
  9.2.   Any provision of Section 102 and/or the said permit and/or pre-rulings which is necessary in order to receive and/or to keep any tax benefit pursuant to Section 102, which is not expressly specified in the Plan or the Appendix or the Israeli Award Agreement, shall be considered binding upon the Company and the Israeli Participants.

 


 

  10.   DIVIDEND
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan and solely for the purpose of Awards granted under this Appendix, with respect to all Ordinary Shares (but excluding, for avoidance of any doubt, any unexercised Awards) allocated or issued upon the exercise or vesting of Awards purchased or received, as applicable, by the Israeli Participant and held by the Israeli Participant or by the Trustee, as the case may be, the Israeli Participant shall be entitled to receive dividends, if any, in accordance with the quantity of such Shares, subject to the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association (and all amendments thereto) and subject to any applicable taxation on distribution of dividends, and when applicable subject to the provisions of Section 102.
  11.   TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
  11.1   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article XVI of the Plan and solely for the purpose of Awards granted under this Appendix, any tax consequences arising from the grant, exercise or vesting of any Award, from the payment for Ordinary Shares covered thereby or from any other event or act (of the Company, and/or its Affiliates, and the Trustee or the Israeli Participant), hereunder, shall be borne solely by the Israeli Participant. The Company and/or its Affiliates, and/or the Trustee shall withhold taxes according to the requirements under the applicable laws, rules, and regulations, including withholding taxes at source. Furthermore, the Israeli Participant shall agree to indemnify the Company and/or its Affiliates and/or the Trustee and hold them harmless against and from any and all liability for any such tax or interest or penalty thereon, including without limitation, liabilities relating to the necessity to withhold, or to have withheld, any such tax from any payment made to the Israeli Participant.
 
  11.2   The Company and/or, when applicable, the Trustee shall not be required to release any share certificate to a Israeli Participant until all required payments have been fully made.
 
  11.3   With respect to Unapproved 102 Award, if the Israeli Participant ceases to be employed by the Company or any Affiliate, the Israeli Participant shall extend to the Company and/or its Affiliate a security or guarantee for the payment of tax due at the time of sale of Shares, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102 and the rules, regulation or orders promulgated thereunder.
12.   TERM OF PLAN AND APPENDIX
 
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article XV of the Plan and in addition thereto, t he Company shall obtain all approvals for the adoption of this Appendix or for any amendment to this Appendix as are necessary to comply with (i) any applicable law, including without limitation U.S. securities laws and the securities laws of any other jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to Israeli Participant under this Appendix, (ii) any national securities exchange on which the Shares are traded, and (iii) any applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
13.   GOVERNING LAW & JURISDICTION

 


 

    This Appendix shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Israel applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws. The competent courts in Tel Aviv shall have sole jurisdiction in any matters pertaining to this Appendix.
* * *

 


 

VOLTAIRE LTD.
APPENDIX B — UNITED STATES
TO THE 2007 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
1.   SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR U.S. TAXPAYERS
 
1.1.   This Appendix (the “ Appendix ”) to the Voltaire Ltd. 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”) was adopted by the Board on June 20, 2007. The Appendix shall become effective on the Effective Date, provided that the Appendix is approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares which are present and voted at a meeting, or by written consent in lieu of a meeting, which approval must occur within the period ending twelve (12) months after the date the Appendix is adopted by the Board. The effectiveness of any Awards granted pursuant to this Appendix prior to such shareholder approval shall be specifically subject to and conditioned upon, and no such Award shall be vested or exercisable until, such shareholder approval. If the Appendix is not so approved by the Company’s shareholders or the Company’s initial public offering of Shares does not occur prior to December 31, 2007, the Appendix shall not become effective, and shall terminate immediately, and any Awards previously granted pursuant to the Appendix shall thereupon be automatically canceled and deemed to have been null and void ab initio .
 
1.2.   The provisions specified hereunder apply only to persons who are subject to U.S. federal income tax (any such person, a “ U.S. Taxpayer ”).
 
1.3.   This Appendix is to be read as a continuation of the Plan and only applies with respect to Options and other Awards granted under the Plan to U.S. Taxpayers. The purpose of this Appendix is to establish certain rules and limitations applicable to Options and other Awards that may be granted or issued under the Plan to U.S. Taxpayers from time to time, in compliance with applicable tax, securities and other applicable laws currently in force. For the avoidance of doubt, this Appendix does not add to or modify the Plan in respect of any other category of Israeli Participants.
 
1.4.   The Plan and this Appendix are complimentary to each other and shall be deemed as one. Subject to section 1.3 above, in any case of contradiction, whether explicit or implied, between any definitions and/or provisions of this Appendix and the Plan, the provisions set out in this Appendix shall prevail.
 
2.   DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Plan. The following additional definitions will apply to grants made pursuant to this Appendix, provided , however , that to the extent that such definitions are provided for in the Plan and this Appendix, the definitions in this Appendix shall apply to Awards granted to U.S. Taxpayers:

 


 

2.1.   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time, including rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and successor provisions and rules and regulations thereto.
 
2.2.   Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Committee by the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method, consistently applied, as the Committee deems appropriate; provided , however , that, with respect to ISOs, for purposes of Section 6.3 of the Plan and Sections 3.4 and 3.5 of this Appendix, such fair market value shall be determined subject to Section 422(c)(7) of the Code; provided further , however , that if the Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market, Fair Market Value on any date shall be the last sale price reported for the Shares on such market on such date or, if no sale is reported on such date, on the last date preceding such date on which a sale was reported. In each case, the Committee shall determine Fair Market Value in a manner that satisfies the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A.
 
2.3.   Incentive Stock Option ” or “ ISO ” means a right to purchase Shares under the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Article VI of the Plan and which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and which is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
 
2.4.   Nonqualified Stock Option ” or “ NQSO ” means a right to purchase Shares under the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Article VI of the Plan and which is not intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or otherwise does not meet such requirements.
 
2.5.   Qualified Change of Control ” means a Change of Control that qualifies as a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code.
 
2.6.   Separation from Service ” means a Termination that qualifies as a separation from service within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i).
 
2.7.   Subsidiary ” means any present or future corporation which is or would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as the term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
 
3.   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS
 
3.1.   Each Award Agreement shall specify whether an Option is intended to be a ISO or an NQSO. To the extent that any Option granted to a U.S. Taxpayer does not qualify as an ISO (whether because of its provisions or the time or manner of its exercise or otherwise), such Option, or the portion thereof which does not so qualify, shall constitute a separate NQSO.

 


 

3.2.   No ISO shall be granted to any individual otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan who is not an Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on the date of granting of such Option. Any ISO granted under the Plan shall contain such terms and conditions, consistent with the Plan, as the Committee may determine to be necessary to qualify such Option as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. Any ISO granted under the Plan may be modified by the Committee to disqualify such Option from treatment as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code
 
3.3.   The total number of Shares that may be delivered pursuant to Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be the number of Shares set forth in the third sentence of Section 4.1 of the Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Plan, but without application of the last sentence of such section.
 
3.4.   Notwithstanding any intent to grant ISOs, an Option granted under the Plan will not be considered an ISO to the extent that it, together with any other “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to subsection (d) of such Section) under the Plan and any other “incentive stock option” plans of the Company, any Subsidiary and any “parent corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code, are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year with respect to Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (or such other limit as may be required by the Code) as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.
 
3.5.   No ISO shall be granted to an individual otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan who owns (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code), at the time the Option is granted, more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or a Subsidiary or any “parent corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code. This restriction does not apply if at the time such ISO is granted the Option Price of the ISO is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date such ISO is granted, and the ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from such date of grant.
 
3.6.   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to a Tandem SAR granted in connection with an ISO: (i) the Tandem SAR will expire no later than the expiration of the related ISO; (ii) the value of the payment with respect to the Tandem SAR may not exceed the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the related ISO at the time the Tandem SAR is exercised and the Option Price of the related ISO; and (iii) the Tandem SAR may be exercised only when the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the ISO exceeds the Option Price of the ISO.
 
3.7.   No ISO or Tandem SAR granted in connection with an ISO may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Plan. Further, all ISOs and Tandem SARs granted in connection with ISOs granted to a Participant shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant.

 


 

3.8.   Any changes to ISOs pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Plan shall, unless the Committee determines otherwise, only be effective to the extent such adjustments or changes do not cause a “modification” (within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code) of such ISOs or adversely affect the tax status of such ISOs. Any such adjustment with respect to an Award intended to be an ISO shall be made only to the extent consistent with such intent, unless the Board or the Committee determines otherwise.
 
3.9.   The Committee may require a Participant to give prompt written notice to the Company concerning any disposition of Shares received upon the exercise of an ISO within: (i) two (2) years from the date of granting such ISO to such Participant or (ii) one (1) year from the transfer of such Shares to such Participant or (iii) such other period as the Committee may from time to time determine. The Committee may direct that a Participant with respect to an ISO undertake in the applicable Award Agreement to give such written notice described in the preceding sentence, at such time and containing such information as the Committee may prescribe, and/or that the certificates evidencing Shares acquired by exercise of an ISO refer to such requirement to give such notice.
 
4.   DEFERRED COMPENSATION
 
4.1.   It is the intent of the Company that, to the extent that the Plan or any Awards are subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A, the Plan and such Awards shall be in full compliance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, and the Plan and such Awards (including any related Award Agreements) shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent. To the extent any Award is subject to Code Section 409A, notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Plan shall not permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of any distribution related to such Award, except as permitted by Code Section 409A.
 
4.2.   Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall any deferral under Section 18.6 of the Plan be permitted if the Committee determines that such deferral would result in the imposition of additional tax under Code Section 409A of the Code.
 
4.3.   The Committee shall not extend the period to exercise an Option or Stock Appreciation Right to the extent that such extension would cause the Option or Stock Appreciation Right to become subject to Code Section 409A.
 
4.4.   Unless the Committee provides otherwise in an Award Agreement, each Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit, Performance Share, Cash-Based Award and/or Other Stock-Based Award shall be paid in full to the Participant no later than the fifteenth day of the third month after the end of the first calendar year in which such Award is no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Code Section 409A. If the Committee provides in an Award Agreement that a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit, Performance Share, Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award is intended to be subject to Code Section 409A, the Award Agreement shall include terms that are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A.

 


 

4.5.   Unless the Award Agreement provides otherwise, Dividend Equivalents shall be paid to the Participant at least annually. Any Dividend Equivalents that are not paid as described in the preceding sentence shall be paid at a time and in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 409A. No Dividend Equivalents shall relate to Shares underlying an Option or SAR unless payment of such Dividend Equivalent rights is not, directly or indirectly, contingent upon, or otherwise payable on, the exercise of such Option or SAR.
 
4.6.   Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, if a Termination that is not a Separation from Service occurs, and payment or distribution of an Award constituting deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A would otherwise be made or commence on the date of such Termination (pursuant to the Plan, the Award Agreement or otherwise), (i) the vesting of such Award shall accelerate in accordance with the Plan and the Award Agreement, (ii) such payment or distribution shall be made or commence on the earliest date on which Code Section 409A permits such payment or distribution to be made or commence without additional taxes or penalties under Code Section 409A, and (iii) in the event any such payment or distribution is deferred in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (ii), such payment or distribution that would have been made prior to the deferred payment or commencement date, but for Code Section 409A, shall be paid or distributed on such earliest payment or commencement date, together, if determined by the Committee, with interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code.
 
4.7.   Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, if a Change of Control that is not a Qualified Change of Control occurs, and payment or distribution of an Award constituting deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code would otherwise be made or commence on the date of such Change of Control (pursuant to the Plan, the Award Agreement or otherwise), (i) the vesting of such Award shall accelerate in accordance with the Plan and the Award Agreement, (ii) such payment or distribution shall be made or commence on the earliest date on which Code Section 409A permits such payment or distribution to be made or commence without additional taxes or penalties under Section 409A, and (iii) in the event any such payment or distribution is deferred in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (ii), such payment or distribution that would have been made prior to the deferred payment or commencement date, but for Code Section 409A, shall be paid or distributed on such earliest payment or commencement date, together, if determined by the Committee, with interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code.
 
4.8.   Neither the Board nor the Committee shall take any action that would cause an Award that is otherwise exempt from Code Section 409A to become subject to Code Section 409A, or that would cause an Award that is subject to Code Section 409A to fail to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A.
 
4.9.   Although the Company intends to administer the Plan so that Awards will be exempt from, or will comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, the Company does not warrant that any Award under the Plan will qualify for favorable tax treatment under

 


 

    Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. The Company shall not be liable to any Participant for any tax, interest, or penalties the Participant might owe as a result of the grant, holding, vesting, exercise, or payment of any Award under the Plan.
 
5.   SECTION 83(B) ELECTION
If a Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to an Award as of the date of transfer of Shares rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Participant would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, such Participant shall deliver a copy of such election to the Company immediately after filing such election with the United States Internal Revenue Service. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall have any liability or responsibility relating to or arising out of the filing or not filing of any such election or any defects in its construction.
6.   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
This Appendix shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Israel applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, Participants are deemed to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts in Tel-Aviv, Israel, to resolve any and all issues that may arise out of or relate to this Appendix or any related Award Agreement.
* * *

 

 

Exhibit 10.19
INDEMNIFICATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT
To Mr./Ms.                     
     It is in the best interest of Voltaire Ltd. (the “Company” ) to retain and attract as directors and/or officers the most capable persons available and such persons are becoming increasingly reluctant to serve in companies unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance and indemnification in connection with such service.
     You are or have been appointed to be a director and/or officer of the Company, and in order to enable you to provide your services to the Company in an effective manner, the Company desires to provide hereunder for your indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law.
     In consideration of you continuing to serve the Company, the Company hereby agrees as follows:
1.   The Company hereby undertakes to indemnify you to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law for any liability or expense imposed on or incurred by you in respect of any act or omission or alleged act or omission (each, an “action” ) taken or made by you in your capacity as an Office Holder (as defined in the Israeli Companies Law, 1999 (the “ Companies Law ”)) of the Company, in respect of the following:
  1.1.   any financial obligation imposed on or incurred by you in favor of another person by a court judgment, including a settlement or an arbitrator’s award approved by court; and
 
  1.2.   reasonable litigation expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, including also the fees and expenses of investigators, accountants and other experts, expended by you or charged to you by a court, (i) in a proceeding instituted against you by the Company or on its behalf or by another person, or (ii) in any criminal proceeding in which you are acquitted, or (iii) in any criminal proceeding for an offense which does not require proof of criminal intent of which you are convicted; and
 
  1.3.   reasonable litigation expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, including also the fees and expenses of investigators, accountants and other experts, expended by you as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against you by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, which: (i) is Concluded Without The Filing Of An Indictment (as defined in the Companies Law) against you and without the imposition on you of any Financial Obligation In Lieu of Criminal Proceedings (as defined in the Companies Law), or (ii) which is Concluded Without The Filing Of An Indictment against you, but with the imposition on you of a Financial Obligation In Lieu of Criminal Proceedings in respect of an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent.
 
  1.4.   The above indemnification will also apply to any action taken by you in your capacity as an Office Holder of any other company controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company (a “Subsidiary” ) or in your capacity as an officer, director, or observer at board of directors’ meetings, of a company not


 

-2-

      controlled by the Company but where your appointment as such is at the request of the Company ( “Affiliate” ).
2.   The Company will not indemnify you for any amount you may be obligated to pay in respect of any of the following:
  2.1.   a breach of your duty of loyalty, except, to the extent permitted by law, for a breach of a duty of loyalty to the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate while acting in good faith and having reasonable cause to assume that such act would not prejudice the interests of the Company, the Subsidiary or the Affiliate, as applicable;
 
  2.2.   a willful breach of the duty of care, or reckless disregard for the circumstances or to the consequences of a breach of the duty of care other than a breach arising solely out of your negligent conduct;
 
  2.3.   an action, taken or not taken, with the intent of unlawfully realizing personal gain;
 
  2.4.   a fine or penalty imposed upon you for an offense;
 
  2.5.   a counterclaim made by the Company or a Subsidiary or in its name in connection with a claim against the Company or such Subsidiary filed by you, other than for indemnification hereunder; and
 
  2.6.   any claim arising from your purchase and sale of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, if applicable.
3.   The indemnification undertaking in paragraph 1.1 will be limited to the matters mentioned therein insofar as they result from your actions in the following matters or in connection therewith (which have been determined by the Board of Directors of the Company as foreseeable in view of the Company’s current activity):
  3.1.   The offering of securities by the Company and/or by a shareholder to the public and/or to private investors or the offer by the Company to purchase securities from the public and/or from private investors or other holders pursuant to a prospectus, agreements, notices, reports, tenders and/or other proceedings;
 
  3.2.   Occurrences resulting from the Company’s becoming, or its status as, a public company, and/or from the fact that the Company’s securities were offered to the public and/or are traded on a stock exchange, whether in Israel or abroad;
 
  3.3.   Occurrences in connection with investments that the Company and/or Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates make in other corporations whether before and/or after the investment is made, entering into the transaction, the execution, development and monitoring thereof, including actions taken by you in the name of the Company and/or a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate as a director, officer, employee and/or board observer of the corporation the subject of the transaction and the like;
 
  3.4.   The sale, purchase and holding of negotiable securities or other investments for or in the name of the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate;
 
  3.5.   Actions in connection with any sale or acquisition of assets by the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate or the merger of the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate with or into another entity;


 

-3-

  3.6.   Actions in connection with the sale of the operations and/or business, or part thereof, of the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate;
 
  3.7.   Without derogating from the generality of the above, actions in connection with the purchase or sale of companies, legal entities or assets, and the division or consolidation thereof;
 
  3.8.   Actions taken in connection with labor relations and/or employment matters in, and agreements, transactions and trade relations of, the Company, its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates with third parties, including without limitation with employees, consultants, independent contractors, customers, suppliers and various service providers;
 
  3.9.   Actions concerning the approval of transactions of the Company, its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates with officers and/or directors and/or holders of controlling interests in the Company, its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates;
 
  3.10.   Actions taken in connection with the approval and execution of financial statements and business reports and the representations made in connection therewith;
 
  3.11.   Actions in connection with the testing of products developed by the Company, its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates or in connection with the distribution, sale, license or use of such products;
 
  3.12.   Actions taken in connection with the intellectual property of the Company, its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates, and its protection, including the registration or assertion of rights to intellectual property and the defense of claims related to intellectual property; and
 
  3.13.   Actions taken pursuant to or in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Company, its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates, whether such policies and procedures are published or not.
4.   The Company will make available to you all amounts needed in accordance with paragraph 1 above on the date on which such amounts are first payable by you ( “Time of Indebtedness” ), and with respect to items referred to in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 above, even prior to a court decision. Advances given to cover legal expenses in a criminal proceeding or in administrative or investigative proceeding that result in a criminal proceeding will be repaid by you to the Company if you are found guilty of a crime which requires proof of criminal intent. Other advances will be repaid by you to the Company if it is determined that you are not lawfully entitled to such indemnification.
 
    As part of the aforementioned undertaking, the Company will make available to you any security or guarantee that you may be required to post in accordance with an interim decision given by a court or an arbitrator, including for the purpose of substituting liens imposed on your assets.
 
    All amounts paid as indemnification pursuant hereto will be grossed-up to cover any tax payments you may be required to make if the indemnification payments are taxable to you.
5.   The Company will indemnify you even if at the relevant Time of Indebtedness you are no longer an Office Holder of the Company or of a Subsidiary or an officer, director or board observer of an Affiliate, provided that the obligations are in respect of actions taken by you while you were an Office Holder, director, officer, and/or board observer, as aforesaid, and in such capacity, including if taken prior to the date of this Indemnification and Release


 

-4-

    Agreement and the indemnity will extend to your heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.
6.   The Company will not indemnify you for any liability with respect to which you have received payment by virtue of an insurance policy or another indemnification agreement other than for amounts which are in excess of the amounts actually paid to you pursuant to any such insurance policy or another indemnity agreement (including deductible amounts not covered by insurance policies).
 
7.   Subject to the provisions of paragraph 6 above, the indemnification under paragraph 1.1 above with respect to all Office Holders in the aggregate will be limited to an aggregate amount (which has been determined by the Board of Directors of the Company to be reasonable under the circumstances) which shall not exceed the greater of: (i) with respect to indemnification in connection with public offering of the Company’s securities, the gross proceeds raised by the Company and/or any Selling Shareholder in such public offering, and (ii) with respect to any and all matters mentioned in paragraph 3 above (including a public offering of the Company’s securities), an amount equal to 50% of the Company’s shareholders equity (on a consolidated basis), based on the Company’s most recent financial statements made publicly available before the date on which the indemnity payment is made. If the aforesaid amount is insufficient to cover all amounts to which all Office Holders are entitled, such amount shall be allocated among such persons pro rata to the amounts to which they are so entitled.
 
8.   The Company will be entitled to reimbursement of amounts collected from a third party in connection with liabilities for which you were indemnified hereunder, such reimbursement not to exceed the amounts for which you were indemnified by the Company.
 
9.   In all indemnifiable circumstances indemnification will be subject to the following:
  9.1.   You shall promptly notify the Company of any legal proceedings initiated against you and of all possible or threatened legal proceedings and, to the extent permitted by law, all administrative or investigative proceedings initiated against you, without delay following your first becoming aware thereof, and you shall deliver to the Company, or to such person as it shall advise you, without delay all documents you receive in connection with these proceedings and provide such other information and cooperation as the Company shall reasonably request.
 
      Similarly, you shall advise the Company on an ongoing and current basis concerning all events which you suspect may give rise to the initiation of legal proceedings against you.
 
      Failure to notify the Company as aforesaid will not relieve the Company of its indemnification obligations pursuant hereto except to the extent that it has been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure.
 
  9.2.   Other than with respect to proceedings that have been initiated against you by the Company or in its name, the Company shall be entitled to assume the conduct of your defense in respect of such proceedings and/or to hand over the conduct thereof to any attorney which the Company may choose for that purpose, except to an attorney who is not, upon reasonable grounds, acceptable to you.
 
      Notwithstanding the foregoing you will be entitled to appoint separate counsel of your own who shall accompany you in such proceeding, but the


 

-5-

      expenses associated with the employment of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at your expense unless (i) the employment of counsel by you has been authorized by the Company, (ii) you shall have reasonably concluded in good faith that there is reasonably likely to be a conflict of interest between the Company and you in the conduct of the defense of such proceeding or (iii) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding, in each of which cases the expenses of your separate counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which you shall have made the conclusion provided for in (ii) above.
 
      The Company and/or its attorney appointed by it as aforesaid shall be entitled, within the context of the conduct as aforesaid, to conclude such proceedings, all as it shall see fit, including by way of settlement. At the request of the Company, you shall execute all documents reasonably required to enable the Company and/or its attorney as aforesaid to conduct your defense in your name, and to represent you in all matters connected therewith, in accordance with the aforesaid.
 
      For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of criminal proceedings the Company and/or its attorney as aforesaid will not have the right to plead guilty in your name or to agree to a plea-bargain in your name without your written consent. Furthermore, in a civil proceeding (whether before a court or as a part of a compromise arrangement), the Company and/or its attorney will not have the right to admit to any occurrences that are not fully indemnifiable pursuant to this Indemnification and Release Agreement (including together with insurance payments actually received or other amounts actually collected or received from third parties), or to enter into any settlement, or compromise or consent to any judgment unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of you from all liability arising out of the proceeding, without your written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld. However, the aforesaid will not prevent the Company and/or its attorney as aforesaid, with the approval of the Company, to come to a financial arrangement with a plaintiff in a civil proceeding without your consent so long as such arrangement will not be an admittance of an occurrence not fully indemnifiable pursuant to this Indemnification and Release Agreement (including together with insurance payments actually received or other amounts actually collected or received from third parties) and so long as it includes an unconditional release as aforesaid.
 
  9.3.   You will fully cooperate with the Company and/or its attorney as aforesaid in every reasonable way as may be required of you within the context of their conduct of such legal proceedings, including but not limited to the execution of power(s) of attorney and other documents, provided that the Company shall cover all costs incidental thereto such that you will not be required to pay the same or to finance the same yourself; and provided, further, that you shall not be required to take any action that would in any way prejudice your defense or waive any defense or position available to you in connection with any proceeding.


 

-6-

  9.4.   You will do all things reasonably requested by the Board of Directors of the Company to subrogate to the Company any rights of recovery (including rights to insurance or indemnification from persons other than the Company) which you may have with respect to any proceeding.
 
  9.5.   If, in accordance with paragraph 9.2 above, the Company has assumed the conduct of your defense, the Company will have no liability or obligation pursuant to this Indemnification and Release Agreement or the resolutions referred to below to indemnify you for any legal expenses, including any legal fees, that you may expend in connection with your defense following such assumption of defense, except in the event that you are entitled to retain separate counsel pursuant to the terms of such paragraph.
 
  9.6.   The Company will have no liability or obligation pursuant to this Indemnification and Release Agreement or the resolutions referred to below to indemnify you for any amount expended by you pursuant to any compromise or settlement agreement reached in any suit, demand or other proceeding as aforesaid without the Company’s prior consent to such compromise or settlement.
 
  9.7.   That, if required by law, the Company’s authorized organs will consider the request for indemnification and the amount thereof, and will determine if you are entitled to indemnification and the amount thereof.
10.   Subject to paragraph 2 above, the Company hereby exempts and releases you, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from any liability for damages caused as a result of a breach of your duty of care to the Company in your capacity as an Office Holder of the Company, whether such breach occurred or occurs prior or subsequent to the resolutions referred to below, provided that no such exemption shall apply to a breach of your duty of care in connection with a Distribution (as defined in the Companies Law).
 
11.   If for the validation of any of the undertakings in this Indemnification and Release Agreement any act, resolution, approval or other procedure is required, the Company undertakes to initiate and make its best efforts to cause them to be done or adopted in a manner which will enable the Company to fulfill all its undertakings as aforesaid.
 
12.   For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby clarified that nothing contained in this Indemnification and Release Agreement or in the above resolutions derogates from the Company’s right to indemnify you post factum for any amounts which you may be obligated to pay as set forth in paragraph 1 above without the limitations set forth in paragraphs 3 and 7 above.
 
13.   If any undertaking included in this Indemnification and Release Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any of the other undertakings, exemptions or releases, which will remain in full force and effect. Furthermore, if such invalid or unenforceable undertaking exemption or release may be modified or amended so as to be valid and enforceable as a matter of law, such undertakings exemptions or releases will be deemed to have been modified or amended, and any competent court or arbitrator are hereby authorized to modify or amend such undertaking exemption or release, so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.
 
14.   This Indemnification and Release Agreement and the agreement herein shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Israel, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Israel,


 

-7-

    without regard to its conflict of laws rules.
15.   This Indemnification and Release Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and yourself in respect of the subject matter hereof and terminates and replaces any previous agreement in such respect any previous indemnification agreement with you.
 
16.   Subject to all indemnification limitations set herein, the Company shall reimburse you for all of your reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal expenses, in enforcing this Indemnification and Release Agreement against the Company in the event that you prevail in such enforcement.
This letter is being issued to you pursuant to the resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the Company on                           , 2007, and by the shareholders of the Company on                           , 2007.
Kindly sign and return the enclosed copy of this letter to acknowledge your agreement to the contents hereof.
         
  Sincerely,

Voltaire Ltd.  
 
 
  By:      
    Title:   
  Date:                           , 2007  
 
         
I agree.    
 
 
[Name of Office Holder]  
 
Date:                           , 2007    
 

Exhibit 21.1
VOLTAIRE LTD.
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
     
Name of Subsidiary:   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Voltaire, Inc.
  United States
Voltaire Japan K.K.
  Japan
Voltaire (UK) Limited
  United Kingdom

 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated March 29, 2007 (except for note 13(d), as to which the date is July 9, 2007) relating to the financial statements of Voltaire Ltd. which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
     
 
  /s/ Kesselman & Kesselman
Tel-Aviv, Israel
  Kesselman & Kesselman
July 9,2007
  A member of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited

 

Exhibit 23.2
LETTER OF CONSENT
     We hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Experts” and “Management Discussion and Analysis Results of Operations and Financial Condition — Critical Accounting Policies — Share-Based Compensation” and to the reference to our valuation reports in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 and related Prospectus of Voltaire Ltd.
         
      Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ BDO Ziv Haft Consulting & Management Ltd.   
 
  BDO Ziv Haft Consulting & Management Ltd.   
 
      July 9, 2007